Comic Art of the United States Through 2000, Animation and Cartoons: an International Bibliography

Home , Albert Chartier, Andy Donato, Artie Romero, Bill Blackbeard, Captain Canuck, Caricature (comics)

Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons: An International Bibliography

John A. Lent

PRAEGER Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons Recent Titles in Bibliographies and Indexes in Popular Culture

Humor Scholarship: A Research Bibliography Don L.F. Nilsen The Comic Art Collection Catalog: An Author, Artist, Title, and Subject Catalog of the Comic Art Collection, Special Collections Division, Michigan State University Libraries Randall W. Scott, compiler Animation, Caricature, and Gag and Political Cartoons in the United States and Canada: An International Bibliography John A. Lent, compiler Comic Books and Comic Strips in the United States: An International Bibliography John A. Lent, compiler Comic Art of Europe: An International, Comprehensive Bibliography John A. Lent, compiler Robert Benchley: An Annotated Bibliography Gordon E. Ernst, Jr., compiler Comic Art in Africa, Asia, Australia, and Latin America John A. Lent, compiler The Frankenstein Film Sourcebook Caroline Joan (“Kay”) S. Picart, Frank Smoot, and Jayne Blodgett Comic Art of Europe through 2000: An International Bibliography, Volumes I and II John A. Lent Justice Denoted: The Legal Thriller in American, British, and Continental Courtroom Literature Terry White, compiler and editor Comic Art in Africa, Asia, Australia, and Latin America through 2000: An International Bibliography John A. Lent Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

An International Bibliography

John A. Lent

Bibliographies and Indexes in Popular Culture, Number 12

Westport, Connecticut London Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data is available at www.loc.gov

British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data is available.

ISBN: 0-313-31213-3 ISSN: 1066-0658

First published in 2005

Praeger Publishers, 88 Post Road West, Westport, CT 06881 An imprint of Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc. www.praeger.com

Printed in the United States of America

The paper used in this book complies with the Permanent Paper Standard issued by the National Information Standards Organization (Z39.48-1984).

10987654321 CONTENTS

Preface xi

Acknowledgements xvii

1. CANADA 1

References 1

Cartooning, Cartoons 2

Cartoonists and Their Works 4

Animation 10

Comic Books 31

Comic Strips 37

Political Cartoons 38

2. UNITED STATES: COMIC ART 41

General Sources 41

Resources 44 vi Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Advertising 53

Artistic Aspects 55

Associations, Guilds, and Awards 56

Collecting and Fans 58

Exhibitions, Festivals, and Conventions 59

Legal Aspects 63

Museums 65

Schools 69

Syndication 70

Technical Aspects 72

Comic Art and Children 82

Comic Art and Education 84

Comic Art and Eroticism, Pornography, and Sex 87

Comic Art and Ethnicity, Minorities, Racism, Religions 87

Comic Art and Humanism, Social Consciousness, and Relevancy 88

Comic Art and Political Correctness 89

Comic Art and the Professions 90

Comic Art and Scholarship 90

Comic Art and Sports 94

Comic Art and Violence 95

Comic Art and War 96

Comic Art and Women 96 Contents vii

3. UNITED STATES: GAG, ILLUSTRATIVE, MAGAZINE CARTOONS 103

General Studies 103

Anthologies 104

Cartoonists and Their Works 106

Historical Aspects 135

Magazines 136

4. UNITED STATES: ANIMATION 141

Resources 141

General Sources 144

Advertising 159

Artistic Aspects 163

Associations 164

Auctions, Collecting 165

Controversies, Effects, and Issues 169

Education and Training 173

Exhibitions, Festivals, Awards 177

Gaming 185

Genres and Types 189

Historical Aspects 198

Images, Portrayals 209

Industry 211 viii Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Labor 220

Merchandising 224

Regulatory and Legal Aspects 229

Reviews 232

Sound 235

Skills and Techniques 238

Technology 245

Theme Parks 267

Uses 268

Animators 271

Characters and Titles 332

Companies, Networks, and Studios 441

5. UNITED STATES: CARICATURE 503

General Sources 503

Exhibitions 504

Historical Aspects 504

Caricaturists and Their Works 505

Technical Aspects 507

6. UNITED STATES: POLITICAL CARTOONS 509

General Studies 509

Resources 511

Anthologies 512 Contents ix

Cartoonists and Their Works 513

Historical Aspects 542

Legal Aspects (Includes Censorship, Political Correctness) 545

Portrayals 549

Professional Aspects 555

Technical Aspects 557

7. ADDENDUM 559

Canada 559

United States: Comic Art 561

United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 562

United States: Animation 564

United States: Caricature 586

United States: Political Cartoons 587

Index 591

PREFACE

When I self-published Comic Art: An International Bibliography in 1986, there was not much in the way of comic art bibliography, save for a couple European works. The interest in my 146-page monograph stimulated me to follow up with a four-volume set (two on United States [and Canada], one each on Europe and the rest of the world), published by Greenwood in 1994 and 1996. Since then, other bibliographies have appeared online (most notably that by Michael Rhode and John Bullough), trying to keep up with the burgeoning amount of literature appearing, much of it Internet-based. This volume updates and extends its 1994 counterpart, Animation, Caricature, Gag and Political Cartoons in the United States and Canada: An International Bibliography, and is part of a six-volume set – two on Europe (2003), one on Africa, Asia, Australia/Oceania, and Latin America, (2004), and two on comic books and comic strips in the U.S. (forthcoming). All of these works are fuller in numbers of citations, mainly because of an expansion of writings on comic art and because of my gaining access to long runs of periodicals that filled in gaps. The six new volumes are additions to those published in 1994 and 1996, and a serious attempt was made not to duplicate what appeared earlier. Ideally, the earlier bibliographies should be used in conjunction with the current ones; not to do this can lead to misperceptions. For example, in the old version of this volume, John Held, Jr. merited 54 citations, but only two in this edition; Saul Steinberg, 22 in the old, 239 in the current work. Many sections of this book have been expanded, and in an effort to hone in even further on some topics, subheadings are taken to third and fourth levels; for example, I. – United States Comic Art; A. – Comic Art and Women; 1. – Cartoonists; a. – Davis, Susan. Numerous new headings grace this edition; for example, under United States: Animation, Advertising, Associations, xii Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Controversies/Effects/Issues, Gaming, Image Portrayals, Industry, Labor, Merchandising, Sound, and more. Overall, the volume is much larger than its predecessor, containing 11,367 citations, compared to 5,449 entries in the 1994 book.

Organization, Objectives, Emphases Most of the work in this volume deals with the United States, although the first chapter of 710 entries is on Canada, broken down by major categories of references; cartooning, cartoons; cartoonists & their works, animation, comic books, comic strips, and political cartoons, and further divided by 29 sub- categories. Besides these major categories, most chapters have a general sources section, consisting of items either too general or too vague to fit elsewhere or that are cross category in nature. Chapter two begins the United States portion of the book and is more generally titled comic art. It consists of sections on general sources, resources, advertising, artistic aspects, associations/guilds/awards, collecting and fans, exhibitions/festivals/conventions, legal aspects, museums, schools, syndication, and technical aspects. Included under resources is a periodical directory of 84 titles (the Canada chapter has another 17) that provides names, addresses, typical contents, and inaugural dates of comic art-related journals, magazines, and fanzines. Also covered are topics in relationship to comic art: children, education, eroticism/pornography/sex, ethnicity/minorities/racism/religion, humanism/social consciousness/relevancy, political correctness, professions, scholarship, sports, violence, war, and women. This chapter covers all aspects of comic art from a general perspective, including comic books and comic strips which have two volumes of their own in this series. In chapter three, gag, illustrative, and magazine cartoons are treated under general sources, anthologies, cartoonists and their works, historical aspects, and magazines. This is the first chapter specifically oriented to the types of cartooning listed in the title of this volume. Throughout the series, a cartoonist or character/title is given a separate listing if he/she/it is the subject of at least two citations. The category of cartoonists and their works consists of biographies, autobiographies, memoirs, profiles, interviews, obituaries, and sketchbooks. Where anthology sections exist in chapters, they usually deal with multi-author collections of cartoons, reviews, or plot synopses. The animation section (chapter four) is the largest part of the book, consisting of 7,208 citations. The number of categories has been increased considerably from the first volume. Among the 21 topics new to the volume are advertising, artistic aspects, associations, auctions/collecting, companies/ networks/studios, controversies/effects/issues, education/training, exhibitions/ festivals/awards, gaming, genres/types, images/portrayals, industry, labor, merchandising, reviews, sound, skills/techniques, theme parks, and uses. These topics had citations in the 1994 book but were not singled out for their own Preface xiii categories. Common to the 1994 and current books were resources, general sources, historical aspects, regulatory and legal aspects, technology, animators, and characters/titles. In the main part of the book (not counting addendum), 122 animators are singled out, as are at least 207 characters/titles, and 40 companies/networks/studios. In the latter, Disney is subdivided into 12 categories along the lines of those for the major topics (e.g. artistic aspects, legal aspects, etc.). Chapter five includes citations solely on caricature and chapter six, political cartoons. Under cartoonists and their works, 91 political artists are given separate categories, many not included in the first volume in 1994. The final chapter, as is the case with all volumes in this series, is an addendum of materials found during the long course of preparation of the manuscript. Throughout all six books, it was often difficult to categorize cartoonists by genre and by country. For example, Frederick Opper, Mike Peters, and Doug Marlette are known for both their political cartoons and comic strips; Carl Barks and Matt Groening for both animation and strips/books; and David Levine for caricature, political and magazine cartoons. Many other cartoonists are equally famous in caricature as well as in one or more other genres. Some cartoonists are split by countries – their places of origin and those where they make their living or gain their fame. The Britpack of Alan Moore, Dave Gibbons, Pat Mills, Kevin O’Neill, Alan Grant, and John Wagner and Canadian-born Hal Foster, Dave Sim, Vivian Katz, Todd McFarlane, Chester Brown, Arn Saba, and Ty Templeton, are treated as Americans, because they later resided and/or gained their fame in the United States. Such multi-genre and multi-country cartoonists were usually placed where they were most prominent; admittedly, many placements were made rather arbitrarily. A serious effort was put forth to compile a comprehensive and usable bibliography. No item was too small or insignificant to be listed; if it dealt with comic art, it could become a citation. I work on the premise that both systematically-researched and ephemeral materials are useful during the course of developing a field of study. Having said that, I must point out some limitations on comprehensiveness. The accelerated interest in comic art (unfortunately, too often as a commercial investment, rather than reading experience) in recent years has seen a proliferation of literature, usually in quickly-slapped-together anthologies and collections from mainstream comic book publishers and animation studios. Not all of these books are included. The necessity to drop some was based on expediency, rather than evaluative, decisions. They were not readily available physically or accessible in library and other research depositories. In some other cases where materials were obtainable, a selective process had to be used because of the volume. For example, not all the collections of Disney character stories are here, nor are all the references to famous cartoonists who also excelled in painting or other arts. Thousands of citations in the Rhode/Bullough online bibliography were xiv Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons generously made available to me by the authors, but only a few hundred are included here. I refer the reader to Rhode/Bullough’s work. The bibliography is representative in covering various publications, writing formats and styles, time periods, and languages. Most of the citations are current, mainly from the mid-1990s, when the predecessor to this volume was published, to about August 2004. But, hundreds of “older” citations (especially on Disney) missed in the earlier book are picked up here. Also, the current series includes many citations of articles or press releases posted on the Internet. Many problems surfaced in the course of doing this work. Dealing with such a voluminous amount of information presented (sometimes inaccurately) in different bibliographic styles can lead to much duplication. Although I have attempted to eliminate, or at least, to minimize duplication, some is bound to exist, for which I apologize. As indicated already, categorization was a problem, as it often is in research. In a number of periodicals, cartoonist profiles are intermingled with accounts of their characters or the titled works for which they are known. Thus, the user of this bibliography will find in the sections on characters and titles much biographical information about the creators of those works, and conversely, much on characters and titles in cartoonists’ profiles and interviews. At times it has been difficult to determine dates of periodicals. Some magazines, especially fanzines, are not dated. Others change series or alternate, without any seeming logic, between using dates and volume numbers or months and seasons of the year. Overall, I have tried to provide in this volume (and the other five new editions), a comprehensive (as far as comprehensiveness is possible with the recent explosion of scholarly, Internet, public relations, journalistic, and trade literature) bibliography, greatly expanded in volume of entries and much more finely divided by categories. Though I will continue to record citations as I see them, I am not very confident they will be collected in printed books like this in the future. It is getting increasingly difficult to interest publishers to bring out bibliographies; for example, Greenwood, noted for its bibliographies and bio-dictionaries, has abandoned these series. Perhaps future editions of my bibliographies will be online, self-published, or serialized as part of the International Journal of Comic Art, which I edit.

Search Process The search for literature was mostly manual, since that is the way I work, and because much of the literature, being journalistic, anecdotal, or brief, may not be in computerized databases. Many bibliographies, indices, and bibliographic periodicals, too numerous to list here, were used. Preface xv

On a regular basis and rather systematically, I have attempted to keep abreast of the literature on mass communications and popular culture for about 40 years. For the most part, works on comic art are expected to be found in those fields, as well as in art. Hundreds of journal titles in these three fields and others, published on all continents, are looked at regularly. The journals and other periodicals (about 388 in my comic art database) in which these articles appear are too numerous to list. Additionally, I have included many “fugitive” materials, such as dissertations not indexed through the University of Michigan, theses, catalogues, conference papers, and pamphlets. Besides using scores of libraries worldwide, I found other ways to gather sources on comic art. Many citations were made available to me during my interviews with hundreds of cartoonists and comic art specialists on every continent, and contacts I made while editing International Journal of Comic Art have helped.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Always at the top of the list of those to whom I owe a great debt of gratitude are the many hundreds of cartoonists and comics authorities I have interviewed on every continent. They are some of the kindest and most interesting people I have met. They have shared with me their experiences, cartoons, scrapbooks, and clippings; they have showered me with hospitality, motored me around crowded cities, found me places to stay, or put me up in their homes, and given me the benefits of their own comic art research. All of them should be mentioned, but space does not permit. Many of them and other supporters were acknowledged in the first four-volume, comics bibliography series I compiled in 1994 and 1996. Especially helpful in subsequent research for the new six volumes, of which this book is a part, and to whom I am very thankful, are: He Wei, Chen Jian Yao, Linger Liao, Liao Bingxiong, Feng Yiyin, Feng Chang, Wang Fu Yang, and Zhang Huilin, in China; Park Jae Dong, Nelson Shin, Park Se-Hyung, and Kim Song-Whan, in South Korea; Lat (Mohd. Nor Khalid), Muliyadi Mahamood, Rejab Had, Hassan Muthalib, and Jaafar Taib, in Malaysia; Lim Cheng Tju, Hup (Lee Hup Kheng), and Cheah Sin Ann, in Singapore; Massoud Shojaei Tabatabaei, M. Niroumand, Mohamad Rafi-Zeyaei, and Touka Neyestani, in Iran; Tan Oral, Izel Rozental, Turgut Çeviker, and Nezih Danyal, in Turkey; Andy Mason and Neil Napper, in South Africa; Oleg Dergachov and Vladimir Kazanevsky, in Ukraine; Osmani Simanca, in Brazil; Ares (Aristides Hernandez), Garrincha (Gustavo Rodriguez), Lauzén, Caridad Blanco, and scores of other Cuban cartoonists; Frédéric Back, Pierre Hébert, Chris Hinton, in Canada; Julien Bohdanowicz and Marek Wojciech Chmurzyński, in Poland; Julijana Zivković, Branko Najhold, and Yugoslav Vlahovic, in Yugoslavia; Dylan Horrocks, in New Zealand; Peter Nieuwendijk, Ab Moolenaar, and Kees Kousemaker, in the Netherlands, and Hans Nissen and Leif Packalén, of Finland. xviii Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Besides planned research trips, other opportunities to gather information firsthand were seized when I was invited to serve on international cartoon competition juries in Brazil, Cuba, Iran, Mexico, Poland, Slovakia, South Korea, and Yugoslavia, and to lecture on comic art in Australia, Botswana, Brazil, Burma, Canada, China, Cuba, England, France, Hungary, India, Iran, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Netherlands, Scotland, Singapore, Slovakia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, Ukraine, United States, Yugoslavia, and elsewhere. Many individuals were extremely kind and generous during my travels in search of cartooning information: China’s Dr. Peng Ji Xiang and other Peking University faculty, Dr. Jin Guanju and Shi Chuan, of Shanghai University, and Tian-yi Jin of New Film Works Magazine; Dr. Fusami Ogi and Dr. Jaqueline Berndt, in Japan; Dr. Francis B. Nyamnjoh and Dr. Selolwane, of the University of Botswana; Dr. Ron Byungsung, in South Korea; Dean Ligia Maria Vieira da Silva, in Brazil; Marco de Blois, of Cinémathéque Quebécoise; the Doğam family (Elmas, Mahmut, Cahit, Fatos, Mehmet, Seyhmus, and Erim), Murat Bilgütay, Mehmet Ilgürel, and members of Yeni Yüksektepe, all in Turkey; Branko Najhold and Julijana Zivkovic in Serbia, and the Shelest Foundation and Dergachov family (Oleg, Gala, and Vladik), in Ukraine. Former and current students lent much appreciated support, particularly doctoral students whom I supervised as they wrote Ph.D. dissertations about comic art: Dr. Hongying Liu-Lengyel, on China; Dr. Hsiao Hsiang-wen and Dr. Hong-Chi Shiau, on Taiwan; Dr. Rei Okamoto, on Japan; Dr. Yu Kie-Un and Jae-Woong Kwon, on Korea; Dr. Asli Tunç, on Turkey; Aruna Rao, on India; Levi Obonyo, on Kenya, and Mercedes Diaz on Cuba. Others who carried out comic art fieldwork under my guidance and were very helpful were Fungma Fudong, on Nepal; Dr. Monsinee Keeratikrainon, and Sudjai Karuchit, on Thailand; Sueen Noh, on Korea; Dr. Chang-de Liu, on Taiwan, and Teresa Archambeault, on Peru. I am very proud of their accomplishments; at least four of these former and current students are looked upon as the authorities on their countries’ cartooning, by academics and cartoonists alike. Various graduate research assistants have had parts in this ongoing research. On these particular volumes, Dr. Mu Lin, Dr. Daiwon Hyun, Dr. Chyun-Fung Shi, Dr. Betsi Grabe, and especially Jae-Woong Kwon and Dr. Asli Tunç, gave yeomen service. Cartoonists and comic art specialists who kindly made information available included the always encouraging Maurice Horn, who sold or gave me a substantial part of his library; Michael Rhode, who flooded me daily with materials and citations; Xu Ying, who searched China’s Nationwide Newspapers Writings about Films Catalogue Index and pulled out all citations to animation; Jean-Marie Bertin, who took the time to correct citations in the first volumes and to inventory parts of his huge library and provide me with lists of the books therein; Chieh-chun Lee, who copied every item on comic art in Taipei’s Central Acknowledgements xix

Library, 1995-97; Kornel Földvári of Slovakia, who at year’s end, sends me his copious writings that year on cartoonists; Francisco Tadeo Juan of Spain, who sent many difficult-to-find back numbers of various Spanish comics materials; Fredrik Stromberg of Sweden and Rik Sanders of the Netherlands, who mailed many copies of their periodicals, Bild & Bubbla and Stripschrift, respectively; Faustino Rodríguez Arbesú, editor of El Wendigo, who sent his magazine, its indices, and many clippings; Osvaldo de Sousa of Portugal, who gathered 522 sources (plus some of the works) on Brazil, Portugal, and Spain; Zbigniew Kraska of Poland, who found hundreds of Polish citations for me; Tan Oral of Turkey, who allowed me to rummage through his extensive home library in Istanbul; Karikatürculer Derneği (Cartoonists Association, Turkey) and its bookstore, which gave many numbers of its periodical, Karikatürk, and the anthologies it has published; Greta Halsberghe of Belgium, who provided back numbers of Plateau; Jorge Artigas, who sent materials on Spanish animation; Louis Cance of France, who made available copies of his HOP!; Lauzén of Cuba, who mailed many rare items, and Juan Cerrado, Gary Groth, Jon B. Cooke, Todd Hignite, Dario Mogno, Isao Shimizu, Donald Cook, who sent exchange copies of their periodicals, Quevedos, Comics Journal, Comic Book Artist, Comic Art, Revista Latinoamericana de Estudios Sobre la Historieta, Fūshiga Kenkyū, The Funnies Paper, respectively. I also thank Lisa Dieffenbacher who typed and formatted these volumes with great patience and much skill. Finally, I want to thank my family, especially my mother, Rose, for her encouragement; my children, Andrea Murta, and husband, Dave; Laura Barrett, and husband, Ed; John V., Lisa, and Shahnon Lent, and stepson, Liu Xian. My then-8-year-old grandson, Michael Murta, was particularly helpful while I was compiling the United States animation chapter; he seemed to have seen most of the U.S. animated series. And my sincerest gratitude to my wife, Xu Ying, for helping with research and in so many other wonderful ways. I have been a lucky man to have had such friends and collaborators and to have been able to spend my life doing, for the most part, work that was pleasurable and rewarding. As with my previous works, these bibliographies were completed without outside grants. Temple University awarded me a sabbatical in Spring 2001, giving that greatest of commodities, time, for me to work on three of these volumes, and Temple’s Center for East Asian Studies gave $1,000 towards typing expenses. The other thousands of dollars needed to research and compile these works came from my own pocket.

John A. Lent

1 CANADA

REFERENCES 1. Allen, Robert Thomas. A Treasury of Canadian Humour. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1967. 128 pp. 2. Hill, Greg. The Canadian Centre for Caricature. National Archives of Canadian Cartoon Materials Survey. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1987. Unpublished Report. 3. Ryan, Allan J. The Trickster Shift: Humour and Irony in Contemporary Native Art. Vancouver: UBC Press, 1999. 304 pp. 4. Waterston, Elizabeth. Children’s Literature in Canada. NY: Twayne, 1992. Periodical Directory 5. An Introduction to Canadian Comic Books. Annual of Aurora Books, 5 Campbell St., Arnprior, Ontario, Canada K7S 3J1. Chronology, most collected companies, terms and abbreviations, popular artists, golden age marvels, French reprints, conventions, clubs. First issue, June 1986. 6. ASIFA Canada. Annual magazine on Canadian animation and activities of ASIFA Canada in French and English. Case Postale 5226, Saint Laurent, Quebec, Canada H4L 4Z8. Since 1970. 7. B.O.B. Calgary, Alberta: Bahuad, 1986. 8. Canadian Comics Cavalcade. Toronto: Artworx, 1986. 9. Christian Cartoonist and Illustrator. Published from Spring 1984 by Bowie Creative Associates, Willowdale, Ontario, Canada. 10. Collector’s Delight. Toronto, Ontario: T. Frutti, 1981-. 2 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

11. Comic Research Library Newsletter. Cassidy, British Columbia: D. Kendig, 1973. 12. Crash. Toronto-based quarterly comic book review of 48 to 64 pages that “critiques and examines the aesthetics of the cartoon storytelling form.” Interviews, reviews, illustrations, departments. Since 1995. Crash Communications, 601 Markham Street, Toronto, Ontario M6G2L7, Canada. 13. Ectopia. Occasional periodical examining political cartooning. Interviews, cartoons, reviews. George Grinnell, RR1, Rockwood, ON N0B2K0 Canada. Vol. 2, No. 4, Summer 1996. 14. Gratis. Scarborough, Ontario: Gratis Publications, 1978. 15. Media Five: London’s First and Foremost Fanzine. Canadian bimonthly devoted to popular arts, including cartooning. Media Five, 111 Mt. Pleasant Ave., London, Ontario, Canada N6H1E1. 1:7, Jan.-Feb. 1975. 16. The Owls Effort. Wolverhampton: R. Domar, 1980. 17. Saskatoon Jam. Collection of works from Saskatoon-based cartoonists. Adam Larson, Box 8762, Saskatoon, SK S7K6S5, Canada. No. 5, 1996. 18. Spatter. Richmond, British Columbia: Spatter Publications, 1986. 19. Subliminal Tattoos. Vancouver-based popular culture magazine with sizable portion of comics and comics-related material. Published by Robert DuPree with interviews, articles, reviews, and cartoons. 9604 S.E. 5th St., Vancouver, Washington 98664. No. 5 in 1995. 20. Up ‘n Coming! Monthly claiming to have “everything about upcoming comics, cards, and comic-related products.” Styx Publications, 10-62 Scurfield Blvd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3Y1M5. Market reports, schedules, descriptions of comics-related publications by names of publishers. 21. Visions. Quest. Vol. 1, No. 1. Edmonton, Alberta: Paranoid Publishing, 1977. CARTOONING, CARTOONS General Sources 22. “Cartoon Is a Real Pain.” Toronto Star. Oct. 24, 2003. 23. Morain, Genelle. “The Cultoon.” Canadian Modern Language Review. May 1979, pp. 676-690. 24. Murray, J.S. “Comic Relief: The Witty World of Cartoon Maps.” Canadian Geographics. Nov./Dec. 1994, p. 74. Canada 3

Anthologies 25. Badeaux, Guy. Portfoolio: The Year 86 in Canadian Caricature. Montreal: Ludcom, 1986. 216 pp. 26. Badeaux, Guy, ed. Portfoolio. The Year in Canadian Caricature. Montreal: Croc Publishing, 1987. 214 pp. 27. Badeaux, Guy. Portfoolio 1988. The Year in Canadian Caricature. Montreal: Eden Press, 1988. 192 pp. 28. Badeaux, Guy, ed. Portfoolio 8. The Year in Canadian Caricature. Toronto: Macmillan Canada, 1992. 191 pp. 29. Badeaux, Guy. Portfoolio 12. The Year in Canadian Editorial Cartoons. Toronto: Macmillan Canada, 1996. 160 pp. 30. Badeaux, Guy and Alan King. Portfoolio: The Year 85 in Canadian Caricature. Quebec: Croc, 1985. 216 pp. 31. Badeaux, Guy and Ken MacQueen. Portfoolio 11: The Year’s Best Canadian Editorial Cartoons. Toronto: Macmillan Canada and The Association of Canadian Editorial Cartoonists, 1995. 160 pp. 32. Johnstone, Dean. A Collection of P.E.I. Political Cartoons. Charlottetown, P.E.I.: W. Wheeler Publications, 1986. 33. Stahl, N.M., ed. Best Canadian Political Cartoons 1983. Foreword by David Rosen. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1983. 208 pp. 34. Werthman, William C. Canada in Cartoons. Fredericton: Brunswick Press, 1967. Canadian Museum of Caricature 35. Burant, Jim. “Exhibitionists Show Off at Cartoon Museum.” Caricature. 3:2 (1992), pp. 1-4. 36. Burant, Jim. “New Directions in Acquisition.” Leviathan. July/Aug. 1992. 37. Burant, Jim. “Take Care of the Collections.” Caricature. 3:2 (1992), pp. 2-3. 38. “Canadian Museum Honors Local Comics Artists.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 22,1998, p. 67. 39. Koltun, Lilly. “Biff! Pow! Taking Off in a New Direction.” Caricature. 3:2 (1992), pp. 2-3. Exhibitions, Festivals 40. Canadian Centre for Caricature (Craig Layng). The Greatest Show of Mirth: Experience the Magic and Excitement of a Three-Ring Political Circus. Exhibit. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1991. 41. Canadian Centre for Caricature (Craig Layng). Red Tape Blues. Exhibit. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1990. 4 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

42. Canadian Centre for Caricature (Susan North). The Rogue’s Gallery. Exhibit. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1989. 43. Canadian Centre for Caricature (Craig Layng). We Are Amused! Her Majesty’s Loyal Canadian Jesters Give the Royal Family the Royal Treatment. Exhibit. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1990. 44. Canadian Centre for Caricature (Craig Layng). Whose Zoo? Beastly Caricatures of Political Animals. Exhibit. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1989. 45. Canadian Centre for Caricature (Craig Layng). Green and Bear It: The Environmentally-Friendly Humour of Pijet, Marc, Kara and Yayo. Exhibit. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1993. 46. Canadian Museum of Caricature (Terresa McIntosh). Humour under Fire. World War II Cartoons Exhibit. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1991. 47. Canadian Museum of Caricature (Jim Burant). The Perils of Peacekeeping: Canada and World Affairs After 1945. Exhibit. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1992. 48. Canadian Museum of Caricature (Craig Layng). A Wrench in the Works: Cartoonist’ Views of Canada’s Political Machinery. Exhibit brochure. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1993. 49. 1st Annual Victoria International Cartoon Festival, April 1985. Victoria, British Columbia: Big Brothers and Big Sisters, 1985. 50. Layng, Craig. “The Season To Be Jolly.” Caricature. 3:2 (1992), p. 5. 51. Layng, Craig. “Cartoons Spreading Germs of Truth.” Caricature. 3:2 (1992), p. 6. 52. “Toronto Expo Overcomes Potential Tourist Concerns.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 26, 2003, p. 49. 53. 2nd Annual Victoria International Cartoon Festival, April 11-13, 1986. Victoria, British Columbia: Big Brothers and Big Sisters, 1986. CARTOONISTS AND THEIR WORKS 54. Annis, Paul. “Renowned Retailer Harry Kremer Dies.” Borderline. April 2002, p. 25. 55. Blaine. Cartoons by Blaine. Hamilton: Hamilton Spectator, 1970. Unpaginated. 56. Brownstein, Bill. “Lights, Camera, Political Cartoons: ‘Offers Fascinating Insight into Chapleau and Aislin’s Artistic Process.’” Montreal Gazette. Dec. 3, 2003. 57. Chapleau, Serge. L ’Année Chapleau 1995. Montreal: Boréal, 1995. 58. Cheverton, Andrew. “Why You Should Be Reading Chiaroscuro.” Borderline. May 2002, pp. 36-37. (Troy Little). 59. Cummings, Dale. Best of a Bad Lot: The Editorial Cartoons of Dale Cummings. Winnipeg: Great Plains Publications, 1993. Unpaginated. Canada 5

60. Harris, Mark. “Beyond the Grid: ‘Life of Boswell.’” Comics Journal. Jan. 2000, pp. 102-106. (David Boswell). 61. Harvey, R.C. “Fan Publisher Carl Horak Dies.” Comics Journal. Oct. 2003, p. 32. 62. Heer, Jeet. “Elegant, Witty and Overlooked: Albert Chartier’s Art Deserves Recognition.” National Post (Toronto). Nov. 20, 2003. 63. “Léandre Bergeron Crée Une Bande Dessinée Politique.” Ran Tan Plan. No. 23, n.d., p. 35. 64. Levin, Bob. “Now You See Me.” Comics Journal. Sept. 2003, pp. 61- 73. (Arn Saba). 65. Lien, Barb. “A Children’s Story of Fascism?: Stephen Geigen-Miller and Greg Beettam.” Sequential Tart. July 1999. 66. Lien, Barb. “From Sci/Fi Fan to Sci/Fi Writer: Tara Tallan.” Sequential Tart. July 1999. 67. Lien, Barb. “Goddess-Worship and Politics: Maral Agnerian.” Sequential Tart. July 1999. 68. “Lo Linkert.” Sick. No. 28, 1992, p. 42. 69. McNally, Ed. The World of McNally: A Decade of History by a Great Canadian Cartoonist. Montreal: Montreal Star, 1972. 398 pp. 70. Mou. (Theo Moudakis). No Friends in High Places. Halifax: Pottersfield Press, 1995. 71. Nevins, Mark D. “Elegance and Pain: The Art of Mark Kalesniko.” Comics Journal Special Edition. Winter 2003, pp. 171-173. 72. “Peter Kuitenbrouwer.” Striprofiel. Winter 1978/1979, p. 57. 73. Rozental, Izel. “A Portrait from Contemporary Cartoon Art: André Pijet (Canada).” Yeni Akrep. 1:1 (2002), pp. 4-5. 74. Ryan, Allan J. The Cowboy/Indian Show: Recent Work by Gerald McMaster. Kleinberg, Canada: McMichael Art Collection, 1991. 75. Sim, Dave. “Canadian Retailer Dies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 5, 2002, p. 17. 76. Sim, Dave. “A Conversation with Adrian and Pat Dingle and Bill Thomas.” Now and Then Times. 1:3 (1973). Unpaginated. 77. Spann, Joe. “Underground Comix Loses an Icon.” Borderline. May 2002, pp. 26-27. (Harold Hedd). 78. St. Lawrence, Gary. “Sutton, Hetherington Nominated for Canada’s Aurora Awards.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 8, 1997, p. 8. 79. Turnbull, Barbara. “Cartoonist Draws on Her Experiences.” Toronto Star. April 8, 2000, p. J4. 80. Turner, James. “Illiad Talks with LWM.” LinuxWorld. Oct. 2, 2003. (J.D. Frazer). 6 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Aislin (Terry Mosher) 81. Aislin (Terry Mosher). Did the Earth Move? Aislin: Another 180 Caricatures. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1980. Unpaginated. 82. Aislin (Terry Mosher). The Lawn Jockey and Other Aislin Cartoons. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1989. 83. Aislin (Terry Mosher). O.K. Everybody Take a Valium! Edmonton: Hurtig Publishers, 1977. 84. Aislin (Terry Mosher). Old Whores: More Aislin Cartoons. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1987. Bachle, Leo 85. “Canadian Golden Age Cartoonist Leo Bachle Dies.” Comics Journal. July 2003, p. 45. 86. Pincombe, Robert. “Canadian Golden Age Cartoonist Leo Bachle Dies.” Comics Journal. Sept. 2003, pp. 41-42. Badeaux, Guy (Bado) 87. Badeaux, Guy (Bado). Bado. La Jeunesse d’Aujourd’hui. Hull (Quebec): Éditions Asticou, 1988.117 pp. 88 Badeaux, Guy (Bado). Ça Va Fumer. Montreal: Croc, 1984. 89. Badeaux, Guy (Bado). Tout Bado...ou Presque. Montreal: Baloune, 1979. Bengough, J.W. 90. Bengough, J.W. Chalk Talks. Toronto: Musson, 1922. 91. Cook, Ramsay. “‘The Ragged Reformer’ – J.W. Bengough: The Caricaturist as Social Critic.” In A Political Art: Essays and Images in Honour of George Woodcock. Vancouver: UBC Press, 1978. Cooper, Dave 92. Brown, Jesse. “Dave Cooper’s Weasely World of Comix and Gross Girls: A ‘Comix’ Artist Who Thrives on Fringes of the Fringe.” Saturday Post. May 18, 2002. 93. Warren, T.S. “Lush Ladies and Moist Machines.” Xpress (Ottawa). Oct. 18-24, 2001, p. 38. Donato, Andy 94. Donato, Andy. Chins and Needles: Political Cartoons. Introduction by Gary Dunford. Toronto: Key Porter Books, 1986. Canada 7

95. Donato, Andy. Donato’s Collection of Political Cartoons. Toronto: Virgo Press, Toronto Sun, 1979. 96. Donato, Andy. Donato’s 1980 Political Cartoons. Toronto: Toronto Sun, 1980. Unpaginated. 97. Donato, Andy. Gucci Blues: Political Cartoons. Introduction by Peter Worthington. Toronto: Key Porter Books, 1988. 98. Donato, Andy. Son of a Meech: Political Cartoons. Toronto: Key Porter Books, 1990. 99. Donato, Andy. The Strife of Brian: Political Cartoons. Toronto: Key Porter Books, 1987. Doucet, Julie 100. “Julie Doucet.” Big O Magazine. Oct. 1993, p. 66. 101. Rubenstein, Anne. “Plotte Driven.” Comics Journal. Feb. 1994, p. 54. 102. Schäffner, Alex M. “Julie Doucet She’s So Shy....” Comic! Dec. 1995, pp. 44-45. Julien, Henri 103. Barbeau, Marius. Henri Julien. Toronto: The Ryerson Press, 1941. 104. Spencer, David R. “Double Vision: The Victorian Bi-cultural World of Henri Julien.” International Journal of Comic Art. Fall 2000, pp. 1-32. LaPalme, Robert 105. Filippini, Henri. “Robert LaPalme.” Phenix. No. 16, 1971, p. 43. 106. LaPalme, Robert. LaPalme. Montreal: Le Cercle du Livre de France, 1950. 107. Lent, John A. “Robert LaPalme (1908-1997). A Final Interview.” FECO News. No. 25, 1998, pp. 4-6. 108. Lent, John A. “Robert LaPalme: Reflections and Reminisces.” WittyWorld. No. 2, 1997, pp. 2-3. 109. “Robert LaPalme, 1908-1997.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 20. Reprinted from The Gazette (Montreal), June 21, 1997. Mackinnon, Bruce 110. Mackinnon, Bruce. Inklings: Cartoons and Caricatures by Bruce Mackinnon. Halifax: Nimbus Publishers, 1990. 118 pp. 111. Mackinnon, Bruce. Inklings 2. Halifax: Nimbus, 1995. Macpherson, Duncan 112. Hill, Draper. “Remembering Macpherson.” AAEC Notebook. Summer/ Fall 1993, pp. 27-29. 8 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

113. Macpherson, Duncan. 1968 Editorial Cartoons: Macpherson. Toronto: Toronto Star Ltd., 1968. 114. Macpherson, Duncan. 1970 Editorial Cartoons: Macpherson. Toronto: Toronto Star Ltd., 1970. 115. Macpherson, Duncan. 1974 Editorial Cartoons: Macpherson. Toronto: Toronto Star Ltd., 1974. 116. Macpherson, Duncan. 1979 Editorial Cartoons: Macpherson. Toronto: Toronto Star Ltd., 1979. Mayes, Malcolm 117. “Malcolm Mayes’ Political Asylum.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1996, pp. 44-49. 118. Mayes, Malcolm. Political Asylum. Edmonton, Alberta: NeWest Press, 1997. Norris, Len 119. Culbert, Lori. “Len Norris, 1913-1997.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 21. Reprinted from Vancouver Sun. Aug. 13, 1997. 120. Morris, Raymond N. “Cultural Analysis Through Semiotics: Len Norris’ Cartoons on Official Bilingualism.” Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology. 28:2 (1991), pp. 225-254. 121. Wanczycki, Catherine. “All the News That’s Fit To Caricature.” AQ Magazine. Nov. 2001, pp. 19-21. Peterson, Roy 122. Peterson, Roy. Drawn & Quartered: Cartoons by Roy Peterson. The Trudeau Years. Toronto: Key Porter Books, 1984. 192 pp. 123. Peterson, Roy and Allan Fotheringham. The World According to Roy Peterson. Vancouver: Douglas & McIntyre, 1979. 168 pp. Raeside, Adrian 124. “Adrian Raeside.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2001, p. 27. 125. Gibson, Jim. “Cartoonist Sounds Serious About Time in Mayor’s Seat.” Times Colonist (Victoria, Canada). April 24, 1999, p. B-3. 126. Raeside, Adrian. “The Other Coast by Adrian Raeside: From Muddled Ages to the Other Coast.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2001, pp. 22-29. Seth 127. Hatfield, Charles. “‘It’s Not the House I Lived in’: Seth’s Comics and the Problem of Nostalgia.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 16, 2001. Canada 9

128. Postema, Barbara. “The Pedestrian: Benjamin and It’s a Good Life If You Weaken” Paper presented at ICAF, Washington, D.C., Sept. 4, 2003. (Seth). 129. Raeburn, Daniel. “Fashionably Late: The Vintage World of Seth.” Village Voice Literary Supplement. Oct. 1999. 130. Seth. It’s a Good Life, If You Don’t Weaken. Montreal: Drawn and Quarterly, 1996. “Ting” (Merle Tingley) 131. Doty, Christopher. “The Essential Ting.” London Free Press. March 7, 1999, pp. B-l, B-5. 132. Tingley, Merle. The Best of Freddy Flush. London: Delta Faucet Canada, 1993. Unpaginated. 133. Tingley, Merle (Ting). “Looking Back at the Eighties.” London Free Press (Ontario). Dec. 30, 1989, pp. F-6, F-7. 134. Tingley, Merle (Ting). Luke-Ing Back: A Worm’s Eye View of Yesterday with Luke Worm. Cartoons by Ting from the Pages of the London Free Press. London, Ontario: London Free Press Printing Co., 1950. Unpaginated. 135. Tingley, Merle. Take Another Look with Ting. London: London Free Press, 1967. Unpaginated. 136. Tingley, Merle. Ting Cartoons. London: London Free Press, 1970. 104 pp. 137. Tingley, Merle. Ting Cartoons. 1977 Edition. London: London Free Press, 1977. 104 pp. 138. Tingley, Merle. Ting Cartoons. Volume 8. London: London Free Press, n.d. (ca. 1980). 100 pp. 139. Tingley, Merle. Ting Cartoons. Volume 9. London: London Free Press, 1983. 96 pp. 140. Tingley, Merle. Ting Cartoons: Your Favorites front the London Free Press. London: London Free Press, n.d. (ca. 1956). Unpaginated. 141. Tingley, Merle. Ting ‘Toons. 1964 Edition. London: London Free Press, 1964. Unpaginated. 142. Tingley, Merle. 25 Years in an Inkwell: Ting Cartoons 1948-1973 from the Pages of the London Free Press. London: London Free Press, 1973. 197pp. Yayo (Diego Herrera) 143. “Kanada’dan Bir Çizer: Yayo – Diego Herrera.” Karikatürk. No. 20, 1995, p. 232. 144. “YAYO’den Takvimli Selam.” Karikatürk. No. 78, 2000, p. 1. 10 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

ANIMATION General Sources 145. “ASIFA Kiest voor Feijó.” Plateau. 21:3 (2000), p. 33. 146. Beaudet, Louise. “L’Animation.” In Les Cinémas Canadiens, edited by Pierre Véronneau. Paris: Lherminier, and Montreal: Cinémathéque Québécoise, 1978. 147. Bonneville, Leo. [Special issue on Canadian animation]. Séquences (Montreal). Jan. 1978. 148. [Canadian Animation]. Take One. Special issue. Summer 1997. 149. “Cartoon Country.” Variety. Dec. 18-31, 1995, p. 60. 150. Cinéma d’Animation. Montreal: La Cinémathèque Canadienne, 1967. 151. Cinéma Image par Image. Montreal: National Film Board, 1958. 152. “Connaissez-Vous l’Animation?” Plateau. Winter 1988, pp. 10-14. 153. Cooke, Stephen. “Neighbors: Notes from the North.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 19-20. 154. Gable, Brian. “Drawing the Line at McToons.” Toronto Globe and Mail. Aug. 27, 1994, p. D3. 155. Hawkins, Miranda. “A Break from Pokémon.” National Post. April 8, 2000, p. E-13. 156. Hébert, Pierre. “Highly Personal Reflections on the State of Animation.” ASIFA News. 14:1 (2001), pp. 9-10. 157. Johnson, Brian D. “The Animator’s Art.” Maclean’s, Jan. 6, 1992, pp. 81-82. 158. Kelly, Brendan. “Toons Losing Plenty in the Translation.” Variety. Jan. 21-27, 2002, p. 24. 159. “Les Dingues et Compagnie.” Positif. April 1994, p. 97. 160. Maillet, Raymond. “Propos d’Un Cinephile Plutot a Cheval sur le Principe du Film Image par Image.” Plateau. Summer 1981, pp. 5, 7. 161. Miller, Bob. “The Power Behind Atomic Cartoons.” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 48-51. 162. “New Canadian Animation Panorama.” In Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 42-44. Ottawa: 1998. 163. “O Canada!” Animatoon. No. 24, 2000, pp. 46-47. 164. “Pepi Scoort Opnieuw.” Plateau. 20:4 (1999), p. 29. 165. “Portfolio Case.” Animation. April 2002, p. 15. 166. “Producer’s Reel.” Animation. Sept. 1999, pp. 32-33. (U.S., Canada). 167. Robinson, Chris. “The Animation Pimp.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 67-68. 168. Robinson, Chris. “Hockey Night in Ottawa.” In Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 106-109. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1996. Canada 11

169. Robinson, Chris. “Speaking of Bloated Asses....” Animation World. April 2001, pp. 48-49. 170. Scott, Jeffrey. “Now Is the Winter of Our Canadian Dis Content.” Animation. Dec. 1999, p. 52. 171. “Tools and Talents To Help You Thrive in Animation.” Animation. Dec. 2001, pp. 47-50. (Canada, U.S.). 172. “25 Years of ASIFA-Canada.” ASIFA News. 9:1 (1996), pp. 6-9. 173. Walz, Gene. “Cabin-Fever Animation.” Animation World. June 1996, 4 pp. 174. Walz, Gene. “The PGA Connection.” Animation World. May 1997, 4 pp. 175. Wexler, Barbara. “Twiggy Toons from Toronto.” Animation. July 1995, p. 20. 176. Xu Ying. “Canadian Animations.” World Affairs Pictorial. Aug. 2001, pp. 34-39. 177. Xu Ying. “History and Current Situation of Canadian Animation.” World Cinema. June 2000, pp. 216-235. Animators 178. Adamakos, Peter. “An Animated Conversation.” Media Five. No. 7, 1975, p. 7. 179. Borenstein, Joyce. “A Portrait of George Geertsen.” ASIFA News. 11:2 (1998), pp. 14-15. 180. Gelman, Morrie. “13 North American People To Watch in 1999.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 39, 41. (Canada, U.S.). 181. Glassman, Marc. “Drawing on Both Sides of Their Brains: The Art and Careers of Derek Lamb and Kaj Pindal.” In Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 84-94. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1996. 182. Glassman, Marc. “Retrospective: Paul Driessen: A Man of Many Parts.” In Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 66-70. Ottawa: 1998. 183. Hébert, Pierre. “Suzanne Gervais: Painter and Filmmaker.” In Ottawa 00 International Animation Festival, pp. 100-103. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2000. 184. Huvenne, Martine. “Norman Roger: Een Componist Is Als een Kostuumontwerper.” Plateau. 22:1 (2001), pp. 19-20. 185. Jackson, Wendy. “Animation’s 13 Most Powerful Teams in North America.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 21-23. 186. Langer, Mark. “Northern Silhouettes: The Work of Bryant Fryer.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, Wisconsin, Sept. 29, 1996. 12 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

187. Mazurkewich, Karen. Cartoon Capers: The History of Canadian Animators. Toronto: McArthur & Co., 1999. 313 pp. 188. Miller, Bob. “Michel Gagné: Dedicated to the Future.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 47,49, 51. 189. “Obituary: Craig R. Wilson.” Animation. May 1998, p. 54. 190. “The Ottawa 2000 Scrapbook: Featuring the 3D Photographs of Gary Schwartz.” Animation Magazine. Nov. 2000, pp. 74-77. 191. “Patrick Jenkins.” Heeza. Sept.-Nov. 1998, pp. 6-9. 192. Robinson, Chris. “Last Exit on St. Laurent Street.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 41-48. (Ryan Larkin). 193. Robinson, Chris J. “Where Memories Breathe Darkness.” ASIFA Magazine. Spring 2003, pp. 16-17. (Michèle Cournoyer). 194. Shale, Rick. “Walt Disney’s Canadian Films.” Motion. Jan. 1976, pp. 30-32. 195. Waldman, Benjamin D. “Therapeutic Toons: A Profile of Richard Condie.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 89-91. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 196. “Zoran Krstic Awarded the Prix Image de l’Art (Art Image Prize) ’96.” ASIFA News. 10:1 (1997), p. 3. Back, Frédéric 197. Adilman, Sid. “Both Canadian Oscar Nominees about Creation.” Toronto Star. Feb. 18, 1981. 198. Atherton, Tony. “Animator’s Moving Film on TV Tonight.” The Citizen (Ottawa). April 17, 1994. 199. Beckerman, Howard. “The Art of Frederic Back.” Backstage. Dec. 17, 1982, p. 24. 200. Bélisle, Robert. “Entretien avec Frederick Back ou Hommage aux Genies Inconnus.” Plateau. Spring 1993, pp. 8-9. 201. Blackadar, Bruce. “Canadian Oscar Nominees All Look Like Winners.” Toronto Star. March 14, 1982. (Janet Perlman, Frédéric Back). 202. Boone, Mike. “River a Richness Without Beginning, Without End.” The Gazette (Montreal). April 16, 1994, pp. Cl, C3. 203. “Canadian Wins.” The Citizen (Ottawa). March 30, 1982. 204. Conlogue, Ray. “Damming up the Creative Flow.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 19, 1994. 205. Dabby, Victor. “Oscar-Winning Film May Be Last from Beleaguered CBC Service.” The Evening Telegram. May 25, 1988, p. 45. 206. “Film Animator Wins Environment Award.” The Evening Telegram. March 28, 1988. 207. Fraser, Matthew. “Back Enjoys the Freedom That Comes with Animation.” Toronto Globe and Mail. Aug. 4, 1988. 208. [Frédéric Back]. Animatoon. No. 36, 2002, p. 73. Canada 13

209. “Frédéric Back.” La Revue de la Cinematheque. March 1998, p. 9. 210. “Frederic Back’s The Man Who Planted Trees.” Animation. Dec. 2002- Jan. 2003, p. 35. 211. Gregor, Anne. “Quebec Film Wins Back an Oscar.” Playback. April 18, 1988. 212. Hustak, Alan. “Two-Time Oscar Winner Back in Animated Short-Film Category.” The Gazette (Montreal). Feb. 13, 1994. 213. Jean, Marcel. “Frederic Back. Les Dessins d’Une Vie. Une Exposition de la Cinematheque et de Radio-Canada.” La Revue de la Cinémathèque. Jan.-Feb. 1998, p. 7. 214. Keerbs, Romi. “An Ordinary Miracle: An Analysis of The Man Who Planted Trees.” Animatrix. Issue 10, 1999, pp. 29-37. 215. King, Pauline. “Year of Planning for Queen’s Visit.” Toronto Globe and Mail. April 15, 1982, p. 13. 216. Klady, Leonard. “Canadian Short Captures Award.” Winnipeg Free Press. March 30, 1982. 217. “The Man Who Planted Trees.” Montreal Daily News. Dec. 22, 1988. 218. “Montreal Filmmaker’s Work To Be Recorded on LaserDisc.” The Evening Telegram. June 25, 1988. 219. “Montreal Oscar Winner Nearly Missed Ceremony.” The Gazette (Montreal). March 31, 1982. 220. Moritz, William. “The Mighty Animator, Frédéric Back.” Animation World. July 1996, 4 pp. 221. “Rocking Chair Is Star of Yorkton’s Top Film.” Halifax Chronicle Herald. Nov. 12, 1981. 222. Solomon, Charles. “The Passion of Frederic Back.” Animation Magazine. Spring 1988, pp. 13-14. 223. Swynghedauw, Sylvain. “When a Short Film Is a Box-Office Hit....” Annecy Quotidien. No. 6. 224. Taylor, Noel. “Animation Prize to Oscar-Winner.” The Citizen (Ottawa). Nov. 10, 1988. 225. Xu Ying and John A. Lent. “Frederic Back.” World Affairs Pictorial. Sept. 2002, pp. 24-27. Beaudet, Louise 226. “Addio a Louise Beaudet, Regina dell’Animazione.” ASIFA Italia Notizie. Jan./Feb. 1997, p. 3. 227. Langer, Mark. “Louise Beaudet, Curator of Film at the Cinematheque Quebecoise in Montreal, Died After a Long Illness on Jan. 3, 1997.” Animato! Spring 1997, p. 12. 228. “Louise Beaudet: Norman McLaren Heritage Award 1996.” In Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 116-117. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1996. 14 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

229. “Louise Beaudet: A Passion for Animation.” Animation World. Feb. 1997, pp. 44-49. 230. Ocelot, Michel. “Grande Dame, Louise Beaudet.” ASIFA News. 10:1 (1997), p. 2. 231. Wright, Prescott. “Giants Pass.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1997, p. 8. Condie, Richard 232. “Condie Blast: Nelvana’s Ark.” Animation. June 2002, p. 18. 233. “Richard Condie’s Oscar Nomination Is the 61st Nomination Received by the National Film Board of Canada.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1997, p. 6. 234. Smith, Lynn. “A Letter from Richard Condie.” ASIFA News. 11:1 (1998), p. 5. Hébert, Pierre 235. Bailey, Bruce. “Saying Adieu to Leonardo.” The Gazette (Montreal). June 10, 1987. 236. Bell, Cellna. “Pierre Hebert: Animation into Art.” Montreal Daily News. March 25, 1988. 237. Gajan, Philippe. “Pierre Hébert, L’Homme Artiste.” La Revue de la Cinémathèque. Aug./Sept. 2000, pp. 8-9. 238. Hébert, Pierre. L’Ange et L’Automate Essai. Laval: Cinema les 400 Coups, 1999. 287 pp. 239. “Montrealer Gets Bessie for Film.” Evening Telegram. Sept. 19, 1987. 240. Robinson, Chris J. “The Animation Pimp. Part 2:Pierre Hébert and the Work of Animation in the Age of Digital Reproduction.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 50-55. 241. Robinson, Chris. “Pierre Hébert and Animation in the Age of Digital Reproduction.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 13-18. 242. Ryan, Terry. “Pierre Hebert: Explorer in the Land of the Mind.” Saturday Gazette (Montreal). Nov. 29, 1969. 243. Ulver, Stanislav. “Intuitive Animation of Pierre Hébert (An Interview).” ASIFA News. 12:3 (1999), pp. 12-14. Hoedeman, Co 244. “Co Hoedeman: His Biography and Filmography.” Japanese Journal of Animation Studies. 3:2A, 2002, p. 36. 245. Goulet, Erik H. “The Puppet Master: Past, Present and Future.” ASIFA News. 12:2 (1999), pp. 6-7. 246. Koide, Masashi. “The National Film Board of Canada and Co Hoedeman’s Fascinating Works.” Japanese Journal of Animation Studies. 3:2A,2002,p. 35. Canada 15

247. Yokota, Masao. “Interview with Co Hoedeman.” Japanese Journal of Animation Studies. 3:2A, 2002, pp. 33-34. Jodoin, René 248. Robinson, Chris. “René Jodoin: Philosopher Fonctionnaire.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 99-101. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 249. Robinson, Chris. “René Jodoin: Philosopher ‘Fonctionnaire.’” Take One. Summer 1999, pp. 32-35. 250. Robinson, Chris. “When I Grow Up I Want To Be René Jodoin.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 31-36. Lambart, Evelyn 251. “Evelyn Lambart.” Plateau. 20:2 (1999), p. 31. 252. “In Memory of Evelyn Lambart, Animation Film Pioneer.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, p. 6. Ottawa: 1999. 253. Munro, Grant. “Tribute to Evelyn Lambart.” In Ottawa ’88 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 56-57. Ottawa: Cinematheque Canada, 1988. McLaren, Norman 254. ASIFA Canada (Montreal). April 1987. 25 pp. Special monograph issue on McLaren. 255. Bastiancich, Alfio. L ’Opera di Norman McLaren. Turin: Giappichelli, 1981. 209 pp. 256. Boulad, Bernard. “Norman McLaren Heritage Award 2000: René Jodoin – Man in the Shadow.” In Ottawa 00 International Animation Festival, p. 95. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2000. 257. Carson, Susan. “Bore People? Fat Chance, Norman McLaren.” Toronto Telegram Weekend Magazine. March 30, 1974, pp. 20-21. 258. Collins, Maynard. Norman McLaren. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1976. 259. de Blois, Marco. “L’Animation: Un Défi de Rigueur.” 66 la Revue (Montreal). Nov./Dec. 2001, p. 3. 260. Deguchi, Takehito. “Norman McLaren’s Position on Film History.” The Japanese Journal of Animation Studies. 2:1 A, 2000, pp. 51-53. 261. Dobson, Eliane. “McLaren, the Musician.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 25, 2001. 262. Dobson, Terence. “The Good, the Bad and the Beautiful.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 25, 2001. 16 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

263. Dobson, Terence. “Norman McLaren and Internationalism.” Paper presented at 9th Australian and New Zealand History and Film Conference, Brisbane, Australia, Nov. 1998. 264. Dobson, Terence. “Norman McLaren’s Visit to London: An Informative Drawing.” Animation Journal. Fall 1995, pp. 4-20. 265. Glover, Guy. McLaren. Montreal: National Film Board of Canada, 1980. 32 pp. 266. Hawkins, Gerald. “Liberty Profile: Norman McLaren.” Liberty. 18 (Jan. 1947). 267. McLaren, Norman. Norman McLaren: Exhibition and Films. Edinburgh: Scottish Arts Council, 1977. 268. McWilliams, Don. “The Creative Process of Creative Process: Norman McLaren.” In Ottawa 90 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 62-63. Ottawa: Cinematheque Canada, 1990. 269. McWilliams, Don. “Norman McLaren, Le Méconnu.” Paper presented at Cinémathèque Québécoise, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 23, 2001. 270. McWilliams, Donald, ed. Norman McLaren on the Creative Process. Montreal: National Film Board of Canada, 1991. 271. Martin, André, “i x i =...ou le Cinéma de Deux Mains.” Cahiers du Cinéma Bis. Jan./Feb./March/April 1958. 272. Moritz, William. “Norman McLaren and Jules Engel: Post-Modernists.” In A Reader in Animation Studies, edited by Jayne Pilling, pp. 104-111. London: John Libbey and Co., 1997. 273. “Norman McLaren, de Geniale Schepper.” Plateau. Jan.-March 1992, p. 13. 274. Sequences (Montreal). Oct. 1975. 155 pp. Special monograph issue on McLaren. 275. Sifianos, Georges. “The Definition of Animation: A Letter from Norman McLaren.” Animation Journal. Spring 1995, pp. 62-66. 276. Starr, Cecile. “Converstaions with Grant Munro and Ishu Patel: The Influence of Norman McLaren and the National Film Board of Canada.” Animation Journal. Spring 1995, pp. 44-61. 277. Togawa, Naoki. “Screening & Lecture: Norman McLaren and His Technique.” The Japanese Journal of Animation Studies. 2:1 A, 2000, pp. 58-59. 278. Tsugata, Nobuyuki. “An Arrangement of Literature Related to Norman McLaren.” The Japanese Journal of Animation Studies. 2:1 A, 2000, pp. 41-46. 279. Vrielynck, Robert. “Norman McLaren, Het Einde van Een Creatief Avontuur.” Plateau. 8:1, p. 3. 280. White, Michael. The Drawings of/Les Dessins de Norman McLaren. Montreal: Tundra Books, 1975. 192 pp. Canada 17

Newland, Marv 281. Carels, Edwin. “More Human Information!” Plateau. 13:4 (1992), pp. 10-12. 282. “Marv Newland, Brutaal, Maar Symphatiek.” Plateau. Jan.-March 1992, p. 12. Thorson, Charles 283. Walz, Gene. Cartoon Charlie: The Life and Work of Animation Pioneer Charles Thorson. Winnipeg, Manitoba: Great Plains Publications, 1998. 222 pp. 284. Walz, Gene. “Retrospective: Charles Thorson: A Winnipeg Animator in the Golden Age of American Animation.” In Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 63-65. Ottawa: 1998. Characters and Titles 285. “About the Making of ‘Flux’ by Chris Hinton.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2003, p. 5. 286. Allstetter, Rob. “Animated ‘X-Men’ Series Is Dropped in Canada.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 18, 1994, p. 6. 287. [“Arthur”]. Animatoon. No. 36, 2002, pp. 44-45. 288. “Caillou’s Growing Circle.” Animation. June 2001, p. 23. 289. “Feels Like Teen Spirit!” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 58. (“The Mall”). 290. Hetherington, Janet L. “Counting on Animation: Nelvana & Thirteen/WNET’s Cyberchase.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, p. 48. 291. Hetherington, Janet L. “George Shrinks Goes to PBS Daily Strip in 2002.” Animation. Oct. 2001, p. 16. 292. Hetherington, Janet L. “High Hopes for Clone High: Nelvana’s Breakout Animated Co-production with MTV.” Animation. April 2002, p. 38. 293. Hetherington, Janet L. “Nelvana’s Madcap ‘Sam and Max’ Set To Storm Saturday Mornings.” Animation. May 1997, pp. 18,20. 294. Martignoni, Andrea. “The Burgeoning of a Project: Pierre Hébert’s La Plante Humaine.” Animation World. April 1997, pp. 11-18. 295. “Nelvana’s ‘Cardcaptors’ Debuts on Kids’ Wb! to High Ratings and Critical Acclaim.” CNW/PRN release, July 19, 2001. 296. R.S, “Cartoons for Junior Thinkers,” Animation. May 1995, pp. 30-31. 297. “Universal Appeal: Atomic Betty Rocks.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 44. 298. “A Video Compilation of 17 Canadian Independent Animated Shorts Produced by ASIFA-Canada.” ASIFA News. 14:1 (2001), p. 8. “Bob and Margaret” 299. Doherty, Mike. “No Nudity or Violence, Unless It’s Essential: In 18 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Canada, Bob and Margaret’s Creators Struck a Deal They Could Live With.” National Post. Dec. 2, 1998. 300. Kelly, Brendan. “Production Closeup: ‘Bob and Margaret.’” Variety. Jan. 25-31, 1999, p. 66. “Maggie and the Ferocious Beast” 301. Hetherington, Janet L. “Ferocious Fun: Maggie and the Ferocious Beast.” Animation. Oct. 1999, pp. 24, 26-28. 302. Hetherington, Janet L. “Great Googly Moogly! It’s Maggie and the Ferocious Beast!.” Animation. April 2000, p. 24. “Re Boot” 303. “ReBoot Episode Guide” fps. Autumn 1995, p. 14. 304. Townsend, Emru. “Turn on and Plug in” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 12-14. 305. Wilson, Gord. “What Hath Reboot Wrought? An Interview with Producer Chris Brough.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 20-23. “Rolie Polie Olie” 306. “Forward into the Past: The Terrifying Togs of That ’70s Show; the Retro Robots of Rolie Polie Olie.” LA Weekly. Oct. 2, 1998. 307. “Rolie Polie Olie, Kevin Spencer.” Variety. April 3-9, 2000, p. 165. Companies, Studios 308. “Canadian Animation Companies.” Animation. Oct. 1997, p. 48. 309. “Canadian Animation Studios.” Animation. Sept. 1996, p. 57. 310. “Disney’s Canadian Departure Comes as No Great Surprise.” Reuters dispatch, March 13, 2000. 311. Fauteux, Jean-Philippe, “La Cinémathèque Québécoise: 25 Years!” In Ottawa ’88 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 85-87. Ottawa: Cinematheque Canada, 1988. 312. “GameWorks Takes on the World.” Animation. Oct. 1997, p. 49. 313. Gelman, Morrie. “Studio B, 13th Year Looks To Be Lucky.” Animation. April 2000, p. 63. 314. Hetherington, Janet. “15 Leading Canadian TV Production Companies.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 40. 315. Hetherington, Janet. “15 Multi-Faceted Canadian Companies That Will Make an Impact.” Animation Magazine. Dee. 2000, p. 42. 316. Jean, Marcel. “Studio Francais d’Animation de l’ONF.” In Ottawa 90 International Animation Festival, Program, pp. 65-68, Ottawa: Cine- matheque Canada, 1990. 317. Kelly, Brendan. “Cactus, Elma Pact for Toons.” Daily Variety. Nov. 12, 1998, p. 7. Canada 19

318. Kelly, Brendan. “Disney Finds Talent Up North.” Variety. June 24-30, 1996, pp. 96, 112. 319. Kelly, Brendan. “Nelvana, Cinar Lead Canuck Wave.” Variety. June 19- 25, 1995, pp. 44-72. 320. Kenyon, Heather. “Animation Goes Daily at Klik.” Animation World. March 1999, 5 pp. 321. Leitch, Carolyn. “Toon Factories: It’s a 3-D World After All!” Variety. Sept. 7-13, 1998, p. 44. 322. “Montreal’s Desclez Busy Shop,” Variety. June 19-25, 1995, pp, 44, 72. 323. “Pork and Beans Moves into Original Flash Content.” Animation. May 2001, p. 29. 324. Robertson, Barbara. “A Decade of Capturing Excellence.” Animation. Sept. 2003, pp. 32-33. 325. Townson, Don and Charles Lyons. “Disney Closes Canuck Shops, Lays Off 200.” Reuters dispatch, Feb. 15, 2000. AcmeWorks Digital Film 326. “AcmeWorks Digital Film (Calgary, Canada).” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 104. 327. Desowitz, Bill, “Saving Cartoons: ACMEWorks to the Rescue,” Animation. Sept. 2001, p. 24. Cinar Corp. 328. Abocar, Amran. “CINAR sells Arthur Series to Chinese Television.” Reuters dispatch, Dec. 9, 1999. 329. “Animator Cinar Fires Founders Weinberg and Charest.” Reuters dispatch, Aug. 17, 2000. 330. Bouw, Brenda. “Cinar Gets Right To See Where Money Went.” Financial Post. March 29, 2000, p. Cl. 331. Bouw, Brenda. “High-Profile Animator Faces $122 M Debacle.” National Post. March 7, 2000, p. 1. 332. Bouw, Brenda. “Shareholders Demand Cinar Be Sold.” National Post. March 7, 2000, pp. C-l, C-4. 333. Bouw, Brenda. “Suitors Line Up To Buy Cinar’s Assets.” National Post. April 13, 2000, p. C5. 334. Bouw, Brenda and Sinclair Stewart. “Cinar in Settlement Negotiations.” National Post. March 28, 2000, p. C-l. 335. “Canada’s Cinar Scandal Continues To Make News.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2000, p. 4. 336. “Cinar Admits Its Financial Statements Not Reliable.” National Post. March 11, 2000, p. 1. 337. “CINAR Announces Corporate Restructuring and Appoints Auditors.” Press release, Nov. 23, 2001. 20 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

338. “Cinar Debacle Is a Slow-Motion Disaster.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 7, 2000, p. B-17. 339. “CINAR Names New President for Entertainment Arm.” Reuters dispatch, Jan. 20, 2000. 340. “Cinar Reaches Payment Schedule Agreement.” Reuters dispatch, Oct. 24, 2000. 341. “Cinar Says Talks with Potential Buyer Fail.” Reuters dispatch, Nov. 6, 2001. 342. “The Cinar Scandal Is Possibly Being Resolved.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 2001, p. 4. 343. “Cinar Settles Tax Case.” Animatoon. No. 29, 2001, p. 61-62. 344. “Cinar Shares Drop 30 Percent After Allegations.” Reuters dispatch, Oct. 18, 1999. 345. “CINAR, the Canadian Animation Company Hit with a Financial Scandal, Has Repaid a Lot of Their Debt and May Liquidate What Is Left.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 6. 346. “CINAR Under Fraud Investigation.” Reuters dispatch, Oct. 15, 1999. 347. “Cinar Update.” Animatoon. No. 42, 2003, p. 68. 348. Craig, Susanne. “Scandal Rocks Cinar.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 7, 2000, pp. A-l, A-7. 349. Craig, Susanne and Bertrand Marotte. “Cinar May Have To Pay Taxman.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 18, 2000, pp. Bl, B4. 350. Ferriter, Christine. “All for the Love of Kids.” Animation. July 1995, p. 10. 351. “Financial Scandal’s Fallout.” National Post. March 7, 2000, p. A6. 352. Grandmont, Charles. “Cinar CEO Steps Down, Says Clean-up Done.” Reuters dispatch, Sept. 9, 2002. 353. Grandmont, Charles. “Cinar Chief Scrambles To Avoid Delisting.” Reuters dispatch, June 21, 2000. 354. Grandmont, Charles. “CINAR Keeps Mum Despite Pressure To Disclose.” Reuters dispatch, March 10, 2000. 355. Grandmont, Charles. “CINAR’s Employee Morale Hurt by Scandal.” Reuters dispatch, March 17, 2000. 356. Grandmont, Charles. “Troubled Canadian Producer Drops Another Bombshell.” Reuters dispatch, March 12, 2000. 357. Guider, Elizabeth. “Cinar Sizzles with ‘Strip.’” Variety. Oct. 6-12, 2003, p. A33. 358. Hetherington, Janet L. “CINAR Corporation.” Animation. May 1999, pp. 15-16, 56. 359. Jackson, Peter. “Cinar Case a Governance Heads-up.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 28, 2000, p. B-14. 360. Kelly, Brendan. “Cinar Founders Just Say No to Attempted Firing.” Variety. Aug. 21-27, 2000, p. 4. Canada 21

361. Kelly, Brendan. “Cinar Ordered To Halt Trading Stock.” Variety. May 1-7, 2000, p. 81. 362. Kelly, Brendan. “Cinar Probe Adds Transactions.” Variety. Oct. 16-22, 2000, p. 124. 363. Kelly, Brendan. “Cinar Scandal Spells Trouble for Biz.” Variety. March 13-19, 2000, p. 41. 364. Kelly, Brendan. “Cinar Seeks Merrill Lynch Advice.” Variety. Aug. 7- 13, 2000, p. 30. 365. Kelly, Brendan. “Cinar Sights Missing Cash.” Variety. March 27-April 2, 2000, p. 63. 366. Kelly, Brendan. “Cinar Sues Ex-exex for $19 Million.” Variety. Feb. 5- 11, 2001, p. 32. 367. Kelly, Brendan. “Film Board Topper Polishes Tarnished Org.” Variety. Feb. 25-March 3, 2002, p. 28. 368. Kelly, Brendan. “Mounties Detail Cinar Probe.” Variety. April 24-30, 2000, p. 68. 369. Leger, Kathryn. “$1M Royalties to Founder’s Sister Are Repaid.” National Post. March 11, 2000, pp. D-l, D-8. 370. MacDonald, Gayle and Keith McArthur. “Power Couple Falls from Grace.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 7, 2000, p. B-9. 371. McInbardis, Robert. “Cinar’s Founding Couple Defiant after Firing.” Reuters dispatch, Aug. 18, 2000. 372. McQueen, Rod. “X-ray Vision Exists Only in Hindsight.” National Post. March 7, 2000, p. C-4. 373. Marotte, Bertrand. “Angry Writers Call for Inquiry into Cinar Royalty Case.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 11, 2000, p. B-l. 374. Marotte, Bertrand. “Cinar Founders Caught in Spotlight.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 7, 2000, pp. B-l, B-8. 375. Marotte, Bertrand. “Cinar, Norshield Talk Settlement.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 28, 2000, p. B-l. 376. Marotte, Bertrand. “Cinar Reports Restated Loss.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 31, 2001. 377. Marotte, Bertrand. “Cinar Settlement $2-Million.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 16, 2002, pp. Bl, B2. 378. Marotte, Bertrand. “News Delay Halts Cinar Trading All Day.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 10, 2000, pp. B-l, B-4. 379. Marotte, Bertrand and Susanne Craig. “Cinar ‘Likely’ To Restate Financials.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 11, 2000, pp. B-l, B-4. 380. Marr, Garry and Brenda Bouw. “Cinar Restates Its Financial Statements.” National Post. March 11, 2000, pp. D-l, D-8. 381. Partridge, John. “Cinar Names Barrie Usher as New Chief Executive.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 7, 2000, p. B-9. 22 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

382. Partridge, John. “Director ‘Not Aware.’” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 18, 2000, pp. B1, B4. 383. Rubin, Sandra. “How Were Investments Missed?” National Post. March 7, 2000, p. C-4. 384. Spears, John. “Troubled Cinar Issues Warning on Past Results.” Toronto Star. March 11, 2000, p. D-5. 385. “Special Cinar News Compendium.” Animation World. April 2001, p. 5. 386. Stewart, Sinclair. “Broken Trust Could Hurt Future Deals.” National Post. March 7, 2000, pp. C-l, C-4. 387. Stewart, Sinclair. “Cinar Scheme Netted $7.8M in Tax Credits, RCMP Says.” National Post. April 15, 2000, p. Dl. 388. Stewart, Sinclair and Paul Waldie. “Cinar Says It Has Found Some of Missing $86M.” National Post. March 18, 2000, pp. D1-D2. 389. Tu Tranh Ha. “Former Executive Denies Allegations.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 7, 2000, pp. B-l, B-9. Cuppa Coffee 390. “Cuppa Coffee.” Animation. March 1998, p. 66. 391. Eichhorn, Paul. “Cuppa Coffee Brews up a Special Blend of Animation.” Take One. Summer 1999, p. 42. 392. Glassman, Marc. “A Jolt of Java Hi-Jinx: the Life and Art at Cuppa Coffee.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 80-85. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. Mainframe Entertainment 393. Perro, Don. “Vancouver’s Mainframe Entertainment.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 394. Zahed, Ramin. “CGI Pioneer: Mainframe Entertainment.” Animation. Nov. 2002, p. 24. National Film Board of Canada 395. “The Academy Celebrates the National Film Board of Canada’s 60th Anniversary in an Animation Extravaganza.” The AWN Spotlight. Nov. 11, 1999, p. 4. 396. Beaudet, Loiuise. “The National Film Board of Canada: A 50th Anniversary Celebration.” In Ottawa 99 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 67-70. Ottawa: Cinematheque Canada, 1988. 397. Deneroff, Harvey. “The National Film Board of Canada: What’s New.” Animatoon. No. 39, 2002, pp. 56-61. 398. George, Jane. “NFB Seeks Artists for Animation Workshop: ’Nunavut Is Unique in Terms of Its Artistic Capacity.” Nunatsiaq News (Canada). Dec. 5, 2003. Canada 23

399. “The National Film Board of Canada: 60 Years of Cinema – Countless Images of Our Lives.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 6-7. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 400. “NFBC Developing Its Library.” Animation Flash. Sept. 22, 1998. 401. “Portrait d’un Studio d’Animation, Office National du Film du Canada, 1984.” Plateau. Summer 1984, p. 21. 402. Wilson, Gord. “8,000 Films and Counting: Everything You Always Wanted To Know About the National Finn Board of Canada.” Animato! Spring 1997, pp. 20-24. Nelvana 403. Abocar, Amran. “Corus Acquires Nelvana for C $540 Million.” Reuters dispatch, Sept. 18, 2000. 404. Abocar, Amran. “Deal Between Nelvana, Corus Close.” Reuters dispatch. Sept. 8, 2000. 405. Abocar, Amran. “Nelvana To Buy U.S. Publisher Klutz.” Reuters dispatch, April 12, 2000. 406. Besen, Ellen and Marc Glassman. “Three Men and a Bear: Nelvana at 25.” In Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 100- 102. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1996. 407. Bouw, Brenda. “Nelvana Acquires Publisher Klutz in Smooth Deal.” National Post. April 13, 2000, p. C5. 408. “Canada’s Nelvana Was Purchased for $372.5 Million.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2000, p. 5. 409. “Canadian Film and Animation Production and Distribution Company, Nelvana.” Animatoon. No. 6, 1996, pp. 44-49. 410. Clulow, Melanie. “Content Regs Boost U.K. Arm.” Variety. April 22- 28, 1996, pp. 74, 82. 411. Enchin, Harvey. “Ad Prod’n Subsid Playing Games.” Variety. April 22- 28, 1996, p. 84. 412. Enchin, Harvey. “Bank Taking Credit.” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, p. 87. 413. Enchin, Harvey. “‘Pippi’: Taking License.” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, pp. 78, 84. 414. Gelman, Morrie and Ellen Besen. “Staking Their Claim: Perseverance Pays Off for Toronto-Based Nelvana.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 26-28, 33. 415. Goldman, Michael R. “L.A. Office Plays a Significant Role.” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, pp. 65, 86. 416. Hetherington, Janet L. “Nelvana Goes 3D.” Animation. April 1999, p. 18. 417. Hetherington, Janet L. “The Pelswick Perspective.” Animation. Oct. 2000, p. 24. 24 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

418. Hetherington, Janet L. “Robots and Wizards Help Nelvana Expand Its Reach.” Animation. April 2001, p. 12. 419. Hetherington, Janet L. “The Standard Continues To Rise.” Animation. Oct. 1998, p. 6. 420. Hetherington, Janet L. “25 Years of Nelvana.” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 15-17. 421. Hetherington, John. “Nelvana Ups the Ante.” Animation. Oct. 1997, pp. 41,71. 422. Hirsch, Michael. “Funding Co-Productions: A Complicated but Tasty Recipe.” Animation World. Jan. 1998. 423. Kaufman, Debra. “Diversity: Nelvana’s Key to Success.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, pp. 24-26. 424. Kelly, Brendan. “Live-Action Booming for Animation House.” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, pp. 70-77. 425. Kelly, Brendan. “Prolific Indie Branches Out.” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, pp. 65, 68. 426. Kelly, Brendan. “Reviving Feature Animation.” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, pp. 72, 88. 427. Kelly, Brendan. “Turning Knights into ‘Dragons.’” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, p. 66. 428. Kelly, Brendan. “TV Animation Tops Agenda.” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, pp. 66, 80. 429. “Metabot.” Animation. June 2001, p. 23. 430. “Nelvana.” Animatoon. No. 6 (Aug.), 1996, pp. 44-48. 431. “Nelvana Acquires Worldwide Distribution Rights to Offbeat Animated Series ‘Jean-Luc and Dondoozat.’” Animatoon. No. 19, 1999, p. 53. 432. “Nelvana Acquires Worldwide Production, Distribution and Merchandising Rights to ‘Puff the Magic Dragon.’” Animatoon. No. 17, 1999, pp. 64-65. 433. “Nelvana Hopes Share Price Will Get Boost from U.S.” Reuters dispatch, June 12, 2000. 434. “Nelvana Increases Animation Volume.” Animation World. April 1997, p. 56. 435. “Nelvana Says in Talks on Possible Sale.” Reuters dispatch, Sept. 15, 2000. 436. “Nelvana Shares Climb on Speculation.” Reuters dispatch, Aug. 30, 2000. 437. “Nelvana’s Quarter-Century.” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, p. 77. 438. “Nelvana Takes on Step-Family Relations.” Animation. April 2003, p. 46. 439. Pigg, Susan. “Nelvana To Buy Book Firm.” Toronto Star. April 13, 2000, p. C13. Canada 25

440. Rengle, Kimberly “Nelvana Ups Productivity.” Animation. May 1996, p. 19. 441. Ricci, Jeanne. “Nelvana: Going into Battle!” Animation Magazine. Oct./Nov. 1995, pp. 26-27. 442. Stoffman, Daniel. The Nelvana Story: Thirty Animated Years. Toronto: Nelvana, 2002. 128 pp. 443. “Teletoon Proposed as Cable Animation Outlet.” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, pp. 70, 87. 444. Williams, Michael. “Seeking Euro Expansion.” Variety. April 22-28, 1996, pp. 74, 80. 445. Zahed, Ramin. “Eight-Legged Peek: Nelvana’s Eye-Popping 3D Animation Brings David Kirk’s Miss Spider to Life.” Animation. April 2003, p. 56. TELETOON 446. “Canada’s TELETOON Takes Off.” Animation. Oct. 1997, pp. 43, 72. 447. “School News: TELETOON Awards 2nd Annual Scholarships.” Animation. Jan. 2000, p. 63. 448. “TELETOON.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter/ Spring 1996, p. 4. Education, Training 449. “Animation School: Emily Carr Institute of Art and Design.” Animatoon. No. 41, 2003, pp. 56-57. 450. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Applied Multi-Media Training Centers.” Animation. Oct. 2001, pp. 65-66. 451. Kelly, Deirdre. “College To Get New Animation Centre.” Toronto Globe and Mail. April 15, 1998, p. C3. 452. Murch, Sean M. “Going on Their Way in Vancouver.” Animation World. March 1997, 4 pp. 453. “Schools and Recruiting Forecasts.” Animation. Feb. 2000, pp. 91-92. (Canada, U.S.). Seneca College of Applied Arts and Technology 454. Baisley, Sarah. “Seneca College of Applied Arts and Technology.” Animation. Sept. 1998, pp. 41-42. 455. “Seneca Launches Digital Visual Effects Program.” Animation. July 1999, p. 35. Sheridan College 456. “Animation School [Sheridan].” Animatoon. No. 37, 2002, p. 66. 457. Cottrell, Allen. “Sheridan College.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. 59, 60. 26 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

458. Hetherington, Janet L. “‘Sheridan Animates Manhattan’: Telling Tales Out of School.” Animation. March 1999, p. 26. 459. “Sheridan College.” Animatoon. No. 23, 2000, pp. 32-35. 460. “Sheridan College Upgrades to Video Lunchbox.” The AWN Spotlight. Nov. 11, 1999, p. 3. 461. “Sheridan Starts Mentor Program.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, p. 68. VanArts 462. “Animation School (Vanarts).” Animatoon. No. 43, 2003, pp. 56-57. 463. Jackson, Wendy. “School Profile: VanArts.” Animation. June 1999, pp. 35-36. Vancouver Film School 464. “Fine Art in a Fair City: Vancouver Film School.” Animation. April 1998, p. 47. 465. “Vancouver Film School.” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 100-101. Exhibitions, Festivals 466. “ASIFA-Sanctioned Festivals.” Animation World. March 1997, 5 pp. 467. Hetherington, Janet. “Children’s Summit and NewMedia 2000: Animation Alive and Kicking at Toronto Shows.” Animation. Oct. 2000, pp. 73-74. 468. Hofferman, Jon. “Fresh from the Festivals: April 2002’s Film Reviews.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 79-81. (Canada, U.S.). 469. Micheli, Sergio. “Toronto.” Comic Art. Oct. 1984, p. 15. 470. Ocelot, Michel. “ASIFA’s Next Step: A Continuation of the History of ASIFA’s Patronage of Festivals.” Animation World. Aug. 1998, 2 pp. 471. Robinson, Chris. “Greetings from St. Helena.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 38-40. 472. Verspeelt, Gustaaf. “Toronto ’84.” Plateau. Winter 1984, pp. 19-20. Ottawa International Animation Festival 473. Alder, Otto. “Ottawa ’98, Grand Prix to ‘Night of Carrots.’” Animatoon. No. 16, 1998, pp. 8-15. 474. “And the Winners Are....”fps. Spring 1995, p. 15. 475. “Animation Festival Celebrates Students.” CBC News Online. Oct. 17, 2003. 476. “Celebrating Its 20th Anniversary.” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 20, 22- 25, 57. 477. “Director’s Choice.” In Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 40-41. Ottawa: 1998. Canada 27

478. Fallows, Deborah. “The 1998 Ottawa International Animation Festival: A Nice Mix of Films, Business and Fun.” Animation World. Nov. 1998, 3 pp. 479. “Festival International d’Animation d’Ottawa ’94.” Plateau. 15:4 (1994), p. 20. 480. “Festival Spotlight: Ottawa International Animation Festival.” Animatoon. No. 40, 2002, pp. 20-23. 481. Furniss, Maureen. “Confessions of a Festival Juror.” Animation World. Jan. 1997,4 pp. 482. Furniss, Maureen. “Ottawa ’94.” fps. Spring 1995, p. 10. 483. Furniss, Maureen. “Rituals of Celebration: Community and Communitas at the Ottawa International Animation Festival.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, San Francisco, California, Oct. 1994. 484. “International Student Animation Festival of Ottawa Announced.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1996, p. 3. 485. “International Student Animation Festival of Ottawa ’97.” Animatoon. 3:11 (1997), pp. 96-101. 486. Kim, Joan. “Ottawa International Animation Festival. 2002: Picture Book.” Animation World. Jan. 2003, pp. 53-57. 487. Langer, Mark. “Ottawa International Student Animation Festival 2001.” Animatoon. No. 34, 2001, pp. 10-17. 488. Leskovsky, Richard. “1998 Ottawa International Animation Festival.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall/Winter 1998/1999, pp. 4- 8. 489. Levy, David. “Comments about Ottawa.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2002, p. 5. 490. “Official Competition.” In Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 32-49. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1996. 491. “Official Competition.” In Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 25-35. Ottawa: 1998. 492. “Official Competition Introduction.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 12-13. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 493. “Official Competition: The Films.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 15-27. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 494. “Ottawa Awards Top Prize to Robert Bradbrook’s ‘Home Road Movies.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2002, pp. 4-5. 495. “Ottawa Festival in Trouble.” Animatoon. No. 44, 2003, p. 72. 496. “Ottawa International Animation Festival.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1998, pp. 1-2. 497. “Ottawa International Animation Festival.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter 1997/98, p. 8. 28 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

498. “The Ottawa International Film Festival Has Been Saved for the Moment.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2003, p. 4. 499. “The Ottawa International Film Festival Is Facing a Major Funding Crisis.” ASIFA San Francisco. July-Aug. 2003, p. 4. 500. Ottawa ’88 International Animation Festival. Program. Ottawa: Cinematheque Canada, 1988. 100 pp. 501. “Ottawa in Vuur.” Plateau. 21:3 (2000), p. 33. 502. Ottawa 90 International Animation Festival. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute Division, Cinematheque Canada, 1990. 120 pp. 503. “Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival.” Animatoon. No. 7, 1996, pp. 8-16. 504. Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival. Program. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1996. 130 pp. 505. “Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter/Spring 1996, p. 4. 506. “Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Summer 1996, p. 5. 507. Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program. Ottawa: 1998. 110 pp. 508. Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. National Archives of Canada, Oct. 21-24, 1999. Ottawa: 1999. 509. “Report at the Spot 1. Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival.” Animatoon. No. 7, 1996, pp. 8-16. 510. Robinson, Chris. “Burn, Burn, Burn: The Image and the Fury of the Ottawa 00 International Animation Festival.” Animatoon. No. 28, 2000, pp. 8-11. 511. Robinson, Chris. Ottawa 01 International Student Animation Festival, October 18-21, 2001: A Companion. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2001. 54 pp. 512. Robinson, Chris. “SAFO ’99: Ottawa International Student Animation Festival.” Animatoon. No. 22, 1999, pp. 18-23. 513. Robinson, Chris. “Va’al Inferno.” In Ottawa 01 International Student Animation Festival, October 18-21, 2001, p. 10. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2001. 514. Sporn, Michael. “You Can’t Go to Ottawa ’76 Again: An Anticlimactic Festival for ’78.” Funnyworld. Fall 1978, pp. 18-21. 515. Stewart, Bhob. “Flix: Life Is a Cartoon.” Heavy Metal. Dec. 1980, pp. 7, 70-72. 516. Strøm, Gunnar. “Ottawa ’96.” ASIFA News. 9:4 (1996), p. 12. 517. Timmerman, Erik. “Ottawa, My Ottawa.” fps. Spring 1995, p. 16. 518. Townsend, Emru. “The Ottawa International Animation Festival.” fps. Sept. 1993, pp. 13-15. Canada 29

519. Townsend, Emru. “Ottawa ’94: The fps Experience.” fps. Spring 1995, pp. 11-13. 520. Townsend, Emru. “Ottawa ’98: More of the Same (Not That We Mind).” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 59, 126. 521. Verspeelt, G. “Ottawa 80 V.I.P. Page.” Plateau. Fall 1980, pp. 11-12. 522. Warren, T.S. “Colouring Outside the Lines.” Xpress (Ottawa). Oct. 18- 24, 2001. pp. 40-41. 523. Wright, Prescott J. “Ottawa ’00 Notes.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2000, pp. 9-10. 524. Yates, Alan. “Short Takes.” fps. Spring 1995, p. 14. SAFO 525. Ashworth, Joan. “SAFO ’97: The First Time Around.” Animation World Magazine. Oct. 1997, 3 pp. 526. Deneroff, Harvey. “SAFO 03 Preview: An Interview with Chris Robinson.” Animatoon. No. 45, 2003, pp. 10-15. 527. “SAFO Award Winners Announced.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1997, pp. 1-2. 528. “SAFO Receives Astonishing 600 Entries!” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Spring/Summer 1997, p. 5. Historical Aspects 529. Bendazzi, Giannalberto. Cartoons: One Hundred Years of Cinema Animation. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1994. (Canada, 261- 272). 530. Mazurkewich, Karen. “The Hard Cel: the Evolution of the Canadian Commercial.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 68-72. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 531. Robinson, Chris J. “Animatin’ in Adawe.” Animation World. May 2002, pp. 40-52. 532. Walz, Gene. “Animation Central: Animation in Winnipeg, Past and Present.” In Ottawa 90 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 71-74. Ottawa: Cinematheque Canada, 1990. Industry 533. “Bardel’s New Low Budget Feature Facility.” Animation. June 1999, p. 8. 534. Cottrell, Allen. “Opportunities.” Animation. April 1998, p. 48. 535. Cox, Dan. “SAG Fine Toons Production, Residuals Pact.” Variety. May 2-8, 1994, p. 103. 536. DeMott, Rick. “Picketing in Front of PBS! Just Blame It on Canada?” Animation World. May 2000, pp. 27-29. 30 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

537. Hetherington, Janet L. “Canadian Animation, International Appeal.” Animation. Oct. 1998, pp. 35-36, 38, 40. 538. Hetherington, Janet L. “Creativity Flows in Canada.” Animation. Oct. 1997, pp. 40-42, 44, 46-47. 539. Hetherington, Janet L. “Global View: Eastern Canada.” Animation. May 2000, pp. 39-42, 52. 540. Hetherington, Janet L. “It’s High Noon for the Animation Industry in Western Canada.” Animation. Sept. 2000, pp. 31-33, 61. 541. Kelly, Brendan. “Canada Toons Up the World.” Variety. June 20-26, 1994, pp. 32, 34. 542. Kelly, Brendan. “Indies Picking Up Pace.” Variety. June 24-30, 1996, pp.96, 112. 543. Kelly, Brendan. “New Toon Boom in the North.” Variety. April 10-16, 2000, p. 56. 544. Leitch, Carolyn. “Toon Train Is Tooting North of the 49th Parallel.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, p. A27. 545. Robinson, Chris. “Blame the USA.” Animation World. March 2001, pp. 35-36. 546. Robinson, Chris. “Scandals, Smokescreens and a Golden Age?: Canadian Animation in the 21st Century.” Animation World. Aug. 2000, 12 pp. 547. Robinson, Chris. “The True North, Strong and Meek.” Animation World. April 2000, 2 pp. 548. Robinson, Chris. “Whose Golden Age? Canadian Animation in the 1990s.” Animation World. June 1998, 6 pp. 549. Solomon, Charles. “Canadian Animation Is Still the Big Draw.” Los Angeles Times. Jan. 17, 1992, p. F12. 550. Spezzacatena, Gian. “Some Thoughts on the Art of Film Animation: Market Pressures, High Education and Even Higher Technologies.” Dope Sheet. Jan. 1998, p. 7. 551. Stolte, Trish. “Ottawa Showcase: Animation in the Nation’s Capital.” In Ottawa ‘88 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 79-81. Ottawa: Cinematheque Canada, 1988. 552. Townsend, Emru. “Along the Banks of the St. Lawrence....” Animation World. March 1999, 5 pp. Technical Aspects 553. Cinéma d’Animation sans Caméra. Montreal: National Film Board, 1959. 554. Goslawski, Barbara. “Experimental.” Take One. Summer 1999, p. 47. 555. Plantec, Peter. “Softimage: Why Not?” Animation. April 1996, pp. 10, 81. Canada 31

556. Roncarelli, Robi. “Retrospective: Canada: The Mother of Computer Animation.” In Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 70-72. Ottawa: 1998. 557. Towson, Don. “Stopped Motion.” Variety. April 3-9, 2000, pp. 158, 168. 558. Verrall, Robert. “Making an Animated Cartoon: The Romance of Transportation.” Canadian Art. 11 (1954), pp. 148-150. COMIC BOOKS General Sources 559. Alfonso, Ralph and Cliff Letovsky. “Canada.” Foreign Comic Reviews. No. 3, 1973, p. 7. 560. Atkinson, Nathalie. “The Ultimate Outing for People Who Like To Stay in....” National Post (Toronto). May 21, 2002. 561. Barber, Bruce. “La Bande Dessinée au Québec.” Inks. Feb. 1997, pp. 39-41. 562. Blackmore, Tim. “Land in Zicht: Canada.” Stripschrift. Oct. 2001, p. 15. 563. Encyclopaedic Dictionary of the Comics. Tappen, B.C.: Kendig, 1979-. 564. Gabilliet, J.P. “Comics, Ideology, Power and the Critics.” Canadian Literature. Summer 1992, pp. 162-163. 565. Hänninen, Harto. “Piirretty & Neljännesvuosittainen Vaihtoehto.” Sarjainfo. No. 87, 2/1995, pp. 20-21. 566. Hirsh, Michael and Patrick Loubert. The Great Canadian Comic Books. Toronto: Peter Martin Associates, 1971. 264 pp. 567. Letovsky, Cliff. “View from Canada.” Comic Fandom Monthly. Sept. 1971, p. 22; Oct. 1971, p. 26; Nov. 1971, pp. 21, 23; Jan. 1972, pp. 24- 25. 568. McLaughlin, Ann. “AIDS in the Comics.” Maclean’s. Dec. 9, 1991, p. 46. 569. “Macworld Canada Expo Reviewed – 2.” Computer Data. Jan. 1991, pp. 24-27. 570. Strömberg, Fredrik. “Fredrik i Nya Världen.” Bild & Bubbla. No. 2, 1995, pp. 59, 60. (Canada, U.S.). 571. Theaker, Dan. An Introduction to Canadian Comic Books. Arnprior, Ontario: Aurora, 1986. 572. Theaker, Dan. An Introduction to Canadian Comic Books. 1987 Edition. 1941-1987. Arnprior, Ontario: Aurora Books, 1987. 573. Yronwode, Cat. “Fit To Print.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 5, 1996, p. 34. 32 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Characters and Titles 574. Beaty, Bart. “Vellevision [by] Maurice Vallekoop.” Comics Journal. April 1998, p. 111. 575. Boivin, Jacques. “Collapse of the CROC Empire.” Comics Journal. Oct. 1995, p. 30. 576. “Canadian Whites: 5.” The New Captain George’s Whizzbang. No. 10, 1970, p. 23. 577. Grace, Dominick M. “Ondaatje and Charlton Comic’s Billy the Kid.” Canadian Literature. Summer 1992, pp. 199-202. 578. Groensteen, Thierry. “On ‘The Building of The Cage.’” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 15, 2001. 579. Schilders, Ed. “BIZARRE, John Willie’s Tintelende Tijdschrift.” Stripschrift. No. 195, 1985, pp. 10-13. 580. Thompson, Maggie. “Captains and the Star Riders: Richard Comely Interview.” Comic Fandom ’s Forum. Dec. 1982, pp. 33-38. “Captain Canuck” 581. “Captain Canuck” clipping file. Collected at Michigan State University in the Russel B. Nye Popular Culture Collection’s Popular Culture Vertical File. East Lansing, Michigan. 582. “‘Captain Canuck’ Is Star of a Story Strip.” Editor & Publisher. Aug. 12, 1995, p. 35. 583. “C.C. Checklist.” Comic Cellar. Summer 1982, p. 37. 584. Edwardson, Ryan. “The Many Lives of Captain Canuck: Nationalism, Culture, and the Creation of a Canadian Comic Book Superhero.” Journal of Popular Culture. Nov. 2003, pp. 184-201. 585. “George Freeman.” Comic Cellar. Summer 1982, pp. 33-36. 586. “Ken Ryan.” Comic Cellar. Summer 1982, pp. 27-31. 587. Mietkiewicz, Henry. “Captain Canuck Is Back.” Toronto Star. July 17, 1993, Section G. 588. “Richard Comely.” Comic Cellar. Summer 1982, pp. 12-20. 589. “Ronald Leishman.” Comic Cellar. Summer 1982, pp. 22-25. 590. Schuster, Hal. “Captain Canuck.” Comics Feature. March 1980, pp. 53- 55. 591. Thompson, Clive. “Captain Comeback.” Toronto Globe and Mail. July 13, 1994, Section C. “Mad Monkey” 592. Brady, Matt. “Mad Monkey Hits Hollywood.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 21, 1997, p. 30. 593. “Mad Monkey.” Stripschrift. Sept. 1995, p. 32. Canada 33

Comics Debate 594. Adams, Mary L. “Youth, Corruptibility, and English-Canadian Post-war Campaigns Against Indecency, 1948-1955.” Journal of the History of Sexuality. 6:1 (1995), pp. 89-117. 595. Beaty, Bart. “High Treason: Canadian Nationalism and the Regulation of American Crime Comic Books.” Essays on Canadian Writing. Fall 1997, pp. 85-106. 596. Carney, Dora. “What’s Wrong with the So-Called ‘Comics’?” Saturday Night. Nov. 13, 1948, pp. 32-33. 597. “Father Upset by Son’s Comic.” Calgary Herald. Feb. 17, 1988, p. D5. 598. Fulton, E.D. “Comments on Crime Comics and Pornography.” Ottawa Law Review. 20:1 (1988), pp. 30+. 599. Gleason, Mona. “‘They Have a Bad Effect’: Crime Comics, Parliament, and the Hegemony of the Middle Class in Postwar Canada.” In Pulp Demons: International Dimensions of the Postwar Anti-Comics Campaign, edited by John A. Lent, pp. 129-154. Madison, New Jersey: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press; London: Associated University Presses, 1999. 600. “The Good Guys.” Maclean’s. Sept. 19, 1964, pp. 28-30. 601. Katz, Sidney. “What About the Comics?” Maclean’s. Dec. 1948, pp. 7, 71-75. 602. “Pornography Debate Embraces Comic Books.” Winnipeg Free Press. March 15, 1988, p. 34. 603. “Protest on Crime Comics Gets Attention in Ottawa.” Financial Post. July 7, 1951, pp. 1,3. Exhibitions, Festivals 604. “Canadian National Comic Book Expo Celebrates Five Years.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 27, 1999, p. 22. 605. “Canadian National Comic Book Expo Returns to Toronto.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 24, 2001, p. 38. 606. “Canadian National Comic Book Expo Serves Both Sides of the Border.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 18, 2000, p. 12. 607. Le Premier Festival International de la Bande Dessinée de Montréal. Montreal: n.d. 64 pp. 608. Olson, Rheanna. “Con Report: Canadian National Sci-Fi/Anime/Comic Book Expo.” Sequential Tart. Oct. 2000. Historical Aspects 609. Kennedy, Janice. “Take-out History.” Calgary Herald. Feb. 16, 1997. 610. Ross, Alexander. “The Wild World of Wartime Comic Books.” An Introduction to Canadian Comic Books. No. 2, 1987, pp. 4-9. 34 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Industry 611. “Canada Sees Rise in Comics Prices.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 24, 1995, p. 76. 612. “Canadian Chameleon Transforms Comic Books.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 22, 1994, p. 48. 613. “Canadian Comics Expand.” Comics Feature. July 1981, p. 16. 614. “Capital City Distribution’s Canadian Partner Acquires All World Comics.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 30, 1995, p. 6. 615. “Disney Creates Flap in Canada Over License Rights to the Image of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1997, p. 6. 616. Hale, Alex. “That’s Groovy, Baby! Canadian Publisher Hopes To Buck the Trend.” Borderline. Feb. 2002, p. 18. 617. Heer, Jeet. “They Got What You Need: The Beguiling....” National Post. May 17, 2002. 618. Hetherington, Janet L. “Toon Boom in Canada.” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 15, 17-19, 23. 619. Heward, Burt. “Ottawa Firm Biggest Comic-Maker in Canada.” An Introduction to Canadian Comic Books. No. 2, 1987, pp. 17-19. 620. Morris, Valerie. “Adventure! Thrills! Cold, Hard Cash! Old Comic Book Collections May Be Worth Far More Than the Paper They’re Printed On.” CNN.com Financial News. Aug. 2, 2000. 621. “Multimedia Company Announces Comic-Book Line.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 1, 1995, p. 6. 622. Raphael, Jordan. “Canadian Market Takes a Hit: Andromeda Down for the Count.” Comics Journal. July 1995, pp. 17-19. 623. “STV Acquires Competitor.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1995, p. 25. 624. True Market Comic Book Retail Values: An Authoritative and Realistic Catalog of All Significant Comic Books and Their True Market Value, 1973-1974. Montreal: True Market Comic Book Retail Values, 1973. 625. “Vancouver Store Receives ‘Spirit of Retailing’ Honors.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 11, 2000, p. 11. 626. “Xeric Extends Offer to Canada.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1998, p. 15. Legal Aspects 627. “Appendix C: Criminal Code Provisions of Canada (Incorporating the Fulton Bill – Bill 10).” In Pulp Demons: International Dimensions of the Postwar Anti-Comics Campaign, edited by John A. Lent, p. 287. Madison, New Jersey: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press; London: Associated University Presses, 1999. 628. Authier, P. “PQ Blasts Comic Whose Hero Kills Separatists.” Montreal Gazette. May 29, 1993, p. A-l. Canada 35

629. “Big Porn Comics Bust in Canada.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1993, p. 36. 630. Blakey, Bob. “Arrrrrgh…Horror Comics Creep Back from the Crypt.” Comic Cellar. No. 1, 1980, pp. 18-19. 631. Boivin, Jacques. “Canadian Censorship Update.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1994, pp. 42-44. 632. “Border Wars.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1994, p. 42. 633. “Canada Bans ‘Penthouse Comix.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 2, 1994, p. 6. 634. “Canada Customs Seizes More Comics.” Comics Journal. Oct. 1993, pp. 31-32. 635. “Canada Customs Seizures.” Comics Journal. Feb. 1994, pp. 48-49. 636. “Censorship Update.” Comics Journal. Jan. 1994, p. 25. 637. Cohen, Karl. “Mike Grimshaw Talks About Having His Work Banned in Ontario.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1998, p. 5. 638. “Comic-Book Dealer Blasts Hit-and-Miss Obscenity Laws.” Calgary Herald. Nov. 14, 1988, p. B2. 639. “Comic Cuts.” Index on Censorship. Jan. 1993, pp. 28-29. 640. DeKay, M. Oral. “Media Domination in Toronto.” Gauntlet. No. 11, 1996, pp. 42-45. 641. DeKay, M. Oral. “Media Domination Revisited.” Gauntlet. No. 12, 1996, pp. 70-71. 642. Fitzgerald, Mark. “Press Council: Poking Fun at Religion [in Canadian cartoons] No Taboo.” Editor & Publisher. July 5, 1997, p. 5. 643. “Minor Seizures & Updates.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1993, p. 36. 644. “Mother’s Day Surprise!” Borderline. Oct. 2001, p. 42. 645. “Nazi Cartoon Ruled Fair Comment.” CBC Online, May 31, 2001. 646. Paton, Doug. “Little Sisters Ramps up to Customs Battle.” Busted! Jan. 2003, p. 5. 647. “Penthouse Comic Book Refused Entry into Canada.” Media Report to Women. Summer 1994, p. 2. 648. Rust, David. “Bookstore Challenges Canada Customs Seizure of Gay S&M-Themed Comics.” Comics Journal. May 2002, pp. 18-19. 649. “Second Obscenity Conviction Angers Comic Store Owner.” Calgary Herald. Jan. 6, 1989. 650. “A Significant Obscenity Judgement.” Toronto Globe and Mail. June 23, 1992, p. Cl. 651. “Spike and Mike Run into Censorship Problems in Toronto – 3 Works Were Banned in Toronto.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1998, p. 6. 652. “Spiked ’Toon Show Planed for Halifax.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 13. 653. “This Month’s Canada Customs Seizure.” Comics Journal. Nov. 1993, p. 30. 36 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

654. Vallance, Karla. “2 U.S. Comic Books Banned in Canada as Antireligious.” Christian Science Monitor. Oct. 27, 1981. 655. Watson, David. “I Was a Canadian Manga Smuggler.” Comics Journal. May 2000, pp. 7-9. 656. “Western Canadian Customs Stops Wray’s ‘Big Blown Baby.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 18, 1996, p. 6. Quebec 657. Beaty, Bart. “Montreal Cartooning: Between Europe and America.” Paper presented at the International Comics and Animation Festival, Georgetown University, Washington, D.C., Sept. 27,1996. 658. Boivin, Jacques. “Quebec Comics Retrospective.” Comics Journal. Oct. 1995, p. 30. 659. Catchlove, Lucinda. “Beyond Betty: The World of Girl Comix in Montreal.” Hour Magazine. Jan. 1995, p. 7. 660. Falardeau, Mira. La Bande Dessinée au Québec. Québec: Boréal, 1994. 128 pp. 661. Langlois, Richard. La Litterature de la Bande Dessinée: La Bande Dessinée et sa Lecture: Plan d’Etudes, Semiologie I, Cours FRN 250. Sherbrooke: Universite de Sherbrooke Etudes Françaises, 1982. 662. South, Sheri. “Montreal’s King of Comic Books.” CA Magazine. June/July 1993, pp. 8-9. 663. Vermette, Stephane. “Suspended Time: Africa in French-language Comic Books.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, Louisiana, April 17, 2003. Superhero 664. Bell, John. Guardians of the North: Canadian Comic Book Heroes. Exhibit booklet. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1992. 665. Brown, Dan. “Who Will Save Us Now? A Lament for the Loss of an All-Canadian Superhero.” National Post. Nov. 12, 1998. 666. “Canada Post Issues Super-Hero Stamps.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 6, 1995, p. 71. 667. “Canada Post Offers Super-Hero Stamps.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 15, 1995, p. 6. 668. “The Great Canadian Comic Book Heroes.” The New Captain George’s Whizzbang. No. 12, 1971, p.23. 669. “The Great Canadian Comic Book Heroes.” The New Captain George’s Whizzbang. No. 15, 1973, p. 19. 670. “The Great Canadian Comic Book Heroes – Iron Man.” The New Captain George’s Whizzbang. No. 11, 1971, p. 23. Canada 37

671. Green, Vicki A. “Canadian Heroes Introduces Canada Jack and the Canada Jack Club.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Chicago, Illinois, April 7, 1994. 23 pp. 672. Green, Vicki A. “Who Read Canadian Heroes? Reminiscences: Comic Readership 50 Years Later.” Paper presented at Third Comic Arts Conference, Chicago, Illinois, July 2, 1994. 673. Morash, Gordon. “Comic Book Heroes.” Edmonton Journal. Feb. 16, 1997. 674. Schneider, Howard. “Wanted: A Few Colossal Canadians.” Washington Post. March 10, 1997, p. A12. COMIC STRIPS General Sources 675. Barker, Kenneth S. “An Introduction to the Canadian Newspaper Comic.” Inks. May 1997, pp. 18-25. 676. McCall, Bruce. “Cave Paintings.” New Yorker. June 16, 1997, p. 112. Characters and Titles 677. Barker, Kenneth S. “Danny Fortune.” Strip Scene. Fall 1980, pp. 43-45. 678. Barker, Kenneth S. “Men of the Mounted.” Strip Scene. Spring 1980, pp. 29-38. 679. Barker, Kenneth S. “This Canada of Ours.” Strip Scene. Spring 1982, p. 39. 680. Barker, Kenneth S. “When Canada Was Young.” Strip Scene. Summer 1981, pp. 49-51. 681. Broadbent, Christopher. “Down East Hero: Captain Newfoundland.” Orion. 2 (1982), p. 7. 682. “Hairdo: Margaret Atwood, the Best-Selling Novelist and Award- Winning Poet, Turns Her Hand to the Comic Strip.” Montreal Star Weekend Magazine. Feb. 4, 1978. 683. Whamond, Dave. “Reality Check by Dave Whamond.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1997, pp. 26-35. 684. Williamson, Lenora. “New Comics Concoction Stars le Grand Chef.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 22, 1981, p. 30. (“Le Grand Chef Pierre”). 685. Williamson, Lenora. “Ontario Couple Bow in Syndicated Strip.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 25, 1982, p. 60. (“Bubblegummers”). “For Better or for Worse” 686. Canadian Museum of Caricature (Craig Layng). For Better or for Worse: It’s the Cartoon World of Lynn Johnston. Exhibit brochure. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1992. 38 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

687. Lofaro, Tony. “For Better or for Worse, for Television.” National Post. Feb. 9, 2000, p. B-6. POLITICAL CARTOONS General Sources 688. “Editorial Cartoons and the Wings of Flies.” The Quill. March 1979, p. 11. 689. Jenkins, Anthony. “The Distinctiveness of Quebec Political Cartoons.” Toronto Globe and Mail. Dec. 9, 1989, p. D2. 690. Lamb, Adrienne. “Fair Game: Canadian Editorial Cartooning.” Master’s thesis, University of Western Ontario, 1998. 691. Lungen, Paul. “Saskatchewan Premier Fires Two over Cartoon.” Canadian Jewish News Internet Edition. Oct. 23, 2003. 692. Morris, Raymond N. Behind the Jester’s Mask. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1989. 693. Morris, Raymond N. “Berthio Accueille la Reine.” Recherches Sociographiques. 26:1 (1986), pp. 1-39. 694. Morris, Raymond N. “Cartoons and the Political System: Quebec, Canada, Wales and England.” Canadian Journal of Communication. 17:2 (1992), pp. 253-258. 695. Morris, Raymond M. “Visual Rhetoric in Political Cartoons: A Structuralist Approach.” Metaphor and Symbolic Activity. 8:3 (1993), pp. 195-210. 696. Rogers, Cullum. “Northern Exposure.” Caricature. 3:2 (1992), p. 7. (Association of Canadian Editorial Cartoonists’ fifth annual convention). 697. “Sask. Party Still Furious over ‘Nazi’ Cartoon.” ctv.ca. Oct. 19, 2003. 698. Smith, Graeme and Allison Dunfield. “Calvert Apologizes over Cartoon.” Toronto Globe and Mail. Oct. 14, 2003. Historical Aspects 699. Bengough, J.W. A Caricature History of Canadian Politics. Toronto: Grip, 1886. 700. Bengough, J.W. Cartoons of the Campaign Dominion of Canada General Election 1900. Toronto: Poole, 1900. 701. “Caricature Corner: Countless Comic and Cruel Caricatures.” The Archivist. 20:3, pp. 28-30. 702. Hou, Charles and Cynthia, eds. Great Canadian Political Cartoons: 1820 to 1914. Vancouver: Moody’s Lookout Press, 1997. 233 pp. 703. Mosher, Terry. “Gazette’s Aislin Looks at 100 Years of Editorial-Page Cartooning in Montreal.” Montreal Gazette. Dec. 31, 1999, pp. B8-B9. Canada 39

704. Ryan, Alonzo. Caricature Politique au Canada. Montreal: Dominion, 1904. 705. Skilling, Pierre. “Baptiste and the Great Depression: Political Caricature and Cartoons in Quebec in the 1930s.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 15, 2001. 706. Spencer, David. “What’s a Fish Among Friends? Victorian Cartoonists Mock a Two Century Old Border Dispute.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, New Orleans, Louisiana, Aug. 1999. Portrayals 707. Canada House of Commons (Susan North). Capital Offences: Canadian Periodicals Look at Parliament Hill. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1988. (Brochure for political cartoons exhibit). 708. Larson, Laura. “Canadian Perspectives of the 1997 Hong Kong Turnover: A Review of Editorial Cartoons in the Vancouver Sun and the Globe and Mail.” Paper presented at International Communications Association, 1999. 709. Morris, Raymond N. “La Carnavalisaton du Politique: La Campagne Referendaire Vue par Girerd.” Recherches Sociographiques. 30:1 (Jan.- April 1989), pp. 19-48. 710. Morris, Raymond N. The Carnivalization of Politics: Quebec Cartoons on Relations with Canada, England, and France, 1960-1979. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press, 1995. 148 pp. 711. Morris, Raymond N. “Gender Advertisements and Political Cartoons.” Maieutics. 2:1 (1985), pp. 149-171. 712. Morris, Raymond N. “Towards a Sociosemiotics of Mocking: Canadian Cartoons about Royalty.” Recherches Semiotiques/Semiotic Inquiry. 7:3 (1987), pp. 285-303. 713. Seguin, R.L. L’Esprit Revolutionaire dans l’Art Quebecois. Montreal: Parit Pris, 1972.

2 UNITED STATES: COMIC ART

GENERAL SOURCES 714. Alim, Faizah. “Chasing Rainbows.” Sacramento Bee. May 28, 1991, pp. C1, C3. 715. Brady, Matt. “Mass o’ Media.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 11, 1997, p. 10. 716. Boskin, Joseph. Humor and Social Change in Twentieth-Century America. Boston: Trustees of the Public Library, 1979. 717. “The Cartoonists Cookbook.” The Funnies Paper. July-Aug. 2001, pp. 8-9. 718. “Cartoonists’ Mecca.” Inklings. Summer 1999, p. 9. 719. “Cartoon News and Notes.” Inklings. Spring 1977, pp. 5-6, 14. 720. Caswell, Lucy S. “What’s in a Name? Genre Terms for Cartoon Art.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Chicago, Illinois, April 9, 1994. 721. “Colorful Cartoons.” Inklings. Spring 1999, p. 9. 722. David, Peter. “But I Digress.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 21, 2000, p. 86. (“Chicken Run,” “For Better or for Worse,” “My Monkey’s Name Is Jennifer.”) 723. Davis, David R. “The Comic Art Syndrome.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 12, 1993, p. 34. 724. deSousa, Osvaldo. “Liderar o Humor nos EUA.” Diário de Notícias. Jan. 13, 1991. 725. Eisen, Armand. “Film and Comic Art: A Critique of the Purist View.” Harvard Journal of Pictorial Fiction. Spring 1974, pp. 12-15. 726. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 13, 1996, pp. 38, 44. 42 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

727. “Fame, Fortune and Fun.” Inklings. Spring 1997, p. 2. 728. Fell, John L. Film and the Narrative Tradition. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1974. 284 pp. (Animation, comic strips). 729. Folkerts, Jean, Stephen Lacy, and Lucinda Davenport. The Media in Your Life: An Introducation to Mass Communication. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1998. (Cartoon Network, p. 475; political cartoons, p. 129; comics, p. 129). 730. Frye, Eldon. “It’s Only a Game?” WittyWorld International Cartoon Magazine. Autumn/Winter 1994, pp. 20-21. 731. “Funny Thing About Cartoons.” Inklings. Fall/Winter 1993, p. 4. 732. Gibson, Tom. “In Year One Cartoon Art Rates ‘Smithsonian Quality.’” Perspective. Spring 1996, pp. 2-3. 733. Goff, Ted. “Tabloid Increases Its Rate.” Cartoon World. Aug. 1995, p. 7. 734. Harvey, R.C. “Bigger Books.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 9, 2001, pp. 46-47, 51. 735. Harvey, R.C. “Cartoonery Everywhere.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 18, 2003, p. 30. 736. Harvey, R.C. “A Couple Chidings and Some New Lang Syne: The Year in Review.” Comics Journal. Feb. 2003, pp. 75-82. (Editorial cartoons, magazine cartoons, strips). 737. Harvey, R.C. “Hare Tonic.” CAPS. Sept. 1995, pp. 19-24. (David Wiley Miller, Robert Crumb, political correctitude, Mike Luckovich, “Alley Oop”). 738. Harvey, R.C. “Quips and Crochets.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 13, 1996, p. 44. 739. Harvey, R.C. “2001 in Remembrance and War.” Comics Journal. Jan. 2002, pp. 109-115. (Comic strips, political cartoons). 740. Harvey, R.C. “Year-end Peeves and Plaudits.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 26, 2001, pp. 44-45, 55. (Political cartoons, comic strips). 741. Heintjes, Tom. “Issue Oriented.” Hogan ’s Alley. No. 10, 2002, p. 5. 742. Inge, M. Thomas. Perspectives on American Culture: Essays on Humor, Literature, and the Popular Arts. West Cornwall, CT: Locust Hill, 1994. 276 pp. (Animation, comic books). 743. Kapp, Drew. The Cartoonography of Paradise: Pictorial Tourist Maps of Hawai‘i.” Paper presented at Association for Asian Studies, Honolulu, Hawaii, April 11-14, 1996. 744. Lent, John A. “Needed: International Perspective.” Comic Art and Comics. April 1996, p. 2. 745. Lester, Paul M. Visual Communication: Images with Messages. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth, 1995. 512 pp. United States: Comic Art 43

746. McGeean, Ed. “Ink Blots.” CAPS. Sept. 1995, pp. 5-18. (Smaller funnies, California tax controversy, MAD TV, Jerry Scott and “Nancy,” Festival of Cartoon Art). 747. McGeean, Ed. “Ink Blots.” CAPS. Dec. 1995, pp. 4-17. (“Calvin & Hobbes,” Swedish Academy of Comic Art awards, syndicates). 748. Marschall, Rick. “Odd Facts” (Editorial). Hogan ’s Alley. No. 4, 1997, p. 4. 749. “The Media List.” Comics Scene. July 2000, p. 12. 750. “More Stuff.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, pp. 46-49. 751. Montressor, Jaye B. “The Artist As Accidental Tourist in Gilbert Sorrentino’s Blue Pastoral.” Studies in American Humor. N.S. 3:1 (1994), pp. 95-103. 752. Morgan, Hal. Symbols of America. New York: Viking, 1986. 753. Province, John. “Scribbling Siblings.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 9, 2001, p. 8. 754. “‘A Rambly Presentation’ by Nils Osmar.” Penstuff. April 1997, pp. 4- 5. 755. Savory, Jerold J. “Cartoon Commentary.” Chicago History. Spring 1994, pp. 32-57. 756. “Serious Funnies.” Inklings. Summer 1999, p. 9. 757. “A Smashing Presentation from Smashing Ideas.” Penstuff. Dec. 2000, pp. 3-4. 758. Stredicke, Victor. “Repeat and Repeat and Still Have Fun.” Cartoon World. March 1996, p. 5. 759. “Toon Lagoon.” Inklings. Summer 1999, pp. 10-11. 760. Twitchell, James B. Carnival Culture: The Trashing of Taste in America. New York: Columbia University Press, 1992. 306 pp. 761. “Upbringing, Not Genes, Gives One a Sense of Humour. Twins Rated Cartoons.” National Post. April 13, 2000, p. A18. 762. Walker, John A. Art in the Age of Mass Media. London: Pluto Press, 2001. 3rd Ed. 216 pp. (Animated film, 13; caricature, 73, 95-96; cartoons, 13, 45, 64, 73, 95; comic strips, 4, 45, 64; comics, 4, 9, 31, 36, 44-45, 64, 129, 149, 150). 763. Ward, Hiley H. Mainstreams of American Media History. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1997. (“First Published American Cartoon,” pp. 52-53; “The Enduring Symbols of Thomas Nast,” pp. 182-186; “Enter ‘The Yellow Kid,’” pp. 255-256; “Another Voice: The Black Cartoonists,” p. 482). 764. “Wow! Shazam! Pop!” Upstate New York Chapter News. July 1996, p. 3. 765. “The Write Stuff.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 10, 2002, pp. 50-53. 44 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

RESOURCES 766. “Not for Everyone But So What?” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, p. 49. Bibliographies, Dictionaries, Encyclopedias 767. Blackbeard, Bill. “Humorous Book Illustration.” In Dictionary of Literary Biography, Volume 11: American Humorists, 1800-1950, edited by Stanley Trachtenberg, pp. 625-639. Detroit, Michigan: Gale, 1982. 768. Harvey, Robert C. “Comic Books and Comic Strips in the United States: An International Bibliography.” Inks. Nov. 1996, pp. 41-42. 769. Lent, John A. Animation, Caricature, and Gag and Political Cartoons in the United States and Canada: An International Bibliography. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1994. 417 pp. 770. Stern, Jane and Michael. Jane and Michael Stern’s Encyclopedia of Pop Culture. NY: Harper Perennial, 1992. 592 pp. Catalogues, Collections, Libraries 771. Ackerman, Forrest J. “The Fantasy Foundation.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television. March 1996, pp. 27-32. 772. Acord, Gary. “Tiner’s World of Cartoons.” Cartoonews. No. 11, 1975, p. 38. 773. American Children’s Books. Catalogue Six. Boston, MA: Edward Morrill and Son, 1939 [?]. 100 pp. 774. Capps, Reilly. “Prompting a Panel Discussion: A Cartoon Collection Takes Center Stage at Library of Congress.” Washington Post. Aug. 27, 2003, p.C01. (Art Wood). 775. “Cartoon Research Library Gets $1000,000 Grant.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1999, p. 22. 776. Caswell, Lucy S. “Ohio State University’s Graphic Research Library Attracts Cartoon Gifts.” Cartoon World. Feb. 1996, pp. 6-7. 777. Caswell, Lucy S. “A Repository for Editorial Cartoons, the Funny Papers, and Other Journalistic Graphics: The Ohio State CGA Collection.” American Journalism. Winter 1994, pp. 4-9. 778. Caswell, Lucy Shelton. “Resources for Scholars at the Ohio State University Cartoon Research Library.” International Journal of Comic Art. Spring 2001, pp. 251-262. 779. “Comics Art Collection Debuts in United Media Web Site.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 29, 1995, p. 76. 780. Comics Research Libraries As of July 1993 (Comic Art List and Index Series, No. 2). East Lansing: Michigan State University, 1993. 10 pp. United States: Comic Art 45

781. Geracimos, Ann. “Huge Donation of Cartoons Draws Smiles All- Round.” Washington Times. Aug. 31, 2003. (Art Wood). 782. “The John and Selma Appel Collection.” Inks. May 1996, p. 37. 783. Melby, Nathan. “Making the Old New Again.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 27, 2003, p. 26. 784. “The Ohio State University Cartoon, Graphic, and Photographic Arts Research Library.” Inks. Feb. 1994, pp. 34-37. 785. Olson, Elizabeth. “Library Gets a Trove a Cartoonist Collected.” The Funnies Paper. Sept.-Oct. 2003, p. 41. 786. Olson, Elizabeth. “Library Gets a Trove a Cartoonist Collected.” New York Times. Aug. 27, 2003. (Art Wood). 787. Original Art Catalog: Featuring the Art of Alex Toth, George Evans, Jerry Bails Original Art Collection. San Francisco: Dellinges, 1980. 788. Popular Culture. Comic Books and Comic Art. Catalogue. Sotheby’s Auction, New York, June 26, 1993. NY: Sotheby’s, 1993. 789. Re-Framing Cartoons. Exhibition catalogue, Wexner Center for the Arts, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, June 28-Sept. 13, 1992. Columbus: 1992. 14 pp. 790. Reilly, Bernard F., Jr. Catalogue of American Political Prints: 1766- 1876. Boston: G.K. Hall and Co., 1991. 791. Scott, Randall W., comp. The Comic Art Collection Catalog. An Author, Artist, Title, and Subject Catalog of the Comic Art Collection, Special Collections Division, Michigan State University Libraries. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993. 1,448 pp. 792. Scott, Randall W. “The Comic Art Collection in the Michigan State University Libraries.” Inks. May 1995, pp. 38-39. 793. Scott, Randall. “Comic Art Collection Reaches Cataloguing Milestone.” Comic Art Studies. Jan. 20, 1996, p. 4. 794. Smith, David R. “The Walt Disney Archives: It All Started with a Mouse.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television. March 1996, pp. 13-17. Potter, Beatrix 795. Beatrix Potter 1866-1943. Centenary Catalogue 1966. London: National Book League, 1966. 110 pp. 796. Linder, Leslie. The Beatrix Potter Papers at Hill Top. Stroud: Ian Hodgkins and Company, 1987. 28 pp. 797. The Linder Collection of the Works and Drawings of Beatrix Potter. London: The National Book League and Trustees of the Linder Collection, 1971. 66 pp. 46 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Checklists, Guides 798. Astor, David. “An Online Lineup of Cartoonist Speakers.” Editor & Publisher. June 29, 1996, p. 40. 799. Beckerman, Howard. National Cartoonists Society Occupation and Educational Guide. Brooklyn, N.Y.: National Cartoonists Society, 1983. 800. Hake, Ted. Hake’s Price Guide to Character Toys. New York: Gemstone Publishing Inc., 2000. 801. “The Illustrators’ Guide to Members of the Children’s Book Council.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 2003, pp. 44-47. 802. Rhode, Michael and Ray Bottorff, Jr. “The Grand Comics Database (GCD): An Evolving Research Tool.” International Journal of Comic Art. Spring 2001, pp. 263-274. 803. “Small Publishers Directory (E-R).” Comic Culture. Dec. 1994, pp. 16- 17. 804. Stroup, Tim. “The Grand Comic Book Database.” Comic Art. Winter 2003, pp. 78-80. Fanzines and Periodicals 805. “Commix.” Factsheet Five. Jan. 1995, pp. 106-113. 806. David Peter. “A Thousand Issues, Whoa.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 5, 2002, p. 70. 807. “Fanzines.” Bea & Eff. Summer 1996, p. 21. 808. “‘FPS’ May Soon Again Appear as an Animation Journal Printed on Paper.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2003, p. 9. 809. “Inks Dries Up.” Comics Journal. Jan. 1998, p. 22. 810. Kreiner, Rich. “The Imp: So, Once More, with Feeling!” Comics Journal. July 2003, pp. 56-58. 811. Kreiner, Rich. “They Cover the Comicfront.” Comics Journal. Nov. 1995, pp. 41-45. 812. Leborgne, André. “Cartoonist PROfiles.” Ran Tan Plan. Winter 1972/ 1973, pp. 4-5. 813. Lent, John A. “Tootin’ Our Own Horn.” International Journal of Comic Art. Fall 2003, pp. 470-483. 814. Malin, A. and G. Berman. “The Unfanzines.” Comic Fandom Monthly. Nov. 1971, pp. 22-23. 815. Raub, Mike. “APA Watch.” Comic Fandom Monthly. Nov. 1971, pp. 25-26. 816. Smith, Kendal. “How I Use Cartoon World.” Cartoon World. May 1996, p. 6. 817. Stoelting, Wally. “Fanzine Watch.” Comic Fandom Monthly. Nov. 1971, p. 27. United States: Comic Art 47

818. Stoelting, Wally. “Fanzine Watch: BPP.” Comic Fandom Monthly. Sept. 1971, pp. 12-13. 819. Stoelting, Wally. “Fanzine Watch: Rocket’s Blast – Alone No More!” Comic Fandom Monthly. Oct. 1971, pp. 15, 18. 820. Szabo, Joe. “From Milestones to Leaps in Cyberspace.” WittyWorld International Cartoon Magazine. Summer/Autumn 1995, p. 3. 821. White, Ted. “Third Anniversary.” Heavy Metal. April 1980, pp. 3-4. (Heavy Metal). 822. “WittyWorld’s Tenth Year.” Inklings. Summer 1997, p. 4. Indices 823. Harvey, R.C. “In Case You Were Looking: Index to Issue Nos. 121- 132.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 2003, pp. 42-44. 824. Harvey, R.C. “Index to Issue Nos. 1-120 of Cartoonist PROfiles: March 1969-December 1998.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1999, pp. 31-53. 825. Harvey, R.C. “Roll Call: A Milestone of an Index: 100 Issues, 25 Years, and 1,700 Entries.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1993, pp. 10-20. 826. Kwon, Jae-Woong and John A Lent. “International Journal of Comic Art Index, Volumes 1-5 (1999-2003).” International Journal of Comic Art. Fall 2003, pp. 484-519. 827. “McBoing Boing’s Index.” McBoing Boing’s. Jan. 1998, pp. 26-30. 828. Scott, Randall. “Description of the Reading Room Index.” Comic Art Studies. Jan. 20, 1996, p. 5. Periodical Directory 829. Airbrush Action. Published six times yearly by Airbrush Action, Inc., 1985 Swarthmore Ave., Lakewood, New Jersey 08701. Includes articles on artists who draw cartoons. 830. The American Cartoonist. Published by National Cartoonists Society beginning in 1978. Articles, news, interviews. Box 2311, Bridgeport, CT 06608. 831. Animania. Originally called Mindrot. Periodical about animation. Minneapolis, MN. 1975-1984. 832. Anime Fantastique. Deals with Japanese and United States animation, with interviews/profiles, essays on studios, technology, and films/programs, and reviews. First issue, Spring 1999. Quarterly. 7240 Roosevelt Rd., Forest Park, IL 60130. 833. Anomoly. Fanzine by Jan Strnad, 2540 Aloma, Wichita, KS 06221. No. 2 in 1971. Strips, articles. 834. Anymator. Bulletin of ASIFA East, New York; monthly with short articles, news, announcements on animation. 10 Point Crescent, Whitestone, NY 11357. 48 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

835. Apa-Toons. Bi-monthly started in July 1981 to discuss animation. 3433 W. Sierra Vista Drive, Phoenix, AZ 85017. 836. ASIFA San Francisco. Monthly newsletter of the Bay Area’s animation association, has ten pages of brief articles, news bits, obituaries, periodical reviews devoted to animation. The International Film Association, P.O. Box 14516, San Francisco, CA 94114. 837. The Aspiring Cartoonist. Newsletter with tips, profiles, and guidance from comic art professionals. A/01, P.O. Box 18679, Indianapolis, IN 46218. 838. Bea & Eff. Fanzine devoted to animation films and animation art, mainly for those working in animation art galleries, but also for collectors and fans. Interviews, articles. Tim Stocoak, P.O. Box 251856, Los Angeles, CA 90025. No. 7, Summer 1996. 839. Bulletin for Cartoonists. Published by Bureau of Cartoons, Committee on Public Information. After 25 issues, ceased publication in Nov. 1918. 840. Busted! Newsletter of The Comic Book Legal Defense Fund, P.O. Box 693, Northampton, MA 01061. For those “interested in preserving First Amendment rights.” News of comics censorship. Volume 2, Number 9, Sept. 2000. 841. Cape. Published by Greg Potter, 97 Massasoit Drive, Warwick, RI 02888, probably for one issue in 1971. Articles, history, columns. 842. Cartonaggio. Published quarterly in 1979-80 (at least) by Alfred D. Stewart and Department of English, Midwestern State University, Wichita Fall, TX. Articles, strips, checklists on relationships between art and fiction. 843. Cartoonews. Published monthly by Jim Ivey, 561 Obispo Ave. Orlando, FL 32807. Articles, art, news. No. 3, June 1975. “Combining Cartoon and Cartoon Club Newsletter.” 844. Cartoon Opportunities. Monthly started in 1995 to provide market data for aspiring cartoonists – who is buying cartoons, how much they pay, addresses, etc. Cartoon Opportunities, P.O. Box 248, Chalfont, PA 18914. 845. Cerebus the Newsletter. Published by Fred Patten, Friends of Cerebus, Culver City, CA. No. 5, Jan.-March 1982. 846. Cinefex. Magazine about making of digital, mechanical animation, make-up, and traditional movie magic. P.O. Box 20027, Riverside, CA 92516. 847. City Limits Gazette. Published by B. Chrislip, Cincinnati, OH, from 1980. 848. Collectors’ Club Newsletter. Published from 1970s (No. 25, 1980), by M. Kramer, White Bear Lake, MN. 849. Comic Art. Published quarterly by www.comicartmagazine.com, Comic Art features historical and contemporary aspects of strips, magazine United States: Comic Art 49

panel, and comic book art in articles, reviews, interviews, exhibition notices. 5715 Nottingham Ave., St. Louis, MI 63109. No. 1, 2002. 850. Comic Arts Chicago. Formerly Comic Gallery Monthly. Mostly cartoons and ads. 2215 W. Montrose, Chicago, IL 60618. 851. Comic Art Showcase. Illustrated catalogue of original U.S. comic art for sale; appeared quarterly in mid-1970s. Published by Tony Dispoto, P.O. Box 425, Lodi, NJ 07644. 852. Comic Book Heaven. Fanzine devoted to nostalgia about comic books. Probably all articles by editor Scott Saavedra. First issue, May 1995, was to be “last and only issue,” but the 14-page periodical reappeared July 1995. Scott Saavedra, 19411 San Marcos Road, Saratoga, CA 95070. 853. Comic Crusader. Articles about comics characters and stories, many with historical twist. Martin L. Greim, Box 132, Dedham, MA 02026. Early 1970s. 854. Comic Effect. “Emphasizing the Fun in Reading Comics.” Mainly historical articles and reviews. Subtitle states goal of this fanzine. Jim Kingman, Paloma St. Publication, P.O. Box 2188, Pasadena, CA 91102- 2188. No. 3 in late 1993. 855. Comic Fandom Monthly. “The Magazine of Comic Books and Related Fields” published, beginning in September 1971, by Joseph Brancatelli, 2016 East 23rd St., Brooklyn, NY 11229. Monthly made up of articles, opinion pieces, ads. 856. Comicology. First published Spring 2000 by Two Morrows Publishing, 1812 Park Dr., Raleigh, NC 27605. Interviews, columns, articles on U.S. comic books. 857. The Comics As an Art Form! UNLV, Art Gallery, March 29-April 24, (1970?). Las Vegas: University of Nevada, LV, 1970(?). Includes Barnaby Conrad, “Good Ol’ Charlie Schulz”; “Will Eisner”; “Jack Kirby”; “Harvey Kurtzman.” 858. Comics Career Newsletter. Monthly first issued April 1988 by Off Beat Productions, Columbia, MO. 859. The Comics Interpreter. Published by TCI, 5820 N. Murray Ave., STED-12, Charleston, SC 29406. Editorial, essays, interviews, letters, art. Issue 6, Winter 2001. 860. The Comic Times: Media Showcase. Published monthly by The Comic Times, 250 Mercer Square, New York, NY 10012. Vol.1, No. 5, March 1981. Articles, interviews, news, columns, reviews. 861. Comique. Stripzine by Carl Gafford, 140 Lone Oak Drive, New Milford, CT 06776. No. 4 in 1971. 862. Concussion. Fanzine published from at least 1967; only seven issues before editor Mike Robertson joined the military. 50 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

863. Dark Horse Extra. Four page, color newspaper highlighting new Dark Horse comics. Issue 31, Jan. 2001. Since 1998. 864. Diamond Dateline. Eight-page weekly by Diamond Comic Distributors, with Diamond news, previews, and notes. Volume 11, Number 52, Dec. 27, 2000. 865. Diamond Dialogue. The Specialty Retailer’s Monthly. Published by Diamond Comic Distributors, 1966 Greenspring Drive, Suite 300, Timonium, MD 21093. Articles, industry analysis, supplier news, monthly columns, top lists, product news. Since 1989(?). 866. Draw! The Professonal “How-To” Magazine on Comics & Cartooning. Premiere issue, Spring 2001. Features include “Computer – Tips and Tricks,” “Penciling – Figure Drawing,” “Inking-Techniques,” “Color,” “Multimedia,” “Self-Publishing/Small Press,” “Classic Cartoonist Showcase.” TwoMorrows Publishing, P.O. Box 2129, Upper Darby, PA 19082. 867. Fan Informer. Published by Arvell Jones, 5729 Cadillac St., Detroit, MI 48213. News, stories: much on Jack Kirby. Nos. 28/29, 30 in 1971. 868. FPS. Animation-related periodical of articles, interviews, filmographies, news items, obituaries. Pawn Press, P.O. Box 355, Station H, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3G2L1. 869. Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Quarterly published as unofficial fanzine devoted to “Rocky and His Friends,” “The Bullwinkle Show,” and other Jay Ward cartoons. Articles, trivia, interviews, briefs. Charles Ulrich, 4832 Queensland Rd., Vancouver, BC, Canada V6T1G2. Since Sept. 1986. 870. Graffiti. Bi-monthly offset newsletter of ASIFA (International Animated Film Society), 1258 No. Highland Ave., Hollywood, CA 90038. 871. Graphic Story World. News and reviews about graphics, many comics. Nos. 3-8, 1971-72. 872. The Harveyville Fun Times. Harvey Comics fanzine. News, articles, columns. Mark Arnold, 1465 La Playa #105, San Francisco, CA 94122. No. 17 in 1994. 873. The Hawaii State Comic Collectors’ Club Newsletter. No. 7, Oct 1981. Published by club in Waianae, HI 874. Heavy Metal. Published monthly by HM Communications, 635 Madison Ave., New York, NY 10022. Movies, music, comics. From 1977. 875. Hogan’s Alley: The Magazine of the Cartoon Arts. First published Fall 1994 by Bull Moose Publishing Corp., P.O. Box 47684, Atlanta, GA 30340. Quarterly of 144 pages dealing with United States animation, comic strips, comic books, gag and political cartoons, and humorous illustration and advertising. Interviews, histories, profiles, reviews. United States: Comic Art 51

876. Thy Holy Handgrenade. Fanzine for video gaming, animation, comics, etc. Articles, analyses, reviews. Lester E. Welsh, 4419 Carpenter Ave., Bronx, NY 10470-1417. No. 1, Jan. 1997. 877. I Like Comics. Fanzine started in 1993 and edited by Peter Bagge and Helena Harvilicz. Makeshift Media, 6515 19th Ave. NW, Seattle, WA 98117. Since 1993 or 1994. 878. International Journal of Comic Art. Twice yearly journal of 400-550 pages per number on all aspects of comic art worldwide. Founded in 1998 by John A. Lent. Field’s only academic journal. 669 Ferne Blvd., Drexel Hill, PA 19026. 879. It Magazine. Monthly of interviews, columns, articles, and reviews on the U.S. comic book industry. Black Page Press, 118 E. Navajo, Ste. #1, Tucson, AZ 85705. First issue, Aug. 1994. 880. It’s a Fanzine. Published first by Des Moines Comic Club, later by Iowa Comic Book Club. Number 7 in Feb. 1981. 881. Juxtapoz. Published Quarterly by High Speed Productions, 1303 Underwood Ave., San Francisco, CA 94124. Frequently includes articles on the underground commix. 882. Katy Keene Magazine. Published by C. Leavitt, Modesto, CA. Originally Katy, Winter 1980; continued as Katy, the Newsletter, 1980- 1982. 883. Klordny. Bimonthly. An “Amateur Press Alliance devoted to comic books in general and the Legion of Super Heroes in particular.” No. 15, Jan.-Feb. 1984. 884. McBoing-Boing’s The Journal of Drawings in Motion. Quarterly of eight to 16 pages devoted to articles about U.S. animation characters, artists, and stories. Dewey McGuire, 134 Cardiff Circle, Iowa City, IO 52246. No. 1, Nov. 1994. Discontinued. 885. Madzine for Fan-Addicts. Published by D. Cook, Ft. Meyers, FL. 1983-. 886. The Minnesota Cartoonist. Newsletter for cartoonists and fans of funnies, by Minnesota Cartoonists’ League, 3223 Aldrich Ave. N., Minneapolis, MN 55412. Cartoons, news, short articles. 887. Mini-Comic Update. Published by Sold Out Comics, Mililani, HI, Aug. 1986-?. 888. Minotaur. Stripzine that first appeared in Nov. 1968, with strips and a text story. Blue Placque Publications – Carl Gafford. 889. Musings. A Journal of Comics Criticism and Commentary. Artwork, profiles, interviews, commentaries, sketchbooks of comic book artists. Calliope Comics. Four issues in 1993-1994. 890. Northwest Comic News. Newspaper of editorial cartoons from United States and abroad, serving Eugene and Central Oregon coast in 1990s. P.O. Box 11825, Eugene, OR 97440. 52 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

891. Nostalgia News. Fanzine published in early 1970s by Larry Herndon, P.O. Box 34305, Dallas, TX 75234. Notes, letters, strips, articles about comic strips and movies. 892. Paper Soldier. Periodical issued in limited edition for short period in 1970s by Jay Maeder. Formerly Raintree. Issue No. 3, Summer 1979; No. 2, Winter 1975. Usually devoted to adventure, detective, science fiction strips. 158 pages. 893. Perspective. Newsletter of The National Gallery of Caricature and Cartoon Art, 1317 F Street NW, Washington, D.C. 20004. News of gallery. First issue, Spring 1996. Discontinued. 894. Pittsburgh Comix Club News. Published by B. Pondexter, Pittsburgh, PA. 1980-?. 895. Pittsburgh Fan Forum. Published by Pittsburgh, PA, Comix Club, 1977- 1979. Some issues, Pittcon Program Book. 896. Pocket Talk. “Feedback from people who read Pocket Comics.” V. Gates, North Salt Lake, UT. 1988-?. 897. Popeye, the Official Popeye Fanclub Newsletter. Quarterly of 30-50 pages devoted to articles, illustrations, and advertisements about “Popeye” animated cartoons. 1001 State Street, Chester, IL 62233. Since 1989. 898. Realm. Fanzine with strips, art, articles. Ed Romero, 2000 N. Grant Ave., Springfield, MA 65803. No. 3 in 1971. 899. SHE (Super Heroine Enthusiasts). Published from 1986 by BKL Productions, Corona, CA. 900. Small Press Comics Fanola. Published bimonthly by Red Ink Press, Lake Park, FL. 1984-?. 901. Spectrum. Magazine of television, film, and comics, with interviews, articles, and reviews. Win-Mill Productions, 1912 E. Timberview Lane, Arlington, TX 76014. First issue, Sept. 1994. 902. Stan’s Weekly Express. Started by Stan Blair in late 1960s. Advertisements, columns on illegal fandom merchandising. Box 207 (Davue Station), Dayton, OH 45406. 903. SW Society of Comic Creators. Bi-monthly for comics creators in Texas and Southwest United States. Provides information and support to local book community. Eight pages of news, interviews, reviews. No. 4, Oct. 1994. SSCC, P.O. Box 821143, Dallas, TX 75382-1143. 904. Titan Talk. Fanzine devoted to “Teen Titans.” Published in Chelsea, MA. No. 31, 1988. 905. Tomorrow’s Comics! Periodical started in 1992, featuring comic strips. 455 Delta Avenue, Suite 204, Cincinnati, OH 45226. 906. Toon Magazine. Quarterly published by Black Bear Press, 2828 Cochran St., Suite 152, Simi Valley, CA 93065. Articles, features, reviews, news, columns about animation industry. No. 1, Spring 1993. United States: Comic Art 53

907. Up n’ Coming! Monthly about “comics, cards, and comic-related products.” Mostly listings of products of various publishers. Styx Publications, 10-62 Scurfield Blvd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3Y1M5. 908. Upstate New York Chapter (NCS) News. Newsletter of New York Chapter, National Cartoonists Society, 32 Thrall St., Naples, NY 14512. News, drawings, letters. First issue, May-June 1994. 909. Walt Disney Fan Club Newsletter. First published Feb.-March 1974 by Stephen Horn, Walt Disney Fan Club, Newark, DE. 910. Wild Card Kingdom. Published by LFP Inc., 9171 Wilshire Blvd., Beverly Hills, CA 90210. Designed for “children of all ages and beyond,” this periodical has articles on animation useful for background. 911. Word Balloons. The Magazine of the Comic Arts. Published “approximately quarterly” for comic art afficionados. Fiction, stories, reviews, satires, interviews, portfolios. Gary Groth, publisher, editor. No. 1, March 1974. 912. Words about Pictures. Eight page newsletter devoted to exhibitions and other activities of Words and Pictures Museum, 244 Main Street, Northampton, MA 01060. Since 1993. Discontinued. 913. Yearnings. Published by WARP Graphics, Inc., 2 Reno Road, Poughkeepsie, NY 12603. Companion to Elfquest by Wendy and Richard Pini. Articles, poetry, fiction, puzzles. Since 1982. ADVERTISING 914. Arbose, Jules R. “Harnessing the Appeal of Celebrities and Cartoon Characters to Boost Sales.” International Management. March 1981, pp. 24-28. 915. “Colossal Shake-up at Big Boy.” Comics Journal. Sept. 1996, p. 31. 916. Day, Julia. “Charmin To Market Its Own Pooh Bear.” The Guardian. June 16, 2003. 917. Elias, Marc. “Seasick on the Censorship.” fps. Spring 1995, pp. 41-42. 918. Fitzgerald, Kate. “Adults Favor Classic ’Toons in Their Ads.” Advertising Age. Sept. 17, 1990, pp. 3, 73. 919. Folkman, David. “Cartoonists in the Ads.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 4, 1997, pp. 126-129. 920. “Funny Ads Are a Serious Business.” Chemical Week. June 3, 1981, pp. 42-43. 921. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Chalice Serves up Layers of Sensational Effects.” Animation. March 2000, p. 49. 922. Hartigan, Rachel. “Tony Shows His Stripes.” U.S. News & World Report. Oct. 30, 2000, p. 46. 923. “It ‘Adds’ Up.” Inklings. Fall/Winter 1993, p. 8. (“Elsie the Cow”). 54 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

924. “Kellogg Suit vs. Exxon Reinstated.” Associated Press dispatch, April 12, 2000. 925. Knieper, Thomas. “Cartoons Are Great for Advertising: A Cross- Cultural Overview.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, Louisiana, April 19, 2000. 926. Lowe, Jim. “The Search for Willie the KOOL Penguin.” The Funnies Paper. Nov./Dec. 2000, pp. 21-23. 927. Margerum, Eileen. “Cartoons Are the Best Disguise: Cartoon Art As Camouflage in American Print Advertising.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 15, 1995. 928. Margerum, Eileen. “Comic Art in Advertising: When It’s Salesmanship, It’s Serious Business.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Chicago, Illinois, April 9, 1994. 929. Marshall, Charles. “Advertising – Why Some Cartoonists Are Saying, ‘Just Do It!’” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 5, 1995, pp. 10-11. 930. Mayer, Caroline E. “Buy This! Buy That! Says Cat in the Hat.” Washington Post. Nov. 20, 2003, p. E01. 931. “Patronage at Its Best!” Cartoon World. Dec. 1996, p. 5. 932. Raphel, Murray. “Ad Techniques: The Drawing Power of Cartoons.” Bank Marketing. Feb. 1981, pp. 49-50. 933. Raphel, Murray. “Another Look at the Drawing Power of Cartoons.” Bank Marketing. Oct. 1982, pp. 48-49. 934. Roach, David A. “The Twinkle Age of Comics.” Comic Book Artist. March 2000, pp. 9, 126. 935. Stredicke, Victor. “Advertising Is Lifeblood of Small Town Art.” Cartoon World. April 1997, pp. 3-4. 936. Thompson, Stephanie. “Holy Mustache, Batman! Now You’re Drinking Milk!” Advertising Age. Feb. 14, 2000, p. 14. 937. Winkleman, Michael. “Comic Relief.” Public Relations Journal. Dec. 1986, pp. 21-23. 938. “WWII Nostalgia Department.” Cartoonews. July 1975, pp. 15-18. “Charles Atlas” 939. Kannenberg, Gene, Jr. “The Ad That Made an Icon out of Mac.” Hogan’s Alley. 2:3 (1999), pp. 80-87. 940. Stump, Greg. “Archetypal Ad Spoke to Generations of 97-Pound Weaklings.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1999, p. 21. “Joe Camel” Campaign 941. Annas, George J. “Cowboys, Camels, and the First Amendment – The FDA’s Restrictions on Tobacco Advertising.” The New England Journal of Medicine. Dec. 5, 1996. Reprinted in Taking Sides: Clashing Views United States: Comic Art 55

on Controversial Issues in Mass Media and Society, 5th Ed., edited by Alison Alexander and Jarice Hanson, pp. 119-127. Guilford, CT: Dushkin/McGraw-Hill, 1999. 942. Bertieri, Claudio. “Joe il Seduttore.” Comic Art. June 1992, p. 79. 943. Burke, Fred. “A Different Kind of Monster: Joe Camel Breathes His Last.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 19, 1997, p. 42. 944. Dagnoli, Judann. “‘JAMA’ Lights New Fire under Camel’s Ads.” Advertising Age. Dec. 16, 1991, pp. 3, 32. 945. DiFranza, Joseph R., John W. Richards, Jr., Paul M. Paulman, Nancy Wolf-Gillespie, Christopher Fletcher, Robert D. Jaffe, and David Murray. “RJR Nabisco’s Cartoon Camel Promotes Camel Cigarettes to Children.” Journal of the American Medical Association. Dec. 11, 1991, pp. 3149-3152. Reprinted in Taking Sides: Clashing Views on Controversial Issues in Mass Media and Society, 5th Ed., edited by Alison Alexander ad Jarice Hanson, pp. 112-118. Guilford, CT: Dushkin/McGraw-Hill, 1999. 946. Green, Mark. “Luring Kids To Light Up.” Business & Society Review. Spring 1990, pp. 22-26. 947. Harrington, J. “Up in Smoke: The FTC’s Refusal To Apply the ‘Unfairness Doctrine’ to Camel Cigarette Advertising.” Federal Communication Law Journal. April 1995, pp. 593-610. 948. Konrad, Walecia. “I’d Toddle a Mile for a Camel.” Business Week. Dec. 23, 1991, p. 34. 949. Levin, Gary. “Poll Shows Camel Ads Are Effective With Kids.” Advertising Age. April 27, 1992, p. 12. 950. MacGregor, Robert M. “The Parodic Appropriation of Joe Camel To Fight Cigarette Smoking – A Case Study.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 951. “Say That You’ll Go, Joe.” Philadelphia Inquirer. June 1, 1997, p. E-6. 952. Shevack, Brett. “Ban Joe Camel Campaign? That’s Unfair.” Advertising Age. Sept. 20, 1993, p. 28. ARTISTIC ASPECTS 953. Fabri, Ralph. “The Art of Cartoons and Comic Strips.” Today’s Art. April 1975, pp. 5, 12. 954. Fitzgerald, Mark. “Front Page Still Off-Limits to Art Departments.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 9, 1985, p. 19. 955. Heller, Steven. Design Humor: The Art of Graphic Wit. New York: Allworth Press, 2002. 192 pp. 956. Isaacson, Joel. “Impressionism and Journalistic Illustrations.” Arts Magazine. June 1982, pp. 95-115. 957. Klein, Sherri. “Children’s Responses to Humor in Art.” Art Education. 46:5 (1993), pp. 60-65. 56 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

958. “Painting Featuring Cartoon Characters Is Completed.” Editor and Publisher. April 5, 1986, p. 52. ASSOCIATIONS, GUILDS, AND AWARDS 959. “Area Establishes Paper Competition.” Comic Art and Comics. April 1996, p. 1. (Popular Culture Association). 960. Blackbeard, Bill. The 1974 Brochure of the San Francisco Academy of Comic Art. San Francisco: Bill Blackbeard, 1974. Unpaginated. 961. deDesrochers, Liz. “Cartoonists Northwest 10th Anniversary Toonie Award Banquet!” Penstuff. April 2001, pp. 1-3. 962. Kovaleski, John. “Hello...I Must Be Going!” UCLA. March 1994, pp. 1, 2, 4. 963. “The National Foundation for Caricature and Cartoon Art Report.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 4, 1997, pp. 106-107. 964. Rosenthal, Tim. “Upstate NY Chapter in Cyberspace.” Upstate New York Chapter News. Jan. 1997, p. 3. 965. Stredicke, Victor. “NW Cartoonists Honor New Areas.” Cartoon World. March 1997, p. 4. 966. “The Tenth Toonies.” Penstuff. Oct. 2000, p. 7. 967. “The Washington Post Writers Group FineToon Fellowship.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2000, pp. 26-29. 968. Whelton, Suzanne. “The Washington Post Writers Group Fine Toon Fellowship.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2001, pp. 64-66. Awards 969. Dorf, Shel. “A Brief History of the Russ Manning Awards.” CAPS. Sept. 1997, pp. 52-53. 970. “Four Nominated for Major Cartoon Prize.” Editor and Publisher. April 15, 1995, p. 38. 971. Harvey, R.C. “Sparky Awards in April.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 26, 2002, p. 34. 972. “Newest Xeric Winners Announced.” Comics Journal. Nov. 1994, p. 36. 973. “1996 Eisner Awards.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1996, pp. 33-34. 974. “1997 Harvey Nominees Are Announced.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 21, 1997, pp. 6, 8. National Cartoonists Society and Reuben Awards 975. Astor, David. “A Pictorial Look at the Reuben Weekend.” Editor and Publisher. May 3, 1986, pp. 48-49. 976. Astor, David. “Rapid Growth Reported at NCS Meeting.” Editor and Publisher. May 19, 1990, pp. 48-52. United States: Comic Art 57

977. Astor, David. “Syndicate/News Services.” Editor and Publisher. May 17, 1997. Reprinted in Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1997, p. 74. 978. Astor, David. “Updike Is Honored by Cartoonists.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 15, 1990, p. 36. 979. Dunn, Bob. “At the White House.” The NCS Cartoonist. Feb. 1967, pp. 6-7. 980. Evry, Ron. “National Cartoonist Society’s Reuben Awards Weekend Looks Cautiously to the Future.” Comics Journal. June 1997, pp. 22-23. 981. Evry, Ron. “National Cartoonists Society Hosts 50th Annual Reuben Awards Weekend in New York City.” Comics Journal. July 1996, pp. 10-12. 982. Evry, Ron. “NCS Awards Announced.” Comics Journal. June 1998, pp. 17-18. 983. Folkman, David. “The National Cartoonists Society.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1994, pp. 22-41. 984. Green, Charles and Mort Walker. The National Cartoonists Society Album. 1980 Edition. Greenwich, CT: The Museum of Cartoon Art, 1980. 174 pp. 985. Harvey, R.C. “Groening, Sakai, and Turner Win at Reuben Weekend.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 20, 2003, p. 38. 986. Harvey, R.C. “Rambling Around the Reubens: Firsts for Animation and Anti-establishment Humor and an African-American Cartoonist.” Comics Journal. July 2003, pp. 29-35. 987. Harvey, R.C. “The Recent Disturbance in New York.” Comics Journal. Aug. 2000, pp. 105-109. 988. Harvey, R.C. “Record Reubens.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 30, 2000, p. 64. 989. Harvey, R.C. “The Reuben at Fifty.” Comics Journal. July 1996, pp. 137-140. 990. Harvey, R.C. “Tales of the Founding of the National Cartoonists Society.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1996, pp. 46-55. 991. Harvey, R.C. “Tales of the Founding of the National Cartoonists Society.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1996, pp. 62-71. 992. “Head fer th’ Hills.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1997, pp. 12-30. 993. Hurd, Jud. “National Cartoonists Society. The NCS Reuben Weekend, May 26-28, 2000.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 2000, pp. 20-45. 994. Janocha, Bill. The National Cartoonists Society Album 1996. 50th Anniversary Edition. Northampton, MA: Kitchen Sink Press, 1996. 396 pp. 995. “Lindsay Returns Barb for Barb at Conference with Cartoonists.” The NCS Cartoonist. Aug. 1967, pp. 3-6. 996. McCormick, Tom. “1994 Reuben Dinner.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1994, p. 68. 58 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

997. Mikula, Mike. “The National Cartoonists Society.” Fullbleed. Summer 1999, pp. 22-23. 998. “National Cartoonists Society.” Inklings. Summer 1998, p. 6. 999. “National Cartoonists Society Reuben Awards.” Inklings. Summer 1997, p. 8. 1000. “National Cartoonists Society Reubens Awards.” Penstuff. June 1997, p. 2. 1001. “National Cartoonists Society: We Salute.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1998, pp. 20-45. 1002. “NCS in Vietnam.” The NCS Cartoonist. Oct. 1966, pp. 4-5. 1003. “News About the Bill Hoest-Led NCS.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 12, 1987, p. 51. 1004. “New York: Reuben.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1996, pp. 29-43. 1005. Nyberg, Amy K. “The History of the National Cartoonists Society.” Paper accepted at American Journalism Historians Association, London, Canada, Oct. 1996. 1006. Nyberg, Amy K. “The National Cartoonists Society and the Postwar Comic Book Controversy.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, San Antonio, TX, March 29, 1997. 1007. Ogden, Willard. “NCS Albums.” The Funnies Paper. May/June 2000, pp. 12-13. 1008. “Reuben Awards.” Inklings. Summer 1999, p. 7. 1009. Spurgeon, Tom. “National Cartoonists Society.” Comics Journal. Oct. 2002, p. 27. 1010. Toole, Fred. “NCS Western Convention! 1966.” The NCS Cartoonist. Feb. 1967, pp. 14-16. 1011. “20th Annual Reuben Awards.” The NCS Cartoonist. June 1966, pp. 3-6. 1012. Williamson, Lenora. “Cartoonists Society Awards 35th Reubens.” Editor and Publisher. April 25, 1981. COLLECTING AND FANS 1013. “Agent Brings Cartoonist and Collector Together.” Cartoon World. Nov. 1995, p. 7. 1014. Bishop, Gary E. “Pioneer Shel Dorf Speaks on the Way It Was – And Is.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 3, 1995, pp. 52, 82. 1015. “Cartoons at Auction.” Inklings. Fall/Winter 1993, p. 8. 1016. Cohen, Mark. “Original Cartoon Art.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1996, pp. 68-77. 1017. Cohen, Mark. “What’s New with Mark Cohen.” Penstuff. Feb. 1997, p. 10. 1018. “Collecting Original Art – from Comic Art to Magazine Illustration.” Mediascene. Jan./Feb. 1977, pp. 24-25. United States: Comic Art 59

1019. Daviss, Ben. “Funny Money: Investment Profits in Original Cartoon Art.” Fact: The Money Management Magazine. Aug. 1986, pp. 44-48. 1020. Green, Scott E. “Barks Drawing and Simpsons Cel Are Among Treasures in New York ‘Back Porch Auction.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 17, 1998, p. 10. 1021. Horn, Maurice. “Original Art Prices Seem To Have Reached a Temporary Plateau.” WittyWorld International Cartoon Magazine. Winter/Spring 1994, p. 15. 1022. Ivey, Jim. “Collector’s Column.” Cartoonews. July 1975, pp. 28-29. 1023. Jaroneczyk, Jennifer. “Collecting the Good Ol’ Days.” Inklings. Special Edition 1996, p. 17. 1024. Loescher, Greg. “Diamond International Galleries ‘Vault Opening’ Sale Tops $1.6 Million.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 3, 1995, p. 42. 1025. Miller, John Jackson. “eBay, Bidders Lash Out at War Profiteers.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 5, 2001, pp. 12-13. 1026. Reed, Walt. “Illustration House.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1996, pp. 78-81. Fans 1027. Dewey, Patrick. Fan Club Directory. 1,500 Fan Club and Fan Mail Addresses in the United States and Abroad. Jefferson, NC: McFarland and Co., 1993. 112 pp. 1028. Greim, Martin L. “Friends of Flash Gordon.” Comic Crusader. No. 11, 1971, pp. 35-38, 41. 1029. Nyberg, Amy K. “Fan Discourse in the Comics Buyer’s Guide.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. 1030. “San Francisco Bay Area Provides a Haven for Comics Fans.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 25, 1997, pp. 66, 68. EXHIBITIONS, FESTIVALS, AND CONVENTIONS 1031. Astor, David. “An Unexpected Hit at Cartoon Festival.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 28, 1992, pp. 28-29. 1032. Brady, Matt. “Pittsburgh Comicon – Up Again in ’99.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 28, 1999, p. 12. 1033. “Cartoon Exhibit Made Available.” Editor and Publisher. April 19, 1986, p. 88. 1034. “Celebrate Father’s Day at Heroes Con.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 28, 1999, p. 39. 1035. Charet, Larry. “The Chicago Comicon: Anybody Remember 1976?” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 16, 1995, p. 80. 60 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1036. “Comix Brut!” Comics Journal. Nov. 1993, pp. 97-100. 1037. Cwiklik, Gregory. “The 21st Annual Chicago Comicon: A Personal View.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1996, pp. 23-25, 27. 1038. deDesrochers, Liz. “Are Art Contests Fair?” Penstuff. Feb. 2003, p. 6. 1039. “Exit Art Gallery Sponsors Major Comics Show.” Comics Journal. Nov. 1993, p. 17-18. 1040. “Exhibits.” Inklings. Spring 1997, pp. 4-5. 1041. Haines, Lurene. “Conventions Part 2: Professional Critiques.” Words and Pictures Newsletter. Aug.-Oct. 1998, p. 8. 1042. Horn, Maurice. “La Convencion de las Convenciones.” Comix Internacional. No. 46, p. 2. 1043. Inhabiting the Earth. Catalogue and Exhibition, produced by Cartoonists and Writers Syndicate. New York: Cartoonists and Writers Syndicate, 1994. 48 pp. 1044. Kovaleski, John. “Travels with the Human Forehead: Kollege of Kartoon Knowledge.” Upstate New York Chapter News. Sept./Oct. 1995, pp. 3-6. 1045. MacDonald, Heidi. “The Secret History of New York Conventions.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 27, 2003, p. 10. 1046. Meet the Artist: An Exhibition of Self-Portraits by Living American Artists. Exhibition Catalogue. Foreword by Walter Heil. San Francisco, CA: M.H. de Young Memorial Museum, 1943. 1047. Melby, Nathan. “MOCCA Hosts First Art Festival June 23.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 28, 2002, p. 14. 1048. Morrison, Glenn V. “Report from Dragon Con.” Comics Journal. Sept. 1994, p. 38. 1049. “The 1995 Festival of Cartoon Art.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1995, p. 26. 1050. “Orlando’s MegaCon Continues To Grow.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 9, 1997, p. 8. 1051. Raphael, Jordan. “Dallas Fantasy Fair Cancelled: New Con Takes Its Place.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1996, p. 23. 1052. Raphael, Jordan. “ ‘We Never Had Any Illusions’: Young Cartoonists Roundtable: Seattle.” Comics Journal. July 1996, pp. 125-134. 1053. “A Short History of Comics Conventions in New York.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 28, 1994, p. 36. 1054. Spurgeon, Tom. “MoCCA Festival Enjoys Second Big Year.” Comics Journal. Sept. 2003, pp. 24-27. 1055. Stevens, Bob. “Seminar Draws 25 of Nation’s Cartoonists to Bay Club.” The NCS Cartoonist. Aug. 1967, pp. 22-25. 1056. Stredicke, Victor. “Graphic Comparisons in Cartoonists Magazine’s Tooner Roundtable.” Cartoon World. Feb. 1996, p. 5. 1057. “There’s a Convention in Your Computer.” Hogan’s Alley. Fall 1994, p. 19. United States: Comic Art 61

1058. Wardle, Paul. “Freaks, Outcasts, and Peter David: Dragon Con ’96.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1996, pp. 27-28, 30. Comic Arts Conference 1059. “Comics Scholars Directory Update November 1993.” Comic Art Studies. Nov. 20, 1993, p. 4. 1060. Coogan, Peter M. “The Second Annual Comic Arts Conference – A Report.” Comic Art Studies. Nov. 20, 1993, pp. 9-10. 1061. “Jim Drew’s Report on the Second Annual Comic Arts Conference.” Comic Art Studies. Nov. 20, 1993, p. 8. 1062. Fischer, Craig. “The 11th Annual Comic Arts Conference.” Comics Journal. Sept. 2003, pp. 37-39. Expo/SPX (Small Press Expo) 1063. Barnes, Derek. “Expo 2000: Four Days of Hype, Introspection and Reinvention.” Comics Journal. Nov. 2000, pp. 19-23. 1064. Henn, Rich. “The Expo/SPX ’99: Bigger and Better.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 17, 1999, p. 2. 1065. McElhatton, Greg. “The Expo/SPX Launches Series, Issues, Careers.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 17, 1999, pp. 4-5. 1066. Moro, Eric, Gary St. Lawrence, and Matt Brady. “Expo/SPX ’99: Meet and Greet.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 17, 1999, pp. 10-13. (Jimmie Robinson, Jon “Beans” Hastings, David Cooper, Jim Ottaviani, Ted Stearn, Eddie Campbell, Marcus Meleton, and Steve Conley). 1067. Rodman, Larry. “Scenes from The Expo: SPX 2003.” Comics Journal. Oct. 2003, pp. 12-15. International Comic Art Festival 1068. “Go Global with the International Comic Arts Festival.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 17, 1999, pp. 6-7. 1069. “Info on the ICAF.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 18, 1998, p. 24. 1070. Prassel, Igor. “Stripburger v Deželi Hamburgerjev.” Stripburger. No. 20, 1998, pp. 37-38. 1071. Rhode, Michael. “The Eighth Annual International Comic Arts Festival (ICAF) 2003.” Comics Journal. Oct. 2003, pp. 17-19. 1072. Rhode, Mike. “Voices from ICAF.” Comics Journal. Nov. 2000, pp. 25- 29. 1073. Rodman, Larry. “The Third Annual International Comics and Animation Festival.” Comics Journal. Oct. 1997, pp. 25-31. 62 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Ohio State University Festival of Cartoon Art 1074. Black, Ed. “A Festival of Cartoon Art: Cartoonists on Campus.” Comics Feature. May 1985, pp. 9-10, 23-24. 1075. Chrislip, Bruce. “At the Ohio State University 2001 Festival of Cartoon Art (Part One).” Penstuff. Oct. 2001, pp. 1, 7. 1076. Chrislip, Bruce. “At the Ohio State University 2001 Festival of Cartoon Art (Part Two).” Penstuff. Nov. 2001, pp. 1, 7. 1077. Chrislip, Bruce. “At the Ohio State University 2001 Festival of Cartoon Art (Part Three).” Penstuff. Dec. 2001, p. 7. 1078. Dorf, Shel. “Guest Editorial: Big Thing in a Small Package.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 11, 1998, p. 4. 1079. “OSU Gets Donation from Blackbeard.” Comics Journal. April 1998, p. 29. San Diego ComicCon 1080. Andreasen, Henrik. “Californisk Tegneserieparadis.” Seriejournalen. Winter 1993, pp. 12-13. 1081. “Biggest Comics Con Ever!” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 15, 2003, p. 1. 1082. Chapman, Bob and John Koukoutsakis. eds. San Diego Comic-Con 1986. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention, 1986. 1083. “Comic Con Brings Art Freaks Out of the Closet.” Cartoonews. No. 11, 1975, p. 27. 1084. Dorf, Shel, ed. San Diego Comic-Con 1982. San Diego: San Diego Comic-Con, 1982. 1085. Dorf, Shel and Barry Short. Progress Report No. 2. San Diego: San Diego Comic-Con, 1982. 1086. Dorf, Shel. “Things I Like To Remember: San Diego Comic-Con Founder Admires His Offspring.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 29, 1993, p. 58. 1087. Estrada, Jackie, ed. 1984 San Diego Comic-Con. San Diego, CA: San Diego Comic-Con, 1984. 1088. Estrada, Jackie, ed. San Diego Comic Con 1978. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention, Inc., 1978. 1089. Estrada, Jackie, ed. San Diego Comic Convention 1989. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention, 1989. 1090. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 19, 1997, pp. 38, 41. 1091. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 25, 1998, pp. 20, 35. 1092. Glanser, David. “Comic-Con International: San Diego Continues To Grow.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 6, 1997, p. 43. United States: Comic Art 63

1093. “A Look Back at 1993.” Con-Notations. Nov. 1993, pp. 4-9. 1094. McCoy, Sean M., ed. San Diego Comic Convention 1987. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention, 1987. 1095. McCoy, Sean M., ed. San Diego Comic-Con Souvenir Program Book 1987. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention, 1987. 1096. MacDonald, Heidi. “San Diego-Thon, Part 1.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 15, 2003, p. 10. 1097. Mergenthaler, Andreas. “Ein Festivalbericht: San Diego Comic Con.” Comic Info. Sept./Oct. 1993, pp. 51-52. 1098. Mergenthaler, Andreas. “San Diego Comic-Con 25.” Comic! Dec. 1994, pp. 16-23. 1099. 1984 San Diego Comic-Con News. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention, 1983-1984. 1100. San Diego Comi-Con 1973. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention, 1973. 1101. San Diego Comic Convention 1974. San Diego, 1974. 1102. San Diego Comic-Con Souvenir Program Book. 1975. San Diego, 1975. 1103. San Diego Comic Convention 1986 Progress Report. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention 1986. 1104. “S. Diego-Con-Wow.” Wow. Nov. 1989, pp. 3-5. 1105. Spiewak, David, ed. San Diego Comic-Con 1985. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention, 1985. 1106. Spurgeon, Tom. “Sizing Up Comic-Con International: San Diego 2003.” Comics Journal. Sept. 2003, pp. 28-33. 1107. Stadler, Mark, ed. San Diego Comic-Con 1980. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention, 1980. 1108. Stadler, Mark, ed. San Diego Comic Convention 1988. San Diego, 1988. 1109. Stump, Greg. “San Diego: Attendance Up at Nation’s Largest Convention.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1996, pp. 30-33. 1110. Sullivan, Rebecca. “San Diego 2003: A Non-Fan’s Notes.” Comics Journal. Sept. 2003, pp. 34-36. 1111. “26th San Diego Comic-Con Celebrates ‘The Year of the Writer.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 30, 1995, p. 32. 1112. Valentino and Olshevsky, eds. The San Diego Comic-Con Souvenir Book. San Diego: San Diego Comic Convention, 1979. LEGAL ASPECTS 1113. Astor, David. “Exclusivity Debated at S.F. Meeting.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 5, 1985, pp. 34-36. 1114. “Insurance Concerns for Cartoonists.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, pp. 24-25, 44. 1115. “Klehs Proposes Elimination of ‘Cartoon Tax.’” CAPS. Dec. 1995, pp. 18-19. 64 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1116. MacDonald, Heidi. “The Creator’s Rights Conundrum.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 12, 2003, p. 10. 1117. “More About Less Taxes.” Inklings. Summer 1995, p. 10. 1118. Rubens, Philip. “The Cartoon and Ethics: Their Role in Technical Information.” Transactions on Professional Communication. Sept. 1987, pp. 196-201. 1119. Schutt, Geoffrey. “From the Editor’s Desk....” Media Sight. Fall 1983, p. 7. 1120. “Schwartzman Decision Is Coming.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 22, 1990, p. 40. 1121. Stump, Greg. “Comicontroversy: Legal Battle Erupts Between Chicago and San Diego.” Comics Journal. Sept. 1996, p. 28. 1122. “Suits and Debate Follow Cartoon Poster’s Display.” New York Times. Nov. 26, 1990, p. B4. 1123. Valauskas, Charles. “What Cartoonists Should Know About the Law.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 4, 1995, p. 11. 1124. Valauskas, Charles. “What Cartoonists Should Know About the Law.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist. No. 8, 1996, p. 7. 1125. Valauskas, Charles. “What Cartoonists Should Know About the Law.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, pp. 7, 45. Copyright, Patents, Trademarks 1126. “The Copyright Term Extension of 1995.” CAPS. Jan. 1996, p. 23. 1127. “The Copyright Term Extension of 1995.” Penstuff. Dec. 1995, p. 10. 1128. Machetti, Paola. “Il Diritto d’Autore in U.S.A.” Comics. Oct. 1975, pp. 36-37. 1129. Riedman, Patricia A. “Client to Artist: Screw You! Fighting for Your Rights in the Digital Age.” ADC: The Newsletter of the Art Directors Club, Inc. Summer 1995, pp. 1,7. 1130. Valauskas, Charles C. “Trade Secret Laws – Protecting Ideas.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), pp. 32-33. 1131. Valauskas, Charles. “What Cartoonists Should Know About the Law: Patents.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 6, 1995, pp. 16-17. 1132. Valauskas, Charles. “What Cartoonists Should Know About the Law: Trademark: Name That Property.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 5, 1995, p. 20. Plagiarism 1133. “Deja Viewed.” Hogan ’s Alley. No. 3, 1996, pp. 52-53. 1134. “Deja Viewed.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 4, 1997, pp. 42-44. 1135. “Deja Viewed.” Hogan’s Alley. 2:3 (1999), pp. 52-56. 1136. “Deja Viewed.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 5, 1998, pp. 50-53. United States: Comic Art 65

1137. “Deja Viewed.” Hogan ’s Alley. No. 8, 2000, pp. 56-60. 1138. “Deja Viewed.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 10, 2002, pp. 46-49. 1139. “Deja Viewed.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 11, 2003, pp. 56-59. 1140. Szabo, Joe. “Unscrupulous Interference. WittyWorld International Cartoon Magazine. Winter/Spring 1994, p. 3. MUSEUMS 1141. Astor, David. “A Cartoon Museum Is Planned in D.C.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 6, 1993, pp. 34-35. 1142. Astor, David. “Rare Cartoon Art Is Unearthed in Office.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 28, 1993, p. 30. 1143. Birke, Judy. “The Barnum Museum/Bridgeport: The Sunday Funnies; 100 Years of Comics in American Life.” Art New England. June/July 1995, p. 57. 1144. Dean, Michael. “New York Conjures a New Comic Art Museum.” Comics Journal. April 2002, pp. 18-20. 1145. Kreiner, Rich. “The Museum Built on the Backs of Turtles.” Comics Journal. April 1994, pp. 78-82. 1146. “The Museum of Cartoon Art/The International Museum of Cartoon Art – 1974-1994.” Inklings. Summer 1994, p. 3. 1147. Nadzeika, Bonnie-Lynn and Alice A. Caulkins. “Resources: Macculloch Hall Historical Museum.” Inks. May 1997, pp. 32-35. 1148. “A Showcase for Comic Art.” Cartoonews. June 1975, pp. 16-19. (Jim Ivey museum). 1149. Stump, Greg. “Comics Museums Facing Financial Crisis.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1997, pp. 11-15. 1150. Sullivan, Darcy. “Trouble Beneath the Surface at CAM; Kurtzman Exhibit Offers Retrospective Survey, Sort Of.” Comics Journal. March 1996, pp. 22-23. 1151. “United Gives Library Numerous Cartoons.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 13, 1993, p. 35. 1152. Walls, Chris. “Comic Art Galleries and Museums, the Next Step in Comic Evolution.” Comic Culture. 2:4 (1995), pp. 36-37. Cartoon Art Museum 1153. “Cartoon Art Museum.” The Funnies Paper. Jan.-Feb. 2002, p. 20. 1154. “Cartoon Art Museum.” The Funnies Paper. March/April 2002, p. 11. 1155. “Cartoon Art Museum.” The Funnies Paper. Sept.-Oct. 2002, p. 30. 1156. “The Cartoon Art Museum.” Inklings. Spring 1995, p. 12. 1157. “Cartoon Art Museum Has Started on The West Coast.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 12, 1985, p. 41. 66 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1158. “Cartoon Art Museum Makes Its Move.” Notebook of the Association of American Editorial Cartoonists. Winter 1995, p.6. 1159. Cartoon Art Museum May Have Been in Danger of Closing.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1997, p. 3. 1160. “Cartoon Art Museum Offers New Permanent Collection.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 28, 1997, p. 8. 1161. “Cartoon Art Museum (San Francisco) Provides Multimedia Cartoon Experience.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 5, 1996, p. 34. 1162. “Cartoon Art Museum To Receive Donations from Adler and Co.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 22, 1996, p. 8. 1163. Cohen, Karl. “The Cartoon Art Museum’s Sparky Awards Gala To Honor Animator/Producer Bill Melendez.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2002, p. 2. 1164. Gibbs, Maureen. “More SF Cartoon Art Museum Musings.” Penstuff. Sept. 1997, p. 3. 1165. Gilchrist, Rod. “San Francisco’s Cartoon Art Museum.” Animation World. Sept. 1999,4 pp. 1166. Greenberg, Steve. “Cartoon Art Museum of San Francisco Seeks Donations.” Penstuff. Sept. 1997, p. 3. 1167. “Hate Mail: Cartoon Art Museum.” The Funnies Paper. March-April 2003, p. 30. 1168. “Money Woes May Close Cartoon Art Museum.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 12. 1169. “San Francisco’s Cartoon Art Museum Seeks Money To Stay Open.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 29, 1997, p. 8. 1170. “San Francisco’s Cartoon Art Museum Showcases Original Work on West Coast.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 25, 1997, pp. 68, 72. 1171. “San Francisco’s Last Gasp Has Roots Underground.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 25, 1997, p. 72. 1172. “Schulz Foundation Sets Up Endowment Fund for Cartoon Art Museum.” Comics Journal. April 1997, p. 24. 1173. “S.F. Cartoon Museum Open Again.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 9, 1991, p. 40. 1174. Stephenson, Chad. “The Cartoon Art Museum: A Grand Re-Opening.” Comics Journal. July 1995, pp. 26-28. 1175. Whyte, Malcolm. “The Cartoon Art Museum: A Class by Itself.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1993, pp. 52-59. International Museum of Cartoon Art 1176. “Animation Collector Mike Glad Donates Over 300 Pieces to Museum of Cartoon Art.” Inklings. Spring 1997, p. 14. 1177. Arbesú, Faustino R. “International Museum of Cartoon Art.” El Wendigo. No. 73, 1997, p. 17. United States: Comic Art 67

1178. Astor, David. “Mort Walker Shovels First Dirt at Site of $15 Million International Cartoon Museum in South Florida.” Notebook of the Association of American Editorial Cartoonists. Winter 1995, p. 5. 1179. Astor, David. “Museum of Cartoon Art Is Heading South.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 9, 1991, p. 40. 1180. Astor, David. “Toon-Full Weekend for a New Museum.” Editor and Publisher. March 16, 1996, pp. 38-39. 1181. “Bank Seizes Museum Mickey Art.” Comics Journal. Aug. 2000, p. 30. 1182. Beach, Randall. “Cartoon Museum’s Works May Find Home in Elm City.” New Haven Register. March 30, 2002. 1183. “Cartoon Museum Heads South.” New York Times. March 31, 1996, Travel. 1184. “Cartoon Museum Ready for Gala Opener.” Cartoon World. Jan. 1996, p. 8. 1185. Charla, Steve. “The International Museum of Cartoon Art.” Animation World. Feb. 1998.2 pp. 1186. Dean, Michael. “International Museum of Cartoon Art To Close.” Comics Journal. Oct. 2001, pp. 106-107. 1187. Dean, Michael. “Last-Minute Donor Helps Florida Cartoon Art Museum.” Comics Journal. Nov. 2001, p. 13. 1188. Dean, Michael. “Last-Minute Donor Helps Florida Cartoon Art Museum.” Comics Journal. Nov. 2001, p. 13. 1189. Dutter, Barry. “Creators Comment on the Museum of Cartoon Art.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 26, 1996, p. 54. 1190. Dutter, Barry. “Museum of Cartoon Art Opens in Florida.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 26, 1996, pp. 54, 56, 60. 1191. “Gift from Hearst Tops One Million Dollars.” Inklings. Fall 1997, p. 5. 1192. “The Greatest.” Shpitz. March 1996, p. 80. 1193. Gülen, Ergin. “ABD Karikatür Müzesi Yöneticisi Jerry Robinson Istanbul’ Daydi.” Karikatürk. No. 30, 1996, p. 357. 1194. “Hearst Foundation Gives $1 Million to Museum of Cartoon Art.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 30, 1998, p. 6. 1195. Hurlburt, Roger. “A Marriage of Whimsy and Good Sense.” Sun- Sentinel. March 8, 1996. 1196. “The International Museum of Cartoon Art.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 1197. “International Museum of Cartoon Art.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1997, pp. 32-35. 1198. “International Museum of Cartoon Art: A Mort Walker Legacy.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 11, 1998, p. 39. 1199. “International Museum of Cartoon Art Announces 1996-97 Exhibition Schedule.” Comics Journal. Sept. 1996, p. 31. 68 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1200. “International Museum of Cartoon Art in Trouble.” Penstuff. Sept. 2001, p. 5. 1201. “International Museum of Cartoon Art: Museum Upturn.” The Funnies Paper. Sept.-Oct. 2003, p. 36. 1202. “International Museum of Cartoon Art To Leave Florida.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2001, p. 7. 1203. “A Look at the Museum’s Curatorial Department.” Inklings. Summer 1999, p. 14. 1204. “The Making of a Great American Museum: The International Museum of Cartoon Art Has Been Reborn.” Inklings. Special Edition 1996, p. 3. 1205. “Marketing and Development.” Inklings. Spring 1997, p. 15. 1206. “The Masterpiece Collection.” Inklings. Special Edition 1996, pp. 9-10. 1207. Mednick, Lauren. “Cartoon Museum Opens.” Boca (Boca Raton, Florida). March 7, 1996, pp. 1,4. 1208. Miller, Kimberly. “Sweet ’Toons Now Playing for the Public.” The News (Boca Raton, Florida). March 11, 1996, p. 1. 1209. “Museum of Cartoon Art Invites Membership.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 10, 1996, p. 60. 1210. “Museum of Cartoon Art Opens in Florida.” The Journal. March 15, 1996, pp. C35. 1211. “A Preview of the International Museum of Cartoon Art.” Inklings. March 1994, p. 3. 1212. Ronan, John F. “International Museum of Cartoon Art Opens.” Comics Journal. March 1996, pp. 20-21. 1213. Rothstein, Betsy. “Cartoons Come Alive at Museum Dedication.” The News (Boca Raton, Florida). March 9, 1996, p. 1. 1214. “Views of Our Museum.” Inklings. Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 6-7. 1215. Vigoda, Ralph. “Boca Raton’s Treasures Extend Beyond the Beach.” Philadelphia Inquirer. April 13, 1997, pp. T-l, T-4. 1216. Zhengxing, Faye. “International Museum of Cartoon Art Opens Its Doors on March 10, in Florida.” WittyWorld International Cartoon Bulletin. No. 3, 1996, p. 1. National Gallery of Caricature and Cartoon Art 1217. “Art Worthy of Laughter.” Washington Times. Aug. 19, 1995. 1218. Astor, David. “D.C. Is the Site for a Cartoon Museum.” Editor and Publisher. April 15, 1995, p. 38. 1219. Grauer, Neil A. “Comics Gallery’s Panel of Experts.” Washington Post. Nov. 28, 1993, p. G3. 1220. Hernandez, Debra Gersh. “Hundreds Attend Grand Opening of Cartoon Art Museum in D.C.” Editor and Publisher. May 13, 1995, p. 41. 1221. Richard, Paul. “The Stars of Strips Forever.” Washington Post. April 30, 1995, p. G4. United States: Comic Art 69

1222. Rodman, Larry. “Full of Spice: The Creation of The National Gallery of Caricature and Cartoon Art.” Comics Journal. Oct. 1995, pp. 17-20. 1223. Wood, Art. “Cartoon Art Finds a Home in Washington.” Perspective. Spring 1996, p. 2. 1224. Wood, Art. “A Cartoon Odyssey.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1995, pp. 10-21. Words and Pictures Museum 1225. Applebome, Peter. “In Comics, Anything but Normal.” New York Times. April 23, 1999, pp. 29, 38. 1226. “A Curator’s Challenge.” Words about Pictures. March 1994, p. 5. 1227. Dean, Michael. “Words & Pictures Museum Comes to a Virtual End.” Comics Journal. May 1999, pp. 16-17. 1228. Frankenhoff, Brent. “Words & Pictures To Close Doors in July.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 28, 1999, p. 6. 1229. Hatfield, Charles. “Conflict of Interest Dept: Words and Pictures Museum Offers Fantagraphics Exhibit.” Comics Journal. June 1998, pp. 21-22. 1230. Hatfield, Charles. “The New, Expanded Words and Pictures Museum.” Comics Journal. April 1995, pp. 19-22, 24-26. 1231. McQuaid, Cate. “Comics.” Boston Phoenix. April 21, 1995, p. 6. 1232. “The Permanent Gallery Collection.” Words About Pictures. Dec. 1996/Feb. 1997, p. 5. 1233. “Reading Minds at the Words and Pictures Museum.” Comics Journal. July 1996, p. 16. SCHOOLS 1234. “Cartoon Art Classes.” Inklings. Fall 1995, p. 15. 1235. “A Cartoon Camp for Kids and a Couple of Directories for Pros.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, pp. 52-53. 1236. “Class on Cartooning.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 2, 1989, p. 40. (University of California, Berkeley). 1237. “C.N. Landon Home Instruction in Cartooning.” The Funnies Paper. March-April 2003, pp. 34-42. 1238. Golus, Carrie. “Savannah College of Art and Design Hosts Fifth Annual Comics Art Forum.” Comics Journal. April 1998, p. 24. 1239. “Let’s Go Camping at Boggy Creek Gang Camp!” Inklings. Winter 1999, pp. 8-9. 1240. Mankoff, Robert. “The One-Page Cartoon Course.” New Yorker. Nov. 22, 1999, p. 94. 1241. “NYU Comics Course.” Editor and Publisher. Jan. 25, 1986, p. 60. 70 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1242. Osmar, Nils. “How I Teach Cartooning by Mail.” Cartoon World. Sept. 1995, p. 12. 1243. Relkin, Richard. “School’s In.” Comic Culture. Oct. 1994, pp. 37-40. (Joe Kubert School, School of Visual Arts). 1244. Vreeland, Mary T. “Art for the Soul.” ONline (University of the Nations). Dec. 1995/March 1996, p. 4. 1245. Weeks Pankey, Elizabeth. “Horsey Course-y Part Two.” Penstuff. Oct. 1998, pp. 4-5. Joe Kubert School 1246. Feduniewicz, K.M.R. “The Kubert School Revisited.” Mediascene. Jan./Feb. 1977, p. 15. 1247. “Hauptfach:Comic! Die Joe Kubert School of Cartoon and Graphic Art.” Comic Info. 5/6, 1994, pp. 28-31. 1248. “Joe Kubert.” Comic Info. 5/6, 1994, p. 28. 1249. “Joe Kubert School Noted.” Comics Journal. July 1995, p. 29. 1250. “Joe Kubert School of Japanese ‘Best’ List.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 23, 1995, p. 82. 1251. “Joe Kubert Starting Cartoon School.” Cartoonews. No. 11, 1976, p. 30. 1252. Meier, Philip D.C. “Ein Schweizer an der Joe Kubert School, Dover, N.J., USA.” Comic Info. 5/6, 1994, pp. 25-27. School of Visual Arts 1253. Hatfield, Charles. “School of Visual Arts To Offer Course on Comic Book Art History.” Comics Journal. July 1995, pp. 24-25. 1254. Henderson, Sam. “50 Years of Mediocrity.” Comics Journal. Sept. 1998, p. 5. 1255. Lent, John A. “Cartoon Schools Around the World: School of Visual Arts, New York.” WittyWorld International Cartoon Magazine. Autumn/Winter 1994, p. 22. 1256. “School of Visual Arts.” Comic Book Profiles. Summer 1999, pp. 69-70. 1257. “School of Visual Arts Adds MFA Design Program.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 26, 1997, p. 8. 1258. “SVA Celebrates Anniversary.” Animation. Oct. 1997, p. 63. SYNDICATION 1259. Astor, David. “Attorney Avoids Possibility of Jail With Diversion OK.” Editor and Publisher. March 30, 1991, p. 35. 1260. Astor, David. “A Director of Comic Art Looks at Her Job.” Editor and Publisher. May 10, 1986, pp. 32-33. 1261. Astor, David. “Goes from Teaching to Syndicating Art.” Editor and Publisher. July 6, 1985, pp. 34-35. (Dorothy Ahle). United States: Comic Art 71

1262. Astor, David. “A High-Priced Features Switch in Dallas.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 23, 1989, p. 34. 1263. Astor, David. “A How-to Guide for Getting Syndicated.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 31, 1985, pp. 26-27. 1264. Astor, David. “Is N.Y. the Place To Be for Syndicates?” Editor and Publisher. July 27, 1985, pp. 40-42. 1265. Astor, David. “King’s 75th Anniversary Gets Celebrated.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 22, 1990, pp. 40-41. 1266. Astor, David. “A Look at Syndication in the Past Year.” Editor and Publisher. Jan. 4, 1986, p. 58. 1267. Astor, David. “Magazine Would Run the ‘Unsyndicated.’” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 15, 1990, pp. 34-35. 1268. Astor, David. “News of Foreign Cartoon Package.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 13, 1986, p. 40. 1269. Astor, David. “Syndicate Is Fighting California’s Attempt To Levy a Tax on Cartoons.” Editor and Publisher. June 3, 1995, pp. 49-50. 1270. Astor, David. “Syndicates Race into Cyberspace.” Editor and Publisher. May 6, 1995, pp. 36-37. 1271. Astor, David. “Syndicate Switching: Is It on the Rise?” Editor and Publisher. June 22, 1985, pp. 34-35. 1272. Astor, David. “Tribune Vets Speak at Features Meeting.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 23, 1993, pp. 34-35. 1273. “Cartoon Association and Syndicate Link Web Sites.” Cartoon World. May 1997, p. 5. 1274. “Cartoonists & Writers Syndicate.” Chocarreros. May 1998, pp. 27-28. 1275. “Cartoonists & Writers Syndicate Spins a Worldwide Cartoon Web.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1997, pp. 24-35. 1276. “Getting Syndicated Is a Longshot.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 29, 1980, p. 30. 1277. Goodrich, Chris. “Acme Syndicate Offers Two Weekly Cartoon Features.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 14, 1985, pp. 31-32. 1278. Grossman, Raina. “Syndication Eyed by Cartoonist.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 20, 1980, p. 44. 1279. Hurd, Jud. “Gerald and Cullen Rapp.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1995, pp. 10-17. 1280. “King Is Distributing Comics Page.” Editor and Publisher. April 19, 1986, p. 148. 1281. “New Owners for Rothco Cartoons.” Editor and Publisher. June 13, 1987, pp. 59-60. 1282. “A New Site on the Web for Universal.” Editor and Publisher. June 29, 1996, p. 41. 1283. Reed, Bob. “Reed Brennan Media Associates.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1995, pp. 54-55. 72 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1284. Stoutsenberger, Leo. “Ask Leo.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1993, pp. 21-25. 1285. Stredicke, Vic. “Vic Stredicke Gives Us the Scoop on the Syndication Game.” Penstuff. Oct. 1994, p. 9. 1286. “Syndicate Offers Editorial Cartoonist Other Features.” Editor and Publisher. Jan. 25, 1986, p. 60. 1287. Tobias, Anita. “Getting Syndicated, Staying Syndicated.” CAPS. June 1995, pp. 3-4, 20-23. 1288. Webb, Joseph A. Cartoon Syndicator Starts Funny Business.” Link-Up. Jan./Feb. 1993, p. 17. 1289. Williamson, Lenora. “Headline Cartoon Art in Syndication.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 20, 1980, p. 34. 1290. Williamson, Lenora. “Five Artists Contribute to Graphics Service.” Editor and Publisher. June 5, 1982, pp. 34-35. 1291. Williamson, Lenora. “Universal Press Sets $15,000 Award.” Editor and Publisher. June 19, 1982, p. 102. 1292. Williamson, Lenora. “Weekly Cartoon/Art Service Launched.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 7, 1981, p. 44. TECHNICAL ASPECTS 1293. Ames, Lee J. and Creig Flessel. Draw 50 People. New York: Doubleday, 1993. 1294. Anderson, Carl. How To Draw Cartoons Successfully. Cleveland, Ohio: World Publishing, 1942. 1295. “And Now...A Nickel’s Worth of Advice.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:1(n.d.), p.6. 1296. Asner, Lou. “Start with the Funny Bone.” Cartoon World. May 1997, p. 6. 1297. Asner, Lou. “Where Do You Draw the Line?” Cartoon World. Jan. 1996, p. 2. 1298. Asner, Lou. “Where Do You Draw the ‘Time’ Line?” Cartoon World. April 1996, p. 5. 1299. “The Aspiring Cartoonist and Tom Cheney Discuss the Art of Humor in Gag Cartoons.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), pp. 22-25. 1300. “The Aspiring Cartoonist’s Gag Cartooning Round Table.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), pp. 4-13. 1301. Barry, Bill. The World of Cartooning! A Complete Guide: How To Draw and Sell Cartoons. Glendale, CA: Bill Barry Enterprises/CB Publications, 1989. 1302. Bartholomew, Charles L. and Joseph Almars, eds. Modern Illustrating: Division 1. Minneapolis, MN: Federal Schools, 1925. 1303. “Beginner’s Advice – Nothing Set in Stone.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1995, p. 12. United States: Comic Art 73

1304. Beltran, Marie. “Michael Ploog: Some Tips and Enthusiasm from a Local Great.” Penstuff. Nov. 1994, pp. 4-5. 1305. Benedict, Tony. “Intermedia 10.” Penstuff. March 1995, p. 5. 1306. Bindig, Bob. “Unaccustomed As I Am to Public Speaking.” Cartoon World. April 1997, pp. 8-9. 1307. Blevins, Bret. “How To Draw Lovely Women. Part One.” Draw! Spring 2001, pp. 13-29. 1308. Blevins, Bret. “Painting from Life: A Portfolio of Watercolor and Mixed Media Paintings Done from the Live Model.” Draw! Spring 2001, pp. 45-52. 1309. Bohl, Al. “Ask Al Bohl.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1998, pp. 52-55. 1310. Bohl, Al. “Q&A.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1999, pp. 62-63. 1311. Bohl, Al. “Q&A.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 2000, pp. 46-49. 1312. Bosch, H. “H. Bosch on Cartooning.” Cartoon World. Feb. 1996, pp. 3- 4. 1313. Bosch, H. “On Cartooning.” Cartoon World. Jan. 1996, pp. 3-4. 1314. Bossert, Jill. Humor. New York: Madison Square Press for the Society of Illustrators, 1987. 1315. Bossert, Jill. Humor 2. New York: Madison Square Press for the Society of Illustrators, 1987. 1316. Boughner, Howard. Cartooning Jobs for Beginning Cartoonists. Laguna Beach, CA: Walter T. Foster, n.d. 1317. Briggs, Clare A. How To Draw Cartoons, Illustrated with Over Fifty Drawings by Briggs, “Ding,” Bud Fisher, Goldberg, King, Webster, and Many Other Newspaper Artists. Garden City, NY: Garden City Publishing, 1937. 1318. Bruce, V., E. Hanna, N. Dench, P. Healey, and M. Burton. “The Importance of Mass in Line Drawings of Faces.” Applied Cognitive Psychology. Dec. 1992, pp. 619-628. 1319. Byars, Betsy. The Cartoonist. N.Y.: Viking Press, 1978. 1320. Byrnes, Gene. Cartooning for Fun and Money. N.Y.: By-Mail Corporation, 1951. 1321. Capps, John. “Doctor’s Prescription for Good Cartooning.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1995, pp. 5-6. 1322. Carol, Diane. “Some Ways To Boost Your Cartoon Sales.” Cartoon World. March 1996, pp. 3, 5. 1323. Carpenter, Dave. Professional Cartooning. Sioux Falls, S.D.: Creative Comic Syndicate, 1990. 3 videocassettes. 1324. “Cartoon Markets.” Cartoon World. June 1995, pp. 6-7, 9-13, 16. 1325. Cartoons & Quips. Girard, Kansas: Little Blue Books, 192? 1326. Charlson, George L. Draw Comics! Here’s How: A Complete Book on Cartooning. Racine, WI: Whitman, 1933. 74 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1327. Cholet, Bert. The All American Art, Cartooning. Brooklyn, N.Y.: Higgins Ink Co., 1944. 1328. Chrislip, Bruce. “Lecture Class Details Cartoon Careers.” Cartoon World. Sept. 1995, p. 6. 1329. Christensen, Don, ed. Tips from the Top Cartoonists. Woodland Hills, CA: Eclipse, 1988. 1330. Cleveland, Donald B. Cartooning for the Librarian: A How-To-Do-It Manual. N.Y.: Neal-Schuman, 1992. 1331. Clint, Mac. “Take Professional’s Advice to Heart.” Cartoon World. Nov. 1995, pp. 8, 10. 1332. “Clip Art: A Vulnerable Competitor.” Cartoon World. July 1995, p. 4. 1333. Costello, Sean. The Cartoonist. N.Y.: Pocket Books, 1990. 1334. “Creative Marketing & Freelance Contacts.” Penstuff. June 2000, p. 1. 1335. Crenshaw, George. How To Draw Cartoons Editors Will Buy. Hollister, CA: Paramount Press, 1991. 1336. Danzer, Gerald A. and Mark Newman. “Analyzing Graphic Arts.” Social Studies. March-April 1992, p. 86. 1337. deDesrochers, Liz. “The Creative Process (Part 2 of 2).” Penstuff. May 2001, p. 6. 1338. Erskine, Jim. “The Enterprising Cartoonist: $100 a Day...Painting Car Windows.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist. No. 9, 1996, pp. 10-11. 1339. Evans, George. A Display of Art Work. San Francisco: Dellinges and Sheridan, 1979. 1340. Famous Artists Cartoon Course. Westport, CT: Famous Artists Cartoon Course, 1956. 1341. Farrow, Will. How To Draw Humorous Illustrations, with 37 Illustrations in Black and White Reproduced from the Work of the Author and Other Artists. London: John Lane, 1933. 1342. Ffolkes, Michael. Cartoons. 1st American Edition. NY: Watson-Guptill Publications, 1963. 1343. Flynn, Jack. “Ouch! It Doesn’t Get Any Easier.” Cartoon World. July 1996, p. 3. 1344. Foster, Walter T. How To Draw Comic Characters. Tustin, CA: Walter Foster, 1989. 1345. Foster, Walter T. How To Draw Story Cartoons. Tustin, CA: Walter Foster, 1989. 1346. Foster, Walter T. Modern Cartoon: How To Draw Sport, Strips, and Spot Cartoons. Laguna Beach, CA: Foster Art Service, n.d. 1347. Fraydas, Stan. Graphic Humor. NY: Reinhold Publishing, 1961. 1348. Gabriel, Mike. Gabriel’s Friends: An A to Z Guide to Cartooning the Animal Kingdom. Aurora, CO: Gregory Publishing, 1980. 1349. Gerber, Mort. Cartooning: The Art and the Business. NY: William Morrow & Co., 1989. 272 pp. United States: Comic Art 75

1350. Glasbergen, Randy. How To Be a Successful Cartoonist. Cincinnati, OH: North Light Books, 1995. 122 pp. 1351. Goff, Ted. “Back to Coloring School.” Cartoon World. Sept. 1995, pp. 7-8. 1352. Goldberg, Rube et al. Famous Artists Cartoon Course. Westport, CT: Famous Artists Cartoon Course, 1965. 1353. Goldstein, Stan. “Confessions of a Cartoon Gagwriter.” Cartoon World. April 1996, p. 3. 1354. Greene, Frank F. How To Create Cartoons: A Textbook for Class Instruction, Cartoon Clubs and Self-Instruction. New York and London: Harper and Brothers, 1926. 1355. Gross, S. “Why I Tell Everyone I’m in Dry Cleaning.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2002, pp. 57-65. 1356. Grossman, Andrew J. “Writing Cartoons That Sell.” Cartoon World. July 1995, p. 17. 1357. Grossman, Andrew J. “Writing Cartoons That Sell – the Big Reward.” Cartoon World. June 1995, p. 11. 1358. Haines, Lurene. “So You Want To Be a Pro?” Words About Pictures. Sept-Dec. 1995, p. 4. 1359. Haines, Lurene. “So You Want To Be a Pro?” Words About Pictures Newsletter. March-May 1996, pp. 4, 9. 1360. Hart, Christopher. “Cartooning for the Beginner.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 2000, pp. 66-71. 1361. Hart, Christopher. Everything You Ever Wanted To Know About Cartooning But Were Afraid To Draw. NY: Watson-Guptil, 1994. 144 pp. 1362. Hart, Christopher, “How To Draw Cartoons.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1998, pp. 64-70. 1363. Hart, Christopher. How To Draw Heroes and Villains. NY: Watson- Guptil, 1995. 144 pp. 1364. Hartman, George. “Quality Is Our Product.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1995, p. 8. 1365. Heath, Mark. Drawing Cartoons. First Step Series. Cincinnati, OH: North Light Books, 1998. 128 pp. 1366. Heath, Mark. “Stromoski Speaks.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, pp. 38-42. 1367. Heintjes, Tom. “Q&A: What Advice Would You Give to a Cartoonist Just Beginning His Career?” Hogan ’s Alley. No. 10, 2002, pp. 44-45. 1368. Higgins Ink. The “All American” Art: Cartooning. Brooklyn, NY: Higgins Ink, 1944. 1369. Hoff, Syd. The Art of Cartooning. NY: Stravon Educational Press, 1973. 1370. Hoff, Sydney. How To Draw Cartoons. NY: Scholastic, 1975. 76 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1371. Hoff, Syd. Syd Hoff Shows You How To Draw Cartoons. NY: Scholastic Book Services, 1979. 1372. Hoffman, Pete. “Cartoon Clean-up.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1998, pp. 72-77. 1373. Holt, Dan G. Cartoon Thinking. Skiatook, OK: Author, 1992. 1374. Horn, George F. Cartooning. Worcester, MA: Davis Publications, 1965. 1375. Howell, Dave. “Gung-Ho, into the Freelance Life.” Cartoon World. Aug. 1995, p. 8. 1376. Howell, Dave. “Marketalk.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1995, p. 11. 1377. Howell, Dave. “Marketalk.” Cartoon World. Dec. 1995, p. 7. 1378. How To Draw: Tips from the Top Cartoonists. Woodland Hills, CA: Donnar Publications, 1982. 1379. Huffman, Linda. “Cartooning, Better Than a ‘Real’ Job.” Penstuff. Feb. 1998, pp. 3-4. 1380. “If You’re Not Already Using a Brush....” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 4, 1995, pp. 12-13. 1381. Instruction Paper on Cartooning. Battle Creek, MI: School of Applied Art, 1912. 1382. “How To: Prepare Gag-Cartoons for Magazines.” The Freelancer. Fall 1957, pp. 9-10. 1383. Instruction Paper on National Types. Battle Creek, MI: School of Applied Art, 1913. 1384. Jardine, Don. Creating Cartoon Characters. Tustin, CA: Walter Foster Publishing, 1989. 1385. Jones, Marty. “Cartoons on Rubber.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 5, 1995, pp. 16-19. 1386. Jones, Marty. “The Two Minute Tip: Quick Tips for the Novice.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:1 (n.d.), p. 7. 1387. Kar-ton. Berkeley, CA: Manlock Publishing & Graphix, 1988. 1388. Keener, Polly. Cartooning. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1992. 1389. Kelton, Bob. “Create Full Color, Self-Promotional Pieces Cheap and Easy.” Cartoon World. Aug. 1995, pp. 5-6. 1390. Kinse, E. Visual Puns in Design: The Pun Used As a Communications Tool. NY: Watson-Guptill, 1982. 1391. Koller, E.L. Commercial Illustrating and Cartooning. Scranton, PA: International Textbook, 1925. 1392. Krause, Chet. “The Best Hires I Ever Made.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 5, 2002, p. 4. 1393. Kresse, Bill. An Introduction to Cartooning. NY: Arco Publishing, 1984. 1394. Landon, C.N. The Landon Course of Cartooning. Cleveland, OH: C.N. Landon, 1922-1929. United States: Comic Art 77

1395. Lasswell, Fred. Draw and Color a Cartoony Party with Uncle Fred. Livonia, MI: Playhouse Video, 1987. Videocassette. 1396. Lasswell, Fred. Draw and Color Far-Out Pets with Uncle Fred. Livonia, MI: Playhouse Video, 1987. Videocassette. 1397. Lasswell, Fred. Draw and Color Funny Doodles with Uncle Fred. Tampa, FL: Fred Lasswell, 1993. Videocassette. 1398. Lasswell, Fred. Draw and Color Your Very Own Cartoonys Right Along with Uncle Fred. Tampa, FL: Cartoony Enterprises, 1984. Videocassette. 1399. Lutz, Edwin G. Practical Graphic Figures: The Technical Side of Drawing for Cartoons and Fashions. NY: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1925. 1400. MacLeod. James. “Tools of the Trade.” Cartoon World. Nov. 1996, pp. 4-5. 1401. Maddocks, Peter. Cartooning for Beginners: A Step by Step Guide to Drawing Cartoons. London: Michael O’Mara Books, 1992. 1402. Maddocks, Peter. How to Be a Cartoonist. NY: Simon and Schuster, 1982. 1403. Maddocks, Peter. So You Want To Be a Cartoonist? NY: Simon and Schuster, 1982. 1404. Manley, Mike. “Building the Perfect Body: Interview with Larry Young.” Draw! Spring 2001, pp. 84-87. 1405. Manley, Mike. “Self-Publishing The Bod, Interview with John Heebink.” Draw! Spring 2001, pp. 88-95. 1406. Mariani, Frank. “The Lost Art.” Upstate New York Chapter News. Nov. 1996, p. 4. (Lettering). 1407. Markow, Jack. Cartoonist’s and Gag Writer’s Handbook. Cincinnati, OH: Writer’s Digest, 1967. 1408. Markow, Jack. Drawing and Selling Cartoons. NY: Pitman, 1956. 1409. Matthews, E.C. Commercial Art and Cartooning. NY: J.S. Ogilvie Publishing, 1925. 1410. Matthews, E.C. How To Draw Funny Pictures. Chicago, IL: Frederick J. Drake and Co., 1928. 1411. Matthews, E.C. Modern Illustration: A Practical Art Course. Chicago, IL: Frederick J. Drake and Co., 1936. 1412. Matthews, E.C. and Phillip Albaum. Cartooning and Commercial Art. NY: Illustrated Editions, 1941. 1413. Meaghan, Luci. “Color-Code Cartoons for Easier Batch Selection.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1996, p. 3. 1414. Mears, John. “Drawing with Templates and Other Stuff.” Cartoon World. Sept. 1995, pp. 9, 11. 78 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1415. Miller, Bryan. “What High-Tech Cartoonists Do with the Leftovers.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1995, pp. 46-48. Reprinted from New York Times. Sept. 11, 1994. 1416. Mills, S.E. “Better Knowledge, Better Cartoons: The Importance of a Well-Rounded Education.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 4, 1995, pp. 1- 2. 1417. Mills, S.E. “Kill Those Myths!!!” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:1 (n.d.), p. 1. 1418. Moore, Kittie K. “It’s Only Half the Story.” Cartoon World. Feb. 1996, p. 9. 1419. Moore, Kitty K. “Facing Rejection.” Cartoon World. Nov. 1996, p. 11. 1420. Nelson, Roy P. Cartooning. Chicago, IL: Contemporary Books, 1975. 1421. “Networking.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 4, 1995, pp. 22-23. 1422. “Networking.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 5, 1995, p. 21-23. 1423. Ng, Gay. “From the Pages of...The Art of Cartooning by Chuck Thorndike, 1937.” The Funnies Paper. July-Aug. 2001, pp. 20-23. 1424. Nording, Lee. Your Career in the Comics. Kansas City: Andrews and McMeel, 1995. 1425. “Okay, What Is Clip Art?” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 4, 1995, p. 14. 1426. Osmar, Nils. “Drawing Clothing and Drapery.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, pp. 34-37. 1427. Panagini, Louis M. “The Zany! World of Cartoon Lettering.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1995, pp. 68-73. 1428. Pankey, Elizabeth. “EWP Reports from Canada on Art Supplies and Naked Men.” Penstuff. May 1994, p. 5. 1429. Pearlman, Mel. “Avoid That Headbashing If You Can.” Cartoon World. April 1996, p. 8. 1430. Peterson, Robert. Cartoon and Story Illustration. NY: MSR, 1945. 1431. Pierce, Robert. How to Draw Cartoons. Middletown, CT: Weekly Reader Books, 1985. 1432. “Putting the Car in Cartoon.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 5, 1995, pp. 12-13. 1433. Richter, Mischa and Harald Bakken. The Cartoonist’s Muse: A Guide to Generating and Developing Creative Ideas. Chicago, IL: Contemporary Books, 1992. 250 pp. 1434. Ross, Al. Cartooning Fundamentals. NY: Stravon Educational Press, 1977. 1435. “The Rules of Perspective.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 6, 1995, pp. 10-11. 1436. Salvis, Al. “Don’t Attack the Board Until the Gag Is Good.” Cartoon World. May 1996, p. 12. 1437. Schwadron, Harley L. “Slanting to Specialized Markets.” WittyWorld International Cartoon Magazine. Autumn/Winter 1994, p. 8. United States: Comic Art 79

1438. Sheesh, Doc. “Insidious Malady Mailboxitis Strikes Cartoonists.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1995, p. 6. 1439. Smith, Mitchell. The Art of Caricaturing: A Series of Lessons Covering All Branches of the Art of Caricaturing, Chicago, IL: Frederick J. Drake, 1937. 1440. Staake, Bob. The Complete Book of Humorous Art. Cincinnati, OH; North Light Books, 1996. 134 pp. 1441. “Staake Is Back.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist. No. 8, 1996, p. 41. 1442. Stoutsenberger, Leo. “Ask Leo.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1994, pp. 38-41. 1443. Stoutsenberger, Leo. “Ask Leo.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1995, pp. 36-41. 1444. Stoutsenberger, Leo. “Ask Leo.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1995, pp. 94-96. 1445. Stredicke, Victor. “Active Cartoonist Should Expect Good Pay.” Cartoon World. June 1996, p. 3. 1446. Stredicke, Victor. “Editor and Cartoonist Wary of Each Other.” Cartoon World. April 1996, p. 3. 1447. Stredicke, Victor. “Take Time To Look at Clock or the Calendar.” Cartoon World. Feb. 1996, p. 2. 1448. Stredicke, Victor. “Teaching Those Young Minds the Basics of Hands and Feet.” Cartoon World. Dec. 1995, p. 3. 1449. Tack’s Cartoon Tips for the Aspiring Cartoonist. NY: Devoe & Reynolds, 1923. 1450. “Talkin’ With the Pros.” Cartoon World. May 1997, p. 4. 1451. Tallarico, Tony. I Can Draw Monsters: Draw Madcap Monsters in Easy to Follow Steps. NY: Simon & Shuster, 1981. 1452. Tallarico, Tony. Drawing and Cartooning Monsters: A Step-by-Step Guide for the Aspiring Monster-Maker. NY: Perigee Books, 1992. 1453. Tallarico, Tony and Joe Kiernan. Drawing Cartoons: A Step-by-Step Fun Guide. NY: Grosset & Dunlap, 1975. 1454. Tatchell, Judy. How to Draw Cartoons and Caricatures. London: Usborne, 1987. 1455. Taylor, Richard D. Introduction to Cartooning. NY: Watson-Guptill, 1947. 1456. Thomson, Ross and Bill Hewison. How To Draw and Sell Cartoons. Cincinnati, OH: North Light, 1985. 1457. Thorndike, Chuck. The Art of Cartooning: An Advanced Instruction Book on Humorous Drawing. NY: House of Little Books, 1937. 1458. Thorndike, Chuck. The Secrets of Cartooning: An Instruction Book on Humorous Drawing. NY: House of Little Books, 1936. 1459. Tollison, Hal. Cartoon Fun. Tustin, CA: Walter Foster Publishing, 1989. 80 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1460. Tollison, Hal. Cartooning. Tustin, CA: Walter Foster Publishing, 1989. 1461. “Tools of the Trade.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:3, p. 22. 1462. “Tools of the Trade.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 2:1 (n.d.), pp. 8-9. 1463. Turner, Janice. “The Art of Doodling.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 18, 2000, pp. J1-J2. 1464. “The Two Minute Tip: Quick Tips for the Novice.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 2:1 (n.d.), p. 9. 1465. Viggars, Vince. “Talking Pro Talk.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1995, p. 4. 1466. Viggars, Vince. “Talking with the Pros....” Cartoon World. March 1996, p. 4. 1467. Viggars, Vince. “Talking with the Pros.” Cartoon World. April 1996, p. 12. 1468. Viggars, Vince. “Talking with the Pros.” Cartoon World. Nov. 1996, p. 9. 1469. Viggars, Vince. “Talkin’ with the Pros.” Cartoon World. June-Aug. 1997, p. 4. 1470. Viggars, Vincent. “Talkin’ Pro Talk.” Cartoon World. June 1995, p. 9. 1471. Warshaw, Jerry. The Funny Drawing Book. Pleasantvile, NY: Reader’s Digest Services, 1978. 1472. Watson, Leonard J. Caricaturing and Cartooning. Scranton, PA: International Correspondence Schools, 1948. 1473. Waugh, Coulton, Illustrating and Cartooning. Minneapolis, MN: Art Instruction, 1951. 1474. Weiss, Harvey. Cartoons and Cartooning. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1990. 1475. “What Do You Play in the Background While You’re Working.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 3, 1996, p. 54. 1476. Whittle, Perry. “Line Work.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 4, 1995, pp. 2-3. 1477. Whittle, Perry. “Line Work: Persistence.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 6, 1995, p. 3. 1478. Whittle, Perry. “Line Work: Sketching As Writing.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist. No. 8, 1996, pp. 8, 48. 1479. Whittle, Perry. “The Struggle To Improve.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, p. 8. 1480. Wolfe, Roy. Christian Cartooning: Funny for Something. Sepulveda, CA: Roy Wolfe Creations, 1963. 1481. “Working from Your Home – Is It for You?” The Aspiring Cartoonist. l:l (n.d.), p.5. 1482. “Your Chance of Selling Here Is Zero.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, pp. 50-51. United States: Comic Art 81

Computer 1483. Addlesee, Steven R. “InterNetworking: One Man’s Story.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist. No. 8, 1996, pp. 37-38. 1484. Astor, David. “A Site-Seeing Trip Along the Internet.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 17, 1996, pp. 36-37. 1485. Austin, Ron. “Down Load This!” Penstuff. July 1998, p. 10. 1486. Ayers, Verne. “At Home with Mac.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1996, pp. 92-97. 1487. Beltran, Marie. “‘Speakeasy and Build a Big Web Page.’” Penstuff. Feb. 1996, p. 5. 1488. “Cartoon Forum Adds Message Area.” Cartoon World. Dec. 1996, p. 6. 1489. “The Computerized Cartoonist.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 4, 1995, pp. 14-15. 1490. Eletti, Valerio. “Novità di Computer Graphics.” Programma Lucca 16. 1984, pp. 48-49. 1491. “E-Mail Is New Venue for Cartoonists, Fans.” Cartoon World. Nov. 1996, p. 3. 1492. Forney, Jerry. “Cartoon Cyber-Space: Information Forum for Cartoonists.” Future Features. Spring 1997, pp. 12-13, 21. 1493. Forney, Jerry. “Cartoonist in the Cyber Age.” Future Features. Fall/Winter 1994, pp. 14-15. 1494. Forney, Jerry. “The Computerized Cartoonist.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist. No. 8, 1996, pp. 28-30, 48. 1495. Forney, Jerry. “The Computerized Cartoonist: Up’n Runnin.’” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, pp. 30-31. 1496. “Getcher Modem Runnin’; Head Out Through the Phone Line....” Penstuff. May 1995, p. 3. 1497. Gibbons, Dave. “Layout and Drawing Using the Computer.” Draw! Spring 2001, pp. 3-12. 1498. “Internet Cartoons Forum Introduced.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1996, p. 8. 1499. “Internet Conference Site Available.” Cartoon World. Nov. 1996, p. 10. 1500. Lindborg, Bob. “Cartooning on a Computer.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1995, pp. 42-45. 1501. Jones, Marty. “Coloring Comics with Computers.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 6, 1995, pp. 12-13. 1502. Kim, Mike. “First Cartoon Sale Was to Computer Mag.” Cartoon World. May 1996, p. 8. 1503. Nilson, Alleen P. “Humor in the News.” Humor. 8:4 (1995), pp. 437- 438. 1504. “Online Cartooning 101.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 5, 1995, pp. 14- 15. 82 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1505. Page, Jeffrey. “Quick Trip to the Internet.” Cartoon World. Jan. 1996, pp. 5-6. 1506. “The Right Place at the Right Time: John Zakour’s Big Break.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), pp. 26-27. 29. 1507. Samms, Kevin. “Cartoonist’s Electronic Attitude Comes in Handy.” Cartoon World. March 1996, p. 7. 1508. “Up n’ Runnin’: The First Choice.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), p. 28. 1509. Viggars, Vince. “Talking with the Pros.” Cartoon World. Jan. 1997, pp. 5-6. 1510. “Web Watch.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, p. 33. COMIC ART AND CHILDREN 1511. Bariaud, Francoise. “Age Differences in Children’s Humor.” Journal of Children in Contemporary Society. 20:1-2 (1988), pp. 15-45. 1512. Bendler, Deborah D. “Determination and Technical Skill Are Male Qualities in Children’s Cartoons.” Media Report to Women. Nov. 1975, p. 7. 1513. Bjorkqvist, Kaj and Kristi Lagerspetz. “Children’s Experience of Three Types of Cartoon at Two Age Levels.” International Journal of Psychology. Feb. 1985, pp. 77-93. 1514. Bolinger, Zane B. “A Study of Children’s Responses to Cartoons As Related to Intelligence, Sex, Grade-in-School, Age, and Father’s Occupation.” Ed.D. dissertation, University of Maryland, 1971. 149 pp. 1515. “Children’s Book Updated Guidelines.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1994, pp. 52-53. 1516. Cott, Jonathan. Pipers at the Gates of Dawn: The Wisdom of Children’s Literature. NY: Random House, 1983. 1517. Crowley, Richard J. and Joyce C. Mills. “Cartoon Hypnotherapy: An Innovative Treatment Approach for Childhood Emotional Disturbances.” Paper presented at American Association for Counseling and Development, Los Angeles, CA, 1986. 1518. Czwartkowski, Leona and Cynthia Whissell. “Children’s Appreciation and Understanding of Humorous Cartoon Drawings.” Perceptual and Motor Skills. Dec. 1986, pp. 1199-1202. 1519. Dalby, Richard. The Golden Age of Children’s Book Illustration. London: Michael O’Mara Books Ltd., 1991. 144 pp. 1520. Dyson, A.H. “Whistle for Willie, Lost Puppies, and Cartoon Dogs – The Sociocultural Dimensions of Young Children’s Composing.” Journal of Reading Behavior. 24:4 (1992), pp. 433-462. United States: Comic Art 83

1521. Fine, Stuart. “Floorplans and Cartoon Strips: Diagnostic Techniques in Working with Children.” Child Psychiatry and Human Development. Fall 1978, pp. 33-39. 1522. Gadow, Kenneth D. Joyce Sprafkin, and Thomas J. Ficarrotto. “Effects of Viewing Aggression-Laden Cartoons on Preschool-Aged Emotionally Disturbed Children.” Child Psychiatry and Human Development. Summer 1987, pp. 257-274. 1523. Hapkiewicz, Walter G. and Aubrey H. Roden. “The Effect of Aggressive Cartoons on Children’s Interpersonal Play.” Child Development. 42:5 (1971), pp. 1583-1585. 1524. Kline, Stephen. Out of the Garden: Toys and Children’s Culture in the Age of TV Marketing. London: Verso, 1993. 406 pp. (“From the Comic Strips to Comic Books: The Children’s Market,” pp. 97-102; “Comics and the Preference of the Market,” pp. 102-106). 1525. Machamer, Gene. “Lesson Plan for Kids’ Cartoon Class.” Cartoon World. Sept. 1995, pp. 10-11. 1526. Meyer, Susan E. A Treasury of the Great Children’s Book Illustrators. NY: Abrams, 1987. 1527. Murray, Frank S. and Rebecca C. Stanley. “Perceptual Learning of Cartoon Faces by Young Children.” Bulletin of Psychonomic Society. Nov. 1980, pp. 367-370. 1528. Newton, Douglas P. “Children’s Perception of Pictorial Metaphor.” Educational Psychology. 5:2 (1985), pp. 179-185. 1529. Opie, Iona and Robert, and Brian Anderson. The Treasures of Childhood: Books, Toys, and Games from the Opie Collection. Arcade, 1989.192 pp. 1530. Ramsey, Inez L. “An Investigation of Children’s Verbal Responses to Selected Art Styles.” Journal of Educational Research. Sept.-Oct. 1989, pp. 46-51. 1531. Silvern, Steven B. and Peter A. Williamson. “The Effects of Video Game Play on Young Children’s Aggression, Fantasy, and Prosocial Behavior.” Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology. Oct.-Dec. 1987, pp. 453-462. 1532. Sonntag, Norris. “Cartooning as a Counseling Approach to a Socially Isolated Child.” School Counselor. March 1985, pp. 307-312. 1533. Sprafkin, Joyce, Kenneth D. Gadow, and Patricia Grayson. “Effects of Cartoons and Emotionally Disturbed Children’s Social Behavior in School Settings.” Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines. Jan. 1988, pp. 91-99. 1534. Sprafkin, Joyce, Kenneth D. Gadow, and Patricia Grayson. “Effects of Viewing Aggressive Cartoons on the Behavior of Learning Disabled Children.” Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines. May 1987, pp. 387-398. 84 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1535. The Very Best of Children’s Book Illustration. Cincinnati: Northlight, 1993.136 pp. COMIC ART AND EDUCATION 1536. Adams, Tom. “Cartoon Characters (in the Classroom).” Reading Teaching. Sept. 1991, pp. 73-74. 1537. Alexander, Mary, ed. “Cartoon Analysis of Peace Propaganda.” Social Education. April 1984, pp. 244-246. 1538. Arlin, Marshall N. and David Hills. “Comparison of Cartoon and Verbal Methods of School Attitude Assessment Through Multitrait- Multimethod Validation.” Educational and Psychological Measurement. 34:4 (1974), pp. 989-995. 1539. Arnold, Edmund C. “Cartooning.” Community College Journalist. Winter 1981, pp. 16-17. 1540. Astor, David. “They Focus on the Future of Cartooning.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 25, 1986, pp. 50-51. 1541. Bedient, Douglas and David M. Moore. “Student Interpretations of Political Cartoons.” Journal of Visual Verbal Languaging. Fall 1985, pp. 29-35. 1542. Beltran, Marie G. “Cartooning and Education.” Penstuff. May 2001, p. 7. 1543. Berwald, Jean Pierre. “Teaching French Language and Culture by Means of Humor.” French Review. Dec. 1992, pp. 189-200. 1544. Blumberg, Arnold T. “Transatlantic Meditations.” Borderline. April 2003, p. 42. 1545. “Cartoons in the Classroom.” Children and Animals. Dec. 1985, pp. 13- 15. 1546. Cassidy, Joan M. “Lights, Camera, Animation.” School Arts. Feb. 1984, pp. 36-38. 1547. Christensen, Russel R. “A Cartoon Unit for Teaching High School Economics.” Social Education. Jan. 1983, pp. 46-48. 1548. De Fren, Marcia. “Using Cartoons to Develop Writing and Thinking Skills.” Social Studies. Sept.-Oct. 1988, pp. 221-224. 1549. Dixon, Bob. “Cartoon Comics.” Forum for the Discussion of New Trends in Education. 17:2 (1975), pp. 65-66. 1550. Dodd, Julie. “Cartooning.” Communication: Journalism Education Today. Fall 1979, pp. 6-8. 1551. Duncan, Randy. “The Comics Appreciation Course: A Search for Justification and Content.” Forum presented at Popular Culture Association, San Antonio, TX, March 27, 1997. 1552. Dyson, Anne Haas. “‘Whistle for Willie,’ Lost Puppies, and Cartoon Dogs: the Sociocultural Dimensions of Young Children’s Composing.” Journal of Reading Behavior. 24:4 (1992), pp. 433-462. United States: Comic Art 85

1553. Engstrom, Erika. “Cartoons as Education.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Fall 1995, pp. 98-104. 1554. Eulie, Joseph. “Creating Interest and Developing Understanding in the Social Studies Through Cartoons.” Peabody Journal of Education. 46:5 (1969), pp. 288-290. 1555. Flynn, Patrick B. “Cartoons and Slides in Upstate New York.” Grade Teacher. 87:3 (1969), pp. 85-88. 1556. George, Stephen C. “Comics with Class.” Better Homes & Gardens. June 2003, pp. 200, 202, 204, 206. 1557. Gong, E.J., Jr. “‘Edutainment’: Cartoons or Real Learning?” Philadelphia Inquirer. Feb. 27, 1997, p. F-3. 1558. Goulson, Cary F. “Cartoons in the Classroom: A Largely Untapped Resource.” History and Social Science Teacher. 12:3 (1977), pp. 173- 175. 1559. “Guidelines for Classifying Your Cartoons.” School Press Review. 53:4 (1977), pp. 1,4. 1560. Gustafson, David. “Cartooning for a School Newspaper.” Quill and Scroll. Oct.-Nov. 1979, pp. 4-6. 1561. Harrison, Randall P. “Cartoon Communication: Research, Appreciation and Training.” Journal of Visual Verbal Languaging. Spring 1982, pp. 29-34. 1562. Heitzmann, William Ray. “Historical Cartoons: Opportunities to Motivate and Educate.” Journal of the Middle States Council for the Social Studies. Fall 1989, pp. 9-13. 1563. Hill, Deborah J. Humor in the Classroom: A Handbook for Teachers. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1988. 1564. Hinter, John Mark et al. “The Effects of Teaching Strategy and Cognitive Style on Student Interpretations of Editorial Cartoons.” Journal of Visual Literacy. Fall 1991, pp. 35-55. 1565. Jones, Colin. “Cartoons in the Classroom.” Visual Education. 1976, pp. 21-22. 1566. Jylha-Laide, J. “Learning by Viewing: Cartoons As Foreign Language Learning Material for Children – A Case Study.” Journal of Educational Television. 20:2 (1994), pp. 93-108. 1567. Mandl, Heinz and Joel R. Levin, eds. Knowledge Acquisition from Text and Pictures. Amsterdam, Netherlands: North Holland, 1989. 1568. Meuller, Jean West and W.B. Schamel. “Teaching with Documents: A Cartoonist’s View of the Eisenhower Years.” Social Education. Jan. 1990, pp. 20-21. 1569. Mitchell, Z. Peter and Michael A. Milan. “Imitation of High Interest Comic Strip Models’ Appropriate Classroom Behavior: Acquisition and Generalization.” Child and Family Behavior Therapy. 5:3 (1983), pp. 15-30. 86 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1570. Mollica, Anthony. “Cartoons in the Language Classroom.” Canadian Modern Language Review. 32:4 (1976), pp. 424-444. 1571. Monahan, David P. “How To Stimulate Student Writing with Political Cartoons.” Social Education. Jan. 1983, pp. 62-64. 1572. Olderman, Murray. “Murray Olderman.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1998, pp. 74-81. 1573. Pease, R.A. “Cartoon Humor in Nursing Education.” Nursing Outlook. 39:6 (1991), pp. 262-267. 1574. Pickering, Eva Jean. “L.D. and Nonhandicapped Boys’ Comprehension of Cartoon Humor.” Learning Disability Quarterly. Winter 1987, pp. 45-51. 1575. Pickover, Clifford A. “On the Educational Uses of Computer-Generated Cartoon Faces.” Journal of Educational Technology Systems. 13:3 (1984-1985), pp. 185-198. 1576. Provenzo, Eugene F., Jr. and Anthon Beonde. “Educational Cartoons As Popular Culture: The Case of the Kappan.” In Schooling in Light of Popular Culture, edited by Paul Farber, Eugene Provenzo, Jr. and Gunilla Holm, pp. 231-246. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1994. 1577. Ramsey, Inez L. “An Investigation of Children’s Verbal Responses to Selected Art Styles.” Journal of Educational Research. Sept.-Oct. 1989, pp. 46-51. 1578. Rees, Alun L.W. “Cartoon Slides for the Language Class.” English Language Teaching Journal. 32:4, pp. 274-281. 1579. “Report Making – The Cartoon Way.” Teacher. 92:7 (1975), pp. 75-77. 1580. Roudebush, Jay. “The Care and Feeding of a Cartoonist.” Quill and Scroll. 52:4, pp. 28-29. 1581. Rouse, William B., J. MacGregor Smith. “Cartoons as a Teaching Technique.” Journal of the American Society for Information Science. Sept. 1979, pp. 250-263. 1582. Searles, George J. “Some Help for Miss Othmar: Or, a Picture Is Worth...a Paragraph at Least.” Teaching English in the Two Year College. Oct. 1991, pp. 198-199. 1583. Sonntag, Norris. “Cartooning as a Counseling Approach to a Socially Isolated Child.” School Counselor. March 1985, pp. 307-312. 1584. Spector, Cecile C. “Remediating Humor Comprehension Deficits in Language Impaired Students.” Language, Speech and Hearing Services in Schools. Jan. 1992, pp. 20-27. 1585. Steinberg, Jacques. “Visual Play’s the Thing: Teacher Uses Cartoons To Win Converts to Shakespeare.” New York Times. May 10, 1998, Metro, 29, 34. 1586. Stredicke, Victor. “Cartoons for Frank Talk About S.E.X.” Cartoon World. March 1997, p. 8. United States: Comic Art 87

1587. “’Toons Raise Awareness.” Presstime. Jan. 1997, p. 6. COMIC ART AND EROTICISM, PORNOGRAPHY, AND SEX 1588. Burns, William J. and John D. Tyler. “Appreciation of Risque Cartoon Humor in Male and Female Repressors and Sensitizers.” Journal of Clinical Psychology. 32:2 (1976), pp. 314-321. 1589. Derks, Peter and Sanjay Aurora. “Sex and Salience in the Appreciation of Cartoon Humor.” Humor. 6:1 (1993), pp. 57-70. 1590. Dines-Levy, Gail. “Towards a Sociological Investigation with Special Reference to ‘Playboy’ Sex Cartoons.” Dissertation Abstracts International. March 1992, p. 3435A. 1591. Gluckson, Robert K. “Sex Comics of the 1930s-1950s: A Genre History.” MA thesis, University of Washington, 1992. 1592. Heller, Steven and William Eric Perkins. “Dirty Pictures.” Print. March- April 1991, pp. 104-113,138. 1593. Herzog, Thomas R. and Andrew J. Hager. “The Prediction of Preference for Sexual Cartoons.” Humor. 8:4 (1995), pp. 385-407. 1594. Miller, Carolyn S. “Sexual Jokes.” Medical Aspects of Human Sexuality. March 1985, pp. 168-174. 1595. Sekers, Randall E. and William R. Clark. “Verbal, Heart Rate, and Skin Conductance Responses to Sexual Cartoons.” Psychological Reports. Dec. 1980, pp. 1227-1232. COMIC ART AND ETHNICITY, MINORITIES, RACISM, RELIGIONS 1596. Asian Pacific Americans: A Handbook on How To Cover and Portray Our Nation’s Fastest Growing Minority Group. Los Angeles: National Conference of Christians and Jews, 1989. 1597. Astor, David. “Provides Material from Minority Angle.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 16, 1985, pp. 36-37. 1598. “Black Cartoonists Left Out of New Yorker’s Black Issue.” Cartoon World. June 1996, p. 4. 1599. Bee, Noah. “Jewish Cartooning and Jewish Cartoonists.” Midstream. June/July 1989, pp. 39-41. 1600. Berger, Arthur Asa. “Humor and the Jews.” Agitpop: Political Culture and Communication Theory. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers, 1990. 1601. Berkhofer, Robert F., Jr. The White Man’s Indian: Images of the American Indian from Columbus to the Present. NY: Knopf, 1978. 1602. “Black Cartoonists.” Ebony Man. Oct. 1991, pp. 14-19. 88 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1603. Fiore, R. “The Misapprehension of the Coon Image.” Comics Journal. Feb. 2003, pp. 99-103. 1604. Greenberg, Bradley and Sandra Kahn. “Blacks in ‘Playboy’ Cartoons.” Journalism Quarterly. Autumn 1970, pp. 557-560. 1605. In the Eye of the Beholder: Contemporary Issues in Stereotyping. NY: Praeger, 1982. 1606. Larsen, Lotte. “Stereotyped Images of the Protestor by Cartoonists.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, San Antonio, TX, March 28, 1997. 1607. McElroy, Guy C. Facing History: The Black Image in American Art 1710-1940. Bedford Arts, 1990. 142 pp. 1608. Miller, Stuart Creighton. The Unwelcome Immigrant: the American Image of the Chinese, 1785-1882. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1974, c. 1969. 1609. Sullum, J. “’Toons Out.” Reason. May 1992, p. 6. 1610. Thibodeau, Ruth. “From Racism to Tokenism: The Changing Face of Blacks in ‘New Yorker’ Cartoons.” Public Opinion Quarterly. Winter 1989, pp. 482-494. 1611. Zogby, James J. “The Other Anti-Semitism: Arab as Scapegoat.” ADC Issues No. 3. Washington, DC: American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee, n.d. Religion 1612. Blossom, Debbie. “A Winning Gospel.” Edmond (Oklahoma) Sun. May 28, 2000, pp. 1C, 8C. 1613. Piccolo, Rina. Kicking the Habit: Cartoons About the Catholic Church. Bala Cynwyd, PA: Laugh Lines Press, 1996. 96 pp. 1614. Smith, Howard A. “Saintly Humor: An Analysis of the Humorous Journalistic Tradition of the Reorganized Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints.” MS thesis, Iowa State University, 1977. 1615. Yronwode, Catherine. “The Bible in Comics.” Comic Times. March 1981, pp. 48-50, 90-92. COMIC ART AND HUMANISM, SOCIAL CONSCIOUSNESS, AND RELEVANCY 1616. “Anti-Illiteracy Effort by Ohio Cartoonists.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 17, 1994, p. 41. 1617. Astor, David. “Cartoonists Will Do Comics on Hunger.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 28, 1985, pp. 30-32. 1618. Astor, David. “Comics on Hunger Are Auctioned.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 6, 1986, p. 56. United States: Comic Art 89

1619. Burns, Michael K. “Selling Smokey and Pals.” Cartoonews. No. 10, 1976, pp. 29-30. 1620. “Cartoonists Collaborate on Painting for Charity.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 7, 1987, p. 48. 1621. Crouch, Bill. “Cartoonists Raise Funds for World War II Memorial.” South Shore Express (New York). June 2000, p. 42. 1622. De La Cruz, Donna. “Cartoons with Condom Sense.” Washington Post. Oct. 8,1997. 1623. Kreiner, Rich. “A Review of ‘Ecotoons: Our Endangered Planet.’” Comics Journal. May 1996, p. 23. 1624. Martin, Roger. “Meet Roger Martin.” Cartoonews. No. 10, 1976, pp. 32-36. (Safety). 1625. Martinelli, Thomas. “Il Giorno del Ringraziamento.” Comic Art. Feb. 1986, p. 75. (Band Aid). 1626. “Over 175 Cartoonists Comment on Hunger Problem.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 7, 1985, p. 49. 1627. “Over 175 Cartoonists Participating in Hunger Project.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 2, 1985, p. 45. 1628. “Over 25 Cartoonists Do Literacy Drawings.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 2,1989, p. 38. 1629. “Painting Featuring Cartoon Characters Is Completed.” Editor and Publisher. April 5, 1986, p. 52. 1630. Stredicke, Victor. “Pen & Ink Crimebusters.” Cartoon World. Jan. 1997, pp. 3-4. COMIC ART AND POLITICAL CORRECTNESS 1631. “Diane DiMassa.” The Nation. Jan. 17, 1994, pp. 51, 54. 1632. “Drawing Pens and Politics: Mightier Than the Sword.” The Nation. Jan. 17, 1994, p. 45. 1633. “Mort Walker.” The Nation. Jan. 17,1994, p. 48. 1634. Neal, Jim. “Cousteau Society Has a Cow over Billboard Cartoon.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 31, 1993, p. 6. 1635. “Norman Dog [Raymond Larrett].” The Nation. Jan. 17, 1994, pp. 50- 51. 1636. “NRA’s Eddie Eagle Character Under Fire.” Comics Journal. Jan. 1998, p. 23. 1637. “Roz Chast.” The Nation. Jan. 17, 1994, p. 50. 1638. “Signe Wilkinson.” The Nation. Jan. 17, 1994, pp. 46-47. 1639. “Tom Tomorrow.” The Nation. Jan. 17, 1994, pp. 48-49. 90 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

COMIC ART AND THE PROFESSIONS 1640. Astor, David. “Rising Popularity for Business Features.” Editor and Publisher. April 5, 1986, pp. 48-49. 1641. “Business Page.” Penstuff. Dec. 1996, p. 9. 1642. Donnelly, David F. and Janis L. Edwards. “‘Television Is a Funny Business’ (1946): A Collection of Cartoons Assembled by Dr. Allen B. DuMont and Privately Printed for His Friends.” Historical Journal of Film, Radio and Television. Aug. 1996, pp. 427-443. 1643. DuMont, Allen B. Television Is a Funny Business. Passaic, NJ: Allen B. DuMont Laboratories, 1946. 1644. Epstein, Benita L. Interlibrary Loan Sharks and Seedy ROMs: Cartoons from Libraryland. Jefferson, NC: McFarland & Co., 1998. 1645. Gaspirtz, Oliver. A Treasury of Police Humor. Springfield, IL: The Lincoln-Herndon Press, 1997. 177 pp. 1646. Gross, Sam, ed. Lawyers! Lawyers! Lawyers! NY: Contemporary Books, 1995. 112 pp. 1647. Hucklebee, Pat. Recycle Your Boss! Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1995. 112 pp. 1648. Jacobson, Ron. Television Related Cartoons in The New Yorker Magazine. Over 1250 Cartoon Descriptions (1950 Through 1990). Indexed by Cartoonist and Subject. Jefferson, NC: McFarland and Co., 1993. 173 pp. 1649. Kneavel, Ann. “Hacker Humor: A Study of Cartoons About Computers.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 1995. 1650. Lee, Richard. You Can Tell Your Kid Will Grow Up To Be a Librarian When.... Cartoons about the Profession. Jefferson City, NC: McFarland & Co., 1992. 1651. Oglesbee, Frank. “New Yorker Cartoons on Radio, Movies and TV.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 10, 1998. 1652. Stredicke, Victor. “Slanting to the Construction Industry.” Cartoon World. July 1996, pp. 4-8. 1653. Walter, Garry. “The Psychiatrist in American Cartoons, 1941-1990.” Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. 85:2 (1992), pp. 167-172. COMIC ART AND SCHOLARSHIP 1654. Abelson, Robert P. and Jacob Levine. “A Factor Analytical Study of Cartoon Humor Among Psychiatric Patients.” Journal of Psychiatry. 26 (1958), pp. 451-456. United States: Comic Art 91

1655. Anderson, Ronald E. and Stephen G. Wieting. “Graphical Humor and the Measurement of Attitudinal Ambivalence.” Communication Research. 3:3 (1976), pp. 311-326. 1656. Ault, Donald. “In the Trenches, Taking the Heat: Confessions of a Comics Professor.” International Journal of Comic Art. Fall 2003, pp. 241-260. 1657. Ball, Derek, Fred Piercy, and Gary Bischof. “Externalizing the Problem Through Cartoons: A Case Example.” Journal of Systemic Therapies. 12:1 (1993), pp. 19-21 B. 1658. Berger, Arthur A. “Seeing Laughter; Visual Aspects of Humor.” In Blind Men and Elephants: Perspectives on Humor, pp. 139-158. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Press, 1995. 1659. Bihrle, Amy M., Hiram H. Brownell, and John A. Powelson. “Comprehension of Humorous and Nonhumorous Materials by Left and Right Brain-Damaged Patients.” Brain and Cognition. Oct. 1986, pp. 399-411. 1660. Brodzinsky, David M. and Janet Rubien. “Humor Production as a Function of Sex of Subject, Creativity, and Cartoon Content.” Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 44:4 (1976), pp. 597-600. 1661. Brown, Ivan. “Perception of Humor in Cartoon Riddles by Adults with Intellectual Disability.” Perceptual and Motor Skills. 78:3 (1994), pp. 817-818. 1662. Bruce, Vicki, et al. “The Importance of ‘Mass’ in Line Drawings of Faces.” Applied Cognitive Psychology. Dec. 1992, pp. 619-628. 1663. Coogan, Peter M. “Comics Scholars Survey Results.” Comic Art Studies. Jan. 20, 1996, pp. 6-11. 1664. Dagge, Manfred, and Wolfgang Hartje. “Influence of Contextual Complexity on the Processing of Cartoons by Patients with Unilateral Lesions.” Cortex. Dec. 1985, pp. 607-616. 1665. Deckers, Lambert and Diane E. Carr. “Cartoons Varying in Low-level Pain Ratings, Not Aggression Ratings, Correlate Positively with Funniness Ratings.” Motivation and Emotion. Sept. 1986, pp. 207-216. 1666. Deckers, Lambert, Robert T. Buttram, and Donald Winsted. “The Sensitization of Humor Responses to Cartoons.” Motivation and Emotion. 13:1 (1989), pp. 71-81. 1667. Dines, Gail. “Developing a Sociology of Cartoons.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Salford, England, 1990. 1668. Dines, Gail. “Toward a Critical Sociological Analysis of Cartoons.” Humor. 8:3 (1995), pp. 237-255. 1669. Durant, John and Jonathan Miller, eds. Laughing Matters: A Serious Look at Humor. NY: John Wiley & Sons, 1988. 1670. Edson, Laurie, “Visible Language in Contemporary Culture.” Visible Language. Autumn 1985, pp. 410-425. 92 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1671. Felker, Donald W. and Dede M. Hunter. “Sex and Age Differences in Response to Cartoons Depicting Subjects of Different Ages and Sex.” Journal of Psychology. Vol. 76, pp. 19-21. 1672. Fry, William, F. Jr. and Waleed A. Salameh, eds. Handbook of Humor and Psychotherapy: Advances in the Clinical Use of Humor. Sarasota, FL: Professional Resource Exchange, 1987. 1673. Gadow, K.D. and J. Sprafkin. “Effects of Viewing High Versus Low Aggression Cartoons on Emotionally Disturbed Children.” Journal of Pediatric Psychology. 12:3 (1987), pp. 413-427. 1674. Groch, Alice S. “Generality of Response to Humor and Wit in Cartoons, Jokes, Stories, and Photographs.” Psychological Reports. 35 (1974), pp. 835-838. 1675. Harvey, R.C. “Reckless So-Called Research Runs Rampant Still.” Comics Journal. June 2000, pp. 105-108. 1676. Henken, Barbara and Jefferson M. Fish. “Gender and Personality Differences in the Appreciation of Cartoon Humor.” Journal of Psychology. 120 (1986), pp. 157-175. 1677. Herzog, Thomas R. and David A. Larwin. “The Appreciation of Humor in Captioned Cartoons.” Journal of Psychology. 122, 1988, pp. 597-607. 1678. Hess, Albert and Dorothy Mariner. “On the Sociology of Crime Cartoons.” International Journal of Criminology and Penology. 3 (1975), pp. 253-265. 1679. Hines, Edna. “Cartoons As a Means of Social Control.” Sociology and Social Research. 17 (1933), pp. 454-464. 1680. Hoptman, Matthew J. and Jerre Levy. “Perceptual Symmetries in Left- and Right-Handers for Cartoon and Real Faces.” Brain and Cognition. Oct. 1988, pp. 178-188. 1681. Hutcheon, Linda. A Theory of Parody: The Teachings of Twentieth- Century Art Forms. NY: Methuen, 1985. 1682. Inge, M. Thomas. “Portrait of the Professor as a Failed Cartoonist.” International Journal of Comic Art. Spring 2003, pp. 21-30. 1683. “Inroad of Aesthetic Theories.” Kayhan Caricature. Nov. 2001. 1684. Jacobsen, Janet L. “Response to Cartoon Humor As a Measure of Attitude Toward Male/Female Relations.” MA thesis, Arizona State University, 1983. 1685. Johnson, Gerald F. “A Clinical Study of Porky Pig Cartoons.” Journal of Fluency Disorders. Aug. 1987, pp. 235-238. 1686. Jones, James M., Gary A. Fine, and Robert G. Brust. “Interaction Effects of Picture and Caption on Humor Ratings of Cartoons.” Journal of Social Psychology. Aug. 1979, pp. 183-198. 1687. Katz, Harry L. and Sara W. Duke. “Cartoon-Related Research at the Library of Congress.” Inks. Nov. 1994, pp. 30-36. United States: Comic Art 93

1688. Kirkland, John. “Epistemic Curiosity and Cartoon Preference.” Psychological Reports. April 1976, p. 354. 1689. McCauley, C., K. Woods, C. Coolidge, and W. Kulick. “More Aggressive Cartoons Are Funnier.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 44 (1983), pp. 817-823. 1690. McClelland, John R. “Visual Images and Re-Imaging: A Review of Research in Mass Communication.” In Women in Mass Communication, 2nd ed., edited by Pamela J. Creedon. Newbury Park, CA: Sage, 1993. (“Cinema and Cartoons,” p. 227). 1691. McKay, Timothy D. and Marcia E. McKay. “Captioned and Non- Captioned Cartoons: Effects of Structural Properties on Ratings of Humor.” Perceptual and Motor Skills. Feb. 1982, pp. 143-146. 1692. Matte, Gerard. “A Psychoanalytical Perspective of Humor.” Humor. 14:3 (2001), pp. 223-241. 1693. Miller, G.E. and P. Bacon. “Open- and Closed-Mindedness and Recognition of Visual Humor.” Journal of Communication. 21 (1971), pp. 150-159. 1694. Miller, Jeffrey A. “Comics in the Discourse of Mass Communication Scholars.” Paper presented at Eastern Communication Association, Baltimore, MD, April 11, 1997. 1695. More, D. and A. Roberts. “Societal Variations in Humor Responses to Cartoons.” Journal of Social Psychology. 45 (1957), pp. 233-243. 1696. Palmer, Jerry N. “Theory of Comic Narrative: Semantic and Pragmatic Elements.” Humor. International Journal of Humor Research. 1:2 (1988), pp. 111-126. 1697. Parisi, Rose L. and Wesley A. Kayson. “Effects of Sex, Year in School, and Type of Cartoon on Ratings of Humor and Likability.” Psychological Reports. April 1988, pp. 563-566. 1698. Reutener, Donald B. and Anne E. Kazak. “The Effect of Cognitive Task Difficulty on Humor Ratings of Captioned Cartoons.” Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society. March 1976, pp. 275-276. 1699. Riley, Sam G. “Symbolism in Humor.” In Dominant Symbols in Popular Culture, edited by Ray B. Browne, Marshall W. Fishwick, and Kevin O. Browne, pp. 169-180. Bowling Green, OH: Popular Press, 1990. 1700. Roth, H.G. and A. Upmeyer. “Matching Attitudes Towards Cartoons Across Evaluative Judgments and Nonverbal Evaluative Behavior.” Psychological Research. Sept. 1985, pp. 173-183. 1701. Ruch, Willibald. “Sensation Seeking and the Enjoyment of Structure and Content of Humor: Stability of Findings Across Four Samples.” Personality and Individual Differences. 9:5 (1988), pp. 861-871. 1702. Sewell, Edward H., Jr. “Appreciation of Cartoons with Profanity in Captions.” Psychological Reports. April 1984, pp. 583-587. 94 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1703. Sewell, Edward H., Jr. “Effect of Cartoon Illustrations on the Comprehension and Evaluation of Information Presented in the Print and Audio Mode.” Paper presented at Association for Educational Communications and Technology, New Orleans, LA, March 1979. 1704. “Shazam to Shakespeare!” Inklings. Summer 1998, p. 13. 1705. Sheppard, Alice. “Effect of Mode of Representation on Visual Humor.” Psychological Reports. Feb. 1983, pp. 299-305. 1706. Sheppard, Alice. “Generality of Response to Humor and Wit in Cartoons, Jokes, Stories, and Photographs.” Psychological Reports. 35 (1974), pp. 835-838. 1707. Sheppard, Alice. “Response to Cartoons and Attitudes Toward Aging.” Journal of Gerontology. Jan. 1981, pp. 122-126. 1708. Smith, Ken. “Laughing at the Way We See: The Role of Visual Organizing Principles in Cartoon Humor.” Humor. 9:1 (1996), pp. 19- 38. 1709. Suls, J.M.A. “A Two Stage Model for the Appreciation of Jokes and Cartoons: An Information Processing Analysis.” In The Psychology of Humor: Theoretical Perspective and Empirical Issues, edited by Jeffrey H. Goldstein and Paul McGhee, pp. 81-100. NY: Academic, 1972. 1710. Tankard, James W. “Effects of Cartoons and Three-Dimensional Graphs On Interest and Information Gain.” Newspaper Research Journal. 10:3 (1988/89), pp. 91-104. 1711. Towle, Benjamin F. “An Examination of Historiography in the Comics Medium.” International Journal of Comic Art. Fall 2003, pp. 261-280. 1712. van Hemert, W.A. “Semantic Transformations in the Structure of Intellect Model and Cartoons.” Nederlands Tijdschrift voor de Psychologie en Haar Grensgebieden. March 1975, pp. 113-138. 1713. Witek, Joseph “Rusty.” “American Comics Discourse: A Historical Survey.” Plenary lecture presented at International Comics and Animation Festival, Bethesda, MD, Sept. 24, 1998. 1714. Zeiler, Michael D. and Crystal A. Kelley. “Fixed-Ratio and Fixed- Interval Schedules of Cartoon Representation.” Journal of Experimental Child Psychology. 8:2 (1969), pp. 306-313. COMIC ART AND SPORTS 1715. “Dick Dugan’s Talented Brush Reflects His Own Glory Days.” The NCS Cartoonist. Aug. 1967, p. 39. 1716. Gallo, Bill. “Boxing Cartoons & Cartoonists.” American Cartoonist. April 1980,2 pp. 1717. Harvey, R.C. “The Sporting Life: A Pro Without a Tart.” Comics Journal. May 2003, pp. 50-53. (Willard Mullin). 1718. “John Anderson – Top Drawer.” Cartoonews. No. 12, 1976, p. 29. United States: Comic Art 95

1719. Olderman, Murray. “The Sporting Life.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 6, 1999, pp. 122-136. 1720. Pyros, John A. “The History, Increase, and Changing Significance of the Sports Cartoon.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 25, 1996. 1721. “Rodger.” Cartoonews. No. 12, 1976, p. 45. 1722. Schoenecke, Michael. “The Cartoon Golfer.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 2001. 1723. Walker, Mort. “Golf Ain’t Supposed To Be a Funny Game.” Inklings. Fall 1995, p. 10. 1724. Weaver, Harriett E. (Petey). Cartooning Sports. Worcester, MA: Davis Press, 1949. Bissell, Phil 1725. Bissell, Phil. “My Love for Cartooning.” Cartoonews. July 1975, p. 20. 1726. “Phil Bissell.” Cartoonews. July 1975, p. 19. Gallo, Bill 1727. “The Bill Gallo Page.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1997, pp. 70-71. 1728. Finn, Robin. “Cartoonist Still Eager After All These Years.” New York Times. March 24, 2000. 1729. Mulligan, Hugh. “Gallo: 60 Years at Drawing Board.” Associated Press dispatch, March 8, 2000. COMIC ART AND VIOLENCE 1730. Barrick, Ann-Louise et al. “Humor, Aggression, and Aging.” Gerontologist. Oct. 1990, pp. 675-678. 1731. Gronlund, Gaye. “Coping with Ninja Turtle Play in My Kindergarten Classroom.” Young Children. No. 1992, pp. 21-25. 1732. Hapkiewicz, Walter G. “Children’s Reactions to Cartoon Violence.” Journal of Clinical Child Psychology. Spring 1979, pp. 30-34. 1733. Koopersmith, Adrienne S. Silence the Violence. Chicago, IL: Cartoonists Against Crime, 1994. 1734. McCauley, Clark, Kathryn Woods, Christopher Coolidge, and William Kulick. “More Aggressive Cartoons Are Funnier.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. April 1983, pp. 817-823. 1735. Scott, Joseph E. and Steven J. Cuvelier. “Sexual Violence in Playboy Magazine: A Longitudinal Content Analysis.” Journal of Sex Research. Nov. 1987, pp. 534-539. 96 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

COMIC ART ANDWAR 1736. Aston, B.W. “Cartoons and American Patriotism in World War II.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 26, 1996. 1737. “A Cartoonist’s (USO) Journal.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 9, 2001, pp. 138- 144. 1738. “Cartoons Go to War.” Inklings. Fall 1997, pp. 8-9, 12. 1739. Lamb, Chris. “Drawn and Quartered: The Government and Cartoonists During World War I.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Washington, D.C., Aug. 9-12, 1995. 1740. Lively, James K. “Propaganda Techniques of Civil War Cartoonists.” Public Opinion Quarterly. Spring 1942, pp. 99-106. 1741. Rhode, Michael. “The Other Battle of WWI.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 9, 2001, pp. 105-109. COMIC ART ANDWOMEN Cartoonists 1742. Barreca, Regina, ed. The Penguin Book of Women’s Humor. NY: Penquin, 1996. 658 pp. (Includes cartoonists Lynda Barry, pp. 56-58; Clare Bretecher, pp. 103-106; Roz Chast, pp. 141-143; Cathy Guisewite, p. 245; Nicole Hollander, pp. 202-204; Libby Reid, pp. 447-449). 1743. Beltran, Marie. “Women of San Diego.” Penstuff. Aug. 1996, p. 9. 1744. “Bethann Thornburgh, 58, Dies; Post Artist, Book Illustrator.” Washington Post. Aug. 31, 2003. 1745. “Cathe McNiel.” Penstuff. May 1999, p. 3. 1746. Cohen, Joel H. “Olivia, the Cheesecake Artist Is a Lady.” Airbrush Action. Dec. 1993, pp. 10-20. (Olivia de Berardinis). 1747. Colussy-Estes, Justin. “Unwitting Cartoonist: Annie Vallotton, the Good News Bible and Cartooning Scripture.” Paper presented at ICAF, Bethesda, MD, Sept. 5, 2002. 1748. d’Alessio, Gregory. These Women: Cartoon Fun with America’s Cover Girls. NY: Popular Library, 1956. 1749. Fradon, Dana. “Slaughter on Fifth Avenue.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2000, pp. 30-36. 1750. “Friends of Lulu.” Comics Journal. July 1995, p. 29. 1751. “Friends of Lulu.” Comics Journal. March 1996, p. 19. 1752. Harvey, R.C. “Making Room for the Next Calvin and Hobbes: An Interview with a Newspaper Features Editor.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1997, pp. 60-67. (Joanna Mamenta). United States: Comic Art 97

1753. Harvey, R.C. Not Just Another Pretty Face: The Confessions and Confections of a Girlie Cartoonist. Seattle, WA: AEON, 1996. 136 pp. 1754. Harvey, R.C. “Playboy, Gag Cartooning and Michelle Urry.” Cartoonist PROflles. Dec. 1998, pp. 12-21. 1755. Harvey, R.C. “Trina’s Women: A Century of Women Cartoonists.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1993, pp. 39-43. 1756. Heller, Steven. “Lonni Sue Johnson.” Graphis. July-Aug. 1984. 1757. Marsh, Jan. Women Artists and the Pre-Raphalite Movement. London: Virago: 1989. 1758. Maurice, Arthur Bartlett. “Feminine Humorists.” Good Housekeeping. Jan. 1910, pp. 35-40. 1759. Morrill, Rowena. The Fantastic Art of Rowena Morrill. NY: Pocket, 1983. 1760. Nilson, Alleen P. “Humor in the News.” Humor. 8:3 (1995), pp. 317- 318. 1761. Rubenstein, Anne. “Feminine Mistake.” Comics Journal. April 1994, p. 39. 1762. Sheppard, Alice. “There Were Ladies Present: American Women Cartoonists and Comic Artists in the Early Twentieth Century.” Journal of American Culture. Fall 1984, pp. 38-48. 1763. Smith, Abbe. Carried Away: the Chronicles of a Feminist Cartoonist. Bridgeport, CT: Sanguinaria, 1984. 1764. Society of Illustrators. America’s Great Women Illustrators 1850-1950. NY: Madison Square Press, 1985. 24 pp. 1765. “Sugar Daddy’s a Sticky Myth, a New Cartoon Book by Bulbul.” Media Report to Women. March 1977, p. 15. 1766. Swords, Betty. “Why Women Cartoonists Are Rare, and Why That’s Important.” In New Perspectives on Women and Comedy, edited by Regina Barreca, pp. 65-84. Studies in Gender and Culture, Vol. 5. Philadelphia: Gordon and Breach, 1992. 1767. Warren, Rosalind, ed Kitty Libber: Cat Cartoons by Women. Freedom, CA: Crossing Press, 1992. 1768. Warren, Roz, ed. What Is This Thing Called Sex?: Cartoons by Women. Freedom, CA: The Crossing Press, 1993. 178 pp. 1769. “Women in Animation.” Special issue of Animation Journal. Vol. 2. 1770. “Yvonne Buchanan.” Print. May/June 1983, pp. 106-107. Davis, Susan 1771. Allen, Henry. “Drawn from Life: In Susan Davis’s Art, Perspective That Rang True.” Washington Post. Dec. 21, 1999, pp. C-l, C-2. 1772. Levy, Claudia. “Artist Susan Davis, 51; Did New Yorker Covers.” Washington Post. Dec. 21, 1999, p. B-6. 98 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Hokinson, Helen 1773. Donnelly, Liza. “From the Archives: Leading Ladies.” The New Yorker. Nov. 11, 2002, pp. 165-166. 1774. Harvey, R.C. “Comicopia.” Comics Journal. May 1996, pp. 107-110. O’Neill, Rose 1775. Abernathy, Barbara Trimble and Mary Trimble. Rose O’Neill. N.p.: Privately published, 1968. 1776. Armitage, Shelley. Kewpies and Beyond: The World of Rosie O’Neill. Jackson: University of Mississippi Press, 1994. 227 pp. 1777. Armitage, Shelley. “Rose Cecil O’Neill’s Interpretations of Negro Folklore in the South.” In The United States South: Regionalism and Identity. Genoa, Italy: Bulzoni, 1991. 1778. The Art of Rose O ’Neill. Essay by Helen Goodman. Exhibition, Sept. 9- Nov. 19, 1989. Brandywine River Museum, Chadds Ford, PA. Chadds Ford, PA: Brandywine River Museum, 1989. 62 pp. 1779. Atchison, Edna. “Rose O’Neill: The Kewpies Are Born.” International Rose O’Neill Club. April 23,1976. 1780. Banneck, Janet A. Rose O’Neill: A Postcard Checklist. N.p.: Privately published, 1979. 1781. Blair, Emily Newell. “Some Rattling Good Stories.” Good Housekeeping. June 1929, pp. 104-109. 1782. Browne, Edythe H. “Rose O’Neill’s Sculptured Drawings.” International Studio. March 1922, p. 67+. 1783. Bruere, Martha and Mary Beard. Laughing Their Way. NY: Macmillan, 1934. 1784. Bynner, Witter. Letters to Rose O’Neill, 1906-42. Witter Bynner Papers, Houghton Library of Harvard University, Cambridge, MA. 1785. Cantwell, Jean. “Rose O’Neill Played ‘Boswell’ to Friends’ Witticisms.” Branson Beacon. April 14, 1992, p. 13. 1786. “Drawings by Rose O’Neill.” Century Magazine. Feb. 1922. 1787. Exposition d’Oeuvres de Rose O’Neill. Paris: Galerie Devembrez, March 31-April 14, 1921. 1788. Fleishman, Doris. “Women’s Virtues, Man’s The Stupidity, Is the Division the Gentle Inventor of the Kewpies Makes.” New York Tribune. April 14, 1915. 1789. Gibbons, Robert H. Sweet Monsters: The Secret Art of Rose O’Neill. N.p.: Privately published, 1980. 1790. Goodman, Helen. The Art of Rose O’Neill. Chadds Ford, PA: Brandywine River Museum, 1989. 1791. Goodman, Helen. “Women Illustrators of the Golden Age of American Illustration.” Women’s Art Journal. Spring/Summer 1987, pp. 15+. United States: Comic Art 99

1792. Hodges, Pearl. “Rose O’Neill: Born for Greatness.” Ozarks Mountaineer. April 23, 1925, p. 16. 1793. Holman, Lois Holliday. Rose O’Neill’s Kewpies and Other Works. N.p.: Privately published, n.d. 1794. Horine, Maude M. Memories of Rose O’Neill: Creator of the Kewpie Doll. N.p.: Privately published, 1950. 1795. Kahn, Alice. “A Onetime Bimbo Becomes a Muse.” New York Times, Sept. 29, 1991, pp. 2,24. 1796. Karell, Docia. “Rose O’Neill Comes Home to Give the World Scootles.” Springfield News and Leader. April 19,1936. 1797. King, Alexander. “Profiles: Kewpie Doll.” New Yorker. Nov. 24, 1934, pp. 22-26. 1798. McCanse, Ralph Alan. Titans and Kewpies: The Life and Art of Rose O’Neill. NY: Vantage Press, 1968. 1799. Mecher, Louis. “Rose O’Neill Infused Her Kewpies with Spirit of a Rare Personality.” Kansas City Times. April 7, 1944. 1800. O’Neill, Rose. “Autobiography.” Copyright Lois Holman. College of the Ozarks, Branson, MO. 1801. O’Neill, Rose. Charmed Life, An Autobiography: The Story of Rose O’Neill. Undated, copyrighted manuscript. 1802. O’Neill, Rose. The Goblin Woman. NY: Doubleday, Doran, and Company, 1930. 1803. O’Neill, Rose. The Loves of Edwy. Boston: Lothrup Publishing Company, 1904. 1804. O’Neill, Rose. The Master-Mistress. NY: Alfred A. Knopf, 1922. 1805. Randolph, Vance. Randolph Collection. College of the Ozarks, Branson, MO. 1806. “Rose O’Neill: The First Great Woman Cartoonist.” Nemo, 12 (1985), pp. 57-66. 1807. Ruggles, Rowena Godding. The One Rose. N.p.: Privately published, 1964. 1808. Shiras, Tom. “An Ozark Artist Comes Home.” Arkansas Gazette. April 24, 1938. 1809. Wood, Clement. Review of The Master-Mistress by Rose O’Neill. New York Herald. March 11, 1923. Portrayals 1810. Astor, David. “Changing Roles for Women in Comics.” Editor and Publisher. April 16, 1983, p. 31. 1811. “Carol Benson Slide Show on Women in Cartoons.” Media Report to Women. Dec. 1974, p. 15. 1812. Kitch, Carolyn L. “Domestic Images in the Age of the Girl: The Work of Jessie Willcox Smith and other Women Artists in Early-Twentieth- 100 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Century Magazine Illustration.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Anaheim, CA, August 1996. 1813. Kitch, Carolyn L. “The Flapper in the Art of John Held, Jr.: Modernity, Post-Feminism, and the Meaning of Women’s Bodies in 1920s Magazine Cover Illustration.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Chicago, IL, July- Aug. 1997. 1814. Klein, Sheri. Breaking the Mold with Humor: Images of Women in the Visual Media. ERIC Document ED342707. 1991. 15 pp. 1815. Kramer, Cheris. “Women’s Rhetoric in ‘New Yorker’ Cartoons: Patterns for a Mildred Milquetoast.” Paper presented at Speech Communication Association, New York, NY, Nov. 8-11, 1973. 1816. Lisenby, Foy. “American Women in Magazine Cartoons.” American Journalism. 2(1985), pp. 130-134. 1817. Maynard, Michael L. and Edward Lordan. “Laughing at the Glass Ceiling in The Wall Street Journal Cartoons.” International Journal of Comic Art. Fall 2000, pp. 248-264. 1818. Ozzard, Janet. “Cartoons Grow Up.” Women’s Wear Daily. Oct. 28, 1992, p. 26. 1819. Steranko, Jim. “The Comic Girls: The Four-Color Females from Blondie to Sonja. Part One.” Media Scene. May/June 1979, pp. 8-13, 15, 17. 1820. “Study of Saturday Morning Cartoons by Dr. Linda J. Busby.” Media Report to Women. Aug. 1975, p. 2. 1821. “University of Oklahoma Course on Women and Media Makes Content Analysis of Editorial Cartoons in 4 Oklahoma Newspapers, Issue Report.” Media Report to Women. Sept. 1981, p. 7. 1822. Weaver, Leah. “Cartoon Images of Women in The New Yorker.” Inks. Nov. 1994, pp. 8-17. 1823. “Women’s Say.” Inklings. Summer 1999, p. 9. Sexism, Sex Roles 1824. Anderson, Ronald E. and Jolly Elaine. “Stereotyped Traits and Sex Roles in Humorous Drawings.” Communication Research. Oct. 1977, pp. 453-484. 1825. “Animator Nancy Marshall Sues Cartoonists Union for Sex Discrimination.” Media Report to Women. Aug. 1976, p. 2. 1826. Bruere, Martha B. and Mary R. Beard. Laughing Their Way: Women’s Humor in America. NY: Macmillan, 1934. (Helen Hokinson, Rose O’Neill, Lou Rogers, and Nina Allender). 1827. Cuccolini, Giulio C. “Non Dimentichiamo le Donne.” Comic Art. March 1986, p. 38. United States: Comic Art 101

1828. Finney, Gail, ed. Look Who’s Laughing – Gender and Comedy. NY: Gordon and Breach, 1994. 312 pp. (Section on cartoon art). 1829. Goodman, J. Robyn. “The Women’s Suffrage Movement Through the Eyes of Life Magazine Cartoons.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, New Orleans, LA, Aug. 1999. 1830. Hertzberg, Hendrik. “From the Archives: Sex to Sexty, a Potted Cartoon History of Gender Politics.” The New Yorker. Feb. 1998, pp. 144-149. 1831. “Hundreds of Cartoons in Pulling Our Own Strings, Feminist Humor and Satire.” Media Report to Women. April 1981, p. 8. 1832. Lowe, Denise. “A Historical Look at Feminist Cartoons in New Woman” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 1833. Moore, Timothy E., Karen Griffiths, and Barbara Payne. “Gender, Attitudes Towards Women and the Appreciation of Sexist Humor.” Sex Roles. May 1987, pp. 521-531. 1834. Schrift, Melissa. “Icons of Femininity in Studio Cards: Women, Communication and Identity.” Journal of Popular Culture. Summer 1994, pp. 111-122. 1835. Sheppard, Alice. “Suffrage Art and Feminism.” Hypatia: A Journal of Feminist Philosophy. 5 (1990), pp. 122-136. 1836. Swords, Betty. “Cartoons Aimed at Women.” Media Report to Women. April 1974, p. 12.

3 UNITED STATES: GAG, ILLUSTRATIVE, MAGAZINE CARTOONS

GENERAL STUDIES 1837. Berry, Jim. “Man vs. Squirrel.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1997, pp. 46- 51. 1838. Collier, Nate. “Letters of Encouragement.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 3, 1996, p. 39. 1839. Cosulich, Oscar. “Superuomini, Topi e Altri Animali.” Comic Art. Feb. 1992, p. 58. 1840. Enslen, Greg. “Severe Eye for the Average Guy.” Washington Post. Aug. 23, 2003, p. A21. 1841. “Everyone’s a Cartoonist.” Inklings. Spring 1997, p. 9. 1842. “Gags and the Subconscious.” Kayhan Caricature. Nov. 2001. 1843. Harvey, R.C. “At Last, the Petty Stuff.” Comics Journal. Jan. 1998, pp. 103-106. (Pin-up cartoons). 1844. Harvey, R.C. “Reviving Gag (You Should Pardon the Expression) Cartoons.” Comics Journal. Jan. 2000, pp. 125-128. 1845. Heintjes, Tom. “What Is the Worst Job You Ever Had?” Hogan ’s Alley. No. 11, 2003, pp. 50-54. 1846. “I Don’t Get It – The Cartoon I.Q. Test.” New Yorker. Nov. 22, 1999, pp. 164-165. 1847. Jones, Marty. “Get Well Soon ‘Toons: Meet Daryll Collins, Greeting Card Cartoonist.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 2:1 (n.d.), pp. 6-7. 1848. Munce, Howard. “Bridgework!” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1997, pp. 58-61. 104 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1849. Nelson, Carl. “Dismal Gag Cartoon Market Gets Black Ink.” Comics Journal. May 2003, pp. 9-14. 1850. Thompson, Lana. “The Cats Have Their Turn.” Inklings. Spring 1998, p. 16. 1851. Thompson, Maggie. “Cartoons with a Life of Their Own.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 24, 1997, pp. 156-157. 1852. “Trash and Inspiration: A Source for Inspiration.” WittyWorld International Cartoon Bulletin. 4/1996, p. 2. Greeting Cards 1853. “Give Me the Duck and I’ll Diss the Cat.” Penstuff. April 1996, pp. 4-5. (Debbie Tomassi). 1854. “Greeting Cards and Cartoons on Aging.” Intercom. June 1981, pp. 14- 16. 1855. Munce, Howard. “Art-O-Mobiles.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 2001, pp. 34-37. 1856. Simpson, Glenn. “Capitalism.” City Paper (Washington, D.C.). April 13, 1991. ANTHOLOGIES 1857. Album: National Cartoonists Society 1960/61. Bridgeport, CT: NCS, 1960. 1858. “Album: Our Heroes.” The New Yorker. Nov. 11, 2002, pp. 154-157. 1859. Asner, Lou. “Cartoonists Tackle Free Association.” Cartoon World. June-Aug. 1997, pp. 3, 5. 1860. Bell, Louis M., Cathy M. Orr, and Michael J. Preston. Urban Folklore from Colorado: Photocopy Cartoons. Ann Arbor, MI: Xerox University Microfilms, 1976. 1861. Bernardi, Luigi and Walter d’Andrea. “I Segni dell’Eleganza.” 1986 Lucca 20 Anni. 1986, p. 24. 1862. Booth, George. Think Good Thoughts About a Pussycat. NY: Dodd, Mead, and Co., 1975. 1863. Cartoons and Gags. NY: Newsstand Publications, 1958-. 1864. Cartoons by Guidon. NY: Quick Fox, 1980. 1865. Donnelly, Lisa and Michael Maslin. Husbands and Wives. NY: Ballantine Books, 1995. 112 pp. 1866. Duncan, Hall. Off Our Rockers. Edmond, OK: International Center for Humor and Health, 1998. 144 pp. 1867. Greenberger, Robert, ed. Heroes Against Hunger. NY: DC Comics, 1986. 1868. Gross, S. and Jim Charlton. Ho! Ho! Ho! A Stocking-full of Christmas Cartoons. NY: Viking, 1990. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 105

1869. Grundy, Ted and Malcolm Willett. Tight Cornered. Kansas City: MO: Andrews and McMeel. 1996. 96 pp. 1870. Hansen, Craig. Ana, Nab a Banana: A Book of Palindromes. NY: Penguin, Plume, 1995. 1871. Hartley, Al. Come Meet My Friend. Old Tappan, N.J.: F.H. Revell, 1977. 1872. Hodgins, Dick, Sr. and Dick Hodgins, Jr. The Great American Book of Cartooning. Longwood, FL: International Media Systems, 1979. 1873. Hollander, Nicole, Skip Morrow, and Ron Wolin, eds. Drawn Together: Relationships Lampooned, Harpooned & Cartooned. NY: Crown, 1983. 240 pp. 1874. Horwitz, Elinor Lander. The Bird, the Banner and Uncle Sam. Images of America in Folk and Popular Art. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1976. 1875. Jim. I Made Some Brownies and They Were Pretty Good. Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1995. 128 pp. 1876. Kirkman, Rick and Jerry Scott. We Are Experiencing Parental Difficulties...Please Stand By. Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1995. 128 pp. 1877. Kistner, Jack. The Story of the Hollywood Film Strike in Cartoons! Hollywood: Local 644, 1965. 1878. Kliban, B. Advanced Cartooning and Other Drawings. Kansas City: Andrews and McMeel, 1993. 156 pp. 1879. Lorenz, Lee. The Golden Age of Trash. San Francisco, CA: Chronicle Books, 1987. 119 pp. 1880. Lorenz, Lee. “Under the Volcano: Album.” New Yorker. Nov. 22, 1999, pp. 172-173. 1881. McPherson, John. Dangerously Close to Home. Kansas City: Andrews and McMeel, 1995. 128 pp. 1882. Markland, Paul. Off the Wall Paul, n.p.: 2001. Unpaginated. 1883. National Lampoon. This Time You’ve Gone Too Far! A Sick and Twisted Cartoon Collection. NY: Contemporary Books, 1995. 128 pp. 1884. Nelkin, Sandy. Cartoons for Men Only. NY: Pyramid, 1958. 1885. No Laughing Matter: The Cartoonist Focuses on Air Pollution. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Public Health Service, 1966. 1886. Partch, Virgil. Cartoons Out of My Own Head. Greenwich, CT: Fawcett, 1964. 1887. Pearson, F.S. Butchered Baseball. NY: Barnes and Co., 1952. 1888. Peters, Harry Twyford. Currier & Ives. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, Doran, 1942. 1889. Peters, Mike. “My Favorite Gags.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 2, 1995, pp. 104- 105. 1890. Sadler, Mike. Rock Toons: A Cartoon History of the First 30 Years of Rock ‘n’ Roll. NY: Harmony Books, 1986. 106 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1891. Siegel. Marylanders in Cartoons. Baltimore, MD: n.p., 1906. 1892. Sinclair, Peter. King, Warrior, Magician, Weenie: Contemporary Men’s Humor. Freedom, CA: The Crossing Press, 1993. 202 pp. 1893. Spiegelman, Art and R. Sikoryak. The Narrative Corpse: A Chain-Story by 69 Artists! Richmond, VA: Gates of Heck, 1995. 20 pp. 1894. Stevenson, James. Sorry, Lady – This Beach Is Private. NY: Macmillan, 1963. 1895. Stromoski, Rick. Bad Cats, a Collection of Feline Pranks and Practical Jokes. NY: Contemporary Books, 1995. 112 pp. 1896. Stromoski, Rick. Bad Dogs, a Collection of Canine Pranks and Practical Jokes. NY: Contemporary Books, 1995. 112 pp. 1897. Suares, J.C. The Who’s Who of Famous Felines: Great Cats. Toronto: Bantam Books, 1981. 128 pp. 1898. Tendler, Joe, ed. Best New Cartoons. Derby, CT: Charlton Publications, between 1950 and 1980. 1899. Tennant, Rich. Version 2.0, More Byteing Humor from the 5th Wave. Kansas City: Andrews and McMeel, 1995. 104 pp. 1900. “The Way We Laugh Now.” New Yorker. Nov. 12, 2001, pp. 96-101. 1901. Williams, Robert. Malicious Resplendence. Seattle: Fantagraphics, 1999. 284 pp. 1902. Yarrow, Leah. They’ll Outgrow It, and Other Myths: The Best of Cartoons for Parents. Kensington, MD.: Woodbine House, 1986. CARTOONISTS AND THEIR WORKS 1903. “Alex Ross Sketchbook.” Comics Journal. Nov. 1999, pp. 99-109. 1904. The Art of Arthur Suyden. Introduction by Franz Henkel. Milwaukee, OR: Dark Horse Books, 1995. 128 pp. 1905. “The Aspiring Cartoonist Spotlight: Lawrence Saienga.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 6, 1995, p. 29. 1906. Astor, David “A Columnist Who Is a Cartoonist as Well.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 13, 1993, p. 34. 1907. Astor, David. “Cartoonist Wants To Reach Older Readers.” Editor and Publisher. June 5, 1993, pp. 33-36. 1908. Astor, David. “Creators Converge at Cartoon Festival.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 5, 1992, pp. 34-36. 1909. Astor, David. “He Is a Good Judge of Puzzle Cartoons.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 17,1994, pp. 40-41. 1910. Astor, David. “He Visits the Soviet Union and Far East.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 5, 1987, pp. 54, 56. (Jerry Robinson). 1911. “August Bert Christopherson 1927-1996.” Penstuff. Aug. 1996, p. 3. 1912. Austin, Ron. “Lynn Rosskamp: Illustrator, Art Historian and Lots of Caricature.” Penstuff. Sept. 1998, p. 5. 1913. “Avery Review: I Love To Draw!” Penstuff. Nov. 1996, pp. 4-5. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 107

1914. Baron, Mike. “‘Survival Is My Middle Name.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 26, 2002, p. 29. (James Hudnall). 1915. Beltran, Marie. “Dominic Cappello’s ‘Life Lessons.’” Penstuff. Dec. 1995, p. 5. 1916. Beronä, David A. “Picture Stories: Eric Drooker and the Tradition of Woodcut Novels.” Inks. Feb. 1995, pp. 2-11. 1917. Bishop, Todd. “Comedian Finds Herself Raising Plenty of Laughs Along with Her Children.” Philadelphia Inquirer. April 13, 1997, p. MD3. 1918. “Bob Taylor: Art, Television, Music, and Part Time Crimefighter.” Cartoonews. No. 10, 1976, pp. 3-10. 1919. Brown, Marc. “The Artist at Work: The Importance of Humor.” Horn Book Magazine. 66:5 (1994), pp. 563-570. 1920. Burbey, Mark. “Richard Sala: Monsters, Maidens & Mayhem.” Comic Art. Winter 2003, pp. 66-76. 1921. “The Cartoonist and Murphy’s Law.” Cartoonews. No. 11, 1975, p. 3. 1922. “Cartoonist Mines Political Statements for Gems of Truth.” Freedom Forum and Newseum News. Dec. 1997, p. 3. (Chip Beck). 1923. “Cartoonists.” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, pp. 12, 16, 20, 22, 24, 26. 1924. “Cartoonists Hall of Fame.” Inklings. Spring 1997, pp. 10-11. (Lynn Johnston, Chuck Jones, Peter Arno, Carl Barks, and Herblock). 1925. “Cartoons Melt Bars.” Cartoonews. No. 10, 1976, pp. 25-26. (Charles DuRain). 1926. Cassady, John R. “Skydiving.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1995, pp. 12- 19. 1927. Christ-Janer, Albert. Boardman Robinson. Chicago: Universtiy of Chicago Press, 1946. 1928. Coburn, Marcia F. “The Luck of the Draw.” Chicago. Jan. 1995, pp. 27- 28. (Jennifer Berman). 1929. Cuccolini, Giulio C. “Howard Pyle and the Roots of the Artistry of Hal Foster.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 5, 1998, pp. 56-62. 1930. Dagnoli, Judann. “Portraits: Master Illustrators Tell Colorful Tales of Roads to Renown.” Advertising Age. Aug. 8, 1985. 1931. “Dale Yarger – The Stranger Art Director.” Penstuff. Oct. 1997, pp. 4-5. 1932. “David Pascal.” Phenix. No. 12, 1970, p. 11. 1933. Davis, David R. “Hunting Purple Elephants.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 27, 1996, p. 26. 1934. “A Day in the Life.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 4, 1997, pp. 144, 138-139. (Milt Gross, Russ Westover, Chic Young, Lyman Young, George McManus). 1935. Dean, Abner. Abner Dean’s Naked People. NY: Stein and Day, 1963. 207 pp. 108 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1936. Dean, Michael. “Kink Artist Eric Stanton Dies.” Comics Journal. May 1999, p. 29. 1937. Dean Michael. “Rumble in the Village.” Comics Journal. Oct. 1999, pp. 7-15 (Art Spiegelman/Ted Rall). 1938. deDesrochers, Liz. “Cartoonists Are Brilliant!” Penstuff. Aug. 2001, pp. 3,6. 1939. deDesrochers, Liz. “Mike Cressy!” Penstuff. July 2002, pp. 6-7. 1940. deDesrochers, Liz. “‘Poems for Cartoonists’ August Guest Speaker Review.” Penstuff. Sept. 2001, pp. 4-5. (David Lasky). 1941. de Turris, Gianfranco. “I1 Solitario di Providence.” Comic Art. July 1987, p. 32. (Howard P. Lovecraft). 1942. Donohoe, Victoria. “Cartoonist Displays a Lifetime of Work.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Feb. 27, 2000, p. MD-d3. (Boris Drucker). 1943. Dungan, Eloise. “It’s No Joke Being a Ghost.” Cartoonews. June 1975, pp. 22-23. Reprinted from San Francisco Examiner. (Al Wiseman). 1944. Dunn, Bob and Al Smith. “Steve Douglas.” The NCS Cartoonist. Aug. 1967, pp. 26-28. 1945. “Exhibit.” Fullbleed. Summer 1999, pp. 32-33. (Mike Mikula, Leila Cabib). 1946. “Farewell to Ford.” Upstate New York Chapter (NCS) News. April-Aug. 1995. pp. 1, 4-5. (Ford Button). 1947. Feiffer, Jules. Tantrum. NY: Alfred A. Knopf, 1979. 183 pp. 1948. Folkman, David. “A Report from Florida.” CAPS. Dec. 1995, pp. 20-22. (Will Eisner, Mort Walker). 1949. Folkman, David. “Get a Grip.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 8, 2000, pp. 133- 137. (Dale Messick, Will Eisner, Hank Ketcham, Cathy Guisewite, Scott Adams, Patrick McDonnell, Al Hirschfeld, David Levine). 1950. “Frank Godwin, Illustrator.” Comics. Sept. 1973, pp. 68-69. 1951. Fulford, Robert. “The World as He Dreams It: Cartoonist Ben Katchor Depicts the Truth Poetically – with a Twist.” National Post (Canada). Aug. 29, 2000, pp. Bl-B2. 1952. “George Wagner Filled Life with Art, Music.” Cartoon World. Aug. 1995, p. 9. 1953. “Glasbergen.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), p. 10. (Randy Glasbergen). 1954. Glines, Shane. “Classic Cartoonist Showcase: Owen Fitzgerald.” Draw! Spring 2001, pp. 96-103. 1955. “Glueck’s Cartoons.” Today’s Art. April 1975, pp. 8-9, 14. 1956. “Goff.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), p. 13. (Ted Goff). 1957. Goss, Tom. “Mini-Portfolios: James Jones.” Print. May/June 1983, pp. 104-105. 1958. Goulart, Ron. “Jack Cole, Gag Cartoonist.” Comic Art. Winter 2003, pp. 4-21. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 109

1959. “The Great and Powerful Vic Stredicke Speaketh Ed.” Penstuff. June 1997, pp. 4-5. 1960. “The Great Cartoonists of the Century.” Liberty. Winter 1973, pp. 17- 52. 1961. Greenwald, Ken. “Remembering Manny.” CAPS. Sept. 1997, pp. 68-69. 1962. Harvey, R.C. “Irwin Caplan, Advertising Cartoonist.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 2000, pp. 20-25. 1963. Harvey, R.C. “Peter Arno and the Untrammeled Life.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 9, 2001, pp. 66-74. 1964. Harvey, R.C. “Petty Details.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 22, 1995, pp. 58-59. (George Petty). 1965. Harvey, R.C. “Playboy Cartoonist Erich Sokol Dies at 69.” Comics Journal. May 2003, p. 23. 1966. Harvey, R.C. “Rants and Raves.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 8, 2000, pp. 46-47. (Chon Day). 1967. “Have Marker, Will Travel: Live-Action Cartoonists in the Age of Multimedia Performance and Online Comics.” International Journal of Comic Art. Spring 2003, pp. 355-365. 1968. “Heinrich Kley (1863-1935).” Images. Summer 2001, pp. 3-13. 1969. Heintjes, Tom. “Bek to the Drawing Board.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 9, 2001, pp. 76-83. (Bruce Eric Kaplan). 1970. Heintjes, Tom. “Funny Business.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 10, 2002, pp. 124-135. (Johnstone and Cushing). 1971. Heintjes, Tom. “A Good Cartoonist Is Hard To Find. Flannery O’Connor: Cartoonist.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 2, 1995, pp. 116-123. 1972. Heller, Steven. “The New Humorists.” Print. Jan.-Feb. 1984. 1973. Historic Virtuoso Cartoonists. Columbus: Ohio State University Cartoon Research Library, 2001 Festival of Cartoon Art, 2001. 80 pp. (Strips, political cartoons). 1974. “Hoff.” Kayhan Caricature. Oct./Nov. 1995, p. 44. 1975. Howell, Dave. “Dave Howell’s Swinging Back into Cartooning!!!” Pro- Tooner. June 1995, pp. 9-11. 1976. Huffman, Linda. “John Lustig Ducks into August CNW Meeting.” Penstuff. Sept. 1997, pp. 4-5. 1977. Hughey, Ann C. Edmund Dulac: His Book Illustrations. NY: Buttonwood, 1995. 1978. Hurd, Jud. “Cartoon Editor of The New Yorker Lee Lorenz.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1996, pp. 14-23. 1979. Ivey, Jim. “Cartoonists in Their Cartoons.” Cartoonews. No. 12, 1976, pp. 25-28. 1980. “Jartos.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), p. 8. (George Jartos). 1981. “Jay Morton, Cartoonist.” Washington Post. Sept. 20, 2003, p. B07. 1982. “Jones, Jeff.” Media Five. No. 7. Jan.-Feb. 1975, p. 10. 110 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

1983. Jenkins, Tom. “Fun and Fire from the Pen of Drew Litton.” Editor and Publisher. March 1, 1986, pp. 32-33. 1984. “Jim Woodring.” Penstuff. Oct. 1996, pp. 4-5. 1985. Johnson, Bettie. “Glen Knows Noses.” Airbrush Action. Nov.-Dec. 1993, pp. 90-93, 95. (Glen Schofield). 1986. Jones, Bucky. “You Can Call Me ‘Bucky.’” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 2003, pp. 12-19. 1987. Jones, Marty. “Posters, People, and Paul Palnik.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 2:1 (n.d.),pp. 10-12. 1988. Kohler, Carl. “The Real Me: An Autobiography of Sorts.” Protooner. Dec. 1995, pp. 6-7, 16-18. 1989. Kovaleski, John. “Why Famous Cartoonists Aren’t Really Famous.” Upstate New York Chapter News. Feb./March 1995, pp. 7-8. 1990. Kravagna, Dawn. “CNW Guest Speaker: Bill Van Horn.” Penstuff. Nov. 2000, pp. 1, 5. 1991. Kreider, Timothy. “Deeper Meanings: Another Look at B. Kliban.” Comics Journal Special Edition. Summer 2002, pp. 14-23. 1992. Lan Jian’an. Adamson’s Cartoons. Nanjing: Yi Lin Publishing House, 1990. 1993. “Last Page: Ed Nofziger, 1913-2000.” The Funnies Paper. Jan.-Feb. 2001, p. 30. 1994. “Lawson Wood (1878-1957).” Images. Summer 2001, p. 22. 1995. Lentz, Harris M., III. Obituaries in the Performing Arts, 1996: Film, Television, Radio, Theatre, Dance, Music, Cartoons and Pop Culture. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 1997. 224 pp. 1995 volume, 1996, 218 pp; 1994 volume, 1995, 207 pp. 1996. Marschall, Richard. “Interview: Gluyas Williams Talks About Ross, Benchley, and Life.” American Cartoonist. April 1978, pp. 6-8. 1997. “Magazine Stories on Cartoonists, Comics.” Editor and Publisher. May 27, 1995, p. 34. 1998. Marcus, Jerry. “The Wednesday Rounds.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2000, pp. 50-57. 1999. Massara, Jim. “The Little Known Career of Cartoonist Phil Gildersleeve: Cartooning and Tuning Radios.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 4, 1997, pp. 70-73. 2000. Melby, Nathan. “Berg Family To Sell Berg Originals.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 16, 2002, p. 28. 2001. Meyer, Susan E. America’s Great Illustrators. NY: Excalibur, 1987. 311 pp. 2002. Meyer, Susan E. A Treasury of the Great Children’s Book Illustrators. NY: Harry N. Abrams, 1997. 272 pp. 2003. “More Good-byes.” Comics Journal. Feb. 2000, pp. 7-8. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 111

2004. Munce, Howard. “Hank McIver...a Surprised Cartoonist!” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1998, p. 56-63. 2005. Munce, Howard. “Jim Flora on Land and at Sea!” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1996, pp. 78-85. 2006. Munce, Howard. “LEO...A Good One.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1998, p. 38. (Leo Stoutsenberger). 2007. Munce, Howard. “Nurit Karlin.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1996, pp. 82-87. 2008. Murphy, Emmett. “Today’s Profile: Mort Gerberg: Cartoonist.” Today’s Art and Graphics. 29:2 (1981), pp. 12-16. 2009. “My Favorite Gags by Johnny Hart.” Hogan’s Alley. Fall 1994, pp. 36- 37. 2010. “Obituaries.” CAPS. Dec. 1995, p. 17. (John Belfi, Oliver W. Harrington). 2011. O’Donnell, Mark. “O’Donnell’s Laws of Cartoon Motion.” Esquire. June 1980. 2012. O’Neill, Patrick D. “Bill Campbell.” Comics Interview. No. 96, 1991, pp. 50-56. 2013. “Out of This World.” National Geographic. Jan. 2000. (Anthony Fiala). 2014. Pastis, Steve. “The ‘How To’ Cartoonist: Bruce Blitz.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist. No. 8, 1996, pp. 18-21. 2015. Pearson, Paul. “Personality Characteristics of Cartoonists.” Personality and Individual Differences. 4:2 (1983), pp. 227-228. 2016. “...Philip Love.” The NCS Cartoonist. Aug. 1967, pp. 6-7. 2017. “Philip (Tex) Blaisdell To Speak in April.” Upstate New York Chapter News. Nov. 1996, pp. 5-6. 2018. “Picking at the Post: Understanding the Role of a Cartoon Editor.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), pp. 18-21. (Steve Pettinga). 2019. Pinkham, Jeremy and Eric Reynolds. “The Autobiographical Cartoonist Survey.” Comics Journal. Oct. 1993, pp. 58-66. 2020. “Portfolio: Daydreaming on Paper: The Cartoons of Jack Ziegler.” The New Yorker. Nov. 11, 2002, pp. 150-153. 2021. Power, Paul. “Harold Michaelson.” Comics Interview. No. 89, 1990, pp. 42-49, 51, 53-57. 2022. “President Clinton Tries Cartooning.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1996, p. 7. 2023. “Profiles: Walt Hendrickson.” Penstuff. Oct. 1996, p. 11. 2024. “Ray Browne on Russel Nye.” Comic Art Studies. Nov. 20, 1993, p. 6. 2025. Reynolds, Eric. “Robert Osborn Dead at 90.” Comics Journal. Feb. 1995, p. 31. 2026. Rhode, Michael G. “Hermann Faber: Civil War Medical Illustrator as One-time Caricaturist.” Paper presented at International Comics and Animation Festival, Bethesda, MD, Sept. 25, 1998. 112 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2027. Rodríguez, Faustino. “Entrevista: Robert D. Leroy o el Cine Marginal.” El Wendigo. Winter 1993, pp. 34-35. 2028. Rogers, Dick. “Bob Ferris – Feeling Like a God While Creating.” Penstuff. April 2000, p. 6. 2029. “Ron and Emily Austin.” Penstuff. Aug. 1997, pp. 1-2. 2030. “Ron Goulart.” Le Collectionneur de Bandes Dessinées. Autumn 1996, pp. 10-18. 2031. “Russell Tackles Wilde Again.” Comics Journal. April 1994, p. 27. (F. Craig Russell). 2032. Ryan, Tom K. “Who Is the First Cartoonist You Ever Met?” Hogan’s Alley. No. 5, 1998, pp. 44-45. 2033. Safer, E.B. “From Poem to Cartoon: Comic Irony in Saul Bellow’s ‘More Die of Heartbreak.’” Critical Studies in Contemporary Fiction. Summer 1993, pp. 203-219. 2034. Schechter, Fran. “’Toon Treat: Julius Knipl, Real Estate Photographer: the Beauty Supply District.” Now (Toronto). Feb. 22-28, 2001, p. 55. (Ben Katchor). 2035. Schroeter, Rodney. “A Visit with Norman Pettingill.” Comic Art. No. 3, 2003, pp. 14-26. 2036. Scott, Janny. “Gershon Legman, Anthologist of Erotic Humor, Is Dead at 81.” New York Times. March 14, 1999. 2037. Seymour-Ure, Colin. “How Special Are Cartoonists?” In Getting Them in Line. Canterbury: University of Kent, Center for the Study of Cartoons and Caricature, 1975. 2038. Simons, Jeannie. “Mrs. Bee Is Mrs. Boughner: Cartoon Has Real-Life Counterpart.” The NCS Cartoonist. Aug. 1967, p. 30. 2039. Sloan, John. New York Etchings (1905-1940). Edited by Helen Farr Sloan. NY: Dover, 1978. 2040. Soutsenberger, Leo. “Daryll Collins Proves That a Freelancer’s Lot Can be a Profitable and a Happy One!” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1993, pp. 66-73. 2041. “S. Percy Dean Close-up.” The Funnies Paper. July-Aug. 2001, pp. 13- 14. 2042. “Spotlight: Jason Marcy.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, p. 52. 2043. Spurgeon, Tom. “Influential CAR-toonist Pete Millar Dies at 73.” Comics Journal. May 2003, pp. 20-22. 2044. Stevens, Carol. “A Lunatic Vision.” Print. March/April 1976. (Lou Myers). 2045. Stiffler, Dan. “The Rise and Fall of Mr. Playboy; or, How Mr. Hefner Became a Cartoon.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 15, 2001. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 113

2046. Stump, Greg. “Mischa Richter, Cartoonist and Painter, Dies at 90.” Comics Journal. May 2001, p. 18. 2047. Stump, Greg. “Village Voice Axe Falls Again: Dismissals of Barry and Groening Leave Feiffer As Paper’s Lone Cartoonist.” Comics Journal. April 1997, p. 19. 2048. Surridge, Matthew. “Larry Gonick.” Comics Journal. June 2000, pp. 34- 68. 2049. Szabo, Joe. “Forgotten Pictures. Joe Szabo: Drawing with My Camera.” Witty World International Cartoon Magazine. Spring 1997, pp. 41-47. 2050. Szabo, Joe. “Lee Carlson’s Unorthodox Resumé: Cartoonist, Illustrator, Bank Robber, Cartoonist, Illustrator....” Witty World International Cartoon Bulletin. No. 3, 1997, pp. 1-3. 2051. Taylor, Geoffrey. The Absurd World of Charles Bragg. NY: Arcade Publishing, 1980, 1991. 2052. “Terry Tidwell Presents.” Media Sight. Summer 1983, pp. 30-36. 2053. “Trosley.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7(1996), p. 11. (George Trosley). 2054. “Trustee Spotlight – Joe D’Angelo.” Inklings. Winter 1999, p. 4. 2055. “United Media’s Bill Schorr Wins Fischetti Award.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 31, 1993, p. 6. 2056. “The Unknown Carl Barks.” Funnyworld. Winter 1974/1975, pp. 12-19. 2057. Updike, John “Lost Art. What the Author Wanted To Be Before He Decided To Become a Writer.” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, pp. 75- 76, 78-80. 2058. Vanderzanden, Vanessa. “Manny Stallman Dead at 70.” Comics Journal. July 1997, pp. 20-21. 2059. Vaughan, Don. “Why George Lichty Dropped Fine Art To Become a Cartoonist.” Inklings. Spring 1998, p. 7. 2060. “Vernon Grant.” Images. Summer 2001, pp. 18-19. 2061. Viggars, Vince. “Talking with the Pros.” Cartoon World. June 1996, p. 7. 2062. Walker, Brian. “Tarzan – from Burroughs to Disney.” Inklings. Summer 1999, pp. 4-5. 2063. Weiner, Jennifer. “Mark Tatulli: The Glamorous Life of a Cartoonist? Heavens, No!” Philadelphia Inquirer Magazine. March 23, 1997, p. 6. 2064. “Why Cartoonists Are Valuable.” Inklings. Spring 1997, p. 14. 2065. “William Stout Exhibition.” CAPS. March 1995, pp. 3-4. 2066. Williams, Jack. “The Fantasy Worlds of 2 Lions of Kiddy Lit.” San Diego Tribune. Dec. 9, 1982. (Maurice Sendak and Theodor Geisel). 2067. “The Write Stuff.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 4, 1997, pp. 48-55. 2068. “The Write Stuff.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 5, 1998, pp. 46-49. 2069. W.W. Denslow, the Other Wizard of Oz. Exhibition Catalogue, Brandywine River Museum, March 16-May 19, 1996. Chadds Ford, PA: Brandywine Conservancy, 1996. 64 pp. 114 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2070. Zawistowski, Speedy. “Old Gawge Continues.” Cartoon World. June 1995, pp. 3, 8. (George Hartman). Addams, Charles 2071. “Charles Addams.” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, pp. 118-119. 2072. “The Compleat Charles Addams.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1994, pp. 58-69. 2073. “Maestrazos: Charles Addams.” Dedeté. No. 11, 2001, p. 4. 2074. van den Hanenberg, Patrick. “Chas. Addams.” Sick. No. 27, 1992, pp. 16-19. Barks, Carl 2075. Fossati, Franco. Cronologia Ragionata di Carl Barks. Rome; IF, 1984. 2076. The Unexpurgated Carl Barks. Introduction by Art Spiegelman. Prescott, AZ: Hamilton Comics, 1997. 66 pp. Bosch, Harvey 2077. Gibbs, Maureen. “Remembering Harvey Bosch.” Penstuff. June 1999, p. 3. 2078. “H. Bosch on Cartooning. The State of Magazine Cartooning Today.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1995, pp. 3-4. 2079. Oakley, Peter. “The World According to Harvey.” Penstuff. May 1994, p. 4. Bouthillier, Art 2080. “Bouthillier.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), p. 4. 2081. deDesrochers, Liz. “Art Bouthillier!” Penstuff. Dec. 2001, p. 6. 2082. deDesrochers, Liz. “Art Bouthillier.” Penstuff. Jan. 2002, p. 7. 2083. Harvey, R.C. “Art Bouthillier and the Brutal Albeit Beatific Truth about Freelancing Magazine Cartoons.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 2003, pp. 22-29. 2084. Oakley, Peter. “Art Bouthillier: Cartoonist with an Attitude.” Penstuff. Dec. 1994, p. 4. Caldwell, John 2085. Caldwell, John. The Book of Ultimates. NY: McGraw/Hill, 1981. 2086. Caldwell, John. Caldwell. NY: Ballantine, 1988. 2087. Caldwell, John. Excuses, Excuses. NY: Harper and Row, 1980. 2088. Caldwell, John. Faxable Greeting Cards. Workman Publishing, 1991. 2089. Caldwell, John. Fax This Book. Workman Publishing, 1990. 2090. Caldwell, John. Mug Shots. Fantaco Publishing, 1980. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 115

2091. Caldwell, John. Running a Muck. Cincinnati, OH: Writer’s Digest Books, 1978. Callahan, John 2092. Callahan, John. The Best of Callahan. NY: Ballantine, 2003. 2093. “Cartoonist Becomes Political Candidate.” Cartoon World. April 1996, p. 4. 2094. Egan, Timothy. “The Art of Quariplegic [sic] Comedy.” Australian Journal of Comedy. 1/1999, p. 187-196. 2095. Hauser, Susan. “He’s a Hero on Wheels.” Parade Magazine. May 6, 2001, pp. 18-20. 2096. Shultz, Kara and Darla Germeroth. “Should We Laugh or Should We Cry? John Callahan’s Humor as a Tool To Change Societal Attitudes Toward Disability.” Howard Journal of Communications. July/Sept. 1998, pp. 229-244. 2097. Stump, Greg. “Callahan Running for House of Representatives.” Comics Journal. May 1996, p. 20. Cobean, Sam 2098. Földvári, Kornel. “Sam Cobean.” Narodna Obroda. Feb. 4, 2000, p. 28. 2099. Földvári, Kornel. “Svetov Karikaturisti Očami Kornela Földváriho: Sam Cobean.” Pravda/Sabota Plus. July 15, 1995. 2100. Lubbers, Frits. “Wat Goed Is Komt Snel.” Sick. No. 32, 1994, pp. 14-16. Cohen, Mark J. 2101. Anderson, Brent. “Remembering Mark Cohen.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 14, 2000, p. 6. 2102. Greenberg, Steve. “Remembering Mark Cohen.” Penstuff. Jan. 2000, p. 7. 2103. “Profile: Mark J. Cohen.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 27, 1996, p. 40. 2104. Rogers, Dick. “Sharing His Joys of Comic Art: Mark Cohen Has a Bit of History for Sale.” Cartoon World. Feb. 1997, pp. 4-5. 2105. “‘World-Class Collector’ Mark Cohen Dies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 14, 2000, p. 6. Davis, Jack 2106. Harvey, R.C. “A Lifetime of Achievement Nets Jack Davis a Reuben.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 22, 2001, pp. 20-21. 2107. “Jack Davis Wins Reuben!” Penstuff. July 2001, p. 1. 2108. Jones, Marty. “Loose Lines, Neat Feet and Diggin’ Don Knotts.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 5, 1995, pp. 4-9. 116 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2109. Jones, Marty. “Rough Life at 70.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 5, 1995, p. 8. 2110. “The Mad World of Jack Davis.” Mediascene. Nov./Dec. 1975, p. 19. Enos, Randall 2111. Heller, Steve. “Randall Enos.” Graphis. Nov.-Dec. 1980. 2112. Opat, Ellen-Jane. “Art Today, Gone Tomorrow.” Print. May-June 1976. Frost, A.B. 2113. Arthur Burdett Frost (1851-1928), Artist and Humorist. Essay by Géné E. Harris. Exhibition, Jan. 11 through May 18, 1986, Brandywine River Museum, Chadds Ford, PA. Chadds Ford, PA: Brandywine River Museum, 1986. 64 pp. 2114. Harris, Joel C. and Wallace Irwin. A Book of Drawings by A.B. Frost. NY: P.F. Collier and Sons, 1904. 2115. Lanier, Henry W. A.B. Frost, the American Sportsman’s Artist. NY: Derrydale Press, 1933. 2116. Reed, Henry M. The A.B. Frost Book. Rutland, VT: Charles Tuttle and Co., 1967. 2117. Reed, Henry M. The World of A.B. Frost: His Family and Their Circle. Exhibition Catalogue. Montclair, NJ: Montclair Art Museum, 1983. Geisel, Theodor (Dr. Seuss) 2118. Bandler, Michael J. “Seuss on the Loose.” Parents. Sept. 1987. 2119. Bell, Don. [Theodor Geisel]. Chicago Tribune Magazine. June 7, 1970. 2120. Burchell, Sam. “Architectural Digest visits Dr. Seuss.” Architectural Digest. Dec. 1978. 2121. Dargis, Manohla. “Why Oh Why Did They Make It Like That, Oh Why Did They Ruin ‘The Cat in the Hat’?” London Times. Nov. 21, 2003. 2122. Davies, Valerie. “The Man Who Writes Books About Fun That Is Funny.” South China Morning Post. Sept. 16, 1969. 2123. Dempsey, David. “The Significance of Dr. Seuss.” New York Times Book Review. May 11, 1958. 2124. “A Deuce of a Seuss Inhabits Exhibit.” San Diego Union. Dec. 10, 1976. 2125. Dowd, Maureen. [Theodor Geisel]. New York Times. April 17, 1984. 2126. Dunlap, David W. “Waiting in Fotta-fa-Zee.” New York Times Book Review. March 23, 1986. 2127. Ehlert, Alice. [Theodor Geisel]. Southern Literary Journal. Dec. 1975. 2128. Fadiman, Clifton. “Party of One.” Holiday. April 1959. 2129. Franklin, Olga. “Dr. Seuss Is in Town.” Daily Mail (London). Oct. 13, 1962. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 117

2130. Freeman, Don. “The Genius of Dr. Seuss.” San Diego Magazine. May 1986. 2131. Freeman, Don. [Theodor Geisel]. San Diego Magazine. April 1986. 2132. Frutig, Judith. [Theodor Geisel]. Christian Science Monitor. May 12, 1978. 2133. Fuller, John G. “Trade Winds.” Saturday Review. Dec. 14, 1957. 2134. Geisel, Theodor. “...But for Grown-Ups Laughing Isn’t Any Fun.” New York Times Book Review. Nov. 16, 1952. 2135. Geisel, Theodor. “The Economic Situation Clarified: A Prognostic Reevaluation by the Dr. Seuss Surveys.” New York Times Magazine. June 15, 1975. 2136. Geisel, Theodor. “A Prayer for a Child.” Collier’s. Dec. 1955. 2137. Geisel, Theodor. The Secret Art of Dr. Seuss. Introduction by Maurice Sendak. NY: Random House, 1995. 95 pp. 2138. Glionna, John M. “Timber Town Split to Roots.” Los Angeles Times. Sept. 18, 1986. 2139. Gordon, Arthur. “The Wonderful Wizard of Soledad Hill.” Woman’s Day. Sept. 1956. 2140. Gould, Jack. [“The Grinch”]. New York Times. Dec. 19, 1966. 2141. Graeber, Laurel. “Green Eggs and Mozart.” New York Times. Aug. 8, 2003. 2142. Green, Scott E. “Major Seuss Art Sells at Auction.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 18, 2000, p. 12. 2143. “‘The Grinch’ – It Not Only Stole Xmas But Picked CBS’ Pocket for $315,000.” Variety. Oct. 4, 1966. 2144. Harper, Hilliard. [Theodor Geisel]. Los Angeles Times Magazine. May 25, 1986. 2145. “He Makes C-A-T Spell Big Money.” Business Week. July 18, 1964. 2146. Hutshing, Ed. “Paging Dr. Seuss!” San Diego Union. March 1, 1986. 2147. Lamb, John. [Theodor Geisel, Obituary]. San Diego Tribune. Sept. 25, 1991. 2148. Langton, Jane. [Theodor Geisel]. New York Times Book Review. Nov. 16, 1975. 2149. Liggett, Lori. “The Seussification of America: How a Hat-Wearing Cat ‘thangwoozed’ Dick and Jane in the 1950s.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 19, 2000. 2150. “The Logical Insanity of Dr. Seuss.” Time. Aug. 11, 1967. 2151. Lurie, Alison. “The Cabinet of Dr. Seuss.” New York Review of Books. Dec. 20, 1990. 2152. McCarthy, Todd. “New ‘Grinch’ B.O. Cinch?” Variety. Nov. 20-26, 2000, pp. 13, 22. 2153. McCarthy, Todd. “Seuss on the Loose.” Variety. Nov. 24-30, 2003, p.32. 118 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2154. Marschall, Richard, ed. The Tough Coughs as He Ploughs the Dough, Early Writings and Cartoons by Dr. Seuss. NY: William Morrow, 1987. 2155. Morgan, Judith and Neil. Dr. Seuss and Mr. Geisel: A Biography. NY: Random House, 1995. 347 pp. 2156. Neuwirth, Allan. “How the Grinch Stole Holiday TV Viewers.” Animation. Dec. 2003, p. 8. 2157. Nilson, Don L.F. “Dr. Seuss as Grammar Consultant.” Language Arts. 54:5 (1977), pp. 567-572. 2158. “The One and Only Dr. Seuss and His Wonderful Autographing Tour.” Publishers Weekly. Dec. 8, 1958. 2159. “Posthumous Dr. Seuss Book Released.” Comics Journal. March 1995, pp. 30-31. 2160. Quindlen, Anna. [Theodor Geisel]. New York Times. Sept. 28, 1991. 2161. Raddatz, Leslie. “Dr. Seuss Climbs Down from His Mountain...To Bring the Grinch to Television.” TV Guide. Dec. 17, 1966. 2162. Renthal, Helen. [Theodor Geisel]. Chicago Tribune. Nov. 11, 1962, book section. 2163. Rowe, Dilys. [Dr. Seuss]. The Observer (London). Oct. 29, 1961. 2164. Savory, Jerold J. “Cartoon Commentary.” Chicago History. Spring 1994, pp. 32-57. 2165. Schulman, Heidi. “Why Writers Write.” Los Angeles Times. May 20, 1979. 2166. See, Carolyn. “Dr. Seuss and the Naked Ladies.” Esquire. June 1974. 2167. Seidenbaum, Art. “Muse On the Loose Is Dr. Seuss.” Los Angeles Times. Calendar. Jan. 5, 1964. 2168. Sheff, David. “Seuss on Wry.” Parenting. Feb. 1987. 2169. Shepard, Richard F. [Theodor Geisel]. New York Times. Oct. 17, 1968. 2170. Smith, Becky. “Theodor Geisel’s Lessons on Leadership.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 14, 2001. 2171. Sorel, Edward. “Mind/Body/Health: The Shape That He’s In.” New York Times Book Review. March 23, 1986. 2172. Stark, Susan. “Super Seuss.” West Chester Newspapers. Feb. 11, 1990. 2173. Wilder, Rob. “Catching Up with Dr. Seuss.” Parents. June 1979. 2174. “Words and Pictures Married: The Beginnings of Dr. Seuss, a Conversation with Theodor S. Geisel, edited by Edward Connery Lathem.” Dartmouth Alumni Magazine. April 1976. Gibson, Charles Dana 2175. Gillon, Edmund V., Jr. comp. The Gibson Girl and Her America: The Best Drawings of Charles Dana Gibson. NY: Dover, 1969. 144 pp. 2176. “Girls Got Gibsonized.” Inklings. Fall 1998, p. 7. 2177. “La Gibson Girl e la Sua America.” Comics. Sept. 1973, pp. 38-41. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 119

Gorey, Edward 2178. “Artist-Author Gorey Dies at 75.” Associated Press dispatch, April 16, 2000. 2179. Barry, Ellen. “Dark Streak Marked Prolific Author.” Boston Globe. April 17, 2000, p. C1. 2180. “Edward Gorey Dies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 26, 2000, p. 6. 2181. Gussow, Mel. “Edward Gorey: A Grand Master of the Comic and Macabre.” Toronto Globe and Mail. April 18, 2000, p. R10. 2182. Gorey, Edward. Amphigorey: Fifteen Books by Edward Gorey. NY: Perigee, 1981. Unpaginated. 2183. Kennedy, Victor. “Mystery! Unraveling Edward Gorey’s Tangled Web of Visual Metaphor.” Metaphor and Symbolic Activity. 8:3 (1993), pp. 181-194. 2184. Ross, Clifford and Karen Wilkin. The World of Edward Gorey. NY: Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 1996. 192 pp. 2185. Schiff, Stephen. “Edward Gorey and the Tao of Nonsense.” The New Yorker. Nov. 9, 1992. 2186. Stump, Greg. “E Is for Edward Gorey, Who Died of Heart Attack at 75.” Comics Journal. May 2000, pp. 15-17. 2187. Theroux, Alexander. The Strange Case of Edward Gorey. Seattle, WA: Fantagraphic Books, 2000. 68 pp. 2188. Ying-Chi. “An Introduction of American Cartoonist Edward Gorey.” Monthly Comic Magazine. Jan. 1991, pp. 84-87. Held, John, Jr. 2189. Kitch, Carolyn L. “The Flapper in the Art of John Held, Jr.: Modernity, Post-Feminism, and the Meaning of Women’s Bodies in 1920s Magazine Cover Illustration.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Chicago, IL, July30-Aug. 2, 1997. 2190. Reeve, Marcia E. “John Held, Jr.: Chronicler of the Twenties.” MS thesis, University of Kansas, 1986. Horn, Maurice 2191. Baron-Carvais, Annie and Dominique Petitfaux. “Maurice Horn.” Le Collectionneur de Bandes Dessinées. Summer 1997, pp. 10-16. 2192. Lent, John A. “Mister Encyclopedia: Maurice Horn.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1998, pp. 34-37. 2193. Scalzi, Bruno. “Incontro con Maurice Horn.” Il Fumetto. May 1974, p. 4. 120 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Johnson, Russell P. 2194. “Final Note on 62-Year Trade Journal Cartoon.” Cartoon World. Dec. 1995, p. 6. 2195. “‘Hardware Retailer’ Cartoonist Russell P. Johnson Dies at 101.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 1995, p. 6. Kurtzman, Harvey 2196. “A Conversation with Harvey Kurtzman and...Arnold Roth and Al Jaffee.” Squa Tront. No. 10, 2002, pp. 22-36. 2197. Fiore, R. “Mistah Kurtz, He Dead.” Comics Journal. Nov. 1993, pp. 74- 79. 2198. Gori, Leonardo. “Harvey Kurtzman.” Comic Art. Sept. 1993, p. 22. 2199. “Harvey, l’Umorista per Tutte le Stagioni.” In Program. Napoli 6. Mostra Internazionale del Fumetto e del Cinema d’Animazione, pp. 8-9. 2200. Mathiasen, Paw. “En Amerikansk Tegneserie Legende.” Seriejournalen. Summer 1993, pp. 50-53. Lichtenstein, Roy 2201. Hughes, Robert. “The Image Duplicator.” Time. Nov. 15, 1993, pp. 71- 72. 2202. Reid, Larry. “Roy Lichtenstein Dead at 73.” Comics Journal. Oct. 1997, p. 32. 2203. Sello, Gottfried. “The Art of Flying. Roy Lichtenstein: Study for Preparedness, 1968.” Lufthansa Bordbuch. 6/1993, pp. 30-32. Mandel, Saul 2204. Muller, Marion. “Saul Mandel.” Upper and Lower Case. Aug. 1984. 2205. Roberts, Stanley. “Saul Mandel.” Graphis. Aug. 1958. Mankoff, Robert 2206. Akgül, Tayfun. “New Yorker in Karikatür Editörü Mankoff....” Karikatürk. No. 47, 1998, pp. 14-17. 2207. “Mankoff.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:7 (1996), p. 12. 2208. Mankoff, Robert. The Naked Cartoonist. NY: Black Dog & Leventhal, 2002. 224 pp. Martin, Don 2209. Ahrens, Frank. “The Guy Who Drew Outside the Lines.” Washington Post. Jan. 8, 2000, pp. C-1, C-9. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 121

2210. Barrington, Stephen. “Don Martin, 1931-2000.” Comic Book Market- place. March 2000, p. 8. 2211. Boyar, Jay. “The Real Don Martin.” Orlando Sentinel Florida Magazine. May 12, 1985, pp. 8-13, 19. 2212. “Cartoonist Don Martin Dies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 4, 2000, p. 10. 2213. “Don Martin Cartoon Genius Passes Away.” Penstuff. Feb. 2000, pp. 1, 6. 2214. “Don Martin, Former Mad Magazine Cartoonist.” Washington Post. Jan. 8, 2000, p. O-5. 2215. Martin, Norma. “Don Martin.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 2000, pp. 52-55. 2216. Nash, Eric. “Don Martin, ‘Mad’s Maddest Artist,’ Is Dead at 68.” New York Times. Jan. 8, 2000. 2217. Stump, Greg. “Don Martin, ‘Mad’s Maddest’, Dead at 68.” Comics Journal. March 2000, pp. 27-28. 2218. Stump, Greg and Tom Spurgeon. “Don Martin Returns Donation, Resigns from Graphic Artists Guild in Wake of Dispute.” Comics Journal. April 1997, pp. 15-16. 2219. Waid, Mark. “The Mad World of Don Martin.” Honk! Nov. 1986, pp. 24-33. Orlin, Richard 2220. “Close Up: Richard Orlin.” Artist’s Market. Cincinnati: Writer’s Digest Books, 1985. 2221. Orlin, Richard. “Working Well Is the Best Revenge.” Draw Magazine. Spring 1985. Park, W.B. 2222. “Bill Park,” p. 20. In Outstanding American Illustrators Today, 2. Tokyo: Graphic-Sha, 1985. 2223. “Bill Park Sees the Lighter Side.” IABC Communication World. Nov. 1984, pp. 23-26. 2224. Bores, Phyllis. “Today’s Interview: W.B. Park: Humorous Artist.” Today’s Art and Graphics. 29:2 (1981), pp. 6-10. 2225. Goss, Tom. “National Park Service.” Print, n.d., pp. 96-105. 2226. Park, W.B. Off the Leash. West Sussex: Ravette Books, 1987. 2227. Steimle, Jerry. “W.B. Park.” Communication Arts. 19:6 (n.d.), pp. 32- 41. 2228. “[W.B. Park].” Amerika. March 1976, pp. 34-36. 122 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Price, George 2229. “Popular Price.” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, pp. 114-115. 2230. Price, George. Cartoons by Geo. Price. Harrisburg, PA: Military Service Publishing Co., 1945. 2231. Reynolds, Eric. “New Yorker Veteran George Price Dead at 93.” Comics Journal. March 1995, p. 20. Rackham, Arthur 2232. Baughman, Roland. The Centenary of Arthur Rackham’s Birth. NY: Columbia University Press, 1969. 2233. Hudson, Derek. Arthur Rackham, His Life and Work. William Heinemann, 1974. 181 pp. 2234. Latimore, Sarah L. and G.C. Haskell. Arthur Rackham – A Bibliography. Suttonhouse, 1936. 111 pp. Roth, Arnold 2235. Benson, John. “Arnold Roth: A Personal Reminiscence.” Squa Tront. No. 10, 2002, pp. 36-37. 2236. Donohoe Victoria. “Swarthmore Exhibit Is Likely To Elicit Laughs.” Philadelphia Inquirer. April 20, 1997, p. MD10. 2237. Roth, Arnold. Arnold Roth. Free Lance. A Fifty Year Retrospective. Seattle, WA: Fantagraphics Books, 2001. 124 pp. 2238. Roth, Arnold. Poor Arnold’s Almanac. Seattle: Fantagraphics, 1998. 110 pp. Sendak, Maurice 2239. Alderson, Brian. Catalogue for an Exhibition of Pictures by Maurice Sendak at the Ashmolean Museum, Oxford, December 16 to February 16, 1975-76. London: The Bodley Head, 1975. 48 pp. 2240. Cech, John. Angels and Wild Things: The Archetypal Poetics of Maurice Sendak. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1995. 2241. Harris, Muriel. “Impressions of Sendak.” Elementary English. 48:7 (1971), pp. 825-832. 2242. Klein, Julia M. “Where Sendak Is: Fun for Both Old and Youth.” Philadelphia Inquirer. May 1, 1995, pp. D-1, D-6. 2243. Lanes, Selma. The Art of Maurice Sendak. NY: Harry N. Abrams, 1980. 2244. O’Hara, Virginia. Monsters, Mickey, and Mozart. Chadds Ford, PA: Brandywine River Museum, 2003. 12 pp. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 123

Sikoryak, R. 2245. “Breakdowns: R. Sikoryak Walks Up Through His Process for ‘The Crypt of Bronte.’” Comics Journal. Sept. 2003, pp. 100-103. 2246. Kelly, John. “The R. Sikoryak Interview.” Comics Journal. Sept. 2003, pp. 74-99. Silverstein, Shel 2247. Dean, Michael. “Cartoonist/Songwriter Shel Silverstein Found Dead.” Comics Journal. May 1999, p. 28. 2248. Harvey, R.C. “The Giving Shel Silverstein.” Comics Journal. July 1999, pp. 14-16. 2249. “Jules Feiffer on Shel Silverstein.” Comics Journal. July 1999, p. 16. 2250. MacDonald, Ruth. “The Weirdness of Shel Silverstein.” Studies in American Humor. NS5.4 (1986-87), pp. 267-279. 2251. “Shel Silverstein.” Variety. May 17-23, 1999, p. 76. 2252. Thompson, Maggie. “Is It Nostalgia? Or Is It Liking Good Entertainment.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 4, 1999, p. 4. 2253. Thompson, Maggie. “Writer, Composer, Cartoonist Shel Silverstein Dies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 4, 1999, pp. 6, 8. Spielgelman, Art 2254. “Art Spielgelman.” The Nation. Jan. 17, 1994, pp. 45-46. 2255. Cleaver, Hannah. “Art Spiegelman: Voice in the Wilderness.” The Independent. Sept. 11, 2003. 2256. Sierra, Marta. “Art Spiegelman.” Catalogue. 9è Saló Internacional del Comic de Barcelona, 1991. Barcelona: 1991. 16 pp. Steig, William 2257. Angell, Roger. “Postscript: William Steig.” New Yorker. Oct. 20, 2003. 2258. Boxer, Sarah. “William Steig, Whose Tough Youths and Jealous Satyrs Scowled in His Cartoons, Dies at 95.” New York Times. Oct. 5, 2003. 2259. Hawtree, Christopher. “Prolific New Yorker Cartoonist and Children’s Writer Whose Creations Included the Woodland Monster Shrek.” The Guardian. Oct. 7, 2003. 2260. Koch, John. “The Interview: William Steig.” Boston Globe. June 22, 1997. 2261. Steig, William. Our Miserable Life. Foreword by Albert Hubbell. NY: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, Noonday Press, Michael De Capua Books, 1990. 2262. “William Steig.” Associated Press release. Oct. 4, 2003. 124 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Steinberg, Saul 2263. “After Hours.” Harper’s. June 1948. 2264. “American Academy of Arts and Letters Awards Cartoonist Saul Steinberg Its Medal for Graphic Arts.” New York Times. May 23, 1974. 2265. An American Collection. The Neuberger Collection: Paintings, Drawings and Sculpture. Catalogue. Providence: Museum of Art, Rhode Island School of Design, 1968. 2266. American Drawing: 1927-1977. Catalogue. Prologue by Miriam B. Lein; essay by Paul Cummings; catalogue notes by Sandra L. Lipshultz. St. Paul: Minnesota Museum of Art, 1977. 2267. “Art” [review of Art of Living]. Time. Sept. 26, 1949. 2268. “Art: Hard Lines.” Time. Oct. 18, 1954. 2269. Ashberry, John. “Saul Steinberg: Callibiography.” Art News Annual. 36 (1970). 2270. Ashberry, John. “Saul Steinberg: The Stamp of Genius.” Art News. Nov. 1969. 2271. Ashton, Dore. “The Symbol Lurking in the Wings.” Studio International. Feb. 1967. 2272. “As Steinberg Sees It.” Newsweek. June 6, 1955. 2273. Aubusson, Brice. “Un Dessinateur, Témoin de l’Epoque.” Le Courrier de la Presse Le Matin. April 21, 1951. 2274. Barry, Iris. “Seeing Through Things.” New York Herald Tribune Weekly Book Review. June 17, 1945. 2275. Barry, Iris. “Uncanny Comic Innocence.” New York Herald Tribune. Nov. 6, 1949. 2276. Beauvais, Patricia. “Steinberg ne Dessine Plus qu’avec des Tampons.” Paris Match. June 1971. 2277. Bedient, Calvin. “S for Steinberg.” Partisan Review. 41:4 (1974). 2278. Benedikt, M. “New York Letter.” Art International. Jan. 20, 1967. 2279. Bernstein, Walter. [Review of All in Line]. New York Times. July 15, 1945. 2280. Billetdoux, François. “Steinberg.” Arts (Paris). May 8, 1953. 2281. Bone, Stephen. “Saul Steinberg’s Drawings.” Manchester Guardian. May 2, 1952. 2282. Boswell, Peyton. “Peyton Boswell Comments” [Editorial]. Art Digest. Sept. 15, 1946. 2283. Bouret, Jean. “Les Papiers du Barnabooth’s Club” [Review of Galerie Maeght exhibition]. Nouvelles Littéraires. May 26, 1977. 2284. Boxer, Sarah. “Saul Steinberg, Epic Doodler, Dies at 84.” New York Times. May 13, 1999. 2285. Boxer, Sarah. “Saul Steinberg Yaşama Gözlerini Yumlu.” Gül Diken. No. 18, 1999, pp. 23-27. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 125

2286. Bürger, W. “Sights and Sounds.” New Masses. Oct. 8, 1946. 2287. Buzzi, Aldo. “L’Architetto Steinberg.” Domus. Oct. 1946. 2288. Caso, Paul. “Les Dessins de Steinberg au Musée d’Art Moderne.” Le Soir (Brussels). March 16, 1967. 2289. Castans, Raymond. “Steinberg, Premier Dessinateur Américain. Paris Match. April 14, 1951. 2290. Cator, B. “Saul Steinberg.” Kunstwerk (Stuttgart). Jan. 6, 1975. 2291. Chapsal, Madeleine. “Steinberg.” La Quinzaine Littéraire. April 15, 1966. 2292. Chéry, Christian. “Saul Steinberg.” Les Lettres Françaises. April 6, 1966. 2293. “Chez Atmosphere.” Harper’s. Nov. 1949. 2294. Choay, Françoise. “L’Art Vivant à l’Expo de Bruxelles.” L’Oeil. June 1958. 2295. Clair, Jean. “Steinberg à Paris.” L ’Art Vivant. June 1971. 2296. Clasen, Wolfgang. “‘Cartoons’ aus dem Amerika von Heute.” Kunstwerk. 7:5 (1953). 2297. Constable, Rosalind. “Saul Steinberg, a Profile.” Art Digest. Feb. 1, 1954. 2298. da Silva, Quirino. “Considerações à Margem.” Diàrio de São Paulo. Sept. 28, 1952. 2299. da Silva, Quirino. “Steinberg.” Diàrio de São Paulo. Sept. 21, 1952. 2300. Daval, Jean-Luc. “Chagall et Steinberg, Deux Narrateurs.” Art International. Oct. 20, 1971. 2301. Degand, Léon. “Steinberg – Dessinateur et Humoriste.” Le Soir (Brussels). May 19, 1953. 2302. di Rivoyre, Christine. “Avec Steinberg Poète, Architecte, et Faussaire.” Le Monde. April 24, 1953. 2303. Documenta 6. Catalogue. Kassel, West Germany: Paul Dierichs KG & Co., 1977. 2304. Documentation: Sculpture – Painting – Drawing. Catalogue. Text by Elayne H. Varian. NY: Finch College Museum of Art, 1968. 2305. Dupin, Jacques. “Steinberg et le Société Anonyme.” XXe Siècle (Paris). n.s. 40 (June 1973). 2306. [E.B.] “Steinberg ou la Pêche à la Ligne.” Les Beaux-Arts. April 18, 1958. 2307. Einhaus, Lambert. “Partituren der Gebärde.” Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung. Jan. 26, 1954. 2308. Erler, Martin. “Saul Steinberg Deutsche Premiere: Mit Ipitzer Feder.” Bremer Nachrichten. Jan. 15, 1954. 2309. Exposición Saul Steinberg. Catalogue. Caracas: Museo de Belle Artes, 1968. 126 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2310. Fabian, Rainer. “Cartoons von Saul Steinberg – Linien Eines Philosophen.” Die Welt. Aug. 9, 1973. 2311. “False Daguerreotypes, and False Diary; False Diploma, True Steinberg.” Vogue. Oct. 15, 1954. 2312. Farber, Manny. “An American Show.” New Republic. Oct. 14, 1946. 2313. Fischer, Wend. “Saul Steinberg Graphische Kabarett.” Neue Ruhr- Zeitung (Essen). Jan. 25, 1957. 2314. Földvári, Kornel. “Svetovi Karikaturisti Ocami Kornela Földváriho. Saul Steinberg.” Pravda/Sabota Plus. March 9, 1996. 2315. “For Eloquence and Precision.” Publishers Weekly. June 3, 1963. 2316. Forssell, Lars. “Anteckning Till Steinberg.” Konstrevy (Stockholm). 1 (1954). 2317. Fremont-Smith, Eliot. “Books of the Times: Santa’s Helpers, Cartoonists All.” New York Times. Dec. 6, 1965. 2318. Fussell, B.H. “Show Steinberg Satiric, Amusing at Lyman Allyn.” Day (New London, CT). Nov. 13, 1953. 2319. Gablik, Suzi. “Meta-Trompe-l’Oeil.” Art News. March 1965. 2320. Gallego, J. “Steinberg y la Administración.” Goya. Sept. 1971. 2321. Gasser, Manuel. “Gezeichnete Ironie.” Graphis. Nov. 1959. 2322. Gasser, Manuel. “Saul Steinberg.” Du-Atlantis. Aug. 26, 1966. 2323. Gasser, Manuel. “Saul Steinberg.” Graphis. 21:117 (1965). 2324. Gasser, Manuel. “Saul Steinberg: Le Masque.” Graphis. 22:123 (1966). 2325. Gasser, Manuel. “Steinberg As an Advertising Artist.” Graphis. Sept. 1956. 2326. Gasser, Manuel. “Steinberg sur des Nouvelles Pistes.” Graphis. 10:53 (1954). 2327. Gasser, Manuel. “Verner Witting.” Graphis. 49 (1953). 2328. Gaudet, Michel. “La Peinture: Steinberg à la Fondation Maeght.” Le Patriote. Oct. 30, 1966. 2329. G[ebhard], D[avid]. “Saul Steinberg and Paul Klee.” Artforum. Feb. 1963. 2330. Glavimans, A. “Niets Ontgaat Saul Steinberg.” Algemeen Dagblad. May 2, 1953. 2331. Glozer, Lazlo. “Der Inspektor von Saul Steinberg.” Süddeutsche Zeitung. July 28-29, 1973. 2332. Glueck, Grace. “The Artist Speaks: Saul Steinberg.” Art in America. Nov./Dec. 1970. 2333. Gombrich, Ernst H. “Saul Steinberg’in Zekâsi.” Gül Diken. No. 16, 1998, pp. 6-11. 2334. Gosling, Nigel. “Steinberg.” The Observer (London). May 11, 1952. 2335. Gould, Ray. “Steinberg’s Satirical Art in Book; Absurdities Superb ‘Example of Irony.’” Advertiser (Montgomery, AL). July 22, 1945. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 127

2336. Guéguen, Pierre. “L’Exposition Steinberg Chez Maeght.” Art d’Aujourd’hui. Aug. 1953. 2337. Hakanson, Joy. “Steinberg Aims Pen As Modern Living.” News (Detroit). Aug. 28, 1949. 2338. Hess, Thomas B. “Drawing ‘Einstein on the Beach.’” New York. Dec. 13, 1976. 2339. Hess, Thomas B. “Saul Steinberg vs. the Mickey Mouse Mugger.” New York. March 5, 1973. 2340. Hicks, Granville. “Connoisseur of the Incongruous.” Saturday Review of Literature. Jan. 7, 1961. 2341. Hickson, Elizabeth. “The Navy Locked Away Mr. S’s ‘Secret’ Plans.” Daily Mirror (London). May 2, 1952. 2342. Hølaas, Af Odd. “Paa Udkik Efter den Interssante Grimhed.” Politiken. Dec. 14, 1958. 2343. Holstein, Bent. “Parafraser Over Livet.” Fyens Stiftstidende. March 8, 1968. 2344. Horton, Philip. “Steinberg’s Ferocious Sunglasses.” Reporter. Dec. 1954. 2345. Hughes, Robert. “Steinberg’in Fantastik Dünyasi.” Gül Diken. No. 1, 1993, pp. 55-66. 2346. Ionesco, Eugène. “La Tragèdie du Langage.” Spectacles. July 1958. 2347. Ionesco, Eugène. “Steinberg: Artistes.” Connaissance Arts. May 1977. 2348. “J’Enseigne aux Hommes à Nager en les Poussant dans l’Eau” (interview with André Parinaud). Arts et Loisirs. March 16-22, 1966. 2349. [J.G.] “Story of Life Keeps in Line.” New Zealand Herald. July 15, 1961. 2350. “Job of Being Absurd.” Newsweek. July 9, 1945. 2351. Joss of ‘The Star.’ “Steinberg.” Art News and Review (London). May 17, 1952. 2352. Jouffroy, Alain. “De la Rapidité de Steinberg à la Lenteur de Baj.” Metro (Milan). 3(1961). 2353. Jouffroy, Alain. “Steinberg i Paris.” Palatten (Göteborg). 2 (1955). 2354. Jouffroy, Alain. “Un Grand Dessinateur Américain, Saul Steinberg, Juge la Peinture Abstraite, le Salon des Indépendants et Picasso.” Arts (Paris). May 11-17, 1955. 2355. Jouffroy, Alain. “Visite à Saul Steinberg.” Opus International (Paris). Dec. 1971. 2356. Jouffroy, Jean-Pierre. “Le Roi Saul.” Humanité Dimanche. May 11-17, 1977. 2357. Karikatürde Çiğir Açan Sanatçi Saul Steinberg Öldü.” Karikatürk. No. 63, 1999, p. 1. 2358. Karrer-Kharberg, Rolf. “Steinberg.” Die Zeit. Aug. 23, 1963. 2359. Keller, Heinz. “Saul Steinberg und die Architektur.” Werk. 44:2 (1957). 128 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2360. Kramer, Hilton. “The Comic Fantasies of Saul Steinberg.” New York Times. Dec. 4, 1966. 2361. Kramer, Hilton. “Saul Steinberg: Vision, Satire, and Delight.” New York Times. Nov. 9, 1969. 2362. Kramer, Hilton. “Steinberg: Latest Works.” New York Times. Nov. 8, 1969. 2363. Kramer, Hilton. “Steinberg’s Surprises Mark Two Shows.” New York Times. Feb. 17, 1973. 2364. “La Gazette d’Adrienne Monnier. Les Dessins de Steinberg.” Les Lettres Nouvelles (Paris). Sept. 1953. 2365. “L’Air de Paris. Steinberg a Dessiné à Milan un Labyrinthe pour Aveugles.” Arts (Paris). Sept. 15-21, 1954. 2366. L’Art Vivant aux États-Unis. Catalogue. St.-Paul-de-Vence, France: Fondation Maeght, 1970. 2367. Lascaut, Gilbert. “Aventures d’Une Horizontale.” L’Art Vivant. June 1971. 2368. Lascaut, Gilbert. “Les Tableaux Tables de Steinberg” [Exhibition review].L’Art Vivant. Oct. 18, 1973. 2369. Lascaut, Gilbert. “Steinberg et Son Monde de la Métamorphose” [Exhibition review]. La Quinzaine Littéraire. May 16-31, 1977. 2370. Le Dessin d’Humour. Catalogue. Paris: Bibliothèque National, 1971. 2371. Legrand, Francine-Claire. “Expo 58. Regards sur l’Art Moderne.” Quadrum. 5 (1958). 2372. Lepetit, P. “L’Inspecteur Steinberg” [Book review]. L’Architecture d’Aujourd’hui. March 1974. 2373. “Les Caricaturistes Dénoncent les Vicissitudes du Monde Moderne.” Du (Zurich). May 28-June 3, 1958. 2374. Levin, Bob. “Outsider Cartoons: B.N. Duncan Goes to the Museum.” Comics Journal. March 1996, pp. 117-124. 2375. Litvinoff, Emanuel. “Conversation with Steinberg.” Jewish Observer and Middle East Review. May 30, 1952. 2376. L[ouchheim], A[line] B. “Steinberg: Artist and Humorist.” New York Times. Feb. 3, 1952. 2377. L[ouchheim], A[line] B. “Steinberg: Line of Fancy.” Art News. July 1945. 2378. Lukacs, John A. “Passport Review.” Commonweal. Dec. 3, 1954. 2379. Lynes, Russell. “Man Named Steinberg.” Harper’s. Aug. 1954. 2380. Lynes, Russell. “Steinberg and the Others.” Harper’s. Dec. 1965. 2381. McCallum, Ian. “Labyrinth at Milan.” Art Review. Dec. 1954. 2382. “The Mad World of Cartoonists” [Review of All in Line]. New York Times. July 15, 1945. 2383. “Man in a Paper Mask.” Sunday Times (London). March 29, 1959. 2384. “Man Over Crocodile.” Newsweek. Dec. 26, 1960. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 129

2385. Marc, André. “Exposition des ‘Oeuvres Murales’ Qui Décoraient le Pavilion U.S. de l’Expo 58 et des Dessins du Caricaturiste Américain Steinberg au Palais des Beaux-Arts de Bruxelles.” La Lanterne (Brussels). March 28, 1967. 2386. Marjinissen, R.H. “Saul Steinberg uit de Kelders Naar de Wand.” De Standaard (Brussels). March 22, 1967. 2387. Martine, Claude. “Steinberg Délivre Passeport pour les USA.” Arts (Paris). Dec. 1-7, 1954. 2388. Masude, Y. “L’Art de Saul Steinberg.” Mizue (Tokyo). Oct. 1953. 2389. Mayne, Richard. “Passport Review.” New Statesman and Nation. Dec. 4, 1954. 2390. Melville, Robert. [Review of The Inspector]. New Statesman and Nation. June 22, 1973. 2391. “Message in the Medium.” Time. April 15, 1966. 2392. Metken, G. “Das Gesetz der Serie; Wie Künstler Comic Nutzen.” Kunstwerk. Sept. 1971. 2393. Meyer, Karl E. “Steinberg Looks at Washington.” Washington Post. March 15, 1970. 2394. Michel, Jacques “Lorsque l’Humoriste se Fait Peintre – Les Parodies de Steinberg.” Le Monde. June 24-30, 1971. 2395. Michel, Jacques. “Une ‘Introspective’ de Saul Steinberg” [Interview]. Le Monde. June 5-6, 1977. 2396. Middleton, M.H. “Art Exhibitions.” The Spectator (London). May 9, 1952. 2397. Mintz, Lawrence. “Saul Steinberg’s Discovery of America.” Paper presented at International Society for Humor Studies, Osaka, Japan, July 25, 2000. 2398. Mr. Harper [Russell Lynes]. “Steinberg’s Stuff.” Harper’s. April 1952. 2399. Moholy-Nagy, Sibyl. “Images of Our Dilemma” [Review of The Passport]. Progressive Architecture. March 1955. 2400. Mueller, Lavonne. “Saul Steinberg and High School Composition.” English Journal. 60:8 (1971), pp. 1095-1100. 2401. Mueller, L. “Steinberg and High School Composition.” English Journal. Nov. 1971. 2402. “Mural in Milan.” L’Oeil (Paris). 23 (1964). 2403. Naef, Hans. “Steinberg, Humorous Artist.” Graphis. 5:26 (1949). 2404. Newton, Eric. “Round the London Art Galleries.” The Listener. May 15, 1952. 2405. New Work by Saul Steinberg. Catalogue. NY: Sidney Janis Gallery, 1973. 2406. Nieuwendijk, Peter. “Saul Steinberg 1914-1999.” FECO News. No. 28, 1999, p. 18. 130 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2407. Nikolajsen. Ejgil. “Livets Krummelvrer.” Berlingske Tidendes Kronik. March 2, 1968. 2408. [N.M.] “Cartoons von Saul Steinberg.” Werk. April 1954. 2409. The Object As Poet. Catalogue. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1977. 2410. Paintings and Drawings/ Saul Steinberg. Catalogue. Los Angeles, CA: Felix Landau Gallery, 1970. 2411. [Pamplemousse]. “Les Caricatures Monumentales de Steinberg.” Pan (Brussels). March 29, 1967. 2412. Pendennis. “Table Talk” [Review]. The Observer (London). May 4, 1952. 2413. Pitz, H.C. “Saul Steinberg: Mad, Savage, Enigma?” American Artist. Feb. 1951. 2414. Politzer, Heinz. “The World of Saul Steinberg: A Mirror Reflecting the Forlornness of Modern Man.” Commentary. Oct. 1947. 2415. Poore, Charles. “Books of the Times” [Review of Art of Living]. New York Times. Oct. 8, 1949. 2416. Poore, Charles. “Books of the Times” [Review of The Passport]. New York Times. Oct. 7, 1954. 2417. [R.C.] “Cinq Minutes avec Steinberg Qui, pour Compléter sa Collection, a Acheté à Paris un Chapeau de Gendarme.” Carrefour. April 29, 1953. 2418. Redfern, John. “Smile-Styler to the Smart Set.” London Daily Express. May 2, 1952. 2419. Reichek, Jess, ed. “Steinberg on the City: Part Two.” Journal of the American Institute of Planners. Aug. 1961. 2420. Rey, Stéphane. “Giacometti, Steinberg et le Surréalisme.” La Phare Dimanche (Paris). Feb. 26, 1967. 2421. Rivers, Larry. “Young Draftsman on Master Draftsman.” Art News. Jan. 1955. 2422. Robels, Helga. “Saul Steinberg: Cat’s Death.” Museen in Köln: Bulletin. Dec. 1967. 2423. Rosenberg, Harold. Saul Steinberg. New York and London: 1978. 2424. Rosenberg, Harold. “Saul Steinberg’s Art World.” Art News. March 1966. 2425. Rosenberg, Harold. “Steinberg: A Unique Artist – a Specialist in the Riddles of Identity.” Vogue. Jan. 1, 1967. 2426. The Roy and Marie Neuberger Collection. Catalogue. NY: Whitney Museum of American Art, 1954. 2427. Russell, John. “Vasari to Steinberg.” London Sunday Times. May 11, 1952. 2428. Sadolin, Ebbe. “Saul Steinberg og København.” Berlingske Tidendes Kronik. March 4, 1967. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 131

2429. “Satire by Steinberg.” Virginia Museum of Fine Arts: Members’ Bulletin. Nov. 1953. 2430. Saul Steinberg. Catalogue. Amsterdam: Stedelijk Museum, 1953. 2431. Saul Steinberg. Catalogue: Dortmund, West Germany: Museum am Ostwall, 1954. 2432. Saul Steinberg. Catalogue. Humlebaek, Denmark: Louisiana Museum, 1968. 2433. Saul Steinberg. Catalogue. London: Institute of Contemporary Arts, 1952. 2434. Saul Steinberg. Derrière le Miroir. No. 53/54. Catalogue. Paris: Galerie Maeght, 1953. 2435. “Saul Steinberg” [Exhibit Plans]. New York Times. Sept. 8, 1946. 2436. “Saul Steinberg in Europa – Kunst und Cartoons.” Artis. 9 (1968). 2437. “Saul Steinberg: The Most Effective Century Cartoonist.” Kayhan Caricature. July 2003. 4 pp. 2438. Saul Steinberg Sanati ve Çizgileri (The Art and Drawings of Saul Steinberg). Ankara: Yarin Yayinlari, 1984. 2439. “Saul Steinberg’s Secret Underwear.” PM (New York). March 10, 1946. 2440. Saul Steinberg. Teckningar och Collage: 1955-67. Catalogue. Stockholm: Moderna Museet, 1968. 2441. Saul Steinberg: Zeichnungen, Aquarelle, Collagen, Gemälde, Reliefs (1963-74). Catalogue, Cologne: Kölnischer Kunstverein, 1974. 2442. Steinberg: Zeichnungen und Collagen. Catalogue. Foreword by Helmut Leppien; essays by Pierre Baudson and Manuel Gasser; interview by André Parinaud. Hamburg: Hamburger Kunsthalle, 1968. 2443. Savory, Michèle. “Les Expositions à Paris: Saul Steinberg.” Tribune de Genève. April 30, 1953. 2444. Schaden, Herman. “An Artist Not-in-Residnece.” Washington Star. Nov. 16, 1967. 2445. Schneider, Pierre. “Les Vertiges de Steinberg.” L’Express (Paris). Oct. 22-28, 1973. 2446. Schneider, Pierre. “Steinberg at the Louvre: A Museum Tour.” Art in America. July 1967. 2447. Schonberg, Harold C. “Artist Behind the Steinbergian Mask.” New York Times Magazine. Nov. 13, 1966. 2448. Schultz, Ben. “Parlor of a Satirist: A Series of Photographs.” Interiors (New York). Oct. 1950. 2449. Schuwer, Philippe. “Saul Steinberg ou le Délire Bien Concerté.” Techniques Graphiques. Sept.-Oct. 1966. 2450. Shirey, David L. “Lord of the Line.” Newsweek. Dec. 12, 1966. 2451. Spurgeon, Tom. “Saul Steinberg Dies at 84.” Comics Journal. June 1999, pp. 35-37. 132 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2452. Staats, Margaret and Lucas Matthiesen. “The Genetics of Art: Part II.” Quest (New York). July/Aug. 1977. 2453. Staber, Margit. “Bilder als Autobiografie in Fortsetzungen” [Interview]. Tages Anzeiger Magazin. Nov. 20, 1971. 2454. Steinberg. Text by Alfred Hentzen. Hannover: Kestner-Gesellschaft, 1954. 2455. Steinberg. Stockholm: Galerie Blanche, 1953. 2456. “Steinberg.” Architect and Building News (London). May 8, 1952. 2457. “Steinberg.” Art News and Review. May 17, 1952. 2458. “Steinberg.” Kayhan Caricature. Oct. 2000, 2 pp. 2459. “Steinberg and Society.” Newsweek. Feb. 11, 1952. 2460. “Steinberg and Sterne.” Life. Aug. 27, 1951. 2461. Steinberg Aquarelles, Dessins et Collages: 1955-1967. Introduction by Pierre Baudson. Brussels. Musées Royaux des Beaux-Arts de Begique, 1967. 2462. “Steinberg at Brussels.” Newsweek. April 28, 1958. 2463. “Steinberg at the Races.” Sports Illustrated. Nov. 11, 1963. 2464. Steinberg at the Smithsonian. Catalogue. Foreword by John Hollander. Washington, D.C.: National Collection of Fine Arts, Smithsonian Institution Press, 1973. 2465. Steinberg. Catalogue. Text by Pierre Baudson. Rotterdam: Museum Boymans-van Beuningen, 1967. 2466. Steinberg Drawings. Catalogue. Beverly Hills, CA: Frank Perls Gallery, 1952. 2467. Steinberg Drawings. Catalogue. Chicago: Arts Club of Chicago, 1953. 2468. Steinberg. “La Plume à la Première Personne,” by Italo Calvino, Derrière le Miroir No. 224. Paris: Galerie Maeght, 1977. 2469. Steinberg 1971. Catalogue. Essay by Jacques Dupin. Derrière le Miroir No. 192. Paris: Galerie Maeght, 1971. 2470. Steinberg: Ölbilder, Gouachen, Zeichnungen. Catalogue. Text by Manuel Gasser. Zurich: Galerie Maeght, 1971. 2471. “Steinberg, Satirist.” Time. April 26, 1943. 2472. Steinberg. “Tables d’Évidences,” by Hubert Damisch. Derrière le Miroir No. 205. Paris: Galerie Maeght, 1973. 2473. Steinberg, Saul. The Art of Living. NY: Harper and Bros., 1949. 2474. Steinberg, Saul. The Catalogue. Cleveland, OH: Meridian Books/World Publishing Co., 1962. 2475. Steinberg, Saul. “Drawings of Athens.” Harper’s. Feb. 1956. 2476. Steinberg, Saul. The Inspector. NY: Viking Press, 1973. 2477. Steinberg, Saul. “Italy: Drawings.” Harper’s. Feb. 1952. 2478. Steinberg, Saul. The Labyrinth. NY: Harper and Row, 1960. 2479. Steinberg, Saul. Le Masque. Texts by Michel Butor and Harold Rosenberg. Paris: Maeght Editeur, 1966. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 133

2480. Steinberg, Saul. “Life in the Guatavir Line.” Life. May 1940. 2481. Steinberg, Saul. “Mottoes Illustrated.” Harper’s. Aug. 1946. 2482. Steinberg, Saul. The New World. NY: Harper and Row, 1965. 2483. Steinberg, Saul. “Our False-Front Culture.” Look. Jan. 9, 1968. 2484. Steinberg, Saul. “Statements and Documents.” Daedalus. Winter 1960. 2485. Steinberg, Saul. “Steinberg at the Bat.” Life. July 11, 1955. 2486. Steinberg, Saul. Steinberg’s Paperback. Hamburg: Rowohlt Taschen- buch Verlag, 1964. 2487. Steinberg, Saul. “Steinberg, U.S.A.” Harper’s. Sept. 1960. 2488. Stonier, G.W. “Steinberg.” New Statesman and Nation. May 24, 1952. 2489. “Straight from the Hand and Mouth of Steinberg.” Life. Dec. 10, 1965. 2490. Strelow, Hans. “Das Normale Ist das Absurde: Saul Steinberg und Seine Welt.” Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung. Jan. 10, 1970. 2491. Thompson, Maggie. “Cartoonist Saul Steinberg Dies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 4, 1999, p. 6. 2492. Updike, John. “Reminisces on My Cartooning.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 3, 1996, pp. 124-134. 2493. Valsecchi, Marco. “Un Graffito di Steinberg in un Portone a Milano.” Il Giorno (Milan). March 7, 1962. 2494. Wahl, Kenneth. “Imagination and Fantasy.” The Birch Bark (Birch Wathen School, New York, paper). April 1973. 2495. Waldron, E. “Saul Steinberg.” Publisher’s Weekly. May 7, 1973. 2496. Warnod, Jeanine. “En 50 Coups de Tampon, Steinberg Dénonce l’Humanité Enrégimentée.” Figaro. June 18, 1971. 2497. Warnod, Jeanine. “ Les Piges de Steinberg.” Figaro. Oct. 24, 1973. 2498. Willard, Charlotte. “Creator at Play.” New York Post. Dec. 3, 1966. 2499. Williams, Monique. “Depuis Qu’il Est à Paris, Saul Steinberg, le Plus Grand des Humoristes Américains, Est Obsédé par l’Obelisque.” L ’ Intransigeant (Paris). May 7, 1953. 2500. Wittkamp, Franz. Saul Steinberg oder Philosophic der Zeichnung. Mainz: Gesellschaft für Bildende Kunst, 1971. 2501. Young, Vernon. “With Incisive, Satirical Pen, Steinberg Limns the Contemporary Scene.” Gentry. Fall 1955. Thurber, James 2502. Barich, Bill. “The Troubled Life of the Gifted James Thurber.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Feb. 18, 1996, p. K-8. 2503. Fuchs, Jesse. “James Thurber: How To Succeed in Cartooning Without Really Trying.” Comics Journal Special Edition. Winter 2003, pp. 90- 93. 2504. Grauer, Neil A. “The Special Barks.” Inks. Nov. 1994, pp. 2-7. 2505. Kinney, Harrison. James Thurber: His Life and Times. NY: Henry Holt, 1995. 1,238 pp. 134 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2506. Kinney, Harrison and Rosemary A. Thurber, eds. The Thurber Letters: The Wit, Wisdom and Surprising Life of James Thurber. NY: Simon and Schuster, 2003. 798 pp. 2507. Maslin, Janet. “A Mailbag of Thurber from Fond to Scathing.” New York Times. July 31, 2003. 2508. Raskin, Richard. “On the Background and Significance of Thurber’s ‘Seal in the Bedroom’ Cartoon.” Studies in American Humor. N.S. 7 (1989), pp. 45-57. 2509. Rosen, Michael J. “James Thurber ve Halk Herkesten Daha Çok .” Gül Diken. No. 17, 1999, pp. 59-65. 2510. Rosen, Michael J., ed. Collecting Himself: James Thurber on Writing and Writers, Humor and Himself. NY: Harper and Row, 1989. 263 pp. 2511. Teachout, Terry. “‘The Thurber Letters’: Is Editing Necessary?” New York Times. Aug. 10, 2003. 2512. Thurber, James. “The Lady on the Bookcase: James Thurber on James Thurber.” Comics Journal Special Edition. Winter 2003, pp. 86-89. 2513. “The Thurber Centennial.” Inklings. Spring 1995, p. 6. 2514. “Tribute to James Thurber.” Comics Journal Special Edition. Winter 2003, pp. 75-85. 2515. Yardley, Jonathan. “‘The Thurber Letters: The Wit, Wisdom and Surprising Life of James Thurber’ Edited by Harrison Kinney and Rosemary A. Thurber.” Washington Post. Aug. 3, 2003, BW02. Vargas, Alberto 2516. Burlingame, Burl. “The Vargas Girl.” Honolulu Star Bulletin. Feb. 20, 1992, pp. B 1, 6. 2517. Robotham, Tom. Vargas. Leicester: Magna Books, 1991. 112 pp. Wilson, Gahan 2518. Allen, Henry. “Gahan Wilson.” International Herald-Tribune. Dec. 4, 1979. 2519. Cooke, Jon B. “Gahan Wilson’s ‘Nuts.’” Comic Book Artist. April 2003, pp. 54-65. 2520. Moriarty, Francis J. “The Mad World of Gahan Wilson.” California Living. Dec. 9, 1979. 2521. Stewart, Barbara. “Gahan Wilson: The Zen of Cartooning.” New Age Journal. Sept. 1984. 2522. Voll, Dick. “Interview with Gahan Wilson.” Graphic Story Magazine. Summer 1973. 2523. Wilson, Gahan. Still Weird. NY: Forge Books, 1994. 287 pp. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 135

Yeh, Phil 2524. Fletcher-Stoeltje, Melissa. “Cartoonist Promotes Literacy with Mural.” Houston Chronicle. n.d. 2525. Freeman, Matt. “The Power of Positive Inking.” Reading Today. April/May 1998, p. 14. 2526. Maxey, Ron. “Cartoonist Uses Art, Humor To Send Messages to Youth.” Memphis Commercial Appeal. July 4, 1996, pp. EC-1, EC-10. 2527. Milligan, Randy. “Artist Promotes Literacy Through Murals.” Carlsbad (New Mexico) Current-Argus. Nov. 21, 1998. 2528. Nichols, Kathryn. “Improving Literacy Through Art.” Monterey (Ca.) County Herald. Feb. 2, 1999, pp. D-l, D-4. 2529. [Phil Yeh]. Kayhan Caricature. April/May 2000, 2 pp. 2530. Turner, Ford. “Cartoonists Paint Trash Truck To Promote Literacy, Recycling.” Union-News (New Hampshire). July 13, 1992. HISTORICAL ASPECTS 2531. Barson, Michael and Steven Heller. Red Scared: The Commie Menace in Propaganda and Popular Culture. San Francisco: Chronicle, 2001. 160 pp. 2532. Beltran, Marie. “Cartooning from the Past, Present, and Beyond.” Penstuff. Jan. 1996, pp. 3-4. 2533. de Bure, Giles. The Golden Age of Magazine Illustration: The ‘60s and ‘70s. Paris: Editions du Collectionneur, 1997. 200 pp. 2534. Elzea, Roland. The Golden Age of American Illustration. Wilmington: Delaware Art Museum, 1972. 2535. Heide, Robert and John Gilman. Home Front America: Popular Culture of the World War II Era. San Francisco, CA: Chronicle Books, 1995. 144 pp. (“The Enemy As Comic Relief,” pp. 33-38; “Little Orphan Annie Goes to War,” pp. 82-85; “Disney’s Mickey Mouse and Donald Duck March to War,” pp. 86-87; “Varga Girls,” p. 88-89). 2536. Heitzmann, William R. “America’s Political Cartoon Heritage.” Social Studies. Sept.-Oct., 1988, pp. 205-211. 2537. Hormel, Al. “Complaint Department.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 4, 1997, pp. 28-31. 2538. Lamb, Chris. “Suppression in the Muckraking Era: The Pennsylvania Anti-Cartoon Law of 1903.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, San Antonio, TX, 1987. 2539. Lent, John A. “Cartoons and Comics/1750-Present.” In The Age of Mass Communication, edited by William David Sloan, pp. 265-286. Northport, AL: Vision Press, 1998. 136 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2540. Rhode, Mike. “She May Look Clean, But....” Hogan’s Alley. No. 8, 2000, pp. 94-99. 2541. Robinson, Frank M. Science Fiction of the 20th Century. An Illustrated History. NY: St. Martin’s, 1999. 256 pp. 2542. Sheppard, Stephen. “Victorian Humor and Stereotypes Illustrated in the Cartoons of the Worlds’ Columbian Exposition.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 14, 1995. 2543. Spurgeon, Tom, et al. “The Top 100 (English-Language) Comics of the Century.” Comics Journal. Feb. 1999, pp. 34-108. 2544. Tinsley, J.A. “Cartooning Texas – 100 years of Cartoon Art in the Lone Star State.” Southwestern Historical Quarterly. Oct. 1994, pp. 355-356. 2545. “Universal Sign Language.” Inklings. Fall/Winter 1993, p. 12. 2546. Van Hise, James. “The Pulps.” Rocket’s Blast Comic Collector. No. 79, unpaginated. 2547. Van Hise, James and Robert Weinberg. “The Pulps.” Rocket’s Blast Comic Collector. No. 88, unpaginated. 2548. Van Hise, James and Robert Weinberg. “The Pulps.” Rocket’s Blast Comic Collector. No. 94, unpaginated. 2549. Van Hise, James and Robert Weinberg. “The Pulps.” Rocket’s Blast Comic Collector. No. 96, 1973, unpaginated. 2550. Wheltle, Bruce. “Lines of the Times: 50 Years of Great American Cartoons.” Inks. Feb. 1994, pp. 48-49. MAGAZINES General Sources 2551. Best Gags and Funniest Cartoons from Whiz Bang. NY: Fawcett, 1955. 2552. “Bridezilla.” Inklings. Spring 1999, p. 13. 2553. DeBartolo, Dick. Good Days and Mad. NY: Thunder’s Mouth Press, 1994. 277 pp. 2554. Hagerty, Neil M. “Go-Go-Go Von Dutch.” Comics Journal. Oct. 2001, pp. 31-36. (CAR-toons). 2555. Halsey, Ashley, Jr. Illustrating for the Saturday Evening Post. Philadelphia, PA: Curtis, 1951. 160 pp. 2556. Heller, Steven and Teresa Fernandes. Magazines Inside & Out. Glen Cove, NY: PBC International, 1996. 160 pp. Life 2557. Kendig, Doug. “Life at the Comics – Part 1.” The Funnies Paper. July 1987, pp. 10-13. 2558. Kendig, Doug. “Life at the Comics – Part 2.” The Funnies Paper. Sept. 1987, pp. 19-20. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 137

2559. Kendig, Doug. “Life at the Comics – Part 3.” The Funnies Paper. Nov. 1987, pp. 8-11. 2560. Kendig, Doug. “Life at the Comics – Part 4.” The Funnies Paper. Jan. 1988, pp. 19-21. 2561. Kendig, Doug. “Life at the Comics – Part 5.” The Funnies Paper. March 1988, pp. 15-18. 2562. Kendig, Doug. “Life at the Comics – Part 6.” The Funnies Paper. May 1988, pp. 11-14. 2563. Kendig, Doug. “Life at the Comics – Part 7.” The Funnies Paper. July 1988, pp. 17-22. 2564. Kendig, Doug. “Life at the Comics – Part 8.” The Funnies Paper. Sept. 1988, pp. 17-20. 2565. Kendig, Doug. “Life at the Comics – Part 9.” The Funnies Paper. Jan. 1989, pp. 10-13. National Lampoon 2566. The Best of National Lampoon. NY: National Lampoon, began in 1971. 2567. Cooke, Jon B. “Bawdy & Bodacious Bodé: Vaughn’s Son, Mark, Talks About His Dad and Cheech Wizard.” Comic Book Artist. April 2003, pp. 120-122. 2568. Cooke, Jon B. “Frank Springer in Action! Pole-Vaulting His Way to Artistic Success in National Lampoon.” Comic Book Artist. April 2003, pp. 80-93. 2569. Cooke, Jon B. “From Son-O’-God to Bauhaus: Neal Adams on His Humor Work for the National Lampoon.” Comic Book Artist. April 2003, pp. 70-79. 2570. Cooke, Jon B. “Michael Gross and the Art of National Lampoon.” Comic Book Artist. April 2003, pp. 10-53. 2571. Cooke, Jon B. “M.K. Brown’s Romances: The Artist on Cooking up Comic Strips for National Lampoon.” Comic Book Artist. April 2003, pp. 94-107. 2572. Cooke, Jon B. “NatLamp: The Golden Years.” Comic Book Artist. April 2003, pp. 8-9. 2573. Cooke, Jon B. “Subitzky: A Mind for Mirth.” Comic Book Artist. April 2003, pp. 108-119. 2574. “NatLamp Comic Book Parody Cover Gallery.” Comic Book Artist. April 2003, pp. 68-69. New Yorker 2575. Angell, Roger. “Onward and Upward with the Arts: ‘Congratulations! It’s a Baby.’” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, pp. 132-135, 138-139. 138 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2576. Angell, Roger. “Uniform Bliss: What Was Funny When The New Yorker First Went to War.” New Yorker. Nov. 12, 2001, pp. 90-95. 2577. Armitage, Shelley. “The Art of the New Yorker: 1925-1995.” Inks. Nov. 1996, pp. 44-46. 2578. “Behind the Lines.” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, pp. 104-106. 2579. Boxer, Sarah. “A Gaggle of Cartoonists, But It’s Not All Smiles.” New York Times. Feb. 14, 2000, pp. Fine Arts 1, 3. 2580. Boxer, Sarah. “It’s No Joke, Working for The New Yorker.” National Post. Feb. 29, 2000, p. E-8. 2581. “Cartoon Issue.” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, 166 pp. 2582. “Checking Cartoons. New Yorker. Nov. 12, 2001, pp. 108-109. 2583. Franklin, Nancy. “The Talk of the Town.” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, pp. 61-62, 64. 2584. Harvey, R.C. “The New Yorker and a Celebration of the Art of Magazine Cartooning.” Comics Journal. March 1998, pp. 101-107. 2585. Harvey, R.C. “Rants and Raves.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 25, 1994, p. 34. 2586. Harvey, R.C. “ Something Special: The New Yorker and the Art of the Gag Cartoon.” Comics Journal. Feb. 1996, pp. 61-67. 2587. Hertzberg, Hendrik. “Marooned.” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, pp. 130-131. 2588. Houpt, Simon. “Preserving the Art of the Cover.” Toronto Globe and Mail. May 19, 2001, p. R9. 2589. “Imagination du The New Yorker.” Kayhan Caricature. April/May 2000, 2 pp. 2590. Jarvis, Eric. “Eustace Tilley Laughs at War.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, San Diego, CA, April 3, 1999. 2591. Kramer, Cheris. “Women’s Rhetoric in New Yorker Cartoons: Patterns for a Mildred Milquetoast.” Paper presented at Speech Communication Association, New York, NY, 1973. 2592. Lee, Judith Yaross. Defining New Yorker Humor. Jackson: University Press of Mississippi, 2000. 427 pp. 2593. Lee, Judith Y. “Varieties of Comic Art in the New Yorker, 1925-1931.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, San Antonio, TX, March 26, 1997. 2594. Lorenz, Lee. “From the Archives: Cover Stories. Five from an Era of Extreme Incorrectness.” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, p. 124. 2595. Mouly, Françoise. Covering The New Yorker: Cutting Edge Covers from a Literary Institution. NY: The New Yorker, Abbeville Press, 2000. 244 pp. 2596. Oglesbee, Frank. “Eustace Tilley Laughs at War: New Yorker Cartoons from Pearl Harbor to Tokyo Bay.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, San Diego, CA, April 3, 1999. United States: Gag, Illustrative, Magazine Cartoons 139

2597. Ragan, Sandra L. “A Frame Analysis of New Yorker Cartoons.” Paper presented at Speech Communication Association, San Antonio, TX, Nov. 10-13, 1979. 2598. Schuyler, Carole. “Animal Rights: A Rite of Passage in New Yorker Cartoons.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 21, 2000. 2599. Seabrook, John. “No Buzz, No Deadlines – Those Were the Days.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 7, 2000, pp. R-l, R-3. 2600. “Tidings of....” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, pp. 106-113. 2601. Vetter-Liebenow, Gisela, ed. Grossstadtfieber: 75 Jahre “The New Yorker Ostfildern-Ruit: Hatje Cantz, 2000. 199 pp. Weaver, Leah A. “Stereotypes and Sex-Role Imagery: An Analysis of 2602. Gender Portrayals in New Yorker Cartoons.” Master’s thesis, Ohio State University, 1989. Young, Tracy. “Barking Up the Family Tree: The Art of The New 2603. Yorker Proves That Humor Is Relative.” Vogue. Aug. 1987, p. 23. True 2604. Carley, Clyde. Cartoon Laffs from True, the Man’s Magazine: The Pick of the Best. NY: Fawcett, 1952. 2605. Lieberson, Will. Cartoon Fun from True, the Man’s Magazine. NY: Fawcett, 1954.

4 UNITED STATES: ANIMATION

RESOURCES 2606. Animated TV Specials – The Complete Directory of the First Twenty- Five Years, 1962-1987. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1989. 542 pp. 2607. “Animation Books Published in 1996.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1996, p. 5. 2608. “Animation Magazine.” Shpitz (Israel). No. 5, 1994, p. 69. 2609. Bastian, David. “Flipbooks: A Roundup of Recent Books.” Animato! Winter 1988, pp. 30-31. 2610. Beck, Jerry. “The Essential Animation Reference Library.” Animation World. June 1998, 3 pp. 2611. Beckerman, Howard. Animation, the Whole Story. Mattituck, NY: American House, 2001. 224 pp. 2612. “Brad de Graf Is Organizing the ‘Internet Animation Collection’ a Non- profit Online Library.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2002, p. 3. 2613. Buchan, Suzanne. “The Halas & Batchelor and Bob Godfrey Archives.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 23, 2001. 2614. Buck, Bill. “Forward to 13 Lucky Years.” Animation. Feb. 1999, p. 17. 2615. The Cartoon Show. Original Works by 150 Outstanding American Cartoonists Selected from the Jerome K. Muller Collection. Exhibition Catalogue, Art Gallery, School of Fine Arts, University of California, Irvine, Sept. 27-Oct. 27. Irvine, CA: University of California, Irvine, n.d. Unpaginated. 2616. Cohen, Karl. “Book Reviews.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 16-17. 2617. Cartoon Movie Posters. Introduction by Bruce Hershenson. West Plains, MO: Bruce Hershenson, [1995?]. Unpaginated. 142 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2618. Cosulich, Oscar. “La Biblioteca della Bestia.” Comic Art. March 1994, p. 91. 2619. Crane, Dave. “ASIFA-Hollywood as a Resource.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 2 pp. 2620. Davis, Jeffery. Children’s Television, 1947-1990. Over 200 Series, Game and Variety Shows, Cartoons, Educational Programs and Specials. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 1995. 285 pp. 2621. Erickson, Hal. Television Cartoon Shows: An Illustrated Encyclopedia, 1949 Through 1993. Jefferson, NC: McFarland and Co., 1995. 659 pp. 2622. Furniss, Maureen. “Animation Literature Review.” Animation Journal. Spring 1999, pp. 63-93. 2623. Furniss, Maureen. “Building Your Animation Library.” Animation Journal. Fall 1998, pp. 77-81. 2624. Furniss, Maureen. “New Books.” Animation Journal. Spring 1997, pp. 82-90. 2625. Furniss, Maureen and Bill Hilf. “New Books.” Animation Journal. Spring 1996, pp. 88-90. 2626. Gelman, Morrie. “What You Need To Know About Animation Terms.” Animation. March 1996, p. 10. 2627. “George Eastman House International Museum of Photography and Film.” Animation World. March 1998. 2628. “Internet Animation Directory.” Animation. May 2000, pp. 21-24. 2629. In Toon! Summer 1996. (Articles on Iwao Takamoto, Virgil Ross, Dave Kracov; also “Laser Lunacy” column on recent releases, auction news, price guide of Chuck Jones limited edition cels). 2630. Katz, Ephraim. The Film Encyclopedia. NY: Harper-Perennial, 1994. 1496 pp. 2631. Kelley, Gordon E. Sherlock Holmes. Screen and Sound Guide. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1994. 343 pp. 2632. Langer, Mark, ed. “Animation.” Special issue. Film History. June 1993. (Includes: Mark Langer, “Animatophilia, Cultural Production and Corporate Interests: The Case of ‘Ren and Stimpy’”; Michael Frierson, “The Invention of Plasticine and the Use of Clay in Early Motion Pictures”; J.B. Kaufman, “Before Snow White”; Richard Leskosky, “Plenakiscope: 19th Century Science Turned to Animation”; Karl Cohen, “Toontown’s Reds: HUAC’s Investigation of Alleged Communists in the Animation Industry”; Donald Crafton, “The View from Termite Terrace: Caricature and Parody in Warner Bros. Animation”; Susan Ohmer, “‘The Rags to Riches Stuff’: Disney’s Cinderella and the Cultural Space of Animation”). 2633. Loughney, Patrick. “The Animation World in the Library of Congress.” Animation World. June 1998, 3 pp. United States: Animation 143

2634. Lukow, Gregory. “The Association of Moving Image Archivists.” Animation World. May 1998. 3 pp. 2635. McCall, Douglas. Film Cartoons: A Guide to 20th-Century American Animated Features and Shorts. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 1999. 267 pp. 2636. Mackey, Dave. “Acme Acres: An Analytical Atlas: A Critical Guide to Tiny Toon Adventures.” Animato! Spring 1991, pp. 36-42. 2637. Morse, Deanna. “Who Is Who in ASIFA-USA?” ASIFA News. 11:1 (1998), pp. 1-4. 2638. Morse, Deanna. “Who Is Who in ASIFA-USA?” ASIFA News. 11:2 (1998), pp. 2-5. 2639. Neuttiens, Tom. “The American Museum of The Moving Image.” Plateau. 20:3 (1999), pp. 26-27. 2640. Nowlan, Robert A. and Gwendolyn L. Nowlan. The Films of the Nineties: A Complete Qualitative Filmography of Over 3,000 Feature- Length English-Language Films, Theatrical and Video-Only, Released Between January 1, 1990, and December 31, 1999. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 2001. 720 pp. 2641. Ohmer, Susan. “Bibliography of Sources on Animation Published in 1992.” Animation Journal. Spring 1994, pp. 68-79. 2642. “150 Best Animation Videos.” In Movie Lovers Video Guide, pp. 101- 104, Chicago, IL: Facets Multimedia, Inc., 1999. 2643. Owens, Gary, ed. Encyclopedia of Animated Cartoons. NY: Facts on File, 1993. 2644. Paietta, Ann C. and Jean L Kauppila. Animals on Screen and Radio: An Annotated Sourcebook. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1994. 400 pp. 2645. Reboy, Judith. “An Animato! Guide: Animated Comics.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 26-27, 70. 2646. Rozier, William B. “Fascination with Animation: The Fort Wayne Museum of Art Features a Collection of Animation Icons by George H. Nicholas.” Fort Wayne News-Sentinel. Nov. 21, 2003. 2647. “Special Animation Issue.” Mediascene. Sept./Oct. 1976. 2648. Society for Animation Studies Newsletter Directory, 1995. San Antonio, TX: SAS, 1995. 2649. “Special 100th Issue.” Animation. April 2001, pp. 36-38. 2650. Swanigan, Michael. “Welcome!” Toon Magazine. Spring 1993, p. 2. 2651. “10 Years and Counting.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 5-8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18. 2652. Thoren, Terry. “The Joy of Giving Birth to Animation Magazine...Twice!” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 11. 2653. [U.S. Animation]. Film Comment. Jan. 1975. Monograph issue on U.S. animation. 144 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2654. “‘Walt Disney’s Nine Old Men and the Art of Animation’ Is a New Book by John Canemaker.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2001, p. 7. 2655. Webb, Graham. The Animated Film Encyclopedia: A Complete Guide to American Shorts, Features, and Sequences, 1900-1979. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 2000. 640 pp. GENERAL SOURCES

2656. “ABD’de Çizgi Filmler .” Karikatürk. No. 63, 1999, p. 7. 2657. Adamson, Joe.” Crabquacks.” Take One. Jan. 1978, p. 22. 2658. Allemang, John. “An Amusing Stream of Cartoon Consciousness.” The Globe and Mail (Toronto). April 24, 1999, p. C-10. 2659. Amidi, Amid. “The Animated Tourist.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 100-104. 2660. “And Now, a Few Words from Critics Who Really Matter!” Animation. Nov. 2003, pp. 50, 52, 54. 2661. Andru, Verne. “The Schizophrenia of Animation.” Animation. May 1999, p. 60. 2662. “Animated Nexus.” Comics International. March 1999, p. 24. 2663. “Animasyon Yeniden .” Karikatürk. Nisan 1994, p. 56. 2664. “Animation and Its Many Changing Faces.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 2665. “Animation at the Heart of America [editorial].” Los Angeles Times. Feb. 23, 1992, p. M4. 2666. “The Animation Issue.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsyl- vania). Dec. 4, 1997, 20 pp. 2667. “Animation Regional News.” Art Direction. April 1992, pp. 70-71. 2668. Assante, Ernesto. “Dr. Rock and Mr. Clip.” Comic Art. Oct. 1986, pp. 34-35. 2669. Backes, Evan. “Why Does It Take Ten Years!?!” Animation World. April 2001, pp. 34-37. 2670. Bendazzi, Giannalberto. Cartoons: One Hundred Years of Cinema Animation. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1994. (“Animation in the United States of America,” pp. 15-24; “The United States of America: Breaking the Sound Barrier,” pp. 53-60; “Walt Disney,” pp. 61-70; “The United States of America: Animation Heads West,” pp. 83- 100; “The USA,” pp. 129-148, 231-260). 2671. Bennett, R. “Animation Bumps into Cultural Barriers.” The Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 1991, p. S18. 2672. Bill, Carter. “Catching on in Cartoons.” New York Times. June 7, 1992, p.F12. United States: Animation 145

2673. Bishko, Leslie. “The Truth About Squash Stretch: Who Needs It Anyway?” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 26, 1996. 2674. Bissette, Stephen R. “Taming American Pop.” Animation Planet. Spring/Summer 1998, p. 7. 2675. Blaonder, Roger. “Mosquitoes, Dinosaurs, and the Imagination.” Animatrix. No. 8, 1995. 2676. Bolman, E.L. “Quisp Quickies.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1987, p. 8. 2677. Bond, Rose and Ruth Hayes. “Northwest Animation: The Roots of Creative Variance.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 2678. Bourque, Jamie. “Young Readers’ Page!” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 66-67. 2679. Bozman, Jean S. “Unixasaurus Stars in Jurassic Park.” Computerworld. June 28, 1993, p. 64. 2680. Braxton, G. “The Life Expectancy of Toons.” Los Angeles Times. April 22,2000, p. F11. 2681. Brodie, John. “Animators Call the Toon.” Variety. July 31-Aug. 6, 1995, pp. 1, 48. 2682. Brown, William H. “A Walk on the Animated Side.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2000, pp. 70-73. 2683. Burton, Tom. “Secrets of the Vociferous Livestock.” Animation. Feb. 1998, p. 8. 2684. Butler, Rex. “The King Is a Thing.” Paper presented at Australia’s Second International Conference on Animation, Sydney, Australia, March 5, 1995. 2685. Canemaker, John. “Redefining Animation.” Print. March/April 1970, pp. 60-71. 2686. Carr, David. “Is Animation Funnier Than Live Action!” New York Times. July 6, 2003, pp. 18, 20. 2687. Carrabine, Laura. “Moving Pictures Worth 1,000 Drawings.” CAE. Feb. 1992, pp. 38-46. 2688. Cerone, Daniel and Charles Solomon. “Drawing Boards Brimming with Toons.” Los Angeles Times. April 1, 1992, p. Fl. 2689. Chau, Alina Hiu Fan. “Friedan: The Tree of Peace.” Animation World. Oct. 1998. 2 pp. 2690. Cholodenko, Alan. “The Illusion of the Beginning, or, In the Beginning Will Have Been the End.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 14, 1998. 2691. Cholodenko, Alan, ed. The Illusion of Life: Essays on Animation. Sydney: Power Publications and Australian Film Commission, 1991. 312 pp. 146 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2692. Cholodenko, Alan. “The Nutty Universe of Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 29, 2002. 2693. Ciment, G. “Tresors Americains.” Positif. April 1994, pp. 88-90. 2694. “Çin’de Temel Reis Izleyenler Kontrolden Çikiyor.” Karikatürk. No. 72, 2000, p. 7. 2695. “Çizgi Filmler Erkeklerden Yana.” Karikatürk. No. 43, 1997, p. 518. 2696. “Çizgi Film Reklamin Hizmetinde.” Karikatürk. No. 43, 1997, p. 518. 2697. Cohen, Karl. “Don’t Assume That Everything You Read Is True.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1998, pp. 7-8. 2698. Cohen, Karl. “Straight from the Moose’s Mouth.” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 54-56. 2699. Cohen, Karl. “Why Can’t Writers About Animation Check Their Facts or Do Solid Research?” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1996, p. 8. 2700. Conomos, John. “The Odd Couple, or, Happy Happy, Joy Joy.” Paper presented at Australia’s Second International Conference on Animation, Sydney, Australia, March 4, 1995. 2701. Cooper, Kristi. “Entre-Action.” paper presented at Australia’s Second International Conference on Animation, Sydney, Australia, March 5, 1995. 2702. Corliss, Richard. “Cartoongate: All Politics Are Loco in This Animated Survey.” Time. Oct. 7, 1996, p. 100. 2703. Cosulich, Oscar. “La Rivincita del Cardinale.” Comic Art. May 1994, pp. 102-103. 2704. Counts, Kyle. “Winding Up Cogsworth.” Comics Scene. Aug. 1992, pp. 30-31. 2705. Crafton, Donald. “Animation Iconography: The ‘Hand of the Artist.’” Quarterly Review of Film Studies. Fall 1979, pp. 409-417. 2706. “Crouching Spider, Hidden Superhero.” Animation. April 2002, pp. 54- 56. 2707. Dannacher, Lee. “A Ride Worth Taking: MEDIATRIP on the Move.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 42-46. 2708. David, Peter. “But I Digress.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 23, 1998, pp. 50, 52. 2709. de Bree, Kees. “Filmnieuws.” Stripschrift. No. 170, 1983, pp. 26-27. 2710. Deitch, Gene. “Animation – What the Heck Is It?” Animation World. Sept. 2001, pp. 20-22. 2711. DeMott, Rick. “Creative Directors Doing It the Animated Way.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 28-30. 2712. Deneroff, Harvey. “The Name of the Game.” Animation. Jan. 1995, p. 56. 2713. Deneroff, Harvey. “Tooning in.” Hollywood Reporter: Animation Special Issue. Jan. 2001. 2714. “Des Nouvelles d’Amerique.” ASIFA News. 13:2 (2000), p. 11. United States: Animation 147

2715. Desowitz, Bill. “The Oblongs.” Animation. May 2001, pp. 7-8. 2716. Dobbs, G. Michael. “The Un-Official Animation Outlaw Family Tree.” Animation Planet. Spring/Summer 1998, pp. 38-40. 2717. Dobbs, Mike. “From the Inkwell.” Animato! Fall 1995, p. 72. 2718. Eastman Kodak. The World of Animation. Rochester, NY: Eastman Kodak, 1979. 152 pp. 2719. “Eekstravaganza Update.” Animato! Summer 1996, p. 13. 2720. Ellison, Harlan. “It Ain’t Toontown.” Playboy. Dec. 1988, p. 165. 2721. Epple, Ron. “Animation: Alive and Well.” Media and Methods. 13:8 (1977), pp. 42-44, 46. 2722. Estaris, Jennifer M.F. “Animated for Your Approval.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, pp. 10-11. 2723. Estaris, Jennifer M.F. “Freudian Trip.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, p.12. 2724. Evanier, Mark. “Teratology.” Comic Fandom Monthly. Jan. 1972, pp. 16-18. 2725. Felperin, Leslie. “Animated Cool.” Mediawatch ’99 (Sight and Sound). 9:3 (1999), pp. 16-17. 2726. “15 Years of Animation: A Timeline.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, pp. 12-18, 20, 22, 33-35. 2727. Foosaner, Lynne Daroff. “A New Movie in Town.” School Arts. May 1981, pp. 42-43. 2728. Freeman, Mike. “Gunther-Wahl Throws ‘Dirt Clods’ at Animation Giants.” Broadcasting. Nov. 23, 1992, pp. 24-26. 2729. Freeman, Mike. “New World of Animation.” Broadcasting & Cable. 123:44 (1993), pp. 22-24. 2730. Frierson, Michael. “Celebrity Deathwatch: Liminality and the Carnivalesque.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. 2731. “From the Inkwell.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 2. 2732. Furniss, Maureen. “American Animation Update.” Plateau. 18:1 (1997), pp. 12-13. 2733. Gallo, Phil. “Kids’ Fare: UNICEF Sets Creative Summit.” Variety. June 20-26, 1994, p. 37. 2734. Gelman, Morrie. “The 10 Hottest Issues in 1997.” Animation. Jan. 1998, pp. 13, 81. 2735. “Gianalberto Bendazzi Responds to Our Review of His Book....” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1995, p. 5. 2736. Goldsmith, David. “The Juice and the Toons: Part II.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 27, 1996. 2737. Goodman, Martin. “An America Century.” ASIFA News. Fall. 2001, pp. 20-22. 148 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2738. Goodman, Martin. “At War No More.” Animation World. Nov. 2002, pp. 18-21. 2739. Goodman, Martin. “Gotta Buy ’Em All!” Animation World. Oct. 1999, 6 pp. 2740. Goodman, Martin. “No LAAF-ing Matter.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 12-15. 2741. Goodman, Martin. “Screen Test.” Animation World. July 2002, pp. 28- 31. 2742. Goodman, Martin. “Special Delivery.” Animation World. Sept. 2002, pp. 17-20. 2743. Goodman, Martin. “Summer’s Sleepers and Keepers.” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 13-16. 2744. Goodman, Martin. “This Is Not Your Father’s LBE.” Animation World. Dec. 2000, pp. 16-19. 2745. Goodman, Martin. “The World, The Fresh, and The Devil.” Animation World. Aug. 2002, pp. 28-31. 2746. Goodman, Martin. “Year in, Year Out.” Animation World. Jan. 2000, 8 pp. 2747. Gorey, Richard. “Howard Beckerman’s Animation: The Whole Story.” Animation World. Aug. 2002, pp. 62-63. 2748. Guillot, Dorothy. “Stars of the Animateds and How They Grow.” Dallas Morning News. April 2, 1933, Feature Section, p. 3. 2749. Hayes, Dade. “Cel-mates Suffer Toon Traumas.” Variety. Aug. 7-13, 2000, pp. 1, 42. 2750. Heins, Michael. “An Alien in America.” Toon Art Times (Sydney). April 1996, p. 1. 2751. Heins, Michael. “Chicken or Beef at 35,000 Feet.” Toon Art Times (Sydney). March 1993, p. 1. 2752. Heins, Michael. “The Times Are A-Changin.’” Toon Art Times. July 1996, p. 1. 2753. Hoarau, Brigitte. “The Changing Face(s) of Animation.” Markee. June 2002, pp. 23-24. 2754. Hobaica, Leo F., Jr. “Bringing Animation to the Inner-City.” Animation World. May 2000, pp. 34-35. 2755. Hoffman, Ilene. “Why Animation?” Animation Magazine. Sept. 1995, pp. 32, 36-38. 2756. “Hollywood Cartoon.” Special issue. Film Comment. Jan. 1975. 2757. Holstein, William J. “It’s a Tall World After All.” U.S. News & World Report. May 17, 1999, p. 50. 2758. Jackson, Wendy. “Viewer’s Call. Plethora of Choices Gives Auds Power.” Variety. April 12-18, 1999, pp. 37, 46. 2759. Janczewski, William. “13 Great Moments in Multimedia.” Animation. Feb. 1999, p. 89. United States: Animation 149

2760. Jenkins, Patrick. Animation. Oley, PA: Bullfrog Films, 1995. 2761. “Jim Korkis’ Animation Anecdotes: Tidbits and Trivia.” Animate! Winter 1992, p. 54. 2762. Kaufman, Debra. “Post.” Animation. Jan. 1995, pp. 20-21. 2763. Kearney, M. “Girls, Girls, Girls: Gender and Generation in Contemporary Discourses of Female Adolescence and Youth Culture.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Southern California, 1998. 2764. Kenyon, Heather. “Getting Started in Your Home Town.” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 39-40. 2765. Kenyon, Heather. “Pitching Perfect: A Word from Development.” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 29-33. 2766. Klein, Andy. “The Watershed Is Coming.” Animation World. Jan. 2000, 6 pp. 2767. Korkis, Jim. “Animation Anecdotes.” Animato! Spring 1991, p. 44. 2768. Korkis, Jim. “Animation Anecdotes.” Animation. Jan. 1995, pp. 15, 68. 2769. Korkis, Jim. “Animation Anecdotes.” Animation. May 1995, p. 16. 2770. Korkis, Jim. “Animation Anecdotes.” Animation. Aug. 1995, p. 20. 2771. Korkis, Jim. “Animation Anecdotes.” Animation. Sept. 1995, p. 23. 2772. Korkis, Jim. “Animation Anecdotes.” Animation. May 1996, p. 62. 2773. Korkis, Jim. “Animation Anecdotes.” Animation. Sept. 1996, p. 56. 2774. Korkis, Jim. “Animation Anecdotes.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 66, 72. 2775. Korkis, Jim. “Udder Nonsense.” Animation. Feb. 1996, p. 48. 2776. Korkis, Jim and John Cawley. Cartoon Confidential. Westlake Village, CA: Malibu Graphics, 1992.170 pp. 2777. Lambert, Pierre. Le Cartoon a Hollywood. Paris: Editions Seguier, 1988. 2778. Langer, Mark. “The Freak Show Cultural Tradition in American Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 14, 1998. 2779. Lee, Stan. “Animated Anecdote.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 22. 2780. Leguèbe, Eric. “Heavy Traffic.” Phenix. No. 33, n.d., pp. 3-7. 2781. Levin, Pamela L. “Animated Filmmaking.” School Arts. May 1982, pp. 4-5. 2782. Lewis, Ferdinand. “The Sage of Edgetown.” Animation Magazine. Summer 1993, pp. 14-17+. 2783. Lindvall, Terry and Matthew Melton. “Toward a Post Modern Animated Discourse: Bakhtin, Intertextuality and the Cartoon Carnival.” Animation Journal. Fall 1994, pp. 44-63. 2784. London, Robby. “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Forum.” Animation. Oct. 2003, p. 26. 2785. London, Robby. “The Miracle of Birth.” Animation. Oct. 2000, p. 108. 150 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2786. London, Robby. “The Padded Cel: Halloween Hall of Horrors.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 56. 2787. London, Robby. “The Padded Cel: Toonside L.A.: A Guide to the City’s Most Animated Attractions.” Animation. June 2003, p. 20. 2788. Lurio, Eric. “Sweatbox: Inside the Emperor’s New Groove.” Animation World. Sept. 2002, pp. 41-44. 2789. McCarthy, Todd. “Return to Never Land.” Variety. Feb. 18-24, 2002, p. 34. 2790. McCracken, Harry. “Curiosity Shop: San Francisco Journal.” Animato! Spring 1995, p. 10. 2791. McDonnell, David. “Toon Times.” Comics Scene. Nov. 1991, p. 5. 2792. Macek, Carl. “California Dreamin’.” Comics Feature. March 1980, pp. 58-59. 2793. Mackey, Dave. “Newsreel.” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 5-7. 2794. McLaughlin, Dan. “It’s About Time: An Exploration into the Use of Quantitative Analysis in Animation.” Animatrix. Issue 10, 1999, pp. 1-8. 2795. Marvin, Mary. “Long-Form Animation Returns.” Post. Nov. 1989, pp. 56-58, 73, 104. 2796. Massiminio-Garnièr, Max. “...C’Eravamo Tanto Amati.” Comic Art. No. 2, 1984, p. 14. 2797. Masters, Kim. The Keys to the Kingdom. NY: William Morrow, 2001. 480 pp. 2798. Milburn, Ken. “IBM’s Storyboard Packages Animation, Video, and Sound.” Infoworld. Dec. 4, 1989, pp. 79-80. 2799. Miller, Bob. “Starblazers Stumpers.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 63-65. 2800. Moritz, William. “The Film Strip Tells All.” Animation World. Sept. 1998. 3 pp. 2801. “Most Influential.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 20-22, 24. 2802. “1997 VSDA Report.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 4-5. 2803. Oakes, Brian. “Jam Handy Animation: Visualizing the Invisible.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 23, 2001. 2804. Oedekerk, Steve. “A New Dimension in Animation.” Animation World. Dec. 2002, pp. 9-11. 2805. Patten, Fred. “Understanding Animation: Huh?” Animation World. June 1999, 2 pp. 2806. Perro, Don. “Smash: A Fast Moving Thesis.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 2 pp. 2807. Persons, Dan. “Full Speed, Uh, Ahead?” AnimeFantastique. Spring 1999, p. 4. 2808. Petifaux, Dominique. “Du Côté d’à Présent.” Le Collectionneur de Bandes Dessinées. No. 84, 1997, pp. 8-9. United States: Animation 151

2809. “Picks of the Week.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, pp. 17-19. 2810. Pinkney, J. “US Coup by Cartoonist.” The Age (Australia). Jan. 27, 1978, TV section. 2811. “Pitch Party 2003.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, 18 pp. 2812. Plantec, Peter. “Multimedia: On the Home Front.” Animation Magazine. Oct./Nov. 1995, pp. 52, 54. 2813. Plantec, Peter. “A 64-Bit World Lies in Wait.” Animation. May 1996, pp. 36-38, 50. 2814. Podell, Allison. “Cartoons in the City.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, p. 16. 2815. “Publishtorial.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, p. 2. 2816. Queenan, Joe. “Name That Toon.” TV Guide. March 14, 1998, p. 19. 2817. “Qui Parle?” Banc-Titre. Oct. 1984, p. 20. 2818. Ranney, Doug. “The Toon Advisor.” Animato! Spring 1991, p. 6. 2819. Raugust, Karen. “13 Most-Promoted Animation Properties 1985-1998.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 52-53. 2820. Raugust, Karen. “Top 13 Licensed Animation Properties, 1985-1998.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 50-51. 2821. Reboy, Judith and G. Michael Dobbs. “Toon Tidbits.” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 7-8. 2822. Release Print. Nov.-Dec. 2001. (Articles on Nina Paley, effects with Adobe After Effects, interviews with Danny Plotnick, Lena Podesta, Sanara Halperin, and Amy Hicks). 2823. Rivoallon, Valérie. “A Profession on the Way to Maturity.” Animation World. Oct. 1999, 7 pp. 2824. Robertson, Barbara. “The Cool Art of Fire Breathing.” Animatoon. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, pp. 44-45. 2825. Robinson, Chris J. “Attack of the Clones.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 48-50. 2826. Robinson, Chris J. “Can’t Escape You” [Animation and alcoholism]. Animation World. Nov. 2002, pp. 23-26. 2827. Robinson, Chris J. “Chillax.” Animation World. June 2003, pp. 29-30. 2828. Robinson, Chris. “In Search of Stuff. Part 1: [F]art.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 43-46. 2829. Robinson, Chris J. “Leftovers, B-Sides and Outtakes.” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 27-30. 2830. Robinson, Chris J. “Like Everyone, I’m Not Like Everyone Else.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 49-51. 2831. Robinson, Chris. “Rex, Epicurus and Me: The Search for Pleasure.” In Ottawa 01 International Student Animation Festival, October 18-21, 2001, pp. 15-16. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2001. 152 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2832. Rushton, Richard. “The Mask of Truth.” Paper presented at Australia’s Second International Conference on Animation, Sydney, Australia, March 5, 1995. 2833. Samu, Charles. “Cinema d’Animazione della Costa Orientale Degli Stati Uniti.” 15 Programma (Lucca). 1982, pp. 72-73. 2834. Scott, Jeffrey. “Cartoons with Heart.” Animation. Sept. 2000, pp. 6, 61. 2835. Scott, Jeffrey. “The Importance of Communication.” Animation. Aug. 1999, p. 8. 2836. Scumm, Thelma. “A Little Birdie Told Me: A Gossip Column.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 87-88. 2837. Scumm, Thelma. “A Little Birdie Told Me.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 97-98. 2838. Seiler, Andy. “Rescuing ’Toons from Death by Neglect.” USA Today story in The Toonerville Times. Fall 1995, p. 7. 2839. Sharkey, Betsy. “Animator: Rhythm & Hues.” Adweek. June 14, 1993, p. 39. 2840. “Shop Talk.” Don Bluth’s Toon Talk. Sept. 2000, pp. 10-15. 2841. Simensky, Linda. “Ed, Edd n Eddy n Danny.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 95-96, 98. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 2842. Smith, Mike. “Winners and Losers.” Animation World. May 1999, 4 pp. 2843. Smith, Tim. “1996 Animato! Film Poll.” Animato! Spring 1997, pp. 58- 61. 2844. Solomon, Charles. “Animation’s New Wave.” TV Guide. July 12, 1997, pp. 20-26. 2845. “Some Important Contenders in Animation.” Animation. April 1996, pp. 72-73. 2846. “Stain Dreams.” Comics Scene. May 2000, p. 6. 2847. Staven, Karl. “Did You Know...? Test Your Animation Knowledge.” fps. Summer 1996, p. 31. 2848. Stockler, Bruce. “Step by Step: A Promo for You Bet Your Life.” Millimeter. Aug. 1992, pp. 96-97. 2849. Straw, Will. “The Illusion of Life: Essays on Animation.” Film History. 5:2 (1993), pp. 251-253. 2850. Street, Rita. “15 Biggest Issues 1985-2000.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 30. 2851. Street, Rita. “Top 10 Issues To Watch for in 2002.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 4. 2852. Swanigan, Michael. “2 Covers!?” Toon. Fall 1998, p. 2. 2853. Swanigan, Michael and Michelle Klein-Häss. “News.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 6-11. 2854. “Talk of the Town.” Animatoon. No. 20, 1999, pp. 43-44. 2855. “This Ain’t Harry P!” Newsweek. Aug. 11, 2003, p. 60. United States: Animation 153

2856. “Timeline 2001.” Animation. Jan. 2002, pp. 6-8, 10. 2857. “Toon City.” Inklings. Summer 1997, p. 9. 2858. “Toons on Demand.” ev. Oct. 2000, p. 8. 2859. “The Toons Take Over.” Inklings. Summer 1997, p. 7. 2860. “Toon Tidbits.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 58-59. 2861. “ToonUp 2000.” Don Bluth’s Toon Talk. Sept. 2000, p. 25. 2862. Townsend, Emru. “Lip Sync, The Politics of Cartooning.” fps. Spring 1996, pp. 4-5. 2863. Townsend, Emru. “The Talk of Toontown.” fps. Spring 1996, pp. 7-8. 2864. “Urban Settings.” EV. Dec. 2000, p. 8. 2865. “Viewpoints 1997.” Animation. Jan. 1998, pp. 15-16, 19-20, 23-24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54-60, 63, 66, 70. 2866. Warshow, Robert. The Immediate Experience: Movies, Comics, Theatre, and Other Aspects of Popular Culture. NY: Atheneum, 1975. 2867. “Welcome to Animation Magazine’s First Annual Pitch Party Co-op.” Animation. Aug. 2002, pp. 15-21. 2868. Wells, Paul. Understanding Animation. NY: Routledge, 1996. 240 pp. 2869. “Where Do We Go From Here?” 1992 Screen Cartoonists Annual, pp. 109-111. 2870. “Where There Is a Will, a Way Can Sometimes Be Created.” Animation World. Jan. 1998. 2871. Wilson, Gord. “1983 Cartoon Trivia.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, p. 96. 2872. Wright, Jean Ann. “Animation Dialogue.” Animation World. Sept. 2002, pp. 32-34. 2873. Wu Qi. “From Hercules to Prince of Egypt: The Movie Language of Animation.” Film Art. No. 3, 2001, pp. 82-86. 2874. “‘You Are Too Young To Have Senile.’” Animatoon. No. 34, 2001, pp. 86-87. 2875. Zahed, Ramin. “The Little Fish That Could Make a Big Splash.” Animation. Dec. 2003, pp. 16-17. 2876. Zahed, Ramin. “Toons on Croisette.” Variety. Sept. 27-Oct. 3, 1999, pp. M-23, M-26. 2877. “Zelfklevende Eend.” Plateau. 20:2 (1999), p. 32. Feature Film 2878. “Animato Film Poll.” Animato! Winter 1988, pp. 18-19. 2879. “Animato Film Poll.” Animato! Witner 1992, pp. 50-51. 2880. Backes, Evan. “Making Film History: 1998’s Animated Features.” Animation World. Jan. 1999, 4 pp. 2881. Beck, Jerry. “The Year in Animated Features.” Animation World. Jan. 2003, pp. 4-8. 2882. “Comicfilme ’94.” Comic! Sept./Oct. 1994, pp. 18-19. 154 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2883. Deneroff, Harvey. “Animated Feature Films Go for the Ring.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. 14-16, 72. 2884. Deneroff, Harvey. “Animated Features in Hollywood: A Whole New World.” Animatoon. No. 16, 1998, pp. 82-83. 2885. Deneroff, Harvey. “Feature Animation in Transition.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 20-22. 2886. “Feature Animation: State of the Art.” Animatoon. No. 25, 2000, pp. 50- 51. 2887. “Feature Films.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 32, 35-36, 38, 40, 43-46. 2888. “15 Favorite Animated Features.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 68. 2889. Gates, James. “The New ‘Wave’ in Feature Animation.” Animation. Jan. 1995, pp. 24-25, 27-29. 2890. Ginsberg, M. “Animated Features Back on the Drawing Board.” The Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 1991, pp. S12-S13, S44-S45. 2891. Goodman, Martin. “Movie! Movie!” Animation World. Jan. 2001, pp. 22-26. 2892. Hershenson, Bruce. Cartoon Movie Posters. West Plains, MO: Bruce Hershenson, n.d. Unpaginated. 2893. Kim, Joan. “Outside the Bubble: What the Main Street Papers Say.” Animation World. Jan. 2001, pp. 27-28. 2894. Lofficier, Randy. “Virtually Melting Down: The Quest To Produce an Animated Independent Feature.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 38-39. 2895. “A Look at the New Animated Features Heading Your Way.” Toon News. June 1997, pp. 2-3. 2896. Mallory, Michael. “Feature Animation: Not Just Kids Play Anymore.” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 30-35. 2897. Maltin, Leonard. “The 50 Best Videos To Watch Over and Over Again.” TV Guide. 39:24 (1991), pp. 2-11. 2898. Manfreed, Jocelyn L. “Filmation.” Toon Magazine. Spring 1993, pp. 6- 7. 2899. Osmond, Andrew. “Cartoon Movies: Acting Their Age?” Animation World. Nov. 1999, 11 pp. 2900. Peters, Jenny. “Animated Feature Films’ Future Looks Bright.” Animation. Aug. 1997, pp. 10-12. 2901. Raiti, Gerard. “The Challenges of the Big Screen Cartoon.” Animation World. March 2001, pp. 30-34. 2902. Rapf, Maurice. “Animation in the Sponsored Film.” Paper presented at the Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Oct. 1, 1995. 2903. Smith, Tim. “The 1994-95 Animato! Film Poll.” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 53-57. United States: Animation 155

2904. Solomon, Charles. “Movies of the ’80s: Animation; Mice Dreams.” New York Times. July 27, 1986, p. 5. 2905. Stephenson, Ralph. The Animated Film. London: Tantivy Press, 1981. Shorts 2906. “Animated Shorts.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 2, 1995, p. 26. 2907. Jackson, Wendy. “The Long and Short of Shorts.” Animation. June 1999, pp. 38-41. 2908. Miller, John M. “Animated Shorts.” Hogan ’s Alley. No. 3, 1996, p. 29. 2909. “Short Subjects.” fps. Summer 1995, pp. 10-11. 2910. “Short Subjects.” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 6-7. 2911. Zahed, Ramin. “Short & Sweet.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 28. Television 2912. Allstetter, Rob. “CBS Announces Fall Schedule.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 17, 1994, p. 6. 2913. Amidi, Amid. “It’s Show Time! The Fall TV Preview.” Animation World. Sept. 1999, 3 pp. 2914. “The Animated Fall TV Preview.” Animation. Sept. 1998, pp. 12-14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 50. 2915. Bernstein, Paul. “Programming Glut Spoils Kids Upfront Biz for Nets.” Variety. March 12-18, 2001, pp. 25, 29. 2916. Bernstein, Paula. “Kid Skeds Tread on Joint Strategy.” Variety. Sept. 30-Oct. 6, 2002, p. 20. 2917. “A Bigger Animation Slate.” Variety. Aug. 7-13, 2000, p. 37. 2918. Braxton, G. “The Tube Turns into ‘Toon Town.’” Los Angeles Times. March 27, 1999, p. F11. 2919. Briggs, Terrence C. “Looking at Returning Shows.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 36-37. 2920. Brown, Rich. “Cartoon Ratings Outpace Projections.” Broadcasting & Cable. Feb. 15, 1993, pp. 24-25. 2921. “BVTV To Use Afternoon As Launch Pad for Shows.” Electronic Media. Jan. 10, 1994, pp. 62-63. 2922. “Can Television Kill?” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1998, p. 5. 2923. Carter, Bill. “Only Cable Celebrates on Saturday Night.” New York Times. Aug. 31, 1992, pp. C6, D6. 2924. “Cartons of Cartoons for TV.” Variety. July 31, 1957, pp. 33, 86. 2925. “Cartoons Endure for UAA.” Broadcasting. Aug. 10,1959, pp. 74-75. 2926. “Cartoons Rule in 2000.” Animation. Jan. 2001, p. 9. 2927. Dempsey, John. “Big Bucks for TV Comix Pix.” Variety. June 26-July 9, 2000, pp. 17-18. 156 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2928. Deneroff, Harvey. “American TV Animation Update.” Animatoon. No. 27, 2000, pp. 76-83. 2929. Deneroff, Harvey. “The Animated Fall TV Preview.” Animation. Sept. 2000, pp. 12-14, 16, 18, 20. 2930. Desowitz, Bill. “Age Rage: Who’s Really Watching TV Animation?” Animation. April 2002, pp. 24-26, 28, 30, 32, 26, 40. 2931. Desowitz, Bill “Spring Season Overview: What’s on Tap.” Animation. April 2001, pp. 16-19. 2932. “Everything You Wanted To Know About TV Buyers (But Were Way Too Scared To Ask).” Animation. Oct. 2003, pp. 28-30, 32. 2933. “Fall TV Preview 2003.” Animation. Oct. 2003, pp. 34, 36. 2934. Forkan, James P. “TV Syndication: Programmers Find Life in Animation.” Advertising Age. Jan. 16, 1986, pp. 38-39. 2935. Forkan, James P. “TV Syndication: ‘Softer’ Kidvid Programs Seek To Firm Up Ratings; Toy Marketers Find Cartoons Provide Timely Tie- ins.” Advertising Age. Jan. 19, 1987, pp. S28-S29. 2936. Freeman, Mike. “Majors Use Blocks To Build Audience.” Broadcasting. Aug. 31, 1992, pp. 35+. 2937. Freeman, Mike. “Nielsen Numbers Are Good to Rookie Shows.” Broadcasting. March 16, 1992, p. 8. 2938. Hiltbrand, David. “Udder Nonsense.” TV Guide. July 12, 1997, p. 18. 2939. Hontz, Jenny. “Tide of Toons Tips Sitcoms.” Variety. March 1-7, 1999, pp. 65, 72. 2940. “The Last Top Ten You’ll Ever Need.” Animation. Feb. 1995, pp. 34- 36, 40. 2941. Lee, Elizabeth. “The Exodus to the Small Screen.” Animation Magazine. Oct./Nov. 1995, pp. 29-30, 32. 2942. Levine, Stuart. “Wild and Woolly Toon Bows: Sheep in the Big City.” Variety. Nov. 13-19, 2000, p. 39. 2943. Lungo, Mark. “Television Animation: The 1995 Review.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 30-35. 2944. Mallory, Michael. “Family Shows Find New Auds.” Variety. March 26- April 1, 2001, pp. M32, M36. 2945. Miller, Stuart. “Tooning Up for Brand-New Challenge.” Variety. Dec. 11-17, 1995, p. 23. 2946. Olshansky, Ken. “To Pitch Or Not To Pitch (at Television Markets...).” Animation. April 2002, p. 48. 2947. Reboy, Judith. “Bill Kopp on the Record.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 60- 62, 71. 2948. Roush, Matt. “Toon In, Turn On and Laugh.” TV Guide. Jan. 30, 1999, p. 52. 2949. Schechter, Pamela. “TV’s Fall Animation Lineup.” Animation World. Sept. 1996. United States: Animation 157

2950. Schreiber, Dominic. “Thematic Channels.” Animation. June 1998, pp. 11-12, 57. 2951. Scott, Jeffrey. “The Future of Animation.” Animation. June 2002, p. 13. 2952. Setlowe, Rick. “Darkness Falls on TV.” Daily Variety. Sept. 22, 1994, Special section. 2953. “Shopping by Age: The Demographics of 6 New Shows.” Animation. April 2002, p. 44. 2954. Street, Rita. “From the Mouths of Buyers: 7 Lucky Rules for Breaking into the U.S. Television Market.” Animation. Oct. 2000, pp. 14-16, 18. 2955. Streicher, Lawrence H. and Norman L. Barney. “Children Talk about Television.” Journal of Communication. Summer 1974, pp. 54-61. 2956. Swanigan, Michael. “The Major TV Trends and Moments of Last Year.” Animation World. Jan. 1999. 5 pp. 2957. “Syndicated Animation Ratings.” Broadcasting. June 15, 1992, p. 65. 2958. “The Television Scene.” 1992 Screen Cartoonists Annual. pp. 81-83. 2959. “Top 10 Broadcast Animated Programs for 2001.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 48. 2960. “TV Networks.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 26-28, 30. 2961. “TV Toons.” Comics Scene. May 2000, p. 6. 2962. Zahed, Ramin. “Rules of Adaptation: Why Some Literary Properties Fly as Animated TV Series and Others Don’t.” Animation. April 2003, pp. 58, 60. Primetime 2963. Colby O’Brien, Pamela. “Bigger, Longer, and No Longer a Television Anomaly: Primetime Animation Tries To Take Over Television.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 2964. DeMott, Rick. “Prime Time Animation Isn ’t Dead – It’s Just Moved....” Animation World. Nov. 2002, pp. 3-6. 2965. Gelman, Morrie. “Primetime Animation: The Ratings.” Animation. April 2000, pp. 16-17, 118. 2966. Goodman, Martin. “The Age of Prime Time Animation.” Animation World. July 1999, 4 pp. 2967. Jackson, Terry. “Reality from a Distance: Animation in Prime Time.” Philadelphia (PA) Inquirer TV Week. Jan. 24, 1999, pp. 4-5. 2968. Karon, Paul. “Fewer Toons Hit Primetime Spot.” Variety. Aug. 6-12, 2001, p. 35. 2969. Oppliger, Patrice A. “From Bedrock to Springfield: The Primetime Television Cartoon.” Paper presented at 1999 International Humor Conference, Oakland, CA, June 29-July 3, 1999. 2970. Persons, Dan. “The Gruntmasters: The Slaving Class Invades Prime- Time Anime.” AnimeFantastique. Fall 1999, p. 60. 158 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2971. “Primetime Animation For Adults Is Alive and Well on Cable Networks.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2002, p. 4. 2972. Raiti, Gerard. “Primetime Animation Fills Growing Niche TV.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 19-23. 2973. Raugust, Karen. “Primetime Products.” Animation. Oct. 1999, pp. 12- 17. 2974. Schneider, M. “Nets Fear Viewer Toon-out with P’Time Animation Glut.” Daily Variety. Feb. 4, 2000, p. 1. 2975. Stabile, Carol A. and Mark Harrison, eds. Prime Time Animation: Television Animation and American Culture. NY: Routledge, 2003. 254 pp. 2976. “USA: Prime Time Animation Update.” Animatoon. No. 26, 2000, pp. 60-61. 2977. Wolf, Mike. “Animating in the Spotlight: Creating Prime Time.” Animation World. March 1998, 4 pp. 2978. Wolf, Mike. “In the Spotlight: Creating Prime Time Animation.” Animation World. March 1998. Saturday Morning 2979. Allstetter, Rob. “CBS Announces Saturday Morning Lineup.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 21, 2000, p. 6. 2980. Allstetter, Rob. “Networks Vie for a Slice of Your Saturday Morning.” Animation Buyer’s Guide. May 7, 1999, pp. 6-7. 2981. Anderson, Celia. “The Saturday Morning Survival Kit.” Journal of Popular Culture. Spring 1974, pp. 155-164. 2982. Bailey, Diane. “No Sleeping on Saturday: With Competition from Cable and Independent Stations, the Networks Try to Adapt.” Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 21, 1992, p. S10+. 2983. Barcus, F. Earle. “Saturday Children’s Television: A Report of TV Programming and Advertising on Boston Commercial Television. Action for Children’s Television.” MA thesis, Boston University, 1971. 2984. Bernstein, Paula. “Ayem Kid Biz Losing Fizz.” Variety. Dec. 17-23, 2001, p. 30. 2985. Boyer, P. “NBC Considers Risk of Killing Saturday Morning Cartoons.” Toronto Globe and Mail. Sept. 20, 1988, p. A-23. 2986. Burke, Kevin and Timothy. Saturday Morning Fever: Growing up with Cartoon Culture. NY: St. Martin’s Press, 1998. 247 pp. 2987. Christopher, Maurine and James Forkan. “Nets Need To Go Beyond Saturday Cartoons; Nickelodeon after More Ads.” Advertising Age. Jan. 16, 1984, p. 57. 2988. Day, Martha. “Saturday Morning Bonanza: The New Crop for the Kiddies.” Animation World Magazine. Sept. 1997, 5 pp. United States: Animation 159

2989. Engelhardt, Tom. “Saturday Morning Fever.” Mother Jones. Sept. 1986, p. 39. 2990. Farley, Ellen. “Saturday Morning Turf Now Being Invaded.” Los Angeles Times. March 8, 1985. 2991. Giller, Philip. “Prime Time Toons.” In-Toon. Spring 1992, p. 21. 2992. Grossman, Gary. Saturday Morning TV. NY: Dell, 1981. 2993. Littleton, Cynthia. “Eye Plans Toons for Sat. Ayem.” Variety. Jan. 8, 1998, pp. 5, 38. 2994. “Live Saturday Morning Blues.” Inside Comics. Winter 1974-75, p. 9. 2995. Phillips, Phil. Saturday Morning Mind Control. Nashville, TN: Thomas Nelson, Inc., 1991. 198 pp. 2996. Raiti, Gerard. “The Disappearance of Saturday Morning.” Animation World. April 2003, pp. 5-10. 2997. Schneider, Michael. “ABC Retoons Little of Sat. Morning.” Variety. July 10-16, 2000, p. 42. 2998. Schuster, Hal. “Animated Antics: Saturday Morning.” Comics Feature. May 1985, pp. 7-8, 31. 2999. Smith, Conrad. “The Early History of Animation: Saturday Morning TV Discovers 1915.” Journal of the University Film Association. 29:3 (1977), pp. 23-30. 3000. Swan, Karen. “Social Learning from Saturday Morning Cartoons.” In Social Learning from Broadcast Television, edited by Karen Swan, C. Meskill, and S. DeMaio, pp. 87-112. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press, 1998. 3001. Swan, Karen. “Saturday Morning Cartoons and Children’s Perceptions of Social Reality.” Paper presented to American Educational Research Association, San Francisco, CA, April 18-22, 1995. 27 pp. 3002. Swanigan, Michael. “Saturday ’93.” Toon Magazine. Spring 1993, pp. 14-18. Theater 3003. “National Film Theatre.” Plateau. 20:2 (1999), p. 25. 3004. Winchester, M.D. “Cartoon Theatricals, a Chronology.” Theatre Studies. No. 38, 1993, pp. 57-92. ADVERTISING 3005. “Advertisers Draw Cartoons into Endorsements.” Advertising Age. June 9, 1986, pp. S6, S10. 3006. “Advertising and Marketing: CBS Moves To Divert Advertising Money Going to Animation.” Broadcasting. Feb. 17, 1986. 3007. “Animation Magazine’s Commercial Art Gallery.” Animation. Sept. 1999, pp. 38-39. 160 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3008. “Animation ’92: Art Direction’s Top 20 Animated Commercials.” Art Direction. April 1992, pp. 40-42. 3009. “Animation Scores a Breakthrough.” Sponsor. June 27, 1960, pp. 43-45. 3010. Baisley, Sarah. “CGI Squirrel Stampede.” Animation. March 2001, p. 45. 3011. Baisley, Sarah. “Puppets Against Brisk: The Real Story.” Animation. April 2002, p. 20. 3012. Beck, Jerry. “The Classic Cartoon Ad.” Animation Blast. No. 7, 2001, pp. 21-23. 3013. Boehm, Helen L. “Superheroes, Super Sellers.” Madison Avenue. Sept. 1984, pp. 16,18. 3014. Brooke, Jason. “The Digital Workflow: Episode 1 – Macs in the Mix.” Animation. Oct. 2000, pp. 51-52. 3015. Bruce, Scott and Bill Crawford. “They Were Gr-r-reat!” Animation. Aug. 1995, pp. 48-49. 3016. Bush, Alan J., Joseph F. Hair, Jr., and Robert P. Bush. “A Content Analysis of Animation in Television Advertising.” Journal of Advertising. 12:4 (1983), pp. 20-41. 3017. Callcott, Margaret F. and Patricia A. Alvey. “Toons Sell... and Sometimes They Don’t: An Advertising Spokes-Character Typology and Exploration Study.” Proceedings of the American Academy of Advertising Annual Conference. Rebecca Holman, ed. pp. 43-52. 3018. “CBS Moves To Divert Advertising Money Going to Animation.” Broadcasting. Feb. 17, 1986. 3019. Colvin, Geoffrey. “Children Are Getting Hard To Find.” Fortune. May 2, 1983, p. 125. 3020. “Comedy Can Be a Vital Tool.” ZIP/Target Marketing. Oct. 1983, p. 52. 3021. “Commercial Break.” Animation. April 1996, p. 14. 3022. “Commercial Break.” Animation. May 1996, p. 15. 3023. “Commercial Break.” Animation. Aug. 1996, p. 18. 3024. “Commercial Break.” Animation. March 1997, p. 8. 3025. “Commercial Break: Cement, Colour Excites.” Animation. Oct. 1999, p. 69. 3026. “Commercial Break: Spy Guy, Toys.” Animation. June 1999, p. 61. 3027. “Commercial Break: Surprise Journey: The Mill; Baby: Quiet Man.” Animation. Dec. 1999, p. 36. 3028. “Commercial Break [Tù Pones el Amor and Lintbrush].” Animation. July 1999, p. 47. 3029. “Commercial Forecasts.” Animation. Feb. 2000, pp. 66, 68. 3030. “Commercial News.” Animation. Jan. 2001, p. 29. 3031. “Commercial News.” Animation. Feb. 2001, pp. 68-70. 3032. Cooke, Cynthia. “Cel Animation: Still a Flourishing Artform in Commercials.” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 44-45, 53. United States: Animation 161

3033. Copi, Susannah. “Commercial Break: Calabash.” Animation Magazine. Oct/Nov. 1995, pp. 46-47. 3034. Costello, Eric O. “A Few Words from Our Sponsor.” Animate! Spring 1998, pp. 58-60. 3035. DeMott, Rick. “Hot Spots Showcase: The Best in Animated & VFX Commercials.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 23-27. 3036. Deneroff, Harvey. “Animated Commercial Films.” Animatoon. No. 20, 1999, pp. 82-85. 3037. Deneroff, Harvey. “Commercialism on the Spot.” Animation Magazine. Sept. 1995, pp. 24, 37. 3038. Desowitz, Bill. “Curious Pictures Puts Best Foot Forward in Chick Walker.” Animation. Oct. 2001, p. 63. 3039. Elliott, Stuart. “Ad Notes: IBM Finds New Ads in the Funny Pages.” USA Today. March 28, 1990, p. 4-B. 3040. Evelyn, George. “Delivery Truck.” Animation. Aug. 1999, p. 81. 3041. Fitzgerald, Kate. “Adults Favor Classic ‘Toons in Their Ads.” Advertising Age. Sept. 17, 1990, pp. 3, 73. 3042. Furniss, Maureen. “Stars and Stripes: Animation in American Advertising.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 9, 1997. 3043. Gales, Ron. “Fateful Attractions: Rollicking Raisins and a Manic Noid.” Adweek. Western Edition. Oct. 12, 1987, pp. 54, 59. 3044. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Blue Sky Targets Sopranos.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, p. 74. 3045. Hoy, Marcia G., Clifford E. Young, and John C. Mowen. “Animated Host-Selling Advertisements: Their Impact on Young Children’s Recognition, Attitudes, and Behavior.” Journal of Public Policy and Marketing. 5 (1986), pp. 171-184. 3046. “iXL Parodies Matrix in Comedy Central Promo.” Animation. April 2001, p. 80. 3047. “Janimation Transforms Animation in Theme Park Spot.” Animation. Nov. 1999, p. 39. 3048. Jensen, Jeff. “Pssst, Don’t Tell but Big Folks Sometimes Watch Too.” Advertising Age. Feb. 8, 1993, p. S20. 3049. Kalyanaraman, Sriram and Mary Beth Oliver. “Technology or Tradition: Exploring Relative Persuasive Appeals of Animation, Endorser Credibility, and Argument Strength in Web Advertising.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Washington, D.C., Aug. 2001. 3050. Kaufman, Debra. “3d Bob Productions Creates 3D Bill Cosby.” Animation. Jan. 2001, pp. 27-28. 3051. Kelly, J. Patrick and Paul J. Solomon. “Humor in Television Advertising.” Journal of Advertising. 4:3 (1975), pp. 31-35. 162 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3052. Kenyon, Heather. “New Technology and the Advertising Age.” Animation World. June 1999, 4 pp. 3053. King, Douglas. “Commercial Break: Shaq Attack.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 18, 21. 3054. King, Douglas. “Spots Find New Home.” Animation. July 1995, p. 17. 3055. Lefton, Terry. “Will That Be Classic, Vintage, or Contemporary Fred, Sir?” Brandweek. June 21, 1993, p. 24. 3056. McBride, Chuck. “Commercials in ’98: Talking Animals and Trendy Gimmicks.” Animation World. Jan. 1999. 4 pp. 3057. McBride, James. “Animation American Style.” Back Stage/Shoot. March 15, 1991, pp. 32-36. 3058. Mallory, Michael. “Of Fords and Fritos: Animation’s Forgotten Ad Studios.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 11-13. 3059. Mayer, Caroline. “Character Building.” Washington Post Kidspost. June 19, 2003. 3060. “Metropolitan Life Lightens Up Dour Insurance Advertising.” Ad Forum. March 1985, pp. 29-32. 3061. Miller, Cyndee. “Agencies Agog About Animation.” Marketing News. Aug. 6, 1990, pp. 1-2. 3062. Miller, John M. “Cartoon Cereal Gone Stale.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 5, 1998, pp. 21-23. 3063. Molineaux, Sam. “Fest Fetes Best of Shorts, Ads.” Variety. July 28- Aug. 3, 2003, p. B4. 3064. Potamkin, Buzz. “The Cost of Eyeballs: Advertising Dollars and TV.” Animation World Magazine. Sept. 1997, 6 pp. 3065. Raugust, Karen. “Ads Are Animating the Internet.” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 26-28. 3066. Raugust, Karen. “Brand Identification.” Animation. Oct. 1999, pp. 65- 67. 3067. Raugust, Karen. “Commercial Production in the Northeast.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 59-61. 3068. Raugust, Karen. “Global View: Commercial Production in the Midwest.” Animation. Sept. 1999, pp. 23-26, 47. 3069. Raugust, Karen. “Top 10 Commercial Producers.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 60. 3070. Rivoallon, Valerie. “A Market in Exponential Growth.” Animation World. June 1999, 5 pp. 3071. Samuelson, Al. “Animation in Advertising: An Uncertain Future.” Advertising Age. Oct. 25, 1982, pp. M4-M5, M64. 3072. Sharkey, Betsy. “Animator: Rhythm & Hues.” Adweek. June 14, 1993, p. 39. 3073. Silverman, Robert. “TV Targets Kids’ Rising Buying Power.” Daily Variety. June 9, 1994, p. 8. United States: Animation 163

3074. “Steam Adds Sizzle to Weider Sports Nutrition Spot.” Animation. April 2001, p. 80. 3075. Stelly, Phillip, Jr. “Snapper Powers Cuts to Animation Approach.” Adweek (Southeast Edition). April 5, 1993, p. 2. 3076. Street, Rita. “Jungle Love: An Homage to the Eighth Wonder of the World.” Animation. April 2002, p. 19. 3077. Street, Rita and Christine Ferriter. “Commercial Break: Stuff for Face and Feet” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, p. 57. 3078. Stutts, Mary Ann, Donald Vance, and Sarah Hudleson. “Program- Commercial Separators in Children’s Television: Do They Help a Child Tell the Difference Between Bugs Bunny and the Quik Rabbit?” Journal of Advertising. 10:2 (1981), pp. 16-25. 3079. Sunder, S. Shyam, George Otto, Lisa Pisciotta, and Karen Schlag. “Animation and Priming Effects in Online Advertising.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Chicago, IL, July 30-Aug. 2, 1997. 3080. “Taking Time Out with Special Animated Spots.” Animation. Feb. 1996, p. 46. 3081. Vagnoni, Anthony. “Liquid Illogic.” Advertising Age. Sept. 2, 1991, pp. 16C-19C, 30C. (MTV). 3082. Van Auken, Stuart and Subhash C. Lonial. “Children’s Perceptions of Characters: Human Versus Animate; Assessing Implications for Children’s Advertising.” Journal of Advertising. 14:2 (1985), pp. 13-22. 3083. “Viewpoints: How Will the New Regulations Governing Children’s Television Affect Toy Advertising?” Playthings. Jan. 1991, p. 52. 3084. Warner, Fara. “GM, Tyco Wax Cartoonical.” Brandweek. May 10, 1993, p. 12. 3085. “Who’s Who in Producing Animation for Commercials.” Animation. March 1996, pp. 18, 20, 59. 3086. “Wild Brain Created 3 Outstanding ‘Focus on Animation’ Ads for Ford.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2002, p. 2. 3087. “Wild Brain Has Produced ‘The Wall Street Journal’s’ First Animated Commercial.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2002, p.1. 3088. Wilke, John, Lois Therrien, Amy Dunkin, and Mark Vamos. “Advertising – Are the Programs Your Kids Watch Simply Commercials?” Business Week. March 25, 1985, pp. 53-54. 3089. Winder, Catherine and Zahra Dowlatabadi. “Producing Animation: Buying and Selling Products.” Animation World. July 2001, p. 16-17. 3090. Wingis, Chuck. “Comic Ads Hit, Miss: Zilog Zips, Duff Dips.” Industrial Marketing. Jan. 1980, pp. 58-59, 62, 64, 66, 68. ARTISTIC ASPECTS 3091. “The Art of the Storyboard.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 41-48. 164 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3092. Barbagallo, Ron. “All in a Blade of Glass: How Close Inspection of Disney Classics Reveals the Fascinating Evolution of the Studio’s Background Art.” Animation. Dec. 2003, pp. 18-20. 3093. Beckerman, Howard. “The Animator As Performing Artist.” American Cartoonist. April 17, 1968, 2 pp. 3094. Bendazzi, Giannalberto. “Art in Motion: Animation Aesthetics.” Animation World. Feb. 1999, 3 pp. 3095. Bishko, Leslie. “Expressive Technology: The Tool As Metaphor of Aesthetic Sensibility.” Animation Journal. Fall 1994, pp. 74-91. 3096. Drougas, Andrea. “Art and Animation Hit the Big Screen.” Animation. May 1999, pp. 49-50. 3097. Farley, Rebecca. “Play and Transformation: The Animated Aesthetic.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Brisbane, Australia, Aug. 3, 1999. 3098. Furniss, Maureen. Art in Motion: Animation Aesthetics. Sydney and London: John Libbey, 1998. 278 pp. 3099. Glueck, Grace. “Subject Is U.S., Object Is Art.” New York Times. July 4, 2003. 3100. Lanier, Chris. “The Aesthetics of Internet Animation.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 3101. Leskosky, Richard. “The Quest for Depth: Mechanics and Aesthetics of the American Animated Cartoon.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 19, 1997. 3102. Lotman, Jeff. Animation Art: The Later Years 1954-1993. Atglen, PA: Schiffer, 1996. 396 pp. 3103. Magnan, George A. “The Art of Animated Cartoon.” Today’s Art. April 1975, p. 6. 3104. The Moving Image. Art Used in Animated Films. Works selected from the Jerome K. Muller Collection. Exhibition Catalogue. Costa Mesa, CA: Museum Graphics, 1980. 3105. Neal-Lunsford, Jeffrey. “Cel Aesthetics: A Method for the Analysis of Animated Cartoons.” Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, 1994. 232 pp. 3106. Ryan, Will. “Get Motivated About Your Art Dream.” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 62-63. 3107. Williams-Rautiola, Suzanne. “The Aesthetics of 3D Computer Animation in Television Programming.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Brisbane, Australia, Aug. 5, 1999. 3108. Zahed, Ramin. “The Art of Animation.” EV. Nov. 2000, p. 47. ASSOCIATIONS 3109. “Animation World Network Includes SAS Home Page.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Summer 1996, p. 7. United States: Animation 165

3110. “ASIFA-East Ended 1996 with a Show of the Worst Cartoons Ever Made.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1997, p. 7. 3111. Bev, Joe. “ASIFA-Hollywood.” fps. Spring 1996, pp. 8-9. 3112. “CARTOON Forum Brings Continuum to the Circuit.” Animation. Oct. 1998, p. 63. 3113. “Correspondent’s Report: ‘NATPE ’96’ in Las Vegas.” Animatoon. 2:4- 1 (1996), pp. 62-69. 3114. DelGaudio, Sybil. “1996 SAS Annual Meeting Minutes.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Spring/Summer 1997, p. 4. 3115. Deneroff, Harvey. “ASIFA-Hollywood Animation Expo 2000.” Animatoon. No. 24, 2000, pp. 20-23. 3116. Deneroff, Harvey. “ASIFA-Hollywood’s 6th Annual Animation Expo.” Animatoon. No. 18, 1999, pp. 10-15. 3117. Deneroff, Harvey. “Society for Animation Studies Conference.” Animatoon. No. 40, 2002, p. 74. 3118. Desroches, Ed. “Finding the ASIFA Trail in Colorado.” ASIFA Magazine. Autumn 2003, pp. 4-5. 3119. Dovnikovic, Vesna. “Another Animation Film Society – Activities of ASIFA Colorado.” Animatoon. No. 33, 2001, p. 51. 3120. “Highlights of the 1995 SAS Conference.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1995, pp. 2, 6. 3121. “Highlights of the ’96 SAS Conference.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1996, pp. 2, 6. 3122. Langer, M. “Animation-Studies Conference – Response to a Criticism.” Screen. Summer 1993, pp. 177-178. 3123. “Minutes of the SAS General Membership Meeting.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1995, pp. 2, 6. 3124. “9th Annual SAS Conference To Be Held in the Netherlands.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1996, p. 1. 3125. “Organizations Forecasts.” Animation. Feb. 2000, p. 102. 3126. “Rocky Mountain College of Art & Design, RMCAD.” Animatoon. No. 33, 2001, pp. 48-51. 3127. “SAS Conference Schedule.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Spring 1995, pp. 1-2. 3128. Strom, Gunnar. “Internet, Animation & ASIFA.” ASIFA News. 10:1 (1997), pp. 8-13. 3129. “2002 Søciety for Animation Studies Conference.” Animatoon. No. 36, 2002, p. 61. AUCTIONS, COLLECTING 3130. Altyn, D.L. and Jeffrey Williams. “Paddle Battles: Recent Animation Auctions.” In-Toon. Summer 1992, pp. 14-18. 166 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3131. Altyn, John. “Black Saturday: The Herbert Black Collection of Walt Disney Animation Art Auction.” In-Toon. Fall 1992, pp. 24-25. 3132. Altyn, John. “Bob Clampett: Unlimited Editions.” In-Toon. Spring 1992, pp. 8-9. 3133. Animation and Comic Art. Christie’s East. Wednesday, December 4, 1985. Catalog. NY: Christie’s East, 1985. 3134. Animation Art. Catalogue. Christie’s East. New York. June 18, 1994. NY: Christie’s East, 1994. Unpaginated. 3135. Animation Art and Collectables. Catalogue. Christie’s. South Kensington. 5 April 1993. London: Christie’s, 1993. Unpaginated. 3136. Animation Art and Collectables. Catalogue. Christie’s. South Kensington, 24 April 1995. London: Christie’s, 1995. Unpaginated. 3137. “Animation Collector.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 67-69. 3138. “Animation Gallery Listings.” Animation. Jan. 1999, pp. 49, 56, 59. 3139. “Animation: Gallery Spotlights.” Animation. Aug. 1996, p. 78. 3140. Antiques & Collecting Hobbies, March 1992, pp. 33-51. Special supplement on collecting and restoring cels. 3141. “Art Collecting.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 115-117. 3142. “Art Collecting Forecasts.” Animation. Feb. 2000, pp. 104-105, 108. 3143. “ASIFA Gallery.” ASIFA News. 10:3 (1997), p. 19. 3144. “At the Gallery: A Tour of Three Animation Galleries.” In-Toon. Fall 1992, pp. 30-31. 3145. Barbagallo, Ron. “An Ounce of Prevention.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, p. 70. 3146. Barbagallo, Ron. “Can Adding a Name Cause Trouble?” Animation. Aug. 1996, p. 80. 3147. Barbagallo, Ron. “The Collectible Difference.” Animation. June 1998, pp. 51, 53-55. 3148. Bostick, Alan. “Animator’s Collection Illustrates How Our Old Cartoon Friends Came to Life on Film.” The Tennessean. Sept. 6, 2003. 3149. Buehler, Dave. “Collectors Get Animated Over Cartoon Drawings.” Atlanta Constitution. May 14, 1992, p. XE2. 3150. Buehler, Dave. “Th-th-th-that’s Not All, Folks.” Atlanta Constitution. May 8, 1992, p. XJ9. 3151. Cohen, Karl. “Does the World Really Need a Gertie the Dinosaur Limited Edition Cel?” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1998, p. 6. 3152. “Commercials: Special Effects and Animation Gallery.” Millimeter. Nov. 1992, pp. 61-68. 3153. Cooke, Cynthia. “Going, Going, Gone, Animation Auction Action in June.” Animation. June 1997, pp. 52-53. 3154. Copi, Susannah. “The 1995 Gallery Roundup: The Hottest Gifts from Cels to Limited Editions.” Animation. Dec. 1995, pp. 48-52. United States: Animation 167

3155. Coulson, William R. “The Art of Disney and Sotheby’s.” Animation. Jan. 1995, pp. 72-73, 75. 3156. Fantino, Lisa. “Animation Auction Raises Over $32,000 For Charity.” In-Toon. Spring 1992, pp. 1+. 3157. Fine Animation Art and Related Items. Auction Catalogue, North Hollywood, CA, Feb. 23, 1997. Burbank: Howard Lowery, 1997. 76 pp. 3158. “Gallery News.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 75-77. 3159. “Gallery News.” Animation. July 1995, pp. 62-63. 3160. “Gallery News.” Animation. Aug. 1995, pp. 57-59. 3161. “Gallery News.” Animation. March 1996, pp. 49, 59. 3162. “Gallery News.” Animation. May 1996, p. 52. 3163. “Gallery News.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 81-82. 3164. “Gallery News.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 71-72. 3165. “Gallery News.” Animation. June 1997, pp. 55-56. 3166. “Gallery News.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. 62-64, 67, 71. 3167. “Gallery News.” Animato! Winter 1995, p. 71. 3168. “Gallery Viewpoints.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 118-120. 3169. Grossfeld, Steven. “Collecting Animation Art 101.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 4 pp. 3170. Heins, Michael. “Computers vs. Collectibility.” Toon Art Times. Oct. 1997, p. 1. 3171. Heins, Michael. “An Investment in Laughter.” Toon Art Times. Sept. 1992, p. 1. 3172. Heins, Michael. “It’s That Time, Again!” Toon Art Times (Sydney). Dec. 1995, p. 1. 3173. Heins, Michael. “It’s That Time, Again!” Toon Art Times (Sydney). Dec. 1992, p. 1. 3174. Heins, Michael. “Some New Limited Edition Cels Which Arrived Too Late for the Newsletter.” Toon News. June 1997, p. 1. 3175. Hirsch, Ron. “Collectibles.” New Brunswick (New Jersey) Home News and Tribune. June 28, 1996. 3176. Kenyon, Heather. “Inside Christie’s: A Conversation with Elyse Luray- Marx.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 7 pp. 3177. Kirschner, Joanne. “Collecting ‘Toons for Fun and Profit.” Rapport. Dec. 1992/Jan. 1993, p. 9. 3178. Korkis, Jim and John Cawley. Animation Art Buyer’s Guide and Price Guide. Westlake Village, CA: Malibu Graphics, 1992. 3179. Krempa, Paul. ‘Toon Collectibles: The Limited Edition Cel Market.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 9-11. 3180. Krempa, Paul. “Toon Collectibles: The Limited Editions of Hanna- Barbera.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 18-19. 3181. Loeb, Hillary Clayson. “A Market in Selling Cels.” New England Business. Sept. 1990, p. 73. 168 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3182. McB., H. “Attractions in the Galleries.” New York Sun. Oct. 31, 1941. 3183. Mackey, Dave. “Collecting Animation on Film: A Primer for the Video Generation.” fps. June 1992, pp. 11-13. 3184. Matthews, Chris. “Walk Through an Animation Gallery Is Fun.” Cartoon World. March 1996, p. 6. 3185. Merk, Ron. “So, You Want To Open an Animation Art Gallery? You’re Darn Tootin!” Animation World. July 1998. 3186. Merk, Ron. “So, You Want To Own an Animation Gallery?” Toon News. July 1998, p. 4. 3187. Mikulak, William. “Animation Art: The Fine Art of Selling Collectibles.” In On the Margins of Art Worlds, edited by Larry Gross, pp. 249-264. Boulder, CO: Westview, 1995. 3188. Neal, Jim. “Animated Suitor Proposes on Film Cels.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 14, 1994, p. 34. 3189. “New Collectible Hits the Market.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 9. 3190. “Paddle Battles: Auction Highlights.” In-Toon. Fall 1992, pp. 19-21. 3191. “Paddle Battles: The Children’s Charity Benefit Auction.” In-Toon. Spring 1992, pp. 14-17. 3192. Reber, Deborah. “Animation for Sale: An Interview with Christie’s Animation Art Consultant Pierre Lambert.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 5 pp. 3193. Reif, Rita. “Animation Auction Is Questioned.” New York Times. Oct. 17, 1992, p. 17. 3194. Reif, Rita. “Are Cartoon Stills Still a Hot Ticket?” New York Times. April 12, 1992, p. 33. 3195. Senders, Cherri. “Sotheby’s – The Art of Beauty and the Beast.” In- Toon. Fall 1992, p. 26. 3196. Stocoak, Tim. “So, You Want To Open an Animation Art Gallery!” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 3 pp. 3197. Stocoak, Tim. “‘So, You Want To Open an Animation Gallery?’” Toon News. Dec. 1997, pp. 1-4. 3198. “13 Highest Prices Paid for Animation Art, 1985-1998.” Animation. Feb. 1999, p. 136. 3199. “Two Resources for Collectors.” Animato! Spring 1991, p. 6. 3200. “A Variety of Goodies!” Toon Art Times. July 1996, p. 1. 3201. Vincenzi, Lisa. “Animation Gallery: Art That’s Fit for Framing.” Millimeter. Feb. 1992, pp. 63-66. 3202. Wexler, Barbara. “Gallery News.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, pp. 72- 73, 76. 3203. Wilson, Keith. “Star Collector: Miscellaneous Mayhem in Supermarion- arion.” Diamond Dialogue. Sept. 2003, pp. 44-45. 3204. Zahed, Ramin. “Cel-ers Market.” Variety. Aug. 6-12, 2001, pp. 27, 30. United States: Animation 169

CONTROVERSIES, EFFECTS, AND ISSUES 3205. Donelson, Kenneth L. “Cartoons and Animated Films Disney Wouldn’t Have Made: Five Provocative Short Films.” High School Journal. 55:4 (1972), pp. 157-161. 3206. Nikken, P. and T.V. Voort. “Children’s Views on Quality Standards for Children’s Television Programs.” Journal of Educational Media. 23:2/3, pp. 169-188. 3207. O’Connor, John J. “Hidden Dangers Seen in ‘Toon Time.” Vancouver Sun. March 3, 1990, p. E-1. 3208. Oremiand, Sara. “Cartoon: Subversive Even Before They Started Moving.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, p. 11. 3209. “School of Hard Knocks.” Time. Oct. 12, 1992, pp. 29+. 3210. “13 Hot Issues and Trends for 1999.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 18-19. 3211. Wells, Paul. “Children’s Cartoons (Cartoon Controversies).” In The Television Genre Book, edited by G. Creeber, pp. 105-107. London: British Film Institute, 2001. Children 3212. Berry, Gordon L. and Joy Keiko Asamen. Children and Television: Images in a Changing Sociocultural World. Newbury Park, CA: Sage, 1993. 3213. Cameron, Samuel M. et al. “The Effect of Exposure to an Aggressive Cartoon on Children’s Play.” Paper presented at Eastern Psychological Association, New York, NY, April 15-17, 1971. 3214. Coe, Steve. “Syndicators Defend Their Kids Fare.” Broadcasting. Feb. 1, 1993, p. 22. 3215. Dobkins, David H. “The Communicative Response Repertoire of Children’s Television Cartoon Characters.” Paper presented at Annual Meeting of the Popular Culture/American Culture Association in the South, Oct. 1987. 3216. Ellis, Glen T. and Francis Sekyra, III. “The Effect of Aggressive Cartoons on the Behavior of First Grade Children.” Journal of Psychology. 81:1 (1972), pp. 37-43. 3217. Everett, Shu-Ling. “The Endangered Post-Modern Childhood – Growing Up with Unicultural TV in a Multicultural Society.” Intermedia. April-May 1994, pp. 30-33. 3218. Forge, Karen L. and Sherri Phemister. “The Effect of Prosocial Cartoons on Preschool Children.” Child Study Journal. 17:2 (1987), pp. 83-88. 3219. Greenfield, Patricia M., Emily Yut, Mabel Chung, and Deborah Land. “The Program-Length Commercial: A Study of the Effects of Television/Toy Tie-ins on Imaginative Play.” Special Issue: Psychology, 170 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Marketing, and Children. Psychology and Marketing. Winter 1990, pp. 237-255. 3220. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Animated Kids: An Analysis of Comprehension of Animated Logic in Children.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 27, 2002. 3221. Hapkiewicz, Walter G. and Aubrey H. Roden. “The Effect of Aggressive Cartoons: Children’s Interpersonal Play.” Paper presented at American Educational Research Association, New York, NY, Feb. 4, 1971. 3222. Hayes, Karen N. “Exploring Children’s Knowledge about Animals and Cartoon Characters.” Paper presented at American Psychological Association, Los Angeles, CA, Aug. 1985. 3223. Hyman, E. “Cartoons: Child’s Best TV Friend.” Variety. July 30, 1958, p. 43. 3224. Jennings, Clara M. and Marion Gillis-Olion. “The Impact of Television Cartoons on Child Behavior.” Paper presented at National Association for the Education of Young Children, Nov. 8-11, 1979. 3225. Knowles, Ann D. and Mary C. Nixon. “Children’s Comprehension of Expressive States Depicted in a Television Cartoon.” Australian Journal of Psychology. April 1989, pp. 17-24. 3226. Knowles, Ann D. and Mary C. Nixon. “Children’s Comprehension of a Television Cartoon’s Emotional Theme.” Australian Journal of Psychology. Aug. 1990, pp. 115-121. 3227. Lonial, Subhash C. and Stuart Van Auken. “Children’s Perceptions of Characters: Human versus Animate, Assessing Implications for Children’s Advertising.” Journal of Advertising. 14:2 (1985), pp. 13-22. 3228. Miller, Thomas W. “Identification Process and Sensory Impact of Children’s Television Programming on the Preschool Child.” Child Study Journal. 13:3 (1983), pp. 203-207. 3229. Mukerji, Chandra and Tarleton Gillespie. “Animation and the Constitution of Childhood.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 11, 1997. 3230. Quarfoth, Joanne M. “Children’s Understanding of the Nature of Television Characters.” Journal of Communication. Summer 1979, pp. 210-218. 3231. Ross, Lee B. “The Effects of Viewed Aggression on the Group Play of Children.” Paper presented at Midwestern Psychological Association, Cleveland, OH, May 4-6, 1972. 3232. Wilson, B.J. and A.J. Weiss. “Developmental Differences in Children’s Reactions to a Toy Advertisement Linked to a Toy-Based Cartoon.” Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media. Fall 1992, pp. 371-394. 3233. Zoglin, R. “Letting Kids Just Be Kids.” Time. Dec. 26, 1988, p. 78. United States: Animation 171

Consumerism 3234. Buck, Rinker. “Selling Children Down the River.” Adweek’s Marketing Week. Aug. 12, 1991, p. 11. 3235. Busch, A. “Parents’ ‘Bat’ Wrath May Change McDonald’s Policy.” Hollywood Reporter. July 2, 1992. 3236. Carlson, Margaret B. “Babes in Toyland: Children’s Television Has Become No More Than a Product Wasteland.” American Film. Jan./Feb. 1986, p. 57. 3237. Elliott, Stuart. “Commercial Cartoon Furor Grows.” New York Times. March 5, 1992, p. C-1. 3238. Lipman, Joanne. “Snack Makers Cook Up Stars for Kiddie TV.” Wall Street Journal. Jan. 8, 1992, p. B-1. 3239. Maslin, Janet. “Out of the Sandbox, Right to the Box Office.” New York Times. Nov. 19, 1989, p. H-17. 3240. Peterson, Karen S. “The Batman Flap; McDonald’s Movie Tie-in Draws Anger.” USA Today. June 26, 1992, p. D1. 3241. Seiter, Ellen. Sold Separately: Parents and Children in Consumer Culture. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1993. Psychological Effects, Experiments, and Tests 3242. Alvarez, Mildred M. et al. “Gender Differences in Visual Attention to Television Form and Content.” Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology. 9:4 (1988), pp. 459-475. 3243. Arcus, Doreen. Vulnerability and Eye Color in Disney Cartoon Characters. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 1989. 3244. Baek, Young K. and Benjamin H. Layne. “Color, Graphics, and Animation in a Computer-Assisted Learning Tutorial Lesson.” Journal of Computer Based Instruction. 15:4 (1988), pp. 131-135. 3245. D’Ydewalle, Gary and Johan Van Rensbergen. Developmental Studies of Text-Picture Interactions in the Perception of Animated Cartoons with Text. Amsterdam, Netherlands: North Holland, 1989. 3246. Mathis, Richard D. and Zoe Tanner. “Clinical Assessment of a TV Cartoon Family: Homework To Encourage Systemic Thinking in Counseling Students.” Family Therapy. 18:3 (1991), pp. 245-254. 3247. Mayer, Richard E. and Richard B. Anderson. “Animations Need Narrations: An Experimental Test of a Dual-Coding Hypothesis.” Journal of Educational Psychology. 83:4 (1991), pp. 484-490. 3248. Mizukami, Keiko and Mami Ishibashi. “Very Young Infants’ Yawn or Cry After Watching Animated Programs.” Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics. June 1990, p. 163. 172 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3249. Oatley, Keith and Nicola Yuill. “Perception of Personal and Interpersonal Action in a Cartoon Film.” British Journal of Social Psychology. June 1985, pp. 115-124. 3250. Pfuhl, Erdwin H. “‘Television and Aggression: A Counterargument’: Rebuttal.” American Psychologist. June 1973, pp. 533-534. 3251. Proffitt, Dennis R. and Mary R. Kaiser. “The Use of Computer Graphics Animation in Perception Research.” Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers. 18:6 (1986), pp. 487-492. 3252. Tavris, Carol. Beyond Cartoon Killings: Comments on Two Overlooked Effects of Television. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage, 1988. 3253. Wilson, Barbara J. and Audrey J. Weiss. “Developmental Differences in Children’s Reactions to a Toy Advertisement Linked to a Toy Based Cartoon.” Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media. Fall 1992, pp. 371-394. Sex, Violence 3254. Ardmore, J.K. “TV Without Terror.” Parent’s. July 1962, pp. 42-43. 3255. Cohen, Karl. “Disney/Pixar on Sex and Lust.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2002, pp. 1-2. 3256. Cramer, Phebe and Melissa B. Mechem. “Violence in Children’s Animated Television.” Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology. Jan-March 1982, pp. 23-39. 3257. “Cute but Deadly Creatures.” New Straits Times. July 22, 2000, p. Life Is, 6. 3258. Gerbner, George and Larry Gross. “Trends in Network Television Drama and Viewer Conceptions of Social Reality, 1967-1973. Violence Profile Number 6.” Philadelphia: Annenberg School of Communica- tions, University of Pennsylvania, 1974. 3259. “Parents Animated over Violent Cartoons.” AMCB. July-Aug. 2000, p. 17. 3260. “Poulshock Pushes Morals with New Series.” Animation. Aug. 1997, p. 43. 3261. Robinson, Chris J. “‘...and Never Die...and Never Die.’ Cartoon Violence – Adding to Our Gun Culture?” Animation World. Oct. 2002, pp. 35-37. 3262. Robinson, Chris J. “Speaking of Sex....” Animation World. June 2001, pp. 21-22. 3263. Sailer, Steve. “Sexual Politics of TV Toons.” National Post. March 11, 2000, p. B-7. 3264. Strassel, Kimberley A. “Movie-Goers Toon Out Sex and Violence.” Wall Street Journal. Oct. 10, 2000, p. A-26. 3265. “Violence Against Women Promoted by Top Selling Video Games.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2003, p. 8. United States: Animation 173

EDUCATION AND TRAINING 3266. “Animation School: School of Visual Art.” Animatoon. No. 44, 2003, pp. 62-63. 3267. “Animation Training Program Requirements.” Animation. June 1997, pp. 43-44. 3268. Aquas, Jake. “Beyond Making Coffee: The Secrets of a Useful Internship.” Animation. April 2003, p. 88. 3269. “Are Schools Selling Out?” AWN Spotlight. March 9, 2000, p. 5. 3270. Canemaker, John. “The New York University’s Tisch School of the Arts Animation Program.” Animation World. Feb. 1999, 6 pp. 3271. Canyon, Grant R. “CrainRoyer Studios and BRIDGES Institute of Visual Arts Are Banking on Talent.” Animation. Dec. 1997, pp. 12-13. 3272. “Center for Electronic Art Has Closed for Good.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2003, pp. 1-2. 3273. “Cogswell College Continues To Expand Their Animation Program.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1998, p. 3. 3274. Cohen, Karl. “Our Editorial on Rip-Off Schools Was Reprinted by ASIFA-NW.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1996, p. 3. 3275. Cohen, Karl. “The Secret Is Out – De Anza Community College in Cupertino Has an Excellent Animation Course of Study and They Only Charge $9 a Credit Unit!” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1998, pp. 2-3. 3276. Cohen, Karl. “SF State’s Animation Finals Was a Really Impressive Display of Emerging Talent.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2003, p. 1. 3277. Cooke, Cynthia. “School Daze.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 60-65, 67, 69,71. 3278. Cooke, Cynthia. “UCLA Graduate Animation Program: Information, Knowledge, Wisdom.” Animation. July 1997, pp. 39-41. 3279. Copple, Wesley. “San Francisco State University’s 1997 Animation Film Finals Was the Best in Years.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1997, p. 3. 3280. Cottrell, Allen. “School Profile: Cogswell Polytechnical College.” Animation. June 1998, pp. 49-50. 3281. DeMott, Rick. “Animation Fundamentals Stressed at Art Institute of Phoenix.” Animation. May 2002, pp. 47-48. 3282. DeMott, Rick. “Content Creation: at Rochester Institute of Technology.” Animation. June 2002, pp. 49-50. 3283. DeMott, Rick. “Execs Talk Training.” Animation World. Sept. 2003, pp. 4-10. 3284. Deneroff, Harvey. “Animation at the University of Southern California.” Animatoon. No. 21, 1999, pp. 30-37. 3285. Deneroff, Harvey. “CalArts, the Character Animation Program.” Animatoon. No. 30, 2001, pp. 24-27. 174 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3286. Deneroff, Harvey. “CalArts, The Experimental Animation Program.” Animatoon. No. 23, 2000, pp. 36-39. 3287. Deneroff, Harvey. “Ken Southworth’s Animation Instruction.” Animation. Aug. 1999, p. 91. 3288. Deneroff, Harvey. “To What Degree?” Animation. May 1999, pp. 35-38. 3289. Deneroff, Harvey. “UCLA Animation Workshop.” Animatoon. No. 20, 1999, pp. 74-77. 3290. Duga, Don. “Teaching Animation Through Key Poses.” Animation World. Sept. 2002, pp. 4-7. 3291. Engel, Jules. “California Institute of the Arts Experimental Animation Department.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 30-32. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 3292. Engstrom, E. “Schoolhouse Rock: Cartoons as Education.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. 23:3, pp. 98-105. 3293. Fisch, S.M., W. Yotive, S.K.M. Brown, and M. Scott. “Science on Saturday Morning: Children’s Perceptions of Science in Educational and Non-Educational Cartoons.” Journal of Educational Media. 23:2/3, pp. 157-167. 3294. “FIT Starts Computer Animation.” Animation. Dec. 1999, p. 43. 3295. “Gnomon To Offer Maya Fast Track.” Animation. April 2001, p. 84. 3296. Grocki, Kevin. “Ventura Adult Education Program.” Animation. March 1997, p. 52. 3297. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “AnimAction Celebrates 10 Years.” Animation. March 2000, pp. 17-18. 3298. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “The Art Institutes: A Growing Network of Schools with Animated Offerings.” Animation. May 2000, pp. 35-37. 3299. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Digital Hollywood Institute of Media Arts.” Animation. March 2001, pp. 49-50. 3300. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Ex’pression Center for New Media.” Animation. July 2001, pp. 35-36. 3301. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Full Sail Students on the Right Course.” Animation. May 2001, pp. 57-59. 3302. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Santa Monica College Academy of Entertain- ment and Technology.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 83, 86-87. 3303. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “School Profile: The Academy of Art College.” Animation. April 2000, pp. 109-111. 3304. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “School Profile: Focus on Fun: 3D Visual Effects Are the Name of the Game at Gnomon.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 63- 64. 3305. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “School Profile: The Ventura Venture.” Animation. Dec. 1999, pp. 43-45. 3306. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “University of Southern California ‘Masters’ the Art of Animation.” Animation. Feb. 2002, pp. 51-52. United States: Animation 175

3307. Hurwitz, Matt. “Reality Checks.” Animation. Oct. 2003, p. 62. 3308. Jackson, Wendy. “The School of Communication Arts.” Animation. July 1999, pp. 35-37. 3309. Jackson, Wendy. “The School of Visual Arts.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 54, 82. 3310. Katz, Sonny. “Savannah College of Art and Design.” Animation. Oct. 1998, pp. 57-58. 3311. Kleibrink Thompson, Pamela. “How To Choose a School.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 67-68. 3312. Kort, Michele. “They Made Painters Then: The Days Before Disney at the Chouinard Art Institute.” LA Weekly. July 23, 1993, pp. 26-27. 3313. Kravitz, Amy and Steven Subotnick. “Rhode Island School of Design: A Retrospective Selection of Animated Senior Projects.” In Ottawa 00 International Animation Festival, pp. 92-93. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2000. 3314. Lauria, Larry. “Choosing an Animation School.” Animation World. May 2000, pp. 47-49. 3315. “Learn Video Game Animation at the University of Washington, Seattle.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 2002, p. 7. 3316. Lee, Elizabeth. “An Animated Education.” Animation. March 1996, pp. 24-27. 3317. “More Summertime Options.” Animation. April 2003, p. 86. 3318. “NATPE Scholarships to Otis and CalArts.” Animation. July 1997, p. 39. 3319. “The 1998 Edition. Guide to Schools and Recruitment.” Animation. Dec. 1997. 24 pp. insert. 3320. Normington, Mick. “N.C. School of Arts Seeks Growth Via Animation.” Business Journal of the Greater Triad Area. Sept. 22, 2003. 3321. Park, John E. “Time To Get Some Training.” Animation World. May 2001, p. 10. 3322. “Rhode Island School of Design.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, p. 35. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 3323. “Ringling School of Art and Design.” Animatoon. No. 45, 2003, pp. 62- 63. 3324. Roslyn, Jon. “California Summer School for the Arts: More Than an Education.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 3325. Saks, Ron. “The Making of Ted D. Bear: The Pitfalls of Client-Student Classroom Relationship.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Oct. 1, 1995. 3326. “San Francisco Chronicle Business Section Questions the Reputation of the Academy of Art.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1998, p. 3. 176 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3327. Sarto, Dan. “Find the Right School for You.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 47-48. 3328. Schatz, Sharon. “PBS Doodles with Art Education.” Animation World. Nov. 1999, 5 pp. 3329. “School News.” Animation. June 1997, p. 43. 3330. “School News.” Animation. Aug. 1997, p. 31. 3331. “School News.” Animation. Oct. 1998, p. 60. 3332. “School News.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 54, 81. 3333. “School News.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, p. 83. 3334. “SF State Expands Their Animation Program....” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1995, p. 2. 3335. “SF State’s Animation Film Finals....” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2002, p. 1. 3336. “SF State’s Animation Finals....” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. June 2000, p. 2. 3337. Sheinkopf, Evelyn. “Drawn to the Real World.” Animation. March 2003, pp. 51-52. 3338. Sheinkopf, Evelyn. “Go East, Young Animator.” Animation. Dec. 2002- Jan. 2003, pp. 55-56, 58. 3339. Sheinkopf, Evelyn. “How To Get a Top Education Without Going Broke.” Animation. June 2003, pp. 39-40. 3340. Sheinkopf, Evelyn. “Reaching for the CG Brass Ring.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 67-68. 3341. Simpson, Don. “Comic Book Guy Trains Animators.” Animation. Aug. 1997, pp. 31-32. 3342. Smith, Tim. “Animation in Academia.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 46- 47. 3343. Street, Rita. “Schools: Bridging the Talent Gap.” Animation Magazine. Oct./Nov. 1995, p. 50. 3344. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “How To Make Sure Your Demo Reel Works for You.” Animation. Sept. 1999, pp. 41-43. 3345. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Inside Job: Get in the Game.” Animation. March 2002, pp. 55-56, 58. (Art Institutes International). 3346. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Pro Training with DAVE: (The Digital Animation and Visual Effects School).” Animation. April 2002, pp. 69- 70. 3347. “Training and Education.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 108-113, 134. 3348. “Video Symphony Ups Scholarships.” Animation. July 1999, p. 35. 3349. “Warner Bros. Trains Teachers; Starts Up Virtual Classroom.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, p. 68. 3350. “Who’s Who in Schools.” Animation. March 1996, pp. 28-30, 33-34. 3351. Zahed, Ramin. “An Incredible Immersive Summer.” Animation. April 2003, pp. 83-84. (Inner Spark). United States: Animation 177

EXHIBITIONS, FESTIVALS, AWARDS 3352. Amidi, Amid. “San Diego Comic-Con: An Animation Fan’s Report.” Animate! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 84-85. 3353. “Anifest 99.” Animatoon. No. 20, 1999, p. 44. 3354. “Anima-Net Festival.” Animatoon. No. 31, 2001, pp. 12-15. 3355. “Animation at the Mill Valley Film Festival.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2003, p. 3. 3356. Arnold, James. “Panelists Tackle Morphing of Art and Technology.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, pp. A22, A25. 3357. “Audience Picks Their Favorite Films in Our Screening of the ASIFA- East Annual Competition – Dilworth Wins by a Nose.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1997, p. 2. 3358. Battaglia, Skip. “US Animation in Hiroshima ’96.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1996, pp. 8-9. 3359. Brownstein, Charles. “Online Comics.” Comics Journal. Aug. 2000, pp. 26-27. 3360. Cartwright, Lisa. “Animation Studies Conference, Rochester, October 1991.” Screen. Summer 1992, pp. 201-204. 3361. “Class Acts: Welcome to Animation Magazine’s First Annual Student Short Film Awards.” Animation. Sept. 2003, pp. 63-64. 3362. Cohen, Karl. “ILM’s Tour de France.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2001, p. 8. 3363. Collins, Keith. “New Fest To Fete Animation.” Variety. June 24-30, 1996, p. 100. 3364. Davies, Rob. “Pitching and Networking at the Big Shows.” Animation World. Jan. 2003, pp. 13-20. 3365. Duga, Don. “ASIFA East Awards Through an Artist’s Sketchbook.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 72-83. 3366. “Festivals and Markets.” Animation. April 1996, p. 18. 3367. “Festivals & Markets.” Animation. Dec. 1997, p. 55. 3368. “Film Arts Foundation’s 18th Annual Independent Filmmaker’s Festival.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2002, p. 1. 3369. “The First New York Animation Festival.” Animation. July 1999, pp. 31, 34. 3370. Furniss, Maureen. “Festival News from California.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Spring 1995, p. 4. 3371. Furniss, Maureen. “Fresh from the Festivals: July 2002’s Film Reviews.” Animation World. July 2002, pp. 68-71. 3372. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Eye-popping Shorts Impress Fest Circuit.” Variety. Aug. 6-12, 2001, p. 30. 3373. Hathcock, Mike. “Computer Game Developers’ Conference.” Animation. May 1998, pp. 27-29. 178 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3374. Holden, Stephen. “Aggressive Spitters in Animation.” New York Times. Sept. 17, 1992, p. C22. 3375. Holden, Stephen. “The 24th International Tournée of Animation.” New York Times. Jan. 21, 1994, p. C-6. 3376. “ILM and Pixar Win Scientific and Technical Academy Awards.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1997, p. 1. 3377. Jackson, Wendy. “Cartoons on the Bay Event Returns Reinvigorated.” Variety. April 12-18, 1999, pp. 38, 42. 3378. Jackson, Wendy. “Competition Intense Among Toon Fests.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-2, A-4. 3379. Lanier, Chris. “The Scarves of Sundance.” Animation World. March 2001, pp. 56-66. 3380. Leiva, Steven Paul. “Animation at Filmex 78.” Funnyworld. Fall 1978, pp. 37-44. 3381. Lewis, Ferdinand. “The Great Cartoon Experiment.” Animation. July 1995, pp. 28-29, 40, 46. 3382. Lyons, Mike. “ReWorking an Icon: Mickey Mouse Works.” Animation World. June 1999, 3 pp. 3383. Materna, Marisa. “Festivals and Markets.” Animation. Aug. 1996, p. 12. 3384. Mills, Doug. “[Fourth Animation] Celebration Is Nothing To Get Animated About.” Atlanta Constitution. July 17, 1992, p. D6. 3385. “Mills Valley Film Festival (October 2-12).” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1997, pp. 1-2. 3386. Muttalib, Bashiran. “Toon Festival Returns.” Variety. Jan. 22, 1998, p. 10. 3387. “1995 Animation Opportunities Expo March 11, 1995.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter 1995, p. 2. 3388. Padilla, Chris. “The Development of American Animation Festivals.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 3389. Parazette-Tillar, John. “The Digital Video Conference and Exposition in Burbank, CA.” Animation World. Jan. 1998. 3390. “Peter Plantec’s Completely Biased Golden Pixie Awards.” Animation. May 2002, pp. 44-45. 3391. “Peter Plantec’s Golden Pixie Awards.” Animation. Nov. 1997, pp. 25- 31. 3392. Pilling, Jayne. “Coming to Life.” Sight and Sound. March 1992, p. 27. (Third Society for Animation Studies). 3393. Plantec, Peter. “1998 Golden Pixie Awards.” Animation. Jan. 1999, pp. 16, 18-20, 22. 3394. Plantec, Peter. “1999 Golden Pixie Awards.” Animation. Dec. 1999, pp. 25-26, 28, 30-32. United States: Animation 179

3395. Plantec, Peter. “Peter Plantec’s Totally Biased Golden Pixie Awards.” Animation. Jan. 2001, pp. 49-50, 52-54. 3396. Robinson, Chris J. “Why Is It NOT DONE?” Animation World. Feb. 2003, pp. 26-28. 3397. “SAFO 97 Features Acclaimed Perspective.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Summer 1997, pp. 3-4. 3398. “San Francisco Film Festival.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. April 1999, p. 3. 3399. Schneider, Michael. “Animated Battle: Fighting over the Art of Emmy Voting.” Variety. Jan. 29-Feb. 4, 2001, p. 5. 3400. Schreiber, Dominic. “Working the Floor at International Program Markets.” Animation World. Jan. 1998. 3401. “SF State Animation Students Showed Over 30 Works at Their Annual Film Finals Screening.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2001, p. 3. 3402. Shin, Elizabeth. “ASIFA-East’s Festival Makes New York Even Hotter.” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 68-69. 3403. “Sundance To Show Animated Works from the Bay Area.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2001, p. 1. 3404. Swanigan, Michael. “V.S.D.A. ’93: Video Software Convention Report.” Toon Magazine. Fall 1993, pp. 6-7. 3405. Tehrani, Bijan. “COMDEX. The Best of the World’s Biggest Computer Trade Show.” Animation. Dec. 1997, pp. 34-37, 39-40, 42. 3406. Tehrani, Bijan and Jason Brooke. “A Quick A-Z Guide to NAB2K.” Animation. April 2000, pp. 85, 87-89. 3407. “Third Annual McLaren/Lambart Awards Competition Announced.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter/Spring 1996, p. 5. 3408. Williams, Mark. “Job Expo Draws Young Talent.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, pp. A23, A25. 3409. “Winners of the 2001 ASIFA-East Animation Festival....” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2001, p. 1. Academy Award (Oscar) 3410. “Academy Announces Additional Technical Awards.” Animation. March 2001, p. 16. 3411. “Academy Award for Best Animated Feature.” Animatoon. No. 29, 2001, p. 61. 3412. “And the Nominations Are – Pixar Gets Three.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1996, p. 1. 3413. “And the Winner Is....” Plateau. 20:2 (1999), p. 30. 3414. “Animation Oscar Update.” Animatoon. No. 35, 2002, pp. 56-57. 3415. Desowitz, Bill. “And the Oscar Goes to...Animation.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 29. 180 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3416. Desowitz, Bill. “2001 Animated Overview: Countdown to Oscar History.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 27-29. 3417. Dilworth, John H. “And the Envelope Please.” Animation World Magazine. April 1996. 3418. “11 Films Vie for Animation Oscar.” Los Angeles Times. Nov. 21, 2003. 3419. Everschor, Franz. “Hollywood Spricht Über...Animation – ‘Oscar.’” Filmdienst (Germany). Nov. 2000, p. 49. 3420. Feiwell, Jill. “Acad Draws New Oscar Toons Category.” Variety. Oct. 2-8, 2000, p. 12. 3421. “First Software Oscar Goes to Pixar.” Animation. March 2001, p. 15. 3422. “The First Oscar for an Animated Feature Has 12 Hopefuls in the Race.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 4. 3423. Germain, David. “Animators Are Glad To Have a Category in Oscar Race.” Metro (Philadelphia). March 1-3, 2002, p. 27. 3424. Goodman, Martin. “And the Winner Is....” Animation World. Sept. 2001, pp. 15-17. 3425. Howe, Desson. “Oscar’s Short List Varies Quality.” Washington Post. March 14, 2003, p. WE42. 3426. “H’wood Tunes in to Toons.” Variety. Aug. 30-Sept. 5, 1999, p. 9. 3427. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Oscars Highlight Five Fine Films for Tight Race.” Animation. April 2000, pp. 101-102. 3428. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Short Films Vie for Oscar Gold.” Animation. Jan. 2001, p. 8. 3429. Jackson, Wendy. “Oscar Films.” ASIFA News. 12:2 (1999), p. 5. 3430. Kenyon, Heather. “On Winning an Oscar.” Animation World. April 1999, 4 pp. 3431. Klady, Leonard and Kathleen O’Steen. “Oscar Seeking Sleepers (Even Docs and Toons).” Variety. Dec. 5-11, 1994, pp. 1, 87. 3432. Mallory, Michael. “Feature Animation Catches Oscar Fever: A Guide for Academy Voters.” Animation. Nov. 2002, pp. 40, 42. 3433. Mallory, Michael. “If Toons Took Over the Oscars.” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, pp. 36, 38. 3434. Mallory, Michael. “Putting Shorts on Oscar.” Animation. March 2003, pp. 42-43. 3435. Moliné, Alfons. “Cinco Oscars para la Animación.” ASIFA Catalonia Noticies. May-June 1996, p. 6. 3436. “The Motion Picture Academy in Beverly Hills Is Exhibiting ‘Oscars in Animation: Seven Decades of Animation Art.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2002, p. 4. 3437. “Oscar Decision ’99: This Year’s Contenders Were a Mixed Bag.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 41-42. 3438. “The Oscar Report.” Animation World. March 1998. 3439. “Oscar Winners.” Animatoon. No. 43, 2003, p. 65. United States: Animation 181

3440. Robinson, Chris J. “Elbows and Cakeholes.” Animation World. March 2003, pp. 43-45. 3441. “What Animated Feature Will Win the Oscar?” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2002, p. 1. 3442. “Why Isn’t There an Oscar for Best Animated Feature?” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1996, p. 5. AniComm Awards 3443. “AniComm Awards.” Animation. Nov. 2000, pp. 57-58, 60-61. 3444. “ANICOMM Awards 2003.” Animation. Oct. 2003, pp. 46, 48. 3445. “1996 Ani Comm Awards: A Staff Report.” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 26-27. 3446. “1997 AniComm Awards: A Staff Report.” Animation. Nov. 1997, pp. 10-12. 3447. “1998 AniComm Awards: A Staff Report.” Animation. Nov.-Dec. 1998, pp. 30-32. 3448. “1999 AniComm Awards.” Animation. Sept. 1999, pp. 35-36, 48. 3449. “Television: AniCom Awards 2002.” Animation. Nov. 2002, pp. 26-28. 3450. “2000 Anicomm Awards.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, pp. 95-97. 3451. “2001 Anicomm Awards.” Animation. Nov. 2001, pp. 37-40. 3452. “The Winners: Anicomm Awards.” Animation. Aug. 1995, pp. 22-24. Annie Awards 3453. Deneroff, Harvey. “The Annie Awards of ASIFA Hollywood.” Animatoon. No. 34, 2001, pp. 32-35. 3454. Deneroff, Harvey. “ASIFA-Hollywood’s 26th Annual Annie Awards.” Animatoon. No. 17, 1999, pp. 30-35. 3455. Deneroff, Harvey. “ASIFA-Hollywood’s 27th Annual Annie Awards.” Animatoon. No. 22, 1999, pp. 24-27. 3456. Deneroff, Harvey. “ASIFA-Hollywood’s 30th Annual Annie Awards.” Animatoon. No. 42, 2003, pp. 32-36. 3457. Kenyon, Heather. “Annie Awards 2000: Better Than the Oscars.” Animation World. Dec. 2000, pp. 70-71. 3458. Schreiber, Dominic. “Annies Feel Exposed.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, pp. A-6, A-8. 3459. Scott, Bill. “1982 Annie Awards Banquet.” Plateau. Summer 1983, pp. 10-11. 3460. “25th Annual Annie Award Nominees Announced.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 4. 182 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Masters Animation Celebration 3461. “A Week with the Masters Animation Celebration.” Animatoon. No. 25, 2000, p. 51. MIP-TV 3462. Desowitz, Bill. “MIPCOM Shoppers’ Corner.” Animation. Oct. 2000, pp. 34, 36, 100. 3463. “From the MIPCOM Front.” Animation. Nov. 1997, pp. 2, 41. 3464. Gelman, Morrie. “Beginner’s Guide to MIPCOM.” Animation. Oct. 1999, pp. 75-78. 3465. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Mipcom Jr.: Pied Pipers in a Crunch.” Variety. Oct. 1-7, 2001, pp. 105, 108. 3466. Kenyon, Heather. “MIPCOM 2000: A Report from the Front.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 82-86. 3467. “Market & Screening/MIPTV 2002.” Animatoon. No. 37, 2002, pp. 50- 53. 3468. “MIPCOM 2000.” Animatoon. No. 28, 2000, pp. 32-35. 3469. “MIPCOM 2002.” Animatoon. No. 40, 2002, pp. 38-39. 3470. “MIP-TV Buyers and Sellers Agenda.” Animation. April 2001, pp. 26, 28. 3471. “MIP-TV ’97.” Animatoon. 3:9 (1997), pp. 60-65. 3472. “MIP-TV Shopper.” Animation. April 2001, pp. 21-22, 24. 3473. “MIP-TV 2001.” Animatoon. No. 31, pp. 18-21. 3474. Plummer-Andrews, Theresa. “Surviving MIP: A Buyer’s Guide.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 48-49. 3475. “Power-Up for MIP-TV.” Animation. April 2003, pp. 42-44, 46. 3476. Shin, Frank. “MIPCOM ’99: The Best Crop of the Decade.” Animatoon. No. 22, 1999, pp. 8-11. 3477. Snyder, Adam. “MIPCOM 1997: Animation, Animation Everywhere.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 3 pp. 3478. Street, Rita. “Animation During the Big Bad Ugly: Will War Affect Television Animation & MIP-TV Sales?” Animation. April 2003, pp. 38, 40. 3479. Street, Rita. “MIP-TV: 4 Highlights.” Animation. May 2002, p. 18. 3480. Tehrani, Nellie. “MIPCOM TV Showcase.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, pp. 30-32. 3481. Tehrani, Nellie. “MIP-TV Buyers’ and Sellers’ Agenda.” Animation. April 2000, pp. 28, 30-32. NATPE 3482. Baisley, Sarah. “Getting in the Know at NATPE Leads to What to Show at MIP-TV.” Animation. March 2002, pp. 12, 14, 16-17. United States: Animation 183

3483. Baisley, Sarah. “NATPE Shopper 2002.” Animation. Feb. 2002, pp. 22- 24. 3484. Kenyon, Heather. “NATPE: It’s a Tough Market but Someone Is Selling.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 3485. McNeil, Darrell. “N.A.T.P.E. Redux.” Toon Magazine. Spring 1993, pp. 10-13. 3486. Nagel, Jan. “The Future of NATPE: Stalwarts Are Concerned, Yet Committed.” Animation World. Feb. 2003, pp. 49-53. 3487. “NATPE Animation Programming Guide.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 22, 25-30. 3488. “NATPE Listings.” Animation. Feb. 1998, pp. 30-33. 3489. “NATPE, National Association of Television Executives.” Animatoon. No. 30, 2001, pp. 12-13. 3490. Oldrin, Eric. “NATPE – One Man’s Opinion.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 58-59. 3491. Shin, Soyun. “National Association of Television Programming Executives (NATPE)’s 1st Annual Animation and Special Effects Expo ANIFX ’97.” Animatoon. 3:9 (1997), pp. 77-79. 3492. Snyder, Adam. “Not the NATPE We Remember.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 55-57. SIGGRAPH 3493. Argy, Stephanie. “WAM! NET at SIGGRAPH 2000.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 3494. Baisley, Sarah and Christopher Harz. “3D Set Fee at SIGGRAPH.” Animation. Sept. 2000, pp. 38, 56. 3495. Cooper, Kellie-Bea. “SIGGRAPH Preview: A Feast for the Senses Awaits.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 56, 58-60. 3496. Deneroff, Harvey. “SIGGRAPH 2003.” Animatoon. No. 45, 2003, pp. 56-59. 3497. “Festival of Lights and Digital Motion.” Animation. Sept. 2003, pp. 34- 35. 3498. Glabicki, Paul. “SIGGRAPH – Computer Graphics Conference.” Dope Sheet. Jan. 1998, pp. 5-6. 3499. “How To Visit WAC and SIGGRAPH 2001.” Animation. Aug. 2001, p. 96. 3500. Huelsman, Eric. “The SIGGRAPH ’99 Exhibition: Summer of Sim.” Animation World. Aug. 1999, 8 pp. 3501. Kurzweil, Ray. “Focus on SIGGRAPH: Eyetronics.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 3502. Moody, Juniko. “Recruiting at SIGGRAPH 2000.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 184 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3503. “New Stars of SIGGRAPH 2001: Itanium Workstations.” Animation. Aug. 2001. p. 78. 3504. Park, John E. “The SIGGRAPH 2001 Computer Animation Festival: A Digital Odyssey.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 73-75. 3505. Park, John E. “A Taste of SIGGRAPH 2001.” Animation World. Aug. 2001, pp. 8-12. 3506. Rubin, Cynthia B. “fps Gives a Taste of SIGGRAPH 95.” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 33-34. 3507. Rubin, Cynthia B. “Heartbreak in Utopia: Reviews of Two of SIGGRAPH’s Installations.” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 35-36. 3508. “SIGGRAPH.” Plateau. 19:3 (1998), p. 20. 3509. “SIGGRAPH ’98: Special Report.” Animation World. Aug. 1998. 3510. “SIGGRAPH 99.” Animatoon. No. 21, 1999, pp. 54-55. 3511. “SIGGRAPH 2001 Highlights.” Animation. Aug. 2001, p. 76. 3512. “SIGGRAPH 2002.” Animatoon. No. 38, 2002, pp. 28-29. 3513. Stalter, Katharine. “Siggraph – More Flair Than Most.” Variety. Aug. 14-20, 1995, p. 37. 3514. Stalter, Katharine and Rex Weiner. “Revenge of the Nerds.” Variety. Aug. 7-13, 1995, pp. 1, 27. 3515. Street, Rita. “Plugged-in Theater of the Nerd.” Variety. Aug. 7-13, 1995, p. 27. 3516. Tehrani, Bijan. “Best of SIGGRAPH 2000.” Animation. Sept. 2000, pp. 38, 40-41. 3517. Tehrani, Bijan. “Farewell NAB, Hello SIGGRAPH 2001.” Animation. July 2001, pp. 29-30. 3518. Tehrani, Bijan. “Looking Back @ SIGGRAPH.” Animation. Nov. 1997, p. 34. 3519. Tehrani, Bijan. “A Preview to SIGGRAPH 99.” Animation. July 1999, pp. 39-41. 3520. Tehrani, Bijan. “Product News at Siggraph.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 35-36. 3521. Tehrani, Bijan. “SIGGRAPH ’99: Top 20 Products.” Animation. Oct. 1999, pp. 53-54, 56, 58. 3522. Tehrani, Bijan. “SIGGRAPH 2003 Reviews.” Animation. Sept. 2003, pp. 50-52. 3523. Tehrani, Bijan. “What Kicked Butt at SIGGRAPH 2001.” Animation. Oct. 2001, pp. 49-50. 3524. Thompson, Pamela Kliebrink. “SIGGRAPH 2003.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 62-63. United States: Animation 185

World Animation Celebration 3525. Alder, Otto. “The World Animation Celebration Exposed Many Problems of Excessive Commercialism.” Animatoon. 3:9 (1997), pp. 44- 47. 3526. Alder, Otto. “The World Animation Celebration (WAC), Pasadena, California, March 24-29, 1997.” Animatoon. 3:9 (1997), pp. 48-51. 3527. “The Animation Celebration (Pasadena) Announces Some of Their Programs.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1998, p. 6. 3528. Cohen, Karl. “Art vs. Commerce at the World Animation Celebration.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. April 1998, pp. 7-8. 3529. Deneroff, Harvey. “World Animation Celebration & SIGGRAPH 2001.” Animatoon. No. 33, 2001, pp. 14-19. 3530. Gelman, Morrie. “The World Animation Celebration Moves Hollywood for Its 7th Edition.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 26-28. 3531. “Incredible Success of World Animation Celebration Creates New Animation Business Marketplace.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 1-6. 3532. Kaye, N. Kourtney. “Cel-ebration! Going to the Wall for Its Ten-Year Anniversary.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, p. 78. 3533. Kennelly, Joy. “The World Animation Celebration: Here It Comes.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 3534. “Wide Report: The World Animation Celebration in America.” Animatoon. 3:9 (1997), pp. 32-43. 3535. “The World Animation Celebration.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, pp. 12-14. 3536. “The World Animation Celebration.” Animation. Aug. 2001, p. 43. 3537. “World Animation Celebration.” Animation. Oct. 2001, pp. 37-42. 3538. “The World Animation Celebration Is Coming to Pasadena Again Feb. 16-21.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1998, p. 5. 3539. “World Animation Celebration Is Rethinking Their Plans.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1998, p. 7. 3540. “The World Animation Celebration 1998.” Animation. Nov. 1997, pp. 22-23. 3541. “The World Animation Celebration: Pasadena’s Festival.” Animation World. March 1998. GAMING 3542. Abrams, Judith. “Gaming for the Holidays.” Dealerscope Merchandising. 35:10 (1993), pp. 70-76. 3543. Ball, Ryan. “Amplitude: Target Practice Meets Band Practice.” Animation. June 2003, p. 8. 3544. Ball, Ryan. “Eye Toy Makes Video Games More Than Eye Candy.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 16. 186 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3545. Ball, Ryan. “Interactive Trip to Middle Earth Rings True.” Animation. Aug. 2002, p. 11. 3546. Ball, Ryan. “Once Upon a Time in Silicon Valley.” Animation. April 2003, pp. 22, 24, 26. 3547. Ball, Ryan. “Who’s Driving the Game Industry? A Look at the Role of Artist in Today’s Video Industry.” Animation. June 2003, pp. 7-9. 3548. Bekins, Russell. “Cruddy Sketches and a Red Pen: Pre-Production on Lucas Arts’ The Curse of Monkey Island.” Animation World. March 1998. 3549. Bishko, Leslie. “The Game Developers Conference 2003 in Review.” Animation World. April 2003, pp. 44-49. 3550. Bloom, David. “Vidgame Hero Powers up to H’wood Heights.” Variety. Sept. 9-15, 2002, p. 8. 3551. Brooke, Jason. “Game Development in 2000.” Animation. May 2000, pp. 45-47. 3552. Chan, Darlene. “Figuring Out the Recruiting Game for Gaming.” Animation World. Feb. 2003, pp. 12-16. 3553. Cheng, Maria and Suvendrini Kakuchi. “Game, Set and Match?” Asiaweek. July 7, 2000, pp. 56-57. 3554. “Couple of Smooth Operators Save the Galaxy Again.” Animation. June 2003, p. 10. 3555. Donahue, Ann and Marc Graser. “Vidgames’ Star Treatment.” Variety. May 8-14, 2000, pp. 41-42. 3556. Edwards, Sylvia. “Crossing over into Gaming.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 10-15. 3557. “15 Top Best-Selling Interactive Games.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 82. 3558. “15 Top Video Game Software Titles.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 82. 3559. Fritz, Steve. “Role-Playing in Comics.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 4, 2003, p. 12. 3560. “Game News.” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 52. 3561. Graser, Marc. “H’w’d Can’t Crash Vidgames.” Variety. Aug. 9-15, 1999, pp. 1, 53. 3562. Guider, Elizabeth. “‘Millionaire’ Tunes up Toon Version of Gamer.” Variety. Sept. 24-30, 2001, p. 84. 3563. Harz, Christopher. “The Gaming Industry at E3.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 49, 107. 3564. Harz, Christopher. “Online Gaming: From Avatars to Wizards.” Animation World. Dec. 1997, 3 pp. 3565. Harz, Christopher. “Small Screen, Big Possibilities: Wireless: Hottest Growing Game for 2D Animation.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 5- 10. United States: Animation 187

3566. Herskovitz, Jon. “Vidgamers Ready Character Assault.” Variety. Jan. 3- 9, 2000, p. 9. 3567. Ivory, James D. “Protecting Kids or Attacking the First Amendment? Video Games, Regulation and Protected Expression.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Kansas City, MO, July 2003. 3568. Jackson, Wendy. “1997 Gaming Report: The Best of the Bunch.” Animation World. Dec. 1997, 3 pp. 3569. Johnson, Debra. “Drawing Up Coin.” Variety. Sept. 30-Oct. 6, 2002, p. B4. 3570. “John Woo Establishes Interactive Entertainment Studio Tiger Hill Entertainment.” Business Wire press release, May 12, 2003. 3571. Jones, Darren and Kellie-Bea Cooper. “Online Games.” Animation. Jan. 2001, p. 39. 3572. Kaufman, Debra. “Gaming Animation Becomes Serious Business.” Animation. Dec. 1997, pp. 23-26. 3573. Keegan, Paul. “Culture Quake.” Mother Jones. Nov.-Dec. 1999, pp. 42- 49. 3574. Kenyon, Heather. “The Future of Gaming.” Animation World. Dec. 1997, 4 pp. 3575. Kim, Joan. “Getting into Gaming.” Animation World. Nov. 2002, pp. 14-17. 3576. Kubin, Jacquie. “Gaming: A Similar Process for a Different End Result.” Animation World. April 2001, pp. 38-40. 3577. Kubin, Jacquie. “It’s Time To Take Gaming Seriously.” Animation World. Jan. 2000, 8 pp. 3578. Kubin, Jacquie. “Making Money Online: Game Creators.” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 52-53. 3579. Kubin, Jacquie. “New Games for New Consoles: Ten Winners.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 6-9. 3580. Kubin, Jacquie. “The Next Big Drive: Gaming Transforms Itself Again.” Animation World. Feb. 2001, pp. 7-12. 3581. Kubin, Jacquie. “Oddworld Inhabitants: Weird Name, Great Game.” Animation World. May 2000, pp. 50-53. 3582. Kubin, Jacquie. “Toy Fair 2001: The Big Hits To Come.” Animation World. March 2001, pp. 74-75. 3583. Kubin, Jacquie. “Video Games: Not Just for Males Ages 12-24 Anymore.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 87-89. 3584. Lamanna, Dean, et al. “Video Revue.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), pp. 68-71. 3585. “Lucas Arts – Top of the Game for Two Decades.” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, pp. 13-14. 188 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3586. Park, John E. “Designing 3D Games That Sell.” Animation World. June 2001, pp. 39-40. 3587. Park, John Edgar. “The New Console War.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 10-12. 3588. “Playing Violent Video Games May Improve Your Vision Skills.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2003, p. 5. 3589. Rafei, Bob. “Gaming Animation...Naughty Dog Style.” Animation World. Feb. 2003, pp. 4-11. 3590. Raugust, Karen. “Opportunities in Gaming.” Animation. March 2001, pp. 39-40. 3591. Samoff, Tim. “Tools of the Trade: What Do I Need To Create Interactive Games?” Animation World. Dec. 1997, 3 pp. 3592. Scherr, Josh. “Jak and Daxter Presents Living Cartoon World.” Animation. March 2002, pp. 50-51. 3593. Schnol, J. “An Old Dog (and His Master) Learn New Tricks.” Publishers Weekly. May 25, 1992, p. 21. 3594. Schreiber, Dominic. “Apocalypse Is Only a Beginning.” Animation. June 1998, pp. 41-42. 3595. Schreiber, Dominic. “Front Page Sports Baseball Pro ’98.” Animation. Nov. 1997, pp. 32-33. 3596. Schumacher, Eric. “Taming the Publisher: 5 Tips for Game Developers.” Animation. May 2002, p. 12. 3597. “Sega Betting on Web Games.” New Straits Times (Kuala Lumpur). July 20, 2000, p. 13. New York Times dispatch. 3598. Shafler, Richard A. “Playing Games.” Forbes. Vol. 152, 152:4 (1993), p. 108. 3599. Singer, Greg. “The Games That People Play.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 65-70. 3600. “Softimage Games.” Animation. March 1997, pp. 28, 30. 3601. St. John, Warren. “With Games of Havoc, Men Will Be Boys.” New York Times. May 12, 2002, Section 9, p. 1. 3602. Street, Rita. “Why Don’t They Call Them Snow Jellies?” Animation. May 2003, p. 26. 3603. Szadkowski, Joseph. “Dreamcast: Gaming’s New Darling.” Animation World. Oct. 1999, 3 pp. 3604. Szadkowski, Joseph. “E3: It’s an Animated Year.” Animation World. July 1998. 3605. Szadkowski, Joseph. “PlayStation: An Unassuming Jack.” Animation World. Dec. 1997, 4 pp. 3606. Tehrani, Bijan. “Cinematics in Gaming.” Animation. May 2001, pp. 51- 53. 3607. Tehrani, Bijan. “FIFA 2001 Sony PlayStation 2.” Animation. March 2001, p. 42. United States: Animation 189

3608. Tehrani, Bijan. “Gaming Conference Grows in Importance to Animators.” Animation. March 2002, p. 51. 3609. Tehrani, Bijan. “Play It Again: GDC 2001: Interview with Game Developers Conference Director Alan Yu.” Animation. March 2001, p. 41. 3610. Terrell, Kenneth. “Video-Game Showdown May Split Your Screen.” U.S. News & World Report. Sept. 25, 2000. 3611. “THQ Knocks ’Em Out!” Animation. March 2003, p. 14. 3612. “The Ultimate Christmas List of Way Cool Games for Animators.” Animation. Dec. 1997, pp. 28-29, 59. 3613. Wade, Oliver. “Animating Real-Time Game Characters.” Animation World. Feb. 2003, pp. 54-55. 3614. Wolf, Mark J.P., ed. The Medium of the Video Game. Austin: University of Texas Press, 2002. 224 pp. 3615. “You Don’t Know Jak II Yet, But You Will.” Animation. June 2003, p. 11. 3616. Zahed, Ramin. “You’re in the Virtual Army Now!” Animation. Nov. 2002, p. 11. GENRES AND TYPES 3617. Barbera, Joseph. “Suspended Animation.” Continental. July 1984. 3618. Barrier, Michael. “Master of the Cult Cartoon.” Nation’s Business. June 1998, p. 83. 3619. Battaglia, Deborah. “Theorizing Agency and Affect in Films of the Replication Genre.” Paper presented at Society for Cinema Studies, West Palm Beach, FL, April 15-18, 1999. 3620. “Cinepoetry.” Cantrill’s Filmnotes. No. 3, 1971, unpaginated. 3621. Cohen, Karl. “A New and Improved Sick and Twisted Show Comes to Town.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1999, pp. 1-2. 3622. DelGaudio, Sybil. “If ‘Truth’ Be Told, Can ’Toons Tell It?: Animation Documentary.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Oct. 1, 1995. 3623. Floquet, Pierre. “TEX & TALES: Recurring Theme and Evolving Style.” The Japanese Journal of Animation Studies. 2:1 A, 2000, pp. 19- 24. 3624. Goodman, Martin. “From Sidekicks to Superkids.” Animation World. March 2003, pp. 46-50. (Superheroes). 3625. “Great America’s Animated 70mm Ride Films Are Lots of Fun If You Like Sado-Masochistic Experiences.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2001, p. 4. 3626. Griffin, Sean. “I’ll Give You a Pinch’: ‘Queerying’ Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 29, 1995. 190 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3627. Gurevich, Mikhail. “Literary Animation: Problem/Image of the Text.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 26, 1996. 3628. Halas, John. “Humour and Satire in Animated Film.” Apropos. No. 1, 1983, pp. 138-139. 3629. Halpine, Susana M. “Science Visualization and Educational Animation at SIGGRAPH 2001: The Next Big Deal.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 39-43. 3630. Harz, Christopher. “Virtually in Vegas: Strip Animation.” Animation. Dec. 1997, p. 44. 3631. Jackson, Wendy. “Frame-by-Frame and Ten Stories High, Large Format Animation.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 22-24, 106. 3632. Javna, John. Cult TV. NY: St. Martin’s Press, 1985. 3633. Krell, David. “Sixties Spy Craze: Animation Is the Sincerest Form of Flattery.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 28-29. 3634. Leiby, Richard. “Cartoons That Make Guys Click.” Washington Post. Feb. 17, 2000, pp. C-1, C-8. 3635. Mallory, Michael. “Action Shows: Losing Steam?” Variety. Jan. 18-24, 1999, p. N14. 3636. Murray, Joe. “Creator-Driven Animation: Not for the Squeamish.” Animato! Summer 1994, p. 35. 3637. Natale, Richard. “New Animation Category Raises the Ante for Creators and Studios.” Variety. Dec. 11-17, 2000, pp. 10, 12. 3638. Patten, Fred. “Outlaw Animation.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 85-87. 3639. Raugust, Karen. “The Rise of ‘Surreal Realism.’” Animation. May 2001, pp. 44-46. 3640. “The Realm of Creator-Driven Cartoons.” Animato! Summer 1994, p. 28. 3641. Salda, Michael N. “Arthurian Animation.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 3642. Schreiber, Dominic. “Cult Heroes and Their Secrets.” Animation World. April 1998, 3 pp. 3643. Scott, Jeffrey. “Bible Study.” Animation. Jan. 2000, p. 4. 3644. Sheinkopf, E. “Creator-Driven Toons on the Rise.” Daily Variety. Oct. 1, 1996, p. 1. 3645. Staton, Scott. “Medical and Scientific Animation.” ASIFA News. 9:2 (1996), p. 6. 3646. Vance, Michael. “Suspended Animation.” El Wendigo. No. 70, 1996, pp. 25-26. 3647. Waite, Teresa L. “Tempest and Others the Size of a Teapot.” New York Times. Nov. 9, 1992, pp. C-11, C-16. United States: Animation 191

3648. “You Better Not Shout, You Better Not Cry, Sick and Twisted Animation Is Coming to Town.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 1997, p. 1. Abstract and Experimental 3649. Adams, Sitney P. Visionary Film – The American Avant-Garde. NY: Oxford University Press, 1974. 452 pp. Chapter 8, “Absolute Animation.” 3650. “Animated Short Films from Maple Lake Releasing.” Animation Journal. Fall 1999, p. 96. 3651. Ehrlich, David. “Experimental Animation As Formal Narrative and Its Proper Role Within the Traditional Animation Festival.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Ottawa, Canada, Oct. 1990. 3652. Kenyon, Heather. “Experimental vs. Narrative Films: Do You Have To Choose?” Animation World. Jan. 1998, 3 pp. 3653. Kravitz, Amy, Roger Noake, and Rolf Bächler. “Experimental vs. Narrative Films: Do You Have To Choose.” Animation World. Jan. 1998. 3654. Kreutz, Rune. “Absolute Films and the Consequences of Abstraction.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 14, 1998. 3655. Maxwell, Stephanie. “Why I Work Direct on Film.” Animation Journal. Spring 1999, pp. 56-57. 3656. Moritz, William. “Absolute Film: The Next Generation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 10, 1997. 3657. Moritz, William. “Abstract Dreams.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 28, 1996. (Works of James Whitney, Oskar Fischinger). 3658. Morse, Deanna. “Creating a DVD: A New Opportunity for Presenting Experimental Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, pp. 7-8. 3659. Morse, Deanna. “Experimental Animation: Creating a DVD.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 24, 2001. 3660. Neubauer, Barbel. “Thoughts on Abstract Animation.” Animation Journal. Spring 1999, pp. 58-62. 3661. Potamkin, Harry A. “New Ideas for Animation; Suggestions for Amateur Experiment.” Movie Makers. Dec. 1929, pp. 800-801. 3662. Prada, Claudia. “The Relationship of the Cubits Movement and Experimental Film Animation.” Animatrix. No. 8, 1995. 3663. Russett, Robert and Cecile Starr. Experimental Animation. NY: Van Nostrand, Reinhold, 1976. 3664. Wees, William. Light Moving in Time. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1992. 192 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Adult 3665. Adamson, Joe. “Well, For Heaven’s Sake! Grown Men!” Film Comment. Jan./Feb. 1975, pp. 19+. 3666. “Are You Ready for an Animated Adult Series?” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2003, p. 5. 3667. Baisley, Sarah. “Lets Get Spicy.” Animation. Aug. 1997, pp. 25, 28. 3668. Canemaker, John. “Animation for Adults.” Take One. Nov. 1978, pp. 37, 40-41. 3669. Clark, Kenneth R. “Adult Animation: A Cultural Phenomenon.” Chicago Tribune. Aug. 14, 1994, p. 5. 3670. Deneroff, Harvey. “Adult Animation Regains Strength.” Animatoon. No. 44, 2003, p. 72. 3671. Furniss, Maureen. “Striking a Compromise: Studio Supported Independent Films.” Animation World. May 1999. 5 pp. 3672. Gallagher, Noel. “Toon Time: Animated Show No Longer Just Kids’ Stuff.” London Free Press TV Times. April 8, 2000, p. 5. 3673. Gulden, Jere. “Risque Not New.” Animato! Winter 1993, pp. 31-38. 3674. London, Robby. “The Padded Cel: For Adults Only.” Animation. April 2003, p. 48. 3675. McFarland, Melanie. “Not Your Kids’ Cartoon Shows.” Seattle Post- Intelligencer. May 30, 2003, pp. C1-C2. 3676. Murch, Sean M. “The Mainstream Business of Adult Animation.” Animation World. July 1998, 3 pp. 3677. Nagel, Jessie. “Speaking of: Cyber-Erotic Animation.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, p. 12. 3678. Robinson, Chris. “The Animation Pimp: Animation To Get Off To?” Animation World. Sept. 2002, pp. 21-24. 3679. Schindler, Rick. “Risqué Business.” TV Guide. July 12, 1997, pp. 32-33. 3680. Solomon, Charles. “Naughty by Nature: A Selected Timeline of Adult Animation.” Animation. April 2003, p. 31. 3681. Strike, Joe. “How Does Adult Animation Rate?” Animation World Network. Nov. 17, 2003. 6 pp. 3682. Williams, Mark L. “Fans Ready for Next Wave of Adult Fare.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-14, A-16. 3683. Zahed, Ramin. “Mature Content Moves to Mainstream: Triad of TNN Toons Aim To Gratify Grown-up Tastes.” Animation. April 2003, pp. 32-34, 36. Cel 3684. Isherwood, Charles. “Cel Division.” The Advocate. Dec. 1, 1992, p. 85. 3685. Kaufman, Debra. “2D Cel Animation Enters Realtime.” Animation. April 2001, p. 66. United States: Animation 193

3686. Thompson, Kristin. “Implications of the Cel Technique.” In The Cinematic Apparatus, edited by Teresa de Laurentis and Stephen Heath, pp. 106-120. London: Macmillan, 1980. Children’s 3687. Aitken, Joan E. “The Role of Language and Gender in ‘The Transformers’: An Analysis of Messages in Cartoons for Children.” Paper presented at Organization for the Study of Communication, Language, and Gender. Oct. 1986. 3688. Barry, Florence V. A Century of Children’s Books. London: Methuen, 1922. 3689. Bazalgette, Cary and David Buckingham. In Front of the Children: Screen Entertainment and Young Audiences. London: British Film Institute, 1995. 224 pp. 3690. Bing, Jonathan and Cathy Dunkley. “Kiddy Litter Rules H’wood.” Variety. Jan. 7-13, 2002, pp. 1, 69. 3691. Boxer, Sarah. “Babes in Toonland: Boop to Brat.” New York Times. June 18, 1995, Section 4, p. 1. 3692. Brennan, Steve. “Keeping the Kids Tooned In: Viewer Levels Remain at an All-time High for Syndicated Shows.” Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 21, 1992, pp. S-4+. 3693. Brown, Rich. “Cable Courts Kids.” Broadcasting & Cable. July 26, 1993, pp. 66-68. 3694. Brown, Rich. “Children’s TV: Cable Eager to Attract Small Audiences.” Broadcasting. Aug. 31, 1992, pp. 46-47. 3695. Coe, Steve. “Children’s TV: Networks Make Big Plans for Little Viewers.” Broadcasting. Aug. 31, 1992, pp. 42-44. 3696. Coe, Steve. “New Faces, Familiar Ones Vie for Kids Audience.” Broadcasting. Jan. 25, 1993, p. 72. 3697. Cornachio, Donna. “Parents’ Guide to Kids TV.” TV Guide. March 14, 1998, pp. 20-22, 24. 3698. Desowitz, Bill. “A Leaner Spring Season Offers Plenty for Tweens and Pre-Schoolers.” Animation. Feb. 2002, pp. 26-27. 3699. Edgar, Patricia. “Children’s Television – A World View.” ABA Update. March 1995, p. 7. 3700. Falzon, Charles. “Translating Children’s Book Properties to Television.” Animation. Feb. 2002, p. 33. 3701. Fischer, Stuart. Kid’s TV: The First 25 Years. Faction File Publications, 1983. 3702. Forkan, James P. “Joint Ventures To Sell Children’s Shows.” Advertising Age. April 20, 1987, p. 28. 3703. Forkan, James P. “LBS Seeking To Channel Kiddievid into VCRs.” Advertising Age. June 10, 1985, p. 62. 194 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3704. Freeman, Mike. “Children’s TV: Majors Use Blocks to Build Audience.” Broadcasting. Aug. 31, 1992, pp. 35-40. 3705. Freeman, Mike. “Warm Winter Cuts into Kids’ Viewing.” Broadcasting. April 6, 1992, p. 26. 3706. Friedman, Wayne. “Kids TV: Changing Times.” InsideMedia. Sept. 21, 1994, p. 20. 3707. Gelfand, M. “Children’s Video: Play It Again.” Discount Merchandiser. May 1992, pp. 38-41. 3708. Goerne, Carrie. “Cable Stations, Fox Expand Kids’ Shows as NBC Toons Out.” Marketing News. March 16, 1992, pp. 5, 7. 3709. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Kids Programming.” Variety. Jan. 14-20, 2002, pp. 25-26. 3710. Harris, Miriam. “The Dynamite in the Diaper: Animation’s Co-existence of Child and Adult Fare.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 24, 2001. 3711. Levin, Gary. “Kidvid Loners Left To Pay the Piper.” Variety. April 29- May 5, 1996, pp. 35, 152. 3712. Lin, Joyce. “Children’s TV: It’s a Kind of Magic.” Taipei Journal. Dec. 1, 2000, p. 7. 3713. Lyman, Rick. “That’ll Be Two Adults and 50 Million Children.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 11, 2000, p. R-5. 3714. McClellan, Steve. “MCA Is Newest on Kid Block.” Broadcasting. Jan. 11, 1993, p. 44. 3715. McClellan, Steve. “Stock Rises for FCC-Friendly Kids.” Broadcasting & Cable. May 3, 1993, pp. 34-35. 3716. Moshavi, Sharon. “Kids Upfront Breaks Big.” Broadcasting. March 16, 1992, p. 14. 3717. Nichols, Peter M. “Diaper-Clad Adventures Heed the Call of the Wild.” New York Times. June 20, 2003. 3718. Nix, Jennifer. “Kid Stuff Hot Programming Topic.” Variety. Jan. 22, 1998, p. 54. 3719. Papazian, Ed. “Kidvid: Seeking New Directions.” Marketing & Media Decisions. April 1988, pp. 95-96. 3720. Paskowski, Marianne. “Syndicated Kids’ Shows Gain Ratings.” Electronic Media. Nov. 6, 1989, pp. 1-2. 3721. Pingree, Suzanne and Robert Hawkings. “Don’t Have a Cow, Parents: Here’s How To Keep TV from Turning Your Kids into Bart Brats.” TV Guide. March 2, 1991, pp. 34-38. 3722. “Research Tunes into Kids’ TV.” Toronto Globe and Mail. Dec. 12, 1988. 3723. Schneider Cy. Children’s Television: The Art, the Business and How It Works. Lincolnwood, IL: NTC Business Books, 1987. United States: Animation 195

3724. Stern, Christopher. “Advocates Zero in on Shows Marketed to Youngest Viewers.” Variety. Jan. 17-23, 2000, pp. N19, N24. 3725. Street, Rita. “Kids’ TV Goes CGI.” Animation. Sept. 1995, pp. 50, 52, 66. 3726. Tobenkin, D. “Syndicators Programming to Girls; At Least Four New Kids Shows Feature Female Leads.” Broadcasting & Cable. Nov. 28, 1994, pp. 25-26. 3727. Wall, James M. “The Lost World of Children’s Films.” Media Development. 1/1994, pp. 11-13. 3728. Weeks, Janet. “Diaper Dandies.” TV Guide. Oct. 31, 1998, pp. 36-39. 3729. Zahed, Ramin. “Kids Fare Ready To Play.” Variety. April 8-14, 2002, pp. A4, A6. 3730. Zipes, Jack. Happily Ever After: Fairy Tales, Children, and the Culture Industry. NY: Routledge, 1997. 144 pp. Clay 3731. “Animated Sculpture Appears.” Motography. Sept. 15, 1917, p. 546. 3732. Barrier, Michael. “The Clay’s the Thing.” Nation’s Business. Dec. 1988, pp. 57-58. 3733. Bowser, Eileen. The Transformation of Cinema 1907-1915. Vol. 2 of History of the American Cinema. NY: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1990. 3734. Clokely, Art. “Trimensional Animation.” 1977. Unpublished typescript. 3735. Fellman, Doug. “Twenty Nights in Clay.” American Cinematographer. April 1978. 3736. Frierson, Michael. Clay Animation. American Highlights 1908 to the Present. NY: Twayne, 1994. 278 pp. 3737. Frierson, Michael. “The Invention of Plasticine and the Use of Clay in Early Motion Pictures.” Film History. June 1993, pp. 142-158. 3738. Furniss, Maureen. “Review/Clay Animation: American Highlights 1908 to the Present.” Animation Journal. Fall 1994, p. 93. 3739. Gorringe, Carrie. “Clay Animation – A Review.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter 1995, p. 3. 3740. Hood, George. “Dialogue with a Plasticine Sculpitmator.” American Cinematographer. April 1978. 3741. McCarthy, Carrell and Paul Boyington. “Feats of Clay.” Super 8 Filmmaker. Dec. 1980, pp. 19-25. 3742. “Motion Picture Comedies in Clay.” Scientific American. Dec. 16, 1916, p. 553. 3743. Musser, Charles. The Emergence of Cinema: The American Screen to 1907. Vol. 1 of History of the American Cinema. NY: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1920. 3744. “Prominent Sculptor in Film.” The Moving Picture World. Nov. 24, 1917, p. 1164. (Helena Smith Dayton). 196 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3745. Steffgen, Kim A. “Vinton Studio Reaches Withering Heights with Raisins – and More.” Animation Magazine. Spring 1989, pp. 36-39. 3746. Verheiden, Mark. “The Making of Closed Mondays.” Cinefantastique. 4 (1975), pp. 40-45. Comics 3747. Baiss, Bridget. “Eye of the Comic: How Comic Books Impact Animation.” Animation. Aug. 2002, pp. 33-36. 3748. Buchan, Suzanne. “Comics and Animation.” In Fantoche, pp. 77-79. Baden: Buag, 1997. 3749. “Cartoons Turn Comics.” TV Guide. July 12, 1997, pp. 6-7. 3750. “Comics and Animation 2: Heroes.” In Fantoche, pp. 80-82. Baden: Buag, 1997. 3751. Cosulich, Oscar. “I Fumetti e l’Acchiappafantasmi.” Comic Art. March 1988, pp. 74-75. 3752. O’Hare, Mark. “The Difference Between Comics and Animation Work.” Animation. Aug. 1999, p. 112. 3753. Raiti, Gerard. “Comics in Animation: What’s Coming Next?” Animation World. July 1999, 5 pp. 3754. Raiti, Gerard. “Comics to Marvel After September 11.” Animation World. Sept. 2002, pp. 13-16. 3755. Sestini, Franco. “Fumetto e Cinematografo: Sono Propio Due Mezzi Divers.” Eco d’Arte Moderna. Oct.-Nov. 1980, p. 16. 3756. Street, Rita. “Heart of the Matter: Standing by Your Comic-to-TV Content.” Animation. Aug. 2002, pp. 23-26. Horror 3757. Goodman, Martin. “Scary Seven.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 30-35. 3758. Kronke, David. “Beauties of the Beast.” Los Angeles Times. June 23, 1995. 3759. Swanigan, Michael. “Mummies Alive.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 44-51. Live Action 3760. Kaufman, Debra. “The CGI Live-Action Spot: A Step-by-Step Process.” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 46-48. 3761. Neal, Jim. “It’s Animated! Or Is That Live Action? Hollywood Lines Up More Movies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 4, 1995, p. 6. 3762. Plantec, Peter. “Is ‘Live Animation’ the Future?” Animation. Feb. 1996, pp. 14-16, 19-21. 3763. Raiti, Gerard. “Just the Right Amount of Cheese: The Secrets to Good Live-Action Adaptations of Cartoons.” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 21-24. United States: Animation 197

Motion-Capture 3764. Jackson, Wendy. “The Great Debate: Is Motion Capture Animation?” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 32-34, 108. 3765. Jackson, Wendy. “13 Motion Capture Innovations.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 83, 85, 132. 3766. Kaufman, Debra. “Motion Capture: Ready for Primetime.” Animation. Feb. 1998, pp. 10-13. 3767. Kenyon, Heather. “ILM’s Seth Rosenthal on Motion Capture.” Animation World. Feb. 1999. 7 pp. 3768. Schiff, Laura. “The Future of Motion-Capture Animation: Building the Perfect Digital Human.” Animation World. Feb. 2000. 8 pp. 3769. Schatz, Sharon. “Vicon Motion System’s Brian Nilles: Motion-Capture Moves Forward.” Animation World. Feb. 2000. 8 pp. 3770. Singer, Gregory. “A Horse Is a Horse Of Course...But Even in Motion- Capture?” Animation World. Feb. 2000. 4 pp. Nonfiction, Documentary 3771. Patrick, Eric. “Structural Strategies and Conceptual Design in Nonfiction Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 29, 2002. Performance 3772. Harz, Christopher. “The Pitch Rises for Presentation Animation.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 18-20. 3773. Kenyon, Heather. “Performance Animation: Behind the Character.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 7 pp. 3774. McCaffrey, Scott. “Performance Uses Cartoon Icons To Help Youngsters Appreciate Opera.” Northern Virginia Sun Weekly. Feb. 3, 2000, pp. 1, 23. 3775. Panos, Gregory P. “Who’s Data Is That Anyway?” Animation World. Feb. 1998. Puppet (Stop-Motion) 3776. Brierton, Tom. “At Last, Foam Puppet Fabrication Explained!” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 7 pp. 3777. deGraf, Brad and Emre Yilmaz. “Puppetology: Science or Cult?” Animation World. Feb. 1999. 7 pp. 3778. Gorney, Sandra. “The Puppet and the Moppet.” The Hollywood Quarterly. July 1946. 3779. Guldin, Jere. “The Future of Stop-Motion Animation.” Presentation at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 12, 1998. 198 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3780. Mallory, Michael. “Loesch Sets Sights Beyond Puppets.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-27. 3781. “On a Desert Island with...Movers and Shakers (Corky Quakenbush, Chris Walker, Barry Purves).” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 3782. Osborne, Mark. “Making More Out of Stop Motion on the Giant Screen.” Animation World. Feb. 1999, 5 pp. 3783. Pettigrew, Neil. The Stop-Motion Filmography: A Critical Guide to 297 Features Using Puppet Animation. Jefferson, NC: McFarland and Co., 1999. 878 pp. 3784. Purves, Barry J.C. “Boldly Throwing Down the Gauntlet.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 3785. Selick, Henry, Barry Purves, David Fain, Andrew Ruhemann, Voltaire, and Mikk Rand. “How’d They Do That?: Stop-Motion Secrets Revealed.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 3786. Shaffer, Carolyn. “The Technology of Stop-Motion Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 26, 1996. 3787. “The Stop-Motion Filmography: A Critical Guide to 297 Features Using Puppet Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2000, pp. 5-6. 3788. Walker, Chris and Corky Quakenbush. “A Conversation with....” Animation World. Feb. 1998. Science Fiction 3789. Barbagallo, Ron. “Tripping Down Sci Fi Channel Lane.” Animation. June 2002, p. 45. 3790. Desowitz, Bill. “Creative Process: Invader ZIM.” Animation. March 2001, p. 9. 3791. Desowitz, Bill. “Sci Fi Channel Website Gets Animated with Maatkara & Chi-Chian” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 37-38. 3792. Horn, Maurice. “Animation and Science Fiction.” Star-Lord. Winter 1979, pp. 66-67. HISTORICAL ASPECTS 3793. Ames, Alice. “Animated Cartoon Pictures.” Motion Picture Monthly. Jan. 1931, pp. 7-8. 3794. Assante, Ernesto and Oscar Cosulich. “Musicaltoon.” Programma Lucca 92. 1992, pp. 74-75. 3795. Auzenne, Valliere R. The Visualization Quest: A History of Computer Animation. Rutherford, NJ: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press, 1994. 141 pp. 3796. Barrier, Michael. Hollywood Cartoons: American Animation in Its Golden Age. NY: Oxford University Press, 1999. 648 pp. United States: Animation 199

3797. Barry, Iris. “A Short History of Animation.” Program notes, Museum of Modern Art Film Study Center. NY: 1940. 3798. Beck, Jerry. “Combination Films: A Brief History.” Animation. Summer 1998, p. 31+. 3799. Beck, Jerry. The 50 Greatest Cartoons: As Selected by 1,000 Animation Professionals. Atlanta, GA: Turner Publishing, 1994. 192 pp. 3800. Beck, Jerry. “Hollywood Cartoons in Cinemascope, 1953-1958.” fps. Spring 1995, pp. 21-23. 3801. “Before Good Schools and Books Taught Animation the Secrets Had To Be Handed Down in an Almost Clandestine Way. ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 2002, p. 8. 3802. Bindas, Kenneth J. and Kenneth J. Heineman. “Image Is Everything: Television and the Counterculture Message in the 1960s.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Spring 1994, pp. 22-37. 3803. Birdwell, Michael. “‘Oh, You Thing from Another World, You’: How Warner Bros. Animators Responded to the Cold War (1948-1980).” Film and History. 31:1 (2001), pp. 34-39. 3804. Bissette, Stephen R. “From Gertie to Gwangi.” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 59-62. 3805. Blackton, James S. “A Glimpse in the Past.” The Moving Picture World. March 10, 1917, p. 1527. 3806. Bouldin, Joanna. “Technologies of the Body and Politics of the Real: Race, Reality and the Rotoscope in Fleischer Animated Cartoons.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 23, 2001. 3807. “Bray-Hurd: The Key Animation Patents.” Film History. 2:3 (1988). 3808. Burke, Kevin. “Saturday Morning Fever.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), pp. 72-73. 3809. Cameron, James R. and Joseph Dubray. “Animated Cartoons.” In Cinematography and Talkies, pp. 141-150. Woodmont, CT: Cameron Publishing Co., 1932. 3810. [“Canimated Nooz Pictorial”]. Essanay News (Chicago). Oct. 9, 1915; Nov. 6, 1915. 3811. “Cartoon Making Kicked Around.” Variety. May 28, 1947, p. 6. 3812. “Cartoon Man Walks Out on Leon Schlesinger.” Hollywood Reporter. April 2, 1941. 3813. Cavalcanti, Alberto. “Comedies and Cartoons.” In Footnotes to the Film, edited by Charles Davy, pp. 71-86. London: Lovat and Dickson, 1937. 3814. Chowl, Hay. “Mickey’s Rival.” Close Up (London). June 1930, pp. 493- 495. 3815. Clancy, Keith. “The T(r)opology of Pyromania.” In The Illusion of Life: Essays on Animation, edited by Alan Cholodenko, pp. 248-249. Sydney: 200 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Power Publications in association with Australian Film Commission, 1991. 3816. Cohen, Karl F. “Animated Propoganda [sic] During the Cold War.” Animation World. Feb. 2003, pp. 17-24. 3817. Cohen, Karl F. “Animated Propoganda [sic] During the Cold War: Part Two.” Animation World. April 2003, pp. 20-27. 3818. Cohen, Karl. “Animation Made for Kid’s TV Before Crusader Rabbit: 1938-1950.” Animatrix. 5 (1989), pp. 16+. 3819. Cohen, Karl. “The Development of Animated TV Commercials in the 1940s.” Animation Journal. Fall 1992, pp. 35-54. 3820. Cohen, Karl. “The Unnatural History of Independent Animated Films on 16 mm.” Animation World. Jan. 1998, 7 pp. 3821. Cohen, Karl. “Toontown’s Reds: HUAC’s Investigation of Alleged Communists in the Animation Industry.” Film History. 5:2 (1993), pp. 190-203. 3822. Cohen, Karl. “Witch Hunt in the Magic Kingdom: The Investigation of Alleged Communists in the Animation Industry.” Animatrix. 6, 1992, pp. 49-58. 3823. Costello, Eric. “Faces from the News.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 11-14. 3824. Costello, Eric O. “Private Snafu and Mr. Hook: Warner Bros. Goes to War: The Private Snafu and Mr. Hook Shorts.” Animato! Spring 1997, pp. 44-55. 3825. Costello, Eric O. “Ration for the Duration.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 58-61. 3826. Crafton, Donald. “Animation Iconography.” Quarterly Review of Film. Fall 1979, pp. 410+. 3827. Crew, Adrienne. “Hollywood Flatlands.” ASIFA News. Spring 2002, pp. 14-15. 3828. Cummings, E.E. “Miracles and Dreams.” Cinema. June 1930, pp. 14, 55. 3829. “Cut Cartoon Output 45 Per Cent.” Variety. June 11, 1947, p. 5. 3830. Dayton Photo Products Company, New York. “Animated Cartoons.” In its Daypho-Bray Library of Films, pp. 74-89. NY: Dayton Photo Products Co., 1921. 3831. de Blois, Marco. “La Préhistoire des Cartoons.” La Revue de la Cinématheque. April-May 2001, p. 7. 3832. Deitch, Gene. “Don’t Give Your Right Name! – Part 3.” Animation World. Sept. 2003, pp. 46-48. 3833. Deitch, Gene. “The Early Days at UPA.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 46-47. 3834. Deitch, Gene. “Red-Hot Jazz=Red Menace?!” Animation World. July 2002, pp. 35-37. United States: Animation 201

3835. Deitch, Gene. “The Terry-fying Challenge.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 12-14. 3836. Deitch, Gene. “UPA: Back to the Future – Part 2.” Animation World. Oct. 2003, pp. 37-40. 3837. DelGaudio, Sybil. “What Did You Do in the War, Daddy? Animation and WWII Training Films.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 27, 1996. 3838. Deneroff, Harvey. “Happy Birthday Betty.” Animation. Sept. 1995, pp. 62-64. 3839. Deneroff, Harvey. “‘We Can’t Get Much Spinach!’ The Organization and Implementation of the Fleischer Animation Strike.” Film History. 1, 1987, pp. 1-7. 3840. Deneroff, Harvey. “Who’s Who in TV Animation: Then and Now.” Animation. Feb. 1996, pp. 42-44. 3841. D’Hondt, Ivan. “Moving Image: De Uitvinder van het Bewegend Beeld.” Plateau. Spring 1989, pp. 4-6. 3842. Dill, Janeann. “The Art of the Single-Frame: A Journey in Art History and Animation Theory.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 29, 2002. 3843. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Toon Archeology Yields Impressive Results: The Cartoons That Time Forgot.” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 12-13. 3844. [“Dreamy Dud, Cowboy”]. Essanay News (Chicago). Aug. 14, 1915; Sept. 11, 1915. 3845. Dunne, Michael. “Pop Intertexuality in the Classic Warner Brothers Cartoons.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, San Diego, CA, April 3, 1999. 3846. Eury, Michael. “Prime Time Cartoons.” Comics Feature. Aug. 1986, pp. 22-25. 3847. Fairthorne, Robert. “Idealism in Cartoons.” Film Art (London). Spring 1934, pp. 16-17. 3848. Fischer, Stuart. Kids’ TV: The First 25 Years. NY: Facts on File Publications, 1983. 3849. Frank, Lisa. “The Evolution of the Seven Deadly Sins: From God to the Simpsons.” Journal of Popular Culture. Spring 2001, pp. 95-105. 3850. Frome, Jonathan. “Critical Reception of Animation Until 1940.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 29, 2002. 3851. “From White Paper to Colour Cartoon.” COI Review. Oct. 1947, p. 28. 3852. Furniss, Maureen. “Review/Animating Culture: Hollywood Cartoons from the Sound Era.” Animation Journal. Fall 1993, pp. 89-92. 3853. [“Gertie, the Dinosaur”]. Moving Picture World. Dec. 26, 1914, p. 1863. 3854. Goodman, Martin. “Flip the Frog.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 130-135. 202 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3855. Goodman, Martin. “Growing Pains.” Animation World. July 2000, 6 pp. 3856. Goodman, Martin. “History in the Round.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 34-37. 3857. Goodman, Martin. “I Am Scamp.” Animation World. Aug. 2001, pp. 22- 25. 3858. Goodman, Martin. “Shades of Gray.” Animation World. Dec. 2001, pp. 28-31. 3859. Goodman, Martin. “Stepping Backwards To Move Ahead.” Animation World. Sept. 1999, 4 pp. 3860. Goodman, Martin. “Walking to Toontown, Part One.” Animation World. April 2001, pp. 44-47. 3861. Goodman, Martin. “Walking to Toontown, Part Two.” Animation World. May 2001, pp. 20-22. 3862. Gräfly, Dorothy. “America’s Youngest Art.” American Magazine of Art. July 1933, pp. 336-342. 3863. Grinde, Nick. “Whimsey by the Mile; Revealing the Anatomy of the Animated Cartoon As It Evolves from Timing Chart to Celluloid.” Esquire. Dec. 1935, pp. 210-211. 3864. Hayes, John. “All Killer, No Filler: Fifty Eclectic Favorites.” McBoing Boing’s. Jan. 1998, pp. 2-13. 3865. Hayes, John. “All That Heaven Meows.” McBoing Boing’s. Nov. 1995, pp. 12-16. 3866. Hayes, John. “American Animation: Where We Are, Where We’ve Been, Where We’re Going.” McBoing Boing’s. Nov. 1996, pp. 1-8. 3867. Hayes, John. “The Early Sixties Warner Cartoons: A Second Look.” McBoing Boing’s. Nov. 1994, pp. 3-6. 3868. Hayes, John. “Lost Treasures.” McBoing Boing’s. Oct. 1997, pp. 8-9. 3869. Hayes, Ruth. “Review/A Century of Women Cartoonists.” Animation World. Spring 1994, pp. 80-82. 3870. Horkheimer, Max and Theodor Adorno. Dialectic of Enlightenment. NY: Seabury, 1972. Originally published 1944. 3871. Huemer, Dick. “Huemeresque.” Funnyworld. Summer 1978, pp. 15-16. 3872. Huemer, Dick. “Huemeresque.” Funnyworld. Fall 1978, pp. 35-36. 3873. Huth, Bernard. “The Cartoon and Its Musical Score.” Film Art (London). 3:7 (1936), pp. 31-32. 3874. “Illustrations from La Paloma and I’m Forever Blowing Bubbles.” Theatre Arts. May 1930, pp. 386-387. 3875. Jones, Chuck. “Music and the Animated Cartoon.” Hollywood Quarterly. 1944. 3876. Kanfer, Stefan. Serious Business: The Art and Commerce of Animation in America from Betty Boop to Toy Story. NY: Scribner, 1997. 256 pp. 3877. Kausler, Mark. “Serious Business: Serious Book?” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 65-67. United States: Animation 203

3878. Kim, Joan. “Hearst and Harvey: Reinventing the Classics.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 29-30. 3879. Kodascope Libraries, Inc., New York. “Animated Cartoon Comedies.” In its Descriptive Catalog of Kodascope Library Motion Pictures, pp. 145-160. 6th ed. NY: Kodascope Libraries, 1936. 3880. Korkis, Jim. “The First Holiday Specials.” Animation. Jan. 1995, pp. 66- 67. 3881. Korkis, Jim. “Harlequin.” Animato! Winter 1988, pp. 32-33. 3882. Korkis, Jim. “The History of Animation Fandom.” Comics Feature. Aug. 1982, pp. 87-89. 3883. Korkis, Jim. “Saturday Morning Fever.” Comics Feature. Oct. 1982, pp. 77-83. 3884. Koszarski, Richard. “Animation.” In An Evening’s Entertainment: The Age of the Silent Feature Picture, 1915-1928. Vol. 3 of History of the American Cinema, pp. 70-74. NY: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1990. 3885. [“Krazy Kat, the Cook”]. Motion Picture News. May 5, 1917, p. 2683. 3886. Krows, Arthur E. “Motion Pictures – Not for Theaters.” Educational Screen. Sept. 1938. 3887. Langer, Mark, guest editor. “Animation History.” Special issue. Film History. June 1993. 3888. Langer, Mark. “The Disney-Fleischer Dilemma: Product Differentiation and Technological Innovation.” Screen. Winter 1992, pp. 343-360. 3889. Langer, Mark. “Ko-Ko in Context: A Study in Early Technology and Organization.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 30, 1995. 3890. Langer, Mark and Marc Glassman. “From Boop to Bop and Beyond: A Toonful Tale of Jazz and Animation.” In Ottawa 00 International Animation Festival, pp. 96-99. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2000. 3891. Lescarboura, Austin C. “Cartoons That Move and Sculpture That Lives.” In Behind the Motion Picture Screen, pp. 302-322. NY: Scientific American, 1919. Reprinted, NY: Benjamin Blom, 1971. 3892. Leslie, Ester. Hollywood Flatlands. NY: Verso Press, 2002. 334 pp. 3893. Leyda, Jay. “Animated Films.” New Theater. Jan. 1935, p. 15. 3894. [“Little Nemo”] Moving Picture World. April 22, 1911, p. 900. 3895. London, Kurt. “Sound Cartoon Films.” In Film Music, by Kurt London, pp. 149-153. London: Faber, 1936. 3896. Louvish, S. “In the Field of Lunatics: Avery, Tex, Screwy Squirrel and the Surreal Greatness of the 1940s American Animated Cartoon.” Sight and Sound. Oct. 1993, p. 31. 3897. Lynch, Dennis. “Heil, Darn Ya, Heil: Der Fuehrer’s Face.” McBoing Boing’s. Jan. 1998, pp. 14-18. 204 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3898. McCay, Winsor. Illustrating and Cartooning: Animation. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Federal Schools, Inc., 1923. 3899. Macek, Carl. “From Little Nemo to Little Nemo.” Mediascene. Sept./Oct. 1976, pp. 10-13. 3900. Machowski, James Stanley and James W. Brown. “Propaganda in Warner Brothers World War II Cartoons.” Paper presented at Annual Meeting of Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Corvallis, OR, Aug. 19, 1983. 3901. McCracken, Harry. “Curiosity Shop: The Lost Boy: Rediscovering Scrappy.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 14, 69. 3902. Maltese, Mike. “Cel Silly.” Exposure Sheet. Sept. 15, 1939, p. 4. 3903. “Mickey Mouse Makers: Those from Ranks Given Trial as Artists, Then Up-Grade; 100 Yearly Enter Portals.” Daily Variety. Nov. 24, 1935, p. 146. 3904. Miller, Bob. “Hollywood Cartoons: American Animation in Its Golden Age.” Animation World. June 1999, 3 pp. 3905. Mitchell, Dave. “The Queen Can Do No Wrong.” Exposure Sheet. May 26, 1939, p. 2. 3906. “Motion Picture Comedies in Clay.” Scientific American. Dec. 16, 1916, p. 553. 3907. “Motion Silhouette Pictures.” Moving Picture World. Jan. 25, 1916, p. 429. 3908. Moulton, Robert H. “Toyland in the Films; Where Dolls, As Movie Actors, Rival Living Stars.” Scientific American. Dec. 29, 1917, pp. 496-497. 3909. [“Neighbors”]. Fortune. May 1936, p. 26. 3910. “Ode to a Loan Company, Or Lament of a Story Man.” Exposure Sheet. Jan. 20, 1939, p. 3. 3911. Ohmer, Susan. “On the Edge: Economic and Industrial Constraints on Animation in the 1940s.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 30, 1995. 3912. [“Old Doc Yak”]. Moving Picture World. July 5, 1913, p. 56. 3913. Palmer, Charles. “Cartoon in the Classroom.” Hollywood Quarterly. Fall 1947, p. 33+. 3914. Paris, James. “Animation: From Melies to Mehitabel.” Coast FM & Fine Arts. May 1969, pp. 25-37. 3915. “Peet, Creighton. “Cartoon Comedy.” New Republic. Aug. 14, 1929, pp. 341-342. 3916. Portnoy, Sean. “Review/Film History, Special Issue: Animation.” Animation Journal. Spring 1994, pp. 84-86. 3917. Pryor, William C. and Helen S. Pryor. “Cartoons.” In Let’s Go to the Movies, by William C. Pryor and Helen S. Pryor, pp. 163-173. NY: Harcourt, Brace, 1939. United States: Animation 205

3918. Robinson, Chris. “Selling America: Post-War Propaganda Cartoons.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 50- 52. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 3919. Rotha, Paul. “Trick Films.” In Movie Parade, by Paul Rotha, pp. 133, 138-142. London: The Studio Publications, Inc., 1936. 3920. Sartin, Hank. “Goin’ to the Show, Toon Style: Images of Audience in Cartoons of the 30s and 40s.” Paper presented at Society for Cinema Studies, West Palm Beach, FL, April 15-18, 1999. 3921. “Saturday Super Schedule.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), p. 74. 3922. [“Saved by Gasoline”]. Essanay News. Aug. 28, 1915, p. 4. 3923. Scapperotti, Dan. “Stronger Than an Inflated Budget: The Fleischer’s Superman.” Anime Fantastique. Fall 1999, p. 12. 3924. Schaeffer, William. “Struggling with an Invisible Hand: Exploring the Specificity of Animation, from Cohl to Kricfalusi.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Brisbane, Australia, Aug. 4, 1999. 3925. Segal, Philip. “Animated Films: A History and Filmography.” Previews. 5:3 (1976), pp. 8-11. 3926. “Selling America: Post-War Propaganda Cartoons.” Presentation at World Animation Celebration, Hollywood, CA, June 3, 2000. 3927. “Serious Business Is Upsetting Some Serious Animation Readers.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1997, p. 6. 3928. The Sho Card Cartoonist. Minneapolis: Bart Publications, 1929. 3929. Shull, Michael S. “Animated and Outrageous: Sex, Ethnicity and Politics in America’s Pre-Code Cartoons, 1931-1934.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 3930. Shull, Michael S. and David E. Wilt. Doing Their Bit: Wartime American Animated Short Films, 1939-1945. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 1987. 208 pp. 3931. Shull, Michael S. and David E. Wilt. Doing Their Bit: Wartime American Animated Short Films, 1939-1945. 2nd Ed. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 2003. 256 pp. 3932. Singer, Greg. “A Brief History of the Animated Horse.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 18-22. 3933. Sito, Tom. “Backstage in the Golden Age.” Animation. Dec. 1997, pp. 49, 51-53. 3934. Sito, Tom. “Backstage in the Golden Age: Part II: Of Politics, Furniture and the ‘Walk-Around Boys.’” Animation. April 1998, pp. 51, 53-54, 56. 3935. Slide. Anthony. The BIG V: A History of the Vitagraph Company. Rev. ed. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1987. (J.S. Blackton, pp. 18-31). 3936. Stewart, Bhob. “Flix.” Heavy Metal. April 1980, pp. 7-9. 3937. Swanigan, Michael and Darrell McNeil. Animation by Filmation. Simi Valley, CA: Black Bear Press, 1993. 206 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

3938. Tabbush, Jennifer. “Disney’s Animated Shorts and Features During the World War II Years: 1940 to 1945.” Animatrix. 6 (1992), pp. 9-20. 3939. “Tekenfilms – Nauwe Verwantschap met Het Stripverhaal.” Stripschrift. No. 17, n.d., pp. 4-7. 3940. Thompson, Richard. “Meep Meep.” December. Vol. 13. 3941. [“A Tragedy in Toyland”]. Moving Picture World. May 20, 1911, p. 1144. 3942. Turconi, Davide. “Appunti per Una Storia dei Cartoni Animati di Produzione Statunitense Parte Seconda: 1915-1918.” Griffithiana. Maggio 1985, pp. 60-69. 3943. Turconi, Davide. “Filmografia.” Griffithiana. Maggio 1985, pp. 70-92. 3944. “The Typical Schlesinger Employee.” Exposure Sheet. Jan. 20, 1939. 3945. Ware, Hames. “Cartoon Correspondence.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 6-7. 3946. “Warner Brothers’ Characters: The World of Humor, Romance and Fantasy.” Animatoon. No. 16, 1998, pp. 104-107. 3947. Webb, Pat R. “Halas and Batchelor: A Bit of Cinema History.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Summer 1995, p. 6. 3948. White, Kenneth. “Animated Cartoons.” The Hound and the Horn. Oct./Dec. 1931. Also in American Film Criticism from the Beginnings to Citizen Kane, edited by S. Kauffman, NY: Livewright, 1972. 3949. [“William Hohenzollern, Sausage Maker”]. Moving Picture World. April 19, 1919, p. 433. 3950. Williams, David R. “Animating the Inanimate.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 28, 1996. 3951. Woolery, George. “A Brief History of Animated Cartoons as Televised Programming in the United States 1946-1981.” Animator. Winter 1984/85, pp. 13-16. 3952. Wust, Markus. “What’s Up Adolf?’ The Use of Cartoon Movies in American Anti-German Propaganda During World War II.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 16, 2001. 3953. “You Don’t Need a Rocket To Get to the Moon: Space Animation 1921- 1956, Introduction by John Canemaker.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. April 2001, pp. 6, 8. 3954. Zucker, Barbara Fleisher. “Competition for Audience: Museum Storytellers and ‘The Movies’ (1910-1920).” Animation Journal. Fall 1998, pp. 35-47. Preservation 3955. Amidi, Amid. “Animation Preservation: UCLA’s Film and Television Archive’s Ninth Festival of Preservation.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, p. 105. United States: Animation 207

3956. “Animated Films on the Library of Congress List of Works Being Preserved – Honored by the National Film Registry.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2001, p. 4. 3957. Barbagallo, Ron. “The Care of Animation Cels: An Introduction.” Animation. May 1996, pp. 58, 66. 3958. Cohen, Karl. “The Glad Family Trust Collection is Truly Remarkable.” Animation World. Oct. 1999, 7 pp. 3959. Goodman, Martin. “Baby Steps: The Babyfication of Cartoon Classics.” Animation World. Oct. 2002, pp. 31-34. 3960. Gray, Milton. “Animation Preservation.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 16, 69. 3961. Gray, Milton. “Our Disappearing Cartoon Heritage.” Animation. March 1996, pp. 4, 58. 3962. Guldin, Jere. “Advancing Animation Preservation: ASIFA-Hollywood and the Animation Preservation Project.” Animation Journal. Spring 1998, pp. 78-85. 3963. Guldin, Jere. “Animation Preservation Report.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 17-18. 3964. Guldin, Jere. “Animation Preservation Report.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 16, 68. 3965. Guldin, Jere. “Animation Preservation Report.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 12-13. 3966. Guldin, Jere. “Animation Preservation Report.” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 12-13. 3967. Guldin, Jere. “Report on the Animation Preservation Project.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1996, p. 5. 3968. Guldin, Jere. “Saved! Early Cartoons from the Animation Preservation Project.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 29, 1995. 3969. Guldin, Jere. “Westwood’s Fortune: UCLA Film and Television Archive.” Animation World. April 1998. 3 pp. 3970. “Inkwell Images Discovers Negatives and Soundtracks to 10 Fleischer Sound Cartoons Made Before Disney Made His First Sound Cartoon.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. April 2001, p. 4. 3971. “Iowa State Receives $100K To Preserve Films.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter 1997/98, p. 5. 3972. Korkis, Jim. “The ‘Lost’ Fleischer Superman Cartoon.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 10, 2002, pp. 14-20. 3973. “‘Lost’ Fleischer Films Found.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Summer 1995, p. 10. 3974. Spiegel, Susan. “Care and Conservation.” In-Toon. Fall 1992, pp. 17-18. 3975. “Woodpecker in the Smithsonian.” Comics Feature. No. 23/24, 1983, p. 16. 208 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Technology 3976. “All About Making of Animated Cartoons.” Spectator; the Great National Insurance Weekly. May 10, 1934, pp. 30-31. 3977. Arnheim, Rodolf. “Sound Commands.” Intercine (Rome). March 1935, p. 167. 3978. Blair, Preston. Animation. Laguna Beach, CA: Foster Art Service, 1949. 3979. Bryman, Alan. “Theorizing the Early Technologies of Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 3980. Callahan, David. “Cel Animation: Mass Production and Marginalization in the Film Industry.” Film History. 2:3, pp. 223-266. 3981. Clark, George G. “Putting Clouds into Exterior Scenes.” In The Technique of Motion Picture Production, for Meeting of Society of Motion Picture Engineers, Hollywood. NY: Interscience Publishers, 1944. 3982. Croy, Homer. “The Making of the Animated Cartoon.” In How Motion Pictures Are Made, pp. 308-327. NY: Harper and Brothers, 1918. Reprinted, NY: Arno Press, 1978. 3983. “Drawing Animated Cartoons for the Movies.” Popular Mechanics. Oct. 1924, pp. 611-614. 3984. Eastman, Phil. “New Techniques and Uses.” In Proceedings of Writers’ Congress (1943), Sponsored by Hollywood Writers’ Mobilization and the University of California. Berkeley: University of California, 1944. 3985. Falk, Nat. How To Make Animated Cartoons: The History and Technique. NY: Foundation Books, 1941. 3986. Frierson, Michael. “The Invention of Plasticine and the Use of Clay in Early Motion Pictures.” Film History. 5:2 (1993), pp. 142-158. 3987. Green, Bert. “The Making of an Animated Cartoon.” 1915. On file, Library of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. 3988. Gregory, Carl L., ed. “Animated Cartoons.” In A Condensed Course in Motion Picture Photography, by Carl L. Gregory, pp. 257-266. NY: New York Institute of Photography, 1920. 3989. Hamilton, Christine. “Masters of Laughter; How the Animated Cartoons Are Made.” National Board of Review Magazine. Nov. 1926, pp. 14-15. 3990. Hill, Michael. “Rotography: From Betty Boop to MTV.” Form/Work 1. Oct. 1997. 3991. Hubley, John and Zachary Schwartz. “Animation Learns a New Language.” Hollywood Quarterly. July 1946, pp. 355+. 3992. Leskosky, Richard. “The History and Technical Development of the Mutoscope.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 26, 1996. United States: Animation 209

th 3993. Leskosky, Richard J. “Phenakistoscope: 19 Century Science Turned to Animation.” Film History. 5:2 (1993), pp. 176-189. 3994. Leskosky, Richard J. “Two-State Animation: The Thaumatrope and Its Spin-Offs.” Animation Journal. Fall 1993, pp. 20-35. 3995. “Le Zootrope en Kit.” Heeza. Dec. 1996-Feb. 1997, pp. 6-7. 3996. Lutz, Edwin G. “One-Turn, One-Picture Work.” In The Motion-Picture Cameraman, by Edwin G. Lutz, pp. 159-184. NY: Scribner’s, 1927. 3997. McCracken, Harry. “In Praise of 8mm.” Animato! Summer 1996, pp. 22-23. 3998. Potamkin, Harry A. “New Ideas for Animation; Suggestions for Amateur Experiment.” Movie Makers. Dec. 1929, pp. 800-801. 3999. Rotha, Paul. “Trick Films.” In Movie Parade, by Paul Rotha, pp. 133, 138-142. The Studio Publications, 1936. 4000. Smith, Sidney. “Screen Cartoons; How They Are Made.” In Opportunities in the Motion Picture Industry, pp. 89-93. Los Angeles, CA: Photoplay Research Society, 1922. 4001. Taylor, Cora W. comp. “Animating Hand-Made Pictures.” In Masters and Masterpieces of the Screen, by Cora W. Taylor, pp. 93-95. NY: Collier, 1927. 4002. Turney, Harold. Cartoon Production (Film Guide’s Hand Book). Hollywood, CA: Film Guide, 1940. 96 pp. 4003. Ward, Doug. “A Short Animated History and Analysis of CD-I.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 24, 2001. 4004. Williams, David R. “A Line in Your Lap: A Brief Look at Stereoscopic Animation.” Plateau. 22:1 (2001), pp. 3-5. IMAGES, PORTRAYALS 4005. Abel, Sam. “The Rabbit in Drag: Camp and Gender Construction in the American Animated Cartoon.” Journal of Popular Culture. Winter 1995, pp. 183-202. 4006. Altyn, John. “African Americans in Cartoons: A Misunderstood Legacy.” In Toon! Winter/Spring 193. 4007. Bishop, James M. and Daniel R. Krause. “Depictions of Aging and Old Age on Saturday Morning Television.” Gerontologist. Feb. 1984, pp. 91-94. 4008. Cohen, Karl. “How Criticism Helped Bring About the End of Black Stereotypes in Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 30, 1995. 4009. Cohen, Karl. “Racism and Resistance.” Black Stereotypes in Animation.“ Animation Journal. Spring 1996, pp. 43-68. 210 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4010. Frierson, Michael. “The Image of the Hillbilly in Warner Bros. Cartoons of the 1930s.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 27, 1996. 4011. Gaines, Judith. “Where Have All the Mothers Gone? They’re Dead or Missing in This Year’s Films for Kids.” Boston Globe story reprinted in San Francisco Examiner’s Datebook. Aug. 13, 1995. 4012. Hesse, Petra and John E. Mack. The World Is A Dangerous Place: Images of the Enemy on Children’s Television. NY: Plenum Press, 1991. 4013. Lindvall, Terry. “Darker Shades of Animation History: Cartoon Images of African Americans.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 30, 1995. 4014. McGuire, Dewey. “Tin Pan Alley Cats: The Racial Stereotype in Animation.” McBoing Boing’s. Aug. 1995, p. 13. 4015. Miller, Judy. “Sex Roles in TV Cartoons.” School Health Review. 5:6, pp. 35-37. 4016. Mittell, Jason. “I’m Not Black, I’m Just Drawn That Way.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 27, 1996. 4017. Neupert, Rick. “Color and Ethnicity in George Pal’s Jasper and the Watermelons.” Paper presented at Society for Cinema Studies, West Palm Beach, FL, April 15-18, 1999. 4018. O’Bryant, Shirley L. and Charles R. Corder-Bolz. “The Effects of Television on Children’s Stereotyping of Women’s Work Roles.” Journal of Vocational Behavior. April 1978, pp. 233-244. 4019. Payson, David. “Prime-Time Race Relations in the New Millennium.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 14, 2000. 4020. Rouse, Linda. “Would You Believe in Ghosts for a Scooby Snack?: The Relationship of Saturday Morning Cartoons to Ethnic Awareness.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 27, 1996. 4021. Sampson, Henry T. That’s Enough Folks. Black Images in Animated Cartoons, 1900-1960. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow Press, 1998. 288 pp. 4022. Thompson, Teresa L. and Eugenia Zerbinos. “Gender Roles in Animated Cartoons: Has the Picture Changed in 20 Years?” Sex Roles. 32:9/10 (1995), pp. 651-673. 4023. Thompson, Teresa L. and Eugenia Zerbinos. “Television Cartoons: Do Children Notice It’s a Boy’s World?” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Atlanta, GA, Aug. 11-13, 1994. 4024. Williams, Frederick. “Sex Roles on TV: More Than Counting Buttons and Bows.” Paper presented at American Psychological Association, Toronto, Canada, Aug. 1978. United States: Animation 211

INDUSTRY 4025. Accas, Gene. “Rating the Animation Business.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, p. 19. 4026. Ackley, Laura A. “Northern Toon Boom Rivals H’wood.” Variety. July 20-26, 1998, pp. 32, 42. 4027. “Acquisitions and Ventures.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 56, 58. 4028. “Agents & Business Forecasts.” Animation. Feb. 2000, p. 93. 4029. Ault, Susanne. “Tot Biz Evolves.” Variety. Jan. 17-23, 2000, pp. N19, N26. 4030. Baisley, Sarah. “L.A. Screenings: Buying in the USA.” Animation. May 2002, p. 16. 4031. Bakker, Jasper. “De Strijd der Mieren.” Stripschrift. March 2000, pp. 16-17. 4032. “The Business of Animation.” Inklings. Summer 1994, p. 11. 4033. Carvell, Tim and Joe McGowan. “Showdown in Toontown.” Fortune. Oct. 28, 1996. 4034. Cawley, John. “Get Animated! Industry Watch.” Animato! Spring 1991, pp. 8-9. 4035. Cawley, John. “Get Animated! Industry Watch.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 8-10. 4036. Cohen, Karl. “An Editorial on the Future of Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Jan. 2000, p. 4. 4037. Cohen, Karl. “Hollywood Executives Do Not Seem To Be Skilled at Spotting Flops Ahead of Time.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Sept. 2000, p. 6. 4038. Cohen, Karl. “In Greed We Trust – The Bay Area’s Billion Dollar Animation Industry Has an Ugly Side to It.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1996, pp. 7-8. 4039. Cohen, Karl. “It Happens in Reel Life.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1997, p. 9. 4040. Courtmanche, John. “Have Smaller Houses Turned Virtual Corner?” Variety. July 28-Aug. 3, 2003, pp. B1, B6. 4041. Crawford, Curtis. “Doing ‘Business’ in a Cartoon World.” Animation. April 2000, p. 128. 4042. Davis, Michael. “Guest Editorial.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 19, 1996, p. 4. 4043. Deneroff, Harvey. “American Animated Movie Market Update.” Animatoon. No. 44, 2003, pp. 6-9. 4044. Deneroff, Harvey. “Hollywood Update.” Animatoon. No. 16, 1998, pp. 79-81. 4045. Deneroff, Harvey. “Industry Notebook.” Animation. Dec. 1995, p. 44. 212 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4046. Deneroff, Harvey. “No Home Run, but Plenty of Pay Dirt.” Animatoon. No. 41, 2003, pp. 52-55. 4047. Deneroff, Harvey. “Of Thieves and Cobblers.” Animation Magazine. Oct./Nov. 1995, p. 48. 4048. Deneroff, Harvey. “Where the Action Is.” Animation World Magazine. Feb. 1997. 4049. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 5, 1996, pp. 28, 34. (Animation and book industry). 4050. “Fast Love for Frosh Toons.” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, p. 10. 4051. Feiwell, Jill. “The Animation Race Is On.” Variety. Dec. 17-23, 2001, p. 77. 4052. “15 Top Animated Films (Grosses Through 10-29-00).” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 68. 4053. “Film Animation Making Forays into TV.” Toronto Globe and Mail. Jan. 8, 1987, p. B-15. 4054. “Funny Business.” EV. Dec. 2000, p. 8. 4055. Gelman, Morrie. “Alliances: Finding the Perfect Mate.” Animation. Feb. 2000, pp. 9-10, 12. 4056. Gelman, Morrie. “The Exploding Baby Bells.” Animation. May 1996, p. 10. 4057. Gelman, Morrie. “The Forecast of Feature Film Animation.” Animation. March 1998, p. 7. 4058. Gelman, Morrie. “It’s a People Business.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 9, 71. 4059. Gelman, Morrie. “NATPE Report: The Changing Face of Animation.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 18-19, 75. 4060. Gelman, Morrie. “The Promise of Tomorrow.” Animation. March 1997, p. 4. 4061. Goldsmith-Vein, Ellen. “The Industry Insider.” Animation. Aug. 2001, p. 12. 4062. Goldsmith-Vein, Ellen. “The Industry Insider.” Animation. Oct. 2001, p. 33. 4063. Goodman, Martin. “June Bugged.” Animation World. July 2001, pp. 12- 15. 4064. Graser. Marc. “’Tooning Up or ’Tooning Out?” Variety. June 2-8, 2003, pp. 1, 62. 4065. Gray, Milton. “Animation Vs. Industry Politics.” CAPS. Nov. 1993, pp. 10-17. 4066. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Riding the Shock Waves: Cash-Strapped U.S. Outfits Look Abroad.” Variety. March 26-April 1, 2001, p. M31-M32, M36. 4067. Harz, Christopher. “Merger of the Entertainment Capitols: Military Meets the Biz.” Animation. Dec. 1999, pp. 37, 39. United States: Animation 213

4068. Harz, Christopher. “10 Steps to a Successful Business Plan.” Animation. Feb. 2001, pp. 44-45. 4069. “Here Comes Hollywood.” Plateau. 20:2 (1999), p. 32. 4070. Hettrick, Scott. “Vid Hits Generate Gold & Glitz.” Variety. June 19-25, 2000, pp. 7, 76. 4071. Hibbert, Jerry. ‘Staying Ahead of the Game.” Animation World Magazine. Feb. 1997. 4072. Hoogesteijn, Pieter. “No Peanuts.” Stripschrift. Sept. 1991, pp. 18-19. 4073. “An Impressive Article About Animation As a Serious Business Was Run in the L.A. Times, June 1, 1997.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1997, p. 6. 4074. Issen, Rob. “Traditional Animation Resurges – and Merges.” Animation. Jan. 2000, p. 76. 4075. “Is the Animation Boom in Trouble?” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 1999, p. 5. 4076. Johnson, Debra. “Battle for Cel Block.” Variety. Sept. 30-Oct. 6, 2002, pp. B3, B4. 4077. Karon, Paul. “Beastly Battle Brewing.” Variety. Dec. 24, 2001-Jan. 6, 2002, pp. 33, 36. 4078. Karon, Paul. “Blurry Rules for Toons Kudo.” Variety. Dec. 24, 2001- Jan. 6, 2002, pp. 33, 36. 4079. Karon, Paul and Leonard Klady. “High Noon for Toon Boon.” Variety. June 15-21, 1998, pp. 1, 117. 4080. Katz, Richard. “Cable Sees Branding Bounty in Toddlers.” Variety. Aug. 12-16, 1998, p. 19. 4081. Kay, Kevin. “‘Now Playing on Broadway.’” Animation. Oct. 1999, p. 84. 4082. Kellogg, M.A. “The Toon Boom.” TV Guide. Dec. 19, 1992, pp. 6-9. 4083. Klein, Norman M. 7 Minutes: The Life and Death of the American Animated Cartoon. London and New York: Verso, 1993. 284 pp. 4084. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “All Good Things Must Come to an End.” Toon. Summer 1999, p. 64. 4085. Kurcfeld, Michael. “Animation: What’s Next?” Animag. 2:1 (1992), p. 44. 4086. Levin, Gary. “The Branding of Animation.” Variety. June 24-30, 1996, pp. 86, 90. 4087. Levin, Gary. “Muscle Tussle for Kid Coin.” Variety. Feb. 12-18, 1995, pp. 23, 26. 4088. “Local Trade News.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1996, pp. 2-3. 4089. Loesch, Margaret. “America’s Animation Appetite Abounds!” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, pp. 12-13. 4090. Lowry, Brian. “Industry Goliaths Tooning Up.” Variety. Feb. 5-11. 1996, pp. 23, 26. 214 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4091. Lurio, Eric. “Things Look Bad for Animation.” Animation. June/July 1996, p. 10. 4092. Lyons, Mike. “TV Toon Titans.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 8-9. 4093. Lyman, Rick. “Animators Say, ‘That’s All, Folks.’” New York Times. July 24, 2000, p. Arts 1, 3. 4094. McGill, Douglas C. “They Haven’t Even Started on Huey, Dewey and Louie.” Toronto Globe and Mail. May 26, 1989, p. C-3. 4095. Mallory, Michael. “Hacking Through the Toon Jungle; Industry Swells, Field Crowds, Tactics Change.” Daily Variety. March 25, 1996. 4096. Mallory, Michael. “When Big Toons Attack.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, pp. A-1, A-2. 4097. Mathews, Jay. “Morph for the Money.” In Messages 3: The Washington Post Media Companion, edited by Thomas Beell, pp. 271-274. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1996. 4098. “Mergers and Acquisitions.” Animatoon. No. 28, 2000, pp. 50-51. 4099. Michaels, Robert. “Getting Organized.” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 33- 34, 37-39, 41. 4100. Miller, John M. “Staying on Top of the Animation Game.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 3, 1996, pp. 28-30. 4101. “Moneybones Comments.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. April 2001, pp. 5-6. 4102. Moore, Scott. “It’s Prime Time for Animation.” Philadelphia Inquirer TV Week. March 2, 1997, pp. 4-5. 4103. “More Animation from Telepictures.” Broadcasting. Oct. 7, 1985, pp. 44-46. 4104. “New Kids in the Animation Blocks.” Broadcasting. Nov. 4, 1985, pp. 44-45. 4105. “1997 Was a Productive Year for Animated Student Films.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1997, pp. 6-7. 4106. “Outlook and Game Plan for New Companies Entering the Field.” Animation. Dec. 2001, pp. 22-23. 4107. “Out of Toon.” Variety. April 16-22, 2001, p. 7. 4108. Pecora, Norma O. The Business of Children’s Entertainment. NY: Guilford Press, 1998. 4109. Pendleton, Jennifer. “Animation: a Cartoon Comeback.” Knoxville News-Sentinel. June 13, 1990, pp. B-1, B-8. 4110. Potamkin, Buzz. “Fearless Predictions.” Animation World. Jan. 2000, 4 pp. 4111. Province, James C. and N.F. Mendoza. “The Animation Explosion.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 30-32, 34, 36, 38. 4112. Purves, Barry J.C. “Boldly Throwing Down the Gauntlet.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 5 pp. United States: Animation 215

4113. Purves, Barry J.C. “Hollywood Return Ticket.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1996, pp. 8-9. (Reprinted from ASIFA International Newsletter. No. 1, 1996). 4114. Raugust, Karen. “Weathering the Storm.” Animation. May 2001, pp. 39- 40, 42. 4115. Ryan, Desmond. “A Challenge to the Goliath of Animation.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Nov. 27, 1997, pp. C-l, C-17. 4116. Saperstein, Patricia. “Picture Book Pursuit.” Variety. Jan. 18-24, 1999, p.N16. 4117. Schneider, Michael. “TV Toppers Fret over Toon Boom.” Variety. Jan. 31-Feb. 6, 2000, p. 47. 4118. Scott, A.O. “It’s a Joy Ride, and the Kids Are Driving.” New York Times. Aug. 11, 2002. 4119. Scott, Elaine. Look Alive: Behind the Scenes of an Animated Film. NY: Morrow. 1992. 4120. Shane, Judith. “Listen Up. It’s Playtime.” Animation World. Sept. 1996. 4121. Sigler, Richard. “NATPE 2001: Where Has All the Animation Gone?” Animation. April 2001, p. 14. 4122. Singer, Greg. “Producing Animation in the Third Millennium.” Animation World. Oct. 2002, pp. 51-55. 4123. Solomon, Charles. “Animation’s New Wave.” TV Guide. July 12, 1997, pp. 20-26. 4124. Starr, David. “Animation Sizzles.” Animation. July 1999, p. 52. 4125. Stern, Cori. “So You Wanna Be an Animation Executive?” Animation World. Sept. 1996. 4126. Strauss, Bob. “Making Dreams Come True.” Animation. Nov.-Dec. 1998, p. 26. 4127. Street, Rita. “Entertainment Demand Increases Boutiques Supply Unique Animation.” On Production and Post-Production. Sept. 1995. Reprinted in The Hollywood Eclectern. No. 15, 1995/96, p. 13. 4128. Street, Rita. “15 Biggest Changes 1985-2000.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 32. 4129. “Success Strategies for Small Companies or How To Tread Water.” Animation. Dec. 2001, pp. 18-20. 4130. “Toon Cumes.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-2. 4131. Townsend, Emru. “First the Auto Industry, and Now This?” fps. Sept. 1993, p. 3. 4132. van Cleef, Pieter. “Najaarsoogst in Animatieland.” Stripschrift. Oct. 1998, p. 20. 4133. van Willigen, Rein. “De Klokkenluiders van Burbank.” Stripschrift. Nov. 1997, pp. 14-17. 4134. Williams, M. “Confab’s New Toon: Biz Changing Amid Flood of Animation, Int’l Coin.” Daily Variety. Oct. 4, 1999, p. 16. 216 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4135. Wolff, Ellen. “When the Toons Come Marching In.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, p. A19. 4136. “Work by Bay Area Animation and Effects Companies Makes Millions.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2002, p. 2. 4137. Zahed, Ramin. “Ani Shorts Benefit from Inside Buzz.” Variety. Jan. 10- 16, 2000, p. 60. 4138. Zahed, Ramin. “Despite Banner Year, Toons Still Ghettoized.” Variety. Jan. 10-16, 2000, p. 60. Distribution 4139. Cohen, Karl. “Imax May Be the Greatest Film Delivery System Ever Developed, But Will It Prosper?” Animation World. Dec. 2000, pp. 8- 14. 4140. Desowitz, Bill. “Marketing Animated Features as a Must-See Event.” Animation. March 2002, pp. 23-24, 26. 4141. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Viva Las Vegas!” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 21-23. 4142. Frankenhoff, Brent. “Video Views.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 30, 1998, p. 40. 4143. Gauthier, Guy. “Teledistribution and Urban Animation.” Communi- cations. Vol. 21, 1974, pp. 124-135. 4144. Graser, Marc. “Ferreting Out Franchises for Direct-to-Vid Futures.” Variety. Feb. 8-14, 1999, pp. 9-10. 4145. Hayes, Dade. “Exhibs’ New Tech-ing Order.” Variety. March 13-19, 2000, pp. 9, 11. 4146. Hettrick, Scott. “There’s Gold in Them DVDs.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, pp. 20, 30. 4147. Jackson, Wendy. “A Literary Draw: Storyopolis.” Animation World. Jan. 1998. 4148. Johnston, George. “Growth Looms in the Made-for-Video Animation Market.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 5 pp. 4149. Katz, Richard. “Syndie Era Over.” Variety. Jan. 18-24, 1999, pp. N9, N14. 4150. Mackey, Dave. “The Mackey Report: Saturday Morning and Syndication Animation 1993-1994.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 50-54. 4151. Peters, Jenny. “The Direct Path to Video.” Animation. July 1998, pp. 27- 30. 4152. Raugust, Karen. “Direct-to-Video.” Animation. Sept. 2000, pp. 22-23, 65. 4153. Scott, Jeffrey. “Selling Yourself.” Animation. Aug. 2001, p. 18. 4154. Segal, Steve. “A Guide to DVD Buying.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2000, pp. 5-6. 4155. “Universal Extends Distribution Pact with DreamWorks.” Animation. July 2001, p. 22. United States: Animation 217

4156. “Video Distributors.” Animation Journal. Spring 1999, p. 96. Economics 4157. Beardmore, Marie. “On the Outside Looking In: How the U.S. Market Is Perceived from Abroad.” Animation. April 1996, pp. 36, 39. 4158. “Big Year for Animated B.O.” Daily Variety. Nov. 25, 1998, p. 17. 4159. Cohen, Karl. “Has the Animation Boom Peaked?” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1997, pp. 7-8. 4160. Cohen, Karl. “2002 Was a Combination of Great Successes for Some Local Companies and Downsizing for Others – Hopefully 2003 Will Be a Great Year for All.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2003, p. 1. 4161. Crew, Adrienne. “Dealing with Financially Distressed Clients.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2003, p. 6. 4162. “The Cummulative [sic] Box Office Grosses for 2000.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Sept. 2000, p. 5. 4163. Deneroff, Harvey. “Supply and Demand.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, p. 18. 4164. “Developing the Next Animated Blockbuster: It Isn’t an Easy Process.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 40-41. 4165. Fisher, Michael. “New Forms Fuel Toon Boom.” Variety. Jan. 1-7, 1996, p. 72. 4166. Goldsmith-Vein, Ellen. “Financing Series Animation: 101.” Animation. April 2002, p. 30. 4167. Goodman, Martin. “Boom and Doom.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 26-29. 4168. Groves, Don. “Toon Tally Titillates O’Seas B.O.” Variety. March 25- 31, 2002, pp. 11, 24. 4169. Kenyon, Heather. “Will Supply Exceed the Demand?” Animation World. May 1999. 3 pp. 4170. Lowry, B. “Tie-ins: Raising the Bottom Line in Kidvid.” Hollywood Reporter. June 2, 1987. 4171. Miller, Bob. “Jerry Beck: The State of Animation, 1997.” Animation Planet. Spring/Summer 1998, pp. 18-27. 4172. Miller, John M. “Gloom in the Bloom.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 6, 1999, pp. 18-19. 4173. Morgan, Richard. “Marketeers Eye Long-Term Thrills.” Variety. June 15-21, 1998, pp. 7, 14. 4174. Neal, Jim. “Remakes Bring Animation to Life.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 7, 1995, p. 6. 4175. Sarg, Tony. “Movies on Strings.” Photoplay. Dec. 1921, pp. 36, 114. 4176. Shields, Mikael and Steve Walsh. “Things Look Good for Animation.” Animation. April 1996, pp. 8, 75. 4177. Sigler, Richard. “Taxes, Taxes, Taxes.” Animation. Dec. 1997, p. 4. 218 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4178. Stilson, Janet. “Kid Properties Take New Shape To Drive Revs.” Variety. March 17-23, 2003, p. A3. 4179. Street, Rita. “Television Animation & the Global Economy: Part III: MIPCOM 2002: The Good, the Bad & The Kinda Ugly.” Animation. Nov. 2002, pp. 18-19. 4180. “Tooning up to $100 Mil.” Variety. Nov. 15-21, 1999, p. 1. 4181. Wood, Daniel. “Cartoon Boom.” Christian Science Monitor. Oct. 10, 1986, pp. 18-20. Production 4182. “Animation Producers Set.” Variety. March 4-10, 2002, p. 60. 4183. “Animation Production Management Roster: North America.” Animation. July 1999, pp. 19-20, 22-29. 4184. Callahan, David. “Cel Animation: Mass Production and Marginalization in the Animated Film Industry.” Film History. Sept.-Oct. 1988, pp. 223- 228. 4185. Cohen, Karl. “San Francisco Is a Major Animation Production Center.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1999, p. 5. 4186. “Films in Production & Development.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 22- 23. 4187. Gelman, Morrie. “Co-productions 102.” Animation. June 1999, pp. 23, 64-66. 4188. Kaufman, Debra. “Consolidation in the Post Industry: A Sign of the Times.” Animation. May 2000, p. 49. 4189. Kaufman, Debra. “The Quest for the Best Post.” Animation. Feb. 1996, pp. 38-39, 41. 4190. Kaufman, Debra. “Survival Tips for Post Houses. Making It Through the Crunch.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 50-54. 4191. Lutz, E.G. Animated Cartoons: How They Are Made, Their Origin and Development. Bedford, MA: Applewood Books, 1998. 261 pp. Reprint of 1920 edition published by Simon and Schuster. 4192. Miller, Linda. “Dateline: The Napa Valley.” Animation. Feb. 1995, p. 13. 4193. Mohr, Ian. “Int’l Showgoers Chat up Co-prods.” Variety. Jan. 18-24, 1999, pp. N9, N16. 4194. Moore, Frazier. “Tooning to Reality: One TV Trend.” AP news release, July 10, 2000. 4195. “NAB 2000. The State of Animation Post.” Animation. April 2000, pp. 85-86. 4196. “Producer’s Reel.” Animation. July 1999, p. 43. 4197. Sigler, Richard. “Anatomy of a Runaway Production.” Animation. March 2002, p. 18. United States: Animation 219

4198. “TV Production and Distribution.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 47-48, 51- 54, 56-57, 59. 4199. Weld, Anita. “Creativity Goes On and On....” The Verdigo Newspaper Group. April 1, 1984, p. 2. 4200. Winder, Catherine and Zahra Dowlatabadi. “Producing Animation: Building the Budget.” Animation World. Aug. 2001, pp. 26-27. 4201. Winder, Catherine and Zahra Dowlatabadi. “Producing Animation: The Development Process.” Animation World. Sept. 2001, pp. 12-14. 4202. Winder, Catherine and Zahra Dowlatabadi. “Producing Animation: Getting in the Door.” Animation World. May 2001, pp. 11-12. 4203. Winder, Catherine and Zahra Dowlatabadi. “Producing Animation: The Producer’s Thinking Map.” Animation World. June 2001, pp. 23-24. Independent 4204. Ackley, Laura. “Indie Shops Animate Blurb Scene with Eye-poppers.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, pp. A14, A16. 4205. Amidi, Amid. “Indie Animated Features: Are They Possible?” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 25-28. 4206. Backes, Evan. “Evan’s Indie Corner.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 90-92. 4207. Bloom, David. “Indie Animators Try To Go Feature Route.” Variety. June 9-15, 2003, p. 12. 4208. Callaghan, D. “Fine-Tooning: The Cyclical Business of Small-Screen Animation Is Slowly Making a Turn Toward the Independents.” Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 22-28, 2002. Special Section: Animation, p. S4. 4209. Chimovitz, Melissa. “Declaration of Independents. Independent Animation Is Alive and Well in New York.” Animation World. May 1998. 10 pp. 4210. Cooper, Kellie-Bea. “Indies Beware – Trip-Ups and Pitfalls To Avoid.” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 15, 22, 24. 4211. Cotte, Olivier. “New York Independent Animation: 25 Years Later.” ASIFA Magazine. Autumn 2003, pp. 18-21. 4212. Deneroff, Harvey. “Making It.” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 18-19. 4213. Furniss, Maureen R. “The Current State of American Independent Animation and a Prediction for Its Future.” Thesis, San Diego, 1987. 172 pp. 4214. Goodman, Martin. “Sody Pop Rides the Carousel: A Tale of Two Independents.” Animation World. May 2000, pp. 17-20. 4215. Hetherington, Janet L. “Animation Companies Go Ape Over Alternative Comics.” Animation. June 1997, pp. 18-19. 4216. Kenyon, Heather. “Beyond the Majors: Independent Animation Feature Production.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 6-11. 220 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4217. Kenyon, Heather. “A New Age for American Independents.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 32-33. 4218. McLaughlin, Dan. “Independent Animation in the Land of the Magic Kingdom: Between A Rock and Hollywood.” Animatrix. 6 (1992), pp. 5-8. 4219. Raugust, Karen. “Survival Tips.” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 20-21, 24. 4220. Stewart, Bhob. “Flix.” Heavy Metal. June 1980, pp. 5, 81-86. 4221. Warren, Dave. “Being an Independent Creator and Other Fupduck Ideas – Part I.” Animation World. June 2003, pp. 16-21. 4222. Warren, Dave. “Being an Independent Creator and Other Fupduck Ideas – Part 2.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 21-25. 4223. Willis, Holly. “Auteurs Re-animate Mature Indie Scene.” Variety. Aug. 6-12, 2001, p. 28. LABOR 4224. “Animation Writers Battle Nickelodeon.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2002, p. 4. 4225. “Blue Sky Lays Off About 100 People in Their Animation Department.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 6. 4226. Deneroff, Harvey. “Employment in L.A. Area Continues Rapid Growth.” The Animation Report. March/April 1996, pp. 1-5. 4227. Deneroff, Harvey. “Survey Shows How Far Wages Have Gone Up.” The Animation Report. March/April 1996, pp. 6-7. 4228. Edelstein, Bill. “O’Seas Work for U.S. Folk.” Variety. June 19-25, 1995, p. 69. 4229. Gannaway, Ilene Renee. “Down and Out in Toon Town: The Status of Animation Jobs in the United States.” Animation World. Jan. 2001, pp. 7-10. 4230. “The Hollywood Animation Union (M.S.P.C. #839).” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, p. 28. 4231. Hurwicz, Michael. “Debris from Dot Com Crash Hits Animators.” Animation World. Jan. 2001, pp. 11-16. 4232. Keller, Virginia. “Guerrilla Television at ABC: ‘Your Favorite Program Will Not Be Seen Tonight Due to Greedy Ownership.” Democratic Communiqué. Spring 1998, pp. 20-24. 4233. Kenyon, Heather. “Tom Sito, M.P.S.C. 839 President, Answers the Tough Questions.” Animation World. May 2000, pp. 24-26. 4234. Krishnamurty, Vidya. “Unionized Fun in the Sun!” Union Plus. Spring 1997, pp. 20-22. 4235. McConnohie, Michael. “Blaming Actors for Rising Animation Costs Is Mickey Mouse.” Los Angeles Times. Feb. 17, 1992, p. F3. 4236. McNary, Dave. “Cartoonists Unlikely To Be Drawn into a Strike.” Variety. Aug. 14-20, 2000, p. 6. United States: Animation 221

4237. Massie, Jeff, with Harvey Deneroff. “How We Got Here.” 1992 Screen Cartoonists Annual, pp. 9-24. 4238. Miller, Craig. “Better for All Concerned: The Writers Guild of America’s Animation Writers Caucus.” Animation World. Sept. 1998. 5 pp. 4239. “MTV Lays Off Hundreds of Employees and Closes Their Animation Studio in NYC.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 6. 4240. Schiff, Laura. “Animated Equity.” Anime Fantastique. Summer 1999, p. 29. 4241. Scott, Jeffrey. “Animation Without Representation.” Animation. April 2000, p. 8. 4242. “Simpsons Actors Get Raises.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2001, p. 5. 4243. Sito, Tom. “The Hollywood Animation Union (M.P.S.C. #839).” Animation World. July 1998. 4244. Tracy, James F. “Whistle While You Work: The Disney Company and the Global Division of Labor.” Journal of Communication Inquiry. Oct. 1999, pp. 374-389. 4245. “The Writers Guild Finally Accepts Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1998, p. 4. Career 4246. Aguas, Jake. “The Art of the Interview: Nine Rules for Landing a Job.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, p. 68. 4247. Aguas, Jake. “The Art of Prospecting.” Animation. Aug. 2002, p. 48. 4248. Aguas, Jake. “Closing the Deal: You’ve Been Offered the Job: Now What?” Animation. March 2003, p. 54. 4249. Chan, Darlene. “Jobs and Recruiting: How Are Schools Today Preparing Students for Life in the Post-’90s Job Boom.” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 11-15. 4250. Deitch, Gene. “Don’t Give Your Right Name! – Part 1.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 56-58. 4251. Deitch, Gene. “Don’t Give Your Right Name! – Part 2.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 52-53. 4252. Deitch, Gene. “The Long and the Short of It.” Animation World. March 2003, pp. 51-54. 4253. Gelman, Morrie. “Luck of the Draw.” Animation. Aug. 1995, pp. 43, 55. 4254. Ginsburg, Janet. “Drawing Attention: How To Get Your Work Noticed.” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 34-36. 4255. Kaufman, Debra. “Finding Career Opportunities in Post.” Animation. March 1998, pp. 95-96. 4256. Kaufman, Debra. “Game Job Opportunities: Get Paid To Play.” Animation. May 1998, pp. 51-53. 222 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4257. Kenyon, Heather. “Where the Recruiters Go.” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 37-38. 4258. Kim, Joan. “Having What It Takes: A Recruiting Survey.” Animation World. May 2001, pp. 34-36. 4259. Kroon, Piet. “Don’t Quit Your Day Job, Work the Night Shift.” Animation World Magazine. Feb. 1997. 4260. Lauria, Larry. “Pulling Yourself Together: The Professional Portfolio.” Animation World. May 2000, pp. 30-31. 4261. Raiti, Gerard. “Tips on Becoming an Animation Producer.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 51-54. 4262. “Recruiter Listings.” Animation. Dec. 1997, pp. 21-22. 4263. Schreiber, Dominic. Television Animation: Opportunities in the Changing Marketplace. London: Financial Times Media and Telecoms, 1998. 4264. Sheinkopf, Evelyn. “All Aboard the Ex’pression Express.” Animation. May 2003, pp. 57-58. 4265. Simon, Mark. “Mind Your Business: 3 Keys to Successful Resumes – Key 2, Experience, Part 2.” Animation. Dec. 2003, p. 42. 4266. Singer, Gregory. “Crafting a Career in a Time of Change.” Animation World. May 2002, pp. 4-7. 4267. “Talent Talk.” Animation. May 1996, p.12. 4268. “Talent Talk.” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 12, 54. 4269. “Talent Talk: What Mistakes Do People Make in Their Portfolios?” Animation. Aug. 1996, p. 10. 4270. Thompson, Pamela K. “Are You and Your Career a True Match?” Animation. April 2001, p. 83. 4271. Thompson, Pamela. “Avoiding Time Vampires.” Animation World. Oct. 2002, pp. 44-45. 4272. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: Coping with Layoffs.” Animation World. June 2001, pp. 29-30. 4273. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: Declaration of Independence.” Animation World. July 2002, pp. 46-47. 4274. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: Don’t Delay Your Dreams.” Animation World. Sept. 2002, p. 35. 4275. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: Giving Thanks.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, p. 35. 4276. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: How Passionate Are You.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, p. 55. 4277. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: The Jobs in a Visual Effects House – Defined.” Animation World. July 2001, pp. 20-21. 4278. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: The Jobs in a Visual Effects House – Defined.” Animation World. Aug. 2001, pp. 35-36. United States: Animation 223

4279. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: The Jobs in a Visual Effects House – Defined: Part Three of Three: Lighting and Compositing/Rendering.” Animation World. Sept. 2001, pp. 23-24. 4280. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: 911 – An Emergency Call.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 65-66. 4281. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: Producing Animation.” Animation World. Dec. 2001, p. 45. 4282. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: Producing Animation.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 44-45. 4283. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: Resumes That Work.” Animation World. May 2001, pp. 37-38. 4284. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Career Coach: Time to Review.” Animation World. Dec. 2002, pp. 31-32. 4285. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Class of 2000.” Animation. Sept. 2000, pp. 49-50. 4286. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Congratulations, You’ve Been Laid Off.” Animation. Nov. 2000, pp. 63, 66. 4287. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Creating a Personal Business Plan.” Animation World. March 2003, pp. 64-65. 4288. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Graduate to a Good Life.” Animation World. June 2003, pp. 56-57. 4289. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Hot Career Tips.” Animation World. Aug. 2002, pp. 47-49. 4290. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Inside Job: It’s Showtime. Tips To Advance Your Career at Festivals and Trade Shows.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 51-52. 4291. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Internships: An Introduction to a Career.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 57-59. 4292. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Inside Job: Rebuilding Your Career.” Animation. Dec. 2001, pp. 43-44. 4293. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Learn Proper Netiquette.” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 51-52. 4294. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “May Day! Is Your Career in Distress?” Animation World. May 2002, pp. 54-55. 4295. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Name of the Game.” Animation World. April 2003, pp. 42-43. 4296. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Networking Increases Your Net Worth.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 56-57. 4297. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Picture Your Dreams.” Animation World. Jan. 2003, p. 52. 4298. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Report Cards.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 50-51. 224 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4299. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Revolution, Not Resolution.” Animation World. Feb. 2003, pp. 37-38. 4300. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Taxed to the Max.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 49-50. 4301. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “The Technique Behind a Successful Job Hunt.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 97, 99-100, 102. 4302. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Unemployment Insurance.” Animation World. Sept. 2003, pp. 58-60. 4303. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Unemployment Insurance.” Animation World. Oct. 2003, pp. 55-56. 4304. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Want To Get Hired?” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 91, 94-95. 4305. Wolff, Ellen. “Career Choices: Animators Consider the ’Alternatives.’” Animation. Nov. 2003, pp. 78, 80. MERCHANDISING 4306. Ahrens, Frank. “Disney Presents Mickey Mouse, Again.” Washington Post. July 26, 2003, pp. El, E3. 4307. Archabal. Dan. “Speed Yields Competitive Clout: Cartoon Corner Relies on Up-to-the-Minute Data.” Chain Store Age Executive. Nov. 1989, pp. 56-62. 4308. Bagot, Brian. “What’s Up, Kids?” Marketing & Media Decisions. May 1990, pp. 49-52. 4309. Baisley, Sarah. “Products of Learning Open New Doors.” Animation World. Sept. 2003, pp. 11-14. 4310. Bernstein, Paula. “Running Late, Kids Mart Eyes New Toys.” Variety. Feb. 21-27, 2000, pp. 29-30. 4311. Broadwell, Laura. “Kid Power.” Incentive Marketing. May 1986, pp. 56-62. 4312. Busch, Anita M. “Toying with Success: The Business of Licensing Is Hardly Kids Stuff.” Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 21, 1992, pp. S19+. 4313. “Call-from-Bugs Offer Draws Hare-Raising Response.” Catalog Age. Sept. 1990, p. 16. 4314. Carlsson-Paige, N. and D.E. Levin. “Saturday Morning Pushers: The Toy Industry Takes Over Children’s Television.” Utne Reader. Jan.- Feb. 1992, pp. 68-70. 4315. Capotosto, Sharon. “Commercializing the Creative: Well-Drawn Merchandising Plans Give Animation a Boost.” Animation. June 2000, p. 80. 4316. Cleaver, Joanne. “Grocery Marketing: Dinosaurs Reincarnated – To Delight of Kids, Moms.” Advertising Age. Oct. 3, 1988, p. S14. 4317. David, Peter. “But I Digress: Toys and Toons That ‘Really’ Teach.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 23, 1999, pp. 58, 56. United States: Animation 225

4318. Deare, Jennifer. “The Animated Strategy: Building a Strategic Plan for Your Products.” Animation World Magazine. Oct. 1997, 3 pp. 4319. Ellis-Simons, Pam, Marianne Meyer, and Judith Reitman. “Children: Games Marketers Play.” Marketing & Media Decisions. Sept. 1985, pp. 93-109. 4320. Engelbrecht, George. “Pushing the Look of Toy Commercials.” Animation. Feb. 1996, pp. 6, 56. 4321. “15 Top Animators Digital Toys.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 88. 4322. Fisher, Michael. “Toy-Toon Marriage an Evolving Union.” Variety. June 19-25, 1995, p. 36, 68. 4323. Fritz, Steve. “License To Sell.” Animation. Feb. 1996, pp. 22-24. 4324. Fritz, Steve. “Playing with Toys.” Animation. May 1996, pp. 6, 66. 4325. Gelfand, Michael. “Children’s Video: Play It Again.” Discount Merchandiser. May 1992, pp. 38-41. 4326. Gehnan, Morrie. “The Tides of Change.” Animation. Feb. 1996, pp. 8, 58. 4327. “G.I. Joe, the American Retailing Hero.” Chain Store Age. Oct. 1986, pp. 80-81. 4328. Gray, R. “Toy Tactics.” Livewire. Oct.-Nov. 2000, pp. 22-26. 4329. “Homer and Hank Dolls Ready To Rumble.” Animation. April 2003, p. 63. 4330. “The Hot Toys of Summer.” Animation. Oct. 2003, p. 51. 4331. Gillespie, Tarleton. “Toys R Us’ Fragile Cartoon World.” Animation World. Oct. 1999, 6 pp. 4332. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “The Toys Are Back in Town.” Variety. April 10- 16, 2000, pp. 55-56. 4333. Huelsman, Eric. “The Man Who Bought a Toy for His Kid and Kept It for Himself.” Animation World. Dec. 2000, pp. 34-37. 4334. Hultman, Tom. “It’s Toon Time.” Entertainment. July 12, 1996, pp. 10- 12. 4335. Hurwicz, Michael. “Toy Stories: Merchandising Success Without TV or Movie Exposure.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 18-23. 4336. Kenyon, Heather. Editor’s Notebook.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, p. 4. 4337. Kirkpatrick, David. D. “Shaping Cultural Tastes at Big Retail Chains.” New York Times. May 18, 2003, pp. 1, 31. 4338. Levin, Gary. “Fast Food, Hot Toons Make a Match.” Variety. June 24, 30, 1996, pp. 86, 90. 4339. London, Robby. “’T’Ain’t the Season: A Humbug’s Gift Guide for Animators.” Animation. Dec. 2003, p. 26. 4340. Mendoza, N.F. “Symbiosis: The Alliance Between Toys and Toons.” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 22-23, 56. 226 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4341. Meza, Ed. “Merchandising Arm To Co-Produce Kids Fare.” Variety. Sept.25-Oct. 1, 2000, p. 174. 4342. Milstein, Sarah. “Mickey and Pals Are on the Line.” New York Times. Dec. 5, 2002. 4343. Morgan, Richard. “Toys Battle for Tykes.” Daily Variety. Dec. 24, 1998, pp. 1, 13. 4344. Morgan, Richard. “TV Toys Are Making Big Noise.” Variety. Dec. 21, 1998-Jan. 3, 1999, pp. 6, 95. 4345. Raugust, Karen. “The ABCs of Promotional Tie-ins.” Animation. March 1997, pp. 13, 58. 4346. Raugust, Karen. “Curious Toys.” Animation. April 2000, p. 12. 4347. Raugust, Karen. “Merchandising Basics: Improving the Bottom Line.” Animation. June 1999, pp. 42-43, 62. 4348. Raugust, Karen. “Top 10 Licencees and Promotional Partners.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 52. 4349. Raugust, Karen. “Toys and Toons.” Animation. Feb. 2002, pp. 35-36. 4350. Roth, Matt. “Toys Are Us.” Democratic Communique. Winter 1996, pp. 17-22. 4351. Salmans, Sandra. “Masters of the Morning Shows.” Marketing & Media Decisions. Oct. 1987, pp. 146-150. 4352. Sandler, Adam. “Licensed To Swing Big Deals.” Variety. Feb. 5-11, 1996, pp. 73, 77. 4353. Sandler, Adam. “Mighty Rich Merchandise.” Variety. June 19-25, 1995, pp. 36, 74. 4354. Saperstein, Patricia. “Figuring Out Fickle Young Toy Buyers.” Variety. Jan. 18-24, 1999, pp. N18, N23. 4355. Schine, Eric and Gary McWilliams. “Mattel: Looking for a Few Good Boy Toys.” Business Week. Feb. 17, 1992, pp. 116-118. 4356. Schulz, David P. “Entertainment Goes Retail.” Stores. June 1992, pp. 46-48. 4357. Siegel, Dave. “Merchandising to Kids – It Ain’t Childs [sic] Play!” Animation World. Oct. 1997, 4 pp. 4358. Sigler, Richard. “How To Sell Your Product.” Animation. Sept. 1998, p. 6. 4359. Sofer, Tom. “At the Movies: Marketing Lessons from Tinseltown.” Management Review. Nov. 1992, pp. 10-15. 4360. “Spümco Merchandises the Original Blue Dog.” McBoing Boing’s. Nov. 1996, pp. 11-12. 4361. Stern, Sara E. “Characters Make the Most of Their Short Life Spans.” Advertising Age. June 9, 1986, p. S5. 4362. Street, Rita. “Feature Films: Playing with Toys.” Animation. Sept. 1995, pp. 41, 67. United States: Animation 227

4363. Szadkowski, Joseph. “Toy Fair: A Flood of Animated Toys.” Animation World. March 1998. 4364. “A Toon Lover’s Holiday Gift Guide.” Animation. Dec. 2003, pp. 28- 29. 4365. Van Benthuysen, Patricia. “Boys Will Be Boys, But They’d Rather Be He-Men.” Madison Avenue. Dec. 1985, pp. 48-51. 4366. Viselman, Kenn. “TV Exec Takes on Marketers.” Variety. Jan. 17-23, 2000, p. N24. 4367. “War Toys, Cartoons More Violent; Action Tales for Kids Are Traditional.” Advertising Age. Sept. 21, 1987, p. 18. 4368. “Will Superman Fly?” Chain Store Age. June 1987, p. 69. 4369. Wilson, Barbara J. and Audrey J. Weiss. “Developmental Differences in Children’s Reactions to a Toy Advertisement Linked to a Toy-Based Cartoon.” Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media. Fall 1992, pp. 371-394. Licensing 4370. Auchmutey, Jim. “Licensing Business Is No Laughing Matter.” Advertising Age. Oct. 25, 1984, pp. 16, 19. 4371. Ball, Ryan. “Bionicle, Unmasked.” Animation. Oct. 2003, pp. 54-55. 4372. Crawford, Ben. “Intertextual Personae: Character Licensing in Practice and Theory.” Paper presented at Australia’s Second International Conference on Animation, Sydney, Australia, March 4, 1995. 4373. Edel, Richard and Lisa Wells. “Licensing: ‘Fraggle Rock’s’ Success Surfaces Slowly; You’ve Come a Long Way, Betty.” Advertising Age. June 6, 1985, pp. 19, 32. 4374. Ellis, Beth R. “Character Licenses: How Hot Is Hot?” Discount Merchandiser. Feb. 1986, pp. 45-47. 4375. Faier, Ken. “Licensing and Merchandising Trends and Their Impact on the Sale of Animated Programming.” Animation World. Dec. 2001, pp. 25-27. 4376. Gates, Michael. “Creative Licensing.” Incentive. April 1989, pp. 32-36. 4377. Goldsmith, Jill. “The Licensing Game: It’s Not Child’s Play.” Variety. June 12-18, 2000, p. 3. 4378. Goldsmith, Jill. “Tie-ins Toon Up Licensing Confab.” Variety. June 11- 17, 2001, p. 4. 4379. “I Dream of Collectibles.” Animation. May 2003, p. 25. 4380. “Invasion of the Plush Dolls.” Animation. March 2003, pp. 25-26. 4381. Kenyon, Heather. “Licensing, Merchandising and Production: An Interview with Robby London.” Animation World Magazine. Oct. 1997, 3 pp. 4382. Lefton, Terry. “Licensing: Don’t Tell Mom.” Brandweek. Aug. 10, 1992, pp. 16-17. 228 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4383. “Licensing News.” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 32. 4384. Lyons, Mike. “Buy Product! Licensing ’99.” Animation World. July 1999, 3 pp. 4385. Lurio, Eric. “Learning from Licensing – What Sells.” Animation World. July 1999, 4 pp. 4386. “’98 Licensing Show Briefs.” Animation. June 1998, p. 47. 4387. Raugust, Karen. “Carving a Niche.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 25-26, 28. 4388. Raugust, Karen. “Creating a Licensing Strategy.” Animation. July 1997, pp. 27-29, 35. 4389. Raugust, Karen. “DIC’s New Independence Refreshes Company’s Licensing Efforts.” Animation. Jan. 2001, pp. 17-18. 4390. Raugust, Karen. “15 Top Licensed Animation Products, 1985-2000.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 62. 4391. Raugust, Karen. “Independent Studios Take Control of Licensing.” Animation. July 1997, pp. 26, 32, 36. 4392. Raugust, Karen. “Theatrical Licensing Challenge.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 21-22. 4393. Raugust, Karen. “20th Century Fox Licensing & Merchandising.” Animation. March 2001, pp. 11-12. 4394. Raugust, Karen. “Vying for Attention at Licensing ’99.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 87, 93. 4395. Reber, Deborah. “Members of the Fastest Growing Industry Meet up in the Big Apple: The Return of the Licensing Show!” Animation World. Aug. 1998. 4396. Sandier, Adam. “Product Pick Pretty Pickle.” Variety. June 19-25, pp. 68, 74. 4397. “Study Discloses $5.847 Billion Generated in Royalty Income in 2000.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2001, p. 5. 4398. Telzer, Ronnie. “Licensing: New American Classics.” Marketing Communications. 7:10 (1982), pp. 33, 36-38. 4399. “The Ugly Truth.” Animation. Sept. 2003, p. 29. 4400. “Who’s Who in Licensing Animated Products.” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 26-27, 58. 4401. Zahed, Ramin. “Stikfas’ Flexible Figures Offer Endless Possibilities.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 62. Studio Stores 4402. Goldsmith, Jill. “Ho-Hum for Studio Stores.” Variety. Dec. 6-12, 1999, pp. 9-10, 16. 4403. Klein, Teresa A. “Animation Studio Stores: The Sophisticated Retail Outlet.” Animation World. Oct. 1997, 4 pp. United States: Animation 229

4404. Robins, G. “The Disney Store: Bill MacFarlane Keeps Systems Up to Speed at Fast-Growing Chain.” Stores. Sept. 1992, pp. 37-39. REGULATORY ANDLEGAL ASPECTS 4405. Andrews, Edmund L. “Broadcasters, To Satisfy Law, Define Cartoons as Education.” New York Times. Sept. 30, 1992, pp. Al, B8. 4406. Crew, Adrienne. “ASIFA-SF’s New Legal Column.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2002, p. 5. 4407. Crosby, Darin. “Drawing Up New Rules for Animation.” Asia Pacific Broadcasting. May 1994, pp. 10, 12. 4408. Gelman, Morrie. “If At First You Don’t Succeed.” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 4, 58. 4409. Grover, Ron. “Helene Hahn: The Legal Eagle Behind Mickey Mouse.” Business Week. July 20, 1992, p. 73. 4410. Kotler, Jennifer. “The Ingredients of Prosocial, ‘FCC Friendly’ Animation.” Animation World. Nov. 1998, 4 pp. 4411. “Law Suit Blames Computer Games for the Death of 3 Children.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. May 1999, p. 2. 4412. Raphael, Jordan. “The Truth Is Out There? Dispute Over Topps’ X- Files.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1995, pp. 14-15. 4413. Reber, Deborah. “All in the Family: Rated ‘G’ Animated Programming.” Animation World. Dec. 1998. 5 pp. 4414. Reboy, Judith. “The Children’s Television Act: Friend or Foe of Television Animation?” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 54-55, 63. 4415. Schechter, Pamela A. “Attorneys.” ASIFA News. 10:1 (1997), p. 17-19. 4416. Schechter, Pamela A. “Production Insurance.” ASIFA News. 11:1 (1998), p. 23. 4417. Sigler, Richard. “Legalese – The Terms You Need To Know.” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 4, 57. 4418. Sigler, Richard. “Protecting Your Creative Material from Plagiarism.” Animation. June/July 1996, p. 19. 4419. Sigler, Richard. “Trademark Primer.” Animation. Oct. 2001, p. 34. 4420. Sigler, Richard. “Who Owns My Creation?” Animation. Aug. 1996, p. 6. Censorship 4421. Anderson, Kevin J. “What’s Up, Doc?” Gauntlet. No. 1, 1990, pp. 52- 53. 4422. Beatty, S. “Bunny in Blackface: Why Cartoon Network Won’t Run 12 Bugs Pix.” Wall Street Journal. May 4, 2000, p. A6. 4423. Bouldin, Joanna. “Laying Down the Law on Virtual Porn.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. 230 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4424. Bridge, Jan, Julie Healey and John Altyn. “Censorship: To Cut or Not to Cut!” In-Toon. Spring 1992, pp. 18-19. 4425. “Censorship Pressure Is Building in the USA.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1998, p. 6. 4426. Cohen, Karl. “Censoring the Reporters? Are You Willing To Find Out All the Animation News?” Animate! Winter 1992, pp. 20-21. 4427. Cohen, Karl. “Comments on the Strange Behavior of Studio Executives Dumping Projects After They Are Completed.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2001, pp. 8, 10. 4428. Cohen, Karl. “Food for Thought.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2002, p. 2. 4429. Cohen, Karl. “Inside the Censor’s Mind.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 32-37. 4430. Cohen, Karl. “Inside the TV Censor’s Mind.” Animato! Spring 1995. 4431. Cohen, Karl. “Retrospective: Forbidden Animation.” In Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 82, 84. Ottawa: 1998. 4432. Cohen, Karl. “Standards and Practices: What Are They Protecting Americans From Seeing on TV.” Animatrix. No. 8, 1995. 4433. Cohen, Karl. “Witch Hunt in the Magic Kingdom: The Investigation of Alleged Communists in the Animation Industry.” Animatrix. No. 6, 1992. 4434. DelGaudio, Sybil. “Forbidden Animation – A Review.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Spring/Summer 1998, pp. 1-2. 4435. Ehrlich, David. “Forbidden Animation.” ASIFA News. 11:1 (1998), pp. 10-11. 4436. Evanier, Mark. “To Cut or Not To Cut.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 8, 2001, pp. 40-41. 4437. “Federal Judge: Seizure of ‘Tin Drum’ Was Illegal.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 23, 1998, p. 6. 4438. “General Chaos: Uncensored Animation Proves Nothing Is Sacred.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1998, pp. 4-5. 4439. “Hollywood Censors Its Animated Cartoons.” Look. Jan. 17, 1939, pp. 17-21. 4440. Hopper, Hedda. “Censors Draw Line on What Movie Cartoonists Can Sketch.” Syndicated column. Nov. 30, 1954. 4441. “I Read Falwell and Discovered He Is Full of ....” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1999, p. 5. 4442. “Jerry Beck Comments on the Cartoon Network Censoring 12 Bugs Bunny Cartoons....” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2001, p. 6. 4443. King, S. “Q&A; Bugs Bunny Takes Control of the Cartoon Network.” Los Angeles Times. June 1, 2001, p. 12. 4444. Langer, Mark. “Forbidden Animation: A Valuable Contribution.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 4 pp. United States: Animation 231

4445. Leland, John. “Rascal or Racist? Censoring a Rabbit.” New York Times. June 3, 2001, p. WK3. 4446. McGuire, Dewey. “Forbidden Animation.” McBoing Boing’s. Jan. 1998, pp. 24-25. 4447. Mackey, David. “The Unkindest Cut of All.” fps. Nov. 1991, pp. 7-11. 4448. Matzer, R.M. “Banned War-Era ‘Bugs Bunny’ Films To Be Shown in Context.” Los Angeles Times. June 29, 2001, p. 24. 4449. Robinson, Chris. “Just Like Us?” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 43- 45. 4450. “Sick and Twisted – To See or Not To See – Continues To Screen in Bay Area.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1996, p. 3. 4451. Sito, Tom. “Fight to the Death, But Don’t Hurt Anybody! Memories of Political Correctness.” Animation World. Oct. 1996, pp. 1-7. 4452. “Who’s Afraid of the Big Bad Wolf?” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 1997, p. 5. Copyright 4453. Blain, Georgia. “Cartoonists Get Serious on Copyright.” The Alliance. June 1993, p. 23. 4454. Goodman, Martin. “Copy? Right!” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 40-43. 4455. Hargreaves, Christoph. “Copyright Change Aids Honey of a Deal.” Variety. March 12-18, 2001, p. 5. 4456. Heer, Jeet. “Free Mickey! Disney Has Lobbied Hard To Keep its Creations Under Copyright Protection. But in the 1970s, a Group of Renegade Cartoonists Threatened To Unleash the Mouse.” Boston Globe. Sept. 28, 2003. 4457. Levin, Bob. The Pirates and the Mouse: Disney’s War Against the Counterculture. Seattle, WA: Fantagraphics, 2003. 266 pp. 4458. McClintock, Pamela. “Challenge Threatens Mouse Copyright.” Variety. Feb. 25-March 3, 2002, p. 6. 4459. “Mickey Mouse Law on Trial.” Animatoon. No. 36, 2002, p. 61. 4460. “New York City Billboard vs. Disney Is an Illustrated Story at Ad.Busters.Org About a Big Corporation Objecting to an Anti- Corporate Billboard Near Times Square.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2002, p. 8. 4461. Schechter, Pamela A. “Buying Back Rights to a Character.” ASIFA News. 10:4 (1997), p. 20. 4462. Schechter, Pamela A. “Copyrights.” ASIFA News. 10:3 (1997), pp. 4-5. 4463. Sigler, Richard. “Registering Your Work for Copyright.” Animation. Jan. 1999, p. 4. 4464. Sternstein, Aliya. “Disney’s Pirate Fight.” Forbes.com. Sept. 29, 2003. 232 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4465. “Supreme Court Upheld Extending Copyright Protection Rules in January.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2003, p. 4. 4466. Uzan, Devin. “Copyright Law, Fair Use and Parody: Exploring Some Ambiguities in Copyright Law.” Animatrix. Issue 10, 1999, pp. 9-18. 4467. Vogel, Carol. “A Disney Attack.” New York Times. Oct. 16, 1992, pp. B4 (N); C19 (L). Employment Agreements 4468. Chan, Darlene. “Can I Get Some Representation Please?” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 4-10. 4469. Schechter, Pamela A. “Freelance Writing Agreements for Television.” ASIFA News. 10:2 (1997), p. 19. 4470. Schechter, Pamela A. “Works Made for Hire.” ASIFA News. 9:2 (1996), p. 18. 4471. Sigler, Richard. “Credits – Are Animators Getting Their Due?” Animation. Dec. 1999, p. 4. 4472. Sigler, Richard. “Employment Agreements.” Animation. July 1997, p. 8. 4473. Sigler, Richard. “Merger Mania and You.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 2, 2000, p. 6. 4474. Sigler, Richard. “A Simple Approach to Co-productions.” Animation. June 1998, p. 4. 4475. Sigler, Richard. “Submission Agreements and Practices.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, p. 6. 4476. Sigler, Richard. “To Be Resented or Not To Be Represented – Your Questions Answered.” Animation. March 2000, pp. 6, 56. 4477. Sigler, Richard. “When Your Employment Contract Ends.” Animation. May 1999, p. 6. 4478. “Wages Up.” Animation. Aug. 1997, p. 42. REVIEWS 4479. Allan, Robin. “Before the Animation Begins – A Review.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter 1997/98, p. 1. 4480. Allstetter, Rob. “Kids’ WB! Announces 2000/2001 Lineup.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 19, 2000, pp. 10, 12. 4481. Allstetter, Rob. “UltraForce Animated Premieres Oct. 15.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 13, 1995, p. 6. 4482. Baisley, Sarah. “Mid-Season Entries; Early Fall Notes.” Animation. Feb. 1996, pp. 28, 59. 4483. Baisley, Sarah. “Mid-Season Entries Lead Off with Prime-Time Series.” Animation. March 1997, pp. 6-7. 4484. Beam, John and Jay Pennington. “Toons on Tape.” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 4-5. United States: Animation 233

4485. Bissette, Stephen R. and G. Michael Dobbs. “Toon Reviews.” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 4-8. 4486. Cohen, Karl. “Reviews: Cartoons” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Summer 1995, pp. 7-8. 4487. Deneroff, Harvey. “The Animated Fall TV Preview.” Animation. Sept. 1999, pp. 10-12, 14, 16, 18-19. 4488. Deneroff, Harvey. “Drawn from Memory.” The Animation Report. March/April 1996, p. 9. 4489. Desowitz, Bill. “Fall Season Overview: The Shape of Things To Come.” Animation. Sept. 2001, pp. 12-14, 16. 4490. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Toons on Tape.” Animato! Winter 1993, pp. 7-8. 4491. Evans, David. “Gen 13: 2 B Seen?” AnimeFantastique. Fall 1999, pp. 14-17. 4492. “Feature Film Scoreboard.” Animation. March 1995, pp. 12, 48. 4493. Friedman, Joshua Lou. “Laser News.” Toon Magazine. Spring 1993, pp. 3-5. 4494. Fries, Laura. “Home Movies.” Variety. April 26-May 2, 1999, p. 33. 4495. Furniss, Maureen. “October 1999’s Film Reviews.” Animation World. Oct. 1999,6 pp. 4496. Goodman, Martin. “Dear Santa....” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 14-17. 4497. Gorringe, Carrie. “Review: Cinemania ’95.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Spring 1995, p. 4. 4498. Hasson, Matthew. “Toons on Tape.” Animato! Spring 1991, p. 46. 4499. Hasson, Matthew. “Toons on Tape.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 52-53. 4500. “The Hip List.” fps. Summer 1995, p. 31. 4501. “Home Entertainment for the Holidays.” Animation. Dec. 1995, pp. 46- 48. 4502. “The ‘Hot Dozen’ for Holiday ’99.” Animation World. Oct. 1999, 4 pp. 4503. Jackson, Wendy. “Animation To Go: New Home Video Releases.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 8 pp. 4504. Johnson, Guy. “Review/The Illusion of Life: Essays on Animation.” Animation Journal. Fall 1993, pp. 84-86. 4505. Kempner, Matt. “For 3 Cartoons, That’s Not All, Folks.” Atlanta Journal-Constitution. March 8, 2002, p. F6. 4506. Kubin, Jacquie. “A Stocking Stuffer That Gives More.” Animation World. Dec. 2000, pp. 48-51. 4507. “Laser Disc Review.” Toon Magazine. Fall 1993, p. 3. 4508. Lurio, Eric. “New York Notes: Big Screen Reviews from the Big Apple.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 86-89. 4509. Long, Joan, et al. “Toon Reviews.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 44-50. 4510. McDonald, Stef. “That’s Not All, Folks.” TV Guide. July12, 1997, p. 26. 234 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4511. McDonnell, David. “TV Toons.” Comics Scene. July 2000, p. 8. 4512. McGuire, Dewey. “Reviews.” McBoing Boing’s. Feb. 1995, pp. 3-5. 4513. McGuire, Dewey. “Reviews.” McBoing Boing’s. May 1995, pp. 13-15. 4514. Mallory, Michael. “Fall TV Round-Up.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, pp. 33-35, 37, 39, 41, 44, 46, 48, 66. 4515. Mallory, Michael. “Rounding Up the Fall TV Season.” Animation Magazine. Oct./Nov. 1995, pp. 8-10, 12, 14, 16. 4516. Mendoza, N.F. “The Fall TV Round-Up.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 36-41. 4517. “New Films/Works in Progress.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1996, p. 2. 4518. “News & Reviews, Home Video.” Animation. June 1999, p. 33. 4519. Park, John E. “Two Wildcat Graphics Cards Reviewed.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 36-38. 4520. Raugust, Karen. “Spring’s the Season To Premiere Animation.” Animation. March 2000, pp. 10-13. 4521. “Reviews.” McBoing Boing’s. Nov. 1995, pp. 6-10. 4522. Schneider, Michael. “Kids’ WB Friday Slate Targets Girls.” Variety. April 10-16, 2000, p. 34. 4523. Schuster, Hal. “Animated Antics.” Comics Feature. July 1985, pp. 7-8, 19-23. 4524. Swanigan, Michael. “1998 Fall Season.” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 10-15. 4525. Swanigan, Michael. “What Happen [sic] to This Year’s New Catoons [sic].” Toon. Spring 1998, p. 2. 4526. “Tooning in the Fall Season.” Animation World Magazine. Sept. 1997, 7 pp. 4527. “Toon Reviews.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 4-9. 4528. “Toon Reviews.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 4-8, 69. 4529. “Toon Reviews.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 4-7. 4530. “Toon Reviews.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 4-6, 71. 4531. “Toon Reviews.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 4-6, 69. 4532. “Top Holiday Toons.” Variety. Nov. 12-18, 2001, p. 19. 4533. “Top Toons.” TV Guide. July 12, 1997, p. 20-26. 4534. “Tuning in to Channel 13.” Draw! Spring 2001, pp. 53-60. 4535. “U.S. Broadcasters and Their New Shows.” Animation. Sept. 2002, p. 27. 4536. Walker, Eric, et al. “Toons on Tape.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 4- 7. 4537. “Wild Variety of New Series Planned by Studios: Toon Insider.” Toon Magazine. Fall 1993, p. 8. 4538. “The Year That Was.” Animation. Jan. 1998, pp. 4, 71-74, 76. 4539. Zahed, Ramin. “Two New Skeins Add Spice to Animated Program Races.” Variety. Aug. 26-Sept. 1, 2002, p. A4. United States: Animation 235

SOUND 4540. Neubauer, Bärbel and William Moritz. “The Influence of Sound and Music on Images.” Animation World. June 1999, 9 pp. 4541. Slyfield, CO. “Sound in Animated Motion Pictures.” International Sound. July 1953, pp. 2-4. Music 4542. Animated Movie Tunes. NY: Margood Publishing Corp., 1945-1946. 4543. “Animation History Part 4: Verification of Animation’s Endless World of Expression – Music, Emotionally Moving, Sound of Love.” Animation. No. 4, 1996, pp. 56-61. 4544. Burlingame, Jon. “...and the Small.” Animation. June 2003, p. 31. 4545. Chan, Darlene. “Animation Music: Creating Successful Music for Animation.” Animation World. Nov. 2002, pp. 10-13. 4546. Craig, Tony. “Animation and Music: You Can’t Have One Without the Other.” Animation World. April 1999, 4 pp. 4547. Deneroff, Harvey. “MTV Animation Putting Toons to Music.” Animation. July 1999, pp. 15-17. 4548. Eastman, Tish. “Music and Sound Effects: Bringing Animation to Life.” fps. Sept. 1994, pp. 20-21. 4549. Feldman, Paul. “Here We Go! Gorillaz Takes Music by Storm.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 6-9. 4550. Garrett, Robert. “The Tune is Off-Key.” Boston Globe. Oct. 9, 1992, p. 90. 4551. Goldmark, Daniel and Yuval Taylor, eds. The Cartoon Music Book. NY: A Cappella Books, 2003. 320 pp. 4552. Gotsu, G.P. “That’s All Folks! Cartoon Songs from Merrie Melodies and Looney Tunes.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 64-65. 4553. Hayes, Dade. “H’w’d Sings New Toon Tune.” Variety. Jan. 31-Feb. 6, 2000, pp. 1, 49. 4554. Holden, Stephen. “A Songwriter Tosses Out His Rhyming Dictionary.” New York Times. Sept. 4, 1992, p. C3. 4555. Kehr, Dave. “Well-Crafted Tune a Bit on the Repetitive Side.” Chicago Tribune. Oct. 23, 1992, p. 7:1. 4556. Kim, Joan. “The Music, the Pageantry, the Fourth Grade....” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 38-40. 4557. Knott, Tom. “Animation Rocks: Ten Years of Animated Music Videos.” In Ottawa 90 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 97-99. Ottawa: Cinematheque Canada, 1990. 4558. Kozinn, Allan “Fantasia Orchestra Sues Disney.” New York Times. May 7, 1992, p. C17. 4559. Krell, David. “Music Toons.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 94-95. 236 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4560. Lyons, Mike. “Sibling Songs: Richard and Robert Sherman and Their Disney Tunes.” Animation World. April 2000, 6 pp. 4561. “Music.” Animation. Jan. 1996, p. 74. 4562. “Music Forecasts.” Animation. Feb. 2000, p. 103. 4563. Osmond, Andrew. “Will the Real Joe Hisaishi Please Stand Up?” Animation World. April 2000, 9 pp. 4564. Patten, Fred. “Jumpin’ & Jivin’: Animated Music Videos.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 14-21. 4565. Pocock-Williams, L. “Toward the Automatic Generation of Visual Music.” Leonardo. 25:1 (1992), pp. 29-36. 4566. Reznik, Jarlin. “Coming of Age, Music Videos Are More Than a Simple Band Promotion.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 80-81. 4567. Rothstein, Edward. “The Films are Alive with Music.” New York Times. Oct. 18, 1992, p. H27. 4568. Ryan, Will. “Animated Composition: The Cartoon Music Book.” Animation World. Jan. 2003, pp. 63-64. 4569. Ryan, Will. “Making Music for the Big Screen...The Sherman Brothers – A Great Big MUSICAL Tomorrow!” Animation. June 2003, p. 30. 4570. Schatz, Sharon. “Paring the Musical Road to El Dorado.” Animation World. April 2000, 6 pp. 4571. Tobias, James. “For Love of Music: Visions of a Philosophy of Music.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 29, 2002. 4572. “Toon Music.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, p. 93. 4573. “Toons in Tunes.” fps. Sept. 1994, pp. 28-29. 4574. Townsend, Emru. “Lip Sync: When Music and Animation Collide.” fps. Sept. 1994, p. 3. 4575. Whitney, John. Digital Harmony – On the Complementarity of Music and Visual Art. Peterborough: Byte Books/McGraw Hill, 1980. 235 pp. 4576. Zahed, Ramin. “Hitting the Right Note: Animusic’s New CG Package Takes a Byte Out of Techno.” Animation. June 2003, pp. 27, 30. Sound Design 4577. Geisler, Michael. “Whap! Zing! and a Holler: Animation Sound Design.” Animation World. April 1999, 5 pp. 4578. Janczewski, William and Greg Whitmore. “The Talkies!” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 36-37. 4579. Kaufman, Debra. “Listening for Sound.” Animation. March 1996, pp. 38-41. 4580. Krell, David. “The Sweet Sounds of the Archies.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 24-25, 95. United States: Animation 237

4581. Mendoza, N.F. ‘“Splat! Sploosh! Screech!’. Sound Houses Hear the Cry of Animation’s Audio Demands.” Animation. May 1998, pp. 13, 15-17, 19. 4582. Simon, Mark. “Concept to Creation: Audio Recording and Editing.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 59-61. Voice 4583. Baisley, Sarah. “Stars Sound Change in Voice-Over.” Animation. Sept. 1998, pp. 24, 26-27. 4584. Barreau, Jacques. “Defining a New Vocabulary for Voice Characterization.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 34-38. 4585. Barrier, Mike, Graham Webb, and Hames Ware. “The Moving Drawing Speaks: For the 50th Anniversary of Cartoons with Sound, an Honor Roll of Animation’s Principal Voices.” Funnyworld. Summer 1978, pp. 17-37. (“Clarence Nash,” “The Disney Shorts,” “The Disney Features,” “Jim MacDonald,” “Billy Bletcher,” “The Warner Cartoons,” “The MGM Cartoons,” “Mel Blanc,” “The Fleischer and Paramount Cartoons,” “June Foray,” “Columbia and UPA,” “Terrytoons,” “The Walter Lantz Cartoons,” “Jack Mercer,” “A Word on Other Studios,” “Jerry Hausner,” “Daws Butler.” 4586. Chan, Darlene. “Still Learning After All These Years.” Animation World. March 2003, pp. 37-41. 4587. Dobbs, G. Michael. “The Faces Behind the Voices.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 28-29. 4588. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 10, 1999, pp. 28-29. 4589. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 24, 1999, pp. 44-45. 4590. Fox, Kit. “Jason Lee.” Animerica. 8:3 (2000), pp. 60-61. 4591. Goodman, Martin. “Voices of Experience.” Animation World. April 2000, 8 pp. 4592. Griffin, Nancy. “When A-List Actors Are Happy To Hide Their Faces.” New York Times. July 6, 2003, pp. 18, 20. 4593. Schiff, Laura. “How To Choose a Voice Acting Workshop.” Animation World. April 2000, 6 pp. 4594. Singer, Gregory. “Having a Voice in the Industry.” Animation World. April 2000, 5 pp. 4595. Solomon, Charles. “Finding the Right Voice: Should Character Roles Go to Moviestars or V.O. Vets?” Animation. June 2003, pp. 27-28. 4596. Solomon, Charles. “Their Masters’ Voice: More and More Animators Prefer To Do Double Duty as Voice Actors.” Animation. June 2003, p. 29. 4597. “Voice Acting.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 76-78. 238 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4598. “Voiceover Forecasts.” Animation. Feb. 2000, pp. 96-97. 4599. “Voice Tracks.” Animation. Sept. 1996, p. 21. 4600. Ware, Hames. “Hearing Voices: Screwy and Sniffles Solved!!!!” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 28-29, 71. 4601. Ware, Hames. “Hearing Voices: Will the Real Sniffles Please Stand Up?” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 34-36. 4602. Ware, Hames. “Revisiting Voices.” Animation World. Fall 1997, pp. 7- 8. 4603. Winder, Catherine and Zahra Dowlatabadi. “Producing Animation: The Voice Track.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 32-34. SKILLS AND TECHNIQUES 4604. Barbagallo, Ron. “Building a Teenage Robot from Scratch.” Animation. May 2002, p. 15. 4605. Barbagallo, Ron. “Keeping It Mean: Concepting Firebreathing Beasts.” Animation. Aug. 2002, p. 37. 4606. Bellaire, Arthur. “Breaking Through the ‘Sameness’ Barrier with More Creative Animation.” Advertising Age. Oct. 27, 1975, pp. 52, 54. 4607. Besen, Ellen. “A Special Relationship: Part 1 – Show & Tell.” Animation World. Oct. 2003, pp. 52-54. 4608. Blair, Preston. Cartoon Animation. Laguna Hills, CA: Walter Foster Publishing, 1994. 224 pp. 4609. Blair, Preston. How To Animate Film Cartoons. El Dorado Hills, CA: Walter Foster Publishing, 1990. 40 pp. 4610. Bohl, Al. Guide to Cartooning. Gretna, LA: Pelican, 1997. 176 pp. 4611. Callahan, Vicki. “Animating the Body in the Virtual Landscape.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 14, 1998. 4612. Cohen, Karl. “The Animator’s Survival Kit: The Most Valuable How To Animate Book You Will Ever Want To Own.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 19-21. 4613. Cohen, Karl. “In Animation, Who Is the Real Creator of a Project?” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 1998, pp. 5-6. 4614. Crafton, Donald. “Performance in and of Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. 4615. Dale, Edgar. “The Making of Animated Cartoons.” In How To Appreciate Motion Pictures, by Edgar Dale, pp. 53-56. NY: Macmillan, 1935. 4616. Detheux, Jean. “Book Review: Animation in the Home Digital Studio: Creation to Distribution by Steven Subotnick.” ASIFA Magazine. Autumn 2003, pp. 6-7. 4617. Dobbs, Darris and Bill Fleming. Animating Facial Expressions. Rockland, MA: Charles River Media, 1999. 382 pp. United States: Animation 239

4618. Fitzgerald, Eddie. “Elements of Style.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 15, 53. 4619. Foster, Walter T. Animated Cartoons for the Beginner. Tustin, CA, 194? 4620. “Getting That Big Call and Entering Development!” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 42-44. 4621. Hagel, Steven. “Paper: There’s More to It Than You Think.” Animation World. March 1998. 4622. Heins, Michael. “What Is Production Art, Anyway?” Toon Art Times. March 1998, p. 1. 4623. Herdeg, Walter, ed. Film & TV Graphics 2. NY: Hastings House, 1976. 211 pp. 4624. Hoxter, Julian. “Post-Modern Narratives At the End of Cinema and Animation.” Animatrix. 6 (1992), pp. 21-22. 4625. “The Idea A Lecture by William Moritz.” In Fantoche, pp. 120-121. Baden: Buag, 1997. 4626. Laybourne, Kit. The Animation Book: A Complete Guide to Animated Filmmaking from Flip Books to Sound Cartoons. NY: Crown Books, 1979. 4627. Levitan, Eli. Handbook of Animation Techniques. NY: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1979. 4628. Locke, Lafe. Film Animation Techniques: A Beginner’s Guide and Handbook. White Hall, VA: Betterway, 1992. 4629. McLaughlin, Dan. “A New Direction in Basic Film Movement for Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 29,2002. 4630. McNamara, Martin. “Reverse Chronology in Animated Narrative.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 24, 2001. 4631. Patten, Fred. “Makin’ Toons.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 82-84. 4632. Pevisic, Zoran. The Focal Guide to Shooting Animation. London/NY: Focal Press, 1981. 142 pp. 4633. Pitt, Susan. “Animation and the Creative Process.” In Proceedings of the First Society for Animation Studies Conference, 27-28 Oct. 1989. Los Angeles: Unpublished. 4634. Plantec, Peter. “Making Manuals Meaningful.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, pp. 57, 59. 4635. Plantec, Peter. “Selling Yourself at Events.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, p. 61. 4636. Robinson, Chris. “In Search of Stuff, Part 3: Fear of a Non-Narrative Planet.” Animation World. May 2002, pp. 38-39. 4637. Scott, Jeffrey. “The Art of the Pitch.” Animation. Oct. 1998, p. 4. 4638. Scott, Jeffrey. “Creativity.” Animation. May 1998, p. 4. 4639. Sigler, Richard. “Selling Your Work.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, p. 6. 240 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4640. Simon, Mark. “Concept to Creation: Crewing Up.” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 40-41. 4641. Simon, Mark. “Concept to Creation: Directing Dialogue.” Animation World. June 2003, pp. 50-51. 4642. Simon, Mark. “Concept to Creation: Key Animation.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 54-56. 4643. Simon, Mark. “Concept to Creation: Rotoscoping.” Animation World. Sept. 2003, pp. 49-51. 4644. Solomon, Charles and Ron Stark. The Complete Kodak Animation Book. Rochester, NY: Eastman Kodak Co., 1983. 4645. Subotnick, Steven. Animation in the Home Studio: Creation to Distribution. NY: Focal Press, 2003. 4646. White, Tony. The Animator’s Workbook. NY: Watson and Guptill, 1986. 160 pp. 4647. Williams, Mark. “Kudos Time for Creative Forces.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, p. A20. 4648. Wright, Jean Ann. “The Television Animation Outline.” Animation World. July 2002, pp. 44-45. 4649. Younghusband, Paul. “Animating Facial Features and Expressions.” Animation World. Nov. 1999, 2 pp. Acting 4650. Brizzi, Paul. “Acting for Animators, Book Review.” Animation World. April 2001, pp. 65-66. 4651. Gorzycki, Martha. ‘“Acting for Animators’ by Ed Hooks.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2003, p. 6. 4652. Hart, Christopher. “How To Draw Animation: Acting and Dialogue.” Animation World. Sept. 2002, p. 36. Hooks, Ed. Acting for Animators. A Complete Guide to Performance Animation. Westport, CT: Heinemann, 2000. 136 pp. Designing 4654. The Best New Animation Design. Introduction by Rita Street. Rockport, MA: Rockport Publishers, 1995. 4655. “Design Round-Up.” Animation. June 2002, pp. 46-47. 4656. Schreiber, Dominic. “Show Your ID! The Names Behind the Titles.” Animation. Dec. 1997, pp. 20-22, 58. 4657. Street, Rita. “Got Character? Designing the Perfect Hero.” Animation. May 2002, pp. 27-29. 4658. Tehrani, Nellie. “You Gotta Have Style: Nine New Shows with Eye- Popping Designs.” Animation. April 2002, pp. 42-43. United States: Animation 241

4659. “What a Character! The Art of Character Design: Part I of a Series.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 38, 40. Drawing 4660. Bakshi, Ralph. “Draw What You Want To Draw.” Animation World. July 1999, 3 pp. 4661. Crafton, Donald. “Animation Iconography: The ‘Hand of the Artist.’” Quarterly Review of Film Studies. Fall 1979. 4662. Detheux, Jean. “Notes from the Underground. Part Four – Knowing Enough About Seeing To Let ‘The Other’ Draw Accordingly.” Animation World. Sept. 2002, pp. 27-31. 4663. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Drawing on Talent: The Pencil Is Still Mightier Than the Pixel at Many Animation Schools.” Animation. Nov. 2002, pp. 57-58, 60. 4664. Hart, Christopher. “How To Draw Animation: Pushing an Expression.” Animation World. May 2002, p. 8. 4665. Hart, Christopher. “How To Draw Animation: Shoulder Motion.” Animation World. Oct. 2002, p. 46. 4666. Hart, Christopher. “How To Draw Animation: Simplifying Characters for Animation.” Animation World. July 2002, p. 49. 4667. Hart, Christopher. “How To Draw Animation: Wrinkles.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 52-53. 4668. Lantz, Walter. Easy Way to Draw: Featuring Woody Woodpecker and His Cartoon Friends. Racine, WI: Whitman, 1958. 4669. Scott, Jeffrey. “Breaking into Toon Writing.” Animation. July 1997, p. 10. 4670. Singer, Bob. How To Draw Storyboards: A Step by Step Guide. Las Vegas, NV: CB Publications/Bill Barry Enterprises, 1993. 4671. Vilppu, Glenn. “Let’s Sketch on Location.” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 49-53. 4672. Vilppu, Glenn. “Let’s Sketch on Location: Light and Dark Patterns.” Animation World. Dec. 2000, pp. 39-40. 4673. Vilppu, Glenn. “Let’s Sketch on Location: Organizing and Creating Space.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 37-40. 4674. Vilppu, Glenn. “Let’s Sketch on Location: Pencil Technique.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 53-54. 4675. Vilppu, Glenn. “Let’s Sketch on Location: The Thumbnail Sketch.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 4676. Vilppu, Glenn. “Let’s Sketch on Location: Atmosphere.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 49-54. 4677. Vilppu, Glenn. “Let’s Sketch on Location: Drawing Groups of Figures.” Animation World. June 2001, pp. 25-28. 242 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4678. Vilppu, Glenn. “Let’s Sketch on Location: The Quick Sketch.” Animation World. Aug. 2001, pp. 30-34. 4679. Vilppu, Glenn. “Sketching on Location: The Silhouette – Positive and Negative Space.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 61-64. 4680. Vilppu, Glenn. “Sketching on Location: Texture as Planes in Space.” Animation World. Feb. 2001, pp. 33-34. 4681. Vilppu, Glenn. “Sketching on Location: Three Dimensional Figures.” Animation World. Dec. 2001, pp. 40-44. 4682. Vilppu, Glenn. “Sketching on Location: Using Photographs.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 52-55. 4683. Vilppu, Glenn. “Vilppu Drawing Online: Spherical Forms.” Animation World. Aug. 1998. 4684. White, Tony. The Animator’s Workbook: Step-by-Step Techniques of Drawn Animation. White Plains, NY: Knowledge Industry Publications, 1986. 160 pp. 4685. Wolfsdorf, Bernard P. “Green Card for Artists.” Animation. Feb. 1998, pp. 4, 6. 4686. Zack, Christopher. “Writing for Visual Effects: It’s the Story.” Animation World. Jan. 1998. Editing 4687. Dobbs, G. Michael. “From the Inkwell.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, p. 2. 4688. Scott, Jeffrey. “Write Stuff: Key to Story Editing.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 23. Layout 4689. Fowler, Mike S. “Animation Layout: Getting Perspective.” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 42-50. 4690. Fowler, Mike S. “Animation Layout: Graticule, Field Guide and Labeling.” Animation World. Oct. 2003, pp. 45-51. 4691. Fowler, Mike S. “Animation Layout: Layout Support Material.” Animation World. Sept. 2003, pp. 52-57. 4692. Fowler, Mike S. “Animation Layout: Thumbnail.” Animation World. June 2003, pp. 52-54. Storytelling 4693. Beckerman, Howard. “Storytelling in Animation and Comics (Part 2).” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2002, pp. 34-37. 4694. Bousé, Derek. “True Life Fantasies: Storytelling Traditions in Animated Features and Wildlife Films.” Animation Journal. Spring 1995, pp. 19- 39. United States: Animation 243

4695. DelValle, Margaritta. “Positive Storytelling.” Animatrix. No. 8, 1995. 4696. Scott, Jeffrey. “The Search for Story Ideas.” Animation. May 2001, p. 8. 4697. Simon, Mark. “Concept to Creation: Story and Storyboards.” Animation World. April 2003, pp. 38-41. Timing 4698. Deitch, Gene. “The Basics of Animation Timing.” Animation World. Sept. 2002, pp. 25-26. 4699. Jenkins, Scott. “Timing for Animation by Harold Whitaker and John Halas.” Animation World. Aug. 2002, p. 59. 4700. Whitaker, Harold and John Halas. “Timing for Animation.” Animatoon. No. 37, 2002, pp. 76-77. Visual Effects 4701. Baisley, Sarah. “15 Visual Effects Visionaries.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 54-55. 4702. Baisley, Sarah. “Focal Press Launches Series of Animation and Visual Effects Books by Hands-on Authors.” Animation. July 2001, p. 13. 4703. Ball, Ryan. “Stop-Mo Elfin Magic.” Animation. Dec. 2003, pp. 32-33. 4704. Chung, Peter. “The State of Visual Narrative in Film and Comics.” Animation World. July 1998, 4 pp. 4705. “COMDEX’S Creme de la Crème.” Animation. Dec. 2003, pp. 38-39. 4706. “Creators Strive for Realistic Water Movement in Blood Wake” Animation. March 2002, p. 52. 4707. “15 Landmark Visual FX Movies.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 79. 4708. Furniss, Maureen. “Review/Light Moving in Time:Studies in the Visual Aesthetics of Avant-Garde Film.” Animation Journal. Fall 1993, pp. 86- 89. 4709. Halas, John. Visual Scripting. NY: Hastings House, 1976. 4710. Huelsman, Eric. “VES ’99: A Visual Effects Smorgasbord.” Animation World. July 1999, 6 pp. 4711. Jenkins, Scott. “Combustion 2 in Action.” Animation World. July 2002, pp. 50-53. 4712. Magid, Ron. “Horrible Hairy Gams: Creating VFX for Eight Legged Freaks.” Animation. Aug. 2002, pp. 28-29. 4713. Magid, Ron. “Meet the Mother of All Digital Spiders!” Animation. Dec. 2003, pp. 30-31. 4714. Pevisic, Zoran. Special Optical Effects. London/NY: Focal Press, 1980. 185 pp. 244 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4715. “Post and Visual Effects Forecasts.” Animation. Feb. 2000, pp. 87-90, 108. 4716. Raugust, Karen. “Global View: Regional Roundup: Visual Effects Companies in the Northwest.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 39, 42- 43. 4717. Ring of Fire Advanced Media Team. “Using Visual Effects in Commercials: A Guide for Success.” Animation World. June 1999, 5 pp. 4718. Robertson, Barbara. “Creating Killer Tentacles and Other Deep-Sea Essentials.” Animation. Nov. 2003, pp. 66-67. 4719. Robertson, Barbara. “State of the Art: Bad to the Bone.” Animation. Dec. 2003, pp. 34-35. 4720. Robertson, Barbara. “State of the Art: Snowball Effect. How Digital Domain Stormed Vin Diesel.” Animation. June 2003, pp. 36-37. 4721. Tehrani, Bijan. “Talking Visual Effects.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 57- 59. 4722. Tehrani, Bijan. “Visual Effects Choice Tools.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 60-61. 4723. “VFX Business Snapshot.” Animation. Sept. 2003, pp. 47-48. 4724. Zahed, Ramin. “Bauhaus Promotes the Paperless Revolution.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 64. Writing 4725. Argy, Stephanie. “Animation Scribes Caught Between Two Worlds.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, pp. A-12, A-20. 4726. DeMott, Rick. “Animation Scriptwriting.” Animation World. Feb. 2001, pp. 54-55. 4727. Jenkins, Paul. “How To Write Professionally and Stuff, Like What I Do.” Words About Pictures. Sept.-Dec. 1995, p. 9. 4728. Miller, John M. “Writers in the Driver’s Seat?” Hogan’s Alley. Fall 1994, pp. 20, 22. 4729. Scott, Jeffrey. “Feature Animation Writing.” Animation. Nov. 1997, pp. 4-5. 4730. Scott, Jeffrey. “Primetime Toon Writing.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 6, 58. 4731. Scott, Jeffrey. “The Sample Script.” Animation. March 2001, p. 8. 4732. Scott, Jeffrey. “Toon Writing Terms (Part One).” Animation. Sept. 1999, pp. 4, 49. 4733. Scott, Jeffrey. “Toon Writing Terms (Part Two).” Animation. Oct. 1999, p. 8. 4734. Scott, Jeffrey. “The Write Stuff, Part I.” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 10, 58. 4735. Scott, Jeffrey. “The Write Stuff, Part II.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, p. 10. United States: Animation 245

4736. Scott, Jeffrey. “Writing for the International Market: 6 Tips.” Animation. April 2002, p. 16. 4737. Webber, Marilyn. Animation Scriptwriting: The Writer’s Road Map. Fairfax, VA: GGC Inc., 2000. 208 pp. 4738. Wright, Jean Ann. “Animation Comedy and Gag Writing.” Animation World. Nov. 2002, pp. 28-31. 4739. Wright, Jean Ann. “The Animation Script.” Animation World. Aug. 2002, pp. 44-46. 4740. Wright, Jean Ann. “Animation Writing: The Animation Scene.” Animation World. Oct. 2002, pp. 41-43. 4741. Wright, Jean Ann. “Writing for TV Animation Premise.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 48-49. 4742. “Writers Forecasts.” Animation. Feb. 2000, pp. 94-95. TECHNOLOGY 4743. Adamakos, Peter. “The Last Word: The Mouse Race.” fps. Summer 1996, pp. 41-42. 4744. Barbagallo, Ron. “Not All Mat Board Is Created Equal.” Animation. Sept. 1996, p. 52. 4745. Beiman, Nancy. “Animation.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1994, pp. 54- 59. 4746. Bekins, Russell. “The Life Cycle of DVD.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 7 pp. 4747. Biederman, Marcia. “Animated Icons Add Spice to IM Conversations.” New York Times. June 26, 2003. 4748. Bowles, Scott. “Old-Style Animation Flounders.” USA Today. July 9, 2003. 4749. Bregman, Gene. “Simple Two-Dimensional Animation.” School Arts. Dec. 1979, pp. 42-43. 4750. Buchan, Suzanne. “Graphic and Literary Metamorphosis: Animation Technique and James Joyce’s Ulysses.” Animation Journal. Fall 1998, pp. 21-34. 4751. “CD-Rom Producers.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 104-107. 4752. Chan, Darlene. “Let’s Boujou It.” Animation World. March 2003, pp. 18-21. 4753. Deitch, Gene. “The Mighty Principles of Animation.” Animation World. Nov. 2002, p. 27. 4754. Deitch, Gene. “The Premise: Get It Right!” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 59-60. 4755. Deitch, Gene. “We Hereby Agree....” Animation World. April 2003, pp. 36-37. 4756. Detheux, Jean. “Notes from the Underground Part 1 – Animation: Prozac or Kyosaku?” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 41-46. 246 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4757. Detheux, Jean. “Notes from the Underground Part Five – Escaping Muybridge’s Curse (Can We?).” Animation World. Jan. 2003, pp. 44-51. 4758. Falzon, Charles. “On Technique and Tweens: The Latest in Animation Trends.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 10-11. 4759. Ferriter, Christine. “A Link to the Past.” Animation. Sept. 1995, p. 46. 4760. Furniss, Maureen. “The Effects of New Technologies on Made-for- Television Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 30, 1995. 4761. Gelman, Morrie. “Foundation Imaging.” Animation. May 2000, pp. 32- 33. 4762. Gehnan, Morrie. “The Future of CD-ROM.” Animation. July 1997, p. 12. 4763. Goodman, Martin. “Death of 2D: Rush to Judgement.” Animation World. Oct. 2003, pp. 29-32. 4764. Green, Doug and Denise Green. “Film Maker Turns Color Image into High-Quality Animation.” Infoworld. March 18, 1991, pp. 76-79. 4765. Grocki, Kevin. “A Guide to the Most in Post.” Animation World. Oct. 1996, pp. 49-51-52, 59. 4766. Grove, Christopher. “More Shows Jump on Techno Bandwagon.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, pp. A-18, A20. 4767. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Faeries Animates Fantasy World in Multiple Dimensions for HIT.” Animation. Dec. 1999, p. 35. 4768. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Move-Click-Move: The Making of an Animation DVD.” ASIFA News. Spring 2002, pp. 16-18. 4769. Harz, Christopher. “Behind the Magic: Digital Effects Dazzle on the Small Screen.” Animation. May 1999, pp. 18-20, 57. 4770. “Ink and Paint.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 80, 83, 86. 4771. Jackson, Wendy. “Production Technology at Work.” Animation. Aug. 1999, p. 25. 4772. “John Canemaker Wrote an Intelligent Article About the Crisis Traditional 2-D Animtion [sic] Is Facing.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2002, pp. 5-6 (See New York Times. May 12, 2002, Summer Film Preview section.) 4773. Kaplan, Michael. “Ink Spots.” How. March/April 1987, pp. 90-99. 4774. Kaufman, Debra. “EFX Houses: How the Best Stay Hot.” Animation. June 1997, pp. 36-37. 4775. Kaufman, Debra. “HDTV & Animation.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 57-59. 4776. Kaufman, Debra. “Hot Gear for Cool Animation.” Animation. July 1998, pp. 31-33. 4777. Kaufman, Debra. “Post/LA Debuts Techno-Driven Post.” Animation. Feb. 1995, pp. 21,47. United States: Animation 247

4778. Kenyon, Heather. “Simulation Animation: The Tools.” Animation World. April 1998. 4 pp. 4779. Kim, Joan. “Far Beyond the Traditional Cel: Innovative Techniques.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 26-30. 4780. Kimball, Ward. “Cartooning in Cinemascope.” Films in Review. March 1954. 4781. King, Douglas. “Something To Crow About.” Animation. Feb. 1995, p. 15. 4782. Kricfalusi, John. “Real Cartoons.” Animation. Aug. 1995, pp. 18, 33, 56. 4783. Langer, Mark. “Cyborgs Before Computers: The Rotoscope as Prosthesis.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Brisbane, Australia, Aug. 3, 1999. 4784. Langer, Mark. “Geanimeerde Freaks, Cyborgs en Rotoscopie. De Animatie in de Schemerzone Tussen Biologie en Technologie.” Plateau. 20:4 (1999), pp. 14-18. 4785. Langer, Mark. “The Rotoscope: The Double and the Uncanny.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Farnham Castle, England, July 10-11, 2003. 4786. Langer, Mark. “Rotoscoping and Freakery.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. 4787. Leskosky, Richard. “Animating Between the Lines: Grid Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Brisbane, Australia, Aug. 3, 1999. 4788. Leskosky, Richard J. “Animation in the Outer Curve.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 4789. London, Robby. “The Padded Cel: The Alternative Top Ten DVDs.” Animation. March 2003, p. 22. 4790. Magnan, George A. “Today’s Perspectives: Animation.” Today’s Art and Graphics. 29:2 (1981), pp. 23-25. 4791. Manning, Bruce. “The Technology Circle.” Animation World. March 2001, pp. 6-11. 4792. “Multimedia.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 100-102, 134. 4793. Noake, Roger. Animation Techniques – Planning and Producing Animation with Today’s Technologies. Secaucus, NJ: Chartwell, 1988. 159 pp. 4794. Noël, Jacques. “La Retour en Force du Cinema Spectacle.” Plateau. Winter 1989, pp. 4-6. 4795. Paas, Tina. “Mind the Bolex.” ASIFA Magazine. Autumn 2002, pp. 21- 23. 4796. Paas, Tina. “Upping the Experience: The Skinny on IMAX.” Animation World. Dec. 2002, pp. 4-8. 4797. Park, John E. “Low-Cost Solutions, High-End Results.” Animation World. March 2001, pp. 12-15. 248 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4798. Persons, Dan. “Smear That Snowman!” AnimeFantastique. Spring 1999, pp. 10-14. 4799. Plantec, Peter. “Insure Your Animation Data for All It’s Worth.” Animation. June 1998, pp. 38-40, 42. 4800. Raugust, Karen. “Direct-to-Video: Where the Strength of the Brand Wins.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 84-85. 4801. Rubin, Jon. “New Media and Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 27, 1996. 4802. Saunders, Peter. “Stop-Motion Armature Machining.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 112-113. 4803. Schiff, Laura. “The Age of Foamation.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, p. 27. 4804. Scott, Jeffrey. “Avoiding the Traps.” Animation. April 1999, p. 8. 4805. Scott, Jeffrey. “Cartoon Logic 101.” Animation. June 1999, p. 10. 4806. Scott, Jeffrey. “Tricks o’ the Trade.” Animation. Aug. 1998, p. 6. 4807. Sigler, Richard. “Joint or Collective Works.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, p. 6. 4808. Tehrani, Bijan. “Amorphium & Archer.” Animation. Jan. 1999, p. 22. 4809. Tehrani, Bijan. “NAB 2001 Preview.” Animation. April 2001, pp. 68- 70. 4810. Tehrani, Bijan. “Reviews & Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. June 2003, p. 35. 4811. Tehrani, Bijan. “Tech Reviews.” Animation. Oct. 2003, p. 58. 4812. Tehrani, Bijan. “Tech Reviews.” Animation. Nov. 2003, pp. 68, 70. 4813. Tehrani, Bijan. “Tech Reviews.” Animation. Dec. 2003, pp. 36-37. 4814. Tehrani, Bijan. “Video to MAX.” Animation. March 1997, p. 35. 4815. Tehrani, Bijan. “World Construction Set.” Animation. March 1997, p. 36. 4816. Thrasher, David. “Animation’s Dirty Little Secret.” fps. Summer 1995, pp. 16-17. (Rotoscoping). 4817. “Today’s Demo: Animation: How It’s Done.” Today’s Art and Graphics. 29:2 (1981), pp. 26-27. 4818. “Tools: Cartooning and Animating Aids.” Today’s Art and Graphics. 29:2 (1981), pp. 17-18. 4819. “Translating Animated Hits.” Variety. Feb. 14-20, 2000, p. 24. 4820. “Visual FX/Game News.” Animation. April 2001, p. 77. 4821. Voland, John. “Swallow Steers New U Toon and F/X Wing.” Variety. Jan. 30, 1998, pp. 1, 33. 4822. Wexler, Barbara. “Icons of Happiness.” Animation. Sept. 1995, pp. 60- 61, 65. 4823. Whitney, John, Jr. “The Quiet Revolution.” Animation. Dec. 1995, pp. 4, 59. United States: Animation 249

4824. Zahed, Ramin. “Direct-to-Video Hits Plateau.” Variety. Jan. 18-24, 1999, pp. N21-N22. Computer Generated Imagery (CGI) 4825. Amron, Mike. “Creating Computer Animation at Home.” Animation World. Aug. 1999, 5 pp. 4826. Argy, Stephanie. “Toon Shops Juggle Traditional Art and CGI Wizardry.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-20. 4827. Arndt, Tom. “Digital Ink and Paint Systems.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1998, p. 6. 4828. Baisley, Sarah. “In the Eye of CGI Commercial Productions.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 4-14. 4829. Baisley, Sarah. “Mike Young Figures Out How To Count CGI Sheep.” Animation World. Oct. 2003, pp. 15-18. 4830. Baisley, Sarah. “Skaramoosh Creates a Shaggy Mammoth Adventure.” Animation. April 2001, pp. 65, 76. 4831. Bellaire, Arthur. “Computer Animation – Out of the Lab and Onto the TV Screen.” Advertising Age. June 2, 1975, pp. 34, 36. 4832. Berenguer, Xavier and Roger Cabezas. “Postcards from Barcelona.” IEEE Computer Graphics and Applications. July 1992, pp. 5+. 4833. Bloom, David. “Effects Biz Builds Buzz at SIGGRAPH Showcase.” Variety. Aug. 11-17, 2003, p. 7. 4834. Boothby, Ian. “Writing for CGI: A Talk with Ian Boothby.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 4835. Borrell, Jerry. “The New World of Computer Graphics.” Bulletin of the American Society for Information Science. Feb. 1981, pp. 10-15. 4836. Bradrick, Jim. “Dog Locomotion and Gait Analysis.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 63-64. 4837. Brooke, Jason. “From the NAB Floor: Developments in Digital.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 39-40. 4838. Brooke, Jason. “I/O: Storage for Animation.” Animation. March 2000, pp. 43-45. 4839. Brooke, Jason. “Through the Looking Glass: The 21st Century and Beyond.” Animation. Feb. 2000, pp. 70, 72. 4840. Brown, Charles. “Reporter’s Digital How-to.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 12, 2002. 4841. Caputo, Mike. “Doin’ It on the Low End: Digital Cel Animation for the Rest of Us” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 28-29. 4842. Caputo, Mike. “Doin’ It on the Low End: Digital Cel Animation for the Rest of Us.” fps. Spring 1996, pp. 29-31. 4843. Caputo, Mike. “Doin’ It on the Low End: Digital Cel Animation for the Rest of Us.” fps. Summer 1996, pp. 16-17. 4844. “CGI News.” Animation. July 1997, p. 25. 250 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4845. “CGI Producers.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 88, 90-91, 121. 4846. “A CG State of Mind.” Animation. Sept. 2003, pp. 54-56. 4847. “Chronicle Film Critic Wrote an Article ‘Will Digital Actors Displace Human Ones’? Old-Style Cartoons Are the More Likely Casualties.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2001, p. 6. 4848. Cockman, Judith. “The Odyssey Video Collection of Computer Animation: The Good, the Bad, and the Brilliant.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 3 pp. 4849. Cohen, Karl. “Editorials.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2000, pp. 6-7. 4850. Collery, Michael T. “Color in Three-Dimensional Shaded Computer Graphics and Animation.” Master’s thesis, Ohio State University, 1985. 4851. “Computer Wizards Improve Animation.” Kansas City Times. April 2, 1984. 4852. Cooke, Cynthia. “Digital Animation: The ‘E’ Ticket Ride.” Animation. Feb. 1996, pp. 26-27. 4853. Cooper, Douglas. “Toon Town.” Wired. Dec. 1994, pp. 94-104. 4854. Crogan, Patrick. “Logistical Space: Flight Simulation and Virtual Reality.” Paper presented at Australia’s Second International Conference on Animation, Sydney, Australia, March 3, 1995. 4855. Damore, Kelley. “Triple-Speed CD-ROM To Boost Animation Display.” Infoworld. Oct. 4, 1993, p. 6. 4856. Dannacher, Lee. “The Big Apple’s Silicon Alley.” Animation World. Aug. 1999, 7 pp. 4857. Deitch, Gene. “Make Luck Happen!” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 35-36. 4858. Desowitz, Bill. “Cinesite Contributes Complicated CGI to Ambitious HBO Miniseries.” Animation. Sept. 2001, pp. 23-24. 4859. Desowitz, Bill. “ILM Varies Its CG Work with A.I.” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 51-52. 4860. “Digital Animation.” Animation. June 1999, pp. 53-55. 4861. “Digital 2D Ink-and-Paint Q&A v.1.” Animation. Oct. 2001, pp. 56, 58. 4862. DiOrio, Carl. “Computers Rule Toon Town.” Variety. Aug. 6-12, 2001, p. 10. 4863. Dooley, Michael. “Memoirs of a Digital Man, or, Inside ILM.” Print. May/June 1992, pp. 74-83. 4864. Edelstein, Bill. “Computers on Horizon.” Variety. June 19-25, 1995, p. 38. 4865. Everschor, Franz. “Fantasie oder Computertechnik? Neue Animations- filme Definieren Chancen und Grenzen des Genres.” Film-dienst. Sept. 1999, pp. 56-57. 4866. “An Explosion of Digital Animated Movies.” Animatoon. No. 43, 2003, p. 64. United States: Animation 251

4867. “15 Top Plug-ins for Digital Video Editing.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 86. 4868. Fisher, Ann. “Tips for Setting Up Digital Studios.” Animation. June 1997, pp. 31-35. 4869. Fleming, Bill. “Digital Cinematography: A Good Place To Start.” Animation World. Feb. 1998, 5 pp. 4870. Foster, Frank. “Computer Animation: A Whole New World.” Animation World. Oct. 1998.2 pp. 4871. Fox, D. Computer Animation Primer. NY: McGraw-Hill, 1984. 4872. Frumkes, Roy. “Animation on Laser Disc.” Films in Review. March 1992, pp. 86-93; July-Aug. 1992, pp. 228-236. 4873. “The Future of CG: Expresso-Equipped Workstations, Software Implants & Dead Animators – Oh, My!” Animation. July 2002, pp. 46, 48, 50, 52. 4874. Goldman, Michael. “Digitalizing the Future.” Animation. Feb. 1995, pp. 14,51. 4875. Goodman, Martin. “Alter-Net-ive Worlds.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 4876. Green, Doug and Denise Green. “Animation Works Turn Mac into a Desktop Movie Studio.” Infoworld. June 3, 1991, pp. 87-90. 4877. Grossfeld, Steven and Faith Frenz-Heckman. “Seri-Cels, A Serious Business.” In-Toon. Spring 1992, pp. 20-21. 4878. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “PDI and the Evolution of CGI.” In Ottawa 00 International Animation Festival, pp. 112-116. Ottawa: Ottawa International Film Festival, 2000. 4879. Harvey, Dennis. “Cyberworld.” Variety. Oct. 9-15, 2000, pp. 23-24. 4880. Harz, Christopher. “Animation Gets Un-Wired and Cuts Loose.” Animation World. Aug. 2002, pp. 15-19. 4881. Harz, Christopher. “High-Tech Themed Rides Get Animated.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 66-71. 4882. Harz, Christopher. “Interactive TV Takes Off with Animation.” Animation. Oct. 2000, pp. 30, 32, 101. 4883. Harz, Christopher. “Streaming Animation in the Palm of Your Hand.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 22-23. 4884. Harz, Christopher. “VR and Real-Time Animation: A Cryptic Venture.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, pp. 45-48, 55. 4885. Hathcock, Mike. “Feature Films Get Effected.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. 18, 20, 22. 4886. Hayward, Stan. Computers for Animation. London/NY: Focal Press, 1984. 144 pp. 4887. Hetherington, Janet. “Fantasy-Driven Hot Wheels Spots Make the Most of CGI.” Animation. Feb. 2001, pp. 65-66. 252 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4888. Hilf, William H. “Developing a Digital Aesthetic.” Animation Journal. Fall 1996, pp. 4-31. 4889. Huelsman, Eric. “CGI’s Hits and Misses of 1998.” Animation World. Jan. 1999. 5 pp. 4890. Huelsman, Eric. “Walking with Dinosaurs.” Animation World. March 2000, 9 pp. 4891. Janczewski, Bill. “The Big Assimilation.” Animation. Jan. 1999, p. 24. 4892. Janczewski, William. “The Bold, the Beautiful and the Ugly.” Animation. April 1999, p. 71. 4893. Janczewski, William. “How To Make Digital Children, 101.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 64-65. 4894. Janczewski, William. “The ‘Swift’ Invasion.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 44, 46. 4895. Johnston, Sheila. “The Pencil vs. the Computer.” Telegraph (London). Aug. 26, 2003. 4896. Karol, Michael. “It Came from...Inside a Computer.” Graphic Arts Monthly. 65:10 (1993), pp. 62-63. 4897. Kaufman, Debra. “Breaking into Multimedia: How To Animate the Interactive Future.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, pp. 61, 64-66. 4898. Kaufman, Debra. “Computer as Paintbrush: Animation’s Cutting-edge Aesthetic.” Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 21, 1992, pp. S-36-38+. 4899. Kaufman, Debra. “Going Digital.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. 8, 10, 12. 4900. Kaufman, Debra. “IMAX Goes Cyberworld 3D.” Animation. Oct. 2000, pp. 26-28, 102. 4901. Kaufman, Debra. “Pacific Data Images: Reinventing the Digital Animation Studio.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 34-35. 4902. Kaufman, Debra. “Post and Animation: Merging Technique and Talent.” Animation. April 1996, pp. 58-59, 80. 4903. Kenyon, Heather. “What’s a Digital Media Futurist?” Animation World. Feb. 2001, pp. 13-18. 4904. Klein, Tom. “Where’s My Pencil? Confessions of a Digital 2D Animator.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. 4905. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “Small Studio/Home Studio: An Overview of Low-End Computer Aided Animation Choices.” Animation World. Aug. 1998. 4906. Kroyer, Bill. “Creating the Memories.” Animation World Magazine. April 1996. 4907. Laybourne, Kit. “Below the Digital Radar.” Animation World. June 1998, 4 pp. 4908. Lewell, J. Computer Graphics. London: Orbis, 1985. 160 pp. 4909. Liebman, Sheldon. “Taking a Stand.” Animation. Aug. 1996, p. 14. United States: Animation 253

4910. London, Robby. “Night of the Living CGI Zombies.” Animation. Sept. 2003, p. 26. 4911. Loomis, Jack M. and David W. Eby. “High-Speed 2-D and 3-D Animation on the IBM PC/XT/AT.” Behavior-Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers. 19:1 (1987), pp. 10-18. 4912. McLaughlin, Dan. “The Role of Animation in the New Digital Media.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 27, 1996. 4913. McMahan, Alison. “Will the Real Animation Please Stand Up: The Transition from Stop-Motion and Animatronics to CGI in Hollywood Films.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. 4914. MacNichol, Gregory. Desktop Computer Animation: A Guide to Law- Cost Computer Animation. Newton, MA: Focal Press, 1992. 187 pp. 4915. “New Bugs in Computer Animation.” Variety. Oct. 5-11, 1998, p. 21. 4916. Oldrin, Eric. “Finding Lucy.” Animation World. Jan. 2001, pp. 18-21. 4917. “100 Most Creative CGI Visionaries.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 24-26, 29-32. 4918. Osuch, Bill. “Journey to the Third Dimension.” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 15-17. 4919. Park, John E. “Build Your Own Animation Workstation.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 15-19. 4920. Park, John Edgar. “CGI Reference Books Reviewed.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 64-65. 4921. Peszko, J. Paul. “100% Digital Cars Are Up to Speed.” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 29-33. 4922. Plantec, Peter. “Crossing Over to Digital Animation.” Animation. March 1997, pp. 37, 39, 41, 43. 4923. Plantec, Peter. “Plugging in to the Animation World.” Animation. Aug. 1995, pp. 26, 28. 4924. Plantec, Peter. “Sky Jockeys Animate Via Satellite.” Animation. June 1997, pp. 38, 40. 4925. Plantec, Peter. “Tips on Digital Animation Courses.” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 33, 42. 4926. Plantec, Peter. “Understanding Digital Animation.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 53, 55-56. 4927. Plantec, Peter. “Will Digital Animation Replace Traditional Animators?” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 9, 54. 4928. “Post/CGI Production.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 96, 98. 4929. Prikryl, Josh. “CGI for Television: Don’t End up in the Cartoon Graveyard.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 6-9. 4930. “Producing CG for TV: Do You Really Wanna?” Animation. July 2002, pp. 22-24, 26. 254 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4931. Raloff, Janet. “Friction Flicks: Computer Animation Offers Insights into Fiction’s Molecular Underpinnings.” Science News. May 30, 1992, pp. 360+. 4932. Rehak, Bob. “Theorizing the Digital Actor: Notes Toward an Aesthetics of Synthespianism.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. 4933. Rieber, Lloyd. “The Effects of Computer Animated Elaboration Strategies and Practice on Factual and Application Learning in an Elementary Science Lesson.” Journal of Educational Computing Research. 5 (1989), pp. 431-444. 4934. Rieber, Lloyd. “Using Computer Animated Graphics in Science Instruction with Children.” Journal of Educational Psychology. 82 (1990), pp. 135-140. 4935. Rieber, Lloyd and M. Hannafin. “The Effects of Textual and Animated Orienting Activities and Practice on Learning from Computer-Based Instruction.” Computers in the Schools. 5 (1988), pp. 77-89. 4936. Robertson, Barbara. “CG Stunts That Shook the World.” Animation. Sept. 2003, pp. 38-40. 4937. Robertson, Barbara. “Discovering a New Treasure: A Hand-Crafted Silver Sports Bionic CG Body Parts.” Animation. Nov. 2002, pp. 46-47. 4938. Robertson, Barbara. “Mission Accomplished: How Rhythm & Hues Built a CG Weapon of Mass Destruction.” Animation. Sept. 2003, pp. 44-45. 4939. Robertson, Barbara. “State of the Art: Black Hawk Down Motion Blur.” Animation. Aug. 2002, p. 38. 4940. Robley, Les Paul. “Computer Graphics Aid Animation Rebirth.” American Cinematographer. Oct. 1986, pp. 73-80. 4941. Rogers, Dick. “Computer Animation Looks Like Fun...and Games!” Penstuff. April 1995, p. 1. 4942. Roncarelli, Robi. The Computer Animation Dictionary. NY: Springer, 1989. 124 pp. 4943. Roth, Jay. “Digital Backlots, the Key to Financial and Creative Freedom.” Animation. Nov. 1999, p. 60. 4944. Rudnyk Marian. “Rotoscoping in the Modern Age.” Animation World. May 1998. 4 pp. 4945. Sarto, Dan. “Digital Illusion – Entertaining the Future with High Technology.” Animation World. Jan. 1998, 3 pp. 4946. Schatz, Sharon. “Interactive Television: Are We There Yet?” Animation World. Sept. 1999, 3 pp. 4947. Scovill, Ruth. “Newfangled Filmmaking.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, p. 112. 4948. “Shockwave Goes to Hollywood.” New Straits Times (Kuala Lumpur). July 20, 2000. p. 26. United States: Animation 255

4949. Shoup, Richard A. “Superpaint – The Digital Animator.” Datamation. May 1, 1979, pp. 150-156. 4950. Simon, Mark. “Concept to Creation: Digital Ink & Painting.” Animation World. Oct. 2003, pp. 41-44. 4951. Street, Rita. “Not So Far Far Away: Animating the Future at ILM.” Animation. July 2002, pp. 40-44. 4952. Szadkowki, Joseph. “Computer Animation Surges Ahead.” Washington Times. Aug. 14, 2003. 4953. Tavano, Joe. “Building a PC-Based Animation and Post-Production System.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 71-72, 76. 4954. Tehrani, Bijan. “Building Virtual Worlds.” Animation. April 2001, p. 74. 4955. Tehrani, Bijan. “CGI Milestones: The Glorious Digital Fall.” Animation. Feb. 1998, pp. 46-48. 4956. Tehrani, Bijan. “Digital Animation.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 52-55. 4957. Tehrani, Bijan. “Digital Animation.” Animation. April 2000, p. 91. 4958. Tehrani, Bijan. “The Digital World and NAB ’99.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 64, 67. 4959. Tehrani, Bijan. “Excellence Made Logically Discreet.” Animation. Oct. 1998, pp. 45-46, 48, 50, 53. 4960. Tehrani, Bijan. “Facial Studio Gives Good (Um)...Head.” Animation. June 2002, p. 48. 4961. Tehrani, Bijan. “First Look.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 39, 45. 4962. Tehrani, Bijan. “NAB 2002 and the World of Digital Video.” Animation. March 2002, p. 46. 4963. Tehrani, Bijan. “NXN Makes Digital Production Management Not So Alien for Animators on Entertainment and Games.” Animation. March 2002, p. 49. 4964. Tehrani, Bijan. “Preview.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. 54-57. 4965. Tehrani, Bijan. “Screens of Blue.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, p. 51. 4966. Tehrani, Bijan. “Your Digital Survival Package.” Animation. Dec. 2001, pp. 37-38. 4967. Tehrani, Nellie. “Frame by Frame.” Animation. Sept. 2002, p. 10. 4968. ‘“Tis the Season for Creepy Crawly CGI Things.” Animation. Dec. 1997, pp. 46, 58. 4969. Townsend, Emru. “Lip Sync: Big Expensive Pencils.” fps. Autumn 1995, p. 4. 4970. Townsend, Emru. “Lip Sync: Who’s Afraid of the Big Bad CAPS?” fps. June 1992, p. 2. 4971. Townsend, Emru. “Motion Machines: How Computers Are Changing Traditional Animation.” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 9-11. 4972. Weishar, Peter. Blue Sky: The Art of Computer Animation. NY: Abrams, 2002. 88 pp. 256 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

4973. Wershing, Stephen and Paul Singer. Computer Graphics and Animation. Newton, MA: Focal Press, 1988. 140 pp. 4974. Wolff, Ellen. “Mo-cap Continues To Animate the Screen.” Variety. Nov. 26-Dec. 2, 2001, p. A11. 4975. Wu, Sharon. “The Impact of Digital Animation Productions on the Feature Animation Industry.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 27, 2002. Hardware and Software 4976. Anstey, Josephine and Dave Pape. “Animation in the CAVE.” Animation World. April 1998, 6 pp. 4977. Beato, G. “01 Flash Dance. The Propagation of Online Animation.” Spin. July 2000, pp. 115-118, 120. 4978. Borzo, Jeanette. “Animation Works Gains OLE: Gold Disk To Make MCI Drivers Available to Developers.” InfoWorld. June 8, 1992, p. 28. 4979. Bridge, Jan. “Laser Loonacy: A Primer to Animated Laser Discs and Players.” In-Toon. Fall 1992, p. 29. 4980. Brooks, Jason. “Workstation Technologies Update.” Animation. Jan. 2001, pp. 51-53. 4981. Cardona, T. and T. Kattleman. “Warpo Factor 10.” Advertising Age. July 6, 1992, pp. 10C-11C+. 4982. “CGI Software.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 92-95, 134. 4983. Cooke, Cynthia. “Hardware: Great Product for a Great Price.” Animation. April 1996, pp. 50-51, 56. 4984. Cooke, Cynthia. “The Latest at COMDEX.” Animation. Dec. 1995, pp. 10, 12. 4985. Dalby, James. “Flash’s Strong Suits: Quick, Cheap and Easy Production.” Animation World. April 2001, pp. 32-33. 4986. de Andrade, Paulo. “Softimage Animation Tutorial: EASY LIP- SYNCH.” Animation. March 1997, pp. 32-33. 4987. Deneroff, Harvey. “Mocap: Ready or Not, It’s Here To Stay.” Animation. April 2000, pp. 39-41. 4988. Deneroff, Harvey. “13 Developments in Animation Supplies.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 117, 119. 4989. “The Dot and the Line: The Quandary of Bitmaps vs. Vectors.” fps. Autumn 1995, p. 11. 4990. Drougas, Andrea and William Janczewski. “Flash to the Rescue!” Animation. Oct. 1998, p. 54. 4991. Dunning, Debbie. “Animating on the Mac.” Animation. Aug. 1996, p. 14. 4992. Edwards, Edmond. “Wiggly Park Breaks Ground with Vector Animation.” Animation. July 1998, pp. 34-36, 38. United States: Animation 257

4993. Edwards, Sylvia. “Tradigital Television: Digital Tools and Saturday Morning.” Animation World. April 2001, pp. 19-27. 4994. Eiser, Leslie. “Hop, Skip and Jump: Animation Software.” Classroom Computer Learning. April 1986, pp. 41-43. 4995. Ellis, Grant. “Animation on the SGI Workstation.” Animation. May 1995, p. 57. 4996. Elston, Tim. “Anything But a Hash Up: Animation: Master Version 5.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 68-71. 4997. “Equipment Forecasts.” Animation. Feb. 2000, p. 101. 4998. Ferriter, Christine. “Painting by Pixel.” Animation. Sept. 1995, pp. 42- 45. 4999. “15 Top Digital Video Editing Software.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 86. 5000. “15 Top Hardware Peripherals and Cards.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 90. 5001. “15 Top Hardware Systems.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 90. 5002. “15 Top Innovative Animation Tools.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 88. 5003. Fisher, L. “Bridging the Tech Gap.” Advertising Age. July 6, 1992, p. 8C. 5004. “Fractal Design Merges with MetaTools.” Animation. Aug. 1997, p. 19. 5005. Grocld, Kevin. “Guide to Digital Ink-and-Paint Services and Tools.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 46-49, 83. 5006. Grove, Chris. “Flash Forward.” Animation. March 2003, pp. 17-18, 20. 5007. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Digging in to Shooting in Real Time with the Video Lunch Box Sync.” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 62-63. 5008. Hathcock, Mike. “E3, Excellent Electronics Extravaganza.” Animation. June 1998, p. 29. 5009. Huelsman, Eric. “The Graying of E3.” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 64-67. 5010. “IMAX Animation.” Animatoon. No. 23, 2000, p. 55. 5011. “Is There Life Beyond Flash?” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 5012. Jackson, Wendy. “Pixels vs. Paint: The Evolution of Ink-and-Paint.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 57, 59, 61-63. 5013. Janczewski, William. “Flash 3.0: A ‘Killer App’ for Web Animation.” Animation. Sept. 1998, p. 39. 5014. Janczewski, William. “Macromedia Proves Itself a Problem-Solver with the Rollout of Another Great Version.” Animation. Sept. 2000, p. 42. 5015. Janczewski, William. “The Man from V.R.M.L.” Animation. Nov.-Dec. 1998, pp. 23, 28. 5016. Janczewski, William. “The World’s Cheapest Ink-and-Paint System.” Animation. Oct. 2000, p. 70. 258 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5017. Janczewski, William and Jomy Muttathil. “Long Live the Flash!” Animation. Sept. 1999, pp. 30-31, 48. 5018. Kaufman, Debra. “NAB ’98: Cool Tools Spell Hot Happenings.” Animation. April 1998, pp. 33-34. 5019. Kaufman, Debra. “Nichimen’s Nendo Revolutionizes Modeling.” Animation. Aug. 1998, p. 40. 5020. Kaufman, Debra. “Stepping into a New Generation: USAnimation Digital Ink-&-Paint.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 58-62. 5021. “Lightwave.” Plateau. 20:2 (1999), p. 28. 5022. McClelland, Deke. “Cinemation 1.0: Interactive Animation Software.” Macworld. July 1992, p. 208. 5023. Manning, Bruce. “Puffin Designs’ Primatte Keyer for Adobe After Effects.” Animation World. Dec. 2000, pp. 78-79. 5024. Mendoza, N.F. “US Animation and Chromacolour: North Meets South.” Animation. April 1996, pp. 48-49, 78. 5025. Moritz, William. “Gasparcolor: Perfect Hues for Animation.” Animation Journal. Fall 1996, pp. 52-57. 5026. “New Fall Product Releases.” Animation. Nov. 2002, p. 52. 5027. Papiewski, Marilyn and Rita Street. “70 mm/MacIntosh/2-D ‘Toonz.’” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, p. 27. 5028. Park, John Edgar. “ATI Fire GL 4: A Solid Contender.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 62-64. 5029. Park, John E. “Choose Your Software Wisely.” Animation World. May 2001, pp. 6-9. 5030. Park, John E. “E3 2001: Not, Old, Mature.” Animation World. June 2001, pp. 36-38. 5031. Park, John Edgar. “Graphics Cards and the Quadro DCC Explained.” Animation World. Sept. 2001, pp. 30-32. 5032. Park, John E. “Maya Training Solutions.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 20-24. 5033. Park, John E. “What’s New in Maya 4.” Animation World. Aug. 2001, pp. 5-6. 5034. “Product Reviews, Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. Nov. 2001, pp. 32-33. 5035. “Reviews and Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. Aug. 2002, pp. 40, 42. 5036. Robertson, Barbara. “State of the Art: Fur Can Be a Monster.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, pp. 58, 60. 5037. Robertson, Barbara. “State of the Art: Maschwitz Ponders Rotor Blade Renders.” Animation. July 2002, p. 38. 5038. Santucci, Walter. “Software Review AXA’s Team 2D.” Animation. April 1999, p. 73. 5039. Sims, Max. “The New Maya Sets Sail.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. United States: Animation 259

5040. “Softimage.” Animation. March 1997, p. 25. 5041. “Softimage in Game and TV Production.” Animation. July 1997, pp. 22, 24-25. 5042. “Sony CPD-1150 Desktop Flat Panet Display.” Animation. Oct. 1999, p. 61. 5043. Street, Rita. “Talking with Dinosaurs: Animation on Dinotopia.” Animation. April 2002, pp. 61-64. 5044. Streeter, April. “Animation Clip-art Collections Put Moves on Mac Presentations.” MacWEEK. June 15, 1992, p. 24. 5045. Taylor, Lisa. “Maya 5: Something for Everyone.” Animation. May 2003, p. 53. 5046. Tehrani, Bijan. “Animation Tools: O2.” Animation. June 1997, p. 41. 5047. Tehrani, Bijan. “Apple’s QuickTime Takes Off.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 47, 50-51. 5048. Tehrani, Bijan. “Banking on Illustrator 9.” Animation. July 2001, p. 28. 5049. Tehrani, Bijan. ‘“Bryce 2’ and ‘Character Studio.’” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 6-7. 5050. Tehrani, Bijan. “CGI Product News.” Animation. Jan. 1999, pp. 27, 29, 31. 5051. Tehrani, Bijan. “Climax of a Digital Revolution: Windows NT and Digital Media.” Animation. Nov.-Dec. 1998, pp. 14, 17. 5052. Tehrani, Bijan. “COMDEX 2001 Special: Hewlett-Packard Q&A.” Animation. Nov. 2001, pp. 29-31. 5053. Tehrani, Bijan. “Commotion Pro 3.1 Meets Budget, Time Constraints.” Animation. March 2001, p. 43. 5054. Tehrani, Bijan. “A Few Mac Issues and a Few Mac Tools.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 47-48. 5055. Tehrani, Bijan. “15 Innovations in Animation.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 84. 5056. Tehrani, Bijan. “First Look at Photoshop 5.0.” Animation. Sept. 1998, p. 35. 5057. Tehrani, Bijan. “First Look: Dell Video Workstation.” Animation. Nov. 1999, p. 35. 5058. Tehrani, Bijan. “G-3 Macintosh.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. 46, 48, 50. 5059. Tehrani, Bijan. “High-Tech Hardware: The Latest and Greatest.” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 29, 34. 5060. Tehrani, Bijan. “HP: The Power To Animate.” Animation. April 2002, p. 66. 5061. Tehrani, Bijan. “International Software/Hardware Companies Outside North America.” Animation. Oct. 2000, pp. 60, 64, 66. 5062. Tehrani, Bijan. “NAB ’99 Product News.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 64-65, 69. 5063. Tehrani, Bijan. “Nichimen’s Mirai.” Animation. Sept. 1999, p. 29. 260 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5064. Tehrani, Bijan. “Product Review.” Animation. March 1997, p. 26. 5065. Tehrani, Bijan. “Product Reviews, Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 66-68, 70. 5066. Tehrani, Bijan. “Product Reviews: Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. Sept. 2001, pp. 27-28. 5067. Tehrani, Bijan. “Product Reviews: Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. Oct. 2001, pp. 60-61. 5068. Tehrani, Bijan. “Product Reviews: Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. Feb. 2002, pp. 46, 48. 5069. Tehrani, Bijan. “Render Your Dreams: Tri-Star with ELSA.” Animation. Dec. 1997, p. 31. 5070. Tehrani, Bijan. “Reviews – Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. May 2002, p. 42. 5071. Tehrani, Bijan. “Reviews & Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. Sept. 2002, pp. 39, 46. 5072. Tehrani, Bijan. “Reviews & Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, pp. 55, 62. 5073. Tehrani, Bijan. “Reviews & Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. Nov. 2002, pp. 45, 54. 5074. Tehrani, Bijan. “Reviews & Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. April 2003, pp. 78, 80. 5075. Tehrani, Bijan. “Seal of Excellence Winner: e-on Software’s Vue d Esprit 4.” Animation. April 2002, p. 65. 5076. Tehrani, Bijan. “Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. July 2002, pp. 54, 56. 5077. Tehrani, Bijan. “Softimage 3D 3.7.” Animation. July 1997, pp. 21-22. 5078. Tehrani, Bijan. “Softimage 3.51 Review.” Animation. March 1997, pp. 25, 30. 5079. Tehrani, Bijan. “Tools for the Modern Post Production Artist.” Animation. April 1998, p. 38. 5080. Tehrani, Bijan. “Two Artists on Adobe.” Animation. Sept. 1998, pp. 35- 36, 38. 5081. Tehrani, Bijan. “Virtual Set Design Q&A.” Animation. Oct. 2001, pp. 52, 54-55. 5082. Tehrani, Bijan. “Windows NT Animation.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 23, 32. 5083. Tehrani, Bijan and Jason Brooke. “Win2K and Linux: The OS Showdown.” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 29, 31. 5084. Tehrani, Bijan and Richard White. “The Glorious Maya.” Animation. Nov.-Dec. 1998, pp. 19, 22. 5085. “13 Top Post Tools.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 97, 99. 5086. “Top 15 Ink-and-Paint and 2D Software.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 92. United States: Animation 261

5087. “Top 10 Digital Video Editing DVD and Web Authoring Software.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 62. 5088. “Top 10 Hardware.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 64. 5089. “Top 10 3D Animation and Composition Software.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 62. 5090. Townsend, Emru. “Animation Discs.” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 30-32. 5091. Weiner, Rex. “Microsoft Goes After Animation Mavens.” Variety. Jan. 2-8, 1995, p. 87. 5092. Wolff, Ellen. “Hey, What’s on Your Desktop?” Animation. May 2003, pp. 46-48. 5093. “World Construction Set 4.5 Builds.” Animation. Aug. 1999, p. 28. 3-D 5094. Amron, Mike. “The New Messiah’s Details.” Animation World. Feb. 2001, pp. 58-60. 5095. “Animated 3D Television Series on the Way.” Press release, New Cinema Partners Inc., Nov. 10, 1999. 5096. Baisley, Sarah and Christopher Harz. “Stardust Blazes New Trail in 3D Animation.” Animation. Dec. 1997, p. 10. 5097. Beer, Jeffrey. “3-Dimensional Desktop Animation: Fake Reality Is Coming to a PC Near You.” CD-ROM Professional. Nov. 1992, pp. 33- 38. 5098. Borzo, Jeanette. “Crystal Graphics Offers More 3-D Graphics, Animation Tools.” InfoWorld. 15:34 (1993), p. 22. 5099. Chan, Darlene. “Power to the People: Animation: Master Makes 3D Work Possible for Everyone.” Animation World. Dec. 2002, pp. 37-41. 5100. Christiansen, Mark. “Principles of Three-Dimensional Computer Animation Revised Edition.” Animation World. Nov. 1998, 2 pp. 5101. Cotte, Olivier. “3-D Animation.” Animation World Magazine. April 1996. 5102. Desowitz, Bill. “Make Way for SD Entertainment.” Animation. Feb. 2001, pp. 47-48. 5103. Felt, Adam. “3D Studio MAX Tutorial: Setting Up a Character.” Animation. May 1998, pp. 35, 37-39. 5104. Fleming, Bill. “How To Be Furrific!” Animation World. May 1998. 4 pp. 5105. Ford, Michael and Alan Lehman. “On Character Creation and Feasability [sic] in 3D.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 72. 5106. Harz, Christopher. “3rd Dimension Technologies Inc.: Bringing 3-D to the Animation Trenches.” Animation. May 1996, pp. 32-33. 5107. Harz, Christopher. “With Brilliant Digital 3D Gains a Fourth Dimension.” Animation. June 1999, pp. 51-52. 262 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5108. Harz, Christopher, and Bijan Tehrani. “Stereo 3D Broadcasting: Not Just a Gimmick but a New Standard in Broadcasting.” Animation. Oct. 2000, pp. 58, 68. 5109. Hutchinson, Thomas L. “Surface Description and Motion Control for Animated Three Dimensional Computer Generated Characters.” Master’s thesis, Ohio State University, 1986. 5110. “Infinite Animation World with Diversity of Motif and Three Dimensional Visual Image.” Animatoon. No. 6, 1996, pp. 88-93. 5111. Janczewski, William. “3D’s Day Has Finally Dawned.” Animation. Jan. 2000, p. 56. 5112. Kaufman, Debra. “3D Animated Series: How Do They Measure Up?” Cinemaya. Autumn 1999, pp. 29-30, 32. 5113. Kenyon, Heather. “pmG: An Artistic Answer to 3D Animation.” Animation World. Feb. 2001, pp. 56-57. 5114. Kingsbury, Douglas L. “Computer-Generated, Three-Dimensional Character Animation: A Report and Analysis.” Master’s thesis, Ohio State University, 1985. 5115. Lurio, Eric. “Imax Goes 3D in Real-Time.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 56-57. 5116. Maestri, George. “After Effects 5.5: Fleshing out the 3D Environment.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 59-61. 5117. “The Magics of MAX.” Animation. May 1998, p. 33. 5118. Marie, Michael. “LifeForms Puts Moves on 3-D Figures.” MacWEEK. Feb. 10, 1992, pp. 26+. 5119. Mortier, R. Shamms. “The Genesis of 3D Models.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. 42, 44. 5120. Oedekerk, Steve. “DNA Tests the Power of Light Wave 3D.” Animation. Aug. 1997, p. 23. 5121. O’Rourke, Michael. Principles of Three-Dimensional Computer Animation: Modeling, Rendering and Animating with 3D Computer Graphics. NY: W.W. Norton, 1998. 285 pp. 5122. Parys, Michel. “Le Film d’Animation en Trois Dimensions.” Plateau. Autumn 1986, pp. 14-15. 5123. “People Oriented – Professionally Charged: Oregon3D’s High-End 3D Training Center.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, pp. 65-66. 5124. Sachter, Judy E. “The Basic Concept of Three-Dimensional Computer Graphics for Artists.” Master’s thesis, Ohio State University, 1984. 102 pp. 5125. Schatz, Sharon. “3D CGI Comes Aboard Nova’s Ark.” Animation World. July 1999, 3 pp. 5126. Tehrani, Bijan. “A Dialogue with LightWave Creator Allen Hastings.” Animation. Aug. 1997, p. 22. United States: Animation 263

5127. Tehrani, Bijan. “In Search of New Tools in 3ds max v4.” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 50. 5128. Tehrani, Bijan. “LightWave, A Special Report.” Animation. Aug. 1997, pp. 19-23. 5129. Tehrani, Bijan. “Project News: MAX and More.” Animation. May 1998, pp. 41-42. 5130. Tehrani, Bijan. “Product Reviews, Seal of Excellence Winners.” Animation. March 2002, pp. 44-45. 5131. Tehrani, Bijan. “3D Studio Max R2.” Animation. May 1998, pp. 33-34. 5132. Templeton, Fleur. “Anatomy 101, the Digital Way.” Business Week. June 1, 1992, p. 85. 5133. “3D Extra.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 45-49, 52-53, 56, 58-61, 64-65, 68-69. 5134. “Top 15 3D and 3D Related Software.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 92. 5135. Wedge, John C. “Role of the Animator in the Generation of 3- Dimensional Computer Generated Animation.” Master’s thesis, Ohio State University, 1985. 5136. Winder, Catherine and Zahra Dowlatabadi. “Producing Animation: The 3D CGI Production Process.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 32-34. Internet 5137. “Alfred Eugster Web Site Created by SAS Member.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1997, p. 2. 5138. “The American Animation Industry: Producing New Values by Means of Internet.” Animatoon. 3:10 (1997), pp. 84-85. 5139. Angelopoulos, Fred. “Making Money with Online Animation.” Animation. March 2001, p. 29. 5140. “Animating the Web: RealFlash.” Animation World. March 1998. 5141. “Animation Art Online: AWN Launches the Animation World Store.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 3 pp. 5142. “Animation Online.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 63, 70. 5143. Atkin, Hillary. “Web Series Search for Life after Bust.” Variety. Aug. 6- 12, 2001, p. 36. 5144. Bauer, Ged. “Web Animation Explosion: Headache Relief.” Animation World. Jan. 1998. 5145. Calthrop, Tom. “How To Animate the Web.” Animation World. Aug. 1999, 5 pp. 5146. “Case Study: Sam the Dog.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 44. 5147. Cohen, Karl. “The Internet Animation Boom Began in Earnest a Year Ago. Has It Ended? If Not Where Is It Going?” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2001, pp. 4-6. 264 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5148. Cooper, Kellie-Bea. “The Ageless Internet.” Animation. Feb. 2001, pp. 71-75. 5149. Cooper, Kellie-Bea. “Signing on the DOT.COM Line: How To Submit Animation Ideas and Properties for Distribution on the Internet.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 35-36. 5150. Cottrell, Allen. “Unbound Media: Surfing the Future of the ‘Net.” Animation. April 1998, p. 36. 5151. Crew, Adrinne. “Web Animation for Restaurant Professionals.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2003, p. 8. 5152. Dannacher, Lee. “Adventurous Action Abounds on Stanlee.net.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 5153. Dannacher, Lee. “Carrying Forward: Online Animation. Internet Companies – Where Are They Now?” Animation World. Oct. 2002, pp. 9-14. 5154. Dannacher, Lee. “Dotcomix: Capturing Animated Motion on the Net.” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 54-58. 5155. Dannacher, Lee. “UrbanEntertainment: Siting a Skyline Across the Net.” Animation World. Dec. 2000, pp. 41-47. 5156. DeMott, Rick. “Entertainment on the Internet: Where Did the Promised Land Go?” Animation World. July 2001, pp. 5-8. 5157. DeMott, Rick. “Live and Learn: The Secret to Success on the Internet.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 15-19. 5158. Deneroff, Harvey. “Internet Animation.” Animatoon. No. 25, 2000, pp. 84-89. 5159. Desowitz, Bill. “Stainboy.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 39. 5160. Dowlatabadi, Zabra. “Web Presentation: Representation 24/7.” Animation World. Jan. 2003, pp. 22-24. 5161. “Entertaindom.com Merges with WB.com.” Animation. April 2001, p. 62. 5162. Fearing, Mark. “Why Online Animation Should Not Be Tomorrow’s Television.” Comics Journal. April 2001, pp. 44-45. 5163. “15 Popular Animated Webisodic Series.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 74. 5164. “Flip Your Lid Launches Web Animation Division.” Animation. Nov. 1999, p. 15. 5165. “For Six Days WAC Will Embrace the Internet.” Animation. May 2000, p. A-5. 5166. Gonzales, Robert. “Animation on the Internet: The Tools.” Animation World. June 1998, 5 pp. 5167. Gumbs, Gene. “Surfin’ the Web.” Animato! Summer 1996, pp. 10-11. 5168. Harz, Christopher. “Broadband Internet Animation: Pipe Dream or Mainstream?” Animation. April 2000, pp. 33-34, 122. United States: Animation 265

5169. Hilf, William H. “Web Animation Sources.” Animation Journal. Fall 1996, pp. 38-39. 5170. Hilf, William H. “Animating the Web.” Animation Journal. Fall 1996, pp. 32-37. 5171. “Icebox Closes.” Animation. April 2001, p. 62. 5172. “Icebox Serves up Queer Duck.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 43. 5173. “Internet Animation Stumbles.” Animatoon. No. 27, 2000, p. 43. 5174. “Internet Production Update.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 40. 5175. “Internet Sites To Watch.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 42. 5176. “Internet Special Look.” Animation. Jan. 2001, p. 38. 5177. Janczewski, William. “Here Come the Webworks.” Animation. April 2000, p. 90. 5178. Janczewski, William. “It Came from the 3rd Dimension Dot Com!” Animation. May 2000, p. 30. 5179. Janczewski, William. “Today’s 13 Best Animation Websites.” Animation. Feb. 1999, p. 87. 5180. Janczewski, William. “The Wild, Wild Web.” Animation. Aug. 1998, p. 52. 5181. Kausler, Mark. “The Great Alliance Report (Animation Nation).” Animation World. May 1999. 2 pp. 5182. Kennedy, Kwesi Ako and James Dalby. “Getting Started On-Line.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 5183. Kenyon, Heather. “Leading the Animated Internet.” Animation World. Aug. 1999, 5 pp. 5184. Kenyon, Heather. “Shifting the Paradigm: Charles Zembillas’ Animation Nation.” Animation World. May. 1999, 5 pp. 5185. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “Animation Sites: Some Stellar Attractions.” Animation World. June 1998, 4 pp. 5186. Kubin, Jacquie. “Your Move....” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 5187. Lanier, Chris. “WEBTOONS.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2001, pp. 7- 8. 5188. “More Internet Animation Sites in Trouble or Gone.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2001, p. 5. 5189. “Most Powerful in Internet Animation.” Animation. May 2000, pp. 17, 19. 5190. “Other Cinema, a New Zine on the Web Is Worth a Visit.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. April 2001, p. 4. 5191. “Our Program on Animation on the Internet....” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2000, p. 1. 5192. Plantec, Peter. “Mastering the Web.” Animation. Sept. 1995, pp. 54-56. 5193. Raugust, Karen. “Animation Online.” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 15, 17- 18, 23-24. 266 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5194. Raugust, Karen. “Dot Comedy Spotlights Internet Animation.” Animation. Jan. 2001, pp. 38-39. 5195. Raugust, Karen. “FragCity.” Animation. March 2001, p. 28. 5196. Raugust, Karen. “The Internet Movers To Watch.” Animation. Feb. 2000, pp. 81-82. 5197. Raugust, Karen. “Internet Spotlight: Level 13.Net.” Animation. March 2001, pp. 27-28. 5198. Raugust, Karen. “Internet Spotlight: Locomotion.com.” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 45. 5199. Raugust, Karen. “Network Power.” Animation. April 2001, p. 59. 5200. Raugust, Karen. “Offline Migration.” Animation. Feb. 2001, pp. 37-38. 5201. Raugust, Karen. “Opportunities in Internet Animation.” Animation. Jan. 2001, pp. 32, 34. 5202. Raugust, Karen. “Regearing for Internet Animation.” Animation. Jan. 2001, p. 36. 5203. Raugust, Karen. “Tetrafx.com.” Animation. March 2001, p. 28. 5204. Raugust, Karen. “Volume.com Is Makin’ Moves in the Online World.” Animation. April 2001, p. 60. 5205. Rieber, Lloyd, M. Boyce, and C. Assad. “The Effects of Computer Animation on Adult Learning and Retrieval Tasks.” Journal of Computer-Based Instruction. 17 (1990), pp. 46-52. 5206. “Rumpus.com Premiers Longest Flash-Animated Feature.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 42. 5207. Russell, Michael. “Animation On-Line.” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 14- 15, 68. 5208. Shands, Mark. “Animation Online.” Animation. May 2000, pp. 53, 57. 5209. “Showbix Online Success Stories.” Variety. Nov. 22-28, 1999, pp. L35, L36. 5210. Siegler, Richard. “Animation on the Internet.” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 40. 5211. Singer, Gregory. “The ’Net and PC to the Rescue.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 47-48. 5212. Sundar, S. Shyam, George Otto, Lisa Pisciotta, and Karen Schlag. “Animation and Priming Effects in Online Advertising.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Chicago, Illinois, July-August 1997. 5213. Tehrani, Bijan. “Designing for the Web.” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 72- 73. 5214. Tehrani, Bijan. “Designing the Web.” Animation. May 2000, pp. 28-29. 5215. “Urban Entertainment Flips for Web Feature.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 43. 5216. “The Use of Animation on the Internet Is Expanding Rapidly.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 2000, p. 4. United States: Animation 267

5217. Wagstaff, Sean. Animation on the Web. Berkeley, CA: Peachpit Press, 1999. 494 pp. 5218. Wehn, Karin. “Animation on the WWW.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. 5219. Weinman, Lynda. “Get Your Web Feet Wet.” Animation. May 1996, pp. 20, 64. 5220. Weinman, Lynda. “Setting Your Sights on a Web Page.” Animation. March 1997, pp. 23, 34. 5221. “We’ve Done It, So Can You!” Animation. June 2000, p. 38. 5222. Winstanley, Mark. “Making It to the Web.” Animation World. March 2001, pp. 16-19. 5223. “Zeroes & One.” Animation. April 2001, p. 60. THEME PARKS 5224. “Amusement Parks and Family Animation, December 1998.” Animation World. Nov. 1998, 1 p. 5225. Beddingfield, Katherine T. and Marc Silver. “Scream Parks: Universal’s Billion-Dollar Baby Is Trying To Outdo Disney.” U.S. News & World Report. May 10, 1999, pp. 62-70. 5226. “Building Morale at Walt Disney Resort.” Lodging Hospitality. March 1992, pp. 26. 5227. Deckard, L. “MCA’s Plans for Universal City Florida Key to Marvel Comics Deal.” Amusement Business. July 4-10, 1994, p. 1. 5228. Dodsworth, Clark. “Theme Parks in the Digital Age.” Animation World. Dec. 1998. 5 pp. 5229. Fabrikant, G. “Paramount Joins the Theme Park Bandwagon.” New York Times. Aug. 1, 1992, pp. 17-18. 5230. Interiors. May 1992, pp. 118-180. Special issue on architecture at theme parks. 5231. King, Margaret J. “The Theme Park Experience: What Museums Can Learn from Mickey Mouse.” Futurist. Nov.-Dec. 1991, pp. 24-31. 5232. McCracken, Harry. “Theme Parks. The Ones That Didn’t Make It!” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 44-51. 5233. “Movie Theme Park Is Rehearsal for Foreign Venture.” Marketing News. 24:14 (1990), p. 5. 5234. Nelson, George. “Ohio Amusement Park Adopts DC, Warner Bros. Characters.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 4, 2000, p. 6. 5235. O’Brien, T. “Meet the Flintstones: Universal Addition a Hit.” Amusement Business. June 13-19, 1994, p.26. 5236. O’Brien, T. “Paramount Parks Have New Image, Thanks to Parent Co.’s Hollywood Ties.” Amusement Business. April 18-24, 1994, p. 27. 5237. O’Brien, T. “Sega’s New Joypolis Expands on High-Tech Theme Park Concept.” Amusement Business. Aug. 1-7, 1994, pp. 3, 54. 268 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5238. O’Brien, T. “Time-Warner Changes Face of Six Flags Chain.” Amusement Business. May 4-10, 1992, pp. 1, 18. 5239. O’Brien, T. “$24 Mil in Capital Expenditures Head for Six Flags Parks.” Amusement Business. Jan. 21, 1991, p. 1. 5240. Peers, Martin. “Mouse That Soars.” Variety. Jan. 28, 1998, pp. 1, 25. 5241. Ray, S. “Jurassic Park, Flintstones Attractions Help Mark Universal’s 30th Year.” Amusement Business. June 16-20, 1994, p. 38. 5242. Roberts, J. “Paramount Expands into Theme Parks Through Acquisitions for $400 Million.” Wall Street Journal. Aug. 3, 1992, p. B- 5. 5243. Starbuck, James C. “Theme Parks: A Partially Annotated Bibliography of Articles About Modern Amusement Parks.” Chicago: Council of Planning Libraries Exchange Bibliography No. 953, 1976. 5244. Thayil, Jeet. ‘“There Are a Lot of Lawyers at Disney.’” India Abroad. Dec. 14, 2001, p. M7. 5245. “Themaparken.” Stripschrift. May 1995, pp. 24-27. 5246. “Theme Parks: Heart, Brains, Jobs.” Economist. 528 (7827): 1993, p. 33. 5247. “Using Their Illusions: Theme Park Effects.” Economist. Oct. 12, 1991, p. 89. 5248. Walker, D. Animated Architecture. London: Architectural Design, 1982. USES 5249. Biederman, Marcia. “Animated Icons Add Spice to IM Conversations.” New York Times. June 26, 2003. 5250. “Animation Works Interactive Gives GUI a Shot in the Arm.” Infoworld. Oct. 21, 1991, p. S104. 5251. Dowling, Melissa. “Combining Satire with Salesmanship.” Catalog Age. 9:1 (1992), p. 19. 5252. Johnson, M. Eric. “Selling Engineering Solutions Using Computer Animation.” Manufacturing Systems. Jan. 1990, pp. 26-28. 5253. Jones, David. C. “Software Uses Animation To ‘Disturb.’” National Underwriter. 97:36 (1993), pp. 7, 10. 5254. Law, Averill M. “The Many Uses of Animation and Graphics in Simulation.” Industrial Engineering. Jan. 1991, pp. 20-21. 5255. Walker, Derek. Animated Architecture. NY: St. Martin’s Press, 1982. Educational 5256. Apostal, Tom M. “Teaching Mathematics with Computer Animated Videotapes.” Primus. March 1991, pp. 29-44. United States: Animation 269

5257. Baum, Rudy. “Caltech Animation Project Aids Teaching of Basic Chemical Concepts.” Chemical & Engineering News. 71:42 (1993), pp. 32-33. 5258. Berarducci, Vilma. “Animation in the Elementary School.” Art Education. 24:4 (1971), pp. 10-15. 5259. Braiker, Brian. “Why’s the Sky Blue?” Newsweek. July 28, 2003, p. 58. 5260. Every, I.M. “Graphics and Animation in Teaching Dialogues.” CAL Research Group Technical Report No. 14, 1981. 5261. “52 Episodes of Letter TV Complete.” Markee. Jan. 2003, p. 10. 5262. Fisch, S.M., et al. “Science on Saturday Morning: Children’s Perceptions of Science in Educational and Non-Educational Cartoons.” Journal of Educational Media. Oct. 1997, pp. 157-167. 5263. Geoffrion, Leo D. and R. Daniel Bergeron. “Initial Reading Through Computer Animation.” Paper presented at American Educational Research Association, New York, NY, April 1977. 5264. Goodman, Martin. “The Kids Are All Right.” Animation World. Feb. 2003, pp. 29-33. 5265. Goodman, Martin. “Toons in Training.” Animation World. Nov. 1999, 6 pp. 5266. Hale, Michael E., et al. “Development of a Computer Animated Science Process Skills Test.” Paper presented at National Association for Research in Science Teaching, New Orleans, LA, April 1984. 5267. Hale, Michael E., et al. “Using Computer Animation in Science Testing.” Computers in the Schools. Spring 1985, pp. 83-90. 5268. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “3D Education @ SIGGRAPH.” Animation. July 2002, pp. 59, 62, 64. 5269. Hayward, Stan. “Microcomputer Software: Teaching Children To Animate.” British Journal of Special Education. March 1990, p. 15. 5270. Hopkinson, Natalie. “For Media-Sawy Tots, TV and DVD Compete with ABCs.” Washington Post. Oct. 29, 2003, p. A01. 5271. Kubin, Jacquie. “There’s Humongous Rewards in Edutaining Little Kids.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 47-50. 5272. O’Connor, John J. “Cartoons Teach Children, But Is the Lesson Good?” New York Times. Feb. 20, 1990. 5273. Palmer, Charles. “Cartoon in the Classroom.” Hollywood Quarterly. 3 (1947), pp. 26-33. 5274. Pedersen, Ted and Francis Moss. “Edutainment and the Internet.” Animation World. Dec. 1998. 4 pp. 5275. Rieber, Lloyd P. “Animation, Incidental Learning, and Continuing Motivation.” Journal of Educational Psychology. 83 (1991), pp. 318- 328. 270 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5276. Rieber, Lloyd . “Effects of Animated Visuals on Incidental Learning and Motivation.” Presented at Associaton for Educational Communications and Technology, 1990. 5277. Rieber, Lloyd P. “The Effects of Computer Animated Lesson Presentations and Cognitive Practice on Adult Learning in Physical Science.” Paper presented at Association for Educational Communica- tions and Technology, Dallas, TX, Feb. 1989. 5278. Rieber, Lloyd P. “A Review of Animation Research in Computer-Based Instruction.” Paper presented at Association for Educational Communications and Technology, Dallas, TX, Feb. 1989. 5279. Stredney, Donald. “The Representation of Anatomical Structures Through Computer Animation for Scientific Educational and Artistic Applications.” Masters thesis, Ohio State University, 1982. 5280. Tritz, Gerald J. “Computer Modeling of Microbiological Experiments in the Teaching Laboratory: Animation Techniques.” Journal of Computers in Mathematics and Science Teaching. Winter 1986-1987, pp. 44-48. 5281. Zad, Martie. “New Vids Take Little Ones to School.” Washington Post. Sept. 7, 2003. Forensic 5282. Baird, Jane B. “News from the Computer: ‘Cartoons’ for the Courtroom.” New York Times. Sept. 6, 1992, p. F5. 5283. Borzo, Jeanette and Kelley Danore. “Low-Cost 3-D Animation Earns Its Day in Court.” InfoWorld. 15:37 (1993), pp. 1, 20. 5284. Christine, Brian. “Computer Animation in the Courtroom.” Risk Management. July 1993, pp. 50-51. 5285. Ciresi, Michael V., Jan M. Conlin, and Donald C. Dilworth. “Technology in the Courtroom: Lessons from Honeywell Vs. Minolta.” Trial. Sept. 1992, pp. 22-29. 5286. Sherman, Rorie. “Moving Graphics: Computer Animation Enters Criminal Cases.” National Law Journal. April 6, 1992, pp. 1+. Instructional 5287. Cole, Rodney W., et al. “Animated Computer-Generated Instructions: How To Make a Movie.” Engineering Education. Feb. 1986, pp. 276- 281. 5288. Cummings, Martin. “Breathing Life into School Electronics.” Electronics World and Wireless World. March 1992, pp. 216+. 5289. Park, Ok-choon and Stuart S. Gittelman. “Selective Use of Animation and Feedback in Computer-Based Instruction.” Educational Technology, Research and Development. 40:4 (1992), pp. 27-38. United States: Animation 271

5290. Peters, H.J. and K.C. Daiker. “Graphics and Animaton as Instructional Tools: A Case Study.” Pipeline. Spring 1982, pp. 11-13. ANIMATORS 5291. “About Ed Hooks and ‘Acting for Animators.’” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2001, p. 1. 5292. Adams, Thelma. “Questions for Genndy Tartakovsky: The Big Draw.” New York Times Magazine. Aug. 19, 2001, p. 17. 5293. “An Afternoon of Remembrance.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2003, p. 8. 5294. “Alison de Vere Is Gone at 73.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2001, p. 5. 5295. Allan, Robin. “The Artists of Disney – A Tribute.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 15, 1998. 5296. Allan, Robin. “Europe Through American Eyes at the Disney Coal Face: The Contribution of Bob Jones, Engineer and Puppeteer, to Pinocchio and Fantasia.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 9, 1997. 5297. Allan, Robin. “Walt Disney’s Nine Old Men and the Art of Animation: Book Review.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 63-65. 5298. Altyn, John. “The Art of Storytelling.” In-Toon. Fall 1992, p. 11. (Bunny Martinson). 5299. “American Independent Animators.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 60-61. 5300. Amidi, Amid. “The Art of Vic Haboush.” Animation Blast. Spring 2001, pp. 47-49. 5301. Amidi, Amid. “Fred Crippen: Independent in Hollywood.” ASIFA Magazine. Autumn 2003, pp. 26-29. 5302. Amidi, Amid. “No Boundaries: An Interview with Eric Radomski.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 11-18. 5303. Amidi, Amid. “Tom Oreb.” Animation Blast. Spring 2001, pp. 9-27. 5304. Amidi, Amid. “The Two Worlds of Pete Alvarado.” Animation Journal. Fall 1999, pp. 54-73. 5305. Amsden, Cynthia. “Chris Landreth.” Take One. Summer 1999, pp. 13- 15. 5306. Andreoli, Richard. “Scott Shaw!” Con-Notations. Nov. 1993, p. 15. 5307. “Animated Women Now Airing on Public Television.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter 1995, pp. 4, 6. 5308. “Animation Hall of Fame.” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 44-47. (Walt Disney, Chuck Jones, Winsor McCay). 5309. “Animators Get Married in Unusual Ways.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2000, p. 5. 5310. Anton, Glenn. “Sue Rose.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 60-63. 5311. Anton, Glenn. “Willie Ito.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 4-7, 94. 272 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5312. “Armand G. Shaw Passed Away in His Sleep.” Animatoon. No. 17, 1999, p. 63. 5313. “Artists Who Rock: Chris Wedge.” Animation. March 1998, p. 49. 5314. “Artists Who Rock: Clive Smith.” Animation. March 1998, p. 47. 5315. “Artists Who Rock: Gerald Potterton.” Animation. March 1998, pp. 41, 75. 5316. Ashton, Tom. “David Kirschner.” Chief Executive. Oct. 1990, p. 23. (Hanna-Barbera). 5317. “Award Winning Director David Feiss Joins Wild Brain....” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2001, p. 1. 5318. Baer, Dale and Jane. ‘“The Acme Gag Factory’: A Talk with Dale and Jane Baer.” Animation. Summer 1988, pp. 33+. 5319. Baisley, Sarah. “The Most Influential People in Animation.” Animation. Jan. 1998, pp. 9-11. 5320. Baisley, Sarah. “A Passion for Peanuts.” Animation. Feb. 2002, pp. 15- 16. (Bill Melendez). 5321. Baisley, Sarah. “The Rising Stars of Computer Generated Imaging v 3.0.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 45-48. 5322. Baisley, Sarah. “25 Rising Women in Animation.” Animation. Nov. 2001, pp. 12, 14, 16. 5323. Bakker, Jasper. “Einde van Cow and Chicken is Geen Einde voor Schepper David Feiss.” Stripschrift. Sept. 2000, pp. 17-20. 5324. “Baloo Voice Phil Harris Dies.” fps. Autumn 1995, p. 5. 5325. Barrier, Mike. “Art Babbit.” Stripschrift. Nos. 91/92, 1976, pp. 5-8. 5326. Barrier, Mike. “Screenwriter for a Duck.” Funnyworld. No. 21, pp. 9-14. 5327. Beams, Mary. “Subverting Time: A Woman’s Perspective.” Animation Journal. Spring 1994, pp. 42-53. 5328. Beck, Jerry. “Gene Deitch at Terrytoons.” In Ottawa 00 International Animation Festival, pp. 104-106. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2000. 5329. Beck, Jerry. “Masters of Animation, Book Review.” Animation World. Dec. 2001, pp. 61-62. 5330. Becraft, Robert “Gestures of Goodness: An Interview with Chris Sullivan.” ASIFA Magazine. Autumn 2003, pp. 14-17. 5331. Beiman, Nancy. “Animation: Interview with Kent Melton.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1996, pp. 68-71. 5332. Beiman, Nancy. “Cathy Hill’s Mad Raccoons.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1995, pp. 86-93. 5333. Beiman, Nancy. “The First Female Story Head at Disney: Interview with Brenda Chapman.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1994, pp. 60-64. 5334. Beiman, Nancy. “1995: The Year of the Animator.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1995, pp. 64-65. United States: Animation 273

5335. Bendazzi, Gianalberto. “Claire Parker: An Appreciation.” Animation World Magazine. May 1996. 5336. Bennett, Dave. “An Interview with Jack Bradbury.” The Adventures of Spencer Spook (Ace Comics). No. 4, 1987, p. 18. 5337. Berger, Samantha A. “NYC Wonder Women.” Animation World. July 1998, 5 pp. 5338. Bevilacqua, Joe K. “Celebrity Voice Actors: The New Sound of Animation.” Animation World. April 1999, 6 pp. 5339. Bevilacqua, Joe K. “Craig Bartlett’s Charmed Past Life.” Animation World. Dec. 1998, 5 pp. 5340. “Bill Wray Interview.” Pure Images. No. 5, 1992, n.p. 5341. Bishko, Leslie. “Tip of the Iceberg: A Conversation with Lee Mishkin.” ASIFA News. Fall 2001, pp. 8-13. 5342. Bissett, S.R. “Creator of Jonny Quest Passes.” Animato! Winter 1995, p. 51. 5343. Blechman, R.O. “Transfixed and Goggle-Eyed.” Animation World Magazine. June 1996. 5344. Bluth, Toby. “Toby Talk: In His Own Words....” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 4 pp. 5345. Boatz, Darrel. “Simon Fields.” Comics Interview. No. 79, 1990, pp. 56- 57, 59. 5346. Boatz, Darrel. “Steve Barron.” Comics Interview. No. 79, 1990, pp. 48- 49, 51-53, 55. 5347. Boatz, Darrel. “Tom Gray.” Comics Interview. No. 79, 1990, pp. 60-66. 5348. Bogaev, Barbara. “Animator Mike Judge.” Replay of 2001 Interview. National Public Radio’s Fresh Air. Aug. 15, 2003. 5349. Bosworth, Leah M. “An Analysis of Four Direct-on-Film Animators.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 30, 1995. 5350. Brodie, John. “H’wood Mourns Death of Disney Honcho Wells.” Variety. April 11-17, 1994, p. 28. 5351. Browne, Bill. “William H. Browne: Don’t Ask.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 2001, pp. 44-47. 5352. Canemaker, John. Before the Animation Begins: The Art and Lives of Disney Inspirational Sketch Artists. NY: Hyperion, 1996. 224 pp. 5353. Canemaker, John. Paper Dreams: The Art and Artists of Disney’s Story Boards. NY: Hyperion, 1999. 272 pp. 5354. Canemaker, John. “A Tribute to Richard Protovin (1945-1991).” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2002, pp. 6-8. 5355. Care, Ross. “Symphonists for the Sillers: The Composers for Disney’s Shorts.” Funnyworld. Summer 1978, pp. 38-48. 5356. Carels, Edwin. “The Key to Success: A Conversation Piece with the Man Behind the Aardmen, David Sproxton.” Plateau. 13:2, pp. 8-10. 274 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5357. Carels, Edwin. “Meetin Mizzta Youniverss: David Anderson on His ‘Works on Film.’” Plateau. 13:2, pp. 18-21. 5358. “Cartoon Carrey: Exclusive Details on Jim Carrey’s Animation Debut.” Empire Online (UK). Nov. 12, 2003. 5359. “Cartoon Commentator: The Gag Drawings of Floyd Norman.” Animation Blast. No. 7, 2001, pp. 15-19. 5360. Catlin, Roger. “Animation’s Golden Age: Meet the New Cartoon Stars: Carl Reiner, 81; Hugh Hefner, 77; Robert Evans, 73.” Hartford Courant. Aug. 13, 2003. 5361. Catsos, Gregory J.M. “Clarence ‘Ducky’ Nash.” Video Times. July 1985, pp. 80-83. 5362. Cesaro, Joe. “To Seek Out New Words.” Comic Book Marketplace. June 1995, pp. 52-57. (D.C. Fontana, Lou Scheimer). 5363. “Charles and Ray Eames.” Heeza. Sept.-Nov. 1998, pp. 10-12. 5364. Cheng, Maria. “Bin Laden’s Secret Supporter.” Asiaweek. Oct. 26, 2001, p. 12. 5365. “Chris Lanier, Creator of ‘Romanov’ on Wild Brain.Com.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2000, p. 3. 5366. “Chuck Miller’s Round Table.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 124- 125. 5367. “Churchill and Harline Filmographies.” Funnyworld. Summer 1978, p. 48. (Frank Churchill). 5368. Chusid, Irwin. “Carl Stalling: Music To Toon By.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, pp. 74-75. 5369. Cohen, Karl. “The Animated Side of Star Wars: An Interview with Rob Coleman, the Film’s Animation Director.” Animation World. Aug. 1999, 6 pp. 5370. Cohen, Karl. “The Creation of Interactive Video: An Interview with Edwin Brit Wyckoff, a Co-creator of ‘Winky Dink and You.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2002, pp. 8-10. 5371. Cohen, Karl. “An Interview with Lorie Loeb.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1995, pp. 7-8. 5372. Cohen, Karl. “Lucille Bliss: From Crusader Rabbit to Smurfette.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 30-31, 61. 5373. Cohen, Karl. “Making Changes. (Interviews with Lee Unkrich and Ash Brannon).” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2000, pp. 7-8. 5374. Cohen, Karl. “Nik and Nancy Phelps Talk About Their Work, Plans and Make a Few Surprising Comments About the State of Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2003, p. 6. 5375. Cohen, Karl. “Reflections Following the Death of Alan Frankovich.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1997, p. 8. 5376. Cohen, Karl. “A Talk with an Unsung Hero of Animation, PDI’s Raman Hui.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 2001, pp. 7-8. United States: Animation 275

5377. Cohen, Karl. “Ted Key, Creator of ‘Peabody’s Improbable History.’” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1992, pp. 8-9. 5378. “Commercial Producers.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 62-67, 120. 5379. Cosulich, Oscar. “Gordon Difensore Degli Zombi.” Comic Art. Sept. 1993, pp. 60-61. (George A. Romero). 5380. Cosulich, Oscar. “Il Cinema è un Fumetto d’Avventrua.” Comic Art. March 1991, pp. 59-60. (Frank Marshall). 5381. Cosulich, Oscar. “Il Salotta di Comic Art: Robert Zemeckis. E dalla Cripta Esce il Coniglio.” Comic Art. Nov. 1988, pp. 76-77. 5382. Cosulich, Oscar. “Quel Tirannosauro Sembra Braccobaldo.” Comic Art. Jan. 1994, pp. 98-99. (Adam Simon). 5383. Cosulich, Oscar. “Tutto l’Orrore del ‘Manga-Man.’” Comic Art. Dec. 1992, pp. 74-75. (Brain Yuzna). 5384. Crew, Adrienne. “Mark Fiore’s Unique Career in Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2003, pp. 6-7. 5385. Crosbie, Michael J. “Disney Developer [Wing Chao].” Architecture. May 1992, pp. 50+. 5386. Culbert, David. ‘“A Quick, Delightful Gink’ – Eric Knight at the Walt Disney Studio.” Funnyworld. Fall 1978, pp. 13-17. 5387. Curtis, Barry. “In-betweening: An Interview with Irene Kotlarz.” Art History. March 1995, pp. 24-36. 5388. Davis, Jim. Notes on John Marin and Frank Lloyd Wright. Edited by Robert A. Haller. NY: Anthology Film Archives, 1997. 124 pp. 5389. deDesrochers, Liz. “Memories of an Artist – Talmadge Ross.” Penstuff. Jan. 2002, p. 6. 5390. DeMott, Rick. “Mike Nguyen’s Little World.” Animation World. June 2003, pp. 4-5. 5391. Deneroff, Harvey. “Animated Women.” Animation. July 1995, pp. 44- 45, 66. 5392. Deneroff, Harvey. “Animation Auteurs To Watch in 2000.” Animation. Feb. 2000, pp. 38-39. 5393. Deneroff, Harvey. “Atomix Does Ink and Paint: An Interview with Steve Wright.” The Animation Report. March/April 1996, pp. 7-9. 5394. Deneroff, Harvey. “Christine Panushka.” Animatoon. No. 36, 2002, pp. 62-69. 5395. Deneroff, Harvey. “Fred Ladd: An Interview.” Animation World Magazine. Aug. 1996. 5396. Deneroff, Harvey. “The Growth of Adult Swim: An Interview with Keith Crawford.” Animatoon. No. 45, 2003, pp. 38-43. 5397. Deneroff, Harvey. “Jim and Stephanie Graziano.” Animation World Magazine. May 1996. 5398. Deneroff, Harvey. “On Location with the Kroyers.” 1992 Screen Cartoonists Annual, pp. 45-53. 276 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5399. Deneroff, Harvey. ‘“Producing Animation’ – An Interview with Catherine Winder and Zahra Dowlatabadi.” Animatoon. No. 32, 2001, pp. 70-73. 5400. Deneroff, Harvey. “Richard Linklater.” Animatoon. No. 35, 2002, pp. 62-65. 5401. Deneroff, Harvey. “13 Animation Auteurs.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 29, 31. 5402. Desowitz, Bill. “Eric Calderon.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 40. 5403. Desowitz, Bill. “15 Feature Film Movers and Shakers.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 64. 5404. Desowitz, Bill. “Gumby Creator Art Clokey: Low Tech and Proud of It.” Animation. April 2002, pp. 51-52. 5405. Desowitz, Bill. “McFarlane Alters Style for Dangerous Lives.” Animation. May 2002, p. 21. 5406. Desowitz, Bill. “15 Top TV Voice Actors: The Masters.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 56. 5407. Desowitz, Bill. “15 Top TV Voice Actors: The New Generation.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 58. 5408. Desowitz, Bill. “Top 10 Most Influential People in Animation.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 14. 5409. Desowitz, Bill. “Top 10 Most Powerful in Animation.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 12. 5410. Desowitz, Bill. “Top 10 People To Watch in 2002.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 18. 5411. Diaz, Cyntia Barrera. “Hef and Bunny Squad To Star in Animated TV Series.” Reuters dispatch. July 18, 2003. 5412. “Disney Animation Chief Resigns.” Animatoon. No. 40, 2002, p. 75. 5413. “Disney Legends Honored.” Inklings. Winter 1995, p. 12. 5414. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Faces and Voices: Cliff Edwards, Hans Conried, Paul Winchell, Sterling Holloway.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 22-24. 5415. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Farewell Mae and Don: Two Outstanding Voice Talents Pass On.” Animation Planet. Spring/Summer 1998, pp. 14-16. (Mae Questel, Don Messick). 5416. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Jess Harnell: The Actor Behind Wakko Has Rockstar Good Looks and a Gift for Voices.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 54-55. 5417. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Jonathan Harris: Not Lost in Space.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 32-33. 5418. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Sid Raymond: The Return of Baby Huey.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 38, 63. 5419. Dobbs, G. Michael. “The Voice: It’s Bluto, It’s King Odie, It’s Jackson Beck!” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 38-39. United States: Animation 277

5420. Dobbs, G. Michael and Judith Reboy. “Behind the Scenes of the Fall Television Season: Interviews with Bob Camp, Joe Murray and Ben Edlund.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 18-21. 5421. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Faces Behind the Voices: Rob Paulsen: He’s Yakko, the Mask, Pinky and Many More!” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 49- 50, 68. 5422. “Donald Duck Story III: Clarence Nash: A Tribute to the Man Behind the Duck!” Plateau. Spring 1985, pp. 8-9. 5423. Doyle, Barry. “Janie Geiser’s Uncanny Silence.” ASIFA Magazine. Autumn 2002, pp. 6-8. 5424. “Dreamworks Announces Andrew Adamson, Co-Director of ‘Shrek’ Will Direct ‘Truckers.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 3. 5425. Dribben, Melissa. “The Skinny on Cartoon Women.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Dec. 1, 1997, p. R-3. 5426. Dunkley, Cathy. “One-Two Punch.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” Supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, p. 14. (Nina Jacobson, Dick Cook). 5427. Eisen, A. “Two Disney Artists: Interview with John Hench and Marc Davis.” Crimmer’s: The Harvard Journal of Pictorial Fiction. Winter 1975, pp. 35-44. 5428. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 27, 1996, pp. 36, 40. 5429. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 26, 1998, pp. 24, 47. 5430. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 28, 1998, pp. 32, 64. 5431. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 23, 2000, pp. 28-29. 5432. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View – Owen Fitzgerald.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 9, 1996, pp. 56, 58. 5433. Fanning, Jim. “State-of-the-Art Artist.” Animato! Spring 1991, pp. 10- 14 (Mike Gabriel). 5434. Fanning, Jim. “Wise Beyond His Years.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 30-36 (Kirk Wise). 5435. Fantino, Lisa. “Animation Secrets [Mark Henn of Disney World].” In- Toon. Spring 1992, p. 25. 5436. Ferzoco, Stephen J. “I Get a Kick from [Norm] McCabe.” In-Toon. Fall 1992, pp. 15-16. 5437. Fickes, Michael. “Real World Cartoons.” Markee. Sept. 2002, p. 10. (Steve ‘Spaz’ Williams). 5438. “Filmmaker Stan Brakage Dies.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2003, p. 4. 5439. Folkart, Burt. “Sterling Holloway, Voice of Disney Characters, Dies.” Los Angeles Times. Nov. 24, 1992, p. Bl. 278 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5440. Frantz, Ron. “An Interview with Ken Champin.” The Adventures of Spencer Spook. (Ace Comics). No. 6, 1987, p. 8. 5441. Freeman, M. “Haim Saban: The ‘Power’ Is His.” Broadcasting and Cable. Dec. 20, 1993, pp. 26, 30-31. 5442. Furniss, Maureen. “What’s So Funny About Cheese? and Other Dilemmas: The Nickelodeon Television Network and Its (Female) Producers.” Animation Journal. Spring 1994, pp. 4-22. 5443. Furniss, Maureen. “Women and Animation: A Compendium.” Film History. 5:2 (1993), pp. 250-251. 5444. Galloway, Doug. “Jean Vander Pyl.” Variety. April 19-25, 1999, p. 57. 5445. “Gary Randolph Krisel, President of Walt Disney Animation Profiled.” Broadcasting and Cable. Nov. 15, 1993, pp. 93-94. 5446. Gelman, Morrie. “Gary Krisel Dreams On.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, p. 20. 5447. Gelman, Morrie. “Hot Spot Directors.” Animation. March 1996, pp. 14- 17. 5448. Gelman, Morrie. “The Most Powerful in Animation.” Animation. Jan. 1998, pp. 6-8. 5449. Gelman, Morrie. “10 People To Watch in 1997: A Look at Those Likely To Bring a Special Spin to the Animation Industry.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 38-39. 5450. Gelman, Morrie. “The 10 People To Watch in 1998.” Animation. Jan. 1998, pp. 14, 82. 5451. “George Dougherty on Bugs, Chuck, Clicks and Carl.” Toon News. Oct. 1997, pp. 2-4. 5452. Giegerich, Andy. “You Can’t Keep a Good ’Toon Town Down.” Portland (Oregon) Tribune. Sept. 19, 2003. 5453. Gifford, Denis. “Obituary: Adriana Caselotti.” The Guardian. Jan. 23, 1997. 5454. Gifford, Denis. “Obituary: George Nicholas.” The Guardian. Dec. 3, 1996. 5455. Glendale, J. Alan. “Mark Dacascos: Kicking It with The Crow.” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 8-9. 5456. Goodman, Martin. “The Hallowed Hall.” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 31-36. 5457. Goodman, Martin. “Speaking for Zimself: A Conversation with Jhonen Vasquez.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 36-42. 5458. Goodman, Martin. “Talking in His Sleep: A Conversation with Mo Willems.” Animation World. June 2001, pp. 10-16. 5459. Goodman, Martin. “Eric Goldberg: Back in Action.” Animation World. Sept. 2003, pp. 37-42. 5460. “Goofy Creator Dies.” The Daily Telegraph (Sydney). Aug. 24, 1996, p. 25. United States: Animation 279

5461. Gori, Leonardo. “Al Taliaferro.” Comic Art. April 1994, pp. 92-93. 5462. Grandinetti, Fred. “Arf! Arf! Arf! An Interview with Jerry Lobozzo, King Features’ New Official Popeye Voice.” Animato! Winter 1988, p. 6. 5463. “The Great Animators.” Mediascene. Sept. /Oct. 1976, pp. 4-5. 5464. Grego, Melissa and Paula Bernstein. ‘“South Park’ Creators To Stay Put.” Variety. May 8-14, 2000, p. 108. 5465. Halas, John. The Contemporary Animator. Newton, MA: Focal Press, 1990. 136 pp. 5466. Hale, Jeff. “David Connell.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1996, p. 6. 5467. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Yvonne Andersen Retrospective.” In Ottawa 00 International Animation Festival, pp. 88-91. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2000. 5468. Harmetz, Aljean. “The Man Re-Animating Disney.” New York Times Magazine. Dec. 29, 1985, pp. 14-21. 5469. Harris, Beth. “Robert Evans Is Voice of Animated Comedy.” Associated Press release. Oct. 20, 2003. 5470. Harris, Dana. “Jones, Gerber Going ‘Looney’ with Toon.” Variety. Aug. 28-Sept. 3, 2000, p. 12. 5471. “Helen Kane: Inspiration Behind Betty Boop.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 40, 70. 5472. “Herb Klynn.” Variety. Feb. 8-14, 1999, p. 91. 5473. “Hilda Terry’s Scoreboard Animations.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1978. 5474. Hobson, Louis B. “The Road Taken.” London (Ontario) Free Press. March 29, 2000, p. C5. 5475. Huffman, Linda. “Thomatrobes... Zoetrobes... Cantaloupes... Ron Austin Talks About Animation, Window Painting and More!” Penstuff. Nov. 1997, pp. 4-5. 5476. “Hugh Harman Dies.” Comics Feature. No. 23/24, 1983, p. 16. 5477. “Independently Speaking: Q&A with Andy Heyward, DIC Entertainment.” Animation. Feb. 2001, pp. 18-19. 5478. Independent Voices: The Art of Animation. Grand Valley State University Performing Arts Center, February 26-March 30, 2001. Allendale, MI: GVSU, 2001. 8 pp. (Karen Aqua, Joan Gratz, Deanna Morse, Faith Hubley, John Canemaker). 5479. “In Memoriam: Wilfred Jackson.” Stripschrift. Jan. 1989, p. 33. 5480. “An Interview with Beau Perschall, Product Manager Digimation.” Animation. May 1998, pp. 43, 45. 5481. “An Interview with ILM’s Victoria Livingston.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1999, p. 3. 5482. Jackson, Wendy. “Cecile Starr: A Pioneer’s Pioneer.” Animation Journal. Spring 1995, pp. 40-43. 280 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5483. Jackson, Wendy. “Shooting Stars: The New Voices in Animation.” Animation. May 1999, pp. 23-26. 5484. Jackson, Wendy. “The 13 Top Voice Actors.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 101, 103. 5485. James, Caryn. “Multi-Faceted Animator’s Retrospective [Caroline Leaf].” New York Times. May 6, 1992, p. C18. 5486. “John Coates – Lifetime Achievement Award.” Animation. March 1998, p. 15. 5487. “John McGrew, Warner Bros. Innovator Was 88.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. May 1999, p. 4. 5488. “John Whitney, Father of Computer Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 1995, p. 10. 5489. Joris, Luc. “Jan Carle & Blue Sky, The Sky Is Not the Limit.” Plateau. 19:3 (1998), pp. 6-9. 5490. Joris, Luc. “Shelley Page, Tell Me What You’re Doing.” Plateau. 20:3 (1999), pp. 17-19. 5491. Kaplan, James. “The Queen of Cartoons.” TV Guide. March 14, 1998, pp. 30-33. (Betty Cohen). 5492. Kaufman, J.B. “Norm Ferguson and the Latin American Films of Walt Disney.” Unpublished paper. Society for Animation Studies conference, University of California, Los Angeles, 1980. 5493. Keefer, Cindy. “A Lifetime in Animation: The Glamorous Dr. William Moritz.” Animation World. June 2003, pp. 6-9. 5494. “Kendall O’Connor.” Plateau. 19:3 (1998), p. 20. 5495. “Ken O’Connor.” The Peg-Board. Dec. 1984, n.p. 5496. “Ken Willard, a Stop-Motion & Pixar Computer Animator, Dies at Age 36.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1995, p. 7. 5497. Kenyon, Heather. “An Afternoon with Max Howard, President, Warner Bros. Feature Animation.” Animation World. April 1998, 6 pp. 5498. Kenyon, Heather. “Balancing Commercials and Personal Work: Three Directors Speak.” Animation World. Oct. 1998. 2 pp. (Jonathan Hodgson, Aleksandra Korejwo, Bill Plympton). 5499. Kenyon, Heather. “Jamie Thomason: Casting and Directing Disney Television.” Animation Magazine. Sept. 1999, 4 pp. 5500. King, Thomas R. and Lisa Bannon. “Tooning In: No Longer Bit Players, Animators Draw Fame As Hollywood Stars.” Wall Street Journal. Oct. 6, 1995, pp. A-l, A-4. 5501. Klein, Atom. “La Verne Harding: Hollywood’s First Woman Animator.” Animation Journal. Spring 1994, pp. 54-67. 5502. Klein, Tom. “Wait-to-Walt Oswald.” Griffithiana. No. 71, 2001, pp. 28- 43. (Walt Disney, Walter Lantz). 5503. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “Faces Behind the Voice: Cheryl Chase.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 20-21. United States: Animation 281

5504. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “Jim Smith: Rock and Roll Cartoonist.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 20-23. 5505. Kleinzahler, August. “The Mickey Mouse Genius: The Brilliant Composer Behind Looney Tunes, Now on DVD.” Slate.msn.com. Dec. 5, 2003. 5506. Kohl, Leonard J. “A Talk with Director Jon McClenahan on Popeye and the Animation Industry: (Part 01).” Popeye. Winter 1995, pp. 6-7. 5507. Kotlarz, Irene. “Imagery of Desire.” Sight and Sound. Oct. 1992, p. 27. 5508. Kowalski, Eileen. “Ted Berman.” Variety. July 23-29, 2001, p. 47. 5509. Kowalski, Frankie. “Instinctive Decisions – Dave Borthwick, Radical Independent.” Animation World Magazine. June 1996. 5510. Kowalski, Frankie. “On a Desert Island with....” Animation World Magazine. April 1996. 5511. Kravagna, Dawn. “Phil Trumbo.” Penstuff. Aug. 2000, p. 3. 5512. Kulick, Fred. “Bruce Hamilton, the LUCKY DUCK Behind Gladstone.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 4-7, 12. 5513. La Brecque, Donna. “The Trance Experience of Zork Nemesis.” Animation World Magazine. June 1996. 5514. La Brecque, Eric. “Technician of Suspended Disbelief: Rick Dyer, Shadoan and the Frontier of Animated CD Entertainment.” Animation World Magazine. April 1996. 5515. “Landmark’s Gary Meyer Retires.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1997, pp. 1-2. 5516. Larson, Randall D. “Superheros by the Score: Composer Shirley Walker Brings a Cinematic Sweep to Animated Films.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, pp. 6-9. 5517. “Legendary Animators.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 70-71. 5518. Leger, Jackie. “Susan Pitt: An Animator’s Journey.” Animation World Magazine. Feb. 1997. 5519. Lenburg, Jeff. The Great Cartoon Directors. Jefferson, NC: McFarland and Co., 1983. 190 pp. 5520. Leschen, Caryn. “Aunt Violet Interviews Lee Marrs.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2000, pp. 6-7. 5521. Leskosky, Richard. “The Animation Inventions of Willis O’Brien.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 30, 1995. 5522. Liebling, Liam. “Nancy Cartwright’s Life as a 10-Year-Old Boy.” Animation World. Dec. 2000, p. 76. 5523. “Linwood Dunn Dies at the Age of 94.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1998, p. 6. 5524. London, Robby. “Voiceover Actor: ‘But What’s My Motivation?’” Animation. May 2003, p. 19. 282 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5525. Lyons, Charles. “Opposites Attract.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” Supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, pp. 18, 26. (Michael Eisner, Harvey Weinstein). 5526. Lyons, Mike. “Blood, Sweat & Toons: An Interview with Disney Feature Animation President Peter Schneider.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 10-11. 5527. Lyons, Mike. “Sharp Curves Ahead: Women of Power Come to the Fore.” AnimeFantastique. Fall 1999, pp. 4-5. 5528. McBeath, Lee J. “Al Kilgore.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1988, p. 10. 5529. McGreal, Jill. “Out of the Animation Ghetto: Clare Kitson and Her Muffia.” Animation World Magazine. May 1996. 5530. Mallory, Michael. “Hare Apparent: Meet Joe Alaskey.” Animation. Dec. 2003, p. 14. 5531. Mallory, Michael. “Ray Patterson, Animator-Director-Producer.” Variety. Jan. 7-13, 2002, p. 71. 5532. “The Man Who First Voiced Porky Pig.” Inklings. Spring 1998, p. 8. 5533. “Margene Scott of Spike & Mike’s Mellow Manor.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1995, p. 6. 5534. Mason, Katie. “A Closer Look at Art Scott.” Animation World. Feb. 2000, 6 pp. 5535. Mendelson, Lois. “Robert Breer – A Study of His Work in the Context of the Modernist Tradition.“ Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1981. 169 pp. 5536. Mercer, Virginia. “Jack Mercer’s Wife – Speaks Out on her Husband’s Behalf.” Popeye. Winter 1995, p. 14. 5537. Meza, Ed. “Toon Titans: Frank Dietz.” Variety. Sept. 30-Oct. 6, 2002, p. B2. 5538. “Michael Webster, Cartoon Executive.” Washington Post. Jan. 29, 2000, p. B-7. 5539. Miller, Bob. “Beck to the Future.” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 36-38. 5540. Miller, Bob. “Designer of Worlds: An Interview with Stylist Walt Peregoy.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 14-19. 5541. Miller, Bob. “Steve Hulett: The Animator’s Advocate.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 16-21, 54. 5542. Miller, Chuck. “Eric Fogel, Deathmatch Maker to the Stars.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 116-119. 5543. Miller, John. “Celebrity Deathwatch.” Animation Buyer’s Guide. May 7, 1999, p. 22. 5544. Mills, S.E. “Animating from the Privacy of His Own Home: Tom Riggins Gets Work in Hollywood...and Does It in Indianapolis.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. 1:1 (n.d.), pp. 4-5. United States: Animation 283

5545. ‘“Monster Road,’ a Documentary on Clay Animator Bruce Bickford, Is in Production.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2003, p. 5. 5546. Moritz, William. “Talking with Con Pederson.” Animation World. June 1999, 12 pp. 5547. “The Most Creatives in Animation, Part I.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 32-33, 35-37. 5548. “The Most Creatives in Animation, Part II.” Animation. March 1997, pp. 16, 18, 20. 5549. “Most Influential in Animation Art.” Animation. Jan. 1999, pp. 44, 46. 5550. “Most Influential in Animation Art: First Edition.” Animation. Oct. 1998, pp. 73-74. 5551. Murray, Thomas. “The Men Who Followed Mickey Mouse.” Dun’s Review. Dec. 1969, pp. 35-38. 5552. Nagel, Jessie. “Women in Animation.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 6-7. 5553. Neupert, Richard. “Trouble in Watermelon Land: George Pal and the Little Jasper Cartoons.” Film Quarterly. Fall 2001, pp. 14-25. 5554. “Nik Phelps and the Sprocket Ensemble Had a Wonderful Whirlwind Visit to New York.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2003, p. 2. 5555. “The Nine Old Men of the Disney Studios.” Striprofiel. Dec. 1984, p. 6. 5556. O’Connor, Richard. “Fred Mogubgub: A Genius Unheard.” ASIFA San Francisco. Autumn 2002, pp. 12-16. 5557. “On a Desert Island with ....” Animation World. July 1998. 5558. “On a Desert Island with....Pre-Production People (Maurice Noble, John Ramirez, Wes Archer).” Animation World. March 1998. 5559. “On a Desert Island with....Producers’ Picks (Iain Harvey, Carol Greenwald, Claude Huhardeaux).” Animation World. Jan. 1998. 5560. O’Neill, Patrick D. “Bobby Herbeck.” Comics Interview. No. 79, 1990, pp. 4-7, 9-11. 5561. O’Neill, Patrick D. “Judith Hoag.” Comics Interview. No. 79, 1990, pp. 30-35, 37-38. 5562. O’Neill, Patrick D. “Todd Langen.” Comics Interview. No. 79, 1990, pp. 12-15. 5563. Osmond, Andrew. “Jimmy Murakami’s Five Decades of Animation.” Animation World. Dec. 2001, pp. 18-24. 5564. Palma, Raymond.” The Hottest Family in Animated TV: Betty and Mickey Paraskevas.” Animation World. May 2000, pp. 36-39. 5565. Patterson, Doris. “Artist Adapts Dante’s Inferno to Sound Film.” The NCS Cartoonist. Aug. 1967, pp. 66-67. (Emidio Angelo). 5566. “Paul Gruwell.” Penstuff. June 1995, pp. 4-5. 5567. [Paul Sharits]. Film Culture. (New York). No. 65/66, 1978. Monograph issue on Sharits. 284 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5568. Peters, Jenny. “Mike Peraza: Double Feature.” Animation. Dec. 1997, p. 8. 5569. Pilling, Jayne, ed. Women and Animation. London: BFI Publications, 1992. 144 pp. 5570. Pini, Richard. “A Brief and Personal Experience.”fps. Nov. 1991, pp. 3- 6. 5571. “Pinkava Wins!” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. April 1998, p. 1 (Jan Pinkava). 5572. “Pixar’s Glenn McQueen Died October 29.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2002, p. 2. 5573. Pollitt, Katha. “The Smurfette Principle.” New York Times Magazine. March 7, 1991. 5574. Province, John. “The Alex Anderson Interview: Rocky Road.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 8, 2000, pp. 100-104. 5575. Province, John. “MGM Animator Irv Spence Dies.” Animato! Fall 1995, p. 8. 5576. Province, John. “The Virgina Davis Story.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 2, 1995, pp. 106-113. 5577. Pursel, Richard. “Bob Baker: Puppetoon Animator and Puppet Master.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. Spring 1994. 5578. Purves, Barry. “The Emperor’s New Clothes.” Animation World Magazine. April 1996. 5579. “Q&A with Phil Miller. Project Manager 3D Studio MAX.” Animation. May 1998, pp. 43-44. 5580. “The Queen of Cartoons.” TV Guide. March 14-20, 1998. 5581. Raugust, Karen. “PROfiles: American Licensor: William Corona.” Animation. July 1997, p. 31. 5582. “Ray Aragon.” Animation Blast. No. 7, 2001, pp. 36-41. 5583. Reboy, Joseph A. “Powerpuff Girls: McCracken and Tartakovsky.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, p. 32-37. (Craig McCracken and Genndy Tartakovsky). 5584. Reboy, Judith. “Chip Duffy, Ghost Writer at the Cartoon Network.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 69-71. 5585. Reboy, Judith. “Faces Behind the Voices, Chris Wiggins.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 22-23. 5586. Reboy, Judith. “Faces Behind the Voices: Nick Bakay.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 14-16. 5587. Reboy, Judith. “Life Is Good for Eek! the Cat: An Interview with Savage Steve Holland and Bill Kopp.” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 22- 27. 5588. Reboy, Judith. “Michael Ouweleen Talks!” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 72-73. United States: Animation 285

5589. Reboy, Judith. “Phil Hartman Remembered.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 106-107. 5590. Reed, Thomas E. “Mark Evanier.” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 42-44. 5591. “The Rising Stars of Computer Generated Imaging.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. 24, 26, 28. 5592. Robinson, Chris J. “From Matisse to McGuire: An Interview with Debra Solomon.” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 10-15. 5593. Ryan, Will. “Animated Banter with Paul Dini.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 4-5. 5594. Ryan, Will. “Nine and a Half Questions...Barbara Perry Babbit.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 4-5. 5595. Ryan, Will. “Nine and a Half Questions...Eric Goldberg.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 5-6. 5596. Ryan, Will. “Nine and a Half Questions...Joanie Sommers.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 4-5. 5597. Ryan, Will. “Nine and a Half Questions...Mavis Paisley.” Animation World. Dec. 2001, pp. 4-5. 5598. Ryan, Will. “Nine and a Half Questions...Mike Kazaleh.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 4-5. 5599. Ryan, Will. “Nine and a Half Questions...Milton Knight.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 4-5. 5600. Ryan, Will. “Nine and a Half Questions...with Dallas McKennon.” Animation World. Aug. 2001, pp. 3-4. 5601. Ryan, Will. “Nine and a Half Questions with Janet Waldo.” Animation World. June 2001, pp. 3-4. 5602. Ryan, Will. “Nine and a Half Questions...with Leslie Cabarga.” Animation World. Sept. 2001, pp. 3-4. 5603. Schenkel, Thelma. “Poets of the Single Frame/Young American Animators.” Plateau. Spring 1980, pp. 3-6. 5604. Scott, Keith. “Danny Webb – An Appreciation and Update.” Animato! Summer 1996, pp. 28-29, 63. 5605. Scott, Keith. “Hearing Voices – Jell-O Again, This Is Jack Benny (Or Is It Jack Lescoulie).” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 26-27, 69. 5606. Scott, Keith. “Hearing Voices – Presenting Kent Rogers – in Persons!” Animato! Spring 1997, pp. 18-19, 62. 5607. “Seattle Masters of Animation.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Spring/Summer 1997, p. 6. 5608. Self, Thomas M. “Walt Disney Productions’ E. Cardon (Card) Walker.” The Executive. Feb. 1979, pp. 11-14+. 5609. Seth, Joshua. “Joshua Seth’s 10 Steps to Voice Over Success.” Animation World. Jan. 2001, pp. 39-40. 5610. Shay, Don. “Willis O’Brien: Creator of the Impossible.” Focus on Film. Autumn 1973, pp. 18-48. 286 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5611. “Sid Gould Meets Larry Sabu.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1990, p. 5. 5612. Sikora, Ally. “A Long, Drawn-Out Process: As an Animator for Disney, Byron Howard Takes Time To Bond with Every Character He Brings to the Screen.” St. Petersburg Times. Sept. 15, 2003. 5613. “Silverman and the Simpsons.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, p. 30. (David Silverman). 5614. Simensky, Linda. “Women in the Animation Industry – Some Thoughts.” Animation World Magazine. May 1996. 5615. Simon, Libby. “Women in Animation: Mary Doris Berliner Cain.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 20-21, 129. 5616. Simon, Libby. “Women Who Made Animation History.” Animation. May 1996, pp. 55, 60. 5617. “Singing the Blues?” No Way, Says Voice Actress of ‘Rugrats’ and ‘All Grown Up.’” Washington Post. Dec. 1, 2003, p. C13. 5618. Smith, David R. “Ben Sharpsteen...33 Years with Disney.” Millimeter. April 1975. 5619. Solman, Gregory. “Cel-evision City [TV Animators].” Millimeter. Feb. 1992, pp. 46-60. 5620. Solomon, Charles. “Pierre Lambert Is Back, This Time with Mickey.” Animation World. July 1999, 3 pp. 5621. Soucie, Kath. “And I Get Paid!?!: The Life of a Voice Actor.” Animation World. March 1998. 5622. “Spotlight on Animators: Teamwork.” Don Bluth’s Toon Talk. Sept. 2000, p. 6. 5623. “Stan Freberg, Master Satirist.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1988, pp. 1-3. 5624. Stockler, Bruce. “Ink and Pain: Life Stories of Eight Animators.” Millimeter. Sept. 1992, pp. 42-54. 5625. Stockler, Bruce. “One Frame at a Time: Animators Take Back the Spotlight.” Millimeter. Feb. 1992, pp. 68-78. 5626. “Stop-Motion Animator David Allen Died on Aug. 16.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1999, p. 6. 5627. “Stop Motion Animators.” Animation. Jan. 1996, pp. 68-69. 5628. Street, Rita. “Chocolate Milk (Almost) with...Rob Renzetti.” Animation. Sept. 2003, p. 24. 5629. Street, Rita. “Coffee & Bagels with Craig Bartlett.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 36-37. 5630. Street, Rita. “Jeffrey Katzenberg – Another Success Story of Scream Works - SKG.” Animatoon. 1:2 (1995), pp. 17-18. 5631. Street, Rita. “Mike Smith Born To Animate.” Animation. Feb. 1995, pp. 11, 58. United States: Animation 287

5632. Street, Rita. “Rocko Rama.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, p. 60. (Joe Murray). 5633. Street, Rita. “Rose Bond: An Animator’s Profile.” Animation World Magazine. May 1996. 5634. Street, Rita. “Women in Animation: Changing the World: Person by Person, Cel by Cel.” Animation World Magazine. May 1996. 5635. Strike, Joe. “Mark Dindal’s Place in the Sun.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 52-62. 5636. Swanigan, Michael. “B.J. Ward.” Toon. Fall 1998, p. 63. 5637. Swanigan, Michael. “Tony Anselmo.” Toon. Summer 1999, p. 63. 5638. Tataranowicz, Tom and Will Meugniot. “The Joys of a TV Producer.” 1992 Screen Cartoonists Annual, pp. 85-88. 5639. Tebbel, John Robert. “Looney Tunester.” Film Comment. Sept./Oct. 1992, pp. 64-68. (Carl Stalling). 5640. “13 Top Voice-Over Agents.” Animation. Feb. 1999, p. 105. 5641. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Casting the Net for Traditional Animators.” Animation. Oct. 2000, pp. 77-78, 80. 5642. Tindall, Linda. “Talking with Voice Artists.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 9. 5643. Tindall, Linda. “Yakko Yaks: An Interview with Rob Paulsen.” Animation Planet. Spring/Summer 1998, pp. 4-7. 5644. “Tom Gibbons Wins the Ken Willard Memorial Award in Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1997, p. 1. 5645. “Tony Claar’s Comments on the New Hanna-Barbera Shorts Being Made for the Cartoon Channel.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1996, pp. 4- 5. 5646. Townsend, Emru. “Eric Darnell and Michael Collery: The Creators of Gas Planet on Art, Computers, and the Frankenstein Complex.” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 24-27. 5647. Townsend, Emru. “Hanna-Barbera, Re-Animated!: Ellen Cockrill, Director of Development.” fps. Spring 1995, pp. 17-20. 5648. Townsend, Emru. “Kyle Balda.” fps. Spring 1995, pp. 24-26. 5649. Townsend, Emru. “Tony Apodaca and Flip Phillips: An Informal Chat with Two of Pixar’s Old Hands.” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 18-22. 5650. “Trendspotter: Q&A with Michael Riley, Sony Pictures Consumer Products.” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 31. 5651. “A Tribute to Jerry Smith (1936-1997): World Ambassador.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 91-94. 5652. “The Vague Rumor of Independence in New York Animation: A Conversation with John Schnall and Steven Dovas.” Animation World. May 1999. 16 pp. 5653. “Vince Collins Releases a CD-Rom of His Greatest Hits.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2001, p. 1. 288 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5654. “Voice Actor Dave Barry Died.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2001, pp. 4-5. 5655. Wallace, Nora K. “Roger Armstrong: This Cartoonist Has Done Everything But Sign His Name.” CAPS. Sept. 1993, pp. 14-15. 5656. Walther, Hans. “Guthrie Courvoisier, Een Man met Visie.” Plateau. 22:1 (2001), pp. 31-33. 5657. Ware, Hamer. “Untangling the Weber Web.” Animato! Spring 1996, p. 26. (Danny Weber). 5658. Webb, Graham and G. Michael Dobbs. “In Memory of Al Eugster.” Animato! Spring 1997, pp. 66-67. 5659. Weiner, Steve. “Jan Lenica and Landscape.” Film Quarterly. Summer 1992, pp. 2-16. 5660. ‘“We Were All Trying To Be Far Out’: An Interview with Chris Jenkyns.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1994, pp. 1-4. 5661. Wexler, Barbara. “Melanie Taylor Kent at Name That Toon.” Animation. Feb. 1995, pp. 62-63. 5662. “What a Character.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1992, p. 17. (Walter Tetley). 5663. Willems, Mo. “A Conversation with Arlene Sherman and Abby Terkuhle.” Animation World Magazine. Sept. 1997, 2 pp. 5664. “William Conrad, 1920-1994.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1994, pp. 11-12. 5665. Williamson, Hamilton. “Old China Comes to Broadway.” Motion Picture Magazine. Nov. 1921, pp. 36-37, 88-89. (Tony Sarg). 5666. Wilson, Gord. “Claymation To CGI at Will Vinton Studios: An Interview with Paul Harrod.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 8-12. 5667. Wilson, Gord. “Reading Walt’s Mind: Jacques Rupp Reflects on a Life in Animation.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 136-141. 5668. Winterson, Jeanette. “Outrageous Proportions.” Sight and Sound. Oct. 1992, pp. 26-27. (Women animators). 5669. “The Wit and Wisdom of Debra Solomon.” ASIFA San Francisco. July- Aug. 2003, p. 5. 5670. “Wizards of the Biz – John Lounsbery.” Don Bluth’s Toon Talk. Sept. 2000, pp. 22-23. 5671. “Women, Get the Vote.” Don Bluth’s Toon Talk. Sept. 2000, p. 7. 5672. “Women in Animation/New York.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Spring 1995, p. 2. 5673. “Xaos Worked on a Logo Sequence for the Imax Film Whales.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1997, pp. 3-4. 5674. “Zack Schwartz, a Founder of UPA, Has Died.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2003, p. 4. 5675. Zahed, Ramin. “Mr. Warburton Explains It All.” Animation. May 2003, pp. 22, 24. (Tom Warburton). United States: Animation 289

5676. Zucker, Barbara F. “Anna Curtis Chandler: A Storyteller Who Could Keep Them from the Movies.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. Abel, Robert 5677. Kravitz, Scott. “Computer Graphics Pioneer Robert Abel Dies.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2001, pp. 7-8. 5678. Mirman, Kenny. “Saying Goodbye to Robert Abel.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 19-21. Adler, Charlie 5679. Ryan, Will. “I Call on Charlie Adler.” Animation World. Feb. 2001, pp. 40-43. 5680. “The Wild One.” Animation. Nov. 2002, p. 36. Anderson, Ken 5681. Allan, Robin. “In Memory of Ken Anderson: Disney Artist.” Animator. Spring 1994, p. 2. 5682. “Disney Personalities.” Storyboard/The Art of Laughter. Aug.-Sept. 1992, p. 32. 5683. “An Interview with Ken Anderson.” Storyboard/The Art of Laughter. Aug.-Sept. 1991, p. 13. 5684. “Walt Disney’s Haunted House – An Interview with Ken Anderson.” The “E” Ticket. Summer 1992, p. 4. Avery, Tex 5685. Adamson, Joe. “Tex Avery en Het Zingenot des Vlezes.” Stripschrift. Nos. 189/190, 1984, pp. 24-27. 5686. Basgier, Thomas. ‘The Best of Tex Avery.” Comics Forum. Dec. 1994, p. 73. 5687. Beck, Jerry and Will Friedwald. “Fred (Tex) Avery 1908-1980.” Comic Times. Jan. 1981, pp. 40-41. 5688. Benayoun, Robert. Le Mystère Tex Avery. Paris: Editions de Seuil, Collection Point-Vigule, 1988. 110 pp. 5689. Brion, Patrick. Tex Avery, Les Dessins. Paris: Nathan, 1998. 110 pp. 5690. Canemaker, John. Tex Avery. Turner, 1996. 224 pp. 5691. Floquet, Pierre. “Le Langage Comique de Tex Avery; Dix Années de Création à la MGM: 1942-1951.” Ph.D. dissertation, Université de Bordeaux. III, France, 1996. 5692. Floquet, Pierre. “TEX and Tales: From Tex Avery’s Debut to the Beginning of the End (Recurring Theme and Evolving Style).” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 290 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5693. Floquet, Pierre. “Tex Avery’s Comic Language: 10 Years of Creation at MGM, 1942-1951.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 12, 1997. 5694. Floquet, Pierre. “Tex Avery’s Comic Language: A Transgressive Interpretation of Hunting.” Animation Journal. Fall 1997, pp. 22-41. 5695. Ford, Greg. Avery Program Notes. In Zagreb ’78 Retrospectives, Zagreb International Animation Festival. Zagreb, Yugoslavia, 1978. 5696. Ford, Greg. “Tex Avery, Arch-Radicalizer of the Hollywood Cartoon. Part I.” Bright Lights. 3:1 (1980), pp. 12-19. 5697. Ford, Greg. “Tex Avery, Arch-Radicalizer of the Hollywood Cartoon. Part II.” Bright Lights. July 1993, pp. 34-39. 5698. “Fred Avery Heads MGM Cartoon Unit.” Hollywood Reporter. Sept. 2, 1941. 5699. Klein, Tom. “Apprenticing the Master: Tex Avery at Universal (1929- 1935).” Animation Journal. Fall 1997, pp. 4-20. 5700. Klein, Tom. “Tex Avery on Trial!” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 5701. Sanderson, Peter. “End Notes.” Comics Feature. Oct. 1980, pp. 79-80. 5702. “Selected Filmography” (Tex Avery). Animation Journal. Fall 1997, pp. 42-43. 5703. “Tex Avery.” Striprofiel. April 1984, pp. 15-18. 5704. Tex Avery, La Folie du Cartoon. Montreuil, 1979. 112 pp. Monograph issue of magazine Fantasmagorie. 5705. Tex Avery, Lafolie du Cartoon. Paris: Collection Fantasmagorie, Artéfact, 1986. 5706. “What a Character That Tex Avery Is.” fps. Autumn 1995, p. 5. Bakshi, Ralph 5707. Diamond, Jamie. “Animation’s Bad Boy Returns. Unrepentant.” New York Times. July 5, 1992, p. 2:9. 5708. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Ralph Bakshi: Back to Basics and Loving It.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 30-31, 36. 5709. Giller, Philip. “Ralph Bakshi: Animation’s Bad Boy.” In-Toon. Summer 1992, pp. 22-23. 5710. Packard, Tara. “A Refreshing Evening with Ralph Bakshi.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2003, p. 5. 5711. “The Ralph Bakshi Enigma by Lip.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2002, pp. 7-8. 5712. “Ralph Bakshi’s Cool World.” 1992 Screen Cartoonists Annual, pp. 55- 60. 5713. Rose, Frank. “For Animator Ralph Bakshi, The World Is a Very Cool Place.” Los Angeles Times, July 6 1992, p. F1. United States: Animation 291

5714. Scanlon, Paul. “Ralph Bakshi: De Animatie-man.” Stripschrift. No. 126/127, 1979, pp. 40-46. 5715. Ventrella, Mike. “Bakshi to the Future.” Animato! Winter 1988, pp. 8- 12, 33. 5716. Vincenzi, Lisa. “Way Cool [Ralph Bakshi].” Millimeter. June 1992, pp. 57-64. Barbera, Joe 5717. Anton, Glenn. “Joe Barbera Speaks His Mind.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 40-42. 5718. Lefevre, Arnel. “Joe Barbera: De Beste Ontspanning Is Tekenfilms Kijken.” Stripschrift. June 1995, pp. 20-22. 5719. Van Hise, James. “Joe Barbera and Jonny Quest.” Comics Feature. Aug. 1986, pp. 50-55. Barks, Carl 5720. Adamson, Joe. “Crabquacks.” Take One. Jan. 1978, p. 22. 5721. Andrae, Thomas. “A Carl Barks Filmography.” Animation Journal. Spring 1997, pp. 34-35. 5722. Andrae, Thomas. “Making Way for Modernity: Work, Technology, and Masculinity in the Animation of Carl Barks.” Animation Journal. Spring 1997, pp. 4-33. 5723. “Barks To Appear at 95th Birthday Party.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 15, 1996, p. 12. 5724. Barrier, Michel. Carl Barks: Die Biographie. Munich: Brockmann und Reichelt, 1995. 158 pp. 5725. Boatner, E.B. “Barks and Quackers.” Mediascene. May/June 1977, pp. 18-21. 5726. Bont, Daniel. “Carl Barks’ Donald Duck de Periode ‘45-’46.” Stripschrift. No. 214, 1987, pp. 53-54. 5727. “Carl Barks.” Newcom. 1976, pp. 2-11. 5728. “Carl Barks – Der Entenkönig.” Comic! June/July 1994, pp. 18-19. 5729. “Carl Barks: Die 1. Der Katalog; Die 2. Das Video.” Comic Forum. Dec. 1994, p. 43. 5730. “Comic Creator: Carl Barks Makes Art Out of Drawing Ducks.” Arizona. Sept. 8, 1985, pp. 5-7+. 5731. de Groot, Cees. “Gekwaak Bij Barks.” Stripschrift. No. 105, 1977, pp. 5-17. 5732. de Muelder, Maarten J. “Carl Barks, Eindelijk Doorgrond (2).” Striprofiel. Nov. 1976, pp. 3-4. 5733. Faeti, Antonio. “Vieni Avanti, Critico!” Comic Art. Feb. 1990, p. 35. 292 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5734. Fanning, Jim. “Carl Barks: By Popular Demand.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 18, 1994, pp. 26-28, 30, 34. 5735. Fanning, Jim. “Unburied Treasure.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 18, 1994, p. 34. 5736. “Grazie, Carl!” Comic Art. Oct. 1994, p. 107. 5737. “Hamilton Unveils Barks ‘Good Girl Art.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 8, 1996, p. 8. 5738. Hasselaar, Frans. “Het Verhaal Achter de Plaatjes.” Stripschrift. Jan. 1989, pp. 12-15. 5739. Ihme, Burkhard. “Berühmte Barks-Kopisten.” Comic! Sept./Oct. 1994, pp. 20-21. 5740. Jippes, Daan. “‘Duckman’ Barks over Carl Barks.” Stripschrift. Nos. 59/60, 1973, pp. 18-21. 5741. “Ken uw Barks.” Stripschrift. July 1994, p. 30. 5742. Kothenschulte, Daniel. “The Old Duck Man: Zum Tod des Comic- Künstlers Carl Barks.” Film-dienst. Sept. 2000, pp. 14-15. 5743. Lustig, John. “Barks’ Party Is a Ducky Affair.” Cartoon World. April 1996, pp. 6-7. 5744. McGowin, Kevin. “Carl Barks: Conversations.” Eclectica. July/Aug. 2003. 5745. Nadorp, Michel. “Carl Barks.” Stripschrift. Aug. 1994, pp. 16-19. 5746. Simmons, James C. “Carl Barks: Just Ducky.” American Way. Dec. 1982, pp. 86-90. 5747. Taylor, Terry. “Carl Barks, the Studio Years.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 18-19, 26. 5748. Thompson, Maggie. “Oregon Honors Carl Barks.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 28, 1995, p. 32. 5749. van Helden, Wim. “Carl Barks Library of Walt Disney’s Donald Duck.” Stripschrift. No. 192, 1985, p. 58. Beckerman, Howard 5750. Beckerman, Howard. “Animation: The Whole Story: My Road to Animation (Part I).” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 2002, pp. 24-29. 5751. Beckerman, Howard. “So You Want To Be an Animator?” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1999, pp. 64-71. Belson, Jordan 5752. Moritz, William. “Jordan Belson and Mysterious Journey.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 14, 1998. 5753. Moritz, William. “Jordan Belson, Last of the Great Masters.” Animation Journal. Spring 1999, pp. 4-17. United States: Animation 293

5754. Tan, Ying. “Jordan Belson’s Recent Creative Work.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 14, 1998. 5755. Tan, Ying. “The Unknown Art of Jordan Belson.” Animation Journal. Spring 1999, pp. 18-29. Blackton, J. Stuart 5756. Blackton-Trible, Marian. J. Stuart Blackton – A Personal Biography By His Daughter. Metuchen, NJ: Scarecrow Press, 1985. 210 pp. 5757. Crafton, Donald. “J. Stuart Blackton’s Animated Films.” In The Art of the Animated Image, edited by Charles Solomon. Los Angeles: American Film Institute, 1987. Blair, Mary 5758. Allen, Robin. “Mary Blair: An Indelible Imprint.” Animation. July 1995, pp. 58-61. 5759. Anderson, Susan. M. “California Watercolors 1929-1945.” American Artist. Aug. 1988, pp. 48-53. 5760. Burklo, Barbara. “Soquel Artist Proves ‘It’s a Small World.’” Santa Cruz Sentinel. July 25, 1971. 5761. Graeber, Laurel. “Family Fare: A Queen of Cartoons.” New York Times. Dec. 5, 2003. 5762. Kellerman, Vivien. “Country Living 20 Miles from Manhattan.” New York Times. May 28, 1995, Sec. 9, p. 3. 5763. Lord, Rudy. “Mary Blair Biographical Sketch.” n.d. 5764. Monder, Eric. “Disney’s Blair Is No Longer Second to Nine.” Variety. Nov. 24-30, 2003, p. 8. 5765. Pollack, Dale. “They Animated Fantasia.” Santa Cruz Sentinel. June 20, 1976. 5766. Watson, Ernest W. “Mary Blair.” American Artist. May 1958, pp. 21-24. Blair, Preston 5767. “R.I.P. Preston Blair.” fps. Summer 1995, p. 9. 5768. Seibert, Fred. “Remembering Preston.” Animation. Aug. 1995, p. 54. Blanc, Mel 5769. “Mel Blanc and Jim Backus.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1989, pp. 1-2. 5770. “Mel Blanc, 14 Years After Bugs Bunny’s New Carrot.” Cartoonews. June 1975, pp. 45-46. 5771. Owens, Gary. “Mel Blanc: A Voice That Will Stand the Test of Time.” Animation. Feb. 1996, p. 36. 294 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Bluth, Don 5772. Beck, Jerry. “Don Bluth Goes Independent.” Animation World Magazine. June 1996. 5773. Busch, Anita M. “Bluth Pic Leads MGM Family Fare.” Variety. July 18-24, 1994, p. 16. 5774. Cosulich, Oscar. “Burt Reynolds? È un Pastore Tedesco!” Comic Art. March 1991, pp. 39-40. 5775. Deneroff, Harvey. “Of Bluth and Spumco.” The Animation Report. Sept. 1992, p. 2+. 5776. Lauria, Larry. “A Chat with Don Bluth and Gary Goldman (Part I).” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 15-18. 5777. Lauria, Larry. “A Conversation with the New Don Bluth.” Animation World. Sept. 2000, pp. 8-12. 5778. Packard, Tara. “Don Bluth’s Tune-Up 2000.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2001, pp. 7-8. 5779. “The Truth about Donald Bluth.” Bea & Eff. Summer 1996, pp. 10-11. 5780. van Willigen, Rein. “Dons Tekenfilmparadijs op Aarde.” Stripschrift. Sept. 1990, pp. 10-12. Bute, Mary Ellen 5781. Jackson, Wendy. “Retrospective: Composing Light: the Animated Films of Mary Ellen Bute.” In Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 72-74. Ottawa: 1998. 5782. Moritz, William. “Mary Ellen Bute: Seeing Sound.” Animation World Magazine. May 1996. Butler, Daws 5783. “Daws Butler Documentary.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1988, pp. 3-4. 5784. Evanier, Mark. “From Talker to Teacher: Daws Butler’s Last Years.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 16, 2001, pp. 50-51. 5785. Evanier, Mark. “One More Daws Butler Story....” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 30, 2001, pp. 28-29. 5786. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 2, 2001, pp. 46, 56. 5787. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 9, 2001, pp. 38-39. 5788. “In Memoriam, Daws Butler 1916-1988.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1988, pp. 1-2. United States: Animation 295

Canemaker, John 5789. Canemaker, John. “Archive Profile: The John Canemaker Animation Collection at NYU.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 72-73. 5790. Fiecconi, Federico. “La Fantasia di John Canemaker.” In Lucca 20 Anni, International Salon Comics, Animated Film, Illustration, Oct. 26-Nov. 2, 1986. Program, pp. 54-55. Rome: Segreteria di Lucca 20 Anni, 1986. 5791. Fiecconi, Federico. “Fantasia e Ricerca in John Canemaker.” 1986 Lucca 20 Anni 1986, p. 17. 5792. Ingalls, Zoë. “Designs That Come to Life: ‘The Basic Magic of Animation.’” The Chronicle of Higher Education. April 4, 1997, pp. B- 8, B-9. 5793. “John Canemaker Is Back from Meeting....” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1995, p. 5. 5794. Leayman, Charles D. “Io Sono la Mia Creazione, il Mio Frankenstein. Il Cinema d’Animazione di John Canemaker.” Griffithiana. Maggio 1985, pp. 53-58. 5795. Lyons, Mike. “John Canemaker’s Sweet ‘Dreams.’” Animation World. Dec. 1999, 2 pp. 5796. O’Connor, Richard. “John Canemaker: Marching to a Different Toon.” ASIFA San Francisco. Spring 2003, p. 22. 5797. “Peabody Award-Winning TV Special Features Animation by John Canemaker.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Summer 1995, p. 9. Clampett, Robert 5798. Bertieri, Claudio. “La Scomparsa di Bob Clampett.” Comic Art. No. 2, 1984, p. 13. 5799. “Cartoon Correspondence: A Letter to Hames Ware from Robert Clampett.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 52-53. 5800. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 17, 2000, pp. 24, 26. 5801. Macek, Carl. “Bob Clampett on Mars.” Mediascene. Sept./Oct. 1976, pp. 18-19. 5802. “Portrait of Bob Clampett As a Young Cartoonist.” Animato! Spring 1991, p. 9. 5803. Story, Robert. “Bob Clampett, Boy Wonder of Stage C.” Animation World. Sept. 1999, 11 pp. 5804. Thompson, Rick. “Robert Clampett in Context.” Paper presented at Australia’s Second International Conference on Animation, Sydney, Australia, March 5, 1995. 296 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Craig, Phyllis 5805. Baisley, Sarah. “Phyllis Craig 1929-1997.” Animation. July 1997, p. 2. 5806. Furniss, Maureen. “Animation and Color Key: The Career of Phyllis Craig.” Animation Journal. Fall 1996, pp. 58-70. 5807. “Industry Mourns Death of Phyllis Craig.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, p. 75. 5808. Sigall, Martha. “Phyllis Craig: A Woman of Many Colors (1929-1997).” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 87-90. Cruikshank, Sally 5809. Hoberman, J. “The Kwazy World of Sally Cruikshank.” American Film. Dec. 1981. 5810. Segal, Steve. “The Surreal World of Sally Cruikshank.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 23-27. Culhane, Shamus 5811. Cohen, Karl. “Shamus Culhane, One of the Great Pioneers of Animation, Died at 87.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1996, p. 7. 5812. Giller, Philip. “Shamus Culhane: Artist with a Vision.” In-Toon. Fall 1992, pp. 12-14. 5813. Langer, Mark. “Shamus Culhane.” Animation World Magazine. April 1996. 5814. Langer, Mark. “Shamus Culhane.” In Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 76-83. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1996. 5815. Moliné, Alfons. “Adiós a Shamus Culhane.” ASIFA Catalonia Noticies. May-June 1996, p. 2. 5816. Ring, Børge. “In Memory of Shamus Culhane.” Storyboard. 3-4/1995, p. 59. 5817. Rodriguez, Maria E. “A Rememberance of Shamus Culhane.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 1996, p. 7. 5818. “Shamus Culhane Memorial.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter/Spring 1996, p. 1. Davis, Arthur 5819. “The Davis Films.” McBoing Boing’s. May 1995, pp. 3-5, 16. 5820. Hayes, John. “Davis Season! McKimson Season!” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 33-38. 5821. Hayes, John. “Davis Season! McKimson Season!” McBoing Boing’s. May 1995, pp. 6-11. United States: Animation 297

5822. McGuire, Dewey. “Arthur Davis Looks Back.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 31-32. 5823. McGuire, Dewey. “Art Davis’ The Great Cheese Mystery.” McBoing Boing’s. Oct. 1997, pp. 1-5. 5824. McGuire, Dewey. “Updates and Other Additional Thoughts.” McBoing Boing’s. Aug. 1996, pp. 6-10. 5825. McGuire, Dewey. “Well, Fancy Seeing You Here, Laughing Boy! Arthur Davis at Warner’s.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 26-30. 5826. McGuire, Dewey. “Well, Fancy Seeing YOU Here, Laughing Boy! Arthur Davis at Warners, 1946-49.” McBoing Boing’s. May 1995, pp. 1- 2. Davis, Jim 5827. Haller, Robert A. “Jim Davis: The First Eight Years.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 14, 1998. 5828. Haller, Robert A., ed. Jim Davis, The Flow of Energy. NY: Anthology Film Archives, 1992. 128 pp. Davis, Marc 5829. “Cindella Babasini Kaybetti.” Karikatürk. No. 70, 2000, p. 4. 5830. “In Memoriam Marc Davis.” Plateau. 21:1 (2000), p. 35. 5831. Lefevere, Arnel. “Marc Davis.” Stripschrift. Oct. 1994, pp. 18-21. 5832. Lyons, Mike. “Of Precocious Deer and Sexpot Fairies, The Amazing Career of Animation Master... Marc Davis.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, pp. 48-51. 5833. “Marc Davis.” Variety. Jan. 24-30, 2000, p. 72. 5834. Province, John. “Marc of Excellence: An Interview with One of the Disney Studio’s Original ‘Nine Old Men’ – Marc Davis.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 5, 1998, pp. 70-82. 5835. Solomon, Charles. “Remembering Marc. Animation World. March 2000, 4 pp. 5836. Walley, Wayne. “The Man Who Created Disney’s Girls: Marc Davis Whistles Softly About His Work.” Advertising Age. Feb. 20, 1986, p. 32. Dilworth, John 5837. Cohen, Karl. “An Interview with John R. Dilworth, Creator of Dirdy Birdy and the Oscar Nominated The Chicken from Outer Space.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1996, p. 6. 5838. Dilworth, John. “The Dirdy Birdy.” Animation World Magazine. Aug. 1996. 298 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5839. Dobbs, G. Michael. ‘“Breaking the Templates’: Academy Award Nominee John R. Dilworth Remains an Independent Despite the Honor.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 48-49. 5840. “The John Dilworth Report.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 1996, p. 7. Disney, Lillian 5841. “Lillian Disney, Walt’s Widow, Dies at 98.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1998, p. 3. 5842. “Mickey Mouse’s Mom Passes Away.” Penstuff. Jan. 1998, p. 5. Disney, Roy 5843. Ahrens, Frank. “Roy Disney Steps Down from Board at Company.” Washington Post. Dec. 1, 2003, p. A04. 5844. Gentile, Gary. “Roy Disney Resigns from Disney Co. Board.” Associated Press release. Nov. 30, 2003. 5845. “Roy Disney Receives the Mort Walker Award.” Inklings. Fall 1997, p. 3. 5846. “Roy Disney To Be Honored.” Inklings. Summer 1997, p. 13. 5847. Toy, Stewart, and Cynthia Green. “Roy Disney’s Adventures in Tomorrowland.” Business Week. Aug. 5, 1985, pp. 67-68. Disney, Walt 5848. Alexander, Jack. “The Amazing Story of Walt Disney.” Saturday Evening Post. Oct. 31, 1953, pp. 24+ and Nov. 7, 1953, pp. 26+. 5849. Allan, Robin “And Did You Once See Disney Plain?” Animation Journal. Spring 1993, pp. 81-83. 5850. Allan, Robin. “Make Mine Disney or the Forgotten Years of Disney.” Animator. April/June 1987, pp. 28-31. 5851. Allan, Robin. “Walt Disney: The Forgotten Years.” The Japanese Journal of Animation Studies. 3:1A (2001), pp. 53-62. 5852. Angot, Michel and François Willot. “Les Belles Histoires Walt Disney.” Le Collectionneur de Bandes Dessinées. Autumn 1996, pp. I-VIII. 5853. Apple, Max. “Uncle Walt.” Esquire. Dec. 1983, pp. 164-168. 5854. Bell, Darnette E. “Postmodern Patriarchal Productions Present ‘The Missing Mother in Disney.’” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. 5855. Berger, John. “Francis Bacon and Walt Disney.” In Ways of Seeing. London: Writers and Readers, 1972. 5856. Bigart, Homer. “The Man Who Made the World Move.” Saturday Review. April 22, 1967, p. 63. 5857. Birmingham, Stephen. “The Greatest One-Man Show on Earth: Walt Disney.” McCalls. July 1964, pp. 98-101+. United States: Animation 299

5858. Blyth, H.E. “Small Town Man: Walt Disney’s Rise to Screen Fame.” World Film News. July 1938. pp. 110-115. 5859. Borsook William. “What Can You Learn form Disney’s Work?” SM/Sales Meetings Magazine. July 1969, pp. 72-78+. 5860. Brewer, Bill. “His 100th Birthday Anniversary Celebrated in His Hometown!” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 2001, pp. 10-15. 5861. Brewer, Roy. “Walt Disney, R.I.P.” National Review. Jan. 10, 1967, p. 17. 5862. Bruno, Edoardo and Enrico Ghezzi, eds. Walt Disney. Venice: La Biennale di Venezia, 1985. 263 pp. 5863. Bryman, Alan. Disney and His Worlds. NY: Routledge, 1995. 232 pp. 5864. Carstairs, John Paddy. “Film Cartoons, As Told to the Author, by Walt Disney.” In Movie Merry Go-Round. pp. 47-52. London: Newnes, 1937. 5865. Cawley, John. “Walt Disney and ‘The Gremlins.’” American Classic Screen. Spring 1980, pp. 8-11. 5866. Çetin, Yalçin. “Çizgi Film Sanatçi: Walt Disney.” Milliyet Sanat. No. 205, 1976, p. 12. 5867. Christon, Lawrence. “Dream Weaver.” Variety. Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, pp. 2-3, 6. 5868. Churchill, Douglas W. “Disney’s Philosophy.” New York Times Magazine. March 6, 1938, pp. 9+. 5869. Cohen, Karl. “The Importance of the FBI’s ‘Walt Disney File’ to Animation Scholars.” Animation Journal. Spring 1995, pp. 67-77. 5870. Cohen, Karl. “New Walt Disney Myths Continue To Get Published....” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2002, pp. 6, 8. 5871. Cohen, Karl F. “The Truth About Some of Those Nasty Disney Stories!” Animation World. July 2002, pp. 14-22. 5872. Cohen, Karl. “Walt Disney: The FBI Files.” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 16, 69. 5873. Cohen, Karl. “Walt Disney: Hollywood’s Dark Prince.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 12-13. 5874. Cohen, Karl F. “Was Walt Disney a Saint, an Evil Sinner or the Devil Incarnate? The Truth about Those Nasty Disney Stories!” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2002, p. 7. 5875. Comfort, Mildred Houghton. Walt Disney: Master of Fantasy. Minneapolis: T.S. Denison, 1968. 5876. Cornwell, Regina. “Emperor of Animation.” Art in America. Dec. 1981, pp. 113-120. 5877. Davidson, Bill. “The Fantastic Walt Disney.” Saturday Evening Post. Nov. 7, 1964, pp. 66-68+. 5878. Dawson, David J. “The Man Who Was Supercalifragilisticexpiali- docious.” Minkus Stamp Journal. 3:2 (1968). 300 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5879. de Bree, Kees. “Walt Disney. Droomkoning en Kultuurvervalser.” Stripschrift. Nos. 90/91, 1976, pp. 3-5. 5880. Demarest, Michael. “Disney’s Last Dream.” Time. Oct. 4, 1982, pp. 60- 61. 5881. Deneroff, Harvey. “Walt Disney (1901-1966).” Film Society Review. Dec. 1966. 5882. DeRoos, Robert. “The Magic Worlds of Walt Disney.” National Geographic. Aug. 1963, pp. 159-207. 5883. Desowitz, Bill. “Walt Disney Remembered by Nephew Roy on His Centenary.” Animation. Dec. 2001, p. 35. 5884. DiFranco, JoAnn. Walt Disney: When Dreams Come True. Minneapolis: Dillon Press, 1985. 5885. Disney, Mrs. Walt, as told to Isabella Taves. “I Live With a Genius.” McCall’s. Feb. 1953. 5886. Disney, Roy. “Unforgettable Walt Disney.” Reader’s Digest. Feb. 1969, pp. 212-218. 5887. Disney, Walt. “Growing Pains.” American Cinematographer. March 1941, p. 141. 5888. “Disney Honored, Wishes He Had Gone to College.” New York Herald- Tribune. June 24, 1938. 5889. “Disney in TV-Land.” TV Guide. Oct. 23,1954, pp. 4-6. 5890. “Disney Puzzled by College Honors.” New York Journal-American. June 20, 1938. 5891. “Disney’s Legacy.” Newsweek. Jan. 2, 1967, pp. 58-59. 5892. “Disney, Walt.” Current Biography 1952, pp. 148-151. 5893. “Disney Without Walt.” Forbes. July 1, 1967, pp. 39-40. 5894. “Disney Without Walt.” Newsweek. Oct. 20, 1969, pp. 90-91. 5895. “Disney Zonder Walt.” Stripschrift. May 1995, pp. 9-11. 5896. Eddy, Don. “The Amazing Secret of Walt Disney.” The American. Aug. 1955, pp. 28-29+. 5897. Eliot, Marc. Walt Disney: Genie im Zwielicht. Munich: Heyne Verlag, 1994. 334 pp. 5898. Esquire Editors. “Uncle Walt.” In Fifty Who Made the Difference, pp. 112-119. NY: Villard Books, 1984. 5899. “Extraordinary Man in an Extraordinary Age.” TV Guide. Dec. 14, 1957, pp. 17-19. 5900. “Father Goose.” Time. Dec. 27, 1954. 5901. Fessier, Michael. “Legacy of a Last Tycoon.” Los Angeles Times West. Nov. 12, 1967, pp. 16-18+. 5902. Gardner, John. “Saint Walt: The Greatest Artist the World Has Ever Known, Except for, Possibly, Appollonius of Rhodes.” New York. Nov. 12, 1973, pp. 64-66. United States: Animation 301

5903. Genovesi, Roberto. “Un Superagente alia Corte di se Stesso.” Eternauti. Sept. 1994, pp. 48-49. 5904. Gordon, Bruce and Herbert Dickens Ryman, eds. A Brush with Disney. An Artist’s Journey Told Through the Works of Herbert Dickens Ryman. Santa Clara, CA: Camphor Tree, 2000. 252 pp. 5905. Gori, Leonardo. “Walt Disney, Il ‘Principe Nero.’” Comic Art. No. 105, 1993, p. 49. 5906. Green, Amy and Howard. Remembering Walt: Favorite Memories of Walt Disney. NY: Hyperion, 1999. 212 pp. 5907. Green, Katherine and Richard Greene. The Man Behind the Magic. NY: Viking, 1991. 5908. Greenman, Frances. “Walt Disney Is Just Folks.” Minneapolis Times- Tribune. March 9, 1941, sec. 15. 5909. Hahn, Don. Disney’s Animation Magic. NY: Disney Press, 1996. 95 pp. 5910. “Hall of Fame To Welcome Walt Disney.” Variety. Aug. 6-12, 2001, pp. 27, 36. 5911. Hamilton, Bruce. ‘“The Disney That Never Was’: An Admittedly Biased Review.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 9, 1996, pp. 36, 40. 5912. Hammontree, Marie. Walt Disney: Young Moviemaker. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1969. 5913. Harvey, R.C. “Hall of the Mouse King.” Comics Journal. Jan. 1994, pp. 38-40. 5914. “He Gave Disney His Start.” Inklings. Fall 1997, p. 3. 5915. Hiss, Tony. “Profiles: The Quack and Disney.” New Yorker. Dec. 29, 1975, pp. 33-42. 5916. Hollister, Paul. “Genius at Work.” Atlantic Monthly. Dec. 1940, pp. 689-701. 5917. Hopper, Hedda. “Disney the Great.” Chicago Tribune Magazine. Jan. 30, 1955, pp. 22+. 5918. Hurwitz, Leo T. “Mice and Things; Notes on Pierre Roy and Walt Disney.” Creative Art. May 1931, pp. 359-363. 5919. Inge, M. Thomas. “Bing Crosby, Uncle Walt, and Ichabod Crane.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 18, 2003. 5920. Inge, M. Thomas. “Walt Disney.” Dictionary of Literary Biography, vol. 22, pp. 124-135. Detroit: Gale Research Co., 1983. 5921. “Introducing Walt D’Isigny.” Economist. April 11, 1992, p. 53. 5922. Jacobs, Lewis. “Walt Disney: Virtuoso.” In The Rise of the American Film; a Critical History, by Lewis Jacobs, pp. 496-505. NY: Harcourt, Brace, 1939. 5923. Kent, George. “Snow White’s Daddy.” Family Circle. June 24, 1938, pp. 10-11+. 302 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5924. Kimball, Ward. “The Wonderful World of Walt Disney.” In You Must Remember This, edited by Walter Wagner, pp. 264-282. NY: Putnam, 1975. 5925. Klein, I. “When Walt Disney Took Another Giant Step.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1977, pp. 72-75. 5926. Kozlenko, William. “The Animated Cartoon and Walt Disney.” New Theatre. Aug. 1936, pp. 16-18, 27. 5927. Kurland, Gerald. Walt Disney: The Master of Animation. Charlottesville, NY: Sam Har Press, 1971. 5928. Kurtz, Bruce D., ed. Haring, Warhol and Disney. NY: TeNeues, 1992. 5929. Larson, Norita. Walt Disney: An American Original. Mankato, MN: Creative Education, 1974. 5930. Laurens, Cor. “Walt Disney, ’s Werelds Grootse Reklamemaker.” Stripschrift. Nos. 59/60, 1973, p. 10. 5931. “Les Matous Chez Walt Disney.” Banc-Titre. Oct. 1984, pp. 42-44. 5932. Leyda, Jay, ed. Eisenstein on Disney. London: Methuen, 1988. 5933. Low, David. “Leonardo da Disney.” The New Republic. Jan. 5, 1942, pp. 16-18. 5934. McGilligan, Patrick. “Who Is the World’s Most Successful Director?” American Film. March 1978, pp. 20-26. 5935. McGuire, Dewey. “Walt Disney Directs His Last Film. ‘A Great Big Golden Egg.’” McBoing Boing’s. Nov. 1996, pp. 13-14. 5936. McReynolds, William. “Walt Disney and the American Grain.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1971. 5937. Madsen, Frank. “Disney Svines til i ny Biografi.” Seriejournalen. Summer 1993, p. 17. 5938. Maio, Kathi. “Mr. Right Is a Beast: Disney’s Dangerous Fantasy.” Visions Magazine. Summer 1992, pp. 44-45. 5939. Miller, Arthur. “Citizen Disney.” Los Angeles. Nov. 1964, pp. 32, 34, 62. 5940. Miller, Diane Disney. “Growing Up Disney.” People. Dec. 21, 1998, pp. 52, 54-57. 5941. Montgomery, Elizabeth Rider. Walt Disney: Master of Make-Believe. Champaign, IL: Goddard Publishing Co., 1971. 5942. Morgenstern, Joseph. “Walt Disney (1901-1966): Imagineer of Fun.” Newsweek. Dec. 26, 1966, pp. 66-67. 5943. Morgenstern, Joseph. “What Hath Disney Wrought!” Newsweek. Oct. 18, 1971, pp. 38-43+. 5944. Morrow, James. “In Defense of Disney.” Media and Methods. April 1978, pp. 31-32+. 5945. Mullen, Sarah M. “Walt Disney, Master of Cartoons.” Scholastic. May 18, 1935, pp. 10-11. United States: Animation 303

5946. Nago, Isao. “Walt’s Advice To Make a Dream Come True.” Animation. March 1997, p. 9. 5947. “Oggi, Disney.” Lucca ’90 Bollettino. No. 5, 1990, pp. 6-8. 5948. O’Pray, Michael. Eisenstein and Stokes on Disney: Film Animation and Omnipotence. London: Universtiy of East London, School of Architecture, Art and Design Working Papers, 1995. 5949. Paul, William. “Art, Music, Nature and Walt Disney.” Movie. Summer 1977, pp. 44-52. 5950. Petersen, Paul. Walt, Mickey and Me. NY: Dell, 1977. 5951. Peterson, Elmer T. “At Home With Walt Disney.” Better Homes and Gardens. Jan. 1940, pp. 13-15. 5952. Potts, Mark and Peter Behr. The Leading Edge. CEOs Who Turned Their Companies Around: What They Did and How They Did It. NY: McGraw-Hill, 1987. 5953. Pringle, Henry. “Mickey Mouse’s Father.” McCalls. Aug. 1932, pp. 7+. 5954. Pummell, Simon. “Francis Bacon and Walt Disney Revisited.” In A Reader in Animation Studies, edited by Jayne Pilling, pp. 163-176. London: John Libbey and Co., 1997. 5955. Rafferty, Max. “The Greatest Pedagogue of All.” Los Angeles Times. April 19, 1965. 5956. Reddy, John. “The Living Legacy of Walt Disney.” Reader’s Digest. June 1967, pp. 1-6. 5957. Reed, Ashton. “Mr. Disney’s Dream World.” Collier’s. Feb. 24, 1945, p. 33. 5958. Rice, Faye. “The Other Disney in the Spotlight.” Fortune. June 5, 1989, pp. 161-168. 5959. Rosenbaum, Jonathan. “Dream Masters I: Walt Disney.” Film Comment. Jan.-Feb. 1975, pp. 64-69. 5960. Sani, Andrea. “2. I Classici di Walt Disney.” Programma Lucca ’92. 1992, pp. 18-19. 5961. Schickel, Richard. “The Great Era of Walt Disney.” Time. July 20, 1981, pp. 68-69. 5962. Schweizer, Peter and Rochelle. “Disney: The Mouse Betrayed. Greed, Corruption, and Children at Risk.” Toon. Summer 1999, pp. 4-6. 5963. Seldes, Gilbert. “Mickey Mouse Maker.” New Yorker. Dec. 19, 1931, pp. 22-25. 5964. S.G. “Walt Disney: Molto Mago e Poco Creatore.” Eco d’Arte Moderna. Oct./Nov. 1980, p. 16. 5965. Shannon, Leonard. “When Disney Met Dali.” Modern Maturity. Dec./Jan. 1978/1979, pp. 50-52. 5966. Sherman, George R. “Walt Disney: A Biography.” Stamp Monthly. Nov. 1968, pp. 129-135. 304 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

5967. Sholty, H. Edward. “Walt Disney: Frustrated Wizard.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 14, 2001. 5968. Shows, Charles. Walt: Backstage Adventures with Walt Disney. LaJolla, CA: Windsong Books, 1980. 5969. “A Silver Anniversary for Walt and Mickey.” Life. Nov. 2, 1953, pp. 82-90. 5970. Sklar, Robert. “The Making of Cultural Myths: Walt Disney and Frank Capra.” In Movie-Made America: A Social History of American Movies, edited by Robert Sklar, pp. 197-205. NY: Random House, 1975. 5971. Smith, David. R. “The Most Recognizable Signature in the World.” Manuscripts (Burbank, CA). Spring 1981. 5972. Solomon, Charles. The Disney That Never Was. NY: Hyperion, 1995. 256 pp. 5973. “The Spectacular Mr. Disney.” TV Guide. Oct. 1, 1955, pp. 4-7. 5974. St. John, Adela R. “Walt Disney’s Gambles.” American Weekly. May 1, 1955, pp. 14-16. 5975. Stone, Kay. “Things Walt Disney Never Told Us.” Journal of American Folklore. 88 (1975), pp. 42-50. 5976. Syring, Richard H. “One of the Greats.” Silver Screen. Nov. 1932, pp. 46-47+. 5977. “Teacher Disney.” Time. Aug. 17, 1942, pp. 49-50. 5978. Trethewey, Richar L., ed. Walt Disney: The FBI Files. Pacifica, CA: Rainbo Animation Art, 1994. 5979. Tucker, N. “Who’s Afraid of Walt Disney?” New Society. 11 (1968), pp. 502-503. 5980. van Cleef, Pieter. “Portret van Het Dedrijf dat Oom Walt Bouwde.” Stripschrift. March 2000, p. 24. 5981. Walker, Greta. Walt Disney. NY: Putnam, 1977. 5982. “Walt and the Golden Mouse.” Forbes. Feb. 15, 1964, pp. 38-39. 5983. “Walt Disney.” Catholic Preview of Entertainment. April 1959. 5984. “Walt Disney.” Film Dope. June 1977, pp. 2-21. 5985. “Walt Disney.” The Magazine of Success. May/June 1964, pp. 2-7. 5986. “Walt Disney.” Special Issue: The Life 100 Most Important Americans of the 20th Century. Fall 1990, p. 26. 5987. “Walt Disney.” Stripschrift. May 1995, pp. 4-8. 5988. “Walt Disney Everywhere and Always.” For the European Child. Aug./Sept. 1961, pp. 58-76. 5989. “Walt Disney: Great Teacher.” Fortune. Aug. 1942, pp. 90-95. 5990. “Walt Disney: Images of Innocence.” Time. Dec. 23, 1966, p. 71. 5991. “Walt Disney’in Herkül Çizgi Filminin Türkiyeli Çizeri.” Karikatürk. No. 45, 1997, p. 556. 5992. “Walt Disney Is Dead: ‘Showman of the World.’” Box Office. Dec. 19, 1966, p. 4. United States: Animation 305

5993. “Walt Disney naar Alfred Hitchcock.” Plateau. Autumn 1989, p. 13. 5994. “Walt Disney, 65, Dies on Coast; Founded an Empire on a Mouse.” New York Times. Dec. 16, 1966, pp. 1+. 5995. “Walt Disney’s Legacy.” The Economist. Dec. 24, 1966. 5996. “Walt Disney: Teacher of Tomorrow.” Look. April 17, 1945, p. 21. 5997. Weinberg, Herman G. “A Tribute to Walt Disney.” In Saint Cinema: Selected Writings 1929-1979. NY: Drama Book Specialists Publications, Inc., 1970. 5998. “What Walt Hath Wrought.” Forbes. June 1, 1972, p. 21. 5999. Willis, Susan. “Fantasia: Walt Disney’s Los Angeles Suite.” Diacritics. 17, pp. 83-96. 6000. Willot, François. “Les Belles Histoires de l’Oncle Walt.” Le Collectionneur de Bandes Dessinées. Autumn 1996, pp. 20-24. 6001. Woolf, S.J. “Walt Disney Tells Us What Makes Him Happy.” New York Times Magazine. July 10, 1938, p. 5. 6002. Wolters, Larry. “The Wonderful World of Walt Disney.” Today’s Health. April 1963. 6003. “Yes, Virginia, There Is a Walt Disney.” Forbes. Feb. 15, 1974, pp. 30- 31. 6004. Zinsser, William. “Walt Disney’s Secret Freakout.” Life. April 3, 1970, p. 13. Earle, Eyvind 6005. Earle, Eyvind. The Complete Graphics of Eyvind Earle. Vol. 2. And Selected Poems and Writings, 1991-2000. Eyvind Earle, 2001. 360 pp. 6006. Earle, Eyvind. Horizon Bound on a Bicycle. The Autobiography of Eyvind Earle. Los Angeles, CA: Earle and Bane, 1990. 346 pp. 6007. “Eyvind Earle.” Variety. July 31-Aug. 6, 2000, p. 54. 6008. Eyvind Earle – Seventy Five Years. Exhibition Brochure. Tamara Bane Gallery, Los Angeles, CA, April 26, 1991. 6009. Hammer, Victor J. “Foreword.” In Eyvind Earle – Recent Paintings. Hammer Galleries Brochure, Nov. 20-Dec. 1, 1979. Ehrlich, David 6010. [David Ehrlich]. Animatoon. No. 44, 2003, pp. 78-79. 6011. Dupont, David. “The Free-Flowing David Ehrlich.” Vermont Vanguard Press. Aug. 14, 1981. 6012. Ehrlich, Linda C. “Animation for Children: David Ehrlich and the Cleveland Museum of Art Workshop.” Art Education. Feb. 1995. 6013. Green, Susan. “Randolph Filmmaker Teaches Animation.” Burlington (Vermont) Free Press. Jan. 20, 1978. 306 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6014. Latham, Jean. “Filmmaker Uses Animation as an Educational Tool.” Barre Times-Argus. Aug. 24, 1981. 6015. Robinson, Chris J. “David Ehrlich: Excavation of a Flawed Soul.” Animation World. Oct. 2002, pp. 26-30. 6016. Robinson, Chris J. “David Ehrlich’s Dance of Errors.” ASIFA San Francisco. Autumn 2002, pp. 4-5. 6017. Seidman, Sarah. “Hot Shots: David Ehrlich.” Moving Image. Dec. 1981. 6018. “Vermont’s Animated Shorts.” Leisure. May 24, 1984. Eisner, Michael 6019. Cox, Dan. “Masters’ Mouse Trap Fails To Catch Eisner.” Variety. April 3-9, 2000, p.44. 6020. “The Eisner Era.” Newsweek. Sept. 5, 1994, pp. 44-45. 6021. Ellis-Simons, Pamela. “Hi Ho, Hi Ho; It’s Off to Work He Goes As Michael Eisner Puts the Magic Back into the Walt Disney Co.” Marketing and Media Decisions. Sept. 1986, pp. 52-58. 6022. Flower, Joe. The Prince of the Magic Kingdom: Michael Eisner and the Re-Making of Disney. NY: John Wiley and Sons, Inc.: 1991. 6023. Goldsmith, Jill. “Disney’s Eisner Lets a Smile Be His Umbrella.” Variety. Aug. 23-29, 1999, p. 4. 6024. Grimes, Christopher. “Keeping the Vision Intact: Profile – Michael Eisner of Disney.” Financial Times. Dec. 17, 2001. 6025. Holson, Laura M. and Sharon Waxman. “Criticism of Disney Chief Grows Bolder.” New York Times. Dec. 8, 2003. 6026. Logan, Joe. “Meet the Man Behind the Mouse: He’s Easygoing – and Feared.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Aug. 2, 1995, p. A-10. 6027. Natale, Richard. “Prince of the Magic Kingdom: Michael Eisner Re- Animates Disney.” California Business. Dec. 1986, pp. 18-23. 6028. Pollock, Dale. “Le Divorce.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, p. 12. 6029. Ressner, Jeffrey. “10 Questions for Michael Eisner.” Time. Aug. 18, 2003, p. 8. 6030. Saperstein, Patricia. “Showman of the Year.” Variety. Aug. 28-Sept. 3, 1995, pp. 23-24. Engel, Jules 6031. Dill, Jane Ann. “Jules Engel: Film Artist – A Painterly Aesthetic.” Animation Journal. Spring 1993, pp. 50-65. 6032. Dill, Janeann. “Jules Engel: The Mentor.” Animation World. May 1999. 2 pp. 6033. “Educator and Filmmaker Jules Engel Dies.” Animatoon. No. 45, 2003, p. 84. United States: Animation 307

6034. Engel, Jules. “Dream Report: Accident.” DreamWorks: An Interdis- ciplinary Quarterly. Spring 1980. 6035. Engel, Jules. “Experimental Animation Art in Motion.” ASIFA Canada. Dec. 1993, pp. 26-27. 6036. Engel, Jules. “Reflections: Graphic Choreography.” New Magazine. May 1977. 6037. [Jules Engel]. Animatoon. No. 45, 2003, p. 9. 6038. “Jules Engel...Has Passed On.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2003, p. 5. 6039. Keefer, Cindy and Ramin Zahed. “Hungarian Rhapsodist: Jules Engel, a Master of Animation Movement and Expression, Is Honored at Cartoons on the Bay.” Animation. April 2003, pp. 67-68. 6040. Moritz, William. “The Film of Jules Engel.” Jules Engel Retrospective exhibition notes, ca. 1980. 6041. Reveaux, Anthony. “A Sorcerer’s Apprentice: Animator Jules Engel.” San Francisco Examiner and Chronicle. Oct. 9, 1977. 6042. Rust, Patricia. “Jules Engel: A Tribute to an American Treasure.” Animation. Jan. 1999, pp. 35-36, 38, 40-41. 6043. Seldis, Henry J. “Jules Engel’s Oils Wholly Satisfying.” Los Angeles Times. Oct. 30, 1964, p. IV:2. 6044. Sitney, P. Adams. “Jules Engel.” American Independent Animation: Perspectives, May 6, 1978 (Los Angeles International Film Exposition, ABC Entertainment Center, Century City, California), n.p. 6045. “A Tribute to Jules Engel.” Animation World. Sept. 2003, pp. 15-25. Fierlinger, Paul 6046. Kilmer, David. “What Price, Independence? An Interview with Paul Fierlinger.” Animation World. May 1999. 7 pp. 6047. Robinson, Chris. “Dogs, Drinks, Dads and Dante: the Life (?) and Art of Paul Fierlinger.” In Ottawa 00 International Animation Festival, pp. 74- 80, 83, 85-87. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2000. Fischinger, Elfrieda 6048. “Elfrieda Fischinger.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1999, p. 4. 6049. Moritz, William. “Elfriede Fischinger (1910-1999).” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Winter 1999, pp. 9-10. Fischinger, Oskar 6050. Moritz, William. “The Films of Oskar Fischinger.” Film Culture. Nos. 58, 59, 60 (1974). 6051. Moritz, William. “Fischinger at Disney: Or, Oskar in the Mousetrap.” Millimeter. Feb. 1977, pp. 25-26+. 308 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6052. Raffaelli, Luca. “I Movimenti Astratti di Oskar Fischinger.” Programma Lucca 90. 1990, p. 31. Fleischer, Max and Dave 6053. Adamson, Joe. “Working with the Fleischers : An Interview with Dick Huemer.” Funnyworld. Winter 1974/1975, pp. 23-28. 6054. Deneroff, Harvey. “The Thin Black Line.” Sight & Sound. June 1999, pp. 22-24. 6055. “Fleischer Animation...50 Years Later.” Cartoonews. July 1975, p. 39. 6056. Frierson, Michael. “Clay Animation Comes Out of the Inkwell: The Fleischer Brothers and Clay Animation.” In A Reader in Animation Studies, edited by Jayne Pilling, pp. 82-91. London: John Libbey and Co., 1997. 6057. Frierson, Michael. “Clay Comes Out of the Inkwell: The Fleischer Brothers and Clay Animation.” Animation Journal. Fall 1993, pp. 4-19. 6058. “The Inkwell Man.” New York Times. Feb. 22, 1920. 6059. Langer, Mark. “Introduction to the Fleischer Rotoscope Patent.” Animation Journal. Spring 1993, pp. 66-73. 6060. Langer, Mark. Max e Dave Fleischer: da “Ko-Ko the Clown” a “Superman.” Venice: Arsenale Cooperative, 1980. 116 pp. 6061. Langer, Mark. “Out of the Inkwell: The Brothers Fleischer.” In Ottawa 90 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 85-92. Ottawa: Cinematheque Canada, 1990. 6062. “Reactions to ‘Review’ of Max Fleischer Special.” Popeye. Spring 1993, pp. 14-16. 6063. Snoek, Sonja. “Out of the Inkwell.” Geschiedenis, Beeld en Geluid. Winter 1995-1996, pp. 35-37. 6064. van den Tempel, Mark. “Who Framed Max Fleischer? The Striking Similarities in ‘Rollercoaster Rabbit’ (1990) and ‘Thrill of Fair’ (1951).” Flashback (Hilversum). Spring 1994. Foray, June 6065. Andreoli, Richard. “June Foray.” Con-Notations. Nov. 1993, pp. 17, 22. 6066. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 11, 2000, pp. 28, 34. 6067. Evanier, Mark. “The Remarkable June Foray.” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 19-21. 6068. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “Faces Behind the Voice: June Foray – The Queen of Cartoons.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 18-20. 6069. Mallory, Michael. “June Foray’s Remarkable Career.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 30-32, 50. United States: Animation 309

6070. Peters, Jenny. “June Foray – The First Woman of Voice.” Animation. Dec. 1995, pp. 18-20. 6071. Ryan, Will. “Nine and a Half Questions with June Foray.” Animation World. July 2001, pp. 3-4. 6072. Ulrich, Charles. “June Foray Interview, Part One.” Frostbite Falls Far- Flung Flier. March 1987, pp. 4-8. 6073. Ulrich, Charles. “June Foray Interview, Part Two.” Frostbite Falls Far- Flung Flier. June 1987, pp. 5-7. 6074. “What the Industry Has To Say About June Foray.” Animation. June 2000, p. 32. Frees, Paul 6075. “In Memoriam: Paul Frees, 1920-1986.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1987, p. 1. 6076. “Paul Frees.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1987, p. 2. Freleng, Friz 6077. Adams, Steve. “Steve Adams Remembers Friz.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1995, pp. 6-7. 6078. Boschi, Luca. “Il Folle Zoo di Friz Freleng.” In Lucca 20 Anni, International Salon Comics, Animated Film, Illustration, Oct. 26-Nov. 2, 1986. Program, pp. 50-51. Rome: Segreteria di Lucca 20 Anni, 1986. 6079. “Cartoon Lovers Mourn the Death of ‘Friz’ Freleng.” CAPS. June 1995, p. 17. 6080. Deneroff, Harvey. “A Farewell to Friz.” Animation. Aug. 1995, p. 53. 6081. Fetters, Derek. “Friz Freleng Dead at 89.” Comics Journal. July 1995, p. 23. 6082. “Freleng Frame by Frame.” In Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival. Program, p. 120. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1996. 6083. “Friz Freleng, August 21, 1906-May 26, 1995.” ASIFA San Francisco. July-Aug. 1995, pp. 5-6. 6084. Hartt, Reg. “Interview with Fritz [sic] Freleng.” Griffithiana. Dec. 1988, pp. 23-40. 6085. “In Memoriam.” Stripschrift. June 1995, p. 29. 6086. McCracken, Harry. “Once More, with Freleng.” Animato! Spring 1995, p. 25. 6087. McGuire, Dewey. “Freleng Like a Million.” McBoing Boing’s. Jan. 1998, pp. 23, 32. 6088. Moliné, Alfons. “Adéu a Friz Freleng.” ASIFA Catalonia Noticies. Sept- Oct. 1995, p. 4. 6089. Neal, Jim. “Friz Freleng Dies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 23, 1995, p. 6. 310 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6090. “Warner Bros. Animation Pioneer Friz Freleng Dead at 88.” fps. Summer 1995, pp. 8-9. 6091. Wepman, Dennis. “Friz Freleng, 1905-1995.” WittyWorld. Summer/Autumn 1995, p. 7. Gilliam, Terry 6092. Christie, Ian, ed. Gilliam on Gilliam. London: Faber & Faber, 1999. 294 pp. 6093. Cosulich, Oscar. “Pinocchio e il Re Pescatore.” Comic Art. Nov. 1991, pp. 40-41. Godfrey, Bob 6094. “Bob Godfrey Artwork at London Gallery.” Animatoon. No. 17, 1999, p. 63. 6095. Lindstad, Siri. “Godfather to a Good Mood: Bob Godfrey.” In Program. Oslo Animation Festival, 28 April – 2 Mai 1999, pp. 12-14. Oslo: Norsk Kulturråd, 1999. Gottfredson, Floyd 6096. Bottaro, Luciano. “Un Certo Floyd Gottfredson.” If. Oct./Dec. 1976, p. 6. 6097. Gottfredson, Floyd. “Autobiografia: Floyd Gottfredson.” If. Oct./Dec. 1976, pp. 7-8. 6098. Malcolm Willits Collection of Mickey Mouse Paintings by Fred Gottfredson. Burbank, CA: Howard Lowery Gallery, n.d. 56 pp. 6099. Willits, Malcolm. “An Interview with Floyd Gottfredson.” Vanguard. Feb. 1968, pp. 18-28. 6100. Willits, Malcolm. “Floyd Gottfredson.” Stripschrift. Nos. 90/91, 1976, pp. 17-19. Grant, Joe 6101. Keeshen, Jim. “Don’t Take Him for Granted.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 78-82. 6102. Lyons, Mike. “Not Just Your Average Joe: Disney Legend Joe Grant.” Animation World. Nov. 1999, 4 pp. 6103. Torres, Vanessa. “Highly Animated Toon Legend Going Strong at 90.” Variety. May 18-24, 1998, p. 92. Gribble, Mike 6104. Cohen, Karl. “Mike Gribble, Producer of Spike and Mike’s Festival of Animation, Dies.” Animato! Fall 1994, p. 11. United States: Animation 311

6105. Thoren, Terry. “Mike Gribble: In Memoriam.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, p. 26. Griffin, George 6106. Canemaker, John. “George Griffin: Making Art, Frame by Frame.” Funnyworld. Summer 1979, pp. 42-47. 6107. Griffin, George. Lineage: Notes for a Film. Privately printed, 1979. 6108. Robinson, Chris. “Complicated Pictures: George Griffin.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 56-63. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 6109. Solomon, Charles. “Viewing the Griffin Touch in Animation.” Los Angeles Times. Nov. 23, 1979. 6110. Veck, Pierre. “George Griffin.” Animation Stand. April 1982. Groening, Matt 6111. Bakker, Jasper. “Matt Groening.” Stripschrift. Sept. 1999, pp. 8-13. 6112. Deneroff, Harvey. “Matt Groening’s Baby Turns 10: A Look at Who Helped Make The Simpsons Work for Primetime.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 10, 12. 6113. Doherty, Brian. “The Mother Jones Interview: Matt Groening.” Mother Jones. March/April 1999, pp. 34-37. 6114. “Groening: Writer Too.” Editor and Publisher. March 8, 1986, p. 40. 6115. Rense, Rip. “Groening’s Odyssey.” Vancouver Sun. March 3, 1990, pp. E-l, E-6. 6116. Wolff, Ellen. “Groening & Co. Create Edgier Characters for Fox.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-8. Halas, John 6117. Webb, Pat R. “John Halas 1912-1995.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Spring 1995, p. 1. Hand, David 6118. McGuire, Dewey. “Talk to the Hand.” McBoing Boing’s. Feb. 1996, pp. 1-4. 6119. “Style and Content: Three Films by David Hand.” McBoing Boing’s. Feb. 1996, pp. 4-7, 16. 312 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Hanna, Bill 6120. “Bill Hanna To Retire from Hanna-Barbera.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1996, p. 5. 6121. Evanier, Mark. “Feeding Families with Tom & Jerry.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 4, 2001, pp. 28-29. 6122. Hanna, Bill, with Tom Ito. A Cast of Friends. Dallas: Taylor Publishing, 1996. 230 pp. Da Capo Press edition. 2000. 230 pp. 6123. “Hanna and His Quiz-sters.” Bea & Eff. Summer 1996, p. 5. 6124. “Passing: Bill Hanna Died in March.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2001, p. 6. 6125. “Recollections of Bill Hanna.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 10-13. 6126. Stump, Greg. “Animation Giant William Hanna Dead at 90.” Comics Journal. May 2001, p. 16. 6127. “William ‘Bill’ Hanna Overleden.” Stripschrift. April 2001, pp. 27-28. 6128. “William Hanna.” Plateau. 22:1 (1991), p. 35. Harryhausen, Ray 6129. “Animation Magazine Chats with Ray Harryhausen.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. I, IV-V. 6130. Ball, Ryan. “Finishing the Race.” Animation. Nov. 2002, p. 8. 6131. Bissette, Stephen R. “...from Creator to Artist.” Animato! Winter 1993, pp. 13, 39-46. 6132. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Ray Harryhausen...Creating Life One Frame at a Time.” Animato! Winter 1993, p. 11. 6133. Fordham, Joe. “Ray Harryhausen, a Celebration.” Animation World. Aug. 2000. 6134. Goodman, Martin. “Of Harpies, Hydras, and Harryhausen.” Animation World. Feb. 2000, 7 pp. 6135. Jürgens, Jo Hjertaker. “Noter fra Troldmandens Vaerksted.” Kosmorama. Autumn 1996, pp. 32-38. 6136. MacQueen, Scott. “Ray Harryhausen: From Fan to Technician....” Animato! Winter 1993, pp. 12, 14-23. 6137. “Ray Harryhausen – Lifetime Achievement Award.” Animation. March 1998, p. 17. 6138. Whiter, Ruth and Roger. “A Chat with Ray Harryhausen.” Animation World. Feb. 2000. 13 pp. Henson, Jim 6139. Curson, Nigel. “Jim Henson, 1936-1990.” Speakeasy. July 1990, p. 27. 6140. Ryan, Will. “Jim Henson’s Designs and Doodles: A Muppet Sketchbook.” Animation World. July 2001, pp. 52-53. United States: Animation 313

Henson, William “Tex” 6141. Cohen, Karl. “Popular Personality William “Tex” Henson Died after Being Struck by a Truck.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2003, pp. 5-6. 6142. Mougin, Lou. “Animator, Tex Henson.” Comics Interview. No. 150, 1995, pp. 119-139, 141-145. 6143. “‘Tex’ Henson, Animator, Dies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 27, 2002, p. 27. Holland, Sylvia 6144. Allan, Robin. “Sylvia Holland: Disney Artist.” Animation Journal. Spring 1994, pp. 32-41. 6145. Canemaker, John. “Sylvia Moberly Holland.” Animation Art Catalogue Burbank: Howard Lowery, 1990. Horvath, Ferdinand H. 6146. “Artist Spurns Riches for Love; Has Triumph.” New York American. Nov. 26, 1928. 6147. “War, Exile to Siberia, Disinheritance for Love, Preventing All Study, Fail To Bar Artist from His Chosen Career.” Brooklyn Daily Eagle. Dec. 2, 1928. Also see Morning Telegraph (New York). Nov. 28, 1928. Hubley, Faith and John 6148. “Animator Faith Hubley Died December 7 at 77.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2002, p. 6. 6149. Archibald, Lewis. “John Hubley.” Film Library Quarterly. Spring 1970. 6150. Canemaker, John. “Faith Hubley Remembered.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, p. 24. 6151. DelGaudio, Sybil. “Animation and Anonymity: The Uncredited Work of John and Faith Hubley.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 9, 1997. 6152. DelGaudio, Sybil. “If Truth Be Told, Can ’Toons Tell It?: Documentary and Animation.” Film History. IX:2 (1997), pp. 189-199. 6153. Elber, Lynn. “Faith Hubley Gets TV Showcase.” Associated Press dispatch, March 16, 2000. 6154. “Faith Hubley.” Animatoon. No. 35, 2002, pp. 57-58. 6155. “Faith Hubley, Animator.” Variety. Dec. 17-23, 2001, p. 79. 6156. ‘“Independent Spirits: Faith and John Hubley’ Premieres in New York.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2001, p. 5. 6157. McGilligan, Pat. “Faith Hubley: An Interview.” Film Quarterly. Winter 1988-1989, pp. 14-15+. 314 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6158. Priestley, Joanna. “Creating a Healing Mythology: The Art of Faith Hubley.” Animation Journal. Spring 1994, pp. 23-31. 6159. Schenkel, Thelma. “Exploring the Cinema of Figurative Animation: With Special Consideration of the Work of John and Faith Hubley and Jan Lenica.” Ph.D. dissertation, New York University, 1977. Hurtz, Bill 6160. Ulrich, Charles. “An Interview with Bill Hurtz, Part One.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1992, pp. 15-18. 6161. Ulrich, Charles. “An Interview with Bill Hurtz, Part Two.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1992, p. 5. 6162. Ulrich, Charles. “An Interview with Bill Hurtz, Part 3.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1992, pp. 1-4. Iwerks, Ub 6163. Deneroff, Harvey. “The Hand Behind the Mouse.” Animatoon. No. 34, 2001, pp. 82-83. 6164. ‘“The Hand Behind the Mouse’ by John Kenworthy and Leslie Iwerks.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2001, pp. 6-7. 6165. Koehler, Robert. “The Hand Behind the Mouse: The Ub Iwerks Story.” Variety. Oct. 11-17, 1999, p. 46. 6166. Korkis, Jim. “Cel Break: Ub Iwerks: Disney’s Secret Genius.” Hogan ’s Alley. No. 9, 2001, pp. 20-25. 6167. “Opening of the Animation Talkies Age – The Great Animator Ub Iwerks Who Designed Mickey Mouse.” Animatoon. 1:2 (1995), pp. 8- 13. 6168. “Three Chances for You To Discover ‘The Hand Behind the Mouse: The Ub Iwerks Story.’” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 2001, pp. 1-2. 6169. [Ub Iwerks]. Griffithiana (Genoa). Sept. 1980. Monograph issue of magazine devoted to Iwerks. Jones, Chuck 6170. Adamson, Joe. “Chuck Jones: Mortality and Immortality in Toontown.” Animation. Dec. 1995, pp. 22-23, 25. 6171. “Animation Director Chuck Jones Receives MacDowell Medal.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1997, p. 1. 6172. Anton, Glenn. “Happy Birthday Chuck Jones.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 4, 86. 6173. Anton, Glenn. ‘“That’s All Folks!’ Chuck Jones Film Productions Closed.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, p. 14. 6174. Barbagello, Ron. “Chuck Jones Cries TimberWolf on the Web.” Animation. Jan. 2001, p. 31. United States: Animation 315

6175. “Bugs’ Pop Still Tops.” Inklings. Fall 1997, p. 5. 6176. Canemaker, John. “Hailing a Master of Animation’s Golden Age.” International Herald Tribune. Nov. 22, 2000, p. 22. 6177. Canemaker, John. “MacDowell Award Presentation Address to Chuck Jones.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1997, pp. 3-4. 6178. “Chuck Jones.” Animatoon. No. 36, 2002, pp. 60-61. 6179. “Chuck Jones Goes Back to Work at Warner.” Penstuff. Nov. 1997, p. 9. 6180. “Chuck Jones 1912-2002.” Animation. April 2002, 20 page pullout. 6181. “Chuck Jones Passes Away.” Penstuff. March 2002, p. 1. 6182. “Chuck Jones Wrote a Great Article for Civilization about Leon Schlesinger.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. April 1998, pp. 4-5. 6183. “Chuck Latest Toon.” Toon News (Sydney). Dec. 1995, p. 4. 6184. Cohen, Karl. “On the Passing of Chuck Jones.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2002, p. 5. 6185. Deneroff, Harvey. “In with the Old.” Animation. Feb. 1995, p. 48. 6186. Desowitz, Bill. “It’s a Wrap: Wild Brain Opens and Closes Chuck Jones Show.” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 85-86. 6187. “Dr. Seuss Meets Chuck Jones.” Inklings. Spring 1998, p. 8. 6188. Duffell, Greg. “Square Chuck.” Animation Blast. No. 7, 2001, pp. 25- 30. 6189. Elber, Lynn. “Cartoon Legend.” Metro (Philadelphia). Nov. 20, 2000, p. 19. 6190. Elber, Lynn. “Film Salutes Bugs, Daffy and Chuck Jones.” Dayton Journal. Nov. 22, 2000. 6191. Fleming, Charles. “What’s Up with Chuck Jones? Listen, Doc, and He’ll Tell You.” New York Times. Aug. 9,1992, p. H-13. 6192. Frankenhoff, Brent. “The Cartoon Career of Chuck Jones.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 22, 2002, p. 28. 6193. “Happy Birthday, Chuck!” Toon News. Oct. 1997, p. 1. 6194. Harvey, R.C. “Chuck Jones Dies at 89.” Comics Journal. April 2002, pp. 27-28. 6195. Hine, Thomas. “Chuck Jones: The Wit Who Still Breathes Life into Toons.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Oct. 15, 1995, pp. G-l, G-4, G-5. 6196. Inge, M. Thomas. “Chuck Jones Among the Literati.” Animation Journal. Fall 1996, pp. 78-79. 6197. Inge, M. Thomas. “Chuck Jones Among the Literati.” The Funnies Paper. March/April 2002, pp. 36-37. 6198. Jones, Chuck. “The Roadrummer and Other Characters.” Cinema Journal. Spring 1969, pp. 10-16. 6199. Jones, Chuck. “The Tyrant of Termite Terrace.” Civilization. Feb.- March 1998. 6200. Kenner, Hugh. Chuck Jones: A Flurry of Drawings. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1994. 316 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6201. Kricfalusi, John. “Chuck Jones Conquers Bugs Bunny.” Animation. Jan. 1995, pp. 32,57,59, 61-62. 6202. Kricfalusi, John. “Chuck Jones Conquers Bugs Bunny, Part II of a Series.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, pp. 16-17, 64. 6203. “Last Page.” The Funnies Paper. March/April 2002, p. 38. 6204. McKay, Rosie. “Bugs Bunny Still a Hero to His Creator.” Sunday Telegraph (Sydney). May 29, 1988, p. 39. 6205. Martin, Hugo. “Chuck Jones, 89; Wrote and Directed Classic Cartoons.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Feb. 24, 2002, p. B7. 6206. Nash, Eric P. “His Inner Critter.” New York Times Magazine. Dec. 29, 2002, p. 55. 6207. Natale, Richard. “Acme Animator Jones Built Top Toon Machine.” Variety. March 4-10, 2002, p. 62. 6208. O’Brien, Kevin. “Chuck Jones and MGM: Reevaluating Tom and Jerry.” Animation Journal. Fall 1996, pp. 80-84. 6209. Sartwell, Crispin. “Chuck Jones Approached Cartoons with a Radical Point of View.” wittyworld.com. Accessed Nov. 17, 2003. 3 pp. 6210. Thompson, Richard and Greg Ford. “Chuck Jones Interview. Film Comment. Jan./Feb. 1975, p. 23. 6211. “Wild Brain Completes a Delightful Opening for Cartoon Network’s ‘The Chuck Jones Show.’” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2001, p. 3. 6212. Williams, David R. “Chuck Jones – A Short Biography.” Plateau. Winter 1986, pp. 14-16. 6213. Williams, David R. “Chuck Jones: Cat and Mouse.” Plateau. Winter 1986, pp. 4-10, 12-13. 6214. Williams, David R. “The Mouse That Chuck Built.” Animation Journal. Spring 1997, pp. 64-81. Jordan, Larry 6215. Collins, G.T. “Larry Jordan’s Underworld.” Animation Journal. Fall 1997, pp. 54-67. 6216. “Larry Jordan Filmography.” Animation Journal. Fall 1997, pp. 68-69. 6217. Leger, Jackie. “Larry Jordan.” Animation World. Sept. 1996. 6218. Russett, Robert. “Larry Jordan.” In Experimental Animation, pp. 154- 159. New York: Da Capo, 1988. Kasem, Casey 6219. “Casey Kasem’s Cartoon Voxography.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, p. 17. 6220. Miller, Chuck. “Familiar Faces: Casey Kasem.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 15-17. 6221. Stocoak, Tim. “Casey at the Mike.” Bea & Eff. Summer 1996, pp. 6-8. United States: Animation 317

Keane, Glen 6222. Bernard, Jami. “The Quintessential Animator.” Comics Scene. Nov. 1991, pp. 25-28, 60. 6223. Ghez, Didier. “Glen Keane: An Interview.” Animation Journal. Fall 1998, pp. 52-69. 6224. Hurd, Jud. “Glen Keane.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2002, pp. 10-23. Kimball, Ward 6225. Care, Ross. “Ward Kimball: Animated Versatility.” Millimeter. July/Aug. 1976, pp. 18-20+. 6226. “An Excerpt of a Speech Given by Ward Kimball.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2002, p. 6. 6227. Fiecconi, Federico. “Ward Kimball.” Comic Art. Sept. 1985, pp. 102- 103. 6228. Korkis, Jim. “Cel Break: Ward Kimball’s Final Farewell.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 11, 2003, pp. 14-16, 18, 20-22. 6229. Spurgeon, Tom. “Disney Great Ward Kimball Passes Away at 88.” Comics Journal. Sept. 2002, pp. 18-19. 6230. Thompson, Maggie. “Walt Disney’s ‘Nine Old Men.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 9, 2002, p. 37. 6231. “Ward Kimball, Another of Disney’s 9 Old Men, Passes On.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2002, p. 6. 6232. “Ward Kimball Memorial.” Animatoon. No. 40, 2002, p. 75. 6233. “Ward Kimball: 1914-2002.” Animation. Aug. 2002, p. 7. 6234. “Ward Kimball, 1914-2002.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 2, 2002, p. 30. 6235. “Ward Meets Groucho.” Animation Blast. No. 7, 2001, pp. 34-35. Kinney, Jack 6236. Kinney, Jack. Walt Disney and Assorted Other Characters – An Unauthorized Account of the Early Days at Disney’s. NY: Harmony, 1988. 207 pp. 6237. “Kinney Speaks.” Animato! Winter 1988, p. 3. Kricfalusi, John 6238. Cerone, Daniel. “Nickelodeon Fires Creator of ‘Ren & Stimpy.’” Los Angeles Times. Aug. 20, 1992, p. D2. 6239. Cerone, Daniel. ‘“Ren & Stimpy’ Creator [John Kricfalusi] Fired.” Los Angeles Times. Sept. 26, 1992, p. D-1. 6240. Dixon, Wheeler W. “Interview with John Kricfalusi.” Film Criticism. Fall 1992, p. 39+. 318 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6241. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Writers Need Not Apply: An Interview with John Kricfalusi.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 34, 36. 6242. Goodman, Martin. “Tell the Story! An Interview with John Kricfalusi.” Animation World. Jan. 2003, pp. 30-36. 6243. Gore, Chris. “Cartoons for Men.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), pp. 36-39. 6244. Gore, Christian. “Celling Out: The Man Behind ‘The Ren & Stimpy Show’ Has a Mind for Mayhem – Even If TV Doesn’t.” Film Threat. Dec. 1992, pp. 22-25. 6245. Granger, R. ‘“Ren and Stimpy’ Creator Talks Back to Nick.” Multichannel News. Nov. 9, 1992, p. 24. 6246. Rothenberg, R. “Tooning Out TV: ‘Ren and Stimpy’ Creator John Kricfalusi Returns. Happy, Happy! Joy, Joy!” Esquire. Feb. 1997, p. 46. Lantz, Walter 6247. Altyn, D.L. “Walter [Lantz] and Me.” In-Toon. Summer 1992, pp. 1,27. 6248. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Lantz on Video.” Animato! Summer 1994, p. 50. 6249. Giller, Philip, Julie Healey, and John Altyn. “Knock, Knock!! It’s Walter Lantz.” In-Toon. Summer 1992, pp. 6-7. 6250. “Inflation Squeeze and Long Films Make Animation Survival Chancy; Lantz on Slow, Slow Cost Recoup.” Variety. Nov. 27, 1963. 6251. Korkis, Jim. “The Other Walt: Jack Hannah at the Walter Lantz Studios.” Animato! Winter 1988, pp. 24-27. 6252. Missine, Jeff. “Walter Lantz: Cartune-ist.” Mindrot. April 20, 1978, pp. 13-21. 6253. Moliné, Alfons. “Adeu a Walter Lantz.” Noticies. Sept./Oct. 1994, p. 2. 6254. Neal, Jim. “Walter Lantz Dies at 93; Created Woody Woodpecker.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 22, 1994, p. 30. 6255. Province, John. “Walter Lantz: A Life in Animation.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 38-44, 68. 6256. “Walter Lantz.” Striprofiel. No. 38, 1980, p. 13. 6257. “Walter Lantz Dead at 93.” Comics Journal. May 1994, p. 32. 6258. “Walter Lantz Overleden.” Stripschrift. April 1994, p. 25. Lasseter, John 6259. Booth, Cathy. “The Wizard of Pixar: John Lasseter Put the Joy in Toy Story and the Kicks in A Bug’s Life.” Time. Dec. 14, 1998, p. 100. 6260. Cohen, Karl “An Interview with John Lasseter.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 22-23, 68. 6261. Cohen, Karl. “An Interview with John Lasseter.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 1995, pp. 5-7. United States: Animation 319

6262. “John Lasseter To Get a Special Oscar for Creating Toy Story.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1996, p. 1. 6263. Kaufman, Debra. “2D vs 3D: Lasseter Weighs In.” Animation. Nov.- Dec. 1998, p. 8. 6264. Korkis, Jim. “Cel Break: Everything Is New Again.” Hogan ’s Alley. 2:3 (1999), pp. 19-21. 6265. “John Lasseter’s Early Films and Issues of Computer Animation.” ASIFA News. 11:3 (1998), p. 6. 6266. Lennon, Elaine. “Toys R Him.” Film Ireland. April-May 2000, pp. 24- 27. 6267. Lyons, Mike. “Toon Story: John Lasseter’s Animated Life.” Animation World. Nov. 1998, 4 pp. 6268. “Pixar Employees To Receive Academy Awards.” Computer Graphics. March 1996, p. 9. 6269. “Pixar, Lasseter Sign Ten Year Deal.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2001, p. 3. Lee, Stan 6270. Baisley, Sarah. “The Pitchmaster.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 22. 6271. DeMott, Rick. “POW! Stan Lee Reloaded.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 40-42. 6272. “Stan Lee.” EV. Dec. 2000, pp. 45-46. 6273. “Stan’s New Plan.” EV. Feb. 2001, p. 8. Littlejohn, Bill 6274. Foray, June. “Big Bill Littlejohn.” Animation World. May 1999. 3 pp. 6275. McLaughlin, Dan. “Z Axis Animation and the Free Lancing of Bill Littlejohn.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Brisbane, Australia, Aug. 5, 1999. Lundy, Dick 6276. Hayes, John. “Bridging the Gap: Dick Lundy’s MGM Films.” McBoing Boing’s. Aug. 1995, pp. 1-8. 6277. Hayes, John. “Dick Lundy, Amadeé Van Buren, Robert McKimson: Some Additional Thoughts.” McBoing Boing’s. Aug. 1996, pp. 4-6. McCay, Winsor 6278. Blackmore, Tim. “Animachinations: Twenty-four Frames per Second of Still Life.” Extrapolation. 39:4 (1998), pp. 338-351. 6279. Canemaker, John. Dreams in Motion: The Art of Winsor McCay. Catalogue. Katonah, NY: Katonah Gallery, 1988. 320 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6280. Canemaker, John. Winsor McCay: His Life and Art. NY: Abbeville Press, 1987. 6281. Cohen, Karl. “Winsor McCay’s Animation Lesson Number One, 1919.” Animation World. Oct. 2002, pp. 21-25. 6282. Flores, José María. “El Paraíso Soñado de Winsor McCay.” El Wendigo. No. 70, 1996, pp. 10-15. 6283. Horn, Maurice. “Un ‘Piatto’ di Winsor McCay: Fonduta al Formaggio di Difficile Digestione.” Eureka. June 1975, pp. 4-15. McCracken, Craig 6284. Street, Rita. “Animators: Poetry in Motion.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, pp. 24-25. (Emily and Faith Hubley, Craig McCracken). 6285. Townsend, Emru. “Hanna-Barbera, Re-Animated.” fps. Summer 1995, pp. 12-15. McKim, Sam 6286. “Disney and McKim: The Next Generation!” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, p. 15. 6287. “Sam McKim, W.E.D. for 32 Years: A Profile.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 4-7, 15. McKimson, Bob 6288. McKimson, Robert P., Jr. “Brothers: The McKimson Family Story.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 52-53, 98. 6289. Mallory, Michael. “Robert McKimson’s Legacy.” Comics Scene. Nov. 1991, pp. 14-17, 58. 6290. Sykes, Tony. “Interviews with the McKimsons, Bob Jr. & Charles.” Toon News. July 1998, pp. 2-3. Messick, Don 6291. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Faces Behind the Voices: Don Messick – Man for All Toons.” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 27-28. 6292. “Don Messick, the Voice of Droopy, Scooby-Doo & Hundreds of Other Beloved Characters, Died Oct. 24.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 1997, p. 5. 6293. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 21, 1997, pp. 28, 30. 6294. Swanigan, Michael. “In Passing... 1926-1997. Don Messick.” Toon. Spring 1998, p. 63. United States: Animation 321

Messmer, Otto 6295. Canemaker, John. “Otto Messmer e il Gaito Felix.” Griffithiana. Maggio 1985. pp. 25-32. 6296. “A Colloquio con Otto Messmer.” Griffithiana. Maggio 1985, pp. 33- 40. 6297. “Otto Messmer e il Gaito Felix.” Griffithiana. Maggio 1985, pp. 41-48. Mills, Bob 6298. “Bob Mills, a Pioneer of the San Francisco Animation Industry, Died.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2001, p. 2. 6299. Mills, Bob J. “Bob Who?” Animatoon. No. 12, 1998, pp. 94-99. Natwick, Grim 6300. Culhane, Shamus. “Grim Natwick Remembered: The Man from Wisconsin Heights.” Animato! Spring 1991, p. 33. 6301. Kenner, Hugh. “Cheers from a Grim Century.” Animato! Spring 1991, p. 35. 6302. Natwick, Grim. “Animation by Grim Natwick.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1978, pp. 42-49. 6303. “Pioneer Animatie Overleden.” Plateau. Spring 1991, p. 11. 6304. Province, John. “Remembering Grim: Grim’s Last Interview.” Animato! Spring 1991, pp. 30-32. 6305. Rath, Jay. “The Life of Grim Natwick: From Happy Hooligan to Roger Rabbit.” Animato! Spring 1991, pp. 34-35. Nielsen, Kay 6306. Austin, Omar. “Da Aubray Beardsley a Walt Disney: Kay Nielsen.” Comic Art. Sept. 1985, pp. 82-83. 6307. Austin, Omar. “Dopo di Che: l’Immaginario di Kay Nielsen.” Programma Lucca 92. 1992, pp. 78-79. 6308. Austin, Omar. “Kay Nielsen, Illustratore, o Meglio Come Saperne di Più su Walt e Kay.” Programma Lucca 90. 1990, p. 19. 6309. Flanner, Hildegarde. The Unknown Paintings of Kay Nielsen: An Elegy. NY: Bantam, 1977. 6310. Nicholson, Keith. Kay Nielsen, edited by David Larkin. NY: Bantam, 1975. 322 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Noble, Maurice 6311. Cohen, Karl. “Maurice Noble: Animation’s ‘Old Rebel.’” Animation World. March 1998, 7 pp. 6312. Fritz, Steve. “Animation Designer Maurice Noble Dies at 91.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 29, 2001, p. 6. 6313. Lamb, Dana J. “Animation’s Brick and Mortar: The Talents of Maurice Noble.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 22-23. 6314. McCracken, Harry. “Stepping into the Picture: An Interview with Maurice Noble.” Animato! Spring 1991, pp. 16-23. 6315. McKinnon, Robert. “Kittens and Tamales: The Amazing Career of Maurice Noble.” In-Toon. Spring 1992, pp. 6-7. 6316. “Maurice Noble.” Plateau. 22:1 (2001), p. 35. 6317. “Maurice Noble, the Creator of Amazing Backgrounds for Chuck Jones’ Films, Dies at 91.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2001, p. 5. Nyback, Dennis 6318. Mathijs, Ernest. “De Cartoon als Culturele Deviatie – Dennis Nyback.” Plateau. 19:2 (1998), pp. 8-10. 6319. Mathijs, Ernest. “Surrealism, Jazz & the Pornographic Cartoon: An Interview with Dennis Nyback.” Plateau. 20:3 (1999), pp. 6-8. Paley, Nina 6320. “Nina Paley Gets Political in Her Latest Animated Work.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2002, p. 1. 6321. “The Press Is Discovering Nina Paley.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 2. Peet, Bill 6322. “Bill Peet: Animator-Writer.” Variety. May 20-26, 2002, p. 67. 6323. Peet, Bill. Bill Peet: An Autobiography. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1989. 6324. Province, John. “Seldom RePeeted: Bill Peet.” Hogan’s Alley. Fall 1994, pp. 112-120. Pintoff, Ernest 6325. Berkshire, Geoff. “Ernest Pintoff, Animator-Director.” Variety. Jan. 21- 27, 2002, p. 66. 6326. Furniss, Maureen. “Beyond Animation: The Personal Side of Ernest Pintoff.” Animation. March 1997, pp. 37, 47-50. 6327. Pintoff, Ernest. “The Violinist: An Original Storyboard.” Animation Journal. Fall 1993, pp. 68-83. United States: Animation 323

Plympton, Bill 6328. “Artists Who Rock: Bill Plympton.” Animation. March 1998, p. 43. 6329. “Bill Plympton.” Heeza. No. 20, 2000, pp. 6-7. 6330. “Bill Plympton Has Created a 22 Minute Long Christmas Special for the Cartoon Network.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 4. 6331. “Bill Plympton Illustrates What Went on Behind Closed Doors in Washington.” San Francisco ASIFA Newsletter. April 1999, p. 3. 6332. “Billy Plympton’s Guilty Pleasures.” Presentation at World Animation Celebration, Hollywood, CA, June 1, 2000. 6333. Carels, Edwin. “Rock-a-Billy.” Plateau. Winter 1991, pp. 8-9. 6334. De Haven, Tom. “Fast, Cheap and in Control, Frame by Frame.” New York Times. Aug. 23, 1998, pp. 18-19. 6335. De Rycker, Piet. “Bill Plympton: I Aspire To Be a Walt Disney!” Plateau. 21:2 (2000), pp. 15-18. 6336. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Beating the Odds: Bill Plympton Doesn’t Need $85 Million To Make a Movie.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 32-34. 6337. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Plympton Reviews.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 35, 53, 55. (“Mondo Plympton,” “I Married a Strange Person,” “J. Lyle”). 6338. Joung Sun-Young. “Interview with Bill Plympton: I Want To Be a Sexy Disney.” Animatoon. No. 27, 2000, pp. 18-19. 6339. Kim Mi Won. “Making an Impact!” Animato! Winter 1993, pp. 27-30. 6340. Lurio, Eric. “New York Notes: A Plympton Chat Plus Film Reviews from the Big Apple.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 54-57, 99. 6341. Pankey, Elizabeth W. “Interview with the Empire: Getting to the Core with Bill Plympton.” Penstuff. Dec. 1994, p. 10. 6342. Plympton, Bill. The Sleazy Cartoons of Bill Plympton. NY: Bill Plympton, 1996. 80 pp. 6343. Segall, Mark. “Plympton’s Metamorphoses.” Animation World Magazine. June 1996. 6344. Sheehan, Henry. “Plympton Sang His Own ‘Toons for The Tune.” Boston Globe. Oct. 4, 1992, p. B29. Priestley, Joanna 6345. Bond, Rose. “Joanna Priestley: A Continuing Dialogue.” Animation World Magazine. Sept. 1997, 4 pp. 6346. Couzin, Sharon. “An Analysis of Susan Pitt’s Asparagus and Joanna Priestley’s All My Relations.” In A Reader in Animation Studies, edited by Jayne Pilling, pp. 71-81. London: John Libbey and Co., 1997. 6347. Deneroff, Harvey. “Joanna Priestley.” Animatoon. No. 30, 2001, pp. 76- 79. 6348. Priestley, Joanna. “Joanna Priestley.” ASIFA News. 10:2 (1997), pp. 8-9. 324 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Quakenbush, Corky 6349. “Animation Magazine Sits Down with Corky Quakenbush.” Animation. July 1998, pp. II-IV 6350. “Artists Who Rock: Corky Quakenbush.” Animation. March 1998, p. 43. 6351. Kenyon, Heather. “A Conversation with...Chris Walker and Corky Quakenbush.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 9 pp. 6352. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “Inside the Twisted Mind of Corky Quakenbush.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 54-58. Quay Brothers 6353. Buchan, Suzanne. “Shifting Realities: The Brothers Quay in the Metaphysical Realm Between Live Action and Animation.” Animation World Magazine. June 1996. 6354. Raffaelli, Luca. “Quay Brothers.” Programma Lucca 90. 1990, p. 27. 6355. Romney, Jonathan. “The Same Dark Drift.” Sight and Sound. March 1992, pp. 24-27. 6356. Tomlinson, Lynn. “Launching (from) The Quays.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 14, 1998. Questel, Mae 6357. Lederer, Andrew. “Mae Questel: A Reminiscence, History and Perspective.” Animation World. March 1998. 6358. “Mae Questel: Betty’s Voice.” Animato! Fall 1995, p. 41. 6359. “Voice of Betty Boop Silenced.” Penstuff. Jan. 1998, p. 5. Rapf, Maurice 6360. “Back Lot: Growing up with the Movies by Maurice Rapf.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Jan. 2000, p. 4. 6361. Cohen, Karl. “Maurice Rapf, a Disney Screenwriter, A Well-Respected Dartmouth Professor, Filmmaker and Wonderful Person, Has Passed on.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2003, p. 4. 6362. Rapf, Maurice. Back Lot: Growing up with the Movies. Lanham, MD: Scarecrow, 1990. 240 pp. Rich, Richard 6363. Lyons, Mike “Rich in Animation.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 17-18, 71. 6364. “Richard Rich Directed ‘Muhammad: The Last Prophet.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2002, p. 4. United States: Animation 325

Roman, Phil 6365. Gelman, Morrie. “The House That Garfield Built.” Animation. Oct/Nov. 1994, pp. 28-29. 6366. “The Roman Story.” Animation. Oct./Nov. 1994, pp. 31-32, 65. Rosa, Don 6367. Gori, Leonardo. “Don Rosa.” Comic Art. Dec. 1992, p. 73. 6368. Jorgensen, Karsten Juhl and Benni Bødker Nielsen. “En Nation af Rige Fjolser!” Seriejournalen. Autumn 1993, pp. 26-34. Ross, Virgil 6369. Kasrel, Deni. “Drawing ’Em Out.” Philadelphia Inquirer. April 12, 1994, pp. F-1, F-4. 6370. “Original Drawings from a Master Animator!” Toon Art Times (Sydney). March 1993, p. 2. 6371. “Virgil Ross Passes.” Animato! Summer 1996, p. 12. Scott, Bill 6372. “In Memoriam, Bill Scott.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1986, pp. 1-2. 6373. Korkis, Jim. [Bill Scott interview]. Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1995. 6374. Korkis, Jim. “‘I’ll Get Fifty Bucks for Doing This’: Bill Scott Interview, Part Two.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1994, pp. 1-6. 6375. Korkis, Jim. ‘“More Unused Pilots Than the Czech Air Force’: Bill Scott Interview, Part Four.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1995, pp. 1-5. 6376. Korkis, Jim. ‘“One Dumb Luck Thing After Another’: Bill Scott Interviewed.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1994, pp. 1-6. 6377. Korkis, Jim. ‘“Thrown Head First into a Pit of Nasty Vipers’: Bill Scott Interview, Part 3.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1995, pp. 6- 10. Scott, Raymond 6378. Bertels, Lieven. “Raymond Scott: Visionaire Duizendpoot.” Plateau. 21:1 (2000), pp. 22-23. 6379. Chusid, Irwin. “Raymond Scott: Accidental Music for Animated Mayhem.” Animation World. July 1999, 5 pp. 326 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Sedelmaier, J.J. 6380. Bunish, Christine. “J.J. Sedelmaier.” ASIFA Magazine. Autumn 2002, pp. 17-20. 6381. “Commercial Mentor and Protégé.” Animation. May 2001, p. 47. (J.J. Sedelmaier, Sean Lattrell). 6382. Fanning, Jim and Russell Miller. “J.J. Sedelmaier: Animation the Way It Used To Be (Except for the Computers and Stuff).” Animato! Summer 1996, pp. 24-27. 6383. Heintjes, Tom. “Fortunate Son: An Interview with J.J. Sedelmaier.” Hogan ‘s Alley. No. 11, 2003, pp. 64-77. 6384. Kenyon, Heather. “Speed Racer Lives Again: An Interview with J.J. Sedelmaier.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 4 pp. 6385. Reed, Thomas E. “J.J. Sedelmaier.” Toon. Summer 1999, pp. 52-55. 6386. “Strangers with Candy: J.J. Sedelmaier Productions.” Animation. May 2000, p. 51. Seibert, Fred 6387. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Returning to Cartoons.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 29, 68. 6388. Mallory, Michael. “The Federator: Animation Instigator.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 27-28. 6389. Strike, Joe. “The Fred Seibert Interview – Part I.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 26-35. 6390. Strike, Joe. “The Fred Seibert Interview – Part 2.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 31-39. Selick, Henry 6391. “Artists Who Rock: Henry Selick.” Animation. March 1998, pp. 45, 88. 6392. Cohen, Karl. “Henry Selick in Development on Dark Town.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 6-7. 6393. Cohen, Karl. “Henry Selick’s Next Feature Is (Was?) Supposed To Open in November.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Sept. 2000, pp. 6-7. 6394. “Henry Selick...Joins a San Francisco Firm as a Commercial Director.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2003, p. 3. 6395. “Henry Selick Offers Animators Profit Sharing on Future Projects!” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 1995, p. 1. 6396. “Henry Selick Returns to TV Commercials.” Animatoon. No. 43, 2003, p. 65. 6397. “Selick, Miramax Bow Out of Production Pact.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1996, p. 2. United States: Animation 327

Simensky, Linda 6398. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Women in Animation: Linda Simensky, Vanessa Coffey, and Mary Harrington.” Animate! Winter 1995, pp. 32-34. 6399. “Linda Simensky Hits Nail on the Head.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 2001, pp. 4, 6. 6400. Reboy, Judith. “Linda Simensky: The Cartoon Network’s Newest Exec Speaks Her Mind.” fps. Summer 1996, pp. 10-11. 6401. Wilson, G. “That Was Then; This Is Now – New ’Toons at the Cartoon Network. An Interview with Linda Simensky.” Animato! Winter-Spring 1999, p. 30. Singer, Sam 6402. McCracken, Harry. “In Search of Sam Singer.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 19, 69. 6403. “Passing: Sam Singer....” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2001, pp. 6, 8. Sito, Tom 6404. “An Evening with Tom Sito.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2001, p. 1. 6405. “Tom Sito Has Retired from Being President of Hollywood’s Animation Union.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 5. Smith, Bruce 6406. Beiman, Nancy. “Bruce Smith.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1995, pp. 68-75. 6407. Boatz, Darrel. “Bebe’s Kids.” Comics Interview. No. 112, 1992, pp. 42- 47. 6408. Byrne, Bridget. “Animator Bruce Smith Draws on Diversity.” Associated Press dispatch, June 4, 2003. 6409. Weingarten, Marc. “At the Disney Channel, It’s a Diverse World After All.” New York Times. May 25, 2003. (Bruce Smith and “The Proud Family”). Smith, Harry 6410. Pirtle, Chuck. “The Flesh Made World: Harry Smith Speaks.” Animation World. Dec. 1998. 2 pp. 6411. Singh, Rani. “Fragments of a Faith Forgotten: Unearthing the Harry Smith Archives.” Animation World. Dec. 1998. 3 pp. 328 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Spielberg, Steven 6412. Baisley, Sarah. “Steven Spielberg Presents Toonsylvania.” Animation. Feb. 1998, pp. 55-56. 6413. Dempsey, John. “Sans Synergy, Spielberg Toons to Nick.” Variety. Sept. 4-10, 2000, p. 61. 6414. Marcial, Gene G. “Spielberg’s Secret Weapon.” Business Week. July 26, 1993, p. 72. 6415. Moore, Scott. “Cartoons: Spielberg’s Other World.” Philadelphia Inquirer. March 29, 1994, pp. E-l, E-6. Washington Post dispatch. 6416. Moore, Scott. “Spielberg’s List Includes Hit Cartoons.” Washington Post. March 27, 1994, p. Y-7. 6417. Street, Rita. “Steven Spielberg-Midas Touch.” Animatoon. 1:2 (1995), pp. 14-15. Stuhr, Fred 6418. Klein-Hass, Michelle. “Independent Eyes: Fred Stuhr.” Animato! Summer 1995, pp. 26-27, 70. 6419. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “In Passing...Fred Stuhr: 1967-1997.” Toon. Spring 1998, p. 64. Tashlin, Frank 6420. Becker, Christine. “Cross-Over Aesthetics: Frank Tashlin’s Cartoons and Live-Action Films.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 27, 1996. 6421. Cameron, Ian. “Frank Tashlin and the New World.” Movie. Winter 1968-1969, pp. 38-39. 6422. Garcia, Roger, ed. Frank Tashlin: A Retrospective. Locarno: Editions du Festival International du Film de Locarno, 1994. 300 pp. 6423. Langer, Mark. “Retrospective: A Taste of Tashlin.” In Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 76-77, 80. Ottawa: 1998. 6424. Tailleur, Roger. [Frank Tashlin]. Positif. No. 29, 1958. 6425. “A Tribute to Animation Directors Charles Bowers and Frank Tashlin.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1997, p. 9. Tenggren, Gustaf 6426. Hallet, Richard. “Man Who Made Bambi.” Portland Sunday Telegram. 1947. 6427. MacDonald, Heidi. “Tenggren’s Dark Forests.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 9, 2003, p. 10. United States: Animation 329

6428. Maxwell, Florence C. “Codfish and Smorgasbord.” Christian Science Monitor. Nov. 6, 1948. 6429. Swanson, Mary T. From Swedish Fairy Tales to American Fantasy: Gustaf Tenggren’s Illustrations 1920-1970. Exhibition Catalogue. Minneapolis: University Art Museum, University of Minnesota, 1986. Thomas, Frank and Ollie Johnston 6430. Canemaker, John. “Frank and Ollie: Drawn Together.” Animation. May 2003, pp. 36-43. 6431. Canemaker, John. “Sincerely Yours, Frank Thomas.” Millimeter. Jan. 1975, pp. 16-18+. 6432. Cosulich, Oscar. “I Creatori del Sogno.” Comic Art. Jan. 1993, pp. 37- 39. 6433. Howell, Blair. “Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston: Too Creative To Retire.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 14-18. 6434. “Profile: Frank Thomas.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 19, 26. 6435. “Profile: Ollie Johnston.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 19, 26. 6436. Solomon, Charles. “An Afternoon with Ollie Johnston, Frank Thomas and Pinocchio.” Animation World. July 1998. 6437. Wilson, Gord. “The Disney Distinction: An Animato! Interview with Frank (Thomas) and Ollie (Johnston).” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 55-57, 59, 71. Thorson, Charlie 6438. Walz, Gene. “Charlie Thorson and the Twilight of Fleischer Studios.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 6439. Walz, Gene. “Charlie Thorson: Character Design in Classic Animation.” Animation World Magazine. Sept. 1997, 4 pp. Timm, Bruce 6440. “Canned Laughter.” Comicology. Spring 2000, pp. 13-23. 6441. Saner Lamken, Brian. “The Ever Lovin’ Blue-Eyed Timm.” Comicology. Spring 2000, pp. 3-12, 25-38. 6442. Saner Lamken, Brian. “Justice for All (or, a League of His Own).” Comicology. Spring 2000, pp. 24-25. Tippett, Phil 6443. Bissette, Stephen R. “Here Be Monsters: The Life and Times of Phil Tippett.” Animato! Summer 1996, pp. 30-31, 34-40. 6444. “Phil Tippett and Tippett Studio Filmography.” Animato! Summer 1996, p. 40. 330 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Tyer, Jim 6445. Beck, Jerry. “Comical Tyer.” Animation Blast. Spring 2001, pp. 38-39. 6446. Friedwald, Will. “The Animator Who Broke the Rules.” Animation Blast. Spring 2001, pp. 30-37, 44-46, 50-51. 6447. Mayerson, Mark. “The Curly Howard of Cartoons.” Animation Blast. Spring 2001, pp. 40-43. 6448. “Mighty Jim Tyer.” Animation Blast. Spring 2001, p. 29. 6449. “Ralph Bakshi on Jim Tyer.” Animation Blast. Spring 2001, p. 50. Tytla, Vladimir “Bill” 6450. Canemaker, John. Vladimir Tytla: Master Animator. Catalogue. Katonah, NY: Katonah Museum of Art, 1994. 6451. Canemaker, John. “Vladimir Tytla – Master Animator.” Animation Journal. Fall 1994, pp. 4-31. 6452. Lyons, Mike. “A Tribute to Toonmaster Tytla.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 38-39, 69. Vinton, Will 6453. Cohen, Karl. “Oregon Paper Breaks a Surreal News Item, Will Vinton Has ‘Been Laid-Off from the Studio He Founded.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2003, p. 3. 6454. Cooper, Rick. “Will Vinton and His Animated Shorts.” Design for Arts in Education. July-Aug. 1983, pp. 29-33. 6455. Deneroff, Harvey. “Will Vinton Fired from Studio He Founded.” Animatoon. No. 43, 2003, pp. 66. 6456. “Donkey Kong, Jr. Goes Stop Motion.” Markee. Dec. 2002. 6457. “Vinton Goes to the Dogs.” Markee. Jan. 2003, p. 10. 6458. “Vinton’s Firing Brought Out a Lot of Anger Towards Those Who Removed Him from the Studio (and a Lot of Dirt That Isn’t Fit To Print).” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2003, p. 5. 6459. “Will Vinton Sues Phil Knight, Head of Nike.” ASIFA San Francisco. July-Aug. 2003, p. 4. Waldman, Myron 6460. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Reminiscing with Myron Waldman.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 11-12. 6461. Langer, Mark. “Working for the Fleischers: An Annotated Interview with Myron Waldman.” The Velvet Light Trap. Fall 1989, pp. 3-19. 6462. “Myron Waldman: Betty’s Director.” Animato! Fall 1995, p. 44. United States: Animation 331

Ward, Jay 6463. Berg, Shirley M. “Fourteen Years at Jay Ward Productions.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1995, pp. 1-3. 6464. “Casts of Jay Ward Cartoons.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1987, p. 2. 6465. Cohen, Karl. “The Founding of Frostbite Falls or Jay Ward Before Mooseberry Juice.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1987, pp. 5-7. 6466. Cohen, Karl. “J Ward’s First Film, ‘The Comic Strips of Television.’” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1989, pp. 11-12. 6467. Deneroff, Harvey. “Retrospective: At Long Last, Jay Ward’s Career Lands His Name on Walk of Fame.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 34- 35. 6468. “In Memoriam, Jay Ward.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1989, pp. 1-4. 6469. “Jay Ward at the MB.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1989, p. 6. 6470. “Jay Ward Commercials.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1987, p. 9. 6471. Korkis, Jim. “The Lost Cartoons of Jay Ward.” Animation. March 1996, p. 52-55. 6472. “Mississippi Library Honors Jay Ward.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1989, pp. 13-14. 6473. Scott, Keith. “Hearing Voices: Vocal Imitations in the Jay Ward Cartoons.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 22-25. 6474. Scott, Keith. The Moose That Roared: The Story of Jay Ward, Bill Scott, a Flying Squirrel and a Talking Moose. NY: St. Martin’s Press, 2000. 460 pp. 6475. “Snidely Whiplash Meets the Grinch: The Jay Ward–Dr. Seuss Connection.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1990, pp. 10-12. 6476. Thingvall, Joel. “Jay Ward and Friends.” Mediascene. Sept./Oct. 1976, pp. 26-27. 6477. Ulrich, Charles. “Picayune Intelligence.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 40-42. 6478. Wise, Ronnie. “Spotlight on a ‘Lost’ Jay Ward Comic Book.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1988, p. 9. 6479. “You’ve Heard the Voice; Now See the Face.” Frostbite Falls Far- Flung Flier. June 1990, pp. 13-14. Welker, Frank 6480. “Frank Welker Voxography.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 29. 6481. Miller, Bob. “Frank Welker: Master of Many Voices.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 22-28. 332 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Williams, Richard 6482. Cohen, Karl. ‘“The Animator’s Survival Kit’ by Richard Williams.…” ASIFA San Francisco. March 2002, pp. 1-2. 6483. Cohen, Karl. “Richard Williams’ Animation Master Class.” McBoing Boing’s. Nov. 1996, pp. 9-10. 6484. “Don’t Miss Our Remarkable Once-in-a-Lifetime Tribute to Richard Williams.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1995, p. 1. 6485. Gray, Milt. “Richard Williams, Reaching: An Interview.” Funnyworld. Fall 1978, pp. 7-12. 6486. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Richard Williams’ Animation Masterclass.” Animation. Nov. 2000, pp. 64-65. 6487. Lennert, Dean Kalman. “An Interview with Richard Williams.” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 14-18. 6488. Lennert, Dean K. “Catching up with Richard Williams.” ASIFA News. Spring 2002, pp. 26-30. 6489. Neuttiens, Tom. “Richard Williams Masterclass. Een Must voor Elke Karakteranimator.” Plateau. 19:4 (1998), pp. 16-17. 6490. Posner, Michael. “He Framed Roger Rabbit.” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 16, 2002, p. R4. 6491. Tony Claar Talks About Attending Richard William’s [sic] Animation Masterclass in Canada.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1996, p. 7. 6492. Webb, Pat Raine. “An Interview with Richard Williams – National Film Theatre, London.” Animatoon. No. 37, 2002, pp. 80-81. Wilson, Lionel 6493. “Lionel Wilson, the Voice of Tom Terrific, Mighty Manfred the Wonder Dog and Crabby Appleton, Has Died.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2003, p. 7. 6494. “Lionel Wilson, Who Gave Voice to Tom Terrific, Is Dead at 79.” New York Times. May 24, 2003, p. B20. Zimmerman, Kris 6495. Bev, Joe. “The Voice Box: Part Two: Kris Zimmerman and the Art of the Audition.” fps. Summer 1996, pp. 14-15. 6496. Schiff, Laura. “An Interview with Kris Zimmerman on Voice Directing & Timing.” Animation World. Sept. 1999, 4 pp. CHARACTERS AND TITLES 6497. “Aging Monsters Get Their Own Comic.” ICV2.com. Sept. 7, 2003. 6498. Allan, Robin. “Make Mine Marceline.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 35-39. United States: Animation 333

6499. Allan, Robin. “Walt Disney’s Make Mine Music: A Reassessment.” Animation World. April 1999, 9 pp. 6500. Allstetter, Rob. “Animated Series Mellows Savage Dragon.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 10, 1995, p. 6. 6501. Allstetter, Rob. “The Dark Knight Returns to Kids .WB! This Fall.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 13, 1998, p. 10. 6502. “The Alvin Show.” Variety. Oct. 11, 1961. 6503. ‘“Angelina Ballerina’: Mouse in Toe Shoes.” Variety. Jan. 17-23, 2000, p.N21. 6504. “Animation No Go.” EV. Feb. 2001, pp. 34-35. (“Duke 2000”). 6505. “Animation Stand Creates ‘Buzz.’” Animation. Aug. 1999, p. 27. 6506. Anseeuw, Jo. “For the Birds: Jess Hollander Sheds Some Light on the Latest Pixar Short.” Plateau. 21:4 (2000), pp. 32-34. 6507. Argy, Stephanie. “Pepper Ann Is Spice Girl du Jour.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-28. 6508. Baisley, Sarah. “Comedy Central: Why They Love Animation.” Animation. Nov. 1997, p. 7. 6509. Baisley, Sarah. “Nickelodeon Spin-Off Chalkzone Explores Adventurous World Beyond the Blackboard.” Animation. March 2002, pp. 9-10. 6510. Baisley, Sarah. “The Voice at Play in Bounty Hunter.” Animation. Sept. 2002, p. 13. 6511. Baisley, Sarah and David Sturman. “ A Day in the Life of a Real-Time, 3-D Animated Character.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 45-49. 6512. Ball, Ryan. “Bride of The Terminator.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 62-64. 6513. Ball, Ryan. “Enter the Little Ninja.” Animation. Oct. 2003, p. 12. 6514. Ball, Ryan. “Feudal Warriors and Furry Mammals Crash Rad Pack.” Animation. May 2003, pp. 16-17. 6515. Ball, Ryan. “The Matrix Reloaded with Lots of ‘Whoa!’” Animation. May 2003, p. 29. 6516. Ball, Ryan. “Playing with Marvel Mutants.” Animation. Sept. 2003, pp. 11-12. (“The Hulk,” “X-Men 2”). 6517. Ball, Ryan. “Pushing Clay Around.” Animation. Nov. 2002, p. 17. 6518. Ball, Ryan. “Salvage and Salvation: Refuse Reborn in ‘Junkamation.’” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, p. 9. 6519. Ball, Ryan. “Windy City Clay House Enjoys Island Adventure.” Animation. Dec. 2003, p. 6. (“Doh-Doh Island Adventures”). 6520. Banff, Claude. “Saturday Morning Season.” Comics Feature. Feb. 1982, pp. 17-20. 6521. Barbagallo, Ron. “Brave at Heart: Kunkel’s Herobear and the Kid.” Animation. Aug. 2002, p. 27. 334 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6522. Barbagallo, Ron. “Just Talkin’ Bout Fillmore!” Animation. Sept. 2002, p. 17. 6523. Barbagallo, Ron. “Trakk-ing a New Creature: Stan Winston’s Mutant Earth Line.” Animation. June 2002, p. 37. 6524. Bark, Ed. “Nickelodeon’s ‘Little Bill’ Looks Like a Winner.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Nov. 28, 1999, p. I-12. 6525. Barker, Sue. “Somebodies and Traumatized Bodies: The Simpsons, South Park, and Family.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 14, 2001. 6526. Beam, John. “CRUSHER Joe the Movie.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 11-12. 6527. Beck, Jerry. “Aaagh! It’s the Mr. Hell Show!” Animation World. Feb. 2002, pp. 57-58. 6528. Beck, Jerry. “Beatletoons, the Real Story Behind the Cartoon Beatles.” Animation World. March 2000, 2 pp. 6529. Beck, Jerry. “DVD Review: Robbie the Reindeer and Grandma Got Run Over by a Reindeer.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 60-61. 6530. Beck, Jerry. “DVD Review: Snow White and Shrek” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 58-59. 6531. Beck, Jerry. “Max & His Special Problem – A Review.” Animation World. Oct. 1998. 2 pp. 6532. Beck, Jerry. “Saddle Rash.” Animation World. March 2002, p. 64. 6533. Beck, Jerry. “TV Review: Stanley Is Playing Catch Up.” Animation World. Sept. 2001, pp. 25-27. 6534. Beckerman, Michael. “Janacek’s ‘Vixen’ Captured on a Cunning Little Disk.” New York Times. Aug. 17, 2003. (“The Cunning Little Vixen”). 6535. “Bedknobs and Broomsticks Reconstructed and Refurbished.” Animation. April 2001, p. 58. 6536. Bekins, Russell. “Cruddy Sketches and a Ren Pen: Pre-Production on The Curse of Monkey Island at Lucas Arts.” Animation World. March 1998, 6 pp. 6537. “Beyond Ordinary: Westwood Studio’s Earth & Beyond.” Animation. June 2002, p. 12. 6538. Bierbaum, Tom. “Edith Ann: Homeless Go Home.” Variety. May 23-29, 1994, p. 26. 6539. “Billy Greene’s ‘Thought Bubble’ To Be Shown at Annecy This Week.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2001, p. 1. 6540. Blechman, R.O. The Life of Saint Nicholas. New York: Stuart Tabori & Chang, 1996. 6541. Bloch-Hansen, Peter. “Leaders of the Pack.” Comics Scene. Aug. 1991, pp. 62-64. (“Power Pack”). 6542. “The Blue-Blooded Hound Who’s in the Black.” TV Guide. Jan. 10, 1959, pp. 28-29. United States: Animation 335

6543. “The Boing Boing Show.” Variety. Dec. 19, 1956. 6544. Bolick, Teresa and Stephen Nowicki. “The Incidence of External Locus of Control in Televised Cartoon Characters.” Journal of Genetic Psychology. March 1984, pp. 99-104. 6545. Brady, Matt. “Mass o’ Media: The ‘Re-Animation’ of ‘Faust.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 9, 1999, p. 12. 6546. Brady, Matt. “Scary Godmother Gets Animated.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 20, 1999, p. 12. 6547. “Brave New World: Ten Things You Need To Know About Doug Chiang’s Robota...” Animation. April 2003, p. 71. 6548. Caro, Mark. “Dreamy Nemo Jumps to the Big Screen.” Chicago Tribune. Aug. 21, 1992, pp. 7:36. 6549. “Cartoon Smorgasbord of Fun and Nudity!” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, pp. 8-9. (“Robotech,” “Speed Racer,” “Big Lizard in My Back Yard,” “The Archies,” “School House Rock!” “Dick Tracy,” “Tarzan,” “Mutt and Jeff,” “Donald Duck”). 6550. Chakravarty, Subrata N., Jinny St. Goar, and Lisa Gubernich. “Looney Tunes: The Man Who Came to Dinner.” Forbes. Aug. 27, 1984, pp. 32- 34. 6551. Chandler, Anna Curtis. ‘“The Spirit of the Persian Rug Tells of the Mighty Hero, Rustem.’” Animation Journal. Fall 1998, pp. 48-51. 6552. Cockman, Judith. “Azimuth: Get Those Red/Green Glasses – 3D Has Made It to Tape!” Animation World. Aug. 1998. 6553. Cohen, David S. “AMG Assembles Bold New ‘Scout’ Troop.” Variety. Aug. 6-12, 2001, p. 37. 6554. Cohen, Karl. “Don’t Forget To Watch the ‘Living Room.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1996, p. 1. 6555. Cohen, Karl. “How To Animate an Alien.” Animato! Spring 1997, pp. 16-17, 56. (“Mars Attack!”). 6556. Cohen, Karl. “Special Wild Brain Show.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1998, pp. 1-2. 6557. Cohen, Karl. “Those Lips! Those Lips!” Animato! Winter 1993, pp. 24- 26. (“Clutch Cargo”). 6558. Cohen, Karl. “Why Fuss about a J. Ward Show Made over Forty Years Ago?” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2003, p. 8. 6559. “The Colors of Ace.” Don Bluth ’s Toon Talk. Sept. 2000, pp. 8-9. (“Space Ace”). 6560. “Colossal Pictures Does ‘Frankenguy and the Professor’ Series for Disney Channel.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 1997, p. 3. 6561. Counts, Kyle. “Darkwing Duck.” Comics Scene. Nov. 1991, pp. 33-37, 60. 336 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6562. Cox, Dan and Benedict Carver. “Tatty Tapes Tout Tyros.” Variety. Dec. 7-13, 1998, pp. 1,66. 6563. Culhane, John. “The Great Mouse Detective Gives Clues to the Future of Disney Animation.” New York Times. July 27, 1986, p. 16. 6564. “De Aristokatten.” Stripschrift. May 1995, pp. 14-15. (“The Aristocats”). 6565. de Bree, Kees. “Fritz the Cat.” Stripschrift. Nos. 43/44, 1972, pp. 32-34. 6566. Dery, Mark. “It’s ‘Archie,’ Via David Lynch.” New York Times. Oct. 4, 1992, p. 2:31. 6567. D’Hondt, Ivan. “Woody, Mickey, Tweety Pie.” Plateau. Spring 1990, pp. 6-7. 6568. Deitch, Gene. “A Tangled Web.” Animation World. Aug. 2002, pp. 35- 37. (“Charlotte’s Web”). 6569. Deitch, Gene. “Tom Terrific: 1958 Production Plan.” Animation World. June 2003, pp. 45-49. 6570. de la Cruz, Donna. “Eddie Eagle Video Comes Under Fire.” Associated Press dispatch, April 25, 2000. 6571. De Laet, Danny. “Walt Disney Présente Peter Pan.” Plateau. Spring 1986, p. 21. 6572. DeMott, Rick. “Doing Whatever a Spider-Man Can.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 14-17. 6573. Dempsey, John. “NBC Animated over ‘Antz,’ ‘Egypt.’” Variety. Sept. 21-27, 1998, p. 34. 6574. den Drijver, Ruud. “Filmblik.” Striprofiel. Nov. 1982, pp. 28-30. (“Little Orphan Annie,” “Phoenix 2772,” “Garfield,” “The Secret of NIMH”). 6575. den Drijver, Ruud. “Filmnieuws.” Striprofiel. No. 40, 1980, p. 29. (“Flash Gordon,” “Archie,” “Alley Oop,” etc.). 6576. Deneroff, Harvey. “Balto.” The Animation Report. March/April 1996, pp. 9-10. 6577. Deneroff, Harvey. “Brother Bear and Looney Tunes: Back in Action.” Animatoon. No. 46, 2003, pp. 6-9. 6578. Deneroff, Harvey. “Dinosaur and Titan A.E.: Disney and Fox Go Digital.” Animatoon. No. 26, 2000, pp. 90-93. 6579. Deneroff, Harvey. “Spy Groove Joins MTV’s Roster.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, p. 100. 6580. Desowitz, Bill. “Cats & Dogs: The Fur Flies with Cutting Edge Visual Effects.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 51-52. 6581. Desowitz, Bill. “E.T.: The Extra-Terrestrial Turns 20.” Animation. March 2002, pp. 41-42. 6582. Desowitz, Bill. “Lloyd in Space.” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 15. 6583. Desowitz, Bill. “Mocap Meets the Mummy.” Animation. May 2001, pp. 22-25. United States: Animation 337

6584. Desowitz, Bill. “Ratchet and Sly Ratchet up Videogame Animation.” Animation. May 2002, pp. 31-33. 6585. Desowitz, Bill. “Recess: School’s Out” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 34. 6586. Desowitz, Bill. “Rocket Power, Nick Flick Races Across New Zealand.” Animation. Feb. 2002, p. 32. 6587. Dilworth, John R. “Joe’s Apartment.” Animation Review. Sept. 1996. 6588. DiMase, Chris. “Saturday Morning in Hell.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, p. 6. 6589. “Disney Has Released Different Versions of ‘The Three Little Pigs,’ Some Have an Anti-Semitic Stereotype in Them.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2002, p. 8. 6590. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Hollywood Rhythms/Radio Rhythms; Hollywood Rhythms: Rhapsodies on Black and Blue.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 10. 6591. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Private Psycho Lesson.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 12. 6592. Dobbs, G. Michael. “The Unmaking of Mr. Bug Goes to Town.” Animato! Spring 1997, pp. 37-42. 6593. ‘“The Don and Bill Show: Slightly Bent’ Could Become an Underground Hit.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 4. 6594. “Dotcomix Is Running the Election Year Campaign for Gary Trudeau’s Uncle Duke on the Web and on TV.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Sept. 2000, p. 2. 6595. “DreamWorks To Animate ‘Ash.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 9, 1996, p. 6. 6596. “Duck Dodgers Is in the Process of Blasting His Way Back onto Television.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2002, p. 2. 6597. Dwek, Robert. “Tom & Jerry Join Callard & Bowser.” Marketing. June 3, 1993, p. 18. 6598. Edwards, Ellen. “The Fox in the Children’s Coop.” In Messages 3: The Washington Post Media Companion, edited by Thomas Beell, pp. 154- 156. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1996. 6599. Edwards, Jay. “User Story. Final Cut Pro Helps Keep Aqua Teen Hunger Force on Track.” Animation. March 2002, p. 48. 6600. “Eerie.” Inklings. Fall 1997, p. 6. 6601. “Elvis Lives On.” EV. March 2001, p. 6. 6602. “End Notes.” Comics Feature. Feb. 1982, pp. 78-82. 6603. Englert, Francis. “Thunder, Thunder, Thunder.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, p. 13. (“Thundercats”). 6604. “Enough of Reality Shows and Reruns Already!” Animation. June 2003, p. 19. 6605. “Epoch Ink Animates Pearl Jam.” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 58-60. 338 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6606. “E.T. and Friends Are Flying High.” Business Week. Jan. 10, 1983, p. 77. 6607. Evanier, Mark. ‘“Overture! Curb the Lights!’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 19, 1999, pp. 42, 44. 6608. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. May 1, 1998, pp. 38,49. (“The Fox and the Crow”). 6609. “Fang, Hawkear, and Morey.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1995, pp. 10-12. (“Fang the Wonder Dog,” “Hawkear – Frontier Scout”). 6610. Felchner, William J. “Walt Disney’s Davy Crockett: Memories & Memorabilia.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 20-24. 6611. Feldman, Paul. “Winky Dink Returns!” Animation World. Oct. 2002, pp. 15-16. 6612. “15 Most Talked About Animated U.S. TV Series.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, pp. 36-37. 6613. “Film.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, pp. 4-5. (“Wallace and Gromit,” “Who Framed Roger Rabbit?” Disney, “Anastasia,” “The Little Mermaid,” “Babe”). 6614. “Filmation Posts Lotsa Sales Action on ‘He-Man.’” Variety. April 23, 1986, p. 44. 6615. Fingeroth, Danny. “A Tale of Two Movies: Daredevil.” Animation World. Feb. 2003, pp. 45-48. 6616. Frederick, Henry. “Local Stripper Sues Cartoon Creator.” Daytona Beach News-Journal. July 9, 2003. (“Stripperella”). 6617. Friedman, Joshua L. “Phantom 2040.” Toon Magazine. Spring 1993, pp. 8-9. 6618. Frierson, Michael. “Tim Burton’s Early Works: Vincent and Frankenweeine.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 29, 1995. 6619. Fries, Laura. “Fox Frighter Toons in.” Variety. Oct. 9-15, 2000, p. 41. (“Freakylinks”). 6620. Fritz, Steve. “Invader Zim Slips into Nickelodeon.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 5, 2001, p. 22. 6621. Fritz, Steve. “Teen Titans and Duck Dodgers Get Animated.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 25, 2002, p. 14. 6622. Gardner, Keven. “Acclaim’s Turok Goes to the Movies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 11, 1995, pp. 28-29. 6623. Gelman, Morrie. “Fablevision: Cecile’s Universe Comes to Life.” Animation. Jan. 2000, p. 24. 6624. Gelman, Morrie. “Lady in Red.” Animation. Feb. 1995, pp. 26-29, 31- 32. (“Carmen Sandiego”). 6625. Gentry, Clyde, III. “Blade Getting a Bite on the World!” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 16-19. United States: Animation 339

6626. Goldman, K. “You Will Soon See Too Much of Casper, Pocahontas, Batman.” Wall Street Journal. March 6, 1995, pp. B1, B7. 6627. Goldman, Michael. “Fighting the Good Fight.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 25, 55. (“Mortal Kombat”). 6628. Goodman, Martin. “Atomic Betty: Defending the Universe and Trying To Find a Home on TV.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 39-42. 6629. Goodman, Martin. “My Generation?” Animation World. Feb. 2001, pp. 27-30. (“Boomerang”). 6630. Goodman, Martin. “She-Ra Is Comin’ to Town?” Animation World. Dec. 2002, pp. 23-27. 6631. Goodman, Martin. “Talkin’ Teen Titans: Glen Murakami Raps About His Latest Superhero Series.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 43-48. 6632. Gordon, Devin. “Abe Lincoln, Teen Geek.” Newsweek. Feb. 17, 2003, p. 63. (“Clone High USA”). 6633. Gore, Chris. “George Liquor Lost in America.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), pp. 42-45. 6634. Gorney, Sondra. “The Puppet and the Moppet.” Hollywood Quarterly. July 1946, pp. 372, 374. 6635. Grant, Barry K. ‘“Jungle Nights in Harlem’: Jazz, Ideology, and the Animated Cartoon.” Popular Music and Society. Winter 1989, pp. 52+. 6636. “Gulliver’s Travels Release.” Animato! Spring 1997, p. 14. 6637. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Monkeying Around.” Animation. March 2001, pp. 18-21. (“Monkeybone”). 6638. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “The WB Gives Birth to Baby Blues in Primetime.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 67, 69. 6639. Handelman, David. “Paw Prince.” TV Guide. Oct. 31, 1998, pp. 22-24. (“Blue’s Clues”). 6640. Harris, Dana. “Sandier Toon Forges a Hanukkah Feature First.” Variety. Nov. 25-Dec. 1,2002, p. 3. 6641. Harvey, Dennis. “Wave Twisters.” Variety. Feb. 26-March 4, 2001, p. 48. 6642. Harz, Christopher. “Dark Justice, Bright Future.” Animation. Nov. 2000, pp. 47, 52. 6643. Harz, Christopher. “Terminator 2 3D: Ultimate Animation.” Animation. May 1999, pp. 51,55. 6644. Harz, Christopher. “Throat and Neck: Animation for Interactive Television and Beyond.” Animation. Oct. 1999, pp. 59-60. 6645. ‘“Haunted Castle.’” ASIFA San Francisco. March 2001, p. 1. 6646. Hawkins, Stan. “Constructions of Music and Animation in Peter Gabriel’s Video ‘Digging in the Dirt.’” In Program Oslo Animation Festival, 28 April – 2 Mai 1999, p. 92-97. Oslo: Norsk Kulturaåd, 1999. 6647. Hayes, John. “No Hunting: Jack Hannah’s 1955 Surprise Short.” McBoing Boing’s. Aug. 1996, pp. 11-14. 340 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6648. Hetherington, Janet L. “Inside Lizzie McGuire.” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 61-62. 6649. Hetherington, Janet L. “2001: A Space Odyssey.” Animation. March 2001, pp. 35-37. 6650. Hindes, Andrew. “D’Works, PDI Trumpet 3rd Pixel Pic ‘Tusker.’” Daily Variety. Dec. 7, 1998, p. 16. 6651. “Honest Entertainment’s Family Values.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 38. 6652. Howe, Desson. “Marquis: Animal Passions.” Washington Post. Aug. 28, 1992, p. 39. 6653. Howell, Richard. “Is Television Ready for The Inferior Five! No!” Comics Feature. July 1981, p. 55. 6654. “I Married a Strange Person (US).” Animatoon. No. 16, 1998, p. 62. 6655. “Infinity & Beyond: The Infinite Darcy” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 48. 6656. “Inside Jeepers Creepers.” Animation World. Sept. 2001, pp. 10-11. 6657. “Internet’s ‘Queer Duck’ Offers Some Racy, Offbeat Material.” Metro (Philadelphia). Nov. 1, 2000, p. 18. 6658. “Into the World of Fright.” New Straits Times (Kuala Lumpur). July 21, 2000, p. 5. (“Tales from the Cryptkeeper”). 6659. Jackson, Aleta, et al. “Reviews: Alakazam the Great, You’re Under Arrest! Happy Harmonies, The Complete Guide to Animation and Computer Graphics Schools, Flying Fonts Pro.” fps. Spring 1996, pp. 36-41. 6660. Jackson, Dallas. ‘“Ever After’ Shows Fairy Tales’ True Colors.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, pp. A-25, A-28. 6661. Jackson, Kathy M. “Babes in Toyland: Flawed Forerunner to Better Things” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 8, 1998. 6662. Jackson, Wendy. “Happy Oscar, Bob.” Animation. July 1995, pp. 51, 53. (“Bob’s Birthday”). 6663. Jackson, Wendy and Morrie Gelman. “Kurtz & Friends.” Animation. Oct. 1999, p. 51. 6664. Jarvik, Laurence. “The Three Caballeros Baia Sequence: ‘The Photo- graphic Ecstasy’ as ‘Hollywood Hallucination.’” Animatrix. 6 (1992), pp. 23-28. 6665. Jefferson, Margo. “Animated Characters Imitate Life, Even Transcend It.” New York Times. April 19, 1999, p. 1-Arts. 6666. Jones, William M. “Our Friend the Atom: Walt Disney and the Romance of Technology.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 8, 1998. 6667. Kaufman, Debra. “Cinesite’s Mission to Mars.” Animation. Nov. 2000, pp. 48-50. (“Red Planet”). 6668. Kaufman, J.B. “The Transcontinental Making of The Barn Dance.” Animation Journal. Spring 1997, pp. 36-44. United States: Animation 341

6669. Kausler, Mark. “The Changing of the Guard.” Funnyworld. Summer 1978, pp. 49-51. (“The Rescuers”). 6670. Kent, Jim. “Barrymore Duck and ‘The Cinema of Futility.’” Mediascene. May/June 1977, pp. 10-11, 13, 15. 6671. Knight, Donald. “A Tiger Walks: Disney Enters the Age of Aquarius.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 8, 1998. 6672. Korkis, Jim. “Waterlogged: The Story of the Sub-mariner Animated Cartoons.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 38-40, 62. 6673. Krause, E.B. “When You Wish Upon a Toon.” Premiere. Aug. 1992, p. 20. 6674. Krell, David. “Cool McCool: The Sixties Spy Craze Revisited.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 38-39. 6675. Kuchwara, Michael. “‘Annie’ Coming to the Small Screen.” Associated Press release, Nov. 4, 1999. 6676. Lacroix, Celeste. “Images of Animated Others: The Orientalization of Disney’s Cartoon Heroines from the Little Mermaid to the Hunchback of Notre Dame.” Paper presented at International Communication Association, Montreal, Canada, May 24, 1997. 6677. LaMarche, Maurice. “Are You Pondering What I’m Pondering? Yesss!” Animato! Summer 1996, pp. 16-17, 63. (“Pinky and the Brain”). 6678. Landreth, Chris. “The Making of Bingo: Concepts and Techniques.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 86- 89. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 6679. Laythe, Joseph. “Leopard Skins and Leotards: A History of Rock and Roll Cartoon Bands from the Flintstones to Josie and the Pussycats.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 16, 2001. 6680. “The Legend of Calamity Jane on Hiatus.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, p. 12. 6681. “Let the Games Begin.” Don Bluth ’s Toon Talk. Sept. 2000, pp. 4-5. 6682. Lewis, Ferdinand. “Thomas Pulls into Hollywood.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 99, 102. 6683. Leydon, Joe. “Tweety’s High-Flying Adventure.” Variety. Oct. 2-8, 2000, p. 22. 6684. “Live-Action Fat Albert Coming to Big Screen.” Animation. April 2001, p. 56. 6685. “The Lizard Whomper Wins Top Prize in Animation at the First Annual Tacoma Tortured Artists Film Festival.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1996, p. 1. 6686. Ludtke, Melissa. “How To Neutralize G.I. Joe.” Time. March 26, 1990, pp. 84+. 342 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6687. Lungo, Mark. “Cats Don’t Dance.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, p. 4. 6688. Lungo, Mark. “Mighty Ducks – The Movie: The First Face-Off.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 10-11. 6689. Lungo, Mark. “Swat Kats: Hanna-Barbera’s Flying, Fighting Felines Are New Cult Favorites.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 55-57, 59-63, 71. 6690. Lurio, Eric. “Marvin the Martian’s New Flick.” Animato! Spring 1997, p. 12. 6691. Lurio, Eric. “New York Notes.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 54- 56. (“Hercules,” “Cats Don’t Dance,” “I Married a Strange Person”). 6692. Lurio, Eric, Andrew Osmond, Judith Reboy, S.R. Bissette, and G. Michael Dobbs. “Toon Reviews.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 4-11, 64- 67, 69. (“Balto,” “Toy Story,” “Pocahontas,” “Marvel Action Universe,” “CBC Master Control,” “The Land of Time III,” “The World’s Greatest Animation,” “Ren and Stimpy,” “Gumby the Movie,” etc.). 6693. Lyons, Mike. “Redux Riding Hood.” Anime Fantastique. Summe 1999, p. 59. 6694. McClellan, Steve. ‘Twinkle Set for Syndication.” Broadcasting. July 6, 1992, pp. 34+. 6695. McGregor, Don. “The Next Time You Bon Voyage, Charlie Brown, Ride a Black Stallion.” Comic Times. Nov. 1980, pp. 29-40. 6696. McGuire, Dewey. “Don’t Have a Cow: The Animated Far Side.” McBoing Boing’s. Feb. 1995, pp. 6-8. 6697. McGuire, Dewey. “Seeing Red: Tex Avery’s Wolf and Red Arrive in Comic Book Form.” McBoing Boing’s. May 1995, p. 15. 6698. McLoone, Tess. “The Gnarfs Head Toward TV.” Animation. June 2000, p. 33. 6699. Maestri, George. ”Johnny Mnemonic: CGI Reality.” Animation. July 1995, pp. 27, 32, 38. 6700. Magiera, M. “Disney Unit Energizes ‘Ducks,’ ‘Lion.’” Advertising Age. March 28, 1994, p. 13. 6701. Maiko, Scott. “The Enchanted World of Rankin/Bass by Rick Goldsmidt.” Animation World. March 1998. 6702. Maiko, Scott. “Saturday Morning Fever: The Worst Gen X Has To Offer.” Animation World. June 1999, 4 pp. 6703. Menon, Vinay. “The Mighty Mouse.” Toronto Star. Feb. 6, 2000, p. A6. 6704. Meyer, M. “Ben Kingsley’s Tall Tale.” Video. Feb. 1992, pp. 10-11. (“The Tiger and the Brahmin”). 6705. Miller, Bob. “Grimmy’s Goose Stories.” Comics Scene. June 1992, pp. 53-56. (“Mother Goose and Grimm”). 6706. Mills, Doug. “Nemo: All Dazzle, Little Heart.” Atlanta Constitution. Aug. 21, 1992, p. F3. United States: Animation 343

6707. Moliné, Alfons. ‘“El Ladron de Bagdad’: Un Estreno Desapercibido.” ASIFA Catalonia Noticies. Dec. 1995/Jan-Feb. 1996, p. 9. 6708. ‘“A Monkey’s Tale’ Still Seeking Distribution.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 41, 44. 6709. Morgan, Richard. “Itsy Bitsy Puts ’Tubbies in Fox Family.” Variety. April 19-25, 1999, p. 27. 6710. “Most Excellent Idea: DMA Animates SNL Characters for Casino Industry.” Animation. April 2003, p. 64. 6711. ‘“MTV Downtown’: A New York State-of-Mind.” Animation. July 1999, pp. 18, 48. 6712. “Music, Emotion and Love. Endless Expression’s World of Animation.” Animatoon. 2:4-1, pp. 56-61 (“Three Little Pigs,” “One Froggy Evening,” “Red Hot Riding Hood”). 6713. Muwzea, Adwoa X. “Discourse on Disney and the Legend of Sundiata.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 29, 1995. 6714. Negrea, Irina. “How Real Is The Real World?” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 14, 2001. 6715. “New Animated Rudolph Heading for Theaters for Christmas 1998.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, p. 4. 6716. “New Show from Kids’ WB.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 3-4. 6717. Nichols, Peter M. “Home Video: The Snow Queen.” New York Times. Nov. 5, 1992, p. C22. 6718. “Nickelodeon To Debut Original Block Sunday, August 11 Featuring: ‘Rugrats,’ ‘The Ren and Stimpy Show,’ and ‘Doug.’” Anymator. May 1991, pp. 2-3. 6719. Nodelman, Perry. “Searching for Treasure Island.” In Children’s Novels and the Movies, edited by Douglas Street, pp. 58-68, New York: Frederick Ungar, 1983. 6720. Nollinger, Mark. “Top Draw-ers.” TV Guide. July 12, 1997, pp. 28-31. 6721. “Noodlesoup’s Off-the-Wall Venture.” Animation. Sept. 2003, p. 8. (“Venture Brothers”). 6722. O’Brien, Pamela C. “King of the Hill and South Park. A Renaissance of Underground Comix on Television.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 11, 1998. 6723. [“Odd Family”]. Animatoon. No. 46, 2003, pp. 22-23. 6724. Oei, Lily. “Adults ‘Discover’ Kiddie Programs.” Variety. Feb. 24-March 2, 2003, p. 38. (Discovry Kids on NBC). 6725. Oei, Lily. “Kaplan Toons up While Digging Deep for ‘Under.’” Variety. April 7-13, 2003, p. 22. 6726. “150 Best Animation Videos.” Facets Movie Lovers Video Guide. Chicago: Facets Multimedia, 1998, pp. 101-104. 344 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6727. Oppelaar, Justin. “Moguls Molding New Archies, Pussycats.” Variety. Jan. 21-27, 2002, p. 7. 6728. “Original Character for Show Wins Friends.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 34-36, 62. 6729. Osmond, Andrew, Judith Reboy, Mark Lungo, and G. Michael Dobbs. “Toon Reviews.” Animato! Summer 1996, pp. 5-8. (“The Hunchback of Notre Dame,” “All Dogs Go to Heaven 2,” “Oliver and Company,” “The Aristocats,” “Flesh Gordon,” “Pocahontas,” “Sextoons”). 6730. “Patricia Amlin’s The Five Suns: A Sacred History of Mexico To Have Its World Premiere, Tuesday, April 23.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 1996, p. 3. 6731. “Peter Pan: Real Disney Magic.” Newsweek. Feb. 16, 1953, pp. 96-99. 6732. Peters, Jenny. “Small Soldiers Lined Up To Do CGI Battle.” Animation. July 1998, pp. 6, 8-9. 6733. Phillips, George. “Animation on DVD.” Anime News Network.com. Oct. 12, 2003. 6734. “Pickett Creates Granny.” Markee. April 2002, p. 11. 6735. Potts, Jackie. “MTV’s Weird Cartoon Show ‘The Head’ Has New Life.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Feb. 9, 1996, p. E-13. 6736. Raugust, Karen. “NASCAR Racers: First-Season Series Revs up Promotional Activity.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, p. 10. 6737. Raugust, Karen. ‘“Pump ’N Sudz’ Drives Web Visits.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 7, 2000, pp. 30-31. 6738. Reboy, Judith A. “What Happened to The Terrible Thunder Lizards?” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 25-26. 6739. Reed, Thomas E. “A Demon on Wheels: The History and Future of Speed Racer.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 52-55. 6740. “Review: Huckleberry Hound.” TV Guide. June 25, 1960, p. 23. 6741. “Review: Space Ace, All That Glitters.” Don Bluth’s Toon Talk. Sept. 2000, pp. 2-3. 6742. Reynolds, Eric. “Nickelodeon Airs Hey Look! Shorts.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1998, p. 15. 6743. Richmond, Ray. “‘Duckman’ a USA Dead Man.” Daily Variety. July 10, 1997, p. 3. 6744. Richmond, Ray. “Fox Family Airs ‘Harveytoons.’” Variety. Feb. 25, 1998, p. 10. 6745. Robertson, Barbara. “Building the Perfect Monster.” Animation. May 2003, pp. 44-45. (“Gollum”). 6746. Robinson, Chris. “Ahoy! An Intelligent Children’s Show at Last!” Animation World. March 2001, pp. 42-43. (“Yoho Ahoy”). 6747. Robinson, Chris. “Ho, Ho, Ho.” Animation World. Dec. 2001, pp. 32- 35. United States: Animation 345

6748. Robinson, Chris. “The Old Man and the Sea: A Plagiarism [Not the Film].” Animation World. Dec. 2000, p. 38. 6749. Robinson, Chris. “Rex, Epicurus and Me: The Search for Pleasure.” Animation World. Sept. 2001, pp. 18-19. 6750. “Romeo & Juliet.” Plateau. 18:3 (1993), p. 15. 6751. Roush, Matt. “Winter Preview.” TV Guide. Jan. 9, 1999, pp. 16-28. (“Family Guy,” p. 18; “The PJs,” p. 21; “Dilbert,” p. 25; “Futurama,” p. 28). 6752. “‘Sabrina’ Back to Toons.” Variety. Jan. 18-24, 1999, p. N21. 6753. Sanderson, Peter. “End Notes.” Comics Feature. June 1982, pp. 79-83. 6754. Savage, Karl. “Heart of Darkness.” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 61-62. 6755. Scott, A.O. “The Pretentious Summer Superhero.” New York Times. July 13, 2003. (“The Hulk,” “Matrix”). 6756. Scott, Keith. The Moose That Roared. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 2000. 464 pp. 6757. “The Secret Lives of Tub Toys.” Animation. Sept. 2003, p. 27. (“Rubbadubbers”). 6758. “The Secret of NIMH.” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, p. 35. 6759. Sheinkopf, Evelyn. “Smallville: Visual Effects Fit for a Superhero.” Animation. April 2003, p. 72. Shields, John P. “Locating an Animated Space for Satire on American 6760. Television: The Simpsons, Daria, and King of the Hill.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 2001. Simensky, Linda. “Nickelodeon Pilots: Some Animated Series That 6761. Made It – and Some That Didn’t.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 29, 1995. 6762. Singer, Greg. “Re: Vitalizing Animation Through Virtual Studios.” Animation World. April 2002, pp. 16-24. (“The Shadow of Doubt”). 6763. Sito, Tom. “Disney’s The Fox and the Hound: The Coming of the Next Generation.” Animation World. Nov. 1998, 5 pp. 6764. Sivier, Mike. “Animated Confectioney.” Borderline. Sept. 2002, pp. 35- 36. (“Gutwallow”). 6765. “Six Foot Two Animated Beatrix Potter Stories for a One-Hour Videocassette.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2000, p. 1. 6766. “A Sizable Collection of Drawings Featuring That Crazy Chihuahua and Cat.” Toon Art Times. Dec. 1997, p. 2. 6767. Smith, Becky L. “Leadership Secrets of the Insect World: How ANTZ and A Bug’s Life Depict Corporate America.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA April 20, 2000. 6768. Smith, Greg M. “Shaping The Maxx: Adapting the Comic Book Frame to Television.” Animation Journal. Fall 1999, pp. 32-53. 6769. “Sneak Peak The Cat.” Animation Blast. No. 7, 2001, pp. 31-33. 346 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6770. Solomon, Charles. “Plympton’s Animated The Tune Has a Tin Ear.” Los Angeles Times. Sept. 11, 1992, p. F8. 6771. “Sony Will Turn The Chubbchubbs into a Feature.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2003, p. 7. 6772. “Speedy Gonzales Isn’t Being Censored.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 2002, p. 5. 6773. ‘“Starship Troopers.’” ev. Oct. 2000, p. 8. 6774. Sterritt, David. “Brave Attempts to Outdo Disney.” Christian Science Monitor. May 18, 1992, p. 12. (“Ferngully” and “Rock-a-Doodle”). 6775. Stocoak, Tim. “Saturday Morning Cartoons’ Greatest Hits.” Bea & Eff. Summer 1996, p. 20. 6776. Strauss, Bob. “Tanks and Penguins Aren’t Goofy.” Animation. July 1995, pp. 24, 66. (“The Pebble and the Penguin”). 6777. Street, Rita. “Big Guy, Big Sword, No Unicorns: Sony’s The Mark of the Kri.” Animation. July 2002, pp. 18-19. 6778. Street, Rita. “Dragon Redux: Breathing Fresh Fire into an Arcade Classic.” Animation. Aug. 2002, pp. 12-14, 48. (“Dragon’s Lair”). 6779. Swain, Bob. “Bringing Back the Sound of Thunder.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 55. 6780. Swanigan, Michael. “The Dynablazes.” Toon Magazine. Fall 1993, pp. 43-47. 6781. Swanigan, Michael. “Invasion America.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 22-24. 6782. Swanigan, Michael. “Lone Ranger: Return to the Past.” Toon Magazine. Fall 1993, pp. 60-77. 6783. Swanigan, Michael. “Oddworld Abe’s Oddysee.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 60-62. 6784. “The Sword in the Stone Weaves Its Magic.” Animation. April 2001, p. 58. 6785. “Sylvester and Tweety Hit Cyberspace.” Variety. Aug. 21-27, 1995, p. 24. 6786. “Telepresence.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 9. 6787. ‘“Terra Topia’ Interesting Tale.” Variety. June 19-25, 1995, p. 54. 6788. Thankamushy, Sunil. “Brahman and the Beast.” Animatrix. No. 8, 1995. 6789. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Reign of Fire: Breathing Life into Dragons.” Animation World. July 2002, pp. 4-9. 6790. Townsend, Emru. “His Mother’s Voice: Dennis Tupicoff’s New Documentary.” Animation World. Feb. 1998. 6791. Townsend, Emru. “One Divided by Two: An Emotional Equation.” Animation World. Jan. 1998. 6792. Townsend, Emru. “T.R.A.N.S.I.T.: A Delicious Sense of Understanding and Journey.” Animation World. March 1998. 6793. Townsend, Emru, et al. “Reviews.” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 40-42. 6794. “Treats for Toonheads.” Animation. Nov. 2003, pp. 60, 62. United States: Animation 347

6795. Unger, Jeff. “Little Witch.” Parenting. Feb. 2000. 6796. van Willigen, Rein. “Ducktales, the Movie.” Stripschrift. March 1991, pp. 18-19. 6797. “Veggietale’s Creators Have Been Forced into Bankruptcy.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2003, p. 6. 6798. Waldrop, Judith. “Josie and the Pussy Cats Beat Stress.” American Demographics. Sept. 1993, pp. 17-20. 6799. Wen, Howard. “Brave New Warrior.” Wired. Dec. 1994, p. 19. 6800. Williams, David. “Sons of the Drawing Board: Laurel and Hardy As Cartoon Characters.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 10, 1997. 6801. Williams, Linda R. “Bride of Chucky.” Sight and Sound. July 1999, pp. 37-38. 6802. Williams, Mark L. “Laurel’s Purple Moon Shines.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-27. 6803. Williams-Rautiola, Suzanne. “Animated Fathers: Representations of Masculinity in ‘The Simpsons’ and ‘King of the Hill.’” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Farnham Castle, England, July 10-11, 2003. 6804. Wolff, Ellen. “Animating a Monster of a Game.” Animation. April 2003, p. 20. (“EverQuest”). 6805. Wolff, Ellen. “R&H Puts ‘Eggs’ in Game Basket.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-24. 6806. Woodring, Jim. “The Odd and the Outrageous.” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 20, 53. 6807. Zahed, Ramin. “Burton’s Stainboy Cleans Up.” EV. Dec. 2000, pp. 45- 46. 6808. Zahed, Ramin. “Expanded Tyke Fare Increases Presence.” Variety. April 27-May 3, 1998, p. 55. (“Bear in the Big Blue House”). 6809. Zahed, Ramin. “The Force Is with Genndy Now.” Animation. May 2003, p. 12. 6810. Zahed, Ramin. “Girrrrrl Power Rocks the House.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 34-35. (“Totally Spies”). 6811. Zahed, Ramin. “Lowest Common Denominator.” EV. Oct. 2000, p. 65. (“The Romp”). 6812. Zahed, Ramin. “The Peanuts Gang Hits Another Home Run!” Animation. Oct. 2003, p. 44. (“Lucy Must Be Traded Charlie Brown”). 6813. Zahed, Ramin. “Pick To Click.” Variety. April 27-May 2, 1998, p. 55. (“Cat Dog”). 6814. Zahed, Ramin. “Schizo Beast Is Nick’s New Pet.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-22. 6815. Zahed, Ramin. “She’s Got a New Attitude.” Animation. Nov. 2002, pp. 12, 14. (“The Angel of Darkness”). 348 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6816. Zahed, Ramin. “You Must Unlearn What You Have Learned!” Animation. Oct. 2003, pp. 20-21. (Genndy Tartakovsky’s “Clone Wars”). “Aaahhh! Real Monsters” 6817. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Aaahhh! Real Monsters: Gross and Yet Artistic” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 54-56. 6818. Prendiville, Julie. “Aaahhh!!! Real Monsters.” Animation. Jan. 1995, pp. 34-35, 37-39, 45. “Adult Swim” 6819. Bernstein, Paula. “Cartoon Net Dives into ‘Adult Swim.’” Variety. June 18-24, 2001, p. 45. 6820. “Cartoon Network To Swim into Adult Animation Block.” Animation. Aug. 2001, p. 14. 6821. Forrett, Brett. “Adult Swim.” Rolling Stone. April 17, 2003, p. 90. 6822. Fritz, Steve. “Cartoon Network Grows Up with Adult Swim.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 3, 2001, p. 10. “Aeon Flux” 6823. Alder, Otto. “Aeon Flux: Heavy Metal and Cosmopolitan Zeitgeist of the MTV Generation.” In Fantoche, pp. 114-115. Baden: Buag, 1997. 6824. Townsend, Emru. “Dressed To Kill.” Foozwak. Autumn 1995, pp. 2-12. “Aladdin” 6825. “Aladdin Lands.” Toon Art Times. July 1993, p. 1. 6826. Atterbom, Daniel. “Aladdin. Musiken är Viktigare än Teckningarna i Disneys Filmer.” Bild & Bubbla. No. 5, 1993, pp. 21-23. 6827. Avens, Mimi. “Aladdin Sane.” Premiere. Dec. 1992, p. 70. 6828. Carr, Jay “Aladdin Gets a Magical Ride.” Boston Globe. Nov. 25, 1992, p. 35. 6829. Culhane, John. “One Hip Genie [Aladdin].” Chicago Tribune. Nov. 22, 1992, pp. 13:14. 6830. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Aladdin Rides Magic Carpet to Head of Disney Class.” Animato! Winter 1993, p. 4. 6831. Fox, David J. “Aladdin Becomes a $200-Million Genie for Disney.” Los Angeles Times. April 21, 1993, p. F-l. 6832. Fox, David. J. “Disney Will Alter Song in Aladdin.” Los Angeles Times. July 10, 1993, p. F-l. 6833. Griffin, Sean. “The Illusion of ‘Identity’: Gender and Racial Representation in Aladdin.” Animation Journal. Fall 1994, pp. 64-73. United States: Animation 349

6834. Howe, Desson. “Ingenie-ous Aladdin.” Washington Post. Nov. 27, 1992, p. 52. 6835. “It’s Racist, But Hey, It’s Disney.” New York Times. July 14, 1993, p. A18. 6836. Kasem, Casey and Jay Goldsworthy. “No Magic in Aladdin’s Offensive Lyrics.” Los Angeles Times. April 19, 1993, p. F-3. 6837. Lewis, Randy, Charles Solomon, and Farhan Memom. “Disney: Lyrics Changed.” Los Angeles Times. July 10, 1993. 6838. Magiera, Marcy. “Disney’s Aladdin Eyes Hispanics.” Advertising Age. Nov. 16, 1992, p. 12. 6839. Miller, Cyndee. “Disney Launches Huge Ethnic Campaign for Aladdin.” Marketing News. Jan. 18, 1993, p. 12. 6840. “News in Brief.” Video Business. June 18, 1993, p. 8. 6841. Rhodes, Joe. “What Would Walt Say?” Los Angeles Times. Nov. 8, 1992, p. CAL 4. 6842. Sharkey, Betsy. “I Dream of Genie.” Adweek. (Southwest Edition). Feb. 8, 1993, p. 24. 6843. Sharkey, Betsy. “When You Wish Upon a Star [Aladdin].” New York Times. Nov. 8, 1992, p. 2:1. 6844. Sharman, Leslie F. “New Aladdins for Old.” Sight and Sound. Nov. 1993, pp. 12-18. 6845. Sheehan, Jack G. “Arab Caricatures Deface Disney’s Aladdin.” Los Angeles Times. Dec. 21, 1992, p. F-5. 6846. Smith, Tim. “It’s Barbaric, but Hey, It’s Just a Cartoon.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 70-71. 6847. Sterritt, David. “Disney Draws Up a Dazzling Aladdin.” Christian Science Monitor. Nov. 17, 1992, p. 10. 6848. Thomas, Karen. “The Team Abracadabra Behind Aladdin: Conjuring Ad-Libs Becomes Part of the Script.” USA Today. Nov. 27, 1992, p. D7. 6849. Tobenkin, David. “Disney’s Aladdin, Gargoyles Top New Strips.” Broadcasting and Cable. Jan. 16, 1995, p. 3. 6850. Turan, Kenneth. “The 1,001 Delights of ‘Aladdin.’” Los Angeles Times. Nov. 11, 1992. 6851. Vincenzi, Lisa. “Step by Step: Disney’s Aladdin.” Millimeter. Oct. 1992, pp. 98-99. 6852. Willman, Chris. “‘Aladdin’ Unleashes Musical Magic.” Los Angeles Times. Nov. 29, 1992. 6853. Wloszczyna, Susan. “The Team Abracadabra Behind Aladdin: Weaving Wishes Into a Winner.” USA Today. Nov. 27, 1992, p. D7. 350 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“Alice in Wonderland” 6854. Allan, Robin. “Alice in Disneyland: The Gestation and Creation of the Animated Feature Film.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 29, 1996. 6855. “Alice Says America Is Topsy-Turvy Land.” New York Times. May 2, 1932, p. 19. 6856. “Disney Plans To Film ‘Alice in Wonderland.’” New York Times. May 20, 1938, p. 16. 6857. Guernsey, Otis L., Jr. “On the Screen: Alice in Wonderland.” New York Herald Tribune. July 30, 1951. 6858. “Para. Set on ‘Alice.’” Motion Picture Daily. May 10, 1933, p. 4. 6859. Parsons, Louella. “Pickford May Screen ‘Alice in Wonderland.’” Syndicated Hearst column. Feb. 21, 1933. “All Dogs Go to Heaven” 6860. “All Dogs Go to Heaven.” Animation. March 1996, pp. 12, 35, 48. 6861. Deneroff, Harvey. “All Dogs Go to Heaven 2.” The Animation Report. March/April 1996, p. 10. 6862. “Voice Tracks: All Dogs Go to Heaven: The Series.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, p. 10. “American Tail” 6863. Lo Russo, Vito and Luca Raffaelli. “Una Seconda Coda Americana.” Programma Lucca 90. 1990, p. 24. 6864. Pompei, Silvia. “American Tail II Ragioni di Una Mostra.” Programma Lucca 90. 1990, p. 25. “Anastasia” 6865. Deneroff, Harvey. “Anastasia: Fox’s Great Hope.” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 3 pp. 6866. Peters, Jenny. “Anastasia. Like the Phoenix Rising Fox Takes on the Disney Tradition.” Animation. Dec. 1997, pp. 6-8. 6867. Sandler, Adam. “‘Anastasia’ Vid Ad Blitz Skedded.” Variety. Jan. 28, 1998, pp. 8, 25. “Animaniacs” 6868. Michaels, Anthony. “Animaniacs: Helloo Nurse!” Toon Magazine. Fall 1993, pp. 48-59. 6869. O’Keefe, Paula. “The Rise of Steven Spielberg’s Animaniacs.” Animato! Fall 1994, p. 30. United States: Animation 351

6870. O’Keefe, Paula. “We Said.…The Rise of Steven Spielberg’s Animaniacs.” Animato! Fall 1994, p. 31-33. 6871. Sandler, Kevin. “Gender-Mania: Anthropomorphization in Animaniacs.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Oct. 1, 1995. 6872. Sandler, Kevin S. “Pogs, Dogs, or Ferretts: Anthropomorphism and ‘Animaniacs.’” Animation Journal. Fall 1997, pp. 44-53. 6873. “What a Character. Part II of a Series: The Evolution of Animaniacs.” Animation. July 1995, p. 12. “The Animation Show” 6874. Cohen, Karl. ‘“The Animation Show’ Flyer Contains Dubious Facts.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2003, p. 7. 6875. Cohen, Karl. “Comments about Mike Judge and Don Hertzfeldt’s ‘The Animation Show.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2003, p. 7. 6876. Howe, Desson. “Also Opening: The Animation Show.” Washington Post. Sept. 5, 2003, p. WE 42. 6877. Kimmich, Peter. “Parental Advisory: Don Hertzfeldt’s The Animation Show Not Recommended for Children...Any Children.” Synthesis. Nov. 22, 2003. 6878. Means, Sean P. “Whether Fresh or from the Vaults, ‘Animation Show’ Draws from the Best.” Salt Lake Tribune. Oct. 3, 2003. 6879. Paurich, Milan. “Fractured Fairy Tales.” Cleveland Free Times. Oct. 12, 2003. “Antz” 6880. “Ants.” ASIFA Italia Notizie. Jan./Feb. 1997, p. 6. 6881. Beck, Jerry. “Antz: The First Biggie from Dreamworks.” Animation World. Oct. 1998. 3 pp. 6882. D’Hondt, Ivan. “The Actual Size of the Next Really Big Movie Star Is Rather Small: Antz.” Plateau. 19:4 (1998), p. 13. 6883. Groves, Don. “‘Antz,’ ‘Exorcist’ Impressive O’Seas.” Daily Variety. Nov. 9, 1998, p. 13. 6884. Hindes, Andrew. “‘Antz’ Has B.O. Picnic.” Daily Variety. Oct. 5, 1998, pp. 1, 14. 6885. Hindes, Andrew. “‘Antz’ in B.O. Pants.” Daily Variety. Oct. 12, 1998, pp. 1, 10. 6886. Hindes, Andrew. ‘“Still King of the Hill with $17.2 Mil.” Daily Variety. Oct. 6, 1998, p. 8. 6887. Hindes, Andrew and Dan Cox. “‘Antz’ Colony Cranks It Up.” Variety. Oct. 19-25, 1998, pp. 1, 90. 352 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6888. Kaufman, Debra. “The Antz Come Marching One-by-One.” Animation. Oct. 1998, pp. 19-21. 6889. Kirby, Eric. “Antz.” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 54-57. 6890. Klady, Leonard. “‘Antz’ Builds B.O. Hill with $20 Mil Take.” Variety. Oct. 12-18, 1998, p. 11. 6891. Klady. Leonard. “‘Antz’ Builds B.O. Hill with $21 Mil Take.” Variety. Oct. 19-25, 1998, p. 12. 6892. Lyons, Mike. “Antz, A Bug’s Life.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, p. 54. 6893. McCarthy, Todd. “D’Works Throws a CGI Picnic with ‘Antz.’” Variety. Sept. 21-27, 1998, pp. 104, 112. 6894. Neuttiens, Tom. “The Making of Antz: Meeting Philippe Gluckman.” Plateau. 20:2 (1999), pp. 26-27. 6895. Paxman, Andrew. “Battle of the Ant-imators.” Variety. Sept. 21-27, 1998, pp. 5, 122. 6896. Romney, Jonathan. “Antz.” Sight and Sound. Dec. 1998, pp. 41-42. “Arabian Knight” 6897. “‘Arabian Knight’ Bombs.” Toon News (Sydney). Dec. 1995, p. 4. 6898. “Arabian Knight Gets Mixed Reviews from the Critics.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1995, p. 4. 6899. Dobbs, G. Michael. “An Arabian Knight-mare: The Story of Richard Williams’ Epic Film The Thief and the Cobbler Is a Cautionary Tale for All Creators.” Animato! Summer 1996, pp. 42-45, 63. 6900. Klady, Leonard. “Unfinished Feeling Dims ‘Knight’ in Shining Color.” Variety. Aug. 28-Sept. 3, 1995, p. 65. 6901. McCracken, Harry. “The Theft of the Thief.” fps. Autumn 1995, p. 45. 6902. Strauss, Bob. “‘Arabian Knight.’” Animation Magazine. Oct./Nov. 1995, p. 55. 6903. Welkos, Robert W. “‘Arabian Knight’ Opens, But It’s Not Its Creator’s Vision.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Sept. 5, 1995, pp. D-l, D-3. “Arthur” 6904. “Arthur.” Animatoon. No. 18, 1999, pp. 38-39. 6905. Mallory, Michael. “Boy Aardvark ‘Arthur’ Marking 25th B-day.” Variety. Aug. 6-12, 2001, p. 33. 6906. Silver, Marc. “An Aardvark for All Seasons.” U.S. News and World Report. Feb. 14, 2000, p. 65. “Atlantis” 6907. Deneroff, Harvey. “Atlantis.” Animatoon. No. 32, 2001, pp. 52-55. United States: Animation 353

6908. Desowitz, Bill. “Atlantis: The Lost Empire.” Animation. July 2001, pp. 17-20. 6909. Fritz, Steve. “Disney Rediscovers Atlantis on the Big Screen.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 13, 2001, pp. 38, 40. 6910. McCarthy, Todd. ‘“Atlantis’ Lost at See.” Variety. June 11-17, 2001, pp. 17, 23. 6911. Raiti, Gerard. “Atlantis: Ushering in a New Era.” Animation World. June 2001, pp. 17-20. “The Avengers” 6912. Allstetter, Rob. “Animated Avengers Delayed.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 22, 1999, p. 8. 6913. Allstetter, Rob. “Animated Captain America Comes to Fox – Avengers Are Next in Line.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 20, 1998, p. 6. “Bambi” 6914. “Bambi.” New Republic. June 29, 1942, p. 893. 6915. Canemaker, John “The Threads of Melody: The Evolution of a Major Film Score – Walt Disney’s Bambi.” Quarterly Journal of the Library of Congress. Special issue titled Wonderful Inventions, edited by Iris Newsom. 1985, pp. 80-115. 6916. “Disney’s Bambi Rated as Democratic Art.” Art Digest. Aug. 1, 1942, p. 15. 6917. Hallett, Richard. “The Trail of Bambi.” Colliers. Oct. 3, 1942, p. 58. 6918. Hastings, A. Waller. “Bambi and the Hunting Ethos.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Summer 1996, pp. 53-59. 6919. Martin, Janet. “Bringing Bambi to the Screen.” Nature. Aug. 1942, pp. 350-352. 6920. Militello, Joseph F. “Bambi Goes to War: Disney’s Wartime Vision.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 21, 2000. 6921. “Museum of Moder Art Shows Original Material from Bambi and Other Disney Films in Exhibition of Animated Film Making.” Museum of Modern Art Press Release #42713-47, July 13, 1942, MOMA Library, New York. 6922. Thomas, Frank and Ollie Johnston. Walt Disney’s Bambi – The Story and the Film. NY: Stewart Tabori and Chang, 1990. 208 pp. “Barbie” 6923. “Barbie’s Ready for Her Close-Up.” Animation. May 2001, p. 20. 6924. Desowitz, Bill. “Barbie’s CG Transition to the Movies Is a Nutcracker Natural.” Animation. Oct. 2001, pp. 45,47. 354 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6925. Leydon, Joe. “Barbie in the Nutcracker.” Variety. Oct. 8-14, 2001, p. 62. “Bartok the Magnificent” 6926. Leydon, Joe. “Bartok the Magnificent.” Variety. Nov. 29-Dec. 5, 1999, p. 57. 6927. Unger, Jeff. “Bartok the Magnificent.” Parenting. Feb. 2000. “Batfink” 6928. “Batfink Filmography.” fbs. Sept. 1993, p. 12. 6929. Mackey, Dave. “If Batman Can Return, Why Not Batfink?” fps. Sept. 1993, pp. 10-11. “Batman” 6930. Allstetter, Rob. ‘“Batman Beyond’ Goes Beyond Expectations; WB Orders More Episodes.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 19, 1999, p. 6. 6931. Allstetter, Rob. “New Batman Episodes Begin on Kids WB! Sept. 14.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 2, 1998, p. 6. 6932. Allstetter, Rob. “The Voices of ‘Batman Beyond.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 2, 1998, p. 6. 6933. Alvarez, Gabriel and Chris Gore. “Batman Reanimated.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), pp. 52-65. 6934. “Batman Grows to the Big Screen: First Look.” Toon Magazine. Fall 1993, pp. 4-5. 6935. “Batman, the Animated Series: Creating the Mood and Mystery Behind the Dark Knight.…” Airbrush Action. Oct. 1993, pp. 12-23. 6936. Benesch, Connie. “Holy Cartoons, Batman!” Animation. Aug. 1995, pp. 10, 12, 14. 6937. Brady, Matt. “Warner Brothers Considers Bat-Options.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 3, 1999, p. 8. 6938. “Coming Bat-Attractions.” Animato! Spring 1993, p. 51. 6939. Dobbs, G. Michael. “The Animated Dark Knight: Part One.” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 28-29. 6940. Fahey, A. “Batman Set to Rouse Next Generation of Syndicated TV Viewers.” Advertising Age. Feb. 10, 1992, p. S23 6941. “Fox Moves Batman to Saturday Morning.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 33-34. 6942. Freeman, Mike. “Caped Crusader Helps FCN To Top.” Broadcasting. Oct. 19, 1992, pp. 18-19. 6943. Harris, Dana. “Yakin To Take WB’s ‘Batman’ Beyond.” Variety. Aug. 28-Sept. 3, 2000, p. 12. 6944. Hetherington, Janet L. “Holy Batwing! Batman’s New Turf Is the Kids’ WB!” Animation. Aug. 1997, pp. 6-8. United States: Animation 355

6945. Kindred, Christopher. “The Animated Dark Knight: Part Two.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 29-32. 6946. Kindred, Christopher. “Batman: the Animated Episode Guide.” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 38-50. 6947. Kindred, Christopher. “Who’s Who in Batman: The Animated Series.” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 30-37. 6948. Klady, Leonard. “‘Bat’ Blitz Bodes New B.O. Era.” Variety. June 19- 25, 1995, pp. 11, 15. 6949. Krell, David. “Batman, Mask of the Phantasm.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 62-67. 6950. Knowles, Harry J. “Batman: Subzero.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 56-57. 6951. McNeil, Darrell. “A Friendly Hero.” Toon Magazine. Spring 1993, pp. 32-39. 6952. Miller, Bob. “Batman – the Animated Movie. An Interview with Producer Paul Dini.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 10, 1993, pp. 26-28, 30. 6953. Miller, John M. “Action, Adventure and Aggravation.” Hogan ’s Alley. No. 2, 1995, pp. 22-24. 6954. “New Animated Batman Episodes Are Planned.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 14, 1997, p. 8. 6955. Patten, Fred. “Batman: Keeping Up the Good Fight.” Animation World. Oct. 2003, pp. 24-27. 6956. Swanigan, Michael. “Animated Batman.” Toon Magazine. Spring 1993, pp. 18-29. 6957. Swanigan, Michael and Darrell McNeil. “Batman Returns.” Toon Magazine. Spring 1993, pp. 40-78. 6958. Tessier, William. “Vengeance, Justice, Compassion and Madness: An Analysis of the Dark Knight as Portrayed in Batman: The Animated Series.” Animatrix. Issue 10, 1999, pp. 19-28. 6959. van Cleef, Pieter. “Batman Animated.” Stripschrift. Sept. 1999, pp. 20- 23. “Beany and Cecil” 6960. Fiore, R. “The Wig That Wouldn’t Die: Bob Clampett’s Beany and Cecil: The Special Edition.” Comics Journal. June 2002, p. 97. 6961. Story, Robert. “Now It’s Time for the Beany and Cecil Cartoons.” Animation World. Oct. 1999, 13 pp. “Beauty and the Beast” 6962. “Beauty and the Beast in Imax.” Animatoon. No. 35, 2002, pp. 58-59. 6963. Bowman, J. “Beauty and the Beast.” American Spectator. Feb. 1992, pp. 51-52. 356 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

6964. Casey, Maura. “Models for Kids in Beauty and the Beast.” Christian Science Monitor. Jan. 30, 1992, p. 19. 6965. “Cinema: Disney and the Beast.” Economist. Jan. 18, 1992, pp. 92-93. 6966. DeMott, Rick. “Beauty and the Beast: Disney’s Big Hit Gets Bigger.” Animation World. Dec. 2001, pp. 6-8. 6967. Desowitz, Bill. “Beauty and the Beast Becomes ‘Human Again’ for IMAX Presentation.” Animation. Dec. 2001, pp. 34-35. 6968. Dodson Gray, Elizabeth. “Beauty and the Beast: A Parable for Our Time.” In Women Respond to the Men’s Movement: A Feminist Collection, edited by Kay Leigh Hagan, pp. 159-168. San Francisco: Pandora, 1992. 6969. Erb, Cynthia. “Another World or the World of the Other? The Space of Romance in Recent Versions of ‘Beauty and the Beast.’” Cinema Journal. Summer 1995, pp. 50-70. 6970. Evans, Greg. “Booty and ‘The Beast.’” Variety. April 11-17, 1994, pp. 1, 170. 6971. “Expanded Beauty and the Beast Headed for IMAX in 2002.” Animation. April 2001, p. 56. 6972. Hawkins, Harriett. “Maidens and Monsters in Modern Popular Culture: The Silence of the Lambs and Beauty and the Beast.” Textual Practice. Summer 1993, pp. 258-266. 6973. Horwitz, Jan. “Slightly Faded ‘Beauty.’” Washington Post. May 27, 2003, p. C5. 6974. “The IMAX Version of Disney’s ‘Beauty and the Beast’ Looks and Sounds Fantastic.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 3. 6975. King, Thomas R. “Walt Disney Plans Oct. 30 Release of Beast on Video.” Wall Street Journal. April 7, 1992, p. B8. 6976. Kinsley, M. “Beauty and the Beast.” New Republic. Feb. 3, 1992, p. 4. 6977. Landis, David. “‘Beauty’ Sales Enchanting Disney.” USA Today. Nov. 3, 1992. 6978. Leydon, Joe. “Beauty and the Beast: Special Edition.” Variety. Jan. 7- 13, 2002, p. 46. 6979. McCracken, Harry. “Disney’s Beauty and the Beast.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 28-29. 6980. McLaughlin, Dan. “Beauty and Beastiality.” Animatrix. No. 8, 1995. 6981. Murphy, Ryan. “The Brains Behind Beauty.” Boston Globe. Feb. 9, 1992, .p. B39. 6982. Nichols, Peter M. “Disney and DVD Hits a Milestone.” New York Times. Oct. 9, 2002. 6983. O’Steen, Kathleen. “Disney Plans Global ‘Beauty’ Blitz.” Variety. Nov. 21-27, 1994, p. 40. 6984. Roman, Monica and Greg Evans. “Mouse in Manhattan: Beauty...Or Beast?” Variety. July 1-14, 1996, pp. 1, 50. United States: Animation 357

6985. Solomon, Charles. “Disney’s Beauty Revives Classic Flair in Story, Style.” Los Angeles Times. Jan. 5, 1992, CAL 24. 6986. Spiegel, Susan. “Bugsy, Beauty Catch Oscar’s Eye.” USA Today. Feb 20, 1992, p. D1. 6987. Stewart, A. “‘Beast’ Topples but Disney Still Vid Sell-Through Star.” Daily Variety. Feb. 16, 1993, p. 6+. 6988. Voland, John. “On Fievel’s Tail: From Spielberg’s Mouse to Beauty and the Beast.” Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 21, 1992, pp. S-20+. 6989. Warner, Marina. “Beauty and the Beasts.” Sight and Sound. Oct. 1992, pp. 6-11. “Beavis and Butt-Head” 6990. “American Family Association Goes After MTV.” AS1FA San Francisco. Feb. 1997, p. 5. 6991. Cosulich, Oscar. “Esorcizzando Beavis & Butthead.” Comic Art. Oct. 1994, pp. 56-57. 6992. Dolinar, Brian. “Polysemic Parody: Interpretations of Beavis and Butt- Head.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. 6993. Fanning, Jim and Russ Miller. “Beavis and Butt-Head. Cool? Sucks?” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 22-23. 6994. Fanning, Jim and Russ Miller. “Huh, Huh, Huh…Cool: the First Season Beavis and Butt-Head Episode Guide.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 46- 49, 63. 6995. “Fare Thee Well, Beavis.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1997, p. 33. 6996. Geggis, Anne. “‘90s Mascots for TV’s Vast Wasteland?” Burlington (Vermont) Free Press. Oct. 17, 1993, p. 1. 6997. “How Big a Hit Will Beavis and Butt-Head Be?” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1997, p. 6. 6998. Hudis, Mark. “Beavis and Butt-Head Fire Tragedy Prompts Debate.” Adweek. 34:42 (1993), p. 10. 6999. Huffstutter, P.J. “Parents Just Don’t Get It, and Huh-Huh, That’s, Like, Totally Cool.” San Diego Union-Tribune. Oct. 1, 1993, p. E-1. 7000. Kenny, Glenn. “Brother, Can You Spare a 30-Minute Gross-Out?” TV Guide. Aug. 13, 1994, p. 30. 7001. Leland, John. “Battle for Your Brain.” In Annual Editions Mass Media 96/97, edited by Joan Gorham. Madison, WI: Dushkin, 1996. Reprinted from Newsweek. Oct. 11, 1993. 7002. McFarland, Stephanie. “Young Readers’ Review.” Animato! Summer 1994, p. 15. 7003. McShane, Larry. “Caio, Chowderheads. ‘Hey, Butt-head. We’re Like, Dead.’” Philadelphia Inquirer. Nov. 27, 1997, p. A-23. 358 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7004. Nash, M. “‘Beavis Is Just Confused’: Ideologies, Intertexts, Audiences.” Velvet Light Trap. Spring 1999, pp. 4-22. 7005. Oppliger, Patrice A. and Dolf Zillmann. “Disgust in Humor: Its Appeal to Adolescents.” Humor. 10:4 (1997), pp. 421-437. 7006. Peck, Elizabeth G. “Popular Culture’s Conversation with Itself on MST 3000 and Beavis and Butthead.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. 7007. Roberts, Robin. “Beavis and Butt-Head Don’t Suck: A Feminist Perspective.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 27, 1996. “Bebe’s Kids” 7008. James, Caryn. “Neglected Monsters in Funworld [Bebe’s Kids].” New York Times. Aug. 1, 1992, p. A16. 7009. Kehr, Dave. “Cartoon with Clout: Bebe’s Kids Has a Political Point.” Chicago Tribune. July 31, 1992, p. 1:24. 7010. Mills, Doug. “A Hilarious Bebe Packs Deceptive Bite.” Atlanta Constitution. Aug. 3, 1992, p. B1. 7011. Rice, T.R. “A Toon-Up at Paramount.” In-Toon. Summer 1992, pp. 26- 27. 7012. Thomas, Kevin. “A Spirited Outing with Bebe’s Kids.” Los Angeles Times. Aug. 1, 1992, p. F1. “Betty Boop” 7013. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Happy Birthday Betty!” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 29-39. 7014. Fleischer, Max. Betty Boop’s Sunday Best. The Complete Color Comics 1934-1936. Edited by Bill Blackbeard. Northampton, MA: Kitchen Sink Press, 1995. 110 pp. 7015. “From the Betty Boop Archives.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 45-47. 7016. Gold, Anita. “A Club That Helps a Fan Become a Super Booper.” Philadelphia Inquirer. June 25, 1995, p. H-15. 7017. Guilder, Elizabeth. “Boop Back in the Loop.” Variety. May 4-10, 1998, p. 39. 7018. Guldin, Jere. “Animation Preservation: Betty Boop Rides Again!” Animato! Fall 1995, p. 12. 7019. “The Judge Boops the Case Out of Court.” Inklings. Fall 1995, p. 12. 7020. Neroni, Hilary. “Was Betty Boop a Feminist? Changing Gender Roles and Other Subtexts in House Cleaning Blues (1937).” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 27, 2002. 7021. Perkins, Dan. “Hurray for Betty Boop.” Comic Times. Nov. 1980, pp. 68-69. United States: Animation 359

7022. “Sammy Timberg: From Tin Pan Alley to Animation Cel.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 42-43. “The Black Cauldron” 7023. Barrier, Mike. “‘The Black Cauldron.’” Funnyworld. Summer 1979, pp. 27-31. 7024. DeLaet, Danny. “The Black Cauldron.” Plateau. Autumn 1985, pp. 19- 21. 7025. Goodman, Martin. “Disney’s ‘Lost’ Feature Returns.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 40-43. “Blade” 7026. “‘Blade’ Film Is #1, Topic of $35 Million Lawsuit.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 11, 1998, p. 6. 7027. Klady, Leonard. “‘Blade’ Cuts to No. 1 on B.O. Chart.” Variety. Aug. 31-Sept. 6, 1998, p. 13. “Bob and Margaret” 7028. “All the Way.” Inklings. Fall 1998, p. 6. 7029. Furniss, Maureen. “Bob and Margaret: An Ordinary Couple Goes Prime Time Worldwide.” Animation World. July 1998. “Brother Bear” 7030. Doval, Nikita. “Animation Rocks Hollywood.” Times of India. Nov. 26, 2003. 7031. “Hear Him Roar!” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 22. 7032. Jessen, Taylor. “Fraternal Obligation: Disney Revisits the Animal Picture in Brother Bear” Animation World. Oct. 2003, pp. 19-23. 7033. McCarthy, Todd. “Brother Bear.” Variety. Oct. 20-26, 2003, p. 41. 7034. Wloszczyna, Susan. “Disney’s Big Guns Loaded for ‘Bear.’” USA Today” March 18, 2003. 7035. Zahen, Ramin. “Disney Grins and Bears All.” Animation. Nov. 2003, pp. 18-20, 22. “Bugs Bunny” 7036. Baisley, Sarah. “Networking.” Animation. Aug. 1997, p. 2. 7037. Baker, Margaret P. “The Rabbit As Trickster.” Journal of Popular Culture. Fall 1994, pp. 149-158. 7038. Beck, Jerry and Will Friedwald. “Welcome Back Bugs.” Comic Times. Sept. 1980, pp. 68-70. 360 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7039. Bouldin, Joann. “Wabbit Twouble: Bugs Bunny, Drag and the Gender- Bendable Body.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Brisbane, Australia, Aug. 3, 1999. 7040. “Bugs.” Stripschrift. March 1995, p. 30. 7041. “Bugs Bunny.” Enciclopedia dei Fumetti. Oct. 15, 1970, p. 185. 7042. “Bugs Bunny.” Plateau. 18:3 (1997), p. 14. 7043. “Bugs Bunny To Be Honored on a U.S. 32 Cent Postage Stamp.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1997, p. 7. 7044. “Cartoon Controversy.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), p. 5. 7045. Cosulich, Oscar. “Quando il Tenente Bunny Incontrò Quel Gangster di Spiderman.” Comic Art. June 1994, pp. 100-101. 7046. Fiecconi, Federico. “Happy Birthday, Bugs!” Programma Lucca 90. 1990, p. 9. 7047. “‘44 Bugs Bunny Cartoon Pulled Because of Slurs.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Feb. 6, 1995, p. B-11. 7048. Korkis, Jim. “The Bugs’ Life.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 8, 2000, pp. 20-23. 7049. Lavernoich, John. “This Is an Enemy? A Look at Bugs Bunny’s Adversaries.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 11, 2000, pp. 42-43. 7050. McEachern, Robert W. “Ideology and the ‘Birth’ of Bugs Bunny.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Chicago, IL, April 7, 1994. 7051. Miller, Cyndee. “Big Bugs Bash Means Loads of Licensing Deals Are Up.” Marketing News. June 11, 1990, p. 7. 7052. Rasmussen, Joel. “An Interview with Bugs.” Comics Feature. June 1986, pp. 44-49. 7053. Sartin, Hank. “Anything for My Public: Bugs Bunny and the Problem of Cartoon Stardom.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 27, 1996. 7054. Sartin, Hank. “Bugs Bunny: Queer As a Three-Dollar Bill.” Windy City Times. June 24, 1993, Sec. 2, p. 79. 7055. Shim, Thomas M. “Rabbits, Rhythm and Rhapsody: Bugs on Broadway.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 42-44. 7056. van Willigen, Rein. “Bugs Bunny’s Roots.” Stripschrift. Feb. 1991, pp. 14-15. 7057. Zoglin, Richard. “What’s Up, Doc? Animation!” Time. Aug. 6, 1990, pp. 66-67. “A Bug’s Life” 7058. “‘A Bug’s Life’ Has Passed ‘Toy Story’ in Worldwide Box Office Receipts.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1999, p. 5. 7059. “A Bug’s Life Keeps Bringing in the Dollars.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1999, p. 1. United States: Animation 361

7060. “Bug’s Life Sees Green, Lots of It!” ASIFA San Francisco. Fan. 1999, p. 1. 7061. Cohen, Karl. “Pixar’s A Bug Life Takes Animation to New Heights and Greatness.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 1998, pp. 6-7. 7062. Cohen, Karl. “Andrew Stanton Talks about A Bug’s Life.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 1998, pp. 7-8. 7063. Cox, Dan. “‘Bug’s’ Gets New Outtakes.” Daily Variety. Dec. 16, 1998, p. 10. 7064. Felperin, Leslie. “A Bug’s Life.” Sight and Sound. Feb. 1999, pp. 39-40. 7065. French, Lawrence. “Reality Ain’t What It Used To Be: A Bug’s Life Special Effects.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, pp. 52-53, 55. 7066. Groves, Don. “‘Bug’s,’ ‘Mail’ on the March O’seas.” Variety. Feb. 22- 28, 1999, pp. 13, 16. 7067. Hindes, Andrew. “Bugs Leave Bacon Achin.’” Daily Variety. Nov. 30, 1998, pp. 1, 21. 7068. Kaufman, Debra. “A Bug’s Life: An Epic of Miniature Proportions.” Animation. Nov.-Dec. 1998, pp. 6-8. 7069. Klady, Leonard. “ ‘Bug’s Life’ Stays on Top of B.O.” Variety. Dec. 14- 20, 1998, p. 11. 7070. Klady, Leonard. “Disney’s ‘Bug’s Life’ Gobbles up Early Holiday Box Office.” Variety. Nov. 30-Dec. 6, 1998, p. 9. 7071. McCarthy, Todd. “A Bug’s Life.” Daily Variety. Nov. 13, 1998, pp. 2, 8. 7072. McCarthy, Todd. “‘Bug’s’ Strives for Top of Ant Hill.” Variety. Nov. 16-22, 1998, pp. 33-34. 7073. Solomon, Charles. “A Bug’s Life: PIXAR Does It Again.” Animation World. Dec. 1998. 3 pp. 7074. Unger, Jeff. “A Bug’s Life.” Parenting. Feb. 2000. 7075. Woods, Mark. “Bugs Bags Big Bucks.” Daily Variety. Dec. 9, 1998, p. 10. “Bump in the Night” 7076. Cohen, Karl. “Bump in the Night: First Season Episode Guide.” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 30-31. 7077. Cohen, Karl. “Monsters Under the Bed.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 50, 52. “Butt-Ugly Martians” 7078. Beck, Jerry. “TV Review: Butt-Ugly Martians” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 71-72. 7079. Younghusband, Paul. “The Good, the Bad, the Butt-Ugly Martians.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 24-25. 362 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“Captain Planet and the Planeteers” 7080. Boxer, Nick and Dan Gottlieb. “Captain Planet: Entertainment and Education Do Mix! In Drawing Insight, edited by Joyce Greene and Deborah Reber, pp. 98-102. Penang: Southbound, 1996. 7081. King, D.L. “Captain Planet and the Planeteers – Kids, Environmental Crisis, and Competing Narratives of the New World Order.” Sociological Quarterly. Feb. 1994, pp. 103-120. 7082. Nathanson, Amy I., Andrea Jellinek, and Joanne Cantor. “Can Captain Planet Save the World? Effects of a Televised Cartoon with an Environmental Message.” Paper presented at International Communication Association, Montreal, May 23, 1997. “Captain Simian” 7083. Lungo, Mark. “Captain Simian: The Highly Evolved Space Adventure/Comedy.” Animato! Fall 1996, pp. 58-60. 7084. Lungo, Mark. “Captain Simian in Review: A Promising Start.” Animato! Fall 1996, p. 60. 7085. Mendoza, N.F. “Licensing Monkeys Heading into Outerspace.” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 24-25. “Care Bears” 7086. “American Greetings Sees $250 M in First Year of Care Bears.” Playthings. Dec. 1982, p. 54. 7087. “CO Films Shelling $2.5-Mil To Push New ‘Care Bears.’” Variety. Aug. 5, 1987, pp. 6-7. “Casper” 7088. “AKOM: ‘Casper’ Goes Digital by AKOM.” Animatoon. 2:4-1 (1996), p. 11. 7089. “Caspar.” Plateau. Autumn 1990, pp. 12-13. 7090. “Casper.” Animatoon. No. 5, 1996, pp. 40-41. 7091. “‘Casper’ Goes Digital.” Animatoon. No. 5, 1996, p. 41. 7092. “Casper’s Creator Has Been Forgotten.” Animato! Fall 1994, p. 49. 7093. David, Peter. “But I Digress.” Comic Buyer’s Guide. June 23, 1995, p. 98. 7094. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Animation’s Own Horror Star.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 46-49. 7095. Dobbs, G. Michael. “The Whole Truth About Casper.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 46-47. 7096. Kim, Joan. “David Bowers: Creating Shelf Space for Casper.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 49-51. United States: Animation 363

7097. Lowry, Brian. “Casper.” Variety. May 22-28, 1995, pp. 92, 105. 7098. Sandler, Adam. “Casper Putting a Scare into Cinderella.” Variety. Nov. 27-Dec. 3, 1995, p. 94. 7099. Street, Rita. “Casper.” Animatoon. 2:4-1 (1996), pp. 8-10. “Chicken Run” 7100. “Chicken Run – Hatching the Movie.” Animatoon. No. 26, 2000, pp. 57- 58. 7101. Deneroff, Harvey. “Aardman Animations and DreamWorks Bet the Farm on Stop-Motion Chicken Run.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 10-12. 7102. Deneroff, Harvey. “The Making of ‘Chicken Run.’” Animatoon. No. 25, 2000, pp. 53-59. 7103. D’Hondt, Ivan. “Chicken Run: Aardman Blijft Haantje de Voorste.” Plateau. 21:4 (2000), pp. 25-26. 7104. Goldstein, Gregg. “Chicken Run.” Premiere. July 2000, p. 22. 7105. Kubin, Jacquie. “Catch the DVD of Chicken Run.” Animation World. Jan. 2001, p. 65. 7106. McCarthy, Todd. “Chicken Run.” Variety. June 12-18, 2000, p. 14. 7107. Rea, Steven. “Feathers Flew in Making ‘Chicken Run.’” Philadelphia Inquirer. June 26, 2000, p. 17. 7108. Sibley, Brian. Chicken Run: Hatching the Movie. NY: Harry N. Abrams, 2000. 191 pp. “Chip and Dale’s Rescue Rangers” 7109. “Buena Vista Television’s Chip and Dale’s Rescue Rangers and DuckTales Form the Number One Hour.” PR Newswire. Oct. 17, 1989. 7110. “Buena Vista Television’s Chip and Dale’s Rescue Rangers Launched with Unprecedented $30 Million Marketing Campaign.” PR Newswire. June 20, 1989. 7111. “The Jets Slated to Track Chip and Dale’s Rangers Music Video.” PR Newswire. July 26, 1989. 7112. Walley, Wayne. “New Chip and Dale To Get $30 M Effort.” Advertising Age. June 26, 1989, p. 12. “Cinderella” 7113. Leydon, Joe. “Cinderella II: Dreams Come True.” Variety. March 4-10, 2002, p. 36. 7114. Ohmer, Susan. “‘That Rags to Riches Stuff’: Disney’s Cinderella and the Cultural Space of Animation.” Film History. 5:2 (1993), pp. 231- 249. 7115. Parmet, Davina. “Animating Cinderella.” Premiere. Jan. 1989, pp. 76- 78. 364 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7116. Sprayberry, Sandra L. “‘No Blood in the Shoe’: The Disneyfication of Cinderella.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 8, 1998. 7117. van Willigen, Rein. “Cinderella.” Striprofiel. Nov. 1976, pp. 9-10. 7118. van Willigen, Rein. “De Terugkeer van Assepoester.” Stripschrift. July 1991, pp. 22-23. “Clerks” 7119. “DVD Spotlight: Clerks Uncensored.” Animation. April 2001, p. 58. 7120. Zahed, Ramin. “Hip ‘Clerks’ Hopes To Get Some Slack.” Variety. May 29-June 4, 2000, p. 32. “Clifford the Big Red Dog” 7121. “‘Clifford the Big Red Dog.’” Variety. Jan. 17-23, 2000, p. N26. 7122. Raugust, Karen. “Clifford the Big Red Dog. Series Producer Taps TV as Learning Tool.” Animation. Sept. 2000, p. 10. “Country Bears” 7123. Dunkley, Cathy. “Mouse Synergy: A Bear Necessity.” Variety. July 15- 21, 2002, pp. 9, 13. 7124. Gray, Timothy M. “Ride Based Films: Grin and ‘Bear’ ’Em.” Variety. July 15-21, 2002, p. 13. “Crusader Rabbit” 7125. Cohen, Karl. “Crusader Rabbit Update.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1988, pp. 4-5. 7126. Cohen, Karl. “Crusader Rabbit vs. the State of Texas.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1989, pp. 9-12. 7127. “Crusader Rabbit Episode Guide.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1994, pp. 8-9. 7128. Patten, Fred. “Some Notes on Crusader Rabbit.” Animatrix. 6 (1992), pp. 29-36. “Daffy Duck” 7129. “Daffy Duck/Jerry Lewis: Know the Difference.” McBoing Boing’s. Oct. 1997, pp. 6-7. 7130. “Daffy Meets Dino.” Toon News (Sydney). Dec. 1995, p. 1. 7131. Langer, Mark. “The Evolution of Daffy Duck.” In Ottawa ’88 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 60-61, 63-65. Ottawa: Cinematheque Canada, 1988. United States: Animation 365

7132. McCracken, Harry. “Curiosity Shop: The Worst of Daffy Duck.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 14-15. “Daria” 7133. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “Daria: How To Make It a B&B-Sizsd Success.” Toon. Fall 1998, p. 64. 7134. Kuczynski, A. “Daria Morgendorffer Brings Actual Sentences to MTV.” Star Tribune. May 25, 1998, p. 8E. 7135. Loos, T. “Breaking Through Animation’s Boy Barrier.” New York Times. Sept. 17, 2000. 7136. O’Connor, J.J. “Teen-Ager’s Scornful Look at Cuteness.” New York Times. March 3, 1997, p. C16. 7137. Ozersky, J. “A Woman of Her Times: What’s the Danger in ‘Daria’? The Ultimate Weapon: Irony Without Vulnerability.” St. Louis Post- Dispatch. June 6, 1997, p. 47. 7138. Pal, S. “Dear Daria: MTV Character Is the Acidic Animated Darling of Many Viewers.” New Orleans Times-Picayune. July 21, 1997, p. T4. 7139. Span, P. “Wither Daria: Meet the Teen Terminator; MTV’s Hot New Toon Is Sharp, Funny – and Female.” Washington Post. June 1, 1997, p. G01. “Davey and Goliath” 7140. “Davey and Goliath: Happy Easter.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 10. 7141. Miller, Chuck. “The Gospel According to Davey and Goliath.” Animato! Summer 1996, pp. 47-49. Episode Guide, pp. 50-52. “Davy Crockett” 7142. Beaufort, John. “Davy Crockett on Screen.” Christian Science Monitor. May 1, 1955. 7143. “Davy Crockett: King of the Wild Frontier.” Variety. May 18, 1955. 7144. Greene, Bob. “King of the Wild Frontier.” Esquire. March 1982, pp. 13- 16. 7145. King, Margaret J. “The Davy Crockett Craze: A Case Study in Popular Culture.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawaii, 1976. 7146. King, Margaret J. “The Recycled Hero: Walt Disney’s Davy Crockett.” In Davy Crockett: The Man, the Legend, the Legacy 1786-1986, edited by Michael A. Lofaro, pp. 137-158. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1985. 7147. Lofaro, Michael, ed. Davy Crockett: the Man, the Legend, the Legacy 1786-1986. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 1985. 366 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“Destino” 7148. Barbagallo, Ron. “The Destiny of Dali’s Destino.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p.12. 7149. Canemaker, John. “The Lost Cartoon by Disney and Dali, Fellow Surrealist.” New York Times. Sept. 7, 2003. 7150. D’Arcy, David. “Salvador Dali’s Forgotten Disney Cartoon.” Art Newspaper (UK). Nov. 20, 2003. 7151. Desowitz, Bill. “Disney/Dali’s Completed Destino Kicks Off Annecy.” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 19-21. 7152. Jokinen, Heikki. “Dali and Disney Met Their Destiny.” Animatoon. No. 44, 2003, pp. 10-11. 7153. Thomas, Laura C. “Dali ‘n’ Disney.” Washington Post. Aug. 10, 2003, p. D03. “Dexter’s Laboratory” 7154. Kricfalusi, John. “Real Cartoons [Dexter’s Laboratory].” Animation. Sept. 1995, pp. 12, 29-31, 38-39. 7155. Richmond, Ray. “Tot Fine-Toons ‘Dexter.’” Variety. March 19, 1998, p. 15. “Dilbert” 7156. Baisley, Sarah. “‘Dilbert’: Tale of Two Post Solutions.” Animation. July 1999, pp. 45-46. 7157. Briggs, Terrence. “Dilbert: A Specter of Doom.” Animation World. Feb. 1999, 3 pp. 7158. Deneroff, Harvey. “Animating Dilbert.” Animatoon. No. 18, 1999, pp. 40-45. 7159. “‘Dilbert’ Dynamo.” Variety. Feb. 1-7, 1999, p. 28. 7160. Hontz, Jenny. “‘Dilbert’ Moves Cubicle to UPN.” Variety. Feb. 11, 1998, pp. 1, 56. 7161. Richmond, Ray. “Dilbert.” Variety. Jan. 25-31, 1999, p. 63. 7162. Schlosser, Joe. “Dilbert Getting Cubicle at UPN.” Broadcasting & Cable. Feb. 16, 1998, p. 22. “Dinosaur” 7163. Desowitz, Bill. “Dinosaur Tops Animation Box Office for 2000.” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 33. 7164. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Disney Takes a BIG Departure from Formula with Dinosaur.” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 22-25. 7165. Hayes, Dade. “Dinos Dazzle but Don’t Bash Records.” Variety. June 12- 18, 2000, pp. 5-6. United States: Animation 367

7166. Kaufman, Debra. “Dinosaur: Disney Goes Digital.” Animation. May 2000, pp. 12-15, 56. 7167. McCarthy, Todd. “Disney’s ‘Dinosaur’ Destined To Devour Big Summer B.O.” Variety. May 15-21, 2000, pp. 25, 34. 7168. Potamkin, Buzz. “Dinosaurs Never See It Coming: Are the Gatekeepers Clueless?” Animation World. Aug. 1999, 5 pp. 7169. Waller, Don. “When Dinosaurs Roamed America.” Animation. July 2001, pp. 25-26. “Donald Duck” 7170. Bommer, Holger. “Gestatten: Donald Mein Name.…” Comic! June/July 1994, pp. 10-12. 7171. Books, Dennis. “Happy Birthday, Donald Duck.” Antique Trader. Aug. 24, 1984. 7172. “Did Donald Duck Really Say the ‘F’ Word in Clock Cleaners?” ASIFA San Francisco. May 1998, p. 6. 7173. Duerings, Reinolt. “What’s the Excitement, Unca Donald?” Stripschrift. Nos. 59/60, 1973, pp. 16-17. 7174. Fossati, Franco. Paolino Paperini. Rome: Pirella, 1984. 7175. “Happy Birthday Donald Duck!” Plateau. Summer 1984, pp. 17-18. 7176. “Happy Birthday Donald Duck (II).” Plateau. Autumn 1984, pp. 13-16. 7177. Holliday, Kate. “Donald Duck Goes to War.” Coronet. Sept. 1942, pp. 24-32. 7178. “Les Grandes Vacances de Donald.” Banc-Titre. Oct. 1984, p. 20. 7179. Mathijs, Ernest. “Donald Duck Meets Mona Lisa.” Plateau. 20:2 (1999), pp. 6-10. 7180. Shale, Richard. Donald Duck Joins Up. Ann Arbor, MI: UMI Research Press, 1982. 185 pp. 7181. Solomon, Charles. “Donald Redux.” Modern Maturity. Dec. 1990/Jan. 1991, pp. 46-52. 7182. Summer, Edward. “Of Ducks and Men.” Panels. Spring 1981, pp. 3-16. 7183. Thompson, Helen G. “Donald the Duck: Wanna Fight?” Stage. July 1935. 7184. van Helden, Wim. “De Wederwaardigheden van Donald Duck Eend en Weekblad.” Stripschrift. Nos. 59/60, 1973, pp. 11-15. 7185. Van Hise, James. “Animated Antics.” Comics Feature. March 1984, pp. 52-54. 7186. Van Hise, James. “Animated Antics: Duck Tales.” Comics Feature. June 1987, pp. 50-55. 7187. Walt Disney Productions. Donald Duck. Intro. by Carl Barks. NY: Abbeville Press, 1978. 7188. Walt Disney Productions. Donald Duck and His Nephews. Foreword by Carl Barks, introduction by Piero Zanotto. NY: Abbeville Press, 1983. 368 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7189. Walt Disney Productions. Uncle Scrooge. Foreword by Carl Barks, introduction by Piero Zanotto. NY: Abbeville Press, 1979. 7190. “What? No Donald Duck?” Newsweek. Sept. 23, 1968, p. 35. 7191. Zolotow, Maurice. “Unforgettable Donald Duck.” Reader’s Digest. May 1984, pp. 112-116. “Doug’s First Movie” 7192. Deneroff, Harvey. “Doug Bursts onto the Silver Screen.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 50-51. 7193. “Doug’s 1st Movie Goes Theatrical.” Animatoon. No. 18, 1999, p. 36- 37. 7194. Leydon, Joe. “Doug’s 1st Movie.” Variety. March 29/April 4, 1999, p. 68. 7195. Mikulak, Bill. “Doug’s 1st Movie: Wholesome Fare Finds the Big Screen.” Animation World. April 1999, 3 pp. “Dumbo” 7196. Boehnel, William. “Walt Disney’s Dumbo Is a Jolly Little Fable.” New York World Telegram. Oct. 24, 1941. 7197. Creelman, Eileen. “Picture Plays and Players: Walt Disney, Just Back from South America, Talks About His New ‘Dumbo.’” New York Sun. Oct. 1941. 7198. “Disney, Technicolor Seen at Their Best in ‘Dumbo.’” Technicolor News and Views. Nov. 1941, p. 2. 7199. “Dumbo.” New Republic. Oct. 27, 1941, p. 537. 7200. “Dumbo.” Newsweek. Oct. 27, 1941, p. 61. 7201. “‘Dumbo’ Creator Stops Here While Going to Coast.” New Orleans Times-Picayune. Nov. 12, 1941, p. 8. 7202. Kracauer, Sigfried. “Films: Dumbo.” The Nation. Nov. 8, 1941, p. 463. 7203. Langer, Mark. “Designing Dumbo: An Annotated Interview with A. Kendall O’Connor.” Animation Journal. Fall 1993, pp. 36-67. 7204. Langer, Mark. “Regionalism in Disney Animation: ‘Pink Elephants’ and Dumbo.” Film History, Winter 1991, pp. 305-321. 7205. Loranger, Douglas. “The Film Text in History: DUMBO and the Screen Cartoonists Guild Strike of 1941.” Paper presented at Society for Cinema Studies, New Orleans, LA, Feb. 12, 1993. 7206. McIlhenny, Anne. “Berlin Songery Licenses ‘Dumbo’ Away from ASCAP.” Variety. Oct. 3, 1941, pp. 1, 5. 7207. “Mammal-of-the-Year.” Time. Dec. 29, 1941. 7208. “Norwich Man Sells ‘Dumbo’ to Disney for Latest Movie.” Binghamton (New York) Sun. Nov. 1, 1941, p. 4. United States: Animation 369

7209. “This Time Disney Does It with Dumbo.” Milwaukee Journal. ca. Oct. 1941, n.p. 7210. Walker, Paul. “Here’s the Disney Answer to ‘Who Was Dumbo’s Pappy?’” Harrisburg (Pennsylvania) Telegraph. Jan. 7, 1941, p. 9. 7211. “Why Ex-President Truman Would Not Ride Dumbo, or 25 Years of Memories at Disneyland.” People. March 10, 1980, pp. 36-39. “Eight Crazy Nights” 7212. Barbagallo, Ron. “Crazy for Animation: Adam Sandier’s Eight Crazy Nights” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, p. 51. 7213. Foundas, Scott. “Adam’s Animated but Irksome.” Variety. Dec. 2-8, 2002, pp. 25, 31. 7214. Hornaday, Ann. “ ‘Eight Crazy Nights’: The Fall of Adam.” Washington Post. Nov. 27, 2002. 7215. Mitchell, Elvis. “A Troublemaker Out-Humbugs Scrooge.” New York Times. Nov. 27, 2002, p. E11. “Elmo Aardvark” 7216. Desowitz, Bill. “Elmo Aardvark, Outer Space Detective!” Animation. April 2001, p. 61. 7217. Ryan, Will. “The Return of Elmo Aardvark in the Twenty First Century!” Animation World. April 2000, 6 pp. 7218. Shaughnessy, F. Rank. “A Brief History of Elmo Aardvark on the Web.” Animation World. April 2000, 2 pp. “Eltingville” 7219. Beck, Jerry. “Welcome to Eltingville.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 62-63. 7220. Fritz, Steve. “Welcome to Eltingville: Evan Dorkin’s Comics Club Comes to Cartoon Network.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 15, 2002, pp. 14-15. “The Emperor’s NewGroove” 7221. Barbagallo, Ron. “The Emperor’s New Groove.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 36. 7222. Desowitz, Bill. “The Emperor’s New Groove.” Animation. Jan. 2001, pp. 22-23. 7223. Koehler, Robert. “The Emperor’s New Groove.” Variety. Dec. 11-17, 2000, pp. 25, 27. 370 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“The Fairly Odd Parents” 7224. “‘Odd’ Is in the Details.” Washington Post. Feb. 13, 2003. 7225. Oei, Lily. “Watch Out ‘Bob!’ ‘Odd’ on the Move.” Variety. March 10- 16, 2003, p. 23. “FAKK 2” 7226. Allstetter, Rob. “Eastman Gives the Facts about F.A.K.K.2.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 8, 1999, p. 12. 7227. Evans, David. “What the FAKK 2.” AnimeFantastique. Fall 1999, pp. 46-49. 7228. Lyons, Mike. “FAKK 2: Julie Strain.” AnimeFantastique. Fall 1999, pp. 50-51. 7229. “New Animation: ‘Heavy Metal: F.A.K.K. 2’ – Hollywood-Style SF Animation with Brutal Violence.” Animatoon. No. 22, 1999, pp. 86+. “Family Guy” 7230. Gordon, Devin. “Suddenly, ‘Family Guy.’” Newsweek. July 14, 2003, p. 11. 7231. Lasswell, Mark. “Family Feud.” TV Guide. Aug. 7, 1999, pp. 30-31, 34. 7232. Littleton, Cynthia. “Super Bowl Boost: Fox To Bow ‘Family Guy’ After Football Finale.” Daily Variety. Dec. 14, 1998, p. 5. 7233. Richmond, Ray. “Family Guy.” Variety. Feb. 1-7, 1999, p. 29. “Fantasia” 7234. Bart, Peter. “Waiting for Walt.” Variety. Nov. 22-28, 1999, pp. 2, 102. 7235. Belmont, I.J. “Painter of Music Criticizes Fantasia.” Art Digest. Dec. 12, 1940, p. 11. 7236. Bianchi, Gilbert. “Fantasia.” Plateau. Autumn 1991, pp. 6-14. 7237. Blake, Larry. “Re-recording and Post Production for Disney’s Fantasia.” Recording Engineer/Producer. Oct. 1982, pp. 116+. 7238. Boswell, Peyton. “The Wonder of Fantasia.” Art Design. Dec. 1, 1940, p. 3. 7239. Bryan, James. “The Inside Dope on Fantasia.” Coast FM and Fine Arts. April 1970, pp. 36-39. 7240. Canemaker, John. “The Fantasia That Never Was.” Griffithiana. Dec. 1988, pp. 3-22. 7241. Canemaker, John. “The Fantasia That Never Was.” Print. Jan.-Feb. 1988, pp. 85-86, 139. 7242. Cohen, Karl. “Fantasia 2000 in IMAX Is Too Much of a Good Thing.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2000, pp. 5-6. United States: Animation 371

7243. Deck, A.D. “What Makes ‘Fantasia’ Click.” Scientific America. Jan. 1941, pp. 28-30. 7244. de Groot, Cees. “Fantasia. Fake of Fenomeen” Stripschrift. Nos. 91/92, 1976, p. 9. 7245. Deneroff, Harvey. “Fantasia 2000. Returned Fantasy, the Harmony of Music and Animation.” Animatoon. No. 23, 2000, pp. 78-82. 7246. Desowitz, Bill. “Disney Conducts a Fantasia for the 21 st Century.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 20-22, 72. 7247. “Disney’s Meesterwerk Tijdelijk op Video.” Stripschrift. Dec. 1991, pp. 25-26. 7248. Evans, Greg. “Disney Dishes New Look for ‘Fantasia’ in 1998.” Variety. Feb. 6-12, 1995, p. 21. 7249. “The Fantasia Anniversary.” Plateau. Autumn 1990, pp. 5-7. 7250. “Fantasia Art Missing in Museum of Cartoon Art Theft.” Animato! Spring 1991, p. 7. 7251. Haver, Ronald. “Rescoring Fantasia.” Connoisseur. July 1982, pp. 22- 24. 7252. Hicks, Jimmie. “Fantasia’s Silver Anniversary.” Films in Review. Nov. 1965, pp. 529-535. 7253. Isaacs, Hermine Rich. “New Horizons: Fantasia and Fantasound.” Theatre Arts. Jan. 1941, pp. 55-61. 7254. Kaufman, J.B. “A New Life for Fantasia.” Animation World. Oct. 1999, 6 pp. 7255. Lewin, Frank. “Fantasia Revisited.” Film Music. Jan./Feb. 1956, p. 20. 7256. McCarthy, Todd. “A Light Buffet of Kid-Friendly Fare.” Variety. Jan. 3-9, 2000, pp. 79-80. 7257. Maesen, Suki. “Fantasia 2000: Een Klassiek Concept in Een Nieuw Kleedje.” Plateau. 21:2 (2000), p. 14. 7258. Meisel, Myron. “Disney’s Fantasia Scores Another First.” Film Journal. April 1985, pp. 18, 61. 7259. Olson, Eric J. “‘Fantasia’ Deals Advancing.” Variety. May 31-June 6, 1999, p. 13. 7260. Peck, A.P. “What Makes ‘Fantasia’ Click?” Scientific American. Jan. 1941, pp. 28-30. 7261. Schiff, Laura. “Fantasia 2000: Millennium Magic for a New Generation.” Animation World. Nov. 1999, 5 pp. 7262. Smith, David R. “The Sorcerer’s Apprentice – Birthplace of Fantasia.” Millimeter. Feb. 1976, pp. 18-23+. 7263. Solomon, Charles. “Rhapsody in Blue: Fantasia’s 2000’s Jewel in the Crown.” Animation World. Dec. 1999, 4 pp. 7264. van Cleef, Pieter. “Prestigeproject voor Breed Publiek.” Stripschrift. April 2000, pp. 24-26. 372 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7265. van Willigen, Rein. “‘Re-animatie’ IN D-groot.” Stripschrift. Sept. 1988, pp. 19-22. 7266. Wasserman, Norman. “Special Projection Process Gives ‘Fantasia’ a New Look.” International Projectionist. March 1956, pp. 14-15. “Felix the Cat” 7267. Crafton, Donald. “Felix, Ovvero Felicità Felina.” Griffithiana. Maggio 1985, pp. 5-24. 7268. Langer, Mark. “Felix: The Twisted Tale of the World’s Most Famous Cat.” Film History. 5:2 (1993), pp. 253-255. 7269. Lyons, Mike. “The Many Lives of Felix the Cat.” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 20-22. 7270. “Mia Mao.” Enciclopedia dei Fumetti. Oct. 8, 1970, p. 160. 7271. Parker, Dana. “Come si Fanno i Cartoni Animati.” Griffithiana. Maggio 1985, pp. 49-51. 7272. “75 Lives.” Inklings. Winter 1995, p. 11. “FernGully” 7273. Counts, Kyle. “FernGully Tales.” Comics Scene. June 1992, pp. 61-64, 66. 7274. Howe, Desson. “Rain Forest Worth Saving.” Washington Post. April 10, 1992, p. 45. 7275. Marshall, Dave. “FernGully 2: The Magical Rescue – Getting the Money on the Screen.” Animation World. March 1998. 7276. Marshall, Dave and Phil Robinson. “FernGully 2: The Magical Rescue – Getting the Money on the Screen.” Animation World. March 1998, 5 pp. 7277. Maslin, Janet. “Children’s Animated Tale with Political Messages.” New York Times. April 10, 1992, p. C10. 7278. “Once Upon a Forest.” 1992 Screen Cartoonists Annual, p. 74. 7279. Rice, T.C. “Fern Gully…The Last Rainforest.” In-Toon. Spring 1992, p. 10. 7280. Solomon, Charles. “FernGully Delivers Ecology Message.” Los Angeles Times. April 10, 1992, p. F10. “Final Fantasy” 7281. Desowitz, Bill. “Final Fantasy: The Spirits Within.” Animation. March 2001, pp. 22-23. 7282. “Final Fantasy: The Spirits Within.” Animatoon. No. 35, 2002, p. 45. 7283. “Generating Synthetic Humanity in Final Fantasy.” Animation. Aug. 2001, p. 58. United States: Animation 373

7284. McCarthy, Todd. “Final Fantasy: The Spirits Within.” Variety. July 9- 15, 2001, p. 21. 7285. Monnet, Livia. “Invasion of the Movie Snatchers: Mimesis and Melancholia in Final Fantasy: The Spirits Within.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Farnham Castle, England, July 10-11, 2003. 7286. Park, John Edgar. “Behind the Scenes on Final Fantasy: The Spirits Within.” Animation World. Sept. 2001, pp. 7-8. 7287. Schwarzbaum, Lisa. “Keeping It Real.” Entertainment Weekly. July 20, 2001. “Finding Nemo” 7288. Ansen, David. “Freeing Nemo: A Whale of a Tale.” Newsweek. June 2, 2003, p. 44. 7289. Baillie, Russell. “Finding Nemo.” New Zealand Herald. Sept. 8, 2003. 7290. Beck, Jerry. “The Art of Finding Nemo.” Animation World. April 2003, pp. 58-59. 7291. Burr, Ty. “Many Fish in the Sea.” Boston Globe. May 30, 2003, pp. C1, C9. 7292. Canemaker, John. “When Animators Swim with the Fishes (but Live To Draw the Tale).” New York Times. May 11, 2003. 7293. Cohen, Karl F. “Finding the Right CG Water and Fish in Nemo.” Animation World. June 2003, pp. 58-63. 7294. Daly, Sean. “A League of Their Own.” Washington City Paper. May 30, 2003, p. 38. 7295. Holden, Stephen. “Vast Sea, Tiny Fish, Big Crisis.” New York Times. May 30, 2003, p. E1. 7296. Hornaday, Ann. “Go, Fish!” Washington Post. May 30, 2003. 7297. Kehr, Dave. “Finding His Inner Fish.” New York Times. May 30, 2003. 7298. Lammers, Tim. “‘Nemo’ Star Ratzenberger Hooked on Pixar Animation.” Channel4000.com. Nov. 21, 2003. 7299. Lane, Anthony. “Fishy Business: ‘Finding Nemo.’” The New Yorker. June 9, 2003, pp. 108-109. 7300. McCarthy, Todd. “Finding Nemo.” Variety. May 26-June 1, 2003, pp. 25, 39. 7301. “‘Nemo’ Bests ‘Lion King’ as Top Animated Film.” Reuters dispatch. Aug. 22, 2003. 7302. O’Sullivan, Michael. “‘Finding Nemo’: This Fish Story Is a Keeper.” Washington Post. May 30, 2003, p. 57. 7303. Zahed, Ramin. “Pixar Goes Fishing Swimming with the Fishes.” Animation. May 2003, pp. 30-31, 34. 374 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“Flash Gordon” 7304. Royer, Mike. “Mongo Mania: Flash Gordon Films.” Comic Crusader. No. 11, 1971, pp. 2-18. 7305. Royer, Mike and Cosgrove and Greim. “2nd Serial. Flash Gordon’s Trip to Mars.” Comic Crusader. No. 11, 1971, pp. 19-27. 7306. Royer, Mike and Martin Greim. “3nd Serial. Universal Pictures Co. Inc. Presents ‘Flash Gordon Conquers the Universe.’” Comic Crusader. No. 11, 1971, pp. 28-34. “Flintstones” 7307. Adams, T.R. The Flintstones: A Modern Age Phenomenon. Atlanta: Turner Publishing, 1994. 192 pp. 7308. “Big Freakin’ Flintstones Issue.” Bea & Eff. Summer 1994, 20 pp. 7309. Binstock, Andrew and David Burnette. “UNIX in Bedrock.” UNIX Review. July 1992, pp. 30-38. 7310. Bregman, Albert S. and Michael I. Mills. “Perceived Movement: The Flintstone Constraint.” Perception. 11:2 (1982), pp. 201-206. 7311. “Canli Devri.” Karikatürk. Temmuz 1994, p. 86. 7312. Fleming, T.J. “TV’s Most Unexpected Hit.” Saturday Evening Post. Dec. 2, 1961, pp. 62-66. 7313. “The Flintstones.” Variety. Oct. 5, 1960; Sept. 20, 1961; Sept. 19, 1962. 7314. Gould, J. “TV: Animated Cartoon.” New York Times. Oct. 1, 1960, p. 39. 7315. Gubernick, Lisa. “Fred Flintstone Does Not Look Like Mickey Mouse.” Forbes. March 5, 1990, pp. 41-42. 7316. James, Caryn. “The Flintstones.” New York Times. May 27, 1994, p. C- 1. 7317. Jones, Marty. “Yabba Dabba Draw! Storyboarding the Flintstones with Scott Shaw!” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 4, 1995, pp. 4-10. 7318. Magiera, M. “Flintstones Tie-ins Set for Summer.” Advertising Age. March 25, 1991, p. 49. 7319. Milan, Roberto and Pierfilippo Siena. “Anteprime & Backstage.” Eternaute. Sept. 1994, p. 104. 7320. O’Brien, Pamela Colby. “The Flintstones: Prime-Time Animation As a Case Study of Innovation in Television Network Programming.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 1995. 34 pp. 7321. Province, John. “Excavating Bedrock.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 9, 2001, pp. 84-96. 7322. Seides, G. “Review: The Flintstones.” March 18, 1961, p. 15. United States: Animation 375

7323. Stockman, T. “Discrediting the Past, Rubbishing the Future – A Critical Comparison of ‘The Flintstones’ and ‘The Jetsons.’” Journal of Educational Television. 20:1 (1994), pp. 27-38. 7324. “Stone Age Hero’s Smash Hit.” Life. Nov. 21, 1960, pp. 57-60. 7325. “ Devri Çikartmasi.” Karikatürk. No. 15, 1995, p. 176. “Freddie the Frog” 7326. Holden, Stephen. “Frog Prince Is James Bond, or Is That Poirot?” New York Times. Sept. 1, 1992, p. C11. 7327. Sherman, Betsy. “There’s Nothing Amusing About Freddie the Frog.” Boston Globe. Aug. 28, 1992, p. 53. 7328. Solomon, Charles. “Freddie Reptilian 007.” Los Angeles Times. Sept. 1, 1992, p. F8. “Futurama” 7329. Cziraky, Dan. “Futurama!” AnimeFantastique. Fall 1999, pp. 22-23. 7330. “Futurama.” Comics Scene. May 2000, p. 6. 7331. “Futurama.” Sight & Sound. June 1999, p. 28. 7332. Gaudiosi, John. “Futurama.” Washington Post. Aug. 17, 2003, p. F8. 7333. Hontz, Jenny. “Fox Goes to the Matt.” Variety. March 6, 1998, pp. 1, 79. 7334. Jankiewicz, Pat. “Voices of Futurama.” Comics Scene. May 2000, pp. 27-33. 7335. Richmond, Ray. “Futurama.” Variety. March 29/April 4, 1999, pp. 46- 47. 7336. Shumway, Matt ad Lamont Wayne. “Predicting the Future of Futurama.” Animation World. April 1999, 3 pp. 7337. Zahed, Ramin. “Is Futurama History?” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, p. 22. “Gary and Mike” 7338. Adalian, Josef and Michael Schneider. “Ailing TV Series Seek New Homes.” Variety. April 23, 2000. 7339. Fries, Laura. “Gary & Mike.” Variety. Jan. 1-7, 2001, p. 39. 7340. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Gary and Mike Hit the Road…and the Airwaves.” Animation. Jan. 2001, pp. 10-12. “George of the Jungle” 7341. “Faster Than a Speeding Pullet: The Super Chicken Pilots.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1991, pp. 4-5. 7342. “George of the Jungle Episode Guide.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1988, pp. 5-6. 376 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7343. “George of the Video Store!” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1992, p. 18. 7344. “The Greatest Swinger of Them All: The George of the Jungle Pilot.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1992, pp. 17-18. 7345. “Super Chicken Episode Guide.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1991, p. 3. 7346. “Watch Out for That Tree!” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1992, pp. 1-3. 7347. “When You Find Yourself in Danger.…” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1991, pp. 1-2. “God, the Devil and Bob” 7348. de Moraes, Lisa. “Two NBC Affiliates, Refusing To Play ‘God.’” Washington Post. March 7, 2000, p. C7. 7349. Gorman, Steve. “NBC Cancels ‘God, the Devil and Bob.’” Reuters dispatch, March 30, 2000. 7350. Huff, R. “‘God’ Is Dead as NBC Drops Series.” New York Daily News. March 31, 2000, p. 122. 7351. “NBC Cancels God, the Devil and Bob.” The Gazette (Montreal). April 1,2000, p. D4. 7352. O’Brien, Pamela C. “The Varying Effect of Controversy on Prime-Time Animation: Family Guy Versus God, the Devil and Bob.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 14, 2001. 7353. Schneider, Michael. “‘God’ Bow Righteous in Face of Boycott.” Variety. March 13-19, 2000, p. 38. 7354. Shales, Tom. “‘God, the Devil’: Sinfully Unfunny.” Washington Post. March 9, 2000, pp. C1, C7. 7355. Zahed, Ramin. “‘Bob’ Moves Heaven, Earth To Win Yucks.” Variety. March 6-12, 2000, p. 46. “Goofy” 7356. “The Craze for Goofy Nostalgia.” Cartoonews. No. 9, 1975, unpaginated. 7357. Fanning, Jim. “A Goofy History.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 21-23. 7358. O’Brien, Flora. Walt Disney’s Goofy: The Good Sport. Tuscon, AZ: HP Books, 1984. 7359. Walt Disney Productions. Goofy. Foreword by Steve Hulett, Introduction by Horst Schroeder. NY: Abbeville Press, 1979. 7360. Ware, Hames. “Hearing Voices: Somethin’ Goofy’s Goin’ On!” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 18-19, 69. United States: Animation 377

“Gumby” 7361. Cohen, Karl. “Gumby.” Animation Magazine. Summer 1988, pp. 8+. 7362. Dobbs, G. Michael. “The Clayboy Makes It to the Big Screen.” Animate! Spring 1995, pp. 41-42. 7363. Guthmann, Edward. “Gumby Film Has No Legs To Stand On.” San Francisco Chronicle. Dec. 1, 1995. 7364. Hamilton, Joan O’C. “You’ve Come a Long Way, Gumby.” Business Week. Dec. 8, 1986, p. 74. 7365. Kaplan, Louis and Scott Michaelson. Gumby: The Authorized Biography of the World’s Favorite Clayboy. NY: Harmony, 1986. 7366. “More on the Gumby Feature’s Inept Theatrical Distributor.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1996, p. 3. 7367. Rose, Matthew. “Kitchen Table Startups: Gumby Goes Catalog.” Direct Marketing. May 1987, pp. 52-56. “The Gummi Bears” 7368. Miller, Bob. “Adventures of the Gummi Bears.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 38-41. 7369. Miller, Bob. “Disney’s Gummi Bears: Still Number One!” Animato! Winter 1988, p. 7. “Hate” 7370. “New MTV Animated Series ‘Hate’ by Peter Bagge.” Penstuff. Aug. 1997, p. 9. 7371. “Weekly Animated ‘Hate’ Series To Begin on MTV.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 1, 1997, p. 8. “Heavy Metal” 7372. “Home Video: Heavy Metal da Columbia TriStar.” ASIFA Italia Notizie. March/April 1997, p. 6. 7373. Stewart, Bhob. “Heavy Metal on Film.” Heavy Metal. Nov. 1980, pp. 7- 9. “Hercules” 7374. The Art of Hercules. NY: Hyperion, 1997. 192 pp. 7375. Brady, Matt. “Hercules, Houdini, and Sequels Galore.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 1, 1997, p. 10. 7376. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Hercules Goes into Battle.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 32-35. 7377. Dutka, Elaine. “Weakness of ‘Hercules’ Poses Questions for Disney.” Philadelphia Inquirer. July 27, 1997, pp. F1, F16. 378 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7378. “Hearing from the Hercules Celebrities.” Animation Magazine. Sept. 1999, 4 pp. 7379. “Hercules Fun Facts.” Inklings. Spring 1998, p. 8. 7380. “Hercules: Old & New.” Toon News. Oct. 1997, p. 1. 7381. “Hercules TV Series in Production.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 6. 7382. Littleton, Cynthia. “‘Herc’ Hits ABC Ayem.” Variety. Jan. 12, 1998, p. 34. 7383. Meyts, Rein. “De Moraal van Disney.” Plateau. 18:4 (1997), p. 13. 7384. Peters, Jenny. “Hercules: Having the Strength To Soar.” Animation. July 1997, pp. 16-19. 7385. Peters, Jenny. “Voicing the Characters.” Animation. July 1997, p. 19. 7386. Rebello, Stephen. The Art of Hercules: The Chaos of Creation. NY: Hyperion, 1997. 7387. Reed, Thomas. E. “Hercules and Xena: the Battle for Mount Olympus.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 58-59. 7388. Rundin, John. “Hercules Comes to the Suburban Octoplex.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 58-59. “Hey Arnold!” 7389. Barbagallo, Ron. “Animation Collector: Craig Bartlett’s Birth of Arnold.” Animation. Oct. 1998, pp. 70-72. 7390. Berger, Samantha. “My Dinner with Arnold.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 8-10. 7391. Foundas, Scott. “Hey Arnold! The Movie.” Variety. May 20-26, 2002, p. 27. 7392. Barbagallo, Ron. “Big Problem? Get a Big Head. Arnold Saves the Hood.” Animation. June 2002, p. 29. “The Hunchback of Notre Dame” 7393. Gerard, Jeremy. “Disney Takes a Walk on the Dark Side.” Variety. June 17-23, 1996, p. 51. 7394. Hatch, David. “Literary and Historical Interpretation in Disney’s The Hunchback of Notre Dame.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 8, 1998. 7395. “Hunchback.” Plateau. 18:3 (1997), p. 15. 7396. “The Hunchback of Notre Dame.” Asiaweek. July 12, 1996, p. 39. 7397. “‘The Hunchback of Notre Dame.’” Toon Art Times (Sydney). Dec. 1995, p. 3. 7398. Klady, Leonard. “Studios Flog Family Values.” Variety. July 1-14, 1996, pp. 7, 10. 7399. Meyts, Rein. “The Hunchback of Notre Dame.” Plateau. 17:4 (1996), pp. 4-9. United States: Animation 379

7400. Peters, Jenny. “The CG Connection.” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 42-43. 7401. Peters, Jenny. “Hunchback of Notre Dame: Ooh La La! Hunchback Gets Animated and It’s an International Affair.” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 36-40, 42-43. 7402. Rebello, Stephen. The Art of The Hunchback of Notre Dame. NY: Hyperion, 1996. 200 pp. 7403. Siskel, Gene. “A Heroic Hunchback and a Maritime Martyr.” TV Guide. March 14, 1998, p. 14. 7404. Townsend, Emru. “Lip Sync: The Hunchback of Notre Disney.” fps. Summer 1996, pp. 4-5. “Hungry Artist” 7405. Cohen, Karl. “Tom Gibbons’ ‘The Hungry Artist’ is an Exceptional Translation of Kafka and German Expressionism into Stop-Motion Film.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2002, pp. 5-6. 7406. “Tom Gibbons’ ‘Hungry Artist’ Gets Another Rave Review.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2002, p. 1. “Ice Age” 7407. Baltake, Joe. “Looney Existentialism: Ice Age.” National Post. March 15, 2002, p. PMl. 7408. Deneroff, Harvey. “Making Ice Age.” Animatoon. No. 37, 2002, pp. 32- 39. 7409. Desowitz, Bill. “Blue Sky Comes Out of the Ice Age for Fox.” Animation. March 2002, pp. 34-37. 7410. Donkin, John C. “Coming Out of the Ice Age.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 25-27. 7411. Leydon, Joe. “Ice Age.” Variety. March 18-24, 2002, pp. 23, 30. 7412. Lyons, Charles and Dave McNary. “‘Ice’ Heats Prospects for Fox Toons.” Variety. March 25-31, 2002, pp. 12, 14. “The Incredible Hulk” 7413. Hunter, Stephen. “The Funny Thing About Animation.…The Computer- Imagery Wizards of ‘Hulk’ Ought To Study the Wile E. Ways of the Past.” Washington Post. June 29, 2003, p. No. 1. 7414. “The Incredible Hulk Premiering This Fall on UPN Kids.” Animato! Summer 1996, p. 61. 7415. Lavernoich, John L. “The Incredible Hulk Leaps from Comics to Animation to Live-Action and Back Again.” Comic Buyer’s Guide. July 18, 1997, p. 54. 380 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7416. Petriken, Chris. “U Has ‘Hulk’ Take a Seat.” Variety. March 2, 1998, pp. 1, 38. 7417. Robertson, Barbara. “State of the Art: Capturing Ang’s Inner Hulk.” Animation. Oct. 2003, pp. 56-57. 7418. “Seeing (and Eating) Green.” Animation. April 2003, p. 63. 7419. Zahed, Ramin. “Crouching Monster, Hidden Hero.” Animation. June 2003, pp. 12-14. “Inspector Gadget” 7420. Kaufman, Debra. “Putting the Gadgets into the Inspector.” Animation. Aug. 1999, p. 79. 7421. Michaels, Anthony. “Gadget: the Inspector Turns Ten.” Toon Magazine. Fall 1993, p. 10. “The Iron Giant” 7422. Bird, Brad. “Director and After Effects: Storyboarding Innovations on The Iron Giant.” Animation World. Nov. 1998, 4 pp. 7423. “A Boy and His Robot.” Toon. Summer 1999, pp. 28-33. 7424. “Brad Bird, Iron Giant, Soar at 27th Annual Annie Awards.” Animation. Dec. 1999, pp. 37-38. 7425. Hart, Chris. “Animated Film Review: The Iron Giant.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1999, pp. 78-82. 7426. “‘The Iron Giant’ Fails at Box Office.” Animatoon. No. 21, 1999, pp. 53-54. 7427. “The Iron Giant Tops Annie Winners.” The AWN Spotlight. Nov. 11, 1999, p. 3. 7428. Joris, Luc. “The Iron Giant: Staalharde Vriendschap.” Plateau. 21:3 (2000), pp. 30-31. 7429. Loewenstein, Lael. “The Iron Giant.” Variety. July 26-Aug. 1, 1999, pp. 33-34. 7430. Lyons, Mike. “Break with the Past: The Fifties Is the Future for Warner’s Iron Giant.” AnimeFantastique. Fall 1999, p. 5. 7431. “The Making of the Iron Giant.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, p. 85. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 7432. Maltin, Leonard and Brad Bird. “The Making of The Iron Giant.” Presentation at World Animation Celebration, Hollywood, CA, June 3, 2000. 7433. Miller, Bob. “Lean, Mean Fighting Machine: How Brad Bird Made the Iron Giant.” Animation World. Aug. 1999, 7 pp. 7434. Peters, Jenny. “Warner Bros. Feature Animation Makes Gigantic Strides.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 12-15. United States: Animation 381

“James and the Giant Peach” 7435. Cohen, Karl. “Henry Selick’s James and the Giant Peach Opens April 12.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 1996, pp. 1-3. 7436. Deneroff, Harvey. “James and the Giant Peach.” The Animation Report. March/April 1996, pp. 10-11. 7437. Gerard, Jeremy. “Disney Cooks Up ‘Peach’ of a Toon Tuner Concoction.” Variety. April 8-14, 1996, pp. 58, 61. 7438. Halsberghe, Greet, Rein Meyts, and Geert Vergauwe. [“James and the Giant Peach”]. Plateau. 17:3 (1996), pp. 18-22. 7439. “James, Nightmare e il Musical.” ASIFA Italia Notizie. Jan./Feb. 1997, p. 6. 7440. Malmquist, Allen. “James and the Giant Peach: The Journey from Dahl to Disney.” Animation. April 1996, pp. 26-27, 53. 7441. Meyts, Rein. “James and the Giant Peach.” Plateau. 17:2 (1996), pp. 16- 19. “The Jetsons” 7442. Alexander, Michael. “Rut-Roh! High-Tech Helps the Jetsons.” Computerworld. July 30, 1990, p. 16. 7443. Fitzgerald, Kate and Julie Liesse. “Jetsons Fly into Hot Licensing Year.” Advertising Age. July 16, 1990, p. 43. 7444. “The Jetsons.” Variety. Sept. 26, 1962. 7445. Moore, Scott. “Back to the Future.” Washington Post TV Week. Dec. 26, 1999, p. 6. 7446. Moore, Scott. “‘Jetsons’ Meet Real Life.” The Tennessean. Dec. 23, 1999, p. C-F. “Jimmy Neutron” 7447. DeMott, Rick. “The Rise of Jimmy Neutron.” Animation World. Dec. 2001, pp. 9-12. 7448. Deneroff, Harvey. “Jimmy Neutron, Boy Genius.” Animatoon. No. 36, 2002, pp. 18-21. 7449. Desowitz, Bill. “Jimmy Neutron: Boy Genius.” Animation. Dec. 2001, pp. 30-32. 7450. “Jimmy Neutron.” Animation. March 2001, p. 12. 7451. McCarthy, Todd. “‘Neutron’: Blast for Kids.” Variety. Dec. 24-Jan. 6, 2002, pp. 20, 26. 7452. Robinson, Chris. “Jimmy Neutron – An Atomic Reaction.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 29-31. 7453. Wolff, Ellen. “‘Neutron’ Speed Warps to New Digital Domain.” Variety. Aug. 6-12, 2001, p. 33. 382 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“Jonah – A Veggie Tales Movie” 7454. Ball, Ryan. “Box Office Roughage: Greens Hit the Big Screen in Jonah: A Veggie Tales Movie.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, pp. 52-53. 7455. “Big Idea Productions Has a New Veggie Tales Episode out ‘The Star of Christmas.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2002, p. 3. 7456. “Big Idea’s Veggie Tale Feature Should Be A Modest Hit.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2002, p. 3. 7457. Bloom, David. “Artisan Takes ‘Jonah’ to B.O. Masses.” Variety. Sept. 30-Oct. 6, 2002, p. 8. 7458. Deneroff, Harvey. “Jonah – A Veggie Tales Movie.” Animatoon. No. 40, 2002, pp. 46-47. 7459. DiOrio, Carl. “‘Veggie’ Pix Keeping It Lean and Green.” Variety. Dec. 2-8, 2002, p. 6. 7460. Leydon, Joe. “Jonah: A Veggie-tales Movie.” Variety. Oct. 7-13, 2002, p. 22. 7461. Nichols, Peter M. “Jonah: A Veggie Tales Movie.” New York Times. Nov. 1, 2002. 7462. “Veggie Tales Makes Healthy Jump to Big Screen.” Animation. May 2002, p. 41. “Jonny Quest” 7463. Ferriter, Christine. “Jonny’s Back.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 36, 44. 7464. Mallory, Michael. “Turner Pushing ‘Quest’ Big-Time.” Variety. June 19-25, 1995, p. 54. 7465. Mendoza, N.F. “Heeeeere’s Jonny!” Animation Magazine. Oct. 1996, pp. 22-23, 26. 7466. Van Hise, James. “Jonny Quest – Part 1.” Comics Feature. July 1986, pp. 38-41. “Joseph: King of Dreams” 7467. Desowitz, Bill. “Joseph: King of Dreams.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 37. 7468. Leydon, Joe. “Joseph: King of Dreams.” Variety. Nov. 13-19, 2000, p. 24. 7469. Ramirez, Robert. “Out of Character: The Making of Joseph.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 63-66. “Journey to the Beginning of Time” 7470. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Journey to the Beginning of Time.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, p. 8. United States: Animation 383

“The Jungle Book” 7471. Galupo, Scott. “‘Book 2’ Is Delightful Page in ‘Jungle’ Tale.” Washington Times. Feb. 14, 2003. 7472. Horwitz, Jane. “A Noisier ‘Jungle’ Trail.” Washington Post. Feb. 14, 2003. 7473. McCarthy, Todd. “The Jungle Book 2.” Variety. Feb. 17-23, 2003, p. 40. 7474. Metcalf, Greg. “‘It’s a Jungle Book Out There, Kid!’: The Sixties in Walt Disney’s The Jungle Book.” Studies in Popular Culture. 14:1 (1991), pp. 85-97. 7475. O’Sullivan, Michael. “Nothing New in ‘Jungle Book 2.’” Washington Post. Feb. 14, 2003, p. 6. “Jurassic Park” 7476. Bissette, Stephen R. “Jurassic Park Surpasses Expectations.” Animato! Spring 1993, pp. 10-11, 63. 7477. Cholodenko, Alan. “‘Objects in Mirror Are Closer Than They Appear’: The Virtual Reality of Jurassic Park and Jean Baudrillard – Part I.” Paper presented at Australia’s Second International Conference on Animation, Sydney, Australia, March 3, 1995. 7478. “Jurassic Park III: Building a Better CG Dinosaur.” Animation. Aug. 2001, p. 56. 7479. Robertson, Barbara. “State of the Art: Planting Feet in JPIII.” Animation. Sept. 2002, pp. 42, 44. “Justice League” 7480. Allstetter, Rob. “An Animated Justice League?” Comic Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 8, 2000, p. 12. 7481. Beck, Jerry. “TV Review: Justice League Is Finally Here.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 69-70. 7482. Desowitz, Bill. “Justice League to the Rescue on Cartoon Network: the Timing Couldn’t Be Better.” Animation. Nov. 2001, pp. 5-6. 7483. Fritz, Steve. “Not Your Father’s SuperFriends: Cartoon Network’s Justice League.” Comic Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 2, 2001, pp. 38-39. 7484. Oei, Lily. “Cartoon’s ‘League’ Leaps and Bounds.” Variety. Oct. 27- Nov. 2, 2003, p. 27. “Kim Possible” 7485. Barbagallo, Ron. “Possibly Perfect: Retro Styling for Disney’s Kim Possible.” Animation. July 2002, p. 21. 384 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7486. Hernandez, Greg. “Mission: Kim Possible for Disney Company Looks to TV Arm.” Los Angeles Daily News. Feb. 20, 2003. “The King and I” 7487. Deneroff, Harvey. “‘The King and I’ Gets Animated.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 52-53. 7488. Deneroff, Harvey. “Making ‘The King and I’: An Interview with Richard Rich.” Animatoon. No. 17, 1999, pp. 68-73. 7489. Felperin, Leslie. “The King and I.” Sight and Sound. July 1999, pp. 42- 43. 7490. Gannaway, Ilene R. “Whistle a Happy ‘Toon’ – A Review of the King and I.” Animation World. April 1999, 4 pp. 7491. “‘King and I’ Goes Ani.” Variety. May 23-29, 1994, p. 7. 7492. Lyons, Mike. “The King and I: What Hath Psycho Wrought?” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, pp. 56-57. 7493. Mallory, Michael. “‘King’: Royal Treatment.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, p. A6. “King of the Hill” 7494. Adalian, Josef. “‘King’ Ascends to Fox Crown.” Variety. Aug. 12-18, 2002, p. 15. 7495. Allstetter, Rob. “‘King of the Hill’ Renewed for Fourth Season.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 18, 1998, p. 10. 7496. Bierbaum, Tom. “‘King’ Hot, ‘Costello’ Is Not.” Variety. Sept. 21-27, 1998, p. 40. 7497. Frankenhoff, Brent. “I Tell Ya What: A King of the Hill Episode Guide.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 30, 1998, p. 30. 7498. Groves, Don. “Pre-Holiday Slump Can’t Stop ‘King.’” Variety. Dec. 19, 1994 – Jan. 1, 1995, p. 18. 7499. Littleton, Cynthia. “‘King of the Hill’ Climbs Fox O&O’s.” Variety. May 4-10, 1998, p. 39. 7500. Littleton, Cynthia. “‘King’s’ Clearance Hill Grows into Mountain.” Variety. Aug. 10-16, 1998, p. 21. 7501. Nollinger, Mark. “King Makers.” TV Guide. July 12, 1997, pp. 34-39. 7502. Richmond, Ray. “Fox Raises Some ‘Hill.’” Daily Variety. Feb. 9, 1998, p. 2. 7503. Schlosser, J. “King Poised To Beat Bart.” Broadcasting & Cable. June 22, 1998, p. 48. 7504. Tucker, Ken. “Texas Two-Step.” Entertainment Weekly. Jan. 5, 2001, pp. 56-57. 7505. “Voter on the Hill.” The Economist. July 25, 1998, p. 32. United States: Animation 385

“Lady and the Tramp” 7506. Hanson, Kristin. “Learning To Be a Proper Bitch: The Ideology of the Symbolic Order in Lady and the Tramp.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. 7507. “‘Lady and the Tramp.’” Toon Art Times (Sydney). Dec. 1992, p. 1. 7508. Leydon, Joe. “Lady and the Tramp II: Scamp’s Adventure.” Variety. March 5-11, 2001, p. 42. “The Land Before Time” 7509. “The Land Before Time.” Plateau. Summer 1989, p. 17. 7510. Van Os, Arco. “Premiere Het Land voor Onze Jaartelling.” Stripschrift. June 1989, pp. 8-10. “Liberty’s Kids” 7511. DellaFranzia, Tara. “WHYY Airs This ‘Revolutionary’ New Children’s Series with an All-Star Cast.” WHYY Applause. Sept. 2002, p. 5. 7512. Fletcher, Jennifer and Jessica Taylor. “Liberty’s Kids Teaches Lessons That Children Can Learn from Today.” WHYY Applause. Sept. 2002, p. 11. “Lilo & Stitch” 7513. Beck, Jerry. “Disney’s Magic Returns: Lilo & Stitch.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 11-13. 7514. Corliss, Richard. “Stitch in Time? Can This Disney Cartoon Save Traditional Animation?” Time. June 24, 2002. 7515. Desowitz, Bill. “Swept Away: The Making of Lilo & Stitch.” Animation. June 2002, pp. 30-32, 34. 7516. DiOrio, Carl. “Summer Sizzling: Spidey, ‘Scooby,’ ‘Lilo’ Bolster Sequel-Heavy Skeds.” Variety. July 15-21, 2002, p.12. 7517. “The Further Adventure of Experiment 626.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, p. 10. 7518. Gallo, Phil. “Soundtrack Checks into Hiatt Hotel.” Variety. July 15-21, 2002, pp. 9, 13. 7519. “Is Disney’s Latest Feature a Hit?” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 2002, pp. 5-6. 7520. McCarthy, Todd. “Lilo’s Loose & Likable.” Variety. June 24-30, 2002, pp. 25, 31. 7521. Nichols, Peter M. “Older Films Out on DVD.” New York Times. Nov. 29, 2002. 7522. Osmond, Andrew. “Lilo & Stitch Revisited: Part 1.” Animation World. Dec. 2002, pp. 16-22. 386 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7523. Osmond, Andrew. “Lilo & Stitch Revisited: Part II.” Animation World. Jan. 2003, pp. 25-29. “The Lion King” 7524. Alleva, Richard. “The Beasts of Summer: ‘Lion King’ and ‘Wolf.’” Commonweal. Aug. 19, 1994, pp. 18-20. 7525. Beam, John and Claude J. Pelletier. “Cartoon Reviews.” Protoculture Addicts. July-Aug. 1994, pp. 30-32. (“The Lion King,” “Another Quick Review”). 7526. Bernard, Jamie. “Disney’s ‘Lion King’ Roars out of Africa.” New York Daily News. June 12, 1994, News Bank, p. G-3, G-5. 7527. Brodesser, Claude. “‘Lion King’s’ Empire Grows.” Variety. April 8, 1998, pp. 1, 15. 7528. Burress, Charles. “Disney – ‘Lion’ Is Original.” San Francisco Chronicle. July 14, 1994, p. D-1. 7529. Busch, Anita M. “Disney’s ‘Lion’ in Winter.” Variety. Aug. 15-21, 1994, pp. 7, 12. 7530. Cochran, Connor F. “Hans Zimmer and the Music of the Lion King.” Roland Users Group. 12:2 (1994), pp. 30-37. 7531. Corliss, Richard. “The Lion Roars.” Time. June 20, 1994, pp. 58-60. 7532. “Disney’in Yeni Kahramani ‘Ormanlar Krali.’” Karikatürk. Ağustos 1994, p. 103. 7533. Dobbs, G. Michael. “An Animato! Review: The Lion King.” Animato! Summer 1994, p. 25. 7534. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 30, 1998, pp. 54, 56. 7535. Fanning, Jim. “Directing The Lion King.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 56-58, 60-62. 7536. Finch, Christopher. The Art of The Lion King. NY: Hyperion, 1994. 194 pp. 7537. Fitzgerald, Kate. “‘Lion’ Is King of Licensing Jungle: From Box Office to Burgers, Movie Is a Hit.” Advertising Age. July 14, 1994, p. 8. 7538. Foster, David. “The ‘Lion King’ Falls Prey to Howls of Sexism, Racism.” Chicago Tribune. July 26, 1994, p. 3. 7539. “Geen Disney.” Stripschrift. March 1995, p. 31. 7540. Gerard, Jeremy. “‘Lion King’ Enters Ani Royalty.” Variety. June 13-19, 1994, p. 52. 7541. Groves, Don. “‘Lion’ King of O’seas Box Office.” Variety. July 11-17, 1994, pp. 14, 16. 7542. Groves, Don. “O’seas B.O. Year Enters Like ‘Lion.’” Variety. Jan. 9-15, 1995, p. 18. 7543. Harvey, R.C. “Aaron Blaise and the Lion King: Disney Animation in Orlando.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1994, pp. 21-29. United States: Animation 387

7544. Hettrick, Scott. “‘Lion King’ to Video March 3.” Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 27-29, 1995, pp. 1, 58. 7545. Hofmeister, Sallie. “Disney To Put ‘Lion King’ into Early Hibernation.” New York Times. Aug. 13, 1994, pp. 1, 37. 7546. Hofmeister, Sallie. “In the Realm of Marketing, ‘The Lion King’ Rules.” New York Times. July 12, 1994. 7547. Ingoglia, Gina. Disney’s The Lion King. NY: Disney, 1994. 7548. Kehr, Dave. “The Lion Evolves.” New York Times. Dec. 27, 2002. 7549. Klady, Leonard. “Disney Takes ‘Lion’s’ Share of ’94 Boffo B.O.” Variety. Jan. 9-15, 1995, pp. 13, 20. 7550. “‘Lion’ Animation Kingpin.” Variety. June 22-28, 1998, p. 21. 7551. “‘Lion’ Vid Wows with Huge Sales Numbers.” Variety. March 13-19, 1995, p. 26. 7552. Lipson, Edna R. “A Better Reason To Fear ‘The Lion King.’” New York Times. July 10, 1994, late ed., sec. 4, p. 2. 7553. Lünstedt, Heiner. “Zwischen Katzenkino und dem Bewegten Asterix.” Comic Forum. Dec. 1994, pp. 67-69. 7554. Lyons, Mike. “The Lion King’s ‘Mane’ Men.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 54-55. 7555. Maslin, Janet. “The Hero Within the Child Within.” New York Times. June 15, 1994, late ed., p. C-11. 7556. Maslin, Janet. “The Lion King.” New York Times. June 15, 1994, p. C- 11. 7557. “Musical Episode of Timon and Pumbaa Yields Big Ratings.” Animato! Spring 1997, p. 14. 7558. Neal, Jim. “Sex ‘Found’ in ‘The Lion King.’” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 3, 1995, p. 40. 7559. Rafferty, Terrence. “No Pussycat.” New Yorker. June 20, 1994, pp. 86- 89. 7560. Rang, Amy. “Disney’s The Lion King As Hamlet in the Jungle.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 26, 1996. 7561. Rea, Steven. “Mane Attraction.” TV Guide. Oct. 31, 1998, pp. 34-35. 7562. Roth, Matt. “A Short History of Disney-fascism: The Lion King.” Jump Cut. No. 40, pp. 15-20. 7563. Rubenstein, Carin. “Parent and Child: Debating the Violence in ‘Lion King.’” New York Times. July 14, 1994, late ed., p. C8. 7564. Spark, Ronald. “The Disney Super Hit These Cranks Don’t Want You To See: Entertainment, Crackpot Critics Give the ‘Sexist and Racist’ Lion King a Mauling.” Mail on Sunday. Aug. 7, 1994, p. 44. 7565. Susman, Carolyn. “A Disney Dilemma.” Palm Beach (Florida) Post. Oct. 25, 1994, p. 1D. 388 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7566. Sweeney, Gael. “‘What Do You Want Me To Do, Dress in Drag and Do the Hula?’: Pumbaa and Timon’s Alternative Life Style Dilemma in Disney’s The Lion King.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 29, 1995. 7567. Ward, Annalee R. “The Lion King’s Mythic Narrative.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. 23:4 (1996), pp. 171-178. 7568. Weintraub, Bernard. “Disney’s ‘Lion,’ King of the Summer Box Office.” New York Times. June 27, 1994. “Little Lulu” 7569. Benzel, Jan. [Review]. New York Times dispatch in San Francisco Chronicle. Sept. 26, 1995. 7570. “I Love Lulu: An Episode Guide to The Little Lulu Show.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 28-29. 7571. “The Little Lulu.” Animatoon. No. 22, 1999, pp. 40-41. 7572. “Lollapa-Lulu.” TV Guide. Sept. 16, 1995, p. 42. 7573. “Lulupalooza: A Lulu Lifeline.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, p. 28. 7574. “The New Cinar Little Lulu Cartoons on HBO.” Hollywood Eclectern. No. 14, 1995, p. 3. 7575. Wilson, Gord. “HalleLulu! Little Lulu Conquers the Small Screen.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 25-29. “The Little Mermaid” 7576. Arnold, Derek D. “Under the C(onscious): A Freudian Analysis of Walt Disney’s The Little Mermaid.” Paper presented at Eastern Communication Association, Baltimore, MD, April 10, 1997. 7577. Colless, Edward. “Between the Legs of the Mermaid.” Paper presented at Australia’s Second International Conference on Animation, Sydney, Australia, March 5, 1995. 7578. Cravens, G. “The Little Mermaid.” Nation. May 11, 1992, pp. 638-640. 7579. d’Hondt, Ivan. “The Little Mermaid.” Plateau. Winter 1990, pp. 5-7. 7580. Leydon, Joe. “The Little Mermaid II: Return to the Sea.” Variety. Sept. 25-Oct. 1, 2000, p. 62. 7581. Magiera, Marcy. “‘Mermaid’ Aims To Reel in Adults.” Advertising Age. Oct. 16, 1989, p. 24. 7582. Parys, Michel. “De Tijd van de Animatiefilm Is Terug.” Plateau. Spring 1980, pp. 13-14. 7583. Reid-Walsh, Jacqueline. “Under the Sea: Disney’s Little Mermaid As a Feminist Text.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 1995. United States: Animation 389

7584. Trites, Roberta. “Disney’s Sub/Version of Andersen’s The Little Mermaid.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Winter 1991, pp. 145-152. 7585. van Willigen, Rein. “De Kleine Zeemeermin. Mooiste Tekenfilm Ooit Gemaakt.” Stripschrift. Dec. 1990, pp. 17-19. 7586. White, Susan. “Split Skins: Female Agency and Bodily Mutilation in The Little Mermaid.” In Film Theory Goes to the Movies, edited by Jim Collins, Hilary Radner, and Ava P. Collins. NY: Routledge, 1993. “The Living Desert” 7587. “The Living Desert.” Newsweek. Nov. 23, 1953, p. 100. 7588. “The Living Desert.” Time. Nov. 16, 1953, p. 108. 7589. “The Living Desert.” Variety. Oct. 7, 1953, p. 6. “Looney Tunes: Back in Action” 7590. Breznican, Anthony. “‘Looney Tunes’ Takes Some Aggravation Out of Animation.” Associated Press release. Nov. 12, 2003. 7591. Deneroff, Harvey. “Looney Tunes Back in Action, and Other Coming Attractions.” Animatoon. No. 41, 2003, pp. 12-15. 7592. Kanfer, Stefan. “Loonier Toon Tales.” Time. April 13, 1992, p. 79. 7593. Lowry, Brian. “Looney Tunes: Back in Action.” Variety. Nov. 17-23, 2003, p. 35. 7594. Mallory, Michael. “Bring ’Em Back Alive and in Character.” Animation. Dec. 2003, pp. 12-15. 7595. “Sufferin’ Succotash! Sprint Brings Looney Tunes Back in Action to PCS Vision (SM) Customers.” PR Newswire release. Oct. 16, 2003. “Lord of the Rings” 7596. “Lord of the Rings.” Animatoon. No. 34, 2001, p. 88. 7597. Robertson, Barbara. “State of the Art: Hat Tricks in The Lord of the Rings” Animation. Nov. 2002, pp. 48, 50. 7598. Thompson, Kristin. “The Computer Meets Tolkiens ‘Feigned History’: Special Effects in The Lord of the Rings.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Farnham Castle, England, July 10, 2003. “Lost Worlds” 7599. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Milestone Releases Definitive Lost Worlds and Winsor McCay Tapes.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 14-15, 61. 7600. Guldin, Jere. “The Lost World.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 27- 29. 390 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“Max Steel” 7601. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Kids’ WB! Goes CG with Max Steel.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 67, 73. 7602. “High-Tech ‘Max Steel.’” Variety. Jan. 17-23, 2000, p. N19. “Men in Black” 7603. “Men in Black.” Animation. March 1998, p. 70. 7604. “Men in Black.” Animation World. Jan. 2001, pp. 47-48. 7605. “Men in Black.” Plateau. 18:3 (1997), p. 14. “Merrie Melodies” 7606. Bertieri, Claudio. “Le ‘Merrie Melodies’ al Moma.” Comic Art. Feb. 1986, p. 40. 7607. Roberts, Jerry. “Walt’s 50-Year-Old ‘Melody’ Needs Fine-Tuning.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, p. A28. “Mickey Mouse” 7608. “Against Mickey Mouse.” Living Age. Oct. 1931, p. 183. 7609. Ashland, Howard. The New Mickey Mouse Club Book. NY: Grossett and Dunlap, 1977. 7610. Asper, Helmut G. “Im Reich der Micky Maus. Film-Exilanten im Disney-Studio – 2. Teil.” Film-dienst. Feb. 2000, pp. 48-51. 7611. Bart, Peter. “Mickey’s Billion $ Boo-boo.” Variety. May 24-30, 1999, pp. 1, 4. 7612. Blake, Peter. “The City Politic: Mickey Mouse Solution.” New York. July 21, 1975, pp. 9-10. 7613. Boone, Andrew R. “Mickey Mouse Goes Classical.” Popular Science. Jan. 1941, pp. 65-67. 7614. Bowles, Jerry. Forever Hold Your Banner High: The Story of the Mickey Mouse Club and What Happened to the Mouseketeers. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1976. 7615. Bradbury, Ray. “The Man with the Mickey Mouse Obsession.” Observer. Jan. 13, 1980, pp. 32-33+. 7616. Braver-Mann, Barnet G. “Mickey Mouse and His Playmates.” Review of Reviews (London). April 1931, pp. 81-82. 7617. Bravermann, Barnet G. “Mickey Mouse and His Playmates.” Theater Guild Magazine. March 1931, p. 17. 7618. Brewster, Todd A. “Happy Birthday, Dear Mickey Mouse.” Americana. Nov./Dec. 1978, pp. 52-57. 7619. Brok, Har. “Mickey Mouse als Oorlogsvrijwilliger.” Stripschrift. Nos. 90/91, 1976. Insert. United States: Animation 391

7620. Browning, Peter. “Mickey Mouse in the Mountains.” Harper’s. March 1972, pp. 65-71. 7621. Carr, Harry. “The Only Unpaid Movie Star.” American. March 1931, pp. 55-57+. 7622. Chesmore, Stuart. “The Story of ‘Mickey Mouse.’” In Behind the Cinema Screen, by Stuart Chesmore, pp. 62-68. London: Nelson, 1934. 7623. Clark, Randall. “The Mouse and the Movies.” Paper presented at International Comics and Animation Festival, Bethesda, MD, Sept. 25, 1998. 7624. Cosulich, Oscar and Rinaldo Traini. “Cartoon Prima dei Codici: Trasgressivi Come Topolino.” Programma Lucca 92. 1992, pp. 66-67. 7625. Crafton, Donald. “Mickey Mouse on Broadway.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 30, 1995. 7626. Daugherty, Frank. “Mickey Mouse Comes of Age.” Christian Science Monitor. Feb. 2, 1938, pp. 8-9. 7627. De Laet, Danny. “De Come Back van ene Mickey Muis.” Plateau. Winter 1983, p. 27. 7628. “De Muis Is Al Vijftig!” Striprofiel. Winter 1978/1979, p. 39. 7629. D’Hondt, Ivan. “Mickey Is Sixty!” Plateau. Winter 1988, pp. 3-9. 7630. Disney, Walt. “Mickey Mouse Presents.” In We Make Movies, edited by Nancy Naumburg, pp. 253-271. NY: Norton, 1937. 7631. “Disney Plans To Put a New Mickey Mouse Show on TV.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 1997, p. 6. 7632. “Een Half Uurtje Kotsen.” Striprofiel. Winter 1978/1979, pp. 13-14. 7633. Ekhart, Jaap. “‘Ik Werd Geobsedeerd door Mickey Mouse.’” Stripschrift. Feb. 1989, pp. 14-16. 7634. “El Mundo Magico de Mickey Mouse.” ASIFA Catalonia Noticies. May-June 1995, p. 6. 7635. Forster, E.M. “Mickey and Minnie.” In Abinger Harvest, p. 53. London: 1936. Also in Spectator (London). Jan. 19, 1934, pp. 81-82. 7636. Fossati, Franco. Topolino. Rome: Gammalibri, 1980. 7637. Gallo, Phil. “Mickey Mouse Works.” Variety. May 3-9, 1999, p. 80. 7638. Gerstein, David A. “Mickey Mouse: Portrait of the Artist as a Young Mouse.” Animato! Spring 1997, pp. 26-36. 7639. Goldberger, Paul. “Mickey Mouse Teaches the Architects.” New York Times. Oct. 22, 1972, pp. 40-41+. 7640. Gottfredson, Floyd. “Mickey Mouse and Me.” Illustrator. Fall 1976, pp. 4-7+. 7641. Gould, Stephen J. “A Biological Homage to Mickey Mouse.” In The Panda’s Thumb. NY: 1982. 7642. Gould, Stephen J. “Mickey Mouse Meets Konrad Lorenz.” Natural History. May 1979, pp. 30-35. 392 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7643. Grant, Jack. “He’s Mickey Mouse’s Voice and Master.” Movie Classic. Nov. 1933, pp. 30, 74, 75. 7644. Grendahl, Spencer. “The Mickey Mouse Trap.” Crawdaddy. Feb. 1977, pp. 42-47. 7645. Hamilton, Sara. “Mickey and Minnie.” Motion Picture (Chicago). May 1931, pp. 44-45. 7646. Hamilton, Sara. “The True Story of Mickey Mouse.” Movie Mirror. Dec. 1931, pp. 100-101+. 7647. “Happy Birthday [sic] Mickey, the World’s Greatest Salesman.” Marketing Week. May 26, 1978, pp. 20-23. 7648. Harlet, Paul. “A Propos de la Nouvelle Serie de MICKEY.” Le Collectionneur de Bandes Dessinées. Sept. 1978, pp. 14-16. 7649. Heide, Robert and John Gilman. Mickey Mouse: The Evolution, the Legend, the Phenomenon! Disney, 2001. 192 pp. 7650. Holson, Laura M. “No Golden Years Yet for a 75-Year-Old Mouse.” New York Times. Nov. 24, 2003. 7651. Hornblower, Margot. “Beyond Mickey Mouse.” Time International. Nov. 1993, pp. 43-47. 7652. Horton, Liz. “No Mickey Mouse Publisher.” Folio. April 1990, pp. 57- 58. 7653. “How Mickey Mouse Came About.” National Board of Review Magazine. Oct. 1931, pp. 5-7. 7654. Klein, Norman M. “Mickey.” Journal. Jan. 1979, pp. 29-35. 7655. Laura, Ernesto G. “Topolino di Carta, Topolino di Celluloide: Otto Anni Felici (1928-35). Programma Lucca 92. 1992, pp. 60-65. 7656. Lavernoich, John. “Mickey Mouse’s First 75 Years.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 5, 2003, pp. 28-29. 7657. Lin Yutang. “On Mickey Mouse.” In Confucius Saw Nancy, by Lin Yutang, pp. 80-85. Shanghai: Commercial Press, 1936. 7658. McClure, Charlotte. “Beyond Mickey Mouse.” Coronet. June 1976, pp. 110-113. 7659. McCracken, Harry. “Curiosity Shop: Mickey Mouse’s Illegitimate Offspring.” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 10-11. 7660. Magnet, Myron. “No More Mickey Mouse at Disney.” Fortune. Dec. 10, 1984, pp. 56-61. 7661. Mahon, Eugene. “Reflections on ‘Remarks on the Popularity of Mickey Mouse.’” American Imago. Summer-Fall 1989, pp. 121-124. 7662. Malcolm Willits Collection of Mickey Mouse Paintings by Floyd Gottfredson. Burbank, CA: Howard Lowery Gallery, 1993. 56 pp. 7663. Mann, Arthur. “Mickey Mouse’s Financial Career.” Harpers. May 1934, pp. 714-721. 7664. Marlowe, David. “Working for Mickey Mouse.” Inside Comics. Summer 1974, pp. 12-15. United States: Animation 393

7665. Marlow, David. “Working for Mickey Mouse.” New York. Aug. 6, 1973, pp. 43-46. 7666. Menard, Jean-Pierre and Francis Rambert. “Mickey et Ses-Suites.” D’Architectures. May 1992, pp. 30-31. 7667. Merritt, Karen and Russell. “Mythic Mouse.” Griffithiana. Dec. 1988, pp. 41-71. 7668. Merritt, Russell. “Disney Prima di Topolino.” Programma Lucca 92. 1992, pp. 68-69. 7669. “Mickey at 40.” TV Guide. Dec. 21, 1968, pp. 18-21. 7670. “Mickey Mouse Celebrates His Tenth Birthday…By Capturing a Giant.” Look. Sept. 27, 1938, pp. 56-57. 7671. “Mickey Mouse Exhibition at Museum To Open Tonight.” Los Angeles Times. Nov. 29, 1940, part 2. 7672. “Mickey Mouse, Financier.” Literary Digest. Nov. 21, 1933. 7673. “Mickey Mouse Is Eight Years Old.” Literary Digest. Oct. 3, 1936, pp. 18-19. 7674. Mickey Mouse Movie Stories. Philadelphia, PA: David McKay, 1931. 190 pp. Book 2, 1934. 196 pp. 7675. Mickey Mouse 1928-1978. An Exhibition of Original Art and Memorabilia from Private Collections, The Bowers Museum, Santa Ana, California, Oct. 20-Dec. 30, 1978. Santa Ana: Bowers Museum, 1978. Unpaginated. 7676. “Mickey Mouse on Exhibition.” Listener. Feb. 20, 1935. 7677. “Mickey Mouse on Parade.” Time. June 6, 1941. 7678. “Mickey’s Children.” Life. Nov. 1978, pp. 96-97, 99-100. 7679. “M.I.C.K.E.Y. Spells Sales.” Toys. June 1975, pp. 37+. 7680. Miereanu, Gary and Michael Swanigan. “It All Began, and Now Continues, with a Mouse.” Toon. Summer 1999, pp. 56-61. 7681. Moellenhoff, Fritz. “The Remarkable Popularity of Mickey Mouse.” American Imago. Vol. 3, 1940, pp. 19+. Reprinted in Norman Cantor and Michael Werthman, eds., pp. 610-613. The History of Popular Culture. NY: Macmillan, 1968. 7682. Morris, Hal. “The Mouse Still Roars.” Sky. Nov. 1993, pp. 78-85. 7683. “Mouse and Man.” Time. Dec. 27, 1937, pp. 19-21. 7684. “The Mouse That Mimes the Masters.” Saturday Evening Post. Nov. 1978, pp. 82-83. 7685. “The Mouse That Turned to Gold.” Business Week. July 9, 1955, p. 72. 7686. Murray, John. “Mickey Mouse: A Brief Psychohistory.” Television and Children. Summer 1983, pp. 30-33. 7687. Nugent, Frank. “That Million Dollar Mouse.” New York Times. Sept. 21, 1947, pp. 22+. 7688. “Of Mouse and Man.” Saturday Review. April 8, 1972, pp. 12-13. 394 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7689. O’Malley, Becky. “Mickey Say, Mickey Do.” New York Times. Oct. 16, 1978. 7690. Parker, Steven. “Not Just Another Mickey Mouse Story.” Orange Coast. Jan. 1978, pp. 32+. 7691. Peers, Martin. “…as Bashful Mickey Gets Grumpy.” Variety. May 3-9, 1999, pp. 1, 102. 7692. Peet, Creighton. “The Movies; Miraculous Mickey.” Outlook and Independent. July 23, 1930, pp. 472-473. 7693. Pope, N.W. “Mickey Mouse Marketing.” American Banker. July 25, 1979. 7694. “Regulated Rodent.” Time. Feb. 16, 1931. 7695. Rhode, Michael. “Mickey on the Block: Museum Sells Original Art from First Mickey Mouse Cartoon To Pay Rent.” Comics Journal. April 2001, p. 18. 7696. “Riding the Coattails of Mickey Mouse.” Business Week. Sept. 11, 1971, pp. 72-76. 7697. Robbins, L.H. “Mickey Mouse Emerges as an Economist.” New York Times Magazine. March 10, 1935, pp. 8+. 7698. Roessing, Walter. “Mickey at 60.” Sky. July 1988, p. 12. 7699. Rovin, Jeff. Of Mice and Mickey: The Complete Guide to the Mickey Mouse Club. NY: Manor Books, 1975. 7700. Saba, Arn. “Fifty Years of Mickey Mouse.” Weekend. Nov. 5, 1977, pp. 8-11. 7701. Sanjek, David. “No More Mickey-Mouseing Around.” In Kaboom! Explosive Animation in America and Japan, pp. 30-41. Sydney. Museum of Contemporary Art, 1994. 7702. Santoli, Lorraine. The Official Mickey Mouse Club Book. Foreword by Annette Funicello. NY: Hyperion, 1995. 232 pp. 7703. Sauter, Joseph M. “Happy Birthday, Mickey.” Cinema World. Jan/Feb. 1979, pp. 44-46. 7704. Schickel, Richard. “Bringing Forth the Mouse.” American Heritage. April 1968, pp. 24-29+. 7705. Scott, Keith. “Mickey Mouse, Radio Star – He Aint’ No Orson Welles!” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 18-21. 7706. Sendak, Maurice. “Growing up With Mickey.” TV Guide. Nov. 11, 1978, pp. 16-18. 7707. Sedulus. “Mickey Mouse Slouches Toward Bethlehem.” New Republic. April 14, 1973, pp. 29-30. 7708. Shale, Rick. “The Life and Good Times of Mickey Mouse.” Cinegram. Winter 1976/1977, pp. 32-36. 7709. Sheats, Michael. “Mickey Mouse Gets the Millennial Treatment.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-10. United States: Animation 395

7710. Siegel, Joel. “Mickey Mouse Is Forty Years Old Oct. 28.” Los Angeles Times West. Oct. 13, 1968, pp. 10-16+. 7711. Theisen, Earl. “Teaching Mickey Mouse To Walk.” International Photographer (Hollywood). Jan. 1934, pp. 4-5. 7712. Theisen, Earl. “Teaching Mickey Mouse To Walk.” International Photographer.Dec. 1935. 7713. Tibbets, John. “Of Mouse and Man: Fifty Happy Years with Mickey.” American Classic Screen. May/June 1978, pp. 8-10. 7714. “The Very First Drawing of Mickey Mouse.” Inklings. Spring 1995, p. 1. 7715. Wallace, Irving. “Mickey Mouse and How He Grew.” Collier’s. April 9, 1949, pp. 20-21+. 7716. Wallace, Michael. “Mickey Mouse History: Portraying the Past at Disney World.” In History Museums in the United States: A Critical Assessment, edited by Warren Leon and Roy Rosenzweig, pp. 158-180. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press, 1989. (An earlier version of this essay appeared in Radical History Review. March 1985, pp. 33-57.) 7717. Walt Disney Productions. Mickey Mouse. Introduction by Floyd Gottfredson. NY: Abbeville Press, 1978. 7718. Walt Disney Productions. The Mickey Mouse Songbook. NY: Hansen House, 1976. 7719. “Where Mickey Mouse Looks Out for You.” Family Safety. Winter 1979/1980, pp. 9, 23. 7720. White, Carl J. and Mike Henry. “Be a Mickey Mouse Banker.” Penny Bank Post. 1985, pp. 7-20. 7721. Yoe, Craig and Janet Morra-Yoe. The Art of Mickey Mouse: Artists Interpret the World’s Favorite Mouse. NY: Hyperion, 1991. Unpaginated. “Mighty Morphin Power Rangers” 7722. Dickerson, Gary E. “Are Mutant Turtles and Morphin Rangers Harming America’s Youth: Do You Need a Weatherman To Know Which Way the Wind Blows?” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 27, 1996. 7723. Everett, S.-L.C. “Mirage Multiculturalism: Unmasking the Mighty Morphin Power Rangers.” Journal of Mass Media Ethics. 11:1 (1996), pp. 28-39. 7724. Galbo, Joe. “The Power Rangers and the Seduction of the Innocents: Discipling TV Violence in Canada.” Paper presented at Popular Culure Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. 7725. Katz, J. “Go, Go, Power Rangers!” TV Guide. July 9, 1994, pp. 6-16. 7726. Leydon, Joe. “Mighty Morphin Power Rangers: The Movie.” Variety. July 10-16, 1995, p. 35. 396 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7727. McDonald, Trevy. “It’s Morphin Time!: Constructions of Gender, Power, Color and Ethnicity in the Mighty Morphin Power Rangers.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. 7728. Swetnam, John J. “Cooperation and Achievement Among Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. “Monsters, Inc.” 7729. The Art of Monsters, Inc. San Francisco, CA: Chronicle Books, 2001. 144 pp. 7730. Beck, Jerry. “The Art of Monsters, Inc.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 56-57. 7731. Cohen, Karl. “Part 2, ‘Monsters, Inc.’: Pixar’s Use of Co-Directors.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2002, p. 5. 7732. Deneroff, Harvey. “Monsters, Inc.” Animatoon. No. 34, 2001, pp. 74-77. 7733. Desowitz, Bill. “Pixar Makes the Perfect Beast for Monsters, Inc.” Animation. Nov. 2001, pp. 21-24. 7734. McCarthy, Todd. “‘Monsters’ Mixed Bag Will Scare up Family Biz.” Variety. Nov. 5-11, 2001, pp. 23, 27. 7735. “Monsters, Inc. Has Set a New DVD Sales Record.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2002, p. 4. 7736. “‘Monsters, Inc.’ Part 3, Taking Advantage of New Technical Innovations, an Interview with Glenn McQueen, Supervising Animator.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2002, pp. 6, 8. 7737. “Pixar’s ‘Monsters’ Breaks a Record.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 3. 7738. Wolff, Ellen. “‘Monsters’ Set To Be Unleashed.” Variety. Aug. 6-12, 2001, p. 32. “Mr. Magoo” 7739. “Magoo Trivia.” Inklings. Spring 1998, p. 8. 7740. Rieder, Howard. “Memories of Mr. Magoo.” Cinema Journal. Spring 1969, pp. 17-24. “Mr. Wong” 7741. Donohue, Ann. “Asian-American Groups Object to ‘Mr. Wong.’” Variety. Sept. 18-24, 2000, p. 5. 7742. Donahue, Ann. “Naughty by Nature.” ev. Oct. 2000, pp. 42, 44, 46. United States: Animation 397

“Mulan” 7743. Baisley, Sarah. “‘Mulan’ Sweeps First Televised Annie Awards.” Animation. Jan. 1999, pp. 27, 33. 7744. Dang, Khoi Dinh. “The Misfit Warrior: Gender and Culture in Disney’s Mulan.” Paper presented at Association for Asian American Studies, conference, Philadelphia, PA, April 1, 1999. 7745. David, Peter. “But I Digress.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 14, 1998, p. 106. 7746. Goethals, Johann. “Mulan. En Toen Was er de Vrouw.” Plateau. 19:4 (1998), p. 12. 7747. Klady, Leonard. “‘Mulan’ Shows Off B.O. Legs.” Variety. June 29-July 12, 1998, p. 6. 7748. Klein, Andy. “Disney’s Mulan: A More Modern Heroine.” Animation World. July 1998, 4 pp. 7749. Kuo, Angela. “Soldier Girl.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 120- 122. 7750. Kurti, Jeff. The Art of Mulan. NY: Hyperion, 1998. 192 pp. 7751. Kurtti, Jeff. “The Art of Mulan.” Toon. Fall 1998, p. 25. 7752. Lyons, Mike. “Mushu Debut: An Interview with Mulan Animator Tom Bancroft.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 96-98. 7753. McCarthy, Todd. “‘Mulan’ Blazes New Femme Territory.” Variety. June 8-14, 1998, pp. 66, 73. 7754. McGreal, Jill. “Mulan.” Sight and Sound. Oct. 1998, pp. 47-48. 7755. “‘Mulan’ Review.” Toon News. July 1998, p. 1. 7756. Peters, Jenny. “Disney Re-orients Itself with ‘Mulan.’” Animation. June 1998, pp. 6-9. 7757. Reed, Thomas and Michelle Klein-Häss. “A Girl To Fight About: Two Views of ‘Mulan.’” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 20-24. 7758. Ryan, Desmond. “‘Mulan’: Disney in Its Gorgeous Glory.” Philadelphia Inquirer. June 19, 1998, p. 3. 7759. Seno, Alexandra A. “Woman Warrior.” Asiaweek. June 5, 1998, pp. 58- 59. 7760. Seno, Alexandra A. “Mulan in a Bind.” Asiaweek. Aug. 14, 1998. 7761. “Snow Job.” Inklings. Fall. 1998, p. 7. 7762. Woods, Mark. “BVI, ‘Mulan’ Hit Big.” Daily Variety. Dec. 14, 1998, p. 14. 7763. Woods, Mark. “‘Mulan’ Hits $100 Mil in Weak Sesh.” Variety. Dec. 14-20, 1998, pp. 13, 22. “Muppets” 7764. Bertieri, Claudio. “Un Nuovo Méliès.” Comic Art. July 1990, p. 78. 398 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7765. DiOrio, Carl. “Crisis Buffets Muppets, Who Seek New Puppeteer.” Variety. March 26-April 1, 2001, pp. 28, 34. (U.S., Germany). 7766. “Disney May Buy the Rights to the Muppets.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2003, p. 5. 7767. “The Henson Family Has Purchased Back the Muppets from EM-TV for $89 Million.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2003, p. 6. 7768. “Kermit, Miss Piggy and the Rest of the Muppets Are Returning to Television – and This Time They’re German.” National Post. March 7, 2000, p. B-6. 7769. Swanson, Tim. “For a Muppet, It’s All About Performance.” EV. Feb. 2001, pp. 3-4. “Mutant Aliens” 7770. Carlsson-Paige, Nancy and Diane E. Levin. “Mutant Ninja Turtles, Profits, and Children.” Christian Science Monitor. April 30, 1990, p. 19. 7771. Desowitz, Bill. “Mutant Aliens Goes Where No Plympton Feature Has Gone Before.” Animation. March 2002, pp. 30, 32. 7772. Plympton, Bill. “The Making of Mutant Aliens.” Plateau. 21:4 (2000), pp. 21-24. “The Neverhood” 7773. Dietz, Mike. “Our Animation Process.” Animation World. Dec. 1997, 2 pp. 7774. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Welcome to ‘The Neverhood.’” Animation World. Dec. 1997, 4 pp. “The Nightmare Before Christmas” 7775. Basgier, Thomas. “Nightmare for Disney.” Comic! Dec. 1994, p. 66. 7776. Bissette, Stephen R. “An Animato! Film Review: The Nightmare Before Christmas.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 54-55. 7777. Dobbs, G. Michael. “The Nightmare Before Christmas: An Old Style Returns.” Animato! Fall/Winter 1993, pp. 56-57. 7778. “The Nightmare Before Christmas.” Stripschrift. May 1995, pp. 28-29. “101 Dalmations” 7779. Anton, Glenn. “101 Dalmations, The Series.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 74-75. 7780. “101 Dalmations Episode Guide.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, p. 76. 7781. Leydon, Joe. “101 Dalmations II: Patch’s London Adventure.” Variety. March 3-9, 2003, p. 44. United States: Animation 399

7782. McCullaugh, Earl Paige and Edward Morris. “Vid Dealers Singing Happy ’toon: Dalmations, Feivel 2 Hot Sellers.” Billboard. April 18, 1992, pp. 6+. 7783. “One Hundred and One Dalmations.” International Photographer. March 1961, pp. 52-53. 7784. “Walt Disney Co.’s Buena Home Video To Team with Nabisco Biscuit Co. in Promotion of Film 101 Dalmations.” Advertising Age. Feb. 3, 1992, p. 41. 7785. Zad, Martie. “101 Dalmations: A Romp in London.” Washington Post TV Week. Jan. 26, 2003, p. 5. “Osmosis Jones” 7786. Desowitz, Bill. “Osmosis Jones Action-Adventure in a Clever 2D/3D Convergence.” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 27-30. 7787. Gagné, Michel. “Conceptual Osmosis.” Animation Blast. No. 7, 2001, pp. 11-13. 7788. Guider, Elizabeth. “Animation Fest Starts with ‘Osmosis.’” Variety. July 9-15, 2001, p. 14. 7789. Peszko, J. Paul. “Osmosis Jones Cops Anatomy Award.” Animation World. Aug. 2001, pp. 15-20. 7790. “Toon People.” Comics Scene. May 2000, p. 6. “Pedro + Tony” 7791. “Don Thomas’ ‘Pedro + Tony?’ Will Screen.…” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2002, p. 1. 7792. “Slamdance Showed Don Thomas’ ‘Pedro + Tony?’ and Tom Gibbons’ ‘The Hunger Artist.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2002, p. 1. “Pete Roleum and His Cousins” 7793. Goodman, Ezra. [“Pete Roleum and His Cousins”]. Sight and Sound (London). Summer 1939, p. 62. 7794. Griffith, Richard. [“Pete Roleum and His Cousins”]. Films. Nov. 1939, pp. 71-72. “Piglet’s Big Movie” 7795. Foundas, Scott. “Piglet’s Big Movie.” Variety. March 24-30, 2003, p. 26. 7796. Holden, Stephen. “Even the Smallest Pig Can Be a Hero.” New York Times. March 21, 2003. 7797. Kempley, Rita. “‘Piglet’s Big Movie’: See It with Your Hunny.” Washington Post. March 21, 2003, p. C4. 400 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7798. O’Sullivan, Michael. “This Little Piggy’s ‘Big Movie.’” Washington Post. March 21, 2003, p. WE39. “Pinocchio” 7799. Axe, John. “Walt Disney’s Pinocchio: A Photographic Essay.” Doll Reader. Feb./March 1981. 7800. Hulett, Steve. “Walt Disney’s Pinocchio.” 7992 Screen Cartoonists Annual, pp. 31-38. 7801. Kim, Won. “The Quest for Humanity: The Hero’s Journey in Walt Disney’s Pinocchio and Mamoru Oshii’s Ghost in the Shell.” Animatrix. Issue 10, 1999, pp. 50-72. 7802. Murray, Steve. “No Lying: Restored Pinocchio Will Leave You Starry- Eyed.” Atlanta Constitution. June 26, 1992, p. Dl. 7803. “Pinocchio.” Art Digest. Feb. 15, 1940. 7804. Solomon, Charles. “Restored Pinocchio a Glowing Triumph.” Los Angeles Times. June 26, 1992, p. F14. 7805. Trinchero, Sergio. “Dimenticato, un Illustratore di Pinocchio.” Nostalgia Comics. No. 13, pp. 11. “The PJs” 7806. Amidi, Amid. “The PJs Chat with Mark Gustafson.” Animation World. Feb. 1999, 4 pp. 7807. Hontz, Jenny. “Ani ‘PJs’ To Snuggle into Fox’s Tues. Sked.” Daily Variety. Dec. 21, 1998, p. 5. 7808. “PJ’s on Fox Draws Protests.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1999, p. 4. 7809. “‘The PJs’ Successfully Premieres on Fox Channel.” Animatoon. No. 17, 1999, p. 62. 7810. Richmond, Ray. “The PJs.” Variety. Jan. 11-17. 1999, p. 67. 7811. Schiff, Laura. “Putting on The PJ’s.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, pp. 22-27, 29. “Pocahontas” 7812. Aleiss, A. “Pocahontas Sticks to Indian Stereotype.” Ann Arbor News. June 28, 1995, p. C-5. 7813. Bachman, Heidi. “Pocahontas and Disney: Popular Culture and the Making of Post-Modern Myths.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 10, 1998. 7814. Corrette, Leigh and Annmarie Pinarski. “Caught in a Mousetrap: Rethinking Homophobia in Walt Disney’s Pocahontas and Mel Gibson’s Braveheart.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 27, 1996. United States: Animation 401

7815. Cummings, Krista. “Disney’s Pocahontas: Super Role Model or Super Model?” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 25, 1996. 7816. David, Peter. “But I Digress.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 21, 1995, pp. 90, 88. 7817. Edgerton, Gary and Kathy M. Jackson. “Redesigning Pocahontas: Disney, the ‘White Man’s Indian,’ and the Marketing of Dreams.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Summer 1996, pp. 90-98. 7818. Edgerton, Gary and Kathy M. Jackson. “Updating the Legend of Pocahontas.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 26, 1996. 7819. Gerard, Jeremy. “‘Pocahontas’: Love at First Sight.” Variety. June 12- 18, 1995, p. 59. 7820. Harvey, R.C. “A Poke and a Jibe: A Review of Pocahontas.” CAPS. Aug. 1995, pp. 29-30. 7821. Harvey, R.C. “Ranting and Raving: A Poke and a Jibe.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 19, 1996, p. 73. 7822. Kessler, Donna. “Disney’s Pocahontas: Mystic Revision or Reinforcement.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 26, 1996. 7823. Leydon, Joe. “Small-Scale Ani Sequel Should Suit Small Fry.” Variety. Aug. 31-Sept. 6, 1998, p. 97. 7824. Lyons, Mike. “Disney’s History Lesson.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 39- 40,71. 7825. Null, Linda. “Getting Your Money’s Worth: Burger King Advertises Pocahontas.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 25, 1995. 7826. “‘Pocahontas’ Auction.” Toon News (Sydney). Dec. 1995, p. 1. 7827. “‘Pocahontas’ Auction.” Toon News (Sydney). July 1996, p. 4. 7828. “Pocahontas Box Office.” fps. Summer 1995, p. 9. 7829. Rebello, Stephen. The Art of Pocahontas. NY: Hyperion, 1995. 200 pp. 7830. Rebello, Stephen. “Pocahontas: Bringing History to Life.” Animation. July 1995, pp. 34-36, 48. 7831. Valdez, L. “Pocahontas an Inappropriate Role Model?” Arizona Republic. April 26, 1995, p. C-8. 7832. Vanstone, Sue. “Disney’s Pocahontas as Indian Princess and Grandmother.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 8, 1998. 7833. “You May Not Have Liked the Film, But Pocahontas Made a Lot of Money.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1996, p. 5. 402 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“Points of Authority” 7834. “Radium & Linkin Park Are ‘Points of Authority.’” Animation. July 2002, p. 12. “Popeye” 7835. Artman, David. “Split Personality.” Popeye. Fall 1995, p. 19. 7836. Artman, David. “Why Not Popeye?” Popeye. Fall 1994, pp. 18-19. 7837. Bertino, Tom. “Popeye’s Musical Career…the 1930’s.” Popeye. Fall 1994, pp. 16-17. 7838. Bertino, Tom. “Popeye…The Last Episode.” Popeye. Summer 1992, pp. 12-13. 7839. “Complex Invention Gives Illusion of Depth to Super-Short.” Popeye. Summer 1993, p. 37. 7840. Davison, Craig. “Cartoon Movie Posters.” Popeye. Fall 1994, pp. 14-15. 7841. Davison, Craig. “Max Fleischer Presents Popeye: A Filmography.” Popeye. Spring 1993, pp. 33-38. 7842. Davison, Craig. “Fleischer Presents Popeye the Sailor: A Filmography.” Popeye. Winter 1995, p. 17. 7843. Davison, Craig. “Max Fleischer Presents Popeye the Sailor, A Filmography.” Popeye. Spring 1996, pp. 16-17. 7844. Davison, Craig. “Max Fleischer Presents Popeye the Sailor: 1940, Part One: Shakespearean Spinach.” Popeye. Summer 1996, pp. 22-24. 7845. Davison, Craig. “Popeye the Sailor: A Filmography.” Popeye. Summer 1993, pp. 30-33. 7846. Davison, Craig. “Popeye the Sailor: A Filmography.” Popeye. Fall 1993, pp. 36-40. 7847. Davison, Craig. “Popeye the Sailor: A Filmography.” Popeye. Fall 1994, pp. 26-31. 7848. Davison, Craig. “Popeye the Sailor: A Filmography.” Popeye. Winter 1994, pp. 30-34. 7849. Davison, Craig. “Popeye the Sailor: A Filmography.” Popeye. Summer 1995, pp. 24-27. 7850. Davison, Craig. “Popeye the Sailor: A Filmography.” Popeye. Fall 1995, pp. 24-27. 7851. Davison, Craig. “Video Review: Popeye Original Classics.” Popeye. Summer 1992, pp. 14-16. 7852. Flatley, Guy. “Hoffman, Tomlin To Do ‘Popeye’?” Popeye. Summer 1993, pp. 10-11. 7853. Grandinetti, Fred. “Bluto/Brutus: What If?” Popeye. Winter 1991, pp. 10-11. 7854. Grandinetti, Fred. “Bluto or Brutus? A Bully by Any Other Name Would Act So Rotten.…” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 18, 69. United States: Animation 403

7855. Grandinetti, Fred. “The Celluloid Sailor.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 6, 1999, pp. 68-73. 7856. Grandinetti, Fred. “Character Profile: The Mean Man.” Popeye. Summer 1995, p. 3. 7857. Grandinetti, Fred. “The Man Who Hated Laughter.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 57-58. 7858. Grandinetti, Fred M. “My Trip to MGM.” Popeye. Spring 1996, p. 14. 7859. Grandinetti, Fred. “The Nephews Eat the Spinach!” Popeye. Winter 1992, pp. 12-13. 7860. Grandinetti, Fred. “Olive – Eats the Spinach: Hanna-Barbera, (Part Three).” Popeye. Winter 1991, pp. 8-9. 7861. Grandinetti, Fred. “Popeye Stinker-Roos.” Popeye. Fall 1993, p. 7. 7862. Harris, Michael. D. “Where’s Swee’pea?” Popeye. Fall 1994, p. 11. 7863. Jopson, D. “What They’ve Done to Poor Old Popeye Is Not Funny.” Australian. Nov. 18, 1977. 7864. Kohl, Leonard. ‘“A Clean Shaven Man.”’ Popeye. Summer 1993, pp. 20-23. 7865. Kohl, Leonard. “The Man on the Flying Trapeze and Can You Take It?” Popeye. Summer 1995, pp. 10-11. 7866. Kohl, Leonard. “The Man on the Flying Trapeze and Can You Take It?” Popeye. Fall 1995, p. 10. 7867. Kohl, Leonard. “The Man on the Flying Trapeze and Can You Take It?” Popeye. Spring 1996, pp. 26-27. 7868. Kohl, Leonard. “The Man on the Flying Trapeze and Can You Take It – A Popeye Double Feature.” Popeye. Winter 1995, pp. 26-27. 7869. Kohl, Leonard. “The Man on the Flying Trapeze and Can You Take It, a Popeye Double Feature (Part 6).” Popeye. Summer 1996, pp. 8-9. 7870. Kohl, Leonard. “1933-1942 Popeye: The Fleischer/Paramount Studios Popeye Cartoons: Installment 10.” Popeye. Fall 1994, p. 7. 7871. Kohl, Leonard. “1933-1942 Popeye: The Fleischer/Paramount Studios Popeye Cartoons: Installment 11.” Popeye. Winter 1994, p. 6. 7872. Kohl, Leonard. “1933-1942 Popeye: The Fleischer/Paramount Studios Popeye Cartoons: Installment 13.” Popeye. Summer 1995, p. 5. 7873. Kohl, Leonard. “1933-1942 Popeye: The Fleischer/Paramount Studios Popeye Cartoons: Installment 14.” Popeye. Fall 1995, p. 5. 7874. Kohl, Leonard. “1933: Popeye Moves from the Comic Pages to the Silver Screen. Installment 03.” Popeye. Winter 1992, pp. 8-10. 7875. Kohl, Leonard. “1933: Popeye Moves from the Comic Pages to the Silver Screen.” Popeye. Summer 1992, pp. 8-10. 7876. Kohl, Leonard. “1933: Popeye Moves from the Comic Pages to the Silver Screen.” Popeye. Spring 1993, p. 8. 7877. Kohl, Leonard. “1933: Popeye Moves from the Comic Pages to the Silver Screen.” Popeye. Summer 1993, pp. 8-9. 404 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7878. Kohl, Leonard. “1933: Popeye Moves from the Comic Pages to the Silver Screen. Installment 06.” Popeye. Fall 1993, pp. 8-9. 7879. Kohl, Leonard. “‘Popeye’ Film Classics: A Review of ‘Aladdin and His Wonderful Lamp.’” Popeye. Spring 1993, pp. 18-22. 7880. Kohl, Leonard. “Popeye: From the Comic Stip to the Silver Screen.” Popeye. Fall 1991, p. 11. 7881. Kohl, Leonard. “Popeye: From the Comic Strip to the Silver Screen.” Popeye. Winter 1991, p. 7. 7882. Kohl, Leonard. “Popeye: From the Comic Strip to the Silver Screen.” Popeye. Spring 1992, pp. 9-11. 7883. Kohl, Leonard. “Popeye’s 60 Years on Film: An Insider’s View of the Show.” Popeye. Fall 1993, pp. 22-24. 7884. Kohl, Leonard. “A Talk with Director Jon McClenahan on Popeye and the Animation Industry.” Popeye. Spring 1996, pp. 6-7. 7885. Korkis, Jim and Arco van Os. “60 Jaar Popeye.” Stripschrift. May 1989, pp. 16-21. 7886. Langer, Mark. “Popeye from Strip to Screen.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, pp. 17-19. 7887. Levantesi, Alessandra. “Popeye.” Comic Art. April 1988, p. 71. 7888. McGuire, Dewey. “Blutopia.” McBoing Boing’s. Nov. 1995, pp. 1-4, 16. 7889. Mitchell, Glenn. “Popeye, Spinach and Me.” Popeye. Summer 1992, p. 23. 7890. “New Set of Popeye Trading Cards.” Animato! Spring 1997, p. 13. 7891. “3 Stooges and Popeye.” Popeye. Fall 1993, p. 29. 7892. Wassenaar, Michael. “Strong to the Finich: Machines, Metaphor, and Popeye the Sailor.” The Velvet Light Trap. Fall 1989. 7893. Zubritzky, Paul M. “Popeye for the Record.” Movie Collector’s World. Jan. 25, 1985. “Porky Pig” 7894. Hayes, John. “Another Invitation to Porky’s Party.” McBoing Boing’s. Feb. 1995, pp. 1-2, 8. 7895. Lavernoich, John. “Porky Pig – at 65, Old Enough To Retire?” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 11, 2000, pp. 40-41. 7896. McGuire, Dewey. “Postcards from Wackyland.” McBoing Boing’s. Aug. 1995, pp. 14-16. “Powerpuff Girls, The” 7897. DeMott, Rick. “The Powerpuff Girls’ Phenomenal Merchandising Mantra.” Animation World. Oct. 2000, pp. 6-10. United States: Animation 405

7898. King, Kathy C. “Gender Scripts in Cartoon Network’s Power Puff Girls and Johnny Bravo.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 7899. Leydon, Joe. “The Powerpuff Girls Movie.” Variety. July 15-21, 2002, p. 25. 7900. Mallory, Michael. “Girls Just Want To Have Fun: The Powerpuff Girls Go Big…Screen.” Animation. July 2002, pp. 30-32, 34. 7901. Peszko, J. Paul. “The Powerpuff Girls: From Small Screen to Big Screen.” Animation World. July 2002, pp. 10-13. 7902. [Powder Puff Girls]. Animatoon. No. 39, 2002, pp. 14-15. 7903. “Powerpuff Girls.” Animatoon. No. 35, 2002, pp. 24-25. 7904. Raugust, Karen. “Powerpuff Girls and Delta Express Fly High.” Animation. Nov. 2000, pp. 27-28. 7905. Raugust, Karen. “Powerpuff ’s Product Powerhouse.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 27. 7906. Street, Rita. “Peter Pan and the Powerpuff Girls.” Animation. April 2001, pp. 9-10. “The Prince of Egypt” 7907. Bakker, Jasper. “The Prince of Egypt.” Stripschrift. Feb. 1999, pp. 20- 24. 7908. Bluth, Toby. “The Prince of Egypt: DreamWorks’ Biblical Epic.” Animation World. Jan. 1999. 4 pp. 7909. Canemaker, John. “An Epic That Defies the Disney Method.” New York Times. Sept. 13, 1998, pp. 42, 44. 7910. Cooper, Matthew. “Hollywood and Divine.” Newsweek. March 30, 1998, p. 62. 7911. Cox, Dan. “Landlord Mouse Dethrones ‘Prince.’” Variety. Nov. 30-Dec. 6, 1998, pp. 4, 6. 7912. Daly, Steve. “Making Prophets.” Entertainment Weekly. Sept. 17, 1999. pp. 82-83. 7913. Felperin, Leslie. “The Prince of Egypt.” Sight and Sound. Jan. 1999, pp. 54-55. 7914. Hindes, Andrew. “DreamWorks Displays Its Nile Guile.” Variety. Nov. 23-29, 1998, pp. 1,63. 7915. Hindes, Andrew. “‘Prince’ of a Plan.” Daily Variety. Dec 1, 1998, p. 11. 7916. Leskosky, Richard J. “The Old Testament: The Rhetoric of Prince of Egypt.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 29, 2002. 7917. Lovell, Glenn. “Out DeMilling DeMille: ‘Prince’ Noble, Clever.” Daily Variety. Dec. 11, 1998, pp. 4, 22. 7918. Lovell, Glenn. “The Prince of Egypt.” Variety. Dec. 14-20, 1998, pp. 130, 136. 406 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7919. Lurio, Eric. “The Prince of Egypt: A New Vision in Animation.” Animation World. Feb. 1999, 2 pp. 7920. Magid, Ron. “Enhanced Dimension for The Prince of Egypt.” American Cinematographer. Feb. 1999, pp. 107-108. 7921. Peters, Jenny. “Let My Creatives Go.” Animation. Jan. 1999, pp. 8-10, 52, 55. 7922. ‘“The Prince of Egypt.” Daily Variety. Dec. 15, 1998, p. 24. 7923. “The Prince of Egypt (US).” Animatoon. No. 16, 1998, pp. 60-61. 7924. Woods, Mark. “‘Prince’ Hits Century Mark O’seas.” Variety. Feb. 8-14, 1999, pp. 14, 20. “Quest for Camelot” 7925. Felperin, Leslie. “The Magic Sword Quest for Camelot.” Sight and Sound. Aug. 1998, pp. 50-51. 7926. Hoffman, Ilene. “Quest for Camelot: Warner’s Bid for the Round Table.” Animation World. June 1998, 4 pp. 7927. Leydon, Joe. “Quest for Camelot.” Variety. May 11-17, 1998, p. 58. 7928. Lyons, Mike. “Animating Arthur: An Interview with Quest for Camelot Director Frederik DuChau.” Animato! Spring 1998, pp. 40-42. 7929. Peters, Jenny. “The Quest for Success.” Animation. May 1998, pp. 6-8, 58. “Raggedy Ann and Raggedy Andy” 7930. Sito, Tom. “Part Two: Raggedy Reunions.” Animation. June 1997, pp. 49-51. 7931. Van Willigen, Rein. “Een Close Encounter met Raggedy Ann and Raggedy Andy.” Striprofiel. Winter 1978/1979, pp. 23-28. “The Raisins” 7932. Cuneo, Alice. “Sun-Maid, Dole Boost Raisins.” Advertising Age. Oct. 10, 1988, p. 44. 7933. Wentz, Laurel. “Raisins Dance in U.K. To Promote Sun-Maid.” Advertising Age. July 27, 1987, p. 4. “Ren and Stimpy” 7934. “The Art of the Storyboard.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 56-57. 7935. Cerone, Daniel. “Ren and Stimpy and Its Creator: A Parting of Ways.” Los Angeles Times. Sept. 28, 1992, p. F-12. 7936. Cerone, Daniel. “‘Ren and Stimpy’ Creator Fired.” Los Angeles Times. Sept. 26, 1992, p. D-1. 7937. “Cheers ‘n’ Jeers.” TV Guide. Oct. 17, 1992, p. 4. United States: Animation 407

7938. Cohen, Karl. “Oh No, Not Another ‘Ren and Stimpy’ Update!” ASIFA San Francisco Bulletin. March 1993, p. 6. 7939. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Billy West: The Multi-Talented Star of Ren and Stimpy and Doug.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 41-42. 7940. “Firm [Mattel Inc.], Nickelodeon Plan Toys Tied to ‘Ren and Stimpy Show.’” Wall Street Journal. June 11, 1992, pp. B8; B11. 7941. Gehr, Richard. “Maim That Toon.” Village Voice. Oct. 8, 1991, pp. 49+. 7942. Gehr, Richard. “You Filthy Worms! Ren and Stimpy’s Creator Gives Hell to Nickelodeon.” Village Voice. Nov. 17, 1992, p. 58. 7943. Goodman, Martin. “Cartoons Aren’t Real! Ren and Stimpy in Review.” Animation World. March 2001, pp. 37-40. 7944. Gore, Christian. “Celling Out: The Man Behind ‘The Ren and Stimpy Show’ Has a Mind for Mayhem – Even If TV Doesn’t.” Film Threat. Dec. 1992, pp. 22-25, 28, 39. 7945. Gore, Chris. “Cel Out: The Plot To Kill Cartoons.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), pp. 8-11. 7946. Gore, Chris. “The Death of Ren and Stimpy.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), p. 4. 7947. “Hot Comedy [Seinfeld and Ren and Stimpy].” Rolling Stone. May 14, 1992, p. 52. 7948. Kanfer, Stefan. “Loonier Toon Tales.” Time. April 13, 1992, p. 79. 7949. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “Ren & Stimpy: The Definitive First and Second Season Episode Log.” Toon. Summer 1999, pp. 16-27. 7950. Langer, Mark. “Animatophilia, Cultural Production and Corporate Interests: The Case of Ren & Stimpy.” In A Reader in Animation Studies, edited by Jayne Pilling, pp. 143-162. London: John Libbey and Co., 1997. 7951. Langer, Mark. “Animatophilia, Cultural Production and Corporate Interests: The Case of ‘Ren and Stimpy.’” Film History. 5:2 (1993), pp. 125-141. 7952. Lanza, Joseph. “Rhapsody in Spew: Romantic Underscores in The Ren & Stimpy Show.” Animation. June 2003, p. 31. 7953. McElroy, Bronwyn. “Hey, Man, ‘The Ren and Stimpy Show’ Premieres All-New Episodes When the Nicktoons Hit Begins Airing on ‘Snick’ 15 August.” Nickelodeon release. July 6, 1992. 7954. Mackey, Dave. “Sour Persimmons #1.” Apatoons. June-July 1992, n.p. 7955. Meisler, Andy. “Ren and Stimpy’s Triumphant Return.” New York Times. Aug. 16, 1992, p. H21. 7956. Murray, Pam and Doug. “Ren and Stimpy’s Pals.” Comics Scene. Aug. 1992, pp. 9-12, 60. 7957. “New Toys to Be Based on Popular Cable TV Program.” New York Times. June 11, 1992, pp. C3 (N); D5 (L). 408 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7958. Pendleton, Jennifer. “Groening Sides with ‘Ren’ Artist.” Daily Variety. Sept. 25, 1992, p. 22. 7959. Pendleton, Jennifer. “‘Ren and Stimpy’ Goes to Camp; Kricfalusi Sings New Toon.” Variety. Oct. 5, 1992, p. 26. 7960. Perry, A.A. “The Great Unwritten Rules of Comedy.” Dirt. No. 2, 1992, p. 12. 7961. Persons, Dan. “Ren and Stimpy.” Cinefantastique. Feb. 1993, p. 5. 7962. Pinch, Alice and Stiffy Miller. “The Screechin’ Ren and Stimpy Episode Log.” Film Threat. Dec. 1992, pp. 26-27. 7963. Pinch, Alice and Stiffy Miller. “The Screechin’ Ren and Stimpy Episode Log.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), pp. 12-15. 7964. “Ren and Stimpy.” Stripschrift. June 1995, p. 29. 7965. “Ren and Stimpy Alive, but in Serious Condition.” Spumco News. Aug. 1993. 7966. Robichaux, Mark. “For Nickelodeon, Crude ’Toons Is Big Hit.” Wall Street Journal. Jan. 27, 1992, p. B-1. 7967. Robinson, Chris J. “Pleasure and Pain: Ren & Stimpy’s Adult Cartoon Party.” Animation World. Sept. 2003, pp. 43-45. 7968. Schaffer, William. “Stimpy’s Invention and the Interval of Control.” Paper presented at Australia’s Second International Conference on Animation, Sydney, Australia, March 5, 1995. 7969. Smith, Bronwyn. “Animated Duo Takes to the Road on Nickelodeon for the Premiere of ‘The Ren and Stimpy Show.’” Nickelodeon release. July 25, 1991. 7970. “So, What Happened to Cartoons Anyway?” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), pp. 16-35. 7971. Triplett, T. “Ren and Stimpy Rub Elbows with Barbie.” Marketing News. Sept. 26, 1994, p. 2. 7972. “Who, Where, Ren?” Entertainment Weekly. Nov. 20, 1992, p. 8. “The Road Runner” 7973. Allen, Henry. “Beep Generation: An Animated Discussion of the Coyote As He Gains on the Road Runner.” Washington Post. Jan. 14, 2000, pp. C-1, C-8. 7974. McEntyre, R.A. “The Road Runner.” The Science Teacher. Feb. 2000. “The Road to El Dorado” 7975. Deneroff, Harvey. “The Road to El Dorado.” Animatoon. No. 24, 2000, pp. 50-53. 7976. “In Golden Peril.” Comics Scene. May 2000, p. 6. 7977. Jankiewicz, Pat. “Searching for El Dorado.” Comics Scene. July 2000, pp. 27-32. United States: Animation 409

7978. Kaufman, Debra. “El Dorado Music Video Stars an Animated Elton John.” Animation. April 2000, p. 100. 7979. Kaufman, Debra. “The Road to El Dorado.” Animation. April 2000, pp. 20-22. 7980. McCarthy, Todd. “The Road to El Dorado.” Variety. April 3-9, 2000, p. 35. 7981. McCarthy, Todd. “‘Road to El Dorado’ Paved with Potholes.” Daily Variety. March 30, 2000. 7982. Peszko, J. Paul. “El Dorado: The Old World Meets the New in ‘Tradigital’ Animation.” Animation World. March 2000, 13 pp. 7983. Weisz, Marni. “Dream Work: Canadian Don Paul Talks About Directing DreamWork’s Latest Creation, The Road to El Dorado.” Famous. April 2000, p. 16. 7984. Wilmington, Michael. “The Road to El Dorado.” Chicago Tribune. March 31, 2000. “Rock-a-Doodle” 7985. Kehr, Dave. “Rock-a-Doodle Almost Obscures Bluth’s Mastery.” Chicago Tribune. April 3, 1992, p. 7:35. 7986. Murray, Steve. “An Animated Mess, Rock-a-Doodle Lays an Egg.” Atlanta Constitution. April 3, 1992, p. D9. 7987. Solomon, Charles. “Little to Crow Over in Rock-a-Doodle.” Los Angeles Times. April 3, 1992, p. F12. “Rocko’s Modern Life” 7988. Hasson, Matthew. “An Animato! Review: Rocko’s Modern Life.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 15-16. 7989. Hasson, Matthew. “Rocko’s Modern Life: First Season Episode Guide.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 34-36, 68. “Rocky and Bullwinkle” 7990. “‘Aesop and Son’ Episode Guide.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1993, pp. 6-7. 7991. “Additions and Corrections.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1990, pp. 6-7. 7992. “And in This Corner.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1990, pp. 1-3. 7993. Arsoneu, Bobbi. “Badenov Briefs.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. April 1989, pp. 9-10. 7994. Associated Press. “Feast on Pleasant Piece of Whimsy: The Adventures of Rocky and Bullwinkle.” Mid-Ocean News (Hamilton, Bermuda). July 7, 2000, pp. 13-31. 410 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7995. “At Last, Bullwinkle Home Video.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Feb. 1991, pp. 1-4. 7996. “The Big G Stands for Goodness.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1993, pp. 4-5. 7997. “Boris and Natasha.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1989, p. 8. 7998. “Bullwinkle and Rocky Fan Club.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1993, p. 12. 7999. “Bullwinkle Briefs.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1994, pp. 5- 6; March 1994, p. 9; Dec. 1993, pp. 8-10; Sept. 1993, pp. 15-20; March 1993, pp. 6-9; Dec. 1992, pp. 6-8; June 1992, pp. 10-14; March 1992, pp. 10-13; Dec. 1991, pp. 5-10; Sept. 1991, pp. 10-12; June 1991, pp. 6- 12; Feb. 1991, pp. 8-11; Sept. 1990, pp. 5-8; June 1990, pp. 8-11; March 1990, pp. 5-9; Dec. 1989, pp. 6-7; Sept. 1989, pp. 8-9; June 1989, pp. 8- 9; Dec. 1988, p. 2; Sept. 1988, p. 2; June 1988, p. 7; March 1988, p. 8; Dec. 1987, p. 9; Sept. 1987, p. 1; June 1987, p. 4; March 1987, p. 8; Dec. 1986, p. 2. 8000. “Bullwinkle Briefs.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1994, pp. 10-11; Dec. 1994, pp. 11-12; March 1995, pp. 11-12; June 1995, pp. 6- 9. 8001. “Bullwinkle Briefs.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Spring 1996, Sept. 1995, pp. 8-14. 8002. “Bullwinkle Comics.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1987, p. 8. 8003. “Bullwinkle Comics.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1987, p. 6. 8004. “Bullwinkle Episode Guide.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1987, pp. 7-9. 8005. “Bullwinkle Meets Mighty Mouse.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1990, p. 12. 8006. “Bullwinkle on Video…and Cable?” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1988, p. 1. 8007. “A Bullwinkle Scholar Explains Why There Are Changes in the New DVD.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2003, p. 8. 8008. “The Bullwinkle Show.” Variety. Sept. 26, 1962. 8009. Bunker, Chuck. “Hats Off to Bullwinkle or Me and My Chapeau.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1994, pp. 7-9. 8010. Bunker, Chuck. “Rocket-Bye-Rocky or Mooseberry Moon Delight.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1992, pp. 6-9. 8011. Bunker, Chuck and Charles Ulrich. “The Men Behind the Moose.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1988, pp. 4-6. 8012. “Cast of the Bullwinkle Show.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1987, p. 10. 8013. “Chauncey and Edgar.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Feb. 1991, p. 5. United States: Animation 411

8014. “Cheaper Than the Average Bear.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1989, p. 1. 8015. Cohen, Karl. “Dudley Doright’s First Ride.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1989, pp. 4-6. 8016. Cohen, Karl. “Anderson Fights for Rights.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1991, p. 7. 8017. Coon, James T. “Ham and Baloney Heroes: or ‘Peabody’s Improbable History’ and the Deconstructions of American Mythic Figures.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 11, 1998. 8018. “Did You Get It?” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1994, p. 1; March 1994, pp. 6-8; Dec. 1993, pp. 3-4; Sept. 1993, pp. 9-13, 23-24; March 1993, p. 5; Sept. 1992, pp. 15-16; March 1992, pp. 14-15; Dec. 1991, p. 11; June 1989, p. 2. 8019. “A Dog and His Boy.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1992, pp. 1-4. 8020. Druggi, Anna. “Boris Badenov, Superstar.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. April 1989, pp. 4-5. 8021. “Ducks and the Fatman.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1987, p. 4. 8022. “Dudley Do-Right of the Mounties.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1990, pp. 1-4. 8023. “Entire First Seasons of ‘Rocky and Bullwinkle’ Is Out on 4 Disc DVD Set at Reasonable Prices.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2003, p. 8. 8024. Evanier, Mark. “Point of View.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 17, 1999, pp. 24, 26. 8025. “Famous First Words.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1989, p. 3. 8026. “Foggy Bog Frog.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1994, pp. 1- 3. 8027. “Fox Buffalos Rhino on Rabbit.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1991, pp. 8-9. 8028. “Fractured Flickers.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1991, pp. 3- 5. 8029. “Fractured Fairy Tales.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1990, pp. 1-3. 8030. “Funny Stuff.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1992, p. 5. 8031. Goldstein, Marc. “The Pottsylvania Problem.” Frostbite Falls Far- Flung Flier. Dec. 1993, p. 11. 8032. “Go West, Young Moose! or Bullwinkle in the Rockies.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1991, pp. 1-3. 8033. Gurney, William T. “Rocky and Bullwinkle: American Cartoon Myths.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1992, pp. 9-12. 412 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8034. Hollander, Judd and Suzy Spirit. “It’s Badenov, but Not Fatale.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1992, pp. 3-5. 8035. “Hoppity Hooper.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1990, pp. 1-3. 8036. ‘“ Hoppity Hooper’ Episode Guide.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1994, p. 4. 8037. “ How To Disarm a Live 5000 Megaton TNT Bomb in Your Own Workshop in Your Spare Time To Amuse Your Friends or Just Yourself Even.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1988, pp. 6-8. 8038. ‘“ Inimitably Superfluous.’” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1993, pp. 1-3. 8039. “King Vitamin: Leadbottom Meets the Tinheads.” Frostbite Falls Far- Flung Flier. Sept. 1993, p. 13. 8040. “ Let’s Get This Straight.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1989, p. 5. 8041. Leydon, Jay. “The Adventures of Rocky and Bullwinkle.” Variety. July 10-16, 2000, p. 20. 8042. Leydon, Jay. “Wilson Does Right by ‘Do-Right.’” Variety. Aug. 30- Sept. 5, 1999, pp. 49-50. 8043. “ The Lost Fairy Tale.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1994, pp. 10-12. 8044. McBeath, Lee J. “The Combined Amalgamated Stan Freberg Barbra Streisand Shadrack K. Hooper Rocky the Flying Squirrel Fan Club, United.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1989, pp. 6-7. 8045. “Mbwebwe Bwiefs.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1992, pp. 10-14. 8046. “The Men Behind the Moose, Part Two.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1988, pp. 5-8. 8047. Molloy, Sharon. “Crime and Punishment.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1994, p. 12. 8048. Molloy, Sharon. “Greetings from Frostbite Falls.” Frostbite Falls Far- Flung Flier. Sept. 1993, pp. 10-11. 8049. Molloy, Sharon. “If It’s Godunov for Boris.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1993, pp. 10-11. 8050. “ Moose Vid Duz Wiz Biz!” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1991, pp. 1-2. 8051. “Off to Heaven with Volume Seven!” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1991, p. 4. 8052. “The Other Actors.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1986, pp. 2- 4. 8053. “The Other Actors – Addenda and Corrigenda.” Frostbite Falls Far- Flung Flier. Dec. 1986, pp. 4-5. 8054. “The Other Actors – Part Three.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1987, p. 2. United States: Animation 413

8055. Pathe Club, New York. “Aesop’s Fables.” In Pathe Club, New York. Yearbook, 1927, p. 37. NY: The Club, 1927. 8056. “Peabody’s Improbable History.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1992, pp. 6-7. 8057. Peters, Jenny. “The Adventures of Rocky & Bullwinkle: Moose and Squirrel Live Again.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 12-15, 105. 8058. “Quisp vs. Quake: ‘Sort of a Breakfast Feud.’” Frostbite Falls Far- Flung Flier. Sept. 1993, pp. 21-23. 8059. “Roleplaying Game.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1988, p. 4. 8060. “Schnooks on Cable.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1992, pp. 1-2. 8061. “The Search for Bullwinkle in Europe Continues.” Frostbite Falls Far- Flung Flier. March 1987, p. 11. 8062. Solomon, Charles. “Rocky’s Road: A Squiaky Squirrel and Dim-Bulb Moose Influenced a Generation.” TV Guide. July 12, 1997, p. 27. 8063. “Sonny Tufts?!” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1990, p. 9. 8064. “The Space Granny Pilot.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1995, pp. 4-5. 8065. “Spike Jones and Boris Badenov.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1987, pp. 4-5. 8066. “Statehood for Moosylvania.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Feb. 1991, pp. 6-7. 8067. “Stays Crunchy Even in Milk: Cap’n Crunch and the Other Crunch Cereals.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1993, pp. 6-8. 8068. “Stokey the Bear – The Lost Episode.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1990, p. 11. 8069. “Universal Squirrel.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1992, p. 5. 8070. Van Hise, James. “Rocky and Bullwinkle.” Comics Feature. Dec. 1986, pp. 60-65. 8071. “Waffle, Waffle!” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1993, p. 14. 8072. “A Whale of a Tale.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Sept. 1995, p. 7. 8073. “Whiplash Wires.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. Dec. 1990, pp. 6-9. 8074. “Who Was Who.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1990, pp. 10- 11. 8075. Wise, Ronnie. “The Day Bullwinkle Made Ben Casey Smile!” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. June 1989, pp. 4-5. 8076. Wise, Ronnie. “Rocky and Bullwinkle, Cereal Husksters.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. April 1989, pp. 6-7. “Rugrats” 8077. Ball, Ryan. “Boys and Girls Gone Wild: The Brat Pack Is Back To Wreak Big-Screen Havoc in Rugrats Gone Wild.” Animation. June 2003, p. 18. 414 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8078. Cohen, Karl. “John Waters May Sue Nickelodeon over the Rights to Use ‘Odorama’ in the Latest Rugrats Feature.” ASIFA San Francisco. July-Aug. 2003, p. 4. 8079. Dempsey, John. “‘Rugrats’ Ups Nick to Ratings Record.” Variety. Jan. 25-31, 1999, p. 54. 8080. Desowitz, Bill. “Rugrats Celebrates 10th Anniversary.” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 9-10. 8081. “Episode Guide.” fps. Summer 1996, pp. 28-30. 8082. Goethals, Johann. “De Rugrats van Class-key Chew Poe.” Plateau. 20:2 (1999), pp. 12-13. 8083. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Rugrats in Paris – The Movie.” Animation. Nov. 2000, pp. 32-35. 8084. Hindes, Andrew. “‘Rugrats’ Romps at B.O.” Daily Variety. Nov. 23, 1998, pp. 1, 10. 8085. Hindes, Andrew. “‘Rugrats’ Redux.” Variety. Feb. 18, 1998, p. 10. 8086. Katz, Richard. “‘Rugrats’ Thanksgiving Celebrates Ratings Win.” Daily Variety. Nov. 13, 1998, p. 5. 8087. Klady, Leonard. “‘Rugrats’ Toon in Top of B.O. Slot.” Variety. Nov. 30-Dec. 6, 1998, p. 11. 8088. Koehler, Robert. “Les Rats de Rug: Tres Bon.” Variety. Nov. 13-19, 2000, p. 23, 34. 8089. Leydon, Joe. “Rapid-Paced ‘Rugrats’ Mostly Just for the Kids.” Daily Variety. Nov. 11, 1998, pp. 2, 7. 8090. Leydon, Joe. “The Rugrats Movie.” Variety. Nov. 16-22, 1998, pp. 34- 35. 8091. Lipman, Amanda. “The Rugrats Movie.” Sight and Sound. April 1999, pp. 56-57. 8092. McCarthy, Todd. “Toon Antics Too Frantic.” Variety. June 9-15, 2003, pp. 25, 31. 8093. MacFarlane, Ron. “Rugrats Hit the Road.” Animation World. April 1998. 3 pp. 8094. Mallory, Michael. “Hit Series a Merchandise Phenomenon; Rugrats Taking Retailers by Storm.” Daily Variety. Oct. 1, 1996. 8095. Mallory, Michael. “Shifting to the Big Screen: The Rugrats Movie.” Animation World. Dec. 1998. 3 pp. 8096. Oei, Lily and John Dempsey. “‘Rugrats’ Rule Roost in Nick’s Toon Team-Up.” Variety. June 16-22, 2003, p. 6. 8097. Peters, Jenny. “The Rugrats Movie: It’s a ‘Dil’ of a Pickle.” Animation. Nov.-Dec. 1998, pp. 10-12. 8098. “The Rugrats Movie.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, p. 59. 8099. Schreiber, Dominic. “‘Rugrats’ Pic Ends Year on High Note for Klasky- Csupo.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, pp. A-25, A-27. 8100. “Toon Tykes.” fps. Spring 1996, pp. 32-33, 35. United States: Animation 415

8101. Townsend, Emru. “Toon Tykes: The Conclusion of Our Retrospective of Klasky-Csupo’s Rugrats.” fps. Summer 1996, pp. 24-27. 8102. Zahed, Ramin. “Adventures in Tweenland.” Animation. Dec. 2003, pp. 22-23. “Sammy” 8103. Fries, Laura. “Sammy.” Variety. July 31-Aug. 6, 2000, p. 34. 8104. Mills, Bart. “Cartoon Draws a Spade.” New York Daily News. Aug. 8, 2000, p. 47. “Samurai Jack” 8105. Amidi, Amid. “Samurai Jack.” Animation Blast. No. 7, 2001, pp. 6-9. 8106. Burgess, A. “Cartoon Gives Samurai Jack a Sharp Merch Edge.” Kid Screen. Aug. 1, 2001, p. 21. 8107. Fritz, Steve. “Samurai Jack: A Warrior out of Time.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 31, 2001, p. 48. 8108. Hogan, M. “AOL Backs Cartoon’s ‘Samurai Jack’ Premiere.” Multi- Channel News. July 23, 2001, p. 78. 8109. “Samurai Jack To Debut on Cartoon Network.” Animation. July 2001, p. 13. “Santa vs. the Snowman” 8110. Deneroff, Harvey. “Santa vs. the Snowman in IMAX.” Animatoon. No. 40, 2002, pp. 44-45. 8111. Holden, Stephen. ‘“Santa vs. the Snowman.’” New York Times. Nov. 1, 2002. 8112. “20 Year Anniversary: John Coates’ The Snowman: a Triumphant Traditional.” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, p. 24. “Schoolhouse Rock” 8113. Moore, Steve. “ABC Gives Short but Memorable Lessons on ‘Schoolhouse Rock.’” Las Vegas Review-Journal. April 30, 1994. 8114. Novak, Ralph. “Schoolhouse Rock! History Rock.” People. July 6, 1987, p. 12. 8115. Stone, Radford. ‘“Schoolhouse Rock’: Kids Are Sold on It; So Are Its Advertisers.” Broadcasting. Dec. 4, 1978, p. 10. “Scooby-Doo” 8116. Boland, Michaela and Marc Graser. “‘Scooby’ Web Junket Collars Negative Buzz.” Variety. May 14-20, 2001, p. 5. 416 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8117. Morgan, Richard. “Scooby Doo, Pepsi Sign up for Mall Net.” Variety. March 24, 1998, p. 12. 8118. “Scooby Doo Unmasks Another Black Hooded Villain. Mistress Lola Finally Comes Out.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, p. 6. “Sesame Street” 8119. Guider, Elizabeth. “‘Sesame’ Seeds Global Goodwill.” Variety. Aug. 25-31, 2003, pp. 6, 112. 8120. Kaufman, Debra. “ ‘Sesame Street’ Goes 3D: Realtime Associates Relies on Nichimen Graphics.” Animation. May 1998, p. 10. 8121. Simensky, Linda. “25 Animated Years for ‘Sesame Street.’” Animation. Jan. 1995, pp. 16, 18-19. “Seussical” 8122. Friedlander, Mira. “B’way Checks Out Dr. Seuss Tuner.” Variety. Aug. 30-Sept. 5, 1999, pp. 161, 163. 8123. Hayes, Dade. “Are There Enough Legs in Whoville?” Variety. Nov. 20- 26, 2000, pp. 7-8. 8124. Taylor, Markland. “U Follows Disney’s Lead with ‘Seussical.’” Variety. Sept. 18-24, 2000, pp. 74,78. “Shrek” 8125. Ball, Ryan. “It’s Playtime for the Not-So-Lean Green Machine: Multi- Platform Shrek Is a Swamp Gas.” Animation. March 2003, p. 13. 8126. “Congratulations to PDI for Winning 8 Annie Awards for ‘Shrek.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 1. 8127. Fritz, Steve. “Shrek Shambles from Swamp to Screen.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 8, 2001, p. 38. 8128. Furniss, Maureen. “Shrek: Something Old, Something New.” Animation World. May 2001, pp. 16-19. 8129. Hayes, Dade. “‘Shrek’ Makes House Calls.” Variety. March 12-18, 2001, p. 4. 8130. Karon, Paul. “Potential Giant Killers Lurk.” Variety. Dec. 24, 2001-Jan. 6, 2002, p. 36. 8131. Kaufman, Debra. “Shrek: Dream Work’s Upside Down Fairy Tale.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 30-32. 8132. Kenyon, Heather and Leigh Godfrey. “Shrek Wins Big at 2001 Annie Awards.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 66-67. 8133. Koehler, Robert. “Shrek.” Variety. Nov. 12-18, 2001, p. 30. 8134. Koseluk, Chris. “On Co-Directing Shrek: Victoria Jenson.” Animation World. May 2001, pp. 13-15. United States: Animation 417

8135. McCarthy, Todd. “‘Shrek’ Will Charm Kids, Adults on Road to Cannes.” Variety. May 7-13, 2001, pp. 49, 58. 8136. “PDI/Dream Work’s ‘Shrek’ Is Breaking Sales Records Too.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 3. 8137. Robinson, Chris. “Shrekxxx.” Animation World. July 2001, pp. 18-19. 8138. “Shrek.” Animatoon. June 2001, p. 86. 8139. “Shrek.” Animatoon. No. 32, 2001, pp. 48-49. 8140. “‘Shrek’ Wins More Awards.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2002, p. 1. “Silly Symphonies” 8141. Geis, Darlene. Treasury of Cartoon Classics: Walt Disney’s Silly Symphonies. Disney, 1995. 256 pp. 8142. Minney, Rubeigh J. “Silly Symphonier.” In Hollywood by Starlight, by Rubeigh J. Minney, pp. 208-211. London: Chapman and Hall, 1935. 8143. Muhr, Gunilla. “Modernist Traits in the Silly Symphonies.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 11, 1997. 8144. “The Pied Piper and Lullaby Land – Two Silly Symphonies.” Theatre Arts Monthly. Oct. 1933, pp. 817-818. 8145. Silly Symphony Annual. London: Collins, 1936. 96 pp. 8146. Silly Symphony Omnibus. London: Lane, 1935. 70 pp. “Silver Surfer” 8147. Hiltbrand, David. “Across the Universe.” TV Guide. March 28, 1998, p. 35. 8148. Swaniger, Michael. “Silver Surfer: The Series.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 12-21. “Silverwing” 8149. Street, Rita. “Silverwing Ride-Along: Part I.” Animation. April 2003, p. 16. 8150. Zahed, Ramin. “Silverwing Ride-Along: Part 2. When Actors Go Batty.” Animation. May 2003, p. 10. 8151. Zahed, Ramin. “Silverwing Ride-Along: Part 3. Devising a Game Plan.” Animation. June 2003, p. 6. 8152. Zahed, Ramin. “Silverwing Ride-Along: Part 6. The Final Touches.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 10. “The Simpsons” 8153. Adalian, Josef. “Fox Lays up New ‘Simpsons’ Goodies.” Variety. Feb. 11-17, 2002, p. 7. 418 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8154. Adalian, Josef. “Homer Invites Rupe.” Variety. July 27-Aug. 2, 1998, p. 25. 8155. Adams, Mary A. “The Simpsons and Samhain.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. 8156. Albert, John, ed. Leaving Springfield: The Simpsons and the Possibility of Oppositional Culture. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 2003. 384 pp. 8157. Ascher-Walsh, Rebecca. “Adventures in Animayhem.” Entertainment Weekly. Aug. 7, 1992, p. 70. 8158. Atterbom, Daniel. “Tecknade Figurer Populära i USA.” Bild & Bubbla. No. 3, 1990, p. 17. 8159. “Bart Simpson Hits the Books.” Advertising Age. April 8, 1991, p. 48. 8160. Bennett, Ralph K. “Tycoon Tips from C. Montgomery Burns.” Regardie’s Power. Nov./Dec. 1999, pp. 52-53. 8161. Benson, Jim. ‘“Simpsons’ Hits a Syndie Homer.” Variety. Oct. 10-16, 1994, pp. 42-43. 8162. Benson, Jim. ‘“Simpsons’ Surprise Syndicated Success.” Variety. Nov. 28-Dec. 4, 1994, pp. 35, 40. 8163. Benson, Jim. ‘“Simpsons’ Tops Syndie Race.” Variety. Feb. 6-12, 1995, p. 29. 8164. Bianco, Robert. “Some TV Traditions Are Beyond the Laws of Time and Tide.” USA Today. Oct. 30, 2003. 8165. Carey, Derek. ‘“Simpsons’ Producer Plans Shockwave, com Animation.” Reuters dispatch, March 20, 2000. 8166. Carter, Bill. “Bill Cosby Hanging on Despite Simpsons.” New York Times. Feb. 21, 1991, p. B1-2. 8167. “Çilgin Simpson’lar.” Karikatürk. Mart 1994, p. 40. 8168. Colby, Pamela A. “Underachievers and Proud of It.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Chicago, IL, April 6, 1994. 33 pp. 8169. Connolly, William. “Embracing the Television: A Look at Parody and The Simpsons.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 14, 2001. 8170. Corliss, Richard. “Simpsons Forever.” Time. May 2, 1994, p. 77. 8171. David, Peter. “Live Fun with The Simpsons.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 16, 2002, p. 58. 8172. d’Hondt, Ivan. “The Simpsons.” Plateau. Summer 1991, pp. 9-10. 8173. “Dig That Simpson Sound.” Time. Dec. 10, 1990, p. 105. 8174. ‘“D’Oh?” Inklings. Summer 1998, p. 12. 8175. Dutter, Barry. “No Longer Underachieving: The Simpsons Ninth Episode Guide.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 30, 1998, p. 29. 8176. Elm, Joanna. “Are the Simpsons America’s TV Family of the ‘90s?” TV Guide. March 17, 1990, pp. 7-8. United States: Animation 419

8177. Fierman, Daniel. “The Odyssey of Homer.” Entertainment Weekly. April 17, 1998, p. 84. 8178. Freeman, Mike. “FOX Denies Any Simpsons Favoritism.” Broadcasting & Cable. March 22, 1993, pp. 22-23. 8179. Freeman, Mike. “Stations Abuzz over Off-FOX Bart.” Broadcasting & Cable. March 16, 1992, pp. 16-17. 8180. Gajilan, Arlyn T. “Get Lost in Springfield.” Newsweek. Oct. 13, 1997, p. 85. 8181. Gates, James. “The Simpsons Go 3-D.” Animation Magazine. Oct./Nov. 1995, pp. 18-19. 8182. Gerosa, Melina. “From Bright Buttons to Bart Bubblegum.” Entertainment Weekly. May 18, 1990, p. 44. 8183. Gorman, Steve. “Celebrating 300 Episodes of ‘The Simpsons.’” Philadelphia Metro. Feb. 10, 2003, p. 16. Reuters dispatch. 8184. Groening, Matt. The Simpsons: A Complete Guide to Our Favorite Family. Edited by Ray Richmond. NY: Harper Collins, 1997. 249 pp. 8185. Grover, R. “See the Simpsons Run and Run.” Business Week. Industrial Technology Edition. Feb. 7, 1994, p. 36. 8186. Hacohen, Gonen. “The Simpsons: Semiotics Analysis of Primetime Animation Satire.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 24, 2001. 8187. Harris, Mark. “Two-faced Bart.” Entertainment Weekly. Feb. 8, 1991, p. 8. 8188. Hazuka, Tom. “It Takes One To Know One: The Simpsons As Television Critic.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 1995. 8189. Hazuka, Tom. “Citizen Bart: A Screen Test of The Simpsons.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Chicago, IL, April 6, 1994. 8 pp. 8190. Holiday, Ruth. “Unpacking The Simpson’s Work Family Picnic.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 27, 1996. 8191. Hontz, Jenny. “No Dough, New ‘Doh!’?” Variety. March 20, 1998, p. 9. 8192. Hontz, Jenny. “Simpsons May Lose Their Voices.” Variety. March 13, 1998, pp. 1, 47. 8193. Horton, Liz. “The Simpsons Turn to Print.” Folio: The Magazine for Magazine Management. May 1, 1991, pp. 57-58. 8194. Howley, Kevin. “Tooning in to The Simpsons.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Chicago, IL, April 6, 1994. 12 pp. 8195. Irwin, William, Mark Conrad, and Aeon Skoble, eds. The Simpsons and Philosophy, the D’oh! of Homer. Chicago, IL: Open Court, 2001. 314 pp. 420 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8196. Kaufman, Joanne. “Life in Hell’s Matt Groening Goes Overboard To Make The Simpsons the First Family of TV ‘Toons.’” People Weekly. Dec. 18, 1989, p. 108. 8197. Kennedy, L. “Risqué Business: Fox Stoops To Conquer.” Village Voice. April 10, 1990. 8198. Kinsley, Michael. “Bart for President.” The New Republic. July 23, 1990, p. 4. 8199. Lander, Irene M. “Monetary Burns: From Corporate Monsters All Blessings Fall.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 8200. Lefton, Terry. “Don’t Tell Mom: Fox Looks to Degenerate Clown and a Violent Cat-and-Mouse Duo to Revitalize ‘The Simpsons’ Merchandise Sales.” Brandweek. Aug. 10, 1992, pp. 16-17. 8201. Loos, Ted. “Commuting the Pacific, Unseating ‘The Simpsons.’” New York Times. Nov. 10, 2002, pp. 28, 33. 8202. McClellan, Steve. “‘Bart,’ ‘Fresh Prince’ Top New Off-Net Shows.” Broadcasting & Cable. Jan. 16, 1995, pp. 72-74. 8203. “Marge to Barbera: Eat My Shorts.” Entertainment Weekly. Nov. 1991. 8204. Marion, Jane. “Oh, Brother! Danny Devito Gives Homer Simpson’s Long-lost Sibling a Voice.” TV Guide. Feb. 16, 1991, pp. 20-21. 8205. Marriott, Michel. “I’m Bart, I’m Black So What About It?” New York Times. Sept. 19, 1990, pp. B1, B5. 8206. Martyn, Warren and Adrian Wood. I Can’t Believe It’s an Unofficial Simpsons Guide. London: Virgin Publishing, 1997. 243 pp. 8207. Mittell, Jason. “Cartoon Realism: Genre Mixing and the Cultural Life of The Simpsons.” The Velvet Light Trap. 47 (2001), pp. 15-28. 8208. Monroe, Marvin. “Simpsons Episode Guide Update: Seasons Five and Six.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 27, 1995, pp. 42, 46. 8209. Moylan, Brian. “Cartoon Hits a Homer.” Washington Blade. April 18, 2003, p. 59. 8210. O’Brien, Pam Colby. “The Birth of The Simpsons: Why Fox Brought Animation Back to Primetime Television.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. 8211. Ott, Brian L. ‘“I’m Bart Simpson, Who the Hell Are You?’ A Study in Postmodern Identity (Re)Construction.” Journal of Popular Culture. Aug. 2003, pp. 56-82. 8212. Parisi, Peter. ‘“Black Bart’ Simpson: Appropriation and Revitalization in Commodity Culture.” Journal of Popular Culture. Summer 1993, pp. 125-142. 8213. Peers, Alexandra. “TV’s Simpsons Stir Controversy as They Seek Entry to Art World.” Wall Street Journal. June 6, 1991, pp. C1, C19. 8214. “Power Shift for The Simpsons.” Entertainment Weekly. Dec. 21, 1990, p. 53. United States: Animation 421

8215. Raphael, Steve. “Will It Be Bart or Bill?” Crain’s Detroit Business. Sept. 17, 1990, p. 29. 8216. Reilly, Patrick M. “Simpsons Elbow into Welsh Publishing.” Wall Street Journal. Oct. 23, 1990, pp. B1, B10. 8217. “Respect Due.” Manga Max. Dec. 1999, p. 6. 8218. Rhodes, Joe. “The Making of The Simpsons.” Entertainment Weekly. May 18, 1990, pp. 34-43. 8219. Rovin, Jeff. Simpson Fever! NY: St. Martin’s Paperbacks, 1990. 8220. Scott, A.O. “Homer’s Odyssey.” New York Times Magazine. Nov. 4, 2001, pp. 42-47. 8221. Shaw, David. “The Simpsons: The Race Card.” In Facing Difference: Race, Gender and Mass Media, edited by Shirley Biagi and Marilyn Kern-Foxworth. Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press, 1997. 8222. “Simpson Hollywood’lu Oldu.” Karikatürk. No. 75, 2000, p. 8. 8223. ‘“The Simpsons.’” Toon Art Times (Sydney). Dec. 1992, p. 2. 8224. “Simpsons Switch.” Broadcasting. Aug. 31, 1992, p. 19. 8225. Sloane, Rob. “Images of Television in The Simpsons.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. 8226. Solano, Jorge. “Cat and Mouse.” Thirty-Fourth Street (University of Pennsylvania). Dec. 4, 1997, p. 13. 8227. Spotnitz, Frank. “Ullman to FOX: Eat My Shorts!” Entertainment Weekly. Oct. 23, 1992, p. 8. 8228. Stein, Harry. “Bush Barks Up Wrong Tree When He Slams Simpsons.” TV Guide. May 23, 1992, p. 31. 8229. Sterngold, James. “The Simpsons and Their Progeny Colonize Television in a Golden Era for Animation.” New York Times. March 16, 1998. 8230. Stuever, Hank. “The ’Toon America Ate Up.” Washington Post. Jan. 14, 2000, pp. C-1, C-8. 8231. “Thesimpsons.com” EV. Dec. 2000, pp. 46, 48. 8232. Tobenkin, David. “Simpsons Soars in Syndicated Debut.” Broadcasting & Cable. Sept. 26, 1994, p. 12. 8233. Toledo, Joe. “Mmmmmm…A Virtual Travel Guide: Virtual Springfield.” Animation World Magazine. Oct. 1997, 2 pp. 8234. “Tracey Ullman Files Suit Against News Corp Unit.” Wall Street Journal. April 19, 1991, p. B3. 8235. Walko, Bill. “The Simpsons: A Checklist.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 14, 1994, p. 40. 8236. Warner, Fara and Terry Lefton. “Bart Inks Sweet New Deal.” Brandweek. March 22, 1993, p. 4. 8237. Waters, Harry F. “Family Feuds.” Newsweek. April 23, 1990, pp. 57-61. 8238. Waters, Harry F. “Move Over, Bart Simpson [Nicktoons].” Newsweek. Feb. 3, 1992, p. 69. 422 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8239. Williams, Lori-Anne. “D’Oh! What a Hero: Homer Simpson as an American Worker.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 15, 2001. 8240. Yokota, Masao. “The Simpsons and Mental Problems.” The Japanese Journal of Animation Studies. 2:1A, 2000, pp. 54-55. “Sinbad” 8241. “Atari Ships Sinbad: Legend of the Seven Seas PC Game.” Business Wire. Oct. 16, 2003. 8242. Curiel, Jonathan. “Arab Film Festival Looks Beyond Stereotypes of Sheikhs, Tents and Veils.” San Francisco Chronicle. Sept. 25, 2003. 8243. Desowitz, Bill. “Sinbad Sets Sail on a New Journey into Water Surfaces.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 36-39. 8244. Holson, Laurel M. “Animated Film Is Latest Title To Run Aground at DreamWorks.” New York Times. July 21, 2003, pp. C1-C2. 8245. Howe, Desson. “ N o Sea Changes in This ’sinbad.’” Washington Post. July 4, 2003, pp. 30-31. 8246. Hunter, Stephen. “‘Sinbad,’ Blown Off Course.” Washington Post. July 2, 2003, pp. C1, C10. 8247. McCarthy, Todd. “Tooning into Ancient Myths.” Variety. June 30-July 13, 2003, pp. 23, 30. 8248. Miller, Brian. “Sinbad: Legend of the Seven Seas. Disparate Animation Styles Undermine Enjoyable Kiddie Swashbuckler.” Seattle Weekly. July 2-8, 2003. 8249. Mitchell, Elvis. “A Selfish Adventurer with a Selfless Mission.” New York Times. July 2, 2003. 8250. Nichols, Peter M. “Act the Pirate All You Want, Your Heart’s in the Right Place.” New York Times. July 11, 2003. 8251. Park, Ed. “Arabian Noughts: Sinbad and the Order of the Phoenix.” Village Voice. July 2-8, 2003. “Sitting Ducks” 8252. “Creative Process: Sitting Ducks.” Animation. Oct. 2001, pp. 32-33. 8253. Deneroff, Harvey. “Sitting Ducks – The 3D Computer Animated Series.” Animatoon. June 2001, pp. 70-74. “Sleeping Beauty” 8254. Hayes, Dade. “Familiar Tale Casts New Spell.” Variety. Sept. 15-21, 2003, p. 33. 8255. Thomas, Beth. “Arthur and Aurora: An Archetypal Analysis of Walt Disney’s Sleeping Beauty.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 62-63. United States: Animation 423

“Smurfs” 8256. Duquette, Nicolas. “Smurf Theme Song Unearthed.” Animato! Spring 1997, pp. 70-71. 8257. Greene, Richard and Ellyn Spragins. “Smurfy to the Max.” Forbes. Nov. 8, 1988, pp. 67-70. 8258. “How They Keep Smurfs Under Control.” Sales & Marketing Management. Dec. 5, 1983, pp. 63-64. 8259. Kastner, Susan. “Lovable Little Smurfs Have a Hidden Darker Side When They’re Crossed.” Starweek. July 18, 1987. 8260. Vrielynck, Robert. “How the Smurfs Stole Saturday Morning.” Plateau. Autumn 1983, p. 27. “SnowWhite” 8261. Adler, Stephen. “Snow White for the Defense: Why Disney Doesn’t Lose.” The American Lawyer. March 1983, p. 7. 8262. Baskette, Kirtley. “The Amazing Inside Story of How They Made Snow White.” Photoplay. Apil 1938, pp. 23+. 8263. Boone, Andrew R. “Snow White and The Seven Dwarfs.” Popular Science Monthly. Jan. 1938, pp. 50-52+. 8264. Bristol, George T. “Snow White: Inanimate Characters Become a New Force in Merchandising.” Dun’s Review. April 1938, pp. 13-17. 8265. Cottrell, Laurie. “Snow White, 50 Years Later: Critiques.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 11-12. 8266. Desowitz, Bill. “Snow White Immerses Viewers on New Platinum DVD.” Animation. Oct. 2001, p. 48. 8267. Desowitz, Bill. “Snow White: The Fountainhead of Feature Film Animation.” Animation. March 1998, pp. 9-10, 12. 8268. “Films: Snow White and the Twelve Hundred Dwarfs.” The Nation. May 10, 1941, p. 565. 8269. Groves, Don. “Disney Sees Green with ‘White’ Vid/DVD.” Variety. Nov. 26-Dec. 2, 2001, p. 15. 8270. Inge, M. Thomas. “The Brothers Grimm and Disney’s Snow White.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. 8271. Inge, M. Thomas. “New Light on Snow White: Art, Adaptation, and Ideology in Disney’s Film.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 13, 2001. 8272. Jordan, Richard Tyler. “Snow White: A Celebration.” Boxoffice. July 1987, pp. 34-35. 8273. Kahn, Kenneth and Henry Lieberman. “Computer Animation – Snow White’s Dream Machine.” Technology Review. Oct.-Nov. 1977, pp. 34- 46. 424 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8274. Kaufman, J.B. “Before Snow White.” Film History. 5:2 (1993), pp. 158- 175. 8275. Krause, Martin and Linda Witkowski. Walt Disney’s Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs. NY: Hyperion, 1994. 8276. McCarthy, Todd. “Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs.” Variety. Oct. 15-21, 2001, p. 35. 8277. Peoples, Don. “Eighty-Three Minutes That Revolutionized Entertainment.” Penstuff. Oct. 1996, p. 11. 8278. Roberts, Sonia. “Snow White and the Magnificent 7.” Art and Antiques Weekly. Dec. 19, 1980-Jan. 1, 1981, pp. 16-19. 8279. “Sneeuwwitje en de Zeven Dwergen.” Stripschrift. May 1995, pp. 12- 13. 8280. ‘“Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs’ First Use of Digital Technology.” Broadcast Asia. Oct./Nov. 1993, pp. 32-33. 8281. “Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs: ‘Magic Mirror on the Wall, Who Is the Fairest One of All?’” Animatoon. No. 33, 2001, p. 89. 8282. Stillwell, Miriam. “The Story Behind Snow White’s $10,000,000 Surprise Party.” Liberty. April 9, 1938, pp. 7-8. 8283. Stillwell, Miriam. “Walt Disney’s $10,000,000 Surprise.” Reader’s Digest. June 9, 1938, pp. 25-26. 8284. Tessier, William. “Snow White and Cinderella: Modern Folktales in the Disney Fashion.” Animatrix. Issue 10, 1999, pp. 38-49. 8285. Timmons, George. “Snow White, 50 Years Later: Concerns.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 11-12, 14. 8286. Torgerson, Ellen. “The New Look Along Snow White Boulevard.” TV Guide. May 14, 1977, pp. 10-12. 8287. Walt Disney Productions. Walt Disney’s Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs. NY: Viking Press, 1979. 8288. Williams, David. “The Dope on Dopey: The Development of Character Personality in Disney’s Snow White and the Seven Dwarves.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 30, 1995. 8289. Wright, Terri M. “Romancing the Tale: Walt Disney’s Adaptation of the Grimms’ ‘Snow White.’” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Fall 1997, pp. 98-109. “Song of the South” 8290. Adler, Lisa. “Group Protests Showing of Film at Venice Theatre.” The Evening Outlook. Jan. 21, 1981. 8291. Scapperotti, Dan. “Zip-a-Dee-Do-Don’t: Disney’s Missing Song of the South.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, pp. 20-21. United States: Animation 425

“South Park” 8292. Baisley, Sarah. “Where It’s Cool To Break a Rule.” Animation. Nov. 1997, pp. 6, 8-9, 43. 8293. Bart, Peter. “Do Censors Need Censoring?” Variety. July 12-18, 1999, p. 4. 8294. Blivess, S. “Mapping South Park: Social Satire or Postmodern Parody.: Paper presented at Western States Communication Association, Vancouver, British Columbia, Feb. 1999. 8295. Cobb, N. ‘“South Park’ – It’s a Gas, Creative, Crass, Obsessed with Bodily Functions, Cable’s New Cartoon, Nurtured by the Net, Has Grown into a Cult Phenomenon.” Boston Globe. Jan. 28, 1998, p. D11. 8296. Cohen, Karl. “What Was Censored from the South Park Feature?” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 1999, pp. 5-6. 8297. Collins, J. “Gross and Grosser.” Time. March 23, 1998, pp. 75-76. 8298. David, Peter. “But I Digress.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 6, 1999, p. 58. 8299. D’Hondt, Ivan. “Editoriaal.” Plateau. 21:1 (2000), p. 2. 8300. Fox, Tony. “Swimming Pools, Movie Stars…Bronco Fans.” Animation Planet. Spring/Summer 1998, pp. 28-30, 32-35, 47. 8301. Frankenhoff, Brent. “Goin’ Down to South Park To See the Episodes.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Oct. 30, 1998, p. 28. 8302. Glaser, M. “Love ’Em or Hate ’Em, ‘South Park’ and Its Antics Set the Web Abuzz.” Los Angeles Times. April 9, 1998, Section CAL, p. 48. 8303. Goodman, Martin. “Let’s Go to South Park.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 26- 29. 8304. Halsberghe, Simon. “Fuck Filosofie!” Plateau. 21:2 (2000), p. 6. 8305. Hamilton, Kendall. “Meanwhile, Back at HQ.” Newsweek. March 23, 1998, p. 62. 8306. Harris, L. ‘“South Park’: Educators Not Amused.” Atlanta Journal- Constitution. March 4, 1998, pp. C1, C2. 8307. Harvey, Dennis. “Bigscreen ‘Park’ Hits the Mark.” Variety. June 28/July 11, 1999, p. 73. 8308. Higgins, John. “South Park: An Original Original.” Broadcasting and Cable. Oct. 20, 1997, p. 44. 8309. Hontz, J. ‘“South Park’s’ Big Doo S-word Flies 162 Times.” New York Daily News. June 22, 2001, p. 130. 8310. Johnson, G. ‘“South Park’ Products Move into Big Chains.” Denver Post. Nov. 16, 1998, p. 10F. 8311. Katz, Richard. ‘“South Park’ Creators Eye Comedy Central Prexy Post.” Daily Variety. Dec. 4, 1998, p. 2. 8312. Keveney, Bill. “TV Icon Norman Lear Is Goin’ Down to ‘South Park.’” USA Today. March 18, 2003. 426 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8313. Kloer, P. “‘Beavis’ Who? Meet Cable TV’s New ‘Butt-heads.‘” Atlanta Journal-Constitution. Feb. 8, 1998, p. L3. 8314. Lawry, T. “Life Beyond South Park.” Business Week. May 28, 2001, p. 94. 8315. McDonald, Scott. “Tales from the Park Side.” TV Guide. Oct. 18, 1997, pp. 28-30. 8316. McDonald, Stef. “ 2 5 Shocking Secrets You Need To Know about South Park.” TV Guide. March 28, 1998, pp. 22-25. 8317. Marin, Rick. “The Rude Tube.” Newsweek. March 23, 1998, pp. 56-62. 8318. Marin, Rick. “South Park: The Rude Tube.” Newsweek. March 23, 1998, pp. 56-62. 8319. Mathijs, Ernest. “Het Ware Gelaat van Kenny! South Park als Reflexieve Hyperbool.” Plateau. 21:2 (2000), pp. 3-6. 8320. Miller, Chuck. “Greetings from South Park: ‘They’ve Killed Kenny! – The Bastards!’” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 78-80. 8321. Norris, C. “Welcome to South Park…Fat Ass.” Spin. March 1998, pp. 66-68. 8322. Patten, Marc. “Goin’ Down to ‘South Park’ To See Some Merchandise.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 10, 1998, p. 74. 8323. Peters, Jenny. ‘“South Park’ Grows Up.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 18- 20. 8324. Quigley, Marian. “The Politics of Animation: South Park.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 8325. Raugust, Karen. “South Park Products Make a Splash Internationally.” Animation. Oct. 2000, pp. 12, 100. 8326. Richmond, Ray. “Hankey Panky Denied.” Variety. Jan. 12, 1998, p. 55. 8327. Richmond, Ray. “‘Park’ Duo Set for Fest.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, p. 60. 8328. Richmond, Ray. ‘“South Park’ May Warp to Bigscreen.” Variety. Jan. 20, 1998, p. 60. 8329. Richmond, Ray and John Dempsey. ‘“South Park’ Keeps Surging.” Variety. Feb. 20, 1998, p. 5. 8330. Ross, C. “Advertisers Flock To Comedy Central’s Racy ‘South Park.’” Advertising Age. Jan. 12, 1998, pp. 3, 38. 8331. Sheats, Michael. “Nets Liven Things up with Laughter.” Variety. April 27-May 3, 1997, p. 52. 8332. “South Park: Bigger, Longer and Uncut.” Animatoon. No. 45, 2003, p. 87. 8333. “South Park May Hold the Record for the Most Crude Words Per Minute in a Theatrical Feature.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2000, p. 4. 8334. Span, P. ‘“South Park’ Pushes the Taste Envelope.” Washington Post. Sept. 14, 1997, p. G8. United States: Animation 427

8335. Thompson, Maggie. “South Park.” Animation Buyer’s Guide. May 7, 1999, p. 22. 8336. Tompkins, Stephen. “Oh My God, He Deconstructed South Park! You Bastard!” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 8337. “A University Teacher in Australia Says ‘Parents Are Misguided in Fears over ‘South Park.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2003, p. 5. 8338. “Views on Television, The Cartoon Network, South Park on Comedy Central.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 8-9. 8339. Weise, E. ‘“South Park’ Kids Find Home on Web but Comedy Central’s Not Laughing.” USA Today. Feb. 27, 1998, p. D1. 8340. Wild, David. “South Park’s Evil Geniuses and the Triumph of No-Brow Culture.” Rolling Stone. Feb. 19, 1998, pp. 32-38. “Space Ghost Coast to Coast” 8341. Kenyon, Heather. “Late Night with Space Ghost.” Animation World. July 1998, 5 pp. 8342. Reboy, Judith A. “Interview with the Space Ghost.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 30-31, 70. 8343. Reboy, Judith A. “‘Live’ from Ghost Planet.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 27-29. 8344. Reboy, Judith. “Mondo Space Ghost: Everything You Need To Know About the First Animated Talk Show.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 24-26. 8345. Reboy, Judith. “Space Ghost Spin-offs.” Animato! Fall 1995, p. 9. “Space Jam” 8346. Anton, Glenn. “Warners Tries Their Luck.” Animato! Fall 1996, p. 53- 55. 8347. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Space Jam: An Animato! Review.” Animato! Fall 1996, p. 11. 8348. Ivers, Stacy and Tom Knott. “Space Jam: Looney Times in Outer Space.” In Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival. . Program, pp. 96-98. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1996. 8349. Jensen, Jeff. “Space Jam, Turning Point for Warner Bros., Jordan.” Advertising Age. Oct. 28, 1996, p. 16. 8350. Johnson, Ted. “WB Toons Up: ‘Space Jam’ Costs Enter Stratosphere.” Variety. June 24-30, 1996, p. 5. 8351. Lurio, Eric. “Space Jam.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 7-8. “Spawn” 8352. Amidi, Amid. “Spawn.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, p. 5. 8353. Ball, Ryan. “Hell To Play.” Animation. Nov. 2003, p. 14. 428 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8354. David, Peter. “But I Digress.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 29, 1997, p. 90. 8355. “HBO Animation Launches Spawn.” Animato! Spring 1997, p. 14. 8356. Hetherington, Janet L. “Spawn, HBO Animation’s Midnight Crusader.” Animation. June 1997, pp. 12-14, 16, 28. 8357. Miller, Bob. “Spawning Ground.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 40-44, 55. 8358. Miller, Chuck. “Spawn.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 81-83. 8359. “Spawn-a-Thon.” Animation. March 1998, pp. 71, 73. 8360. “Spawn Is Back!” Animato! Spring 1998, p. 85. 8361. St. Lawrence, Gary. “Animated ‘Spawn’ Shoots for 24 Episodes.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 15, 1997, p. 32. “Spider-Man” 8362. Allstetter, Rob. “‘Spider-Man’ Spins Last Original Episodes.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 30, 1998, p. 6. 8363. Ball, Ryan. “Swing Low, Spidey! Daredevil’s in Town.” Animation. March 2003, p. 45. 8364. Bunish, Christine. “Spider-Man: Incredible Effects.” Markee. June 2002, pp. 20-22. 8365. Conroy, Mike. “Fox Revives Animated Spider-Man, Adds-Avengers and Generation X.” Comics International. Feb. 1999, p. 27. 8366. Kenyon, Heather. “Bringing Spidey to Life: Kleiser-Walczak Construction Company.” Animation World. May 1999. 4 pp. 8367. Robertson, Barbara. “State of the Art: A Swinging Time.” Animation. April 2003, pp. 74, 76. 8368. Sphrintz, Janet. “Spider-Man Breaks Free of Legal Web.” Variety. March 8-14, 1999, pp. 4, 6. 8369. Sphrintz, Janet. “Spider-Man Spins Legal Web.” Variety. Aug. 17-23, 1998, p. 8. 8370. Szadkowski, Joseph. “Watch Out Disney! Spider-Man Is Coming to Orlando.” Animation World. May 1999. 4 pp. 8371. “The Web Snares Spider-Man.” Animation. May 2001, p. 30. 8372. Zahed, Ramin. “Spinning a New Web.” Animation. May 2003, p. 50. “Spike and Mike” 8373. Feldman, Paul. “Grossed out for a Quarter Century: Spike and Mike Turns 25.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 8-10. 8374. Henson, Sara. “Spike and Mike: Sick & Twisted.” In Ottawa 00 Inter- national Animation Festival, pp. 65-66. Ottawa: Ottawa International Animation Festival, 2000. United States: Animation 429

8375. Holden, Stephen. “Spike and Mike’s Festival of Animation 1993.” New York Times. Dec. 4, 1993, p. 11. 8376. Howe, Desson. “A Few Good Shorts.” Washington Post Weekend. Feb. 4, 2000, pp. 41-42. 8377. Jackson, Wendy. “Malicious Balloons and Flying Lingerie: Spike and Mike’s 1999 Classic Festival of Animation.” Animation World. April 1999. 4 pp. 8378. “Spike and Mike Acquires Rights to Sickcom’s Flash Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2003, p. 5. 8379. “Spike and Mike Have Influenced the Way Other People Show Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1996, p. 5. 8380. “Spike and Mike’s Festival of Animation.” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, p. 35. 8381. “Spike and Mike Sign with Mega-Agency.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, p. 7. 8382. “Spike and Mike’s Latest Sick & Twisted Package.…” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 1998, p. 1. 8383. “Spike & Mike’s 2001 Classic Festival.…” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2001, pp. 2-3. 8384. “You Have a Few More Chances To See Spike and Mike’s Sick and Twisted Animation.…” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1998, pp. 2-3. “Spirit: Stallion of the Cimarron” 8385. Deneroff, Harvey. “Spirit: Stallion of the Cimarron.” Animatoon. No. 38, 2002, pp. 66-70. 8386. Desowitz, Bill. “Free Spirit: Breaking Boundaries.” Animation. May 2002, pp. 22-24, 26. 8387. McCarthy, Todd. “‘Spirit’ Rides on a Lyrical Landscape.’ Variety. May 20-26, 2002, pp. 25, 33. 8388. Peszko, J. Paul. “Spirit: A Long Shot or a Sure Bet?” Animation World. May 2002, pp. 10-15. 8389. “Spirit, Hero. Legend.” Kayhan Caricature. July 2003, 21 pp. 8390. Street, Rita. “Horse Listener: Lend Your Ear to Sound Design on Spirit DVD.” Animation. Nov. 2002, p. 31. “SpongeBob” 8391. “All Aboard SpongeBob.” Animation. May 2003, p. 19. 8392. Christenson, Elise. “TV: The Next ‘SpongeBob.’” Newsweek. April 21, 2003, p. 12. 8393. DeMott, Rick. “Tom Kenny: Voice of SpongeBob Revealed.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 40-42. 430 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8394. Dempsey, John. “Nick’s Toon Hits Its Target.” Variety. June 3-9, 2002, p. 15. 8395. Edwards, Ellen. ‘“Odd Parents’ Hits Home with Kids.” Washington Post. Feb. 6, 2003, pp. C1, C8. 8396. Flynn, Gillian. “Soaking up Raves.” Entertainment Weekly. July 27, 2001, p. 20. 8397. Fries, Laura. “SpongeBob Squarepants.” Variety. July 12-18, 1999, p. 36. 8398. Gibbs, Hope Katz. “SpongeBob Squarepants: Employee of the Month, THQ.” Washington Post. March 9, 2003. 8399. “Kids Make the Call Thanks to Special Primetime SpongeBob.” Animation. March 2001, p. 10. 8400. Oei, Lily. “Rally the Nerd Herd.” Variety. Oct. 21-27, 2002, p. 28. 8401. Strauss, Gary. “Life’s Good for SpongeBob.” USA Today. May 17, 2002. 8402. “Yellow Power.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, p. 9. “Star Trek” 8403. Cesaro, Joe. “Where No Man Has Drawn Before: Star Trek, the Animated Series.” Comic Book Marketplace. June 1995, pp. 50-56. 8404. Lauderdale, Kevin. “Star Trek: The Animated Series: A Second Look.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 22-23, 69. “Star Wars” 8405. “An Animator’s Work Load at ILM and Why They Didn’t Do on ‘Star Wars: Episode II.’” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 2002, pp. 2-4. 8406. Cohen, Karl. “Star Wars Episode II: Attack of the Clones. Catching up with Rob Coleman, Animation Director.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 23-28. 8407. Desowitz, Bill. “R2D2: From Helpful Droid to Hero.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 32-33. 8408. Desowitz, Bill. “Star Wars Episode II: Attack of the Clones. Creating Clones Is Harder Than It Looks.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 34- 36. 8409. Desowitz, Bill. “Yoda as We’ve Never Seen Him Before.” Animation World. June 2002, pp. 29-31. 8410. Klein, Andy. “Star Wars Episode I: The Phantom Menace.” Animation World. June 1999, 5 pp. 8411. Miller, Bob. “Star Wars Stumpers: Droids.” Animation Planet. Spring/Summer 1998, pp. 42-44. 8412. Smith, Andrew. ‘“Star Wars’ Microseries Light on Talk, Big on Action.” Memphis Commercial Appeal. Nov. 2, 2003. United States: Animation 431

“Stuart Little” 8413. Bunish, Christine. “Stuart Little 2: The CGI Sequel.” Markee. June 2002, pp. 16-18. 8414. Deneroff, Harvey. “Animating “Stuart Little’: An Interview with Henry Anderson.” Animatoon. No. 21, 1999, pp. 80-85. 8415. Gannaway, Ilene R. “Stuart’s Not-So-Little Journey to the Big Screen.” Animation World. Nov. 1999, 9 pp. 8416. Hinckley, David. “Big Comeback at Box Office for ‘Little’ Mouse.” New York Daily News. Jan. 3, 2000, p. 4. 8417. Kaufman, Debra. “Stuart Little: The Digital Mouse from Sony Pictures.” Animation. Dec. 1999, pp. 8-10, 48. 8418. Leydon, Joe. ‘“Stu 2’ Aims To Mop Up with Moppets.” Variety. July 22-28, 2002, pp. 23, 27. 8419. Magid, Ron. “Stuart Little 2: Birds of a Feather.” Animation. July 2002, p. 37. “Super Duper Sumos” 8420. “Super Duper Sumos.” Animation. June 2001, p. 23. 8421. “‘Super Duper Sumos.’” Variety. Jan. 17-23, 2000, p. N22. “Superman” 8422. “Animated ‘Superman’ Makes Its Debut As a Prime-Time Movie.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 5, 1996, p. 8. 8423. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Koko Komments: Superman, Part Three (Plus a Fleischer Video Guide).” Animato! Winter 1988, pp. 28-29. 8424. “Fleischer’s Superman.” Starlog. May 1979, pp. 42-45. 8425. Graeber, Laurel. “Family Fare: Not a Bird, Not a Plane.” New York Times. Nov. 22, 2002. 8426. Savage, Karl. “Superman: The New Superman Adventures.” Toon. Summer 1999, p. 62. 8427. Street, Rita. “The Man of Steel: Following Up on a Tough Act.” Animation. Aug 1996, pp. 44-45. 8428. Van Hise, James. “The Fantastic Fleischer Superman.” Comics Feature. May 1984, pp. 43-46. “The Swan Princess” 8429. Kahn, Al. “Movie Licensing: A Look at ‘The Swan Princess.’” Animation. Feb. 1995, pp. 19, 52. 8430. Mallory, Michael. “ ‘Princess’ Goes West.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, p. A6. 8431. Strauss, Bob. “The Swan Princess.” Animation. Jan. 1995, p. 30. 432 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“Tarzan” 8432. Beck, Jerry. “Disney’s Tarzan: A State of the Art Thrill Ride.” Animation World. July 1999, 4 pp. 8433. Canemaker, John. “Me Tarzan, Me Computer-Assisted.” New York Times. May 2, 1999, pp. 23-24. 8434. Dejonckheere, Jeroen. “Tarzan, A Challenging Character To Draw.” Plateau. 20:3 (1999), pp. 20-21. 8435. Fury, David. Kings of the Jungle: An Illustrated Reference to ‘Tarzan’ on Screen and Television. Jefferson, NC: McFarland and Co., 1994. 256 pp. 8436. Groves, Don. “Disney Goes Ape with ‘Tarzan’ Dubs.” Variety. June 14- 20, 1999, pp. 5-6. 8437. Hettrick, Scott. “Tarzan Puts Grinch in Vidlock.” Variety. Jan. 8-14, 2001, pp. 1,79. 8438. “Images of Jane. Animato! Takes a Peek at the Disney Animation Sketchbook for Tarzan.” Animato! Spring 1998, p. 61. 8439. Kirby, E. Coltrane. “Tarzan Finally Gets Re-animated.” Toon. Summer 1999, pp. 34-42. 8440. Klady, Leonard. “It’s a Jungle Out There: All ‘Tarzan.’” Variety. June 28/July 11, 1999, p. 8. 8441. Lyons, Mike. “Tarzan.” AnimeFantastique. Fall 1999, pp. 54-55. 8442. McCarthy, Todd. “Tarzan.” Variety. June 7-13, 1999, pp. 29, 49. 8443. Mathijs, Ernest. “Keeping It All in the Jungle: Disney’s Tarzan.” Plateau. 20:4 (1999), pp. 11-13. 8444. Peters, Jenny. “Tarzan: Reinventing a Classic.” Animation. July 1999, pp. 10-13. 8445. Reed, Thomas E. “At the Jungle’s Edge Disney’s Tarzan Is Three Movies: One Holds the Key to Disney’s Future.” Toon. Summer 1999, pp. 43-44. 8446. “The Rise of Tarzan.” Kayhan Caricature. June 2001, pp. 47-48. 8447. “Tarzan: From Burroughs to Disney.” Inklings. Spring 1999, pp. 6-7. 8448. Wilner, Norman. “Swing Kid.” Toronto Starweek Magazine. Jan. 29, 2000, p. 86. 8449. Woods, William W. “Disney’s Tarzan and the Archetypal Figure of the Wild Man.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 19, 2000. “Taz-Mania” 8450. Miller, Bob. “Taz-Mania.” Comics Scene. Nov. 1991, pp. 9-12, 58. 8451. “Taz-Mania Episode Guide.” Comics Scene. Nov. 1991, p. 13. United States: Animation 433

“Teacher’s Pet” 8452. Desowitz, Bill. “Teacher’s Pet.” Animation. July 2001, pp. 7-8. 8453. Schneider, Michael. “‘Pet’ Adopted by ABC.” Variety. April 19, 2000. “Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles” 8454. Ball, Ryan. “Splinter Shell.” Animation World. Aug. 2003, pp. 13-14. 8455. Bertieri, Claudio. “Una Proverbialità Smentita.” Comic Art. July 1990, p. 78. 8456. Curson, Nigel. “Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles The Movie!” Speakeasy. July 1990, pp. 22-23, 25. 8457. Kinder, M. Playing with Power in Movies, Television, and Video Games: From Muppet Babies to Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991. 8458. Roehlkepartain, Jolene L. “The Lure of Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles.” Jr. High School Ministry. May-Aug. 1989. 8459. Valpy, Michael. “Finesse Absent in Turtles’ Model.” Toronto Globe and Mail. May 8, 1990. 8460. Weiner, Rex. “Turtles Move to New Zoo.” Variety. July 17-23, 1995, p. 6. “The Thief and the Cobbler” 8461. Deneroff, Harvey. “The Thief and the Cobbler: A Modest Proposal.” Animation World. March 1997, 2 pp. 8462. “Richard Williams’ The Thief and the Cobbler To Be Released on Home Video!” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1997, p. 5. 8463. “Roy Disney Is Interested in Restoring Richard Williams’ ‘Thief and Cobbler.’” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2000, p. 4. 8464. Williams, Alex. “The Thief and the Cobbler.” Animation World. March 1997, 3 pp. “Thumbelina” 8465. “Behind the Scenes at Thumbelina.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 26-27. 8466. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Thumbelina.” Animato! Spring 1994, pp. 25, 60. 8467. Holden, Stephen. “Hans Christian Andersen’s ‘Thumbelina.’” New York Times. March 30, 1994, p. C-19. “Thundarr” 8468. Gasper, Mark. “Close Up: Thundarr.” Comic Times. Jan. 1981, pp. 56- 57. 8469. Gerber, Steve and Paul Dini. “Thundarr Over the Airwaves.” Comics Feature. July 1981, pp. 51-54. 434 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“The Tigger Movie” 8470. “After 17 Years, Tigger and Pooh Are Back!” Animation. March 2000, p. 55. 8471. “Disney Purchases Winnie the Pooh for $350 Million.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2001, p. 4. 8472. DeMott, Rick. “The Wonderful Things about The Tigger Movie.” Animation World. March 2000, 4 pp. 8473. Dolen, Christopher. “Tigger Finally Gets the Artistic Respect He Deserves.” National Post (Canada). Feb. 11, 2000, p. B-3. 8474. McCarthy, Todd. “The Tigger Movie.” Variety. Feb. 14-20, 2000, p. 40. “Tiny Planets” 8475. Beck, Jerry. “Tiny Planets.” Animation World. March 2002, pp. 60-61. 8476. Swain, Bob. “Tiny Planets” Animation. Feb. 2002, pp. 43-44. 8477. “‘Tiny Planets’ Informs.” Variety. Jan. 17-23, 2000, p. N24. “Titan A.E.” 8478. Florence, Bill. “Seeking Titan A.E.” Comics Scene. July 2000, p. 8. 8479. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Titan A.E.: Fox Goes for the Grunge.” Animation. June 2000, pp. 14-16, 58. 8480. Koehler, Robert. “Sci-fi Enters New Territory.” Variety. June 12-18, 2000, pp. 13-14. “Tom and Jerry” 8481. Adams, T.R. Tom and Jerry. Fifty Years of Cat and Mouse. NY: Crescent Books, 1991. 159 pp. 8482. Canby, Vincent. “Tom and Jerry.” New York Times. July 30, 1993, p. C10. 8483. Gainsford, J. “Tom and Jerry ‘Need Violence.’” Telegraph (Sydney). Nov. 18, 1977. 8484. Harbert, Ruth. “Mr. Tom and Mr. Jerry.” Good Housekeeping. March 1956. 8485. Lavernoich, John. “Tom and Jerry: Partners in Mayhem for 60 Years.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 11, 2000, pp. 43-44. 8486. Sieving, Christopher. “Mouse Trouble: A Social Analysis of M-G-M’s Tom and Jerry Cartoons.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 27, 1996. 8487. van Willigen, Rein. “Tom and Jerry. 50 Jaar Vriendschap.” Stripschrift. Nov. 1990, pp. 8-9. 8488. Vrielynck, Robert. “De Terreur van Tom en Jerry.” Plateau. Spring 1984, p. 17. United States: Animation 435

“Tom Slick, Racer” 8489. “The Best of All the Guys.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1993, pp. 1-2. 8490. “Tom Slick Episode Guide.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1993, p. 3. “Top Cat” 8491. “Top Cat.” Variety. Oct. 4, 1961. 8492. “Top Cat Limited Edition.” Toon News (Sydney). July 1996, p. 4. “Toy Story” 8493. “Buzz Lightyear Gets Dirty.” Forbes. Supplement ASAP. Dec. 3, 1997, p. 130. 8494. Cohen, Karl. “Animating Toy Story – The First Computer Generated Feature.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 20-21. 8495. Cohen, Karl. “Animating Toy Story – The First Computer Generated Feature.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Dec. 1995, pp. 7-8. 8496. Cohen, Karl. “False Rumors About Toy Story and Other Disney Features.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 1996, p. 4. 8497. Cohen, Karl. “Pixar’s Toy Story 2 (Part 1).” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 1999, pp. 5-6, 8. 8498. Cohen, Karl. “Toy Story 2, Part 2.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Jan. 2000, pp. 5-6. 8499. Cohen, Karl. “Will Toy Story Win an Oscar?” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Dec. 1995, p. 1. 8500. Dempsey, John. ‘Disney Channel To Play with ‘Toy 2.’” Variety. Dec. 13-19, 1999, p. 67. 8501. Deneroff, Harvey. “Annie Awards: Toy Story 2 Wins Seven Annies Including the Best Theatrical Feature.” Animatoon. No. 29, 2000, pp. 34-37. 8502. Deneroff, Harvey. “Toy Story.” The Animation Report. March/April 1996, p. 9. 8503. Deneroff, Harvey. “Toy Story 2, Forecast of Another Blockbuster.” Animatoon. No. 22, 1999, pp. 88-91. 8504. Desowitz, Bill. “DVD Spotlight: The Ultimate Toy Box Set.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 37. 8505. Desowitz, Bill. “Toy Story 2 Sweeps the Annies.” Animation. Jan. 2001, pp. 21, 24. 8506. Everschor, Franz. “Die Welt aus der Spielzeugkiste. Steve Jobs, Pixar und ‘Toy Story 2.’” Film-dienst. Dec. 1999, pp. 48-49. 8507. Gillespie, Tarleton. “Toy Story and Consumer Culture.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 436 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8508. Grootaers, Elias. “Titan A.E.: Het Failliet van Don Bluth.” Plateau. 21:4 (2000), p. 35. 8509. Groves, Don. “Cineasia Unspools Digital Debate.” Variety. Dec. 13-19, 1999, p. 26. 8510. Groves, Don. “ ‘Toy Story’ Animated in O’seas B.O.” Variety. April 8- 14, 1996, pp. 10, 26. 8511. Groves, Don. ‘“Toy 2’ Romps, ‘Beach’ Beckons O’seas.” Variety. Feb. 28-March 5, 2000, pp. 24, 95. 8512. Hayes, Dade. “Theater Switches a Reel Concern.” Variety. Dec. 13-19, 1999, pp. 9-10. 8513. Kaplan, David. “High Tech in Toon Town. Why the Computer- Generated Hit ‘Toy Story’ May Change the Business of Animation Forever.” Newsweek. Dec. 4, 1995, p. 54. 8514. Kaufman, Debra. “Toy Story 2: Woody’s Dilemma, An Animation Studio’s Triumph.” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 8-10, 56. 8515. King, Thomas R. “Disney Expects ‘Toy Story’ Home-Video To Help Drive Overall Holiday Sales.” Wall Street Journal. Feb. 12, 1996, p. B- 3. 8516. Klady, Leonard. “Toy Story.” Variety. Nov. 20-26, 1995, p. 48. 8517. Kothenschulte, Daniel. “Erfinden wir es Doch auf dem Weg.” Film- dienst. Feb. 2000, pp. 50-51. 8518. Lasseter, John and Steve Daly. Toy Story: The Art and Making of the Animated Film. NY: Hyperion, 1995. 136 pp. 8519. Lefevere, Arnel. “Disney Animeert met Rekentijd: Toy Story.” Stripschrift. June 1996, pp. 20-21. 8520. Levy, Steven and Katie Hafner. “Pixar’s Magic Kingdom: Can Jobs & Co. Top ‘Toy Story’? Disney Is Betting That They Can.” Newsweek. March 17, 1997, pp. 72-75. 8521. Lohr, Steven. “Woody and Buzz, the Untold Story. Could Pixar Make It Without Disney?” New York Times. Feb. 24, 1997, pp. D-1, D-11. 8522. McCarthy, Todd. ‘“Toy 2’ Sequel More Than Equal.” Variety. Nov. 22- 28, 1999, pp. 83, 96. 8523. Maestri, George. “Toy Story: On the Digital Fronier.” Animation. Dec. 1995, pp. 30-32, 34. 8524. Neuttiens, Tom. “Toy Story 2, To Infinity and Beyond: An Interview with Ash Brannon.” Plateau. 21:1 (2000), pp. 26-28. 8525. Thompson, Anne. “‘Toy’ Wonder: By Letting Computers Tell the ‘Story,’ Disney Leaps into a Whole New World of Animation.” Entertainment Weekly. Dec. 8, 1995, pp. 26-34. 8526. ‘“Toy Story.’” Toon Art Times (Sydney). Dec. 1995, p. 2. 8527. “Toy Story Continues Its Box Office Success.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1996, p.2. United States: Animation 437

8528. “Toy Story Gets Rave Reviews in the Press.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1996, p. 4. 8529. “Toy Story Grossed $188 Million in the USA in 188 Days.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1996, p. 2. 8530. “Toy Story: Welcome to the Age of Long Format Computer Generated Animated Films.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 1995, p. 1. 8531. “Toy Story Wins Over Half of the Annie Awards.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1997, p. 1. 8532. Voland, John. “Theatrical ‘Story’: Disney Moves ‘Toy 2’ from Vid to Bigscreen.” Variety. Feb. 6, 1998, p. 5. 8533. Woods, Mark. “‘Beach,’ ‘Toy Story 2’ Blitz O’seas Box Office.” Variety. Feb. 14-20, 2000, pp. 16, 24. 8534. Woods, Mark. “B.O. ‘Story’ O’seas: Huge.” Variety. Feb. 21-27, 2000, pp. 18, 26. 8535. Woods, Mark. “‘Story’ Tells Tale of O’seas Hit.” Variety. April 1-7, 1996, pp. 15, 26. 8536. Woods, Mark. “U.S. Hit Trio Conquers O’seas Cinemas.” Variety. Dec. 13-19, 1999, pp. 15, 20. 8537. Woods, Rowan. “To Infinity...and Beyond.” Sight and Sound. Jan. 1999, pp. 62-63. “Treasure Planet” 8538. Cohen, Karl. “Several Industry Watchers Were Upset That ‘Treasure Planet’ Only Opened in 4th Place So They Decided It Must Be a Disaster.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2003, p. 3. 8539. Hunter, Stephen. “Unburied Pleasure.” Washington Post. Nov. 27, 2002, pp. C1.C11. 8540. Kehr, Dave. “A Familiar Voice.” New York Times. Nov. 29, 2002. 8541. Klein, Andy. “Classic’s Lost in Space.” Variety. Nov. 25-Dec. 1, 2002, p. 22. 8542. Scott, A.O. ‘“Treasure Island’ Flies into Neurosis.” New York Times. Nov. 27, 2002. “Tron” 8543. Frederiks, Hans. “TRON en de Verwachtingen.” Stripschrift. Nos. 168/169, 1983, p. 33. 8544. Goodman, Martin. “Drawn to Conclusions.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 24-27. 8545. Street, Rita. “Cycling Through Concepts: Syd Mead Revisits Tron.” Animation. July 2002, p. 17. 8546. “TRON: Een Voorloper van ‘The Age of Video.’” Stripschrift. Nos. 168/169, 1983, pp. 30-32. 438 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“The Trumpet of the Swan” 8547. Arnold, Jeremy. “The Trumpet of the Swan.” Variety. May 14-20, 2001, p. 22. 8548. “The Trumpet of the Swan Released on Video.” Animation. Aug. 2001, p. 34. “The Two Towers” 8549. Singer, Greg. “The Two Towers: Built on Weta’s Precious Mettle.” Animation World. March 2003, pp. 5-10. 8550. Singer, Greg. “The Two Towers: Face to Face with Gollum.” Animation World. March 2003, pp. 11-17. “Underdog” 8551. Brodsky, Leigh Anne. “Flying High with Underdog.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, p. 42. 8552. Harris, Joseph. “Life with Underdog.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 38-40. 8553. Krell, David. “Underdog, the Canine Crusader.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, pp. 31-36. 8554. “Underdog Theme Song.” Animato! Summer/Fall 1997, p. 41. “Victor” 8555. Leiber, Mark. “Creating a Breakout Animation Series with ‘Victor.’” Animation. Sept. 1999, p. 52. 8556. “‘Victor’ Has All-Age Appeal.” Variety. Jan. 17-23, 2000, p. N24. “Voltron: The Third Dimension” 8557. Swanigan, Michael. “My Turn: From Voltron to God.” Toon. Summer 1999, p. 2. 8558. Swanigan, Michael and Marc Handler. “The Lion King Is Back! Voltron the Third Dimension.” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 26-35. “Waking Life” 8559. Desowitz, Bill. “Waking Life Frees Animators with User-Friendly Software and Indie Approach.” Animation. Oct. 2001, p. 46. 8560. Griffin, George. “Waking Life.” ASIFA News. Spring 2002, pp. 11-13. 8561. Lanier, Chris. “Waking Life.” Animation World. May 2002, p. 31. 8562. Lanier, Chris. “Waking Life and Liquid Caricature.” Animation World. May 2002, pp. 24-30. United States: Animation 439

8563. McCarthy, Todd. “Illustrated Men, Women Give Talkfest New ‘Life.’” Variety. Jan. 29-Feb. 4, 2001, pp. 43, 46. 8564. Marrs, Lee. “Waking Life, a Review.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2002, pp. 4-5. 8565. Robinson, Chris J. “A Modest Request.” Animation World. Jan. 2003, pp. 37-38. 8566. Singer, Gregory. “Dream Is Destiny: Waking Life.” Animation World. Nov. 2001, pp. 19-23. “War Planets” 8567. Hetherington, Janet L. “‘War Planets’ Make Every Second Count.” Animation. Sept. 1998, pp. 8, 10-11, 50. 8568. Savage, Karl. “Mainframe’s War Planets.” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 46-53. “Watership Down” 8569. deBree, Kees. “Het Fantastisch Realisme van Martin Rosen, de Opvolger van Walt Disney!!!” Stripschrift. No. 121, 1979, pp. 28-31. 8570. Goodman, Martin. “Watership Down.” Toon. Summer 1999, pp. 46-51. “Who Framed Roger Rabbit?” 8571. “Chi Ha Comprato Jessica Rabbit?” Wow. Nov. 1989, pp. 36-41. 8572. Fleming, Michael. “Freeze Frame: Who Undressed Jessica Rabbit?” Variety. March 14-20, 1994, p. 2. 8573. Goodman, Martin. “Who Screwed Roger Rabbit?” Animation World. April 2003, pp. 31-35. 8574. Harz, Christopher. “Roger Rabbit Goes to the 7th Level.” Animation. May 1996, p. 18. 8575. Kreul, James. “Why Composite Roger Rabbit?” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Madison, WI, Sept. 28, 1996. 8576. McCracken, Harry. “A Review of Who Framed Roger Rabbit: Rabbit Season.” Animato! Winter 1988, pp. 13-17. 8577. Oost, Pascal. “Who Framed Roger Rabbit.” Stripschrift. Nov. 1988, pp. 28-31. 8578. “Roger Rabbit Returns.” Stripschrift. May 1989, p. 35. 8579. Trivette, Don. “Roger Rabbit and the Case of the Missing Baby.” PC Magazine. April 28, 1992, p. 494. 8580. “Who Framed Roger Rabbit?” Plateau. Winter 1988, pp. 18-19. “The Wild Thornberrys” 8581. Ball, Ryan. “The Wild Thornberrys Swing onto the Big Screen.” Animation. Nov. 2002, pp. 32-36. 440 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8582. “Dreaming of Africa: Gabor Csupo Mixes up an Epic Soundtrack.” Animation. Nov. 2002, p. 38. 8583. Kehr, Dave. “Cartoon Characters Are at Home, Home on the Veldt.” New York Times. Dec. 20, 2002, p. El3. 8584. Koehler, Robert. “The Wild Thornberrys Movie.” Variety. Dec. 16-22, 2002, pp. 40-41. 8585. Raugust, Karen. “Animation Initiative: The Wild Thornberrys.” Animation. May 2000, p. 10. 8586. Singer, Gregory. “The WILD Thornberrys Movie: A Perfect Balancing Act.” Animation World. Dec. 2002, pp. 12-15. “Woody Woodpecker” 8587. “The Art of the Storyboard.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 52-53. 8588. “Censor Is Tough on Woody Woodpecker.” Hammond (Indiana) Times. July 11, 1954. 8589. Healey, Julie and John Altyn. “The Many Faces of Woody Woodpecker.” In-Toon. Summer 1992, p. 8. 8590. Korkis, Jim. “Woody! The Life and Times of Woody Woodpecker.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 46-49. 8591. Lavernoich, John. “Knot Dead Yet.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Aug. 11, 2000, p. 38. 8592. Mendoza, N.F. “The Laugh’s Back: Woody Woodpecker Flies Back to TV.” Animation. May 1999, pp. 31-33. 8593. “Woody Woodpecker.” Variety. Oct. 9, 1957. “X-Chromosome” 8594. Beck, Jerry. “TV Review: X-Chromosome.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 67-68. 8595. Desowitz, Bill. “Creative Process: X-Chromosome.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 7-8. 8596. Kenyon, Heather. “The Purpose of That X-Chromosome.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 34-37. “X-Men” 8597. Ball, Ryan. “Double the X, Triple the F/X: Putting the BAM!, POW! and BAMF! in Fox’s X Men 2 Is a Superhuman Task.” Animation. June 2003, p. 16. 8598. Fingeroth, Danny. “X2: X-Men United: Teamwork?” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 22-26. 8599. Fitzgerald, Kate. “‘X-Men’ Save the Day in Pizza Hut Promo.” Advertising Age. Aug. 2, 1993, p. 19. United States: Animation 441

8600. Michaels, Anthony and Darrell McNeil. “X-Men: Fox’s Top-Rated Mutants Reign.” Toon Magazine. Fall 1993, pp. 13-41. 8601. Woods, Mark. “Fox’s ‘X-Men’ Marks Spot at O’Seas B.O.” Variety. Oct. 16-22, 2000, pp. 14, 135. 8602. “X-MEN Enjoys the Highest Popularity in America.” Animatoon. 1:2 (1995), p. 56. “The Yellow Submarine” 8603. Cohen, Karl. “The Beatle’s Yellow Submarine Turns 30: John Coates and Norman Kauffman Look Back.” Animation World. July 1998, 5 pp. 8604. Cohen, Karl. “Yellow Submarine Second Strange Odyssey to the Screen.” Animation World. Sept. 1999, 4 pp. 8605. Hieronimus, Robert R. “The Creators of The Beatles’ Yellow Submarine: Where Are They Now?” Animation World. July 1998, 6 pp. 8606. Hieronimus, Robert R. Inside the Yellow Submarine: The Making of the Beatles’ Animated Classic. Iola, WI: Krause Publications, 2002. 432 pp. 8607. Jackson, Wendy. “The Yellow Sub Has Resurfaced! And It’s about Time....” Animation. Sept. 1999, p. 37. 8608. Kothenschulte, Daniel. “Yellow Submarine.” Film-dienst. Sept. 1999, p. 33. 8609. Rogers, Brett. “Inside the Yellow Submarine: The Making of the Beatle’s Animated Classic.” Animation World. July 2002, pp. 72-73. “Yogi Bear” 8610. Lucas, M.P. “Yogi Bear Gets a Bit of the Ren & Stimpy Attitude.” Los Angeles Times. Sept. 23, 1999, p. 56. 8611. Smith, Tim. “Yogi Bear: The Final Chapter.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 65-67. “The Zeta Project” 8612. Mangels, Andy. “From WB to Zee: A Guide to the Batman Beyond Spin-Off: The Zeta Project.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 9, 2001, pp. 38-39. 8613. Mangels, Andy. “The Zeta Project Season One: An Episode Guide.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 9, 2001, p. 40. COMPANIES, NETWORKS, AND STUDIOS 8614. “Aardman.” Plateau. 18:3 (1997), p. 14. 8615. Adalian’ Josef and Richard Katz. “Nick, Fox Jockey in Kidvid Upfront.” Variety. Feb. 15-21, 1999, p. 38. 8616. “Animation House.” Cartoonews. No. 12, 1976, pp. 21-24. 442 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8617. “Animators Anonymous [Baer Animation].” 1992 Screen Cartoonists Annual. pp. 71-73. 8618. “Award-Winning Animation Veterans Form New Media Venture.” phuuz entertainment release. Dec. 3, 2003. 8619. Baisley, Sarah. “15 Top CGI Pioneers.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 76. 8620. Baisley, Sarah. “Oddworld Inhabitants Achieve Universal Appeal.” Animation. March 2001, p. 40. 8621. Ball, Ryan. “On Course and Off Track with Codemasters.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, pp. 15-16. 8622. “BKN Kids Network Conspires and Acquires.” Animation. Aug. 1998, pp. I, III. 8623. Bloom, David. “Comic Capers Captivate Studios.” Variety. June 24-30, 2002, pp. 9, 16. 8624. Bloom, David. “Fathom Dives into Toon Biz as an Indie.” Variety. May 12-18, 2003, p. 8. 8625. Brady, Matt. “Studios Plan To Keep Fans Animated Through ’99.” Animation Buyer’s Guide. May 7, 1999, p. 8. 8626. Brown, Rich. “Faint Fanfare for New Networks.” Broadcasting. May 4, 1992, pp. 42-44. 8627. Bunzel, Reed E. “USA Looks at Original Animated Series [USA Network].” Broadcasting. March 2, 1992, p. 27. 8628. Busch, Anita M. “Roth Rattles Nerves at Neuro Disney.” Variety. Aug. 29-Sept. 4, 1994, pp. 1,54. 8629. “Canyon Cinema, a Film Collective That Distributes Outstanding Animated Shorts, Lost $15,000 NEA Grant Due to an Attack by a Republican.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1997, p. 2. 8630. Coe, Steve. “Paramount and Disney Get Creative.” Broadcasting. July 13, 1992, p. 11. 8631. Coe, Steve. “The Powers That Be – The Sequel.” Broadcasting. Jan. 21, 1992, pp. 64+. 8632. Cohen, Gayle. “WBI: Succeeding at New and Old Ventures.” Animation Magazine. Oct./Nov. 1995, pp. 24-25. (Westinghouse Broadcasting International). 8633. Cohen, Karl. “The Development of Animated TV Commercials in the 1940s” and “A Guide to Studios.” Animation Journal. Fall 1992, pp. 34- 61. 8634. Cohen, Karl. “Local Press Is Covering Some Serious Stories About Animation Companies.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Dec. 1995, p. 8. 8635. Cohen, Karl. “NBC Comics (Telecomics) and Jim and Judy in Teleland.” The Big Reel. Aug. 1989, p. B22. United States: Animation 443

8636. “Corporate Profile: HIT Entertainment PLC.” Animation. Sept. 1999, p. 21. 8637. Deitch, Gene. “The Folks at Terrytoons.” Animation World. Jan. 2003, pp. 39-43. 8638. DeMott, Rick. “Big Idea Productions: A Success Story Anyone Can Believe in.” Animation World. Oct. 2002, pp. 17-20. 8639. Dempsey, J. “New Nets Face Uphill Battle, Cablers Warn.” Daily Variety. May 10, 1995, p. 4. 8640. Deneroff, Harvey. “InVision Entertainment, Inc.” The Animation Report. March/April 1996, pp. 11-14. 8641. Deneroff, Harvey. “Supporting Independents: Five Champions.” Animation World. May 1999, 5 pp. 8642. Desowitz, Bill. “The Baby Einstein Company.” Animation. June 2001, pp. 44, 46. 8643. Desowitz, Bill. “Constellation Ventures.” Animation. March 2001, p. 33. 8644. Desowitz, Bill. “15 Busiest Animation Post Houses.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 102. 8645. Desowitz, Bill. “Top 10 Leading U.S. TV Production Companies.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 20. 8646. Desowitz, Bill. “Top 10 U.S. Feature Film Companies.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 58. 8647. “Doghouse Animation Company.” Animation. April 1999, p. 84. 8648. Drougas, Andrea. “Oxygen Breathes Life into Women’s Animation.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 67, 73. 8649. “dub Media.” Animation. April 1999, p. 86. 8650. “ELSA Gloria II.” Animation. March 2000, p. 24. 8651. “15 Leading Animation Suppliers.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 110. 8652. “15 Top Special Effects and Painting Software.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 94. 8653. “Filmation Lets Go Over 400 Staffers in Biggest Layoff.” Variety. Dec. 2, 1987, p. 44. 8654. “Finally, the Truth about Renegade Animation in Burbank.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2001, p. 4. 8655. “Game Companies To Watch: Blizzard Entertainment.” Animation. Jan. 2001, p. 41. 8656. Gelman, Morrie. “Corporate Profiles: Digital Domain.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 32-33. 8657. Gelman, Morrie. “Corporate Profiles: Evening Sky Productions.” Animation. Jan. 2000, pp. 24-25. 8658. Gelman, Morrie. “15 Most Successful U.S. TV Production Companies.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, pp. 36-37. 444 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8659. Gelman, Morrie. “15 U.S. TV Broadcasters/Buyers Who Made a Difference.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 44. 8660. Gelman, Morrie. “Funbag Animation Studios, Inc.: Overflowing with New Projects.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, p. 32. 8661. Gelman, Morrie. “hOuse Of mOves.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, p. 33. 8662. Gelman, Morrie. “Lough House.” Animation. March 2000, p. 14. 8663. Gelman, Morrie. “The 10 Companies To Watch in 1998.” Animation. Jan. 1998, pp. 12, 80. 8664. Gelman, Morrie. “Wreckless Abandon Studios.” Animation. Oct. 2000, p. 49. 8665. Gelman, Morrie and Karen Raugust. “15 U.S.-Based TV Distribution Companies.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 48. 8666. “Getting in Toon at NTT DoCoMo.” Asiaweek. Oct. 13, 2000, p. 16. 8667. Graser, Marc. “Studios Scrambling.” Variety. July 28-Aug. 3, 2003, pp. B1, B6. 8668. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Mesmer Animation Labs.” Animation. Aug. 2001, pp. 91-92. 8669. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “PDI, Celebrating the Studio’s 20th Birthday.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 26-28, 30. 8670. Hall, Wendy Jackson. “Report from Braincamp.” Animation. May 2000, pp. 53-54. 8671. Harz, Christopher. “Blitz Digital Studios: Doing What Works.” Animation World. July 2003, pp. 11-14. 8672. Harz, Christopher and Karen Raugust. “The Art of Financing a Startup Digital Studio.” Animation. March 2001, pp. 31-33. 8673. “Hash’s Animation Master – Courting Aspiring Animators.” Animation. Aug. 1999, p. 4. 8674. Hayes, Dade. “Toon Titans Go Toe-to-Toe.” Variety. July 1-14, 2002, p. 5. 8675. Hayes, John. “When Paramount Distributed Schlesinger.” McBoing Boing’s. Aug. 1996, pp. 1-3. 8676. Hetherington, Janet L. “Monster by Mistake Great Break for New 3D Studio.” Animation. Nov. 1999, p. 27. 8677. Hetherington, Janet L. “Toon Boom Technologies.” Animation. March 2000, pp. 14-15. 8678. Hontz, Jenny. “Spade Digs Toon Deal with Peacock.” Variety. Sept. 21- 27, 1998, p. 34. 8679. Hontz, Jenny. “Special Report: Kids & Teens TV; Animators Up Financial Ante in Studio Deals.” Electronic Media. March 11, 1996, Special Report, p. 48. 8680. “Industrial Light and Magic Had a Busy Year.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1997, p. 3. United States: Animation 445

8681. “Iwerks Entertainment, Inc. and Simex Inc. Have Signed a Letter of Intent To Merge.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. April 2001, p. 4. 8682. Jackson, Wendy. “The 13 Top Commercial Studios.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 59, 61. 8683. “J.J. Sedelmaier Productions Had a Productive 2002.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2003, p. 3. 8684. Kaufman, Debra. “Advice from your Local Post Houses: When in Doubt, Please Give Them a Call.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 41, 43-44. 8685. Kaufman, Debra. “15 Top Visual Effects Shops.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 78. 8686. Kaufman, Debra. “Glenwood Editorial Inc. Staying Independent in 2000.” Animation. May 2000, p. 50. 8687. Kaufman, Debra. “The 13 Busiest Effects Houses Today.” Animation. Feb. 1999, p. 95. 8688. Kaufman, Debra. “The 13 Busiest Animation Post Houses Today.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 91, 93, 111. 8689. Kaufman, Debra. “Top 10 Busiest Animation Post Houses.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 66. 8690. Kaufman, Debra. “Top 10 Visual Effects Shops.” Animation. Jan. 2002, p. 68. 8691. Kenyon, Heather. “Harvey Entertainment Takes Control.” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 38-43. 8692. “Kinetix.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 90-91. 8693. Klein-Häss, Michelle. “Fan Sites vs. Studio Suits.” Toon. Spring 1998, pp. 36-37. 8694. Kubin, Jacquie. “The NewKidCo. on the Block.” Animation World. July 2001, pp. 23-27. 8695. Lamplighter, L. Jagi. “Good Gainax! The Little Studio That’s Everyfan’s Dream Come True.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, pp. 44-45, 47. 8696. Langer, Mark. “The Disney-Fleischer Dilemma: Product Differentiation and Technological Innovation.” Screen. Winter 1992, pp. 343-360. 8697. Lee, Hanna and Christopher Alford. “Big Congloms Unload, Small Players Benefit.” Variety. Aug. 9-15, 1999, p. 36. 8698. “Linker Systems.” Animation. April 1999, p. 92. 8699. “Lucasfilm Animation.” Animatoon. No. 43, 2003, p. 64. 8700. Lyman, Rick. “A Digital Dream Factory in Silicon Valley.” New York Times. June 11, 2001, pp. E1, E3. 8701. McNary, Dave. “Animators Reach Accord with Studios.” Variety. Aug. 28-Sept. 3, 2000, p. 10. 8702. “Maker of Christian Videos in Fiscal Straits.” Washington Post. Sept. 6, 2003. (Big Ideas Productions). 446 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8703. Mallory, Michael. “The Lost Studio of Romer Grey.” Animation World. Aug. 1999, 5 pp. 8704. Goldman, Michael. R. “Medialab Decides It’s Time To Go Hollywood.” Variety. June 24-30, 1996, pp. 94, 114. 8705. “Mercury Filmworks Gets Looney Biz.” Animation. April 2003, p. 69. 8706. “Metrovision Puts Cinema in Reverse.” Animation World. Aug. 1998. 8707. Mitchell, Elvis. “Animated Films Hit the Road to Win Love of Studios.” New York Times. July 26, 2003, pp. Arts 1, 14. 8708. “Moving Picture Company Tops LEAF Awards.” Animation. Jan. 2001, p. 43. 8709. “New Broadcast Outlets To Debut This Year.” Animatoon. No. 17, 1999, p. 62. 8710. “News and Reviews. Studio Watch.” Animation. April 1999, pp. 48-49. 8711. “Nichimen Graphics.” Animation. April 1999, p. 96. 8712. Nolan, Michael. “Effect 3D Studio by Reillusion.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2003, p. 7. 8713. Oakley, Peter. “Dicing and Splicing Fabulous Animation.” Penstuff. July 1994, p. 3. (Miramar Co.). 8714. Ohmer, Susan. “Peter Pan: Fantasy, Gender and Industrial Production.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 27, 2002. 8715. “Okino Computer Graphics.” Animation. April 1999, p. 98. 8716. Oldrin, Eric. “Toon Boom Studio Animated the Web.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 46-48. 8717. Osborne, Magz. “Col TriStar Int’l Eyes Wider Share of Asia.” Variety. May 14-20, 2001, p. 70. 8718. “Part 1 of Animation Magazine’s Guide to Top Commercial Houses.” Animation. Aug. 1997, pp. 14-16. 8719. “Part 2 of Animation Magazine’s Guide to Top Commercial Houses.” Animation. Nov. 1997, pp. 14-15. 8720. Peters, Jenny. “ILM: The Force with Them.” Animation. June 1999, pp. 14-17. 8721. “Production Cels from Lesser-Known Studios.” Toon Art Times (Sydney). Sept. 1992, p. 2. 8722. “Publisher Torial.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, p. 115. 8723. Raugust, Karen. “15 Top Commercial Producers.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 98. 8724. Raugust, Karen. “15 Top Corporate Web Entrepreneurs.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 70. 8725. Raugust, Karen. “15 Top Guerrilla Web Entrepreneurs.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 72. 8726. Raugust, Karen. “15 Top Title & ID Producers.” Animation Magazine. Dec. 2000, p. 100. United States: Animation 447

8727. Robinson, Philip. “Bringing Presentation to Life on Mac.” MacWEEK. Feb. 10, 1992, pp. 39+. (Vividus Corp’s Cinemation). 8728. “Ruben’s Format.” Animation Blast. Spring 2001, pp. 4-5. 8729. Schatz, Sharon. “Rhino Sings the ‘Toons.’” Animation World. Oct. 1999, 8 pp. 8730. Schatz, Sharon. “Tom Snyder Productions Goes Scriptless.” Animation World. Nov. 2000, pp. 30-32. 8731. Shands, Mark. “FrameStore Walks with Dinosaurs.” Animation. April 2000, p. 95. 8732. Singer, Gregory. “eKids: Everyone Wants a Piece of the PIE.” Animation. Feb. 2001, pp. 35-38. 8733. Singer, Gregory. “flinch: The House That Flash Built.” Animation World. Jan. 2001, pp. 41-46. 8734. “SpazzCo, a New Animation Studio Specializing in Work for the Web, Has a Contract with Cartoon Network.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Sept. 2000, p. 2. 8735. “Spruce Technologies.” Animation. April 1999, p. 100. 8736. Street, Rita. “Creating an Animation Studio on the Macintosh.” Animation. Jan. 1995, pp. 46-49, 54-55. 8737. Street, Rita. “Unbound! Animation.” Animation. Feb. 2000, p. 44. 8738. Street, Rita. “Westwood Studios: Creating an Oasis by the Mirage.” Animation. May 1996, pp. 34-35, 59. 8739. “Studios in U.S.A.” Animatoon. 2:4-1 (1996), pp. 28-29. 8740. “Studio Watch.” Animation. April 1996, pp. 22-23. 8741. “Studio Watch.” Animation. June 1997, pp. 8, 59. 8742. “Studio Watch.” Animation. May 1999, pp. 29, 31. 8743. “Studio Watch.” Animation. June 1999, pp. 29, 32. 8744. “Studio Watch.” Animation. Sept. 1999, p. 45. 8745. Swanson, Tim. “A Tale of Two Strategies.” EV. March 2001, p. 10. 8746. Taylor, Jonathan. “High-Tech Toon Maker Turns 15.” Variety. Jan. 14- 20, 2002, p. 100. 8747. Tehrani, Bijan. “The Big 13s of Computer Graphics Imaging.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 63, 65, 67, 69, 71, 73, 77, 79, 81, 83. 8748. Tehrani, Bijan. “Presto Studios: A Visit to Game Land.” Animation. May 1999, pp. 43-46. 8749. “13 U.S. Broadcasters/Buyers To Watch in 1999.” Animation. Feb. 1999, pp. 44-45. 8750. “3DO Files for Bankruptcy.” ASIFA San Francisco. July-Aug. 2003, p. 2. 8751. “Toon:versal.” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, p. 35. 8752. “Trouble at MTV and Fox.” Animatoon. No. 34, 2001, p. 71. 8753. “Two To Tango/Blair Studio.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, p. 76. 8754. Ungar, Rick. “Structuring a Network.” Animation. April 1999, p. 108. 448 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8755. “Virtual Magic.” Animation. April 1999, p. 102. 8756. Wax, Roberta G. “Saban Scores Success.” Animation. Feb. 1996, pp. 30-31, 33, 58. 8757. Zahed, Ramin. “HBO Family Revamps.” Variety. Jan. 18-24, 1999, p. N19. 8758. Zahed, Ramin. “Noggin To Make Original Prods.” Variety. Jan. 18-24, 1999, p. N19. Aardman 8759. “Aardman Lays Off 90.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2001, p. 6. 8760. “Aardman’s First Feature.” Animatoon. No. 9, 1997, p. 26. Acme Filmworks 8761. “Acme Filmworks Is Offering the Advertising Industry an Amazing Line-up of Animation Talent.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 1996, p. 4. 8762. Robinson, Chris. “Retrospective: In the Spirit of Independence: Acme Filmworks.” In Ottawa 98 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 85-86. Ottawa: 1998. American Royal Arts 8763. Cooke, Cynthia. “American Royal Arts: Ten Years As a Majestic Sovereign.” Animation. Aug. 1996, pp. 74-75. 8764. West, Jay. “A Regal Approach.” Animation. July 1995, pp. 56-57. Blue Sky Studios 8765. “Blue Sky.” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, p. 42. 8766. Ohmer, Susan. “Competitive Strategies at the Blue Sky Studios and Curious Pictures.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 8767. Street, Rita. “All Clear for Blue Sky.” Animation. March 1996, pp. 22- 23, 58. Buena Vista 8768. Brown, K. “Buena Vista TV Hikes Marketing Spending as FOX Kids Net Gains.” ADWEEK. June 17, 1991. 8769. “Disney’s Buena Vista Television To Premiere New Animated Programming.” PR Newswire. Jan. 6, 1989. 8770. Hoffman, Ilena. “Buena Vista Home Entertainment: A Very Lucky Accident Indeed” Animation World. Nov. 1997, 6 pp. United States: Animation 449

Cartoon Network 8771. Baisley, Sarah. “Cartoon Network Adds Shows.” Animation. Aug. 1997, pp. 25-26. 8772. “Cartoon Draws Four New Skeins.” Variety. Feb. 26-March 4, 2001, p. 35. 8773. “Cartoon Network Changes.” Comics International. June 1999, p. 8. 8774. “Cartoon Network Forms Own Studio, New Network.” Animation. Aug. 1999, pp. 87, 91. 8775. “Cartoon Network, Meet DC Comics.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1995, p. 14. 8776. Fritz, Steve. “Cartoon Network: Taking over TV One Toon at a Time.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 30, 2001, pp. 38-40. 8777. Grossberg, Josh. “The Force Is with Cartoon Network.” E! Online. Aug. 1, 2003. 8778. Kempner, Matt. “Tickling the Global Funny Bone: Cartoon Network Tweaks Shows To Click with Humor Around the World.” Atlanta Journal and Constitution. March 6, 2002, p. E4. 8779. Levin, G. “Cartoon Network Adding 10 Series.” Daily Variety. Nov. 25, 1997, p. 43. 8780. Mallory, Michael. “Toon Network Faces New Coup.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, p. A4. 8781. Nair, Malini. “Cartoon Racquet.” The Telegraph (Calcutta). April 8, 1998. 8782. “New ‘Cartoon Cartoon Shorts’ on CN.” Animated Bliss. Sept. 29, 2003. 8783. “News from the Cartoon Network.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1997, p. 5. 8784. Pursell, Chris. “Originals Widen Cartoon Net Base.” Variety. Oct. 18- 24, 1999, pp. 27-28. 8785. Rogers, Brett. “Come Together: Online and On-Air Converge on CartoonNetwork.com.” Animation World. May 2001, pp. 39-44. 8786. Ross, C. “Cartoon Network: Cable TV Marketer of the Year.” Advertising Age. Nov. 30, 1998, pp. S-1, S-16. 8787. Round, Mike. “Freakazoid and the Cartoon Network: Amblin O Back to the Future.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, San Diego, CA, April 3, 1999. 8788. “Special Show: Cartoon Network.” Animation. March 1998, p. 53. 8789. Starr, Michael. “Gorilla Tactics over at Cartoon Network.” New York Post. March 10, 2003. 8790. “Studio Watch: Cartoon Network Younger All the Time.” Animation. July 1998, pp. I, VII. 8791. Wax, Roberta G. “The Battle of the Niche.” Animation. March 1997, p. 12. 8792. Wax, Roberta G. “Creating Classics.” Animation. March 1997, p. 11. 450 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8793. Wax, Roberta G. “World Cartoon Headquarters.” Animation. March 1997, pp. 10-12, 44. 8794. Wilson, Gord. “That Was Then; This Is Now – New ‘Toons at the Cartoon Network.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 26-31. Character Builders 8795. Gelman, Morrie. “Character Builders: Growing One Drawing at a Time.” Animation. Sept. 2000, p. 26. 8796. Price, Ron. “Hollywood in Ohio.” Animation World. Nov. 1999, 6 pp. Children’s Television Workshop 8797. “Children’s Television Workshop.” Animation. March 1998, p. 62. 8798. Gelman, Morrie. “Sesame Workshop: Still Solid After All These Years.” Animation. Feb. 2001, p. 26. 8799. Gettas, Gregory J. “Children’s Television Workshop.” In Drawing Insight, edited by Joyce Greene and Deborah Reber, pp. 78-81. Penang: Southbound, 1996. 8800. Robinson, Chris. “CTW and MTV: Shorts of Influence.” Animation World Magazine. Sept. 1997, 7 pp. Colossal 8801. Cohen, Karl. “Colossal Memories.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1999, pp. 1-3. 8802. Cohen, Karl “Colossal Pictures Downsizes and Gary Gutierrez Leaves the Company.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 1996, p. 1. 8803. “Colossal Is Not the Only Company with Problems.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1996, p. 3. 8804. “Colossal Pictures Files for Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1996, p. 3. 8805. “Colossal Pictures Is Out of Bankruptcy – They Are Busy Bringing Dilbert to Life.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1998, p. 1. 8806. “Colossal Pictures Wins Round One in Lawsuit Against the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1997, p. 2. 8807. “Colossal’s Latest Show Reel Is Fall of Exceptional Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1997, p. 2. 8808. Kaufman, Debra. “(Colossal) Pictures: Animation’s Eclectic Giant.” Animation Magazine. Sept. 1995, pp. 18-22. 8809. “Quark Invests in Colossal Pictures.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1996, p. 3. 8810. Waldman, Benjamin D. “A Colossal Farewell.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 53-55. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. United States: Animation 451

Creature Shop 8811. Argy, Stephanie. “Giving Life to Orwell’s Beasts.” Variety. Oct. 25-31, 1999, p. 32. 8812. “Creature Shop at 20.” Variety. Oct. 25-31, 1999, pp. 31- 8813. Grove, Christopher. “Dream Weavers.” Variety. Oct. 25-31, 1999, pp. 31-32. 8814. “Of Puppets and Pigs: 20 Years of Creature Comforts.” Variety. Oct. 25-31, 1999, p. 36. 8815. Wolff, Ellen. “Clients Enjoy Shop’s Global Web of Artists.” Variety. Oct. 25-31, 1999, p. 34. 8816. Wolff, Ellen. “More Aliens, Animals in 2000.” Variety. Oct. 25-31, 1999, p. 32. DIC Entertainment 8817. Brennan, Steve. “DIC’s Most Animated Season: 1992 Promises To Be a Banner Year.” Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 21, 1992, pp. S-14+. 8818. “DIC Fine Art Animation Establishes Cartoon Art Program.” Toon Magazine. Fall 1993, p. 11. 8819. Littleton, Cynthia. “ DIC Taps Ellis for Vid Toons.” Variety. March 17, 1998, pp. 3,14. 8820. Zahed, Ramin. “Full House.” Animation. Oct. 2003, p. 42. Disney General Sources 8821. Ansen, David. “Just the Way Walt Made ‘Em.” Newsweek. Nov. 18, 1991, p. 80. 8822. “Anything Disney Makes News.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 1999, p. 4. 8823. Arbesú, Faustino R. “Disney Ataca de Nuevo.” El Wendigo. No. 73, 1997, p. 9. 8824. Bice, Deborah. “The New Age of Disney.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 22, 2000. 8825. Blakeston, Oswell. “Cartoon Note.” Film Art (London). Spring 1934, p. 20. 8826. Boschi, Luca. “Sono Uccelli? Sono Aerei? Ma No, Sono Superoi Disney!” Expo Cartoon. June 1996, pp. 22-25. 8827. “Dead Wood.” Extra! Update. June 2001, p. 2. 8828. “De Kleine Zeemeermin Wedstrijd.” Stripschrift. Sept. 1991, p. 19. 8829. Disney, Walt. “The Lurking Camera.” Atlantic Monthly. Aug. 1954, pp. 23-27. 8830. “Disney Outtakes.” Inklings. Fall 1997, p. 3. 452 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8831. “Disney Secrets.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. May 1999, p. 1. 8832. Everschor, Franz. “Aus Hollywood: Falsches Spiel mit Rudi Robot.” Film (Zoom). Oct. 1999, pp. 38-39. 8833. Fanning, Jim. “All the Powers of Hell.” Animato! Fall 1994, pp. 40-42, 69. 8834. Foster, Frederick. “Walt Disney’s Naturalist-Cinematographers.” American Cinematographer. Feb. 1954, pp. 74-75+. 8835. Harvey, R.C. “Rants & Raves: Mouse Nous.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 1, 1996, p. 66. 8836. Heins, Michael. “Why Make an Animated Feature?” Toon Art Times. July 1998, p. 1. 8837. “Honey, I Sent the Kids to Oxford.” Time. Aug. 10, 1992, pp. 22-23. (Disney Merchant Ivory Alliance). 8838. “Iki Yabanci Çizgi-Film Sinemalarda Gösterime Girdi.” Karikatürk. Şubat 1994, p. 28. 8839. Kaufman, Debra. “Disney’s New Breed of TV Animation.” Animation. Jan./Feb. 1997, pp. 12-14, 16, 74. 8840. Kaufman, J.B. “The Tanglefoot Chronicles: A Case Study.” Animation World. Nov. 1998, 4 pp. 8841. Kaufman, J.B. “Variations on a Mouse.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 8842. Langer, Mark. “Disney’s Atomic Fleet.” Animation World. April 1998, 4 pp. 8843. “La Retour de la Comète Disney.” Plateau. Summer 1986, pp. 17-18. 8844. Mallory, Michael. “Practical Magic.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, pp. 9-10. 8845. Morrow, James. “In Defense of Disney.” Media and Methods. 14:8 (1978), pp. 28-34. 8846. Osmond, Andrew. “A Silent Treasure Chest.” Animation World. May 1999. 3 pp. 8847. Osmond, Andrew. “Why Do I Like Disney?” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 66-67. 8848. Schickel, Richard. “World of Disney.” TV Guide. Sept. 16, 1978. 8849. van Cleef, Pieter. “Disney’s Mystische Spierbundel Is Geen Kassakraker.” Stripschrift. Nov. 1997, pp. 18-19. 8850. van Willigen, Rein. “De Reddertjes. Disney in de Overgang.” Stripschrift. May 1990, pp. 10-11. 8851. Walt Disney Company. Walt Disney’s Story Land: 55 Favorite Stories. New York: Western, 1991. Resources

8852. Becattini, Alberto and Luca Boschi. Disney Index: La Produzione Sindacata. Firenze: Al Fumetto, 1984. United States: Animation 453

8853. Davidoff, Solomon. “Review/Walt Disney: A Bio-Bibliography.” Animation Journal. Fall 1994, p. 92. 8854. Disney Animations and Animators. Whitney Museum of American Art, June 24-Sept. 6, 1981. NY: Whitney Museum of American Art, 1981. 6 pp. 8855. “Disney Uit de Archieven.” Plateau. 20:2 (1999), p. 31. 8856. Geis, Darlene. Treasury of Children’s Classics: Favorite Disney Films 1937-1977. Disney, 1995. 320 pp. 8857. Hayes, R.M. A Walt Disney Filmography, 1937-1972. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 2000. 384 pp. 8858. Jackson, Kathy Merlock. Walt Disney: A Bio-Bibliography. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1993. 347 pp. 8859. Koehler, William R. The Wonderful World of Disney Animals. NY: Howell Book House, 1979. 8860. Korkis, Jim. “Saviors of the Lost Art: The Disney Archives and ASIFA’s Search and Rescue.” Comics Feature. No. 23/24, 1983, pp. 146-149. 8861. Kottak, Conrad Phillip. “Walt Disney as Creator: Walt Disney World as Shrine.” In Researching American Culture. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1982. 8862. Lyons, Mike. ‘“Never’-Land: Charles Solomon Talks About His New Book and the Disney Cartoons No One Will Ever See.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 45-47, 69. 8863. Maltin, Leonard, ed. Special Walt Disney Issue of Film Fan Monthly. Feb. 1967. 8864. Mason, Katie. “Inside Disney: The Archives and Animation Research Library.” Animation World. Sept. 1998. 5 pp. 8865. Neary, Kevin and Dave Smith. The Ultimate Disney Trivia Book. NY: Hyperion, 1992. 8866. Smith, David. Disney A to Z: The Official Encyclopedia. NY: Hyperion, 1996. 564 pp. 8867. Smith, David R. “It All Started with a Mouse: The Walt Disney Archives.” California Librarian. Jan. 1972, pp. 23-28. 8868. Smith, David R. “A Mickey Mouse Index: Indexing and Cataloguing the Walt Disney Archives.” The Indexer. April 1987, pp. 154-156. 8869. Smith, David R. “Preserving the Memories of a Man and His Mouse.” Collectors’ Showcase. Jan.-Feb. 1983, pp. 33-35. 8870. Taxel, Joel. “A Literature Review of the Impact of Walt Disney Productions, Inc. on American Popular Culture and Children’s Literature.” Athens, GA: University of Georgia, Department of Language Education, 1982 (ERIC Document Reproduction Service no. ED 213 648). 454 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8871. Tietyen, David E. The Illustrated Disney Songbook. NY: Random House, 1979. 8872. Walt Disney Productions. Walt Disney’s Christmas Treasury. NY: Abbeville Press, 1978. 8873. Wasko, Janet and Eileen Meehan. “The Global Disney Audiences Project.” Papers presented at International Association for Media and Communication Research, Glasgow, Scotland, July 28, 1998. National profiles of Australia (Virginia Nightingale), Denmark (Kirsten Drotner), France (Jacques Guyot), Greece (George Terzis and Sohpia Kaitatzi), Mexico (Sylvia Molina), Norway (Ingunn Hagen), South Africa (Simon Burton), and U.S. (Norma Pecora). Artistic Aspects 8874. Alexander, Mary L. “The Week in Art Circles.” Cincinnati, Ohio Enquirer. April 6, 1941, sec. 3; April 13, 1941, sec. 2. 8875. Applebome, Peter. “The Medici Behind Disney’s High Art.” New York Times. Oct. 4, 1998, pp. 1, 38. 8876. Chariot, Jean. “But Is It Art?: A Disney Disquisition.” The American Scholar. Summer 1939, pp. 261-271. 8877. Cooke, Cynthia. “Walt Disney Art Classics: Collecting Memories.” Animation. May 1996, pp. 54, 57. 8878. Deming, Barbara. “The Artlessness of Walt Disney.” Partisan Review. Spring 1945. 8879. “Disney Has Debut in Art Circles.” Philadelphia Public Ledger. Oct. 23, 1932, Women’s section. 8880. The Disney Poster: The Animated Film Classics. NY: Hyperion, 1993. 95 pp. 8881. “Disney’s Art of Animation.” Stripschrift. 30:4 (1997), p. 28. 8882. “Disney Show Climax in Museum Director’s Work.” Los Angeles Times. Dec. 8, 1940, part 3. 8883. “Dopey, Grumpy & Co.” Art Digest. Sept. 1, 1938, p. 14. 8884. “Exhibitions of the Month.” The Philadelphia Art Alliance Bulletin. Oct. 1932, pp. 3-4. 8885. Genauer, Emily. “Disney Techniques Exhibited As Art.” New York World-Telegram. July 18, 1942. 8886. Grafly, Dorothy. “Animated Cartoon Gives the World an American Art.” Philadelphia Public Ledger. Oct. 23, 1932, Women’s section. 8887. “How Walt Disney Works Told in Exhibit at Modern Museum of Art.” Bridgeport Post. July 27, 1942. 8888. Hughes, Robert. “Disney: Mousebrow to Highbrow.” Time. Oct. 15, 1973, pp. 88-91. 8889. “In Gallery and Studio.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Oct. 23, 1932, Society section. United States: Animation 455

8890. Jodidio, Philip. “Ask Mickey.” Connaissance des Arts. Aug. 1961, pp. 52-55. 8891. Knight, Arthur. “Up from Disney.” Theatre Arts. Aug. 1951, pp. 32- 33+. 8892. La Farge, Christopher. “Walt Disney and the Art Form.” Theatre Arts. Sept. 1941, pp. 673-680. 8893. Maltin, Leonard. “The Art of Animation.” Museum. July/Aug. 1982, pp. 56-59. 8894. Maltin, Leonard. “Walt Disney’s Films.” Films in Review. Oct. 1967, pp. 457-468. 8895. “Mickey Mouse Is ‘Art’ to Chicago’s Institute.” Associated Press dispatch. New York Herald-Tribune. Dec. 15, 1933. 8896. Mikulak, Bill. “Disney Enters the Art Museums.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 15, 1995. 23 pp. 8897. Nelson, Thomas A. “Darkness in the Disney Look.” Film Literature Quarterly. Spring 1978, pp. 94-103. 8898. Nugent, Frank S. “Disney Is Now Art But He Wonders.” New York Times Magazine. Feb. 26, 1939, p. 4. 8899. Schneider, Steven. “The Animated Alternative.” Art in America. Dec. 1981, pp. 121-127. 8900. Sherman, John K. “Le Seuer Dance Themes, Disney Art Exhibited.” Minneapolis Star Journal. March 9, 1941, sec. 1. 8901. Smith, Paul J. “The Music of the Walt Disney Cartoons.” The Etude Music Magazine. July 1970, p. 148. 8902. Solomon, Charles, ed., The Art of the Animated Image. Los Angeles: American Film Institute, 1987. 8903. Thomas, Bob. Disney’s Art of Animation: From Mickey Mouse to Beauty and the Beast. NY: Hyperion, 1991. 208 pp. 8904. Tietyen, David. The Musical World of Walt Disney. Milwaukee, WI: Hal Leonard, 1990. 158 pp. 8905. “Walt Disney Originals.” Harper’s Bazaar. Sept. 15, 1938, p. 31. 8906. Whitaker, Frederic. “A Day with Disney.” American Artist. Sept. 1965, pp. 44-49+. Business Aspects 8907. Adalian, Josef. “Disney Wins Kids, but WB Toons Up.” Variety. May 31-June 6, 1999, p. 26. 8908. Adalian, Josef. “Mickey’s Mixed Message.” Variety. Oct. 21-27, 2002, pp. 1, 85. 8909. Adalian, Josef and Cynthia Littleton. “Mouse Seeks TV Prod’n Zen.” Variety. July 12-18, 1999, pp. 29, 33. 8910. Ahrens, Frank. “Disney Board Loses Another Member.” Washington Post. Dec. 2, 2003, p. E01. 456 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8911. Algar, James. “The Animated Film: Fantasy and Fact.” Pacific Spectator. Winter 1950, pp. 4-20. 8912. Alpert, Hollis. “The Wonderful World of Walt Disney.” Woman’s Day. Oct. 1962, pp. 49+. 8913. Anderson, Harry, with Martin Kasindorf. “Disney’s Trials in Tomorrowland.” Newsweek. Dec. 24, 1979, pp. 65-66. 8914. “Another Bright Showing in Earnings in View for Walt Disney Productions.” Barron’s. May 19, 1958, pp. 23-24. 8915. “Anyone for Yo-Ho-Ho?” Life. Sept. 15, 1967. 8916. Artz, Lee. “ABC/Disney Workers: ‘Bust Mickey!’” Democratic Communiqué. Spring/Summer 1997, p. 9. 8917. “As Disney and Other Big and Small Studios Have Major Layoffs, Some Local Companies Are Finding New Markets for Their Work.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2001, p. 3. 8918. Barber, Benjamin R. “From Disney World to Disney’s World.” Korea Times. Aug. 11, 1995, p. 6. 8919. Bart, Peter. “Keys to the Kingdom.” Variety. July 11-17, 1994, pp. 5, 54. 8920. Bart, Peter. “Palace Intrigue at Disney.” Variety. June 20-26, 1994, pp. 3, 58. 8921. Bart, Peter. “What’s Disney’s Tomorrowland?” Variety. June 25-July 8, 2001, pp. 1, 4, 70. 8922. Bart, Peter and Dorothy Bart. “As Told and Sold by Disney.” New York Times Book Review. May 9, 1965, pp. 2+. 8923. Bass, Alison. “Disney and the Corporate Con.” Technology Review. Oct. 1983, pp. 18-21+. 8924. “The Battle of Wonderland.” Time. July 16, 1951, p. 90. 8925. Bedell, Sally. “Disney Cable TV Channel Will Start Next Week.” New York Times. April 12, 1983. 8926. Benson, Jim. “Disney Ani Ante’s Up.” Daily Variety. Jan. 6, 1994, p. 1. 8927. Benson, Jim. “Disney on $1 Billion TV High.” Variety. July 25-31, 1994, p. 26. 8928. Benson, Jim. “Fifth Net Not Kid Stuff to Disney.” Variety. Nov. 15, 1993, pp. 1, 55. 8929. Blevins, Jeffrey L. “Cyberspace: The New Disney Universe.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Phoenix, AZ, Aug. 2000. 8930. Blocklyn, Paul. “Making Magic: The Disney Approach to People Management.” Personnel. Dec. 1988, pp. 28-35. 8931. Bloom, David. “Are Disney Characters Ready for Rough Ride?” Variety. Sept. 16-22, 2002, p. 7. 8932. Boehme, Lillian R. “The Magic Kingdom: Is It Really Magic?” American Opinion. May 1975, pp. 13-20+. United States: Animation 457

8933. Boroughs, Don L., Dan McGraw, and Kevin Whitelaw. “Disney’s All Smiles.” U.S. News and World Report. Aug. 14, 1995, pp. 32-46. 8934. Boschi, Luigi. “Disney Oggi a Lucca ’90.” Comic Art. March 1991, pp. 12-14. 8935. Brady, Matt. “Mass o’ Media: Disney’s Video Flood, More Comics to Movies, Ellison Sets the Record Straight.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 20, 1998, p. 12. 8936. Brennan, Steve. “Dis Loads Pen for Ani TV Shootout.” The Hollywood Reporter. Jan. 6, 1994, p. 1. 8937. Brennan, Judy. “Disney Slips the Street a Mickey.” Variety. Oct. 4, 1993, pp. 1, 78. 8938. Brodie, John. “Disney Wannabes Play Copycat-and-Mouse.” Variety. Jan. 2-8, 1995, pp. 1, 87. 8939. Brodie, John. “Mouse Makes Mighty Moves To Nurture Its Animators.” Variety. July 11-17, 1994, p. 55. 8940. Brodie, John. “Dwarfs Tell Disney: Draw!” Variety. July 11-17, 1994, pp. 1, 55. 8941. Brown, David. “Around the World on a Magic Carpet.” Sunday Magazine, St. Louis Globe Democrat. May 19, 1974, pp. 6-9+. 8942. “Building a Disney Dream.” Industry Week. May 26, 1980, pp. 55-59. 8943. “Building for the Future.” Animation. July 1995, p. 43. 8944. Busch, Anita M. “Fall Housekeeping at Mouse House.” Variety. Nov. 14-20, 1994, pp. 7, 12. 8945. Busch, Anita M. “Troika’s Saturday Dreams on Hold.” Variety. Aug. 7- 13, 1995, pp. 17, 20. 8946. Busch, Anita M. and Gary Levin. “Mouse Marches to Arches.” Variety. April 15-21, 1996, pp. 1, 42. 8947. Butwin, David. “Whistle While You Work.” Saturday Review. Feb. 6, 1971, pp. 40-43. 8948. “Can Disney Still Grow on Its Founder’s Dreams?” Business Week. July 31, 1978, pp. 58-62+. 8949. Canemaker, John. “Disney Without Walt.” Print. Nov./Dec. 1978, pp. 35-40+. 8950. Capuzzo, Mike. “Disney Creates a Team for the ASPCA.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Aug. 6, 1995, p. K-5. 8951. Carter, Bill. “Disney’s Big Hopes for Afternoons.” New York Times. Nov. 6, 1989, Section D, p. 1. 8952. Catalano, Julie. “The Wonderful World of Disneyana.” Pride. Nov. 1985, pp. 28-33. 8953. Cels, Roger. “Disney’s Financial Odyssey.” Hollywood Reporter. Dec. 29-30, 1975. 8954. Chamberlain, Michael. “How the World of Disney Is Building for the Future.” Marketing Week. Dec. 11, 1981, pp. 28-29+. 458 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

8955. Cohen, Karl. “...2003 Has Been a Very Good Year for Disney Films.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2003, p. 5. 8956. Collins, L. “Guarantees May Evaporate in Disney Kid Upfront Deals.” Mediaweek. Jan. 13, 1992, p. 3. 8957. Connelly, M. “Chrysler Adopts Disney Mindset for Customers.” Automotive News. Feb. 24, 1992, p. 3+. 8958. Corliss, Richard. “The Mouse Roars.” Time. June 20, 1994, pp. 58-60. 8959. Corliss, Richard. “Violà! Disney Invades Europe. Will the French Resist?” Time. April 20, 1992, pp. 82-84. 8960. Cosulich, Oscar. “La Disney Factory: l’Impero Colpisce Ancora.” Programma Lucca 90. 1990, p. 18. 8961. Cottrell, Laurie. “When You Wish Upon a Star.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 9-11. 8962. Cox, Dan. “Mouse Shifts Power in the House.” Variety. Jan. 11-17, 1999, pp. 9, 22. 8963. D’Alessandro, Anthony. “Global Conquest.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, pp. 16, 28. 8964. Dando, Pat and Judy Shoen. “Walt Disney Productions: The Imagineering People Pros.” Institutions/Volume Feeding. Oct. 15, 1972. 8965. David, Ivor and Sally Davis. “The Disney Moneytree: Why It Keeps Blooming While Hollywood Withers.” Los Angeles Magazine. Sept. 1971. 8966. Dawtrey, Adam. “Elton Pacts with Disney.” Variety. May 18-24, 1998, p. 17. 8967. Day, C.R. Jr. “Kingdom’s Magic Really Isn’t – At Its Core, Disney’s Secret Is Old Hat: Details, Service, People.” Industry Week. April 6, 1992, p. 6. 8968. Dempsey, John. “Callers Fear Mouse May Package Cheese.” Variety. Aug. 7-13, 1995, pp. 17, 21. 8969. Dempsey, John. “Disney Channel Primo with Tweens.” Variety. Sept. 3- 9, 2001, p. 24. 8970. Dempsey, John. “Disney Shifts to Basic.” Variety. March 4, 1998, p. 5. 8971. Dempsey, John. “Mighty Mouse Nips at Nick.” Variety. Dec. 18-31, 1995, pp. 1, 86. 8972. Dempsey, John. “Three-Way Wedding?” Variety. July 11-17, 1994, pp. 19, 24. 8973. Dempsey, John. “Toon Disney Bows April 18.” Variety. April 1, 1998, pp. 1, 11. 8974. Deneroff, Harvey. “Disney Florida Studio May Close.” Animatoon. No. 46, 2003, p. 80. 8975. Desowitz, Bill. “Disney TV Animation Off to Flying Theatrical Start in 2002.” Animation. Feb. 2002, pp. 37-38. United States: Animation 459

8976. DiOrio, Carl. “Disney Puts Great Stock in Stores.” Variety. Oct. 9-15, 2000, p. 60. 8977. DiOrio, Carl. “To Infinity and Beyond.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, p. 22. 8978. DiOrio, Carl. “Wall Street Sees Mouse in Holding Pattern.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, pp. 31-32. 8979. “Disney After Walt Is a Family Affair.” Time. July 30, 1973, pp. 64-66. 8980. “Disney Banks on Santa.” Variety. Dec. 17, 1941, p. 5. 8981. “Disney Buys Jumbo Pictures Who Will Produce ‘Doug’ for the Fall ABC Season.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1996, p. 4. 8982. “Disney Cartoons Remaining RKO: Reissue Plans.” Variety. April 8, 1942, p. 6. 8983. “Disney Dollars.” Forbes. May 1971, pp. 20-23. 8984. “Disney Dominates.” Inklings. Winter 1995, p. 6. 8985. “Disney Gets Fun and Fancy Free Again.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, p. 79. 8986. “Disney Goes Multimedia.” Comics Journal. March 1995, p. 28. 8987. “Disney Continues To Restructure Their Animation Staff.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2003, p. 6. 8988. “Disney Has Enough Troubles....” ASIFA San Francisco. July-Aug. 2003, p. 3. 8989. “Disney Launches $30 Million TV Cartoon Show.” United Press International release. Jan. 6, 1989. 8990. “Disney Moves East.” Life. Oct. 15, 1971. 8991. “Disney Seeks Content-Conduit Split in AOL, Time Warner Merger.” New Straits Times. July 21, 2000, p. 36. 8992. “Disney Signs To Do Cartoon for MGM.” Motion Picture Daily. May 31, 1933, p. 4. 8993. “Disney Signs Up More Toon Talent.” Variety. Nov. 6-12, 1995, p. 18. 8994. “Disney’s Live-Action Profits.” Business Week. July 24, 1965, pp. 78- 82. 8995. “Disney Sold Their Baseball Team and May Close More Stores or Put the Entire Chain Up for Sale.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2003, p. 7. 8996. “Disney’s Secret Lab To Close.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 6. 8997. “Disney Unwraps Its Newest Extravaganza.” Business Week. May 3, 1969, pp. 32, 34. 8998. “The Disney Way With the Dollar.” Forbes. March 15, 1977, pp. 79-81. 8999. “Disney Wins O’seas B.O. Crown.” Variety. Jan. 16-22, 1995, p. 22. 9000. Donahue, Ann. “New Name, New Attitude: Disney Rechristens Its Internet Division and Searches for New Vision.” Variety. Aug. 7-13, 2000, p. 14. 9001. Dunkley, Cathy. “Mouse ‘Signs’ Are Hard To Read.” Variety. Aug. 12- 18, 2002, pp. 7, 12. 460 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9002. Dunkley, Cathy and Charles Lyons. “Pics Get Tricky for Mickey.” Variety. Dec. 17-23, 2001, pp. 1, 82. 9003. Egan, J. “The Subtleties of Stock Splits [Walt Disney].” U.S. News & World Report. March 16, 1992, p. 72. 9004. Elfenbein, Dick. “Travel Editors: Nothing Mickey Mouse About Disney’s PR.” Editor and Publisher. May 17, 1986, pp. 36, 50. 9005. Ellis, Fred. C. “How Disney Does It.” Movie Makers. Dec. 1951, pp. 398-399+. 9006. Evans, Greg. “B’way Grouses Over Mickey Subsidy Coin.” Variety. Nov. 15, 1993, pp. 43, 45. 9007. Evans, Greg. “Mickey Move Could End Biltmore Blues.” Variety. March 21-27, 1994, p. 61. 9008. Evans, Greg. “Times Square: Real Hope or Another Goofy Plan?” Variety. Sept. 27, 1993, pp. 65, 69. 9009. “Failing Magic at Disney.” Los Angeles Times. Sept. 29, 2002, p. M4. 9010. Fiecconi, Federico. “Home Video: Mese Disney.” Comic Art. April 1986, p. 26. 9011. Fisher, C. “New Magic Needed for Disney’s Kingdom: Film Operations Bloom but Theme Parks Droop.” Advertising Age. Nov. 21, 1994, p. 65. 9012. Flint, Joe. “One Month That Shook the World.” Variety. Sept. 4-10, 1995, pp. 33-34. (Merger). 9013. Flint, Joe. “O’seas Brothers in Arms: Mouse Merges Global TV.” Variety. July 1-14, 1996, p. 28. 9014. Foo, Juniper. “From Down and Out in Burbank to Outrageous Fortunes.” Straits Times (Singapore). June 5, 1994, p. 4. 9015. “Fortunes Found in Fantasy.” Industry Week. Nov. 8, 1971, pp. 30-37. 9016. Freeman, Mike. “Can Cartoons Cut It in Early Fringe?” Broadcasting. Sept. 7, 1992, pp. 18-19. 9017. Frook, John E. “Disney Changes Its ‘Toon.” Variety. Oct. 18, 1993, pp. 1, 66. 9018. Frook, John E. “Disney Pics New Pic Chief.” Variety. May 2-8, 1994, pp. 13, 20. 9019. Frook, John E. “New Disney Fund Has the Write Stuff.” Variety. Jan. 10-16, 1994, p. 40. 9020. Frook, John E. “No Stops on Disney’s Caravan.” Variety. Jan. 31-Feb. 6, 1994, pp. 1, 78. 9021. Gabor, Andrea and Steve Hawkins. “A New Management Rouses Disney from a Long Sleep; Of Mice and Money in the Magic Kingdom.” U.S. News and World Report. Dec. 22, 1986, pp. 44-46. 9022. Galluccio, Nick. “The Last Great Dream.” Forbes. May 11, 1981, pp. 87-88. 9023. Garneau, George. “Disney Enters News Business.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 5, 1995, pp. 5, 19. United States: Animation 461

9024. Gelmis, Joseph. “Disney Going Back to the Kids.” Newsday. April 20, 1988, p. 15. 9025. Gerard, Jeremy. “Disney’s New Dream: 42nd Street Fantasia.” Variety. Feb. 7-13, 1994, pp. 57, 59. 9026. Giles, Jeff and Charles Fleming. “A New Generation of Genies.” Newsweek. Sept. 5, 1994, p. 41. 9027. Gill, Penny. “The Disney Store Blends Retailing and Entertainment.” Stores. June 1991, pp. 20-24. 9028. Giobbe, Dorothy. “Disney Delivers Kids’ Magazine Via Newspapers.” Editor and Publisher. May 20, 1995, p. 25. 9029. Goff, Neal. “Disney: Gassed Up and Ready to Go.” Financial World. Sept. 1, 1979, pp. 14-18. 9030. Goldman, Debra. “All You, All the Time: The Disney Channel Is Tuning into What You Want Before You Know You Want It.” Mother Jones. May/June 1998, pp. 34-37. 9031. Goldsmith, Jill. “Can Eisner Heal a Mouse Divided?” Variety. Dec. 8- 14, 2003, pp. 8, 77. 9032. Goldsmith, Jill. “Disney Topper’s Frank Talk Shocks Stock.” Variety. Nov. 8-14, 1999, p. 4. 9033. Goldsmith, Jill. “Mouse House Puts Fairchild Up for Sale.” Variety. Aug. 16-22, 1999, p. 5. 9034. Goodman, Dean. “Disney in Mood for a Music Deal.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Aug. 3, 1995, p. C-5. 9035. Gordon, Arthur. “Walt Disney, Davy Crockett, and Disneyland.” Look. July 26, 1955, pp. 29-36+. 9036. Gordon, Mitchell. “Disney’s World: From Mickey Mouse to Amusement Parks to Winter Resorts.” Barron’s. Nov. 14, 1966, pp. 9, 22. 9037. Gordon, Mitchell. “Walt’s Profit Formula: Dream, Diversify, and Never Miss an Angle.” Wall Street Journal. Feb. 4, 1958, pp. 1+. 9038. Graham, Jefferson. “Punching Up Disney Cartoons.” USA Today. July 12, 1994, p. 3-D. 9039. Graser, Marc. “Disney Rescues Vid After Nu Discovery.” Variety. Jan. 11-17, 1999, p. 6. 9040. Graser, Marc. “Mouse Gives Go the Heave-ho.” Variety. Feb. 5-11, 2001, pp. 27-28. 9041. Graser, Marc. “Mouse House Makes Case for Cyberspace.” Variety. July 19-25, 1999, pp. 10, 42. 9042. Graser, Marc. “Mouse Is Mighty at Annie Awards.” Daily Variety. Nov. 17, 1998, p. 12. 9043. Grootaers, Elias. “How Disney Almost Lost Its Groove.” Plateau. 22:1 (2001), pp. 21-25. 462 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9044. Grover, Ronald, et al. “Disney’s Magic: A Turnaround Proves Wishes Can Come True.” Business Week. March 9, 1987, pp. 62-70. 9045. Groves, Don. “Mouse Runs Overseas Maze in Record Time.” Variety. Oct. 30-Nov. 5, 2000, pp. 9, 65. 9046. Gubernick, L. “A Better Mousetrap.” Forbes. April 27, 1992, p. 188. 9047. Guider, Elizabeth. “House of Mouse Expands.” Variety. June 28/July 11, 1999, p. 27. 9048. Guider, Elizabeth. “Mouse Mulls Money in Muppet Machinations.” Variety. March 24-30, 2003, p. 4. 9049. Harrington, Michael. “To the Disney Station: Corporate Socialism in the Magic Kingdom.” Harper’s. Jan. 1979, pp. 35-44+. 9050. Hayes, Dade. “Disney Rules January with Durable Duo.” Variety. Feb. 7-13, 2000, p.12. 9051. Hiaasen, Carl. Team Rodent: How Disney Devours the World. NY: Ballantine Library of Contemporary Thought, 1998. 83 pp. 9052. Holson, Laura M. “Disney Wins Summer Movie Race with 2 Big Hits.” nytimes.com. Sept. 1, 2003. 9053. Hontz, Jenny. “Disney Kids To Play UPN.” Variety. Jan. 21, 1998, pp. 1, 54. 9054. “The House the Mouse Built.” Barron’s. July 1963, pp. 9, 14-15. 9055. “How Disney Sells Happiness.” Parade. March 26, 1972. 9056. Howell, Blair. “1988, the Year of the Imagineer.” Storyboard. Nov./Dec. 1987, pp. 20-23. 9057. “Inside Walt Disney’s Studio.” Movie Spotlight. April 1953, pp. 84-87. 9058. “Is Disney in Trouble?” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2001, p. 6. 9059. Jackson, Kathy M. “Introduction: Walt Disney: Its Persuasive Products and Cultural Contexts.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Summer 1996, pp. 50-52. 9060. James, Alison. “Disney To Shed Gallic Animation Facility.” Variety. Jan. 21-27, 2002, p. 8. 9061. Jefferson, David. “Finding Disney.” Newsweek. June 2, 2003, pp. 40-44. 9062. Karp, Alan. “Touchstone Films: Disney’s Movies Grow Up.” Box Office. Oct. 1984, pp. 7-9+. 9063. Karp, Richard. “Disney: Trouble in Dreamland.” Dun’s Review. June 1973. 9064. Katz, Richard. “Heirs Split from Mouse House.” Variety. June 8-14, 1998, pp. 17, 20. 9065. Katz, Richard. “Toon Disney’s Growth Spurts.” Daily Variety. Dec. 23, 1998, p. 3. 9066. Krause, Eliza. “When You Wish Upon a Toon: How Disney Cleans Up on Its Animated Classics.” Premier. Aug. 1992, p. 20. 9067. “Less Animation.” Forbes. Aug. 1, 1959, p. 20. United States: Animation 463

9068. Levin, Gary. “Disney Eyes Radio Web.” Variety. Aug. 5-11, 1996, p. 26. 9069. Levin, Gary. “Disney, Mattel Ink Three-Year Deal.” Variety. April 8-14, 1996, p. 28. 9070. Littleton, Cynthia. “Mouse Eyes Angels.” Daily Variety. Oct. 5, 1998, pp. 3, 13. 9071. Littleton, Cynthia. “Toon Disney Inks Deal with DirecTV.” Variety. April 16, 1998, p. 12. 9072. Lowry, Brian. “Disney Re-Animates ABC Saturday Morning.” Variety. Feb. 5-11, 1996, pp. 27, 30. 9073. Lyons, Charles. “New Mickey Mouse Club.” Variety. Oct. 9-15, 2000, pp. 1, 60. 9074. Lyons, Charles and Chris Petrikin. “Mouse’s High-Wire Act.” Variety. Nov. 22-28, 1999, pp. 1, 101. 9075. Lyons, Mike. “Disney’s Little Big Screen: Turning Animated Features into TV Series.” Animation World. Sept. 1998. 4 pp. 9076. Lyons, Mike. “The Mouse in the Millenium: Disney Lays Out Its Future.” AnimeFantastique. Spring 1999, p. 5. 9077. McDonald, John. “Now the Bankers Come to Disney.” Fortune. May 1966, 138-141+. 9078. McGough, L.L. “Definitive Disney.” Association Management. March 1992, pp. 87+. 9079. McGuigan, Cathleen. “Apres Mickey, le Deluge.” Newsweek. April 13, 1992, pp. 64-66. 9080. MacKay, Gillian. “Restoring Disney’s Realm.” MacLean’s. March 25, 1985, p. 12. 9081. “The Magic Kingdom.” Time. April 15, 1966, p. 84. 9082. Magiera, M. “Disney Plugs Up New Film.” Advertising Age. Oct. 15, 1990, p. 8. 9083. Magiera, Marcy. “Disney: TV Shows Are Brands.” Advertising Age. June 4, 1990, p. 38. 9084. Mandese, Joe. “ABC Courting Disney for Help with Kids Radio.” Advertising Age. Nov. 2, 1992, p. 12. 9085. Mano, D. Keith. “A Real Mickey Mouse Operation.” Playboy. Dec. 1973, pp. 199+. 9086. Marth, Del. “Where Business Presents Tomorrow.” Nation’s Business. Nov. 1981, pp. 64-66. 9087. Martin, Pete. “Walt Disney Shoots the Works.” Saturday Evening Post. Dec. 10, 1960, pp. 38-39+. 9088. Martinez, M.N. “Disney Training Works Magic.” HR Magazine. May 1992, pp. 53-54+. 464 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9089. Masters, Kim and Lisa Leff. “The Cats That Chased the Mouse.” In Messages 3: The Washington Post Companion, edited by Thomas Beell, pp. 110-112. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1996. 9090. Mendoza, N.F. “Disney Knows: The ‘Mouseworks.’” Animation. May 1999, pp. 12-13, 55. 9091. “Merchandising Volgens Disney. Disneyana.” Stripschrift. May 1995, pp. 32-34. 9092. Meredith, Dennis. “The Future According to Disney.” Technology Illustrated. Dec/Jan. 1982, pp. 80-85. 9093. “Merger Mania.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Aug. 3, 1995, p. A22. 9094. Mermigas, Diane. “Shifts Signal New Outlook for Disney.” Electronic Media. Aug. 29, 1994, p. 1. 9095. Meyer, Michael, et al. “Of Mice and Men.” Newsweek. Sept. 5, 1994, pp. 40-41, 43-47. 9096. Michaelson, G.A. “Uncle Mickey Wants You!” Sales Marketing Management. Aug. 1992, p. 19. 9097. “Mickey Mouse Makers: Those from Ranks Given Trial As Artists, Then Up-Grade; 100 Yearly Enter Portals.” Variety. May 5, 1942, p. 146. 9098. “The Mighty Mouse: Faces of Disney Characters on Manufactured Goods.” Time. Oct. 25, 1948, pp. 96+. 9099. Mills, Bart. “Disney Looks for a Happy Ending to Its Grim Fairy Tale.” American Film. July/Aug. 1982, pp. 52-56. 9100. Minard, Lawrence. “Who Will Win the Keys to the Magic Kingdom?” Forbes. June 4, 1984, pp. 31-35. 9101. “Money from Mice.” Newsweek. Feb. 13, 1950, pp. 84-88. 9102. “More Than Mouse Power?” Forbes. Jan. 15, 1973. 9103. “The Mouse House.” Newsweek. July 30, 1973, p. 65. 9104. “The Mouse That Roared.” People Weekly. April 27, 1992, pp. 50-51. 9105. “Mouse Warms to Winter Toons.” Variety. Feb. 18-24, 2002, p. 23. 9106. Nag, Ashoke. “Mickey Plans New Mouse House.” Variety. Nov. 3-9, 2003, p. 29. 9107. Neal, Jim. “Disney Wins Lemon.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 3, 1995, p. 6. 9108. Neumeyer, Kathleen. “Return from Neverland: Can Disney Do It Again?” Los Angeles. Nov. 1977, pp. 170-177. 9109. “New Head of Disney Animation Delighted Some and Disgusted Others with His First Statements About the Future of Disney Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2003, p. 7. 9110. “A New Mouse in the House.” TV-Cable Week. April 17, 1983, pp. 1-2. 9111. ‘“New York Times’ Ran an Analysis of Why Disney Stock Has Lost Value.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2001, p. 6. United States: Animation 465

9112. Niles, Howard. “Can Disney Do It Again?” Dun’s Review. June 1981, pp. 80-82. 9113. Noglows, Paul. “Disney Ducks Fiscal Fallout from Street.” Variety. Nov. 22, 1993, pp. 9, 12. 9114. “Of Mice and Money in the Magic Kingdom.” U.S. News and World Report. Dec. 22, 1986, pp. 44-46. 9115. O’Neal, Guy. “The Disney Internship Experience.” In Drawing Insight, edited by Joyce Greene and Deborah Reber, pp. 65-66. Penang: Southbound, 1996. 9116. Osborne, Magz. “Picky Disney Bows Kids Block.” Variety. July 28- Aug. 3, 2003, p. 25. (In Singapore). 9117. Park, Nora. “Return to Oz.” American Cinematographer. May 1985, pp. 50-57. 9118. Parkes, Christopher. “Walt Disney Profits Up Despite Drop in Tourism.” Financial Times. July 31, 2003. 9119. Peers, Martin. “Disney Hits Street Looking for Cash.” Variety. Jan. 2-8, 1995, p. 11. 9120. Peers, Martin. “Disneys Set 7-Station Selloff.” Variety. June 1-7, 1998, p. 27. 9121. Peers, Martin. “Disney Stock Gets Socked.” Variety. March 5, 1998, pp. 1, 46. 9122. Peers, Martin. “Mouse Squeaks Out 4% Profit Hike.” Daily Variety. Nov. 4, 1998, pp. 1, 21. 9123. Peers, Martin. “Street Jolted by Disney’s Red Ink.” Variety. April 29- May 5, 1996, pp. 12, 30. 9124. Petersen, Lisa M. “BK Menu: Disney Kid Vid Promos.” Brandweek. April 12, 1993, p. 4. 9125. Petrozzello, Donna. “Disney Toons up with Analog.” Broadcasting & Cable. April 6, 1998, pp. 142, 144. 9126. Peyser, Marc, Andrew Murr, and Mark Miller. “Waiting Warily on the Info On-Ramp.” Newsweek. Sept. 5, 1994, p. 46. 9127. Phillips, B.J. “Disney Acquires a World of Power.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Aug. 2, 1995, p. C-1. 9128. Pilger, J. “The Magic of Disney.” New Statesman and Society. 4(164), 1991, p. 10. 9129. “Pixar-Disney Announce the Titles of Their Final 3 Films....” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2002, p. 1. 9130. “Problems in Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom.” Business Week. March 12, 1984, pp. 50-51+. 9131. Raiti, Gerard. “Supplemental Disney DVDs Surpass the Competition.” Animation World. March 2001, pp. 53-55. 9132. Rea, Steven. “Disney’s Secret: Do It Again.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Nov. 23, 1997, pp. F-1, F-4, F-5. 466 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9133. “Reality Intrudes into Magic Kingdom.” Economist. April 21, 1990, pp. 71-72. 9134. “Reports Are Being Circulated That There Are Serious Problems Within Disney.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2002, pp. 5-6. 9135. Richmond, Ray. “Disney Channel Surfs for Niche, Not Nick.” Variety. June 24-30, 1996, pp. 21, 26. 9136. Robins, J. Max. “Disney Retools Its TV House.” Variety. April 15-21, 1996, pp. 45, 50. 9137. Robins, J. Max and Brian Lowry. “ABC’s Dizzy over Disney.” Variety. Feb. 26-March 3, 1996, pp. 1, 187. 9138. Rolland, Louis J. “The World of Disney.” Financial World. April 27, 1966, p. 24. 9139. Ross, Irwin. “Disney Gambles on Tomorrow.” Fortune. Oct. 4, 1982, pp. 62-68. 9140. “Running Disney Walt’s Way.” Time. Aug. 16, 1976, p. 53. 9141. Sayle, Murray. “Of Mice and Yen.” Harper’s. Aug. 1983, pp. 36-39+. 9142. Schlosser, Joe. “UPN, Disney Together Again.” Broadcasting & Cable. April 20, 1998, p. 11. 9143. Schneider, Michael. “Disney ReLearns Its ABC’s.” Variety. Jan. 14-20, 2002, pp. 43, 99. 9144. Schoemer, Karen and Andrew Murr. “An Endless Stream of Magic and Moola.” Newsweek. Sept. 5, 1994, p. 47. 9145. Sharkey, Betsy. “Disney Moves into Sydication.” Adweek. March 18, 1986, p. 6. 9146. Shprintz, Janet. “Mouse Grouses over Bonus Onus.” Variety. June 7-13, 1999, pp. 7, 14. 9147. Sims, Burt. “Disney in Snow Biz.” California. Oct. 1976, pp. 66-67. 9148. Smith, Roger. “Disney Story Old News to Wall Street.” Variety. Nov. 15-21, 1999, p. 5, 105. 9149. Smoodin, Eric, ed. Disney Discourse: Producing the Magic Kingdom. NY: Routledge, 1994. 9150. Solomon, Charles. “Disney Today.” Sightlines. Winter 1985/1986, pp. 10-13. 9151. Spethmann, Betsy. “Kellogg Steps into the Box with Baseball, Disney.” Brandweek. April 5, 1993, p. 3. 9152. Start, Alexander. “Decay of an American Dream.” Films and Filming. Nov. 1973, pp. 20-27. 9153. Strover, Sharon. “Recent Trends in Coproductions: The Demise of the National.” In Democracy and Communication in the New Europe: Change and Continuity in East and West, edited by Farrel Corcoran and Paschal Preston, pp. 97-123. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press, 1995. 9154. Sutter, Mary. “Disney Preps Bow in Brazil.” Variety. Feb. 26-March 4, 2001, p. 36. United States: Animation 467

9155. Sweet, Fay. “The Fantasy Business.” World Architecture. 15(1991), pp. 66-68. 9156. Sweeting, Paul. “Hungry Mouse Puts Toons on DVD Plate.” Variety. Aug. 23-29, 1999, p. 18. 9157. Sweeting, Paul. “Income-Hungry Mouse Feeds Anew on Library.” Variety. Nov. 15-21, 1999, pp. 7-8. 9158. Sweeting, Paul. “Mouse in Every House?” Variety. May 10-16, 1999, p. 17. 9159. Taub, Eric. “The Disney Channel’s Growing Pains.” Cablevision. May 28, 1984, pp. 70-71+. 9160. Taylor, John. “Storming the Magic Kingdom.” American Film. May 1987, pp. 30-37. 9161. Taylor, John. “Storming the Magic Kingdom.” Los Angeles Times Magazine. Feb. 8, 1987, pp. 10-18. 9162. “Tech Meets Toons.” EV. Jan. 2001, p. 6. 9163. Thomajan, P.K. “The Mouse That Roars.” Marketing Communications. Nov. 1978, pp. 32-34. 9164. Tobenkin, David. “Frank Exits Disney To Surf Infohighway.” Broadcasting & Cable. March 20, 1995, p. 18. 9165. “Tooning Out.” Variety. March 25-31, 2002, p. 7. 9166. “Toon Team Inks Disney Deal.” Variety. April 29-May 5, 1996, p. 28. 9167. Toy, S., et al. “The Mouse Isn’t Roaring.” Business Week. Aug. 24, 1992, p. 38. 9168. Trexler, Lynn. “Disney’s Unlikely Retail Success.” Apparel South. May/June 1981. 9169. “USDA, Disney Partnership Will Help Children Make Healthy Meal Choices at School.” PR Newswire. Sept. 29, 1994, financial news. 9170. van Willigen, Rein. “Disney Totaal.” Striprofiel. Winter 1978/1979, pp. 46-47. 9171. van Willigen, Rein. “Getekend Voor Het Leven.” Striprofiel. Dec. 1984, pp. 2-7. 9172. Vrooman, Ruud. ‘“Bernard Voorzichtig Is Wat Mij Betreft Voorgoed Begraven!’ Een Uitgebreid Interview met ‘Amerikann’ Dann Jippes.” Striprofiel. June 1982, pp. 11-20. 9173. “Walt Disney to Display a Bright Profits Picture.” Barron’s. March 8, 1965, p. 23. 9174. Wascoe, Dan, Jr. “Disney’s Moving People From Fantasy to Reality.” Mass Transit. Aug. 1983. 9175. Waxman, Sharon. “Has Disney Lost Its Magic Touch?” New York Times. Dec. 2, 2003. 9176. Weber, Bruce. “The Disney Troika.” California Business. Oct. 20, 1969, pp. 7+. 468 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9177. Weingarten, Marc. “At the Disney Channel, It’s a Diverse World After All.” New York Times. May 25, 2003. 9178. Weintraub, Bernard. “Disney Channel Broadens Its Reach.” New York Times. May 18, 1992, pp. C8(N); D10(L). 9179. Weintraub, Bernard. “Disney Signs Up Merchant and Ivory.” New York Times. July 27, 1992, pp. B1(N); C15(L). 9180. “What Is Dimming the Magic of Disney?” Business Week. Nov. 9, 1981, p. 39. 9181. “Wide World of Walt Disney.” Newsweek. Dec. 31, 1962. 9182. Williams, Mark L. “Sweeney Swept Away by Mouse.” Daily Variety. Nov. 10, 1998, p. A-28. 9183. Williams, Michael. “Disney Backs Miramax in French Pic Distrib’n.” Variety. Oct. 10-16, 1994, p. 26. 9184. Wolfert, Ira. “Walt Disney’s Magic Kingdom.” Reader’s Digest. April 1960, pp. 144-147+. 9185. “A Wonderful World.” Newsweek. April 18, 1955. 9186. “The Wonderful World of Walt Disney Productions.” The Stock Market. May 1968, pp. 6-9. 9187. Zahed, Ramin. “Mouse’s Small Screen Arm Draws Big Business.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, pp. 21-24. 9188. Ziegler, Peggy. “Disney Launching Kids’ Block.” Electronic Media. Jan. 9, 1989, p. 2. Collectibles 9189. Bernstein, Paul. ‘“We Can’t Let the Disney Legacy Die,’ They Said Animatedly.” Ambassador. Dec. 1977, pp. 16-18, 50. 9190. Canemaker, John. Treasures of Disney Animation Art. NY: Abbeville Press, 1982. 9191. “Disney Sale Is June 9 at Christie’s East.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 23, 1995, p. 26. 9192. Krempa, Paul. “Toon Collectibles: Disney Limiteds Varied and Impressive.” Animato! Summer 1994, pp. 24, 70. 9193. Mickey Mouse Memorabilia: The Vintage Years 1928-1938. NY: Harry N. Abrams, 1986. 9194. Shine, Bernard C. “Early Disney Bisque Figurines.” Collector’s Showcase. Nov./Dec. 1984, pp. 46-49. 9195. Stern, Michael. Stern’s Guide to Disney Collectibles. Paducah, KY: Collector Books, 1989. 9196. “The Story of Walt Disney’s Private Collection.” Small Talk. Feb. 1978. 9197. Tumbusch, Tom. Tomart’s Illustrated Disneyana Catalog and Price Guide. Dayton, OH: Tomart Publications, 1985. United States: Animation 469

“Disney Culture” 9198. Allan, Robin. Walt Disney and Europe: European Influences on the Animated Feature Films of Walt Disney. Sydney: John Libbey, 1999. 304 pp. 9199. Artz, Lee. “Disney and Democracy.” Democratic Communiqué. Winter 1996, pp. 8-16. 9200. Balmagia, Larry. “Those Cute Little Mouseketeers...Were Actually One Big Rowdy Family.” TV Guide. Dec. 27, 1985, pp. 24-26. 9201. Bancroft, Mary. “Of Mouse and Man.” Psychological Perspectives. Fall 1978, pp. 115-124. 9202. Bazalgette, Cary and David Buckingham, eds. In Front of the Children. Screen Entertainment and Young Audiences. London and Bloomington: British Film Institute and Indiana University Press, 1995. 232 pp. 9203. Bell, Elizabeth, Lynda Haas, and Laura Sells, eds. From Mouse to Mermaid: The Politics of Film, Gender, and Culture. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1995. 320 pp. 9204. Benshoff, Harry M. “Heigh-Ho, Heigh-Ho, Is Disney High or Low? From Silly Cartoons to Postmodern Politics.” Animation Journal. Fall 1992, pp. 62-85. 9205. Berger, Arthur Asa. “Of Mice and Men: An Introduction to Mouseology or, Anal Eroticism and Disney.” Journal of Homosexuality. 21:1-2 (1991), pp. 155-165. 9206. Berland, David I. “Disney and Freud: Walt Meets the Id.” Journal of Popular Culture. Spring 1982. 9207. Bierman, James H. “The Walt Disney Robot Dramas.” Yale Review. Dec. 1976, pp. 223-236. 9208. Boather, E.B. “Comix 101B (Half Term): Why a Duck.” Harvard Magazine. May 1975, pp. 38-45. 9209. Britt, Bill. “Disney’s Global Goals.” Marketing. May 17, 1990, pp. 22- 26. 9210. Brody, Michael. “The Wonderful World of Disney: Its Psychological Appeal.” American Imago. Winter 1976, pp. 350-360. 9211. Burr, Lonnie. “Memoirs of a Mouseketeer.” American Film. Feb. 1979, pp. 15-16. 9212. Byrne, Eleanor and Martin McQuillan. Deconstructing Disney. London: Pluto Press, 1999. 209 pp. 9213. Calvert, Fred. “The Disney Myth.” Hollywood Reporter. Nov. 30, 1971. 9214. Collier, Richard. “Wish Upon a Star: The Magical Kingdoms of Walt Disney.” Reader’s Digest. Oct. 1971, pp. 221-224+. 9215. Davis, Sally Ogle. “Wishing Upon a Falling Star.” New York Times Magazine. Nov. 16, 1980, pp. 144-146. 9216. “Disney’s Cinesymphony.” Time. Nov. 18, 1940, pp. 52-55. 470 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9217. Finch, Paul. “The Mouse That Roared.” Building Design. April 17, 1992, p. 19. 9218. Fjellman, Stephen M. Walt Disney’s America. NY: Abbeville Press, 1978. 9219. Forgacs, David. “Disney Animation and the Business of Childhood.” Screen. Winter 1992, pp. 361-374. 9220. Fries, Maureen. “Disnifying T.H. White.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 9, 1998. 9221. Fuller, Linda K. “We Can’t Duck the Issue: Imbedded Advertising in the Motion Pictures.” In Undressing the Ad: Reading Culture in Advertising, edited by Katherine T. Frith, pp. 109-129. NY: Peter Lang, 1997. 9222. Gandee, C.K. “Mickey and His Architects.” House & Garden. Sept. 1992, pp. 130-137. 9223. Geist, Christopher D. “History As Entertainment: The Disneyfication of the Living History Museum.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 15, 1995. 9224. Giroux, H.A. “Animating Youth: The Disneyfication of Children’s Culture.” In Fugitive Cultures: Race, Violence, and Youth, pp. 89-113. NY: Routledge, 1996. 9225. Giroux, Henry A. “Beyond the Politics of Innocence: Memory and Pedagogy in the ‘Wonderful World of Disney.’” Socialist Review. 23:2 (1993), pp. 79-107. 9226. Giroux, Henry A. Disturbing Pleasures: Learning Popular Culture. NY: Routledge, 1994. 256 pp. 9227. Giroux, Henry A. The Mouse That Roared: Disney and the End of Innocence. Blue Ridge Summit, PA: Rowman & Littlefield, 1999, 2001. 208 pp. 9228. Goodman, Martin. “Disney: The Evil Empire?” Animation World. June 2003, pp. 40-44. 9229. Griffith-Roberts, C. “Disney For All Ages.” Southern Living. June 1992, pp. 70-75. 9230. Harvey, R.C. “Rants and Raves: Disney Stamps.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 15, 1996, p. 34. 9231. Jackson, Wendy. “The Animation Education Vacation: The Disney Institute’s Second Annual Animation Event.” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 51-54. 9232. Johnson, B. “Will Couples Say I Do to Disney?” Advertising Age. March 30, 1992, p. 52. 9233. Kasturi, Sumani. “Constructing Childhood in a Corporate World: A Cultural Pedagogy – Analysis of The Disney Web Site.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, New Orleans, LA, Aug. 1999. United States: Animation 471

9234. Kaufman, J.B. “The Shadow of the Mouse.” Film Comment. Sept./ Oct. 1992, pp. 68-72. 9235. King, Margaret J. “Disney’s America: Imagineering and Issues in Popular History.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 15, 1995. 9236. McCord, David. “Is Walt Disney a Menace to Our Children?” Photoplay. April 1934, pp. 30-31+. 9237. MacCurdy, Bruce. “The Child Hero in Walt Disney’s Snow White, Pinocchio, and the ‘Sorcerer’s Apprentice’ Sequence of Fantasia.” Ph.D. dissertation, Syracuse University, 1983. 9238. McReynolds, William. “Disney Plays the Glad Game.” Journal of Popular Culture. Spring 1974, pp. 787-796. 9239. Martin, Stacia. “Disney DISCovery.” Mouse Club. July/Aug. 1986, 14- 16. 9240. Mathijs, Ernest. “Deconstructing or Reconstructing: Disney Criticism and Interduck.” Plateau. 21:4 (2000), pp. 16-20. 9241. Newman, Melinda. “Disney’s ‘Legacy’ Box Contains 78 Classics.” Billboard. Aug. 1, 1992, pp. 10+. 9242. Nichols, Randy. “Ideology and Manufactured Environments: An Analysis of the Disney Home Page.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Phoenix, AZ, Aug. 2000. 9243. O’Boyle, J.G. “Whose America Is This Anyway? Disney vs. Protect Historic America.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 1995. 9244. O’Brien, Pamela C. “Everybody’s Busy Bringing You a Disney Afternoon: The Creation of a Consumption Community.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Greensboro, NC, Sept. 30, 1995. 9245. Ohmer, Susan. ‘“Designating Magic’: Disney Animation at the Museum of Modern Art.” Society for Animation Studies Newsletter. Fall 1995, p. 5. 9246. Ostman, Ronald E. “Disney and Its Conservative Critics: Images Verses Realities.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Summer 1996, pp. 82-89. 9247. Paris, Ellen. “Disney Channel.” Forbes. April 25, 1983. 9248. Ritzer, George. “McDisneyization and ‘Post-Tourism.’” In The McDonaldization Thesis: Explorations and Extensions. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 1997. 240 pp. 9249. Rojek, C. “Disney Culture.” Leisure Studies. April 2, 1993, pp. 121-135. 9250. Rollin, Lucy. “Fear of Faerie: Disney and the Elitist Critics.” Children’s Literature Association Quarterly. 12(1987), pp. 90-93. 472 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9251. Safire, William. “On Language: Mickey Mousing.” New York Times Magazine. Aug. 2, 1992, p. 10. 9252. Sandier, Kevin. “Looney Tunes and Merry Metonyms: Disneyfication, Identity Politics and the Corporatizing of Bugs Bunny.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 9, 1997. 9253. Santos, Roberto Elíseo dos. “Para Reler os Quadrinhos Disney: Linguagem, Técnica, Evolução e Análise de HQs.” Thesis, Escola de Communições e Artes da Universidade de São Paulo, 1988. 9254. Sayers, Frances C. “Walt Disney Accused.” Horn Book. Dec. 1965, pp. 601-611. 9255. Sayers, Frances C. “Why a Librarian Deplores Some of the Works of Walt Disney.” The National Observer. Feb. 14, 1966, p. 24. 9256. Schulman, Heidi. “The Truth Behind All That (Golly!) Niceness.” Los Angeles. Nov. 1979, pp. 98-99+. 9257. Schweizer, Peter and Rochele Schweizer. Disney the Mouse Betrayed: Greed, Corruption, and Children at Risk. Washington, D.C.: Regnery Publishing, 1998. 9258. Settle, Lloyd. “Railroading with Walt Disney.” Electric Trains. Dec. 1951, pp. 16-19+. 9259. Sidwell, Robert T. “Naming Disney’s Dwarfs.” Children’s Literature in Education. Summer 1980, pp. 69-75. 9260. Silvester, William. “Disney on Stamps.” Comics Feature. Jan. 1987, pp. 41-43. 9261. Smith, Becky L. “What Disney Teaches Our Children about Leadership.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 11, 1998. 9262. Smith, David R. “They’re Following Our Script: Walt Disney’s Trip to Tomorrowland.” Future. May 1978, pp. 54-63. 9263. Smith, David R. “Walt Disney’s Conquest of Space.” Starlog. May 1978, pp. 30-33. 9264. Sugarman, Sally. “The Disney Connection: Popular Culture and Education.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 9, 1998. 9265. Sussman, Gerald. “The Pseudo World of Disney.” In Communication, Technology, and Politics in the Information Age. Newbury Park, CA: Sage, 1997, pp. 186-191. 9266. Tennyson, Dora. “Walt Disney’s Trailer School.” Mobile Living. Jan. 1957, p. 9+. 9267. Thompson, Gregory. “The McDisneyization of American Christianity in the 20th Century.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 21, 2000. United States: Animation 473

9268. Updike, John. “The Mouse that Roared.” Wilson Quarterly. Spring 1992, p. 129. 9269. Van, J. “Displacing Disney: Some Note of the Flow Culture.” Qualitative Sociology. 15:1 (1992), pp. 5-35. 9270. “Walt and the Professors.” Time. June 8, 1942, pp. 58-59. 9271. “Walt Disney Accused.” Interview with Frances Clarke Sayers conducted by Charles M. Weisenberg. F.M. and Fine Arts. Aug. 1965, pp. 4-11. 9272. Walt Disney Productions. Magic Moments. Milan, Italy: Arnoldo Montadori, 1973. 9273. Ward, Annalee R. “Disney’s Animated Morality: A Postmodern Mixture of Tradition and Convenience.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 8, 1998. 9274. Ward, Annalee R. Mouse Morality: The Rhetoric of Disney Animated Film. Austin: University of Texas Press, 2002. 200 pp. 9275. Wasko, Janet. “Studying the Mouse House: A Case Study in Merging Film/Media Analysis.” Paper presented at Society for Cinema Studies, West Palm Beach, FL, April 15-18, 1999. 9276. Wasko, Janet. Understanding Disney: The Manufacture of Fantasy. Maiden, MA: Blackwell Publishers, 2001. 261 pp. 9277. Whitcomb, Jon. “The Girls behind Disney’s Characters.” Cosmopolitan. May 1954, pp. 50-55. 9278. “Why a Librarian Deplores Some of the Work of Walt Disney.” The National Observer. Feb. 14, 1966, p. 24. 9279. Wolf, Anna W.M. “In These Walt Disney Films There’s Enchantment for Your Children.” Woman’s Home Companion. May 1954, pp. 37-39. Genres and Types 9280. “Adventure Through Inner Space.” Monsanto Magazine. Summer 1967. 9281. “Ageless Disney Delights.” Movie Maker. Oct. 1970, p. 617. 9282. Barry, Rick. “Lemmings Myth Debunked – The True Story Behind Disney’s Not-So ‘True-Life Adventures.’” Tampa Times, Florida Accent. Jan. 29, 1978, pp. 13-14. 9283. Beard, Henry and Peter Bramley. “Disney Rejects.” National Lampoon. Nov. 1970, pp. 54-55. 9284. Brewer, Bill. “Marceline in Toon with Walt Disney.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 2002, pp. 22-31. 9285. “Disney Klassiekers.” Stripschrift. May 1995, pp. 19-23. 9286. Fuller, Linda K. “Disney’s Ducks: A Film Series To Advertise an NHL Franchise.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 8, 1998. 9287. Gao, Fang. “Disney Animation Films: Model Characteristics.” Film Art. Nov. 3, 2001, pp. 94-98. 474 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9288. Geis, Darlene. Walt Disney’s Treasury of Children’s Classics. NY: Harry N. Abrams, 1978. 9289. King, Margaret J. “The Audience in the Wilderness: The Disney Nature Films.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Summer 1996, pp. 60- 68. 9290. Lightman, Herb A. “Circling Italy with Circarama.” American Cinematographer. March 1962, pp. 162-163+. 9291. May, Jill P. “Butchering Children’s Literature.” Film Library Quarterly. 11:1/2, 1978, pp. 55-62. 9292. May, Jill P. “Film Productions of Children’s Books: Weston Woods Studio and Disney.” Catholic Library World. Dec. 1980, pp. 210-214. 9293. May, Jill P. “Walt Disney’s Interpretation of Children’s Literature.” Language Arts. April 1981, pp. 463-472. 9294. O’Boyle, J.G. ‘“Be Sure You’re Right, Then Go Ahead.’ The Early Disney Westerns.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Summer 1996, pp. 69-81. 9295. Real, Michael R. Exploring Media Culture. Newbury Park, CA: Sage, 1996. 405 pp. (Chapter 4: “Textual Analysis: Light Against Darkness in Disney and Film Noir”). 9296. Stockier, Bruce. “Step by Step: Cow Lullaby, Disney Channel’s Clay Cartoons.” Millimeter. Aug. 1992, p. 99. 9297. “Una ‘Sinfonia Allegra’ per un Esordio Fulminante.” Program. Napoli 6. Mostra Internazionale del Fumetto e del Cinema d’Animazione. 1984, pp. 18-19. 9298. Walt Disney Productions. Animated Features and Silly Symphonies. Introduction by Alan Dean Foster. NY: Abbeville Press, 1980. Historical Aspects 9299. Allan, Robin. “European Influences on Early Disney.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Los Angeles, CA, Oct. 1989. 9300. Allan, Robin. “Review/Walt in Wonderland: The Silent Films of Walt Disney.” Animation Journal. Spring 1995, pp. 92-94. 9301. Amour, Meredith. “A Name That Sticks.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, pp. 16, 32. 9302. Austin, Omar. “11 Più Grande e L’Ignoto.” Comic Art. Oct. 1992, 9303. Barrier, Mike. ‘“Building a Better Mouse’ – Fifty Years of Disney Animation.” Funnyworld. Summer 1979, pp. 6-22. 9304. Bart, Peter. “60 Candles for the Mouse King.” Variety. Feb. 25-March 3, 2002, pp. 5, 95. 9305. Brod, Daniel. “Whose Rite? Disney and Stravinsky’s Struggle for Ownership of ‘The Rite of Spring.’” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies Newsletter, Glendale, CA, Sept. 28, 2002. United States: Animation 475

9306. Carstairs, John P. “Film Cartoons, As Told to the Author, by Walt Disney.” In Movie Merry-Go-Round, by John P. Carstairs, pp. 47-52. London: Newnes, 1937. 9307. Charles Creel, María Teresa. “Los Largometrajes Animados de Disney, Un Estudio Anal.” (The Prolific Animation of Disney, An Analytic Study). Thesis, Universidad Iberoamericana, Departmento de Historia delArte, 1980. 80 pp. 9308. Chariot, Jean. Art from the Mayans to Disney. NY: Freeport Press, 1939. 9309. Cliff, Joel L. “Walt Disney, 1941-1966: Mass Media Products in Service of the American Way.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Anaheim, CA, Aug. 1996. 9310. Collins, Keith. “Reeling Through the Years.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, 6, 9-10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24. 9311. Conniff, James C.G. “Man or Mouse?” The Marianist. Dec. 1949, pp. 7- 8. 9312. de Bree, Kees. “50 Jaar Disney. 50 Jaar Dromen in Filmtrommels.” Stripschrift. Nos. 59/60, 1973, pp. 4-9. 9313. Delehanty, Thornton. “The Disney Studio at War.” Theatre Arts. Jan. 1943, pp. 31-39. 9314. “Disney Preparing Eight New Features for Release.” Motion Picture Herald. June 1, 1946, p. 35. 9315. “Disney Stepping Up Live Action in Pix, Most Films for U.S.” Hollywood Reporter. March 23, 1943, p. 7. 9316. “The Disney Story: From Mickey Mouse to Buena Vista.” Motion Picture Herald. Nov. 20, 1954, pp. 33-61. 9317. “Disney Troupe Goes to War.” New York Times Magazine. Nov. 15, 1942, pp. 20-21. 9318. “Dr. Brill Analyzes Walt Disney’s Masterpieces.” Photoplay. April 1934, p. 92. 9319. Eustis, Morton. “Custard Pie to Cartoon.” Theatre Arts Monthly. Sept. 1938, pp. 675-681. 9320. Fallberg, Carl. “Animated Cartoon Production Today.” American Cinematographer. Part I: April 1942, 151+; Part 2: May 1942, 202- 203+; Part 3: June 1942, 250-251+; Part 4: July 1942, 300-303+; Part 3 Aug. 1942, 344-346+. 9321. Farhi, Paul. “Movie Memory Bank.” Washington Post. July 31, 2003, pp. C1, C9. 9322. Forster, E.M. “Mickey and Minnie.” The Spectator. Jan. 19, 1934, pp. 81-82. 9323. “Girls at Work for Disney.” Glamour. April 1941, pp. 50-51. 9324. Gori, Leonardo. “I Grandi Capolavori Disney.” Comic Art. Oct. 1992, p. 43. 476 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9325. Grinde, Nick. “Whimsy by the Mile.” Esquire. Dec. 1935, pp. 104- 105+. 9326. Herring, Robert. “The Cartoon Colour-Film.” Close Up (London). March 1933, pp. 86-87. 9327. “How Disney Combines Living Actors with His Cartoon Characters.” Popular Science. Sept. 1944, pp. 106-111. 9328. Iwerks, Ub. “Movie Cartoons Come to Life.” Popular Mechanics. Jan. 1942, pp. 34-37+. 9329. Johnson, Alva. “Mickey Mouse.” Woman’s Home Companion. July 1934, pp. 12-13+. 9330. Kaufman, J.B. “Good Mousekeeping: Family-Oriented Publicity in Disney’s Golden Age.” Animation Journal. Spring 1995, pp. 78-85. 9331. Knudson, Kent. “Walt Disney, Dentistry, and the Armed Forces During World War II.” Bulletin of the History of Dentistry. Oct. 1984, pp. 112- 118. 9332. Langer, Mark. “Disney, Nixon and Cold War Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Utrecht, The Netherlands, Oct. 9, 1997. 9333. Lejeune, Caroline A. “Disney’s Cartoons.” In Cinema, by Caroline A. Lejeune, pp. 83-90. London: Maclehose, 1931. 9334. Lejeune, C.A. “On Listening to Disney.” London Observer. 36 (1938). 9335. McGuire, Dewey. “The Sound and the Feuhrer.” McBoing Boing’s. Nov. 1994, pp. 1-2, 7. 9336. McGuire, Dewey. “World War Walt: Selected Disney Cartoons, 1942- 43.” McBoing Boing’s. Jan. 1998, pp. 19-22. 9337. MacQueen, Scott. “Disney’s Unseen Treasures.” Presentation at World Animation Celebration, Hollywood, CA, June 3, 2000. 9338. Mallory, Michael. “Cloud Nine. Toon Pioneers Gave Life to Disney Icons.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, p. 10. 9339. Mallory, Michael. “Disney’s Secret Films.” Disney News. Spring 1991, pp. 25-26. 9340. Mallory, Michael. “Tooned in.” Variety. “Disney 80th Anniversary” supplement. Oct. 27-Nov. 2, 2003, pp. 5-6. 9341. Mann, Arthur. “Mickey Mouse’s Financial Career.” Harper’s. May 1934, pp. 714-721. 9342. Merritt, Russell and J.B. Kaufmann. Nel Paese delle Meraviglie. I Cartoni Animati Muti di Walt Disney/Walt in Wonderland – The Silent Films of Walt Disney. Pordenone, Italy: Le Giornate del Cinema Muto/Biblioteca dell’Immagine, 1992. 235 pp. 9343. “Mickey Mouse and Donald Duck Work for Victory.” Popular Science. Sept. 1942, pp. 98-99. United States: Animation 477

9344. “Mickey Mouse Is Eight Years Old.” Literary Digest. Oct. 3, 1939, pp. 18-19. 9345. Mikulak, Bill. “Disney and the Art World: The Early Years.” Animation Journal. Spring 1996, pp. 18-42. 9346. Muhr, Gunilla. “Aesthetic Strategies of the Disney Studio in the 1930s.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Orange, CA, Aug. 13, 1998. 9347. Nater, Carl. “Walt Disney Studio: A War Plant.” Journal of the Society of Motion Picture Engineers. March 1944, pp. 170-176. 9348. Neupert, Richard. “Dessin, Couleur et Nu: La Formation Selon Walt Disney.” Cinémathèque. Revue Semestrielle d’Esthéthique et d’Histoire du Cinéma. Autumn 1993. 9349. “The New Spirit, Disney’s Tax Film.” Life. March 16, 1942, pp. 48-50. 9350. Nichols, Doug. “The History of Computer Animation at Walt Disney Feature Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale, CA, Sept. 27, 2002. 9351. Nilsen, Sarah. “The Gilded Candybox: Disney at the Brussels World’s Fair.” Paper presented at “Cold War Culture: Film, Fact & Fiction” conference, Indiana University, Bloomington, IN, Feb. 19, 1999. 9352. “Now Mr. Disney Goes to Washington.” Reel News. June 1942, p. 8. 9353. “100 Años de Walt Disney.” Washington Hispanic. Dec. 7, 2001, p. 12. 9354. “199G Net in 1946 for Disney.” Variety. Jan. 15, 1947, p. 5. 9355. Orme, Michael. “Walt Disney’s Colour Films.” Illustrated London News. Dec. 17, 1932, p. 972. 9356. Palmer, Charles. “Cartoon in the Classroom.” Hollywood Quarterly. Fall 1947, pp. 26-33. 9357. Pavolini, Corrado. “Psychoanalysis of ‘The Three Pigs.’” Internecine. Jan. 1935. 9358. Plant, Richard. “Movies of Disney.” Decision II. July 1941, pp. 83-85. 9359. Province, John. “Disney Company Celebrates Legendary Birthday.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 6, 1999, pp. 137-138. 9360. Schwab, Mack W. “Cinemtic Colour.” Cinema Quarterly (Edinburgh). Summer 1934, pp. 237-238. 9361. Schwab, Mack W. “The Communalistic Art of Walt Disney.” Cinema Quarterly (Edinburgh). Spring 1934, pp. 150-154. 9362. Seldes, Gilbert. “Disney and Others.” New Republic. June 8, 1932, pp. 101-102. 9363. Shale, Richard Allen. “Donald Duck Joins Up: The Walt Disney Studio During World War II.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan, 1976. 9364. Shearsby, Arthur. “Disney Exhibition.” Cinema Quarterly. Spring 1935, pp. 165-166. 478 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9365. Silverstone, Murray. “Disney in 1935.” Picturegoer Weekly. Jan. 26, 1935, p. 23. 9366. Smith, David R. “Beginnings of the Disney Multiplane Camera.” In The Art of the Animated Image: An Anthology, edited by Charles Solomon, pp. 37-49. Los Angeles, CA: American Film Institute, 1987. 9367. Smith, David R. “Disney Before Burbank: The Kingswell and Hyperion Studios.” Funnyworld. Summer 1979, pp. 32-38. 9368. Smith, David R. “Up to Date in Kansas City: But Walt Disney Had Not Yet Gone As Far As He Could Go.” Funnyworld. Fall 1978, pp. 22-34. 9369. Smith, David R. “Walt Disney in England: The Early Years.” Antiquarian Book Monthly Review. May 1981, pp. 174-179. 9370. Smoodin, Eric, ed. Disney Discourse: Producing the Magic Kingdom. NY: Routledge, 1994. 255 pp. 9371. Sollenberger, Mildred. “They Did Their Bit Too.” Veterans of Foreign Wars Magazine. Dec. 1972, pp. 12-13. 9372. “Speaking of Pictures...Disney Designs Army, Navy Insignia.” Life. May 26, 1941, pp. 10-11+. 9373. Stull, William. “Three Hundred Men and Walt Disney.” American Cinematographer. Feb. 1938, pp. 48-59. 9374. Thomas, Frank and Ollie Johnston. Too Funny for Words: Disney’s Greatest Sight Gags. NY: Abbeville Press, 1987. 9375. van Willigen, Rein. “Disney Terug Naar af de Reddertjes in Kangoeroeland.” Stripschrift. Dec. 1991, pp. 24-26. 9376. van Willigen, Rein. “Walt Disney’s Missing Link Oftewel op Weg Naar The Black Hole.” Stripschrift. Jan. 1982, pp. 26-29. 9377. “Walt Disney Builds a Half-Pint History.” Popular Science. Feb. 1953, pp. 118-119. 9378. “Walt Disney Comes to the Valley.” Valley Progress. Oct. 1939, pp. 3- 5. 9379. “Walt Disney Goes to War.” Life. Aug. 31, 1943, pp. 61-69. 9380. Walt Disney’s Annual. Racine, WI: Whitman, 1937. 144 pp. 9381. “Walt Disney’s First Studio Sold.” Comics Feature. Aug. 1982, p. 14. 9382. Wechsberg, Joseph. “A Studio Goes to War.” Movieland. May 1943, pp. 36-39. 9383. Winter, Alice A. “Animated Cartoon Pictures.” Motion Picture Monthly. Jan. 1931, pp. 7-8. 9384. “You Don’t Have to Be an Animator to Work for Walt Disney.” Professional Art Magazine. Jan./Feb. 1939, pp. 10-11. Legal Aspects 9385. Bart, Peter. “Venting Their Rage.” Variety. May 3-9, 1999, pp. 2, 102. 9386. Carver, Benedict and Dan Cox. “Spy-Glass Focusses Rights for Disney.” Variety. Aug. 24-30, 1998, pp. 7, 9. United States: Animation 479

9387. “The Christian Right Wins a Round in Their Battle Against Disney.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 1998, p. 6. 9388. Cohen, Karl. “Want National Publicity for Your Cause? Bash Disney!” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1996, p. 6. 9389. “Cons.” Gauntlett. No. 6, 1993, p. 7. 9390. Cox, Dan. “Mouse Bars ‘Prince.’” Daily Variety. Nov. 30, 1998, p. 10. 9391. “Disney Has More Lawsuits To Contend With.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. Sept. 2000, p. 4. 9392. Disney Rapes 1st Amendment! Air Pirates Studio Sued for $700,000! Unfair Competition, Claims Disney Forces! Oakland, CA: D. O’Neill, 1974. 9393. “Disney Recalls Over 3 Million Videos.” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 1999, p. 4. 9394. “Disney Responds to the Southern Baptist Boycott.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1996, p. 6. 9395. “Katzenberg Wins Disney Lawsuit.” Global Media News. Summer 1999, p. 9. 9396. Kilday, Gregg. “Trial and Error.” Premiere. Sept. 1999, pp. 47-48, 50- 51. 9397. “More on the Disney Boycott by the Homophobic Christian Right.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1996, p. 6. 9398. “NAACP Wants Stop Put to ‘Stop Me, Mama.’” Los Angeles Tribune. Nov. 20, 1948. 9399. O’Steen, Kathleen. “‘Lucky’ Kerkorian Testifies Briefly in Disney- MGM Suit.” Variety. July 20, 1992, pp. 5+. 9400. Shprintz, Janet. “Jeff and Mickey’s Odd Court-ship.” Variety. July 12- 18, 1999, pp. 1, 58. 9401. Shprintz, Janet. “Katz vs. Mouse Puts Egos, Bucks out Front.” Variety. May 3-9, 1999, pp. 11, 20. 9402. Shprintz, Janet. “Trial Can Go to Press as Katz-Mouse Case Opens.” Variety. April 19-25, 1999, pp. 3, 62. 9403. Shprintz, Janet and Martin Peers. “Disney Feels Katz Claws.” Variety. May 10-16, 1999, pp. 1, 44. 9404. Weinraub, Bernard. “Disney’s Breach-of-Contract Trial Begins.” New York Times. April 27, 1999. 9405. “Why the Christian Right Is Boycotting Disney.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 1996, pp. 5-6. Portrayals 9406. Bonham, Maria D. “How Disney Fails Heroines as Leaders: Analysis of the Leadership Roles of Disney’s Female Protagonists.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 480 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9407. Fossati, Franco, Luca Boschi, and Alberto Becattini, eds. “The Disney Girls.” Theme of Glamour International Magazine. Jan. 1984. Unpaginated. 9408. Hoerrner, Keisha. “Sex Roles in Disney Films: Analyzing Behaviors from Snow White to Simba.” Women’s Studies in Communication. Summer 1996, pp. 213-228. 9409. Ho, Huo-Hin Ivan. “Disney Family Values: Where Have All the Women Gone?” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 26, 1996. 9410. Langer, Mark. “Regionalism in Disney Animation: Pink Elephants and Dumbo.” Film History. 4:4 (1990), pp. 305-321. 9411. Maio, Kathi. “Mr. Right Is a Beast: Disney’s Dangerous Fantasy.” Visions Magazine. Summer 1992, pp. 44-45. 9412. Mazur, Eric. “The Happiest Place on Earth: Disney’s America and the Commodifiction of Religion.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 11, 1998. 9413. Neely, James B. “An Examination of the Father Role in Disney Animated Features.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 9, 1998. 9414. O’Boyle, Jamie. “Dilution of the WASP Image in Disney’s West.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 28, 1996. 9415. Penkoff, Diane W. “Slipping ’Em a Mickey: A Content Analysis of Drinking in Disney Animated Films.” Animation Journal. Spring 1993, pp. 28-49. 9416. Perry, Merry G. “Old, Ugly, and Evil: Ageism, Sexism and Disney’s Animated Villainers.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Las Vegas, NV, March 27, 1996. 9417. Peterson, Debra K. “Higitus, Figitus: Disney’s Transformation of Arthurian Legend.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 9, 1998. 9418. Real, Michael R. Exploring Media Culture: A Guide. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 1996. 405 pp. (See Chapter 4, “Textual Analysis: Light Against Darkness in Disney and Film Noir”). 9419. Walz, Gene. “Thinking Cute: Neoteny and the Evolving Image of Disney Children and Animals.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Glendale CA, Sept. 28, 2002. Technical Aspects 9420. Anzovin, S. “Disney Animation Studio [Computer Program].” Compute. Aug. 1992, pp. 78-79. 9421. Canemaker, John. “Disney Backgrounds.” Print. March /April 1982, pp. 63-67. United States: Animation 481

9422. Canemaker, John. “Secrets of Disney’s Visual Effects: The Schultheis Notebooks.” Print. March/April 1996. 9423. Kamey, James. “Learn to Animate from the Experts at Disney.” PC Magazine. Feb. 25, 1992, p. 454. 9424. McHugh, Tom. “Walt Disney’s Mechanical Wonderland.” Popular Mechanics. Nov. 1957, pp. 138-143. 9425. Neupert, Richard. “A Studio Built of Bricks: Disney and Technicolor.” Film Reader. 6(1985), pp. 33-40. 9426. Plumb, Edward H. “The Future of Fantasound.” Journal of the Society of the Motion Picture. July 1942, pp. 16-21. 9427. Ryan, Paul. “3-D Cinematography for Magic Journeys.” American Cinematagrapher. Feb. 1983. 9428. Scot, Darrin. “Photographing a Walt Disney Production.” American Cinematagrapher. Jan. 1963, pp. 22-23+. 9429. Theisen, Earl. “Sound Tricks of Mickey Mouse.” Modern Mechanix. Jan. 1937, pp. 68-72+. 9430. Theisen, Earl. “What Makes Mickey Mouse Move.” Modern Mechanix. April 1934, pp. 46-49. 9431. Thomas, Susan. “The Evolution of Disney Sound.” Euphony. Spring 1980, pp. 6-9. 9432. Vrielynck, Robert. “Disney: Taktiek en Techniek.” Plateau. Autumn 1989, p. 5. 9433. Wallace, Kevin. “Onward and Upward With the Arts: The Engineering of Ease.” New Yorker. Sept. 7, 1963, pp. 104+. 9434. “What? Color in the Movies Again?” Fortune. Oct. 1934, pp. 92-98. 9435. “Why Disney Is Releasing Films in 70mm IMAX.” ASIFA San Francisco. Dec. 2001, p. 4. Theme Parks 9436. Allen, Charlotte, “The Mouse That Roared into Florida’s Economy.” Insight. Oct. 30, 1989, pp. 8-17. 9437. Allen, Jennifer. “Brave New EPCOT.” New York Magazine. Dec. 20, 1982, pp. 146+. 9438. Almos, Denise L. “Getting Married with Mickey and Minnie.” St. Petersburg Times. April 11, 1992. 9439. Anderson, C. “Disneyland.” In Television: The Critical View, 5th ed, edited by H. Newcomb, pp. 70-86. NY: Oxford University Press, 1994. 9440. Anderson, Nancy. “Lady’s Circle Visits Disney World.” Lady’s Circle. March 1972, pp. 24-27+. 9441. Bates, P. “Disney Parks Write the Book on Corporate Sponsorship.” Amusement Business. March 28, 1987, p. 4. 9442. Beard, Richard. Walt Disney’s Epcot Center: Creating the World Tomorrow. NY: Harry N. Abrams, 1982. 482 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9443. Berg, Louis. “Walt Disney’s New Million Dollar Toy.” New York Tribune This Week Magazine. Sept. 19, 1954, pp. 16-17+. 9444. Birnbaum, Steve. Steve Birnbaum Brings You the Best of Disneyland. NY: Houghton Mifflin, 1982 (updated annually). 9445. Birnbaum, Steve. Steve Birnbaum Brings You the Best of Walt Disney World. NY: Houghton Mifflin, 1983 (updated annually). 9446. Birnbaum, Steve. “20th Anniversary Guide to Walt Disney World.” Good Housekeeping. Feb. 1992, pp. 67+. 9447. Bradbury, Ray. “The House That Mouse Built: Walt Disney’s Future Remembered.” Museum. March/April 1980. 9448. Braden, William. “Never-Never Land Has a 10th Birthday.” Chicago Sun Times Midwest Magazine. June 6, 1965, pp. 30+. 9449. Bright, John “Disney’s Fantasy Empire.” Nation. March 6, 1967, pp. 299-303. 9450. Bright, Randy. Disneyland: The Inside Story. NY: Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 1987. 9451. Broggie, Mike. “The Lilly Belle Goes to Disneyland.” Hollywood Studio. May/June 1968, pp. 15-16. 9452. Broggie, Roger “Walt Disney’s The Carolwood-Pacific Railroad.” The Miniature Locomotive. May/June 1952, pp. 14-16. 9453. Bukatman, Scott. “There’s Always Tomorrowland: Disney and the Hypercinematic Experience.” October. Summer 1991, pp. 55-78. 9454. Cady, Collison. “Disney World: The Way In.” Highway User. March 1972, pp. 4-7+. 9455. Cohen, Daniel. “Preview of Disney’s World’s Fair Shows.” Science Digest. Dec. 1963, pp. 8-15. 9456. Cohen, Jeff and Norman Solomon. “In Disneyland, Journalism Means Saying You’re Sorry.” Extra! Nov./Dec. 1995, p. 20. 9457. Collins, Clayton S. “Getting the Most Out of Disney World.” Union Plus. Winter 1994, pp. 28-29. 9458. Cosulich, Oscar. “Alla Corte del Topo.” Comic Art. June 1992, pp. 14- 16. 9459. Culhane, John. “EPCOT Center: Walt Disney’s Unfinished Dream.” Reader’s Digest. July 1983, pp. 163-164+. 9460. Davis, Chester E. “Disneyland Keeps People of Today Accident-Free While Transported into Worlds of Yesterday and Tomorrow.” The North American Fieldman. May 1966. 9461. de Bree, Kees. “Disneyland in Pocketformaat.” Stripschrift. No. 105, 1977, pp. 22-24. 9462. Deutsch, Martin. “Disneyland and Surroundings.” Argosy. April 1966, pp. 90-91. United States: Animation 483

9463. Disneyland: A Complete Guide to Adventurelands, Tomorrowland, Fan- tasyland, Frontierland, Main Street U.S.A. Walt Disney Productions, 1957. 9464. “Disneyland East.” Newsweek. Nov. 29, 1965, p. 82. 9465. “Disneyland Issue.” The Westerner. Aug. 1955. 9466. “Disney Planned a City.” SM/Sales Meetings Magazine. July 1969, pp. 82-89+. 9467. “Disney Wakes up Sleepy Orlando.” Business Week. Nov. 14, 1970, pp. 42-43. 9468. “Disney World Opens.” Life. Oct. 15, 1971, pp. 44-50. 9469. “Disney World: Piixie Dust over Florida.” Time. Oct. 18, 1971, pp. 52- 53. 9470. “Disney World Triggers Trouble for Orlando.” Business Week. April 1, 1972, pp. 60-61. 9471. “Fairyland of Yesterday and Tomorrow.” Popular Mechanics. Dec. 1954, pp. 118-119. 9472. Fenichell, Stephen. “Disney World: The Next 25 Begin.” Sky. Oct. 1997, pp. 19-25. 9473. Fernandez, Ramona. “Disney’s Labyrinth at Disney World.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 11, 1998. 9474. Fjellman, Stephen M. Vinyl Leaves: Walt Disney World and America. Boulder, CO: Westview, 1992. 492 pp. 9475. Florida Trend Magazine. Special issue reviewing the Disney impact. Nov. 1972. 9476. Fogelsong, R. “Magic Town: Orlando and Disney World.” Research report, Graduate School of Architecture and Urban Planning, University of California, Los Angeles, 1990. 9477. Frantz, Douglas and Catherine Collins. Celebration, U.S.A..: Living in Disney’s Brave New Town. NY: Marian Wood Book/ Henry Holt & Company, 1999. 342 pp. 9478. Freeman, Donald. “10 Years of Disneyland.” United Mainliner. July 1965. 9479. Fuller, Doris Byron. “Disneyland: The Dream Without Boundaries.” Performing Arts. Aug. 1985, pp. 18-21. 9480. “A Gardener’s Visit to Disneyland.” Sunset. March 1961, pp. 100-101. 9481. Giles, Jeff and Andrew Murr. “The Ride Gets a Little Rougher.” Newsweek. Sept. 5, 1994, p. 43. 9482. Greer, Gordon G. “Disney World: The Smart Way to See It.” Better Homes and Gardens. April 1972, pp. 173-178. 9483. Grimsley, Kirsten D. “Disney Packs Its Bags.” In Messages 3: The Washington Post Media Companion, edited by Thomas Beell, pp. 238- 242. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1996. 484 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9484. Haden-Guest, Anthony. The Paradise Program: Travels Through Muzak, Hilton, Coca-Cola, Texaco, Walt Disney and Other World Empires. NY: Morrow, 1973. 9485. Halevy, Julian. “Disneyland and Las Vegas.” The Nation. June 7, 1958, pp. 510-513. 9486. “Here’s Your First View of Disneyland.” Look. Nov. 2, 1954, pp. 82- 84+. 9487. Holson, Laura M. “Disney Selects a Chief for Its Theme Parks and Resorts.” New York Times. Sept. 30, 2002, p. C6. 9488. “If You Plan to Visit Disneyland.” Sunset. Aug. 1957, pp. 18-19. 9489. Ivy, Robert A., Jr. “The New City As a Perpetual World’s Fair.” Architecture. April 1987, pp. 51-55. 9490. Johnson, David. M. “Disney World as Structure and Symbol: Re- Creation of the American Experience.” Journal of Popular Culture. Summer 1981, pp. 157-165. 9491. King, Margaret J. “Disneyland and Walt Disney World: Traditional Values in Futuristic Form.” Paper presented at Comparative Popular Culture Research Seminar on Traditional Media, Honolulu, HI, July 7- Aug. 1, 1975. 41 pp. 9492. King, Margaret J. “Disneyland and Walt Disney World: Traditional Values in Futuristic Form.” Journal of Popular Film and Television. Summer 1981, pp. 116-140. 9493. King, Margaret J. “Empires of Popular Culture: McDonald’s and Disney.” Journal of American Culture. 1:2 (1978), pp. 424-437. 9494. King, Margaret J. “Empires of Popular Culture: McDonald’s and Disney.” In Ronald Revisited: The World of Ronald McDonald, edited by Marshall Fishwick, pp. 106-119. Bowling Green, OH: Popular Press, 1983. 9495. King, Margaret J. “The New American Muse: Notes on the Amusement/Theme Park.” Journal of Popular Culture. Summer 1981, pp. 56-62. 9496. Knaack, R. “The Mouse That Ate Orlando.” Planning. 45:2 (1979), pp. 17-21. 9497. Koenig, David. Mouse Under Glass: Secrets of Disney Animation and Theme Parks. NY: Bonaventure Press, 1997. 270 pp. 9498. Lacy, Edward A. “Electronics at Disney World.” Popular Electronics. Aug. 1972, pp. 44-46. 9499. “Land Speculators Play Disney’s Money Machine.” Business Week. Sept. 11, 1971, pp. 80, 82, 84. 9500. Levy, John and Stephanie Senor. “EPCOT Center, Orlando, Florida.” International Lighting Review. June 1984, pp. 2-12. 9501. Lipton, Norman C. “Disneyland’s Circarama.” Popular Photography. Dec. 1955, pp. 96-97+. United States: Animation 485

9502. McCarthy, M. “Disney All Ears As Sony Sets Mall Spree.” Brandweek. 35:15 (1994), pp. 1,6. 9503. McEvoy, J.P. “McEvoy in Disneyland.” Reader’s Digest. Feb. 1955, pp. 19-26. 9504. McKay, Patricia. “Disneyland and Disney World.” Theatre Crafts. Sept. 1977, pp. 27-33+. 9505. Mancini, M. “Of Mice and Money in the Magic Kingdom.” U.S News and World Report. Dec. 22, 1986, pp. 42-48. 9506. Marin, Louis. “Utopic Degeneration: Disneyland.” In Utopics: Spatial Play, translated by Robert A. Vollrath, pp. 239-257. Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanties Press, 1984. Translation of Utopiques: Jeux d’Espaces. Paris: Les Editions de Minuit, 1973. 9507. Marling, Karal Ann. “A Mickey Mouse Operation? [Disneyland and Walt Disney World].” USA Today Magazine. Jan. 1992, p. 7. 9508. Mason, Katie. “Disneyland: From Dream to Reality.” Animation World. Dec. 1998. 5 pp. 9509. Mast, Robert F. and Charles W. Dolan. “Walt Disney World Monorail Designed for Smooth Riding.” Civil Engineering. March 1972, pp. 48- 51. 9510. Matthews, Mark and Tom Bowman. “Japan Cult Plotted To Gas Disneyland.” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette. April 22, 1995, p. A-4. 9511. Mechling, Elizabeth W. and Jay Mechling. “The Sale of Two Cities: A Semiotic Comparison of Disneyland with Marriott’s Great America.” Journal of Popular Culture. Summer 1981, pp. 166-179. 9512. “Medici Mouse.” Inklings. Winter 1998, p. 7. 9513. Miller, C. “Duel in the Florida Sun: Disney, Universal Competition Compared to Cola Wars.” Marketing News. Jan. 6, 1992, pp. 1-2. 9514. Miller, Sue Freeman. “Tips for Gardeners from Walt Disney World.” Flower and Garden. July 1979, pp. 32-34+. 9515. Mintz, Lawrence. “Simulated Tourism at Busch Gardens: The Old Country and Disney’s World Showcase, Epcot Center.” Journal of Popular Culture. Winter 1998, pp. 47-58. 9516. Moore, A. “Walt Disney World: Bounded Ritual Space and the Playful Pilgrimage Center.” Anthropological Quarterly. Oct. 1980, pp. 207-218. 9517. Moreau, D. “A Real-Life Fairy Tale for Disney Investors.” Kiplinger ’s Personal Finance Magazine. April 1992, p. 30. 9518. Morison, Elting E. “What Went Wrong With Disney’s World’s Fair: A Historian of Technology Visits EPCOT.” American Heritage. Dec. 1983, pp. 70-79. 9519. “The Mouse Stays Home.” Cornell Hotel and Restaurant Administration Quarterly. Feb. 1992, p. 12. 9520. Naylor, A. “Doing Disney [World].” Better Homes and Gardens. Jan. 1992, pp. 108-111. 486 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9521. “A New Book: Disneyland East.” Newsweek. April 19, 1971, pp. 103- 104. 9522. Nye, Russel B. “Eight Ways of Looking at an Amusement Park.” Journal of Popular Culture. Summer 1981, pp. 63-75. 9523. Olson, K. “Mickey Mouse Isn’t.” Flower and Garden. Feb.-March 1992, p. 4. 9524. Paiton, P. “Fantasy’s Reality: Orlando, the Boomtown of the South, Is Growing on the Model of Disney World.” Time. May 27, 1991, pp. 52- 59. 9525. Pastier, John. “The Architecture of Escapism: Disney World and Las Vegas.” AIA Journal. Dec. 1978, pp. 26-37. 9526. Paxman, Andrew. “Disney Animated in Orlando.” Variety. June 8-14, 1998, pp. 7, 11. 9527. Paxman, Andrew. “Orlando’s Battle of the Beasts.” Variety. April 20- 26, 1998, pp. 1,60. 9528. Paxman, Andrew. “Team Rodent: How Disney Devours the World.” Variety. July 13-19, 1998, p. 6. 9529. Pendleton, Jennifer. “Silver Lining on the Disneylandscape.” Advertising Age. March 24, 1980, pp. 26-27. 9530. Pennington, Paul. “Fire Protection at Disney World.” Fire Chief. Feb. 1973. 9531. Perrin, Noel. “The High Cost of Magic.” Audubon. May 1984, pp. 28- 30. 9532. “Pest Control at Disney World.” Park Maintenance. Oct. 1972. 9533. Potter, William E. “Walt Disney World: A Venture in Community Planning and Development.” ASHRAE Journal. March 1972, pp. 29-32. 9534. Primavera, William. “Food Service at EPCOT: Upstaging Mickey Mouse.” Restaurant Hospitality. Feb. 1983. 9535. Prizer, Edward. “Countdown for EPCOT.” Orlando Magazine. May 1982, pp. 35-65. 9536. Prizer, Edward. “The Disney Era in Florida.” Orlando-Land. Oct. 1976, pp. 30-91. 9537. Prizer, Edward. “You Wouldn’t Believe This, But I Dreamed About It.” Orlando Magazine. Nov. 1982, pp. 23-28+. 9538. The Project on Disney. Inside the Mouse: Work and Play at Disney World. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 1995. 264 pp. 9539. ”Report: Disney in Florida.” Progressive Architecture. March 1990, p. 80. 9540. Resler, Robb. “Walt Disney World EPCOT Center: Disney’s Experimental Prototype Community of Tomorrow.” Theatre Crafts. Nov./Dec. 1982, pp. 13+. 9541. Ridout, Graham. “Of Mice and Marne.” Building. April 24, 1992, pp. 38-49. United States: Animation 487

9542. Riordan, Kevin. “Disney’s Gay Side Exposed.” Washington Blade. April 18, 2003, p. 61. 9543. Ross, Andrew. The Celebration Chronicles: Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Property Value in Disney’s New Town. NY: Ballantine Books, 1999. 340 pp. 9544. Rothchild, John. “EPCOT: It’s a Stale World after All.” Rolling Stone. Sept. 1, 1983, pp. 33-34, 36-38. 9545. Salamone, Frank A. and Virginia A. Salamone. “Two Views of Main Street: Disney World and the American Adventure.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 10, 1998. 9546. Sanchez, J. “Disney Parks Still in the Spotlight.” Los Angeles Times. Jan. 19, 1990, p. D-1. 9547. Schlinger, Bob. The Unofficial Guide to Disneyland. NY: Prentice-Hall, 1992. 9548. Shellhorn, Ruth. “Disneyland: Dream Built in One Year through Teamwork of Many Artists.” Landscape Architecture. April 1956, pp. 125-136. 9549. Shepardson, Mary. “Disneyland’s Horses: They Don’t Live in Fantasyland.” California Horse Review. Feb. 1982, pp. 128-136. 9550. Sibley, Brian. “Disneyland: The Greatest Walk-Thru Cartoon Ever Drawn.” Animator. Spring 1986, pp. 16-19. 9551. Sibley, Brian. “The Enchanted Realms of Walt Disney.” Special edition magazine of The Movie, 1980, pp. 646-649. 9552. Simon, C. and C.M. Solomon. “Disneyland and Other Diversions.” Publishers Weekly. April 27, 1992, pp. 63-64+. 9553. Smith, David R. “Disneyland after 35 Years.” The Disney Channel Magazine. July 1990. 9554. Sorkin, Michael. “See You in Disneyland.” In Variations on a Theme Park: The New American City and the End of Public Space, edited by Michael Sorkin. NY: Hill and Wang, 1992. 9555. Sorkin, Michael. “See You in Disneyland.” Design Quarterly. Winter 1992, pp. 5-13. 9556. “Spreading from Disney World: A Spectacular Boom in Florida.” U.S. News and World Report. June 12, 1972, pp. 60-64. 9557. Stanton, Will. “Voyage through Disneyland.” Woman’s Day. Oct. 1969, pp. 92-94+. 9558. Stavro, Barry. “EPCOT: The New Disney Team’s Billion Dollar Baby.” Florida Trend. Sept. 1982, pp. 46-54. 9559. Stephens, Suzanne. “Manifest Disney.” Architectural Record. June 1992, pp. 54-59. 9560. Sudjic, Deyan. “Disney as City Planner.” Blueprint. April 1992, pp. 20- 22. 488 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9561. Szadkowski, Joseph. “The Mouse’s Wild Side: Disney’s New Animal Kingdom.” Animation World. Dec. 1998. 5 pp. 9562. Taylor, John. “Bringing Disney’s Last Dream To Life at Last.” Florida Trend. Dec. 1985, pp. 74-79. 9563. Terrell, J. “Disneyland and the Future of Museum Anthropology.” American Anthropologist. 93:1 (1991), pp. 149-153. 9564. Traiman, S. “Multimedia Firms Test Wares at Epcot.” Billboard. 106:36 (1994), p. 72. 9565. Trillin, Calvin. “U.S. Journal: Disney World, Florida: Are You Having Fun?” New Yorker. Nov. 6, 1971, pp. 173-180. 9566. Turner, R. “Walt Disney World and Universal Studios Fight Over ‘Filmlands.’” Wall Street Journal. April 27, 1989, pp. A-1, A-7. 9567. The Unofficial Guide to Walt Disney World at EPCOT. New and rev. ed. NY: Prentice-Hall, 1987. 9568. Walt Disney Productions. Disneyland: The First Quarter Century. Walt Disney Productions, 1979. 9569. Walt Disney Productions. Disneyland: The First Thirty Years. Walt Disney Productions, 1984. 9570. Walt Disney Productions. Walt Disney World. Walt Disney Company, 1986. 9571. Walt Disney Productions. Walt Disney World: The First Decade. Burbank: Walt Disney Company, 1982. 9572. Wasserman, Arnold. “Un and Loathing at EPCOT.” Industrial Design Magazine. March/April 1983, pp. 34-39. 9573. Wharton, Dennis. “Disney Park Battle Heats Up in Virginia.” Variety. June 20-26, 1994, p. 16. 9574. Wiener, Jon. “Disney World Imagineers a President.” The Nation. Nov. 22, 1993, pp. 622+. 9575. Willis, Susan. “Learning from the Banana.” In A Primer for Daily Life, pp. 41-61. NY: Routledge, 1991. 9576. Wilson, Alexander. The Culture of Nature: Popular Landscapes from Disney to Chernobyl. Toronto: Between the Lines Press, 1991. 9577. Woodson, Weldon D. “Through the Jungles of Disneyland.” American Forests. Jan. 1956, pp. 20-22. 9578. Young, Roy W. “Disney World’s Magical Solid Waste Disposal System.” Executive Housekeeper. Feb. 1973, pp. 27-29+. 9579. Zimmerman, Gereon. “Walt Disney: Giant at the Fair.” Look. Feb. 11, 1964, pp. 28-32. 9580. Zukin, Sharon. “Disney World: The Power of Facade/The Facade of Power.” In Landscapes of Power: From Detroit to Disney World, pp. 216-279. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1991. United States: Animation 489

Dream Works 9581. Baisley, Sarah. “DreamWorks’ Series Boldly Goes Where Animation Has Never Gone Before.” Animation. March 1998, pp. 4-6. 9582. Bennett, Harve. “Invasion America: How It Evolved?” Animatoon. No. 12, 1998, pp. 24-27. 9583. Deneroff, Harvey. “The $6 Million Animator.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 22, 55. 9584. “DreamWorks and AnimAction Join Forces on UNICEF PSA.” Animation. June 1999, p. 35. 9585. Duke, Paul F. “D’works: What Lies Beneath.” Variety. July 24-30, 2000, pp. 1, 68. 9586. Grootaers, Elias. “Video: Getekend Dreamworks.” Plateau. 21:4 (2000), p. 36. 9587. Hayes, Dade. “Festival Forays Pay Off for DreamWorks.” Variety. Cannes 2002. May 13-19, 2002, p. 35. 9588. Hayes, Dade. “So How Does the Dream Work?” Variety. June 10-16, 2002, pp. 1, 60-61. 9589. “In the Works at Dreamworks SKG.” fps. Summer 1995, p. 9. 9590. Klady, Leonard. “NL, DreamWorks Top Record October.” Daily Variety. Nov. 2, 1998, pp. 1, 7. 9591. Louvish, Simon. “The Bible from God to DreamWorks.” Sight and Sound. Jan. 1999, pp. 22-25. 9592. “Special Report – Dream Works SKG.” Animatoon. 1:2 (1995), pp. 19- 21. 9593. “Studio Tribute: DreamWorks/PDI.” Animation. March 1998, pp. 23, 93. 9594. Weiner, Rex. “DreamWorks Inks Fractious Tech Trio.” Variety. June 12-18, 1995, p. 4. Film Roman 9595. Brady, Matt. “Film Roman Gets Freaky.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 9, 1999, p. 12. 9596. “Film Roman.” Electronic Media. July 18, 1994, p. 40. 9597. Fleming, Michael. “RKO, Roman Re-tooning.” Variety. Aug. 28-Sept. 3, 2000, p. 10. 9598. Gelman, Morrie. “Corporate Profiles: Film Roman, Inc.” Animation. Nov. 1999, pp. 26-27. 9599. “Pentamedia To Buy Majority Stock in Film Roman.” Animation. Nov. 2000, p. 23. 9600. Street, Rita. “Can Fame Equal Fortune? Film Roman Is Banking on It.” Animation. Feb. 1995, pp. 8, 57. 490 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9601. Wax, Roberta G. “Film Roman Draws a Universal Language.” Animation. April 1996, pp. 28-29, 61. Fleischer Studios 9602. McGuire, Dewey. “Fighting to the Finnich.” McBoing Boing’s. May 1996, pp. 1-5. 9603. “Miami Honored the Fleischer Studios.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2003, p. 5. Fox 9604. Allstetter, Rob. “Fox Announces Fall Lineup.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 10, 1995, p. 6. 9605. Allstetter, Rob. “Fox Drops Three Comics-Based Series.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 21, 2000, p. 12. 9606. Allstetter, Rob. “Fox Expands Comics-Associated Line-up.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 22, 1999, p. 10. 9607. Allstetter, Rob. “Fox Kids Announces 10 New Series for 1998-99.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 13, 1998, p. 12. 9608. Allstetter, Rob. “Fox Kids’ Fall Schedule.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 19, 1999, p. 22. 9609. Allstetter, Rob. “Fox Network Plans Two-Hour Comic-Book Block.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 29, 1994, p. 64. 9610. Benson, Jim. “Fox May Save Disney Bloc.” Daily Variety. June 19, 1994, p. 33. 9611. Bierbaum, Tom. “Auds Not Tooning in Fox Tues.” Variety. April 12-18, 1999, pp. 28, 30. 9612. Bierbaum, Tom. “Summer Wilts Fox Toon Plan.” Variety. July 19-25, 1999, p. 22. 9613. Carver, Benedict and Jenny Hontz. “TV Toon Duo Segues to Live- Action for Fox.” Variety. April 9, 1998, p. 5. 9614. Conroy, Mike. “Fox Homes in on More Marvel Movies as Sony Lands Spider-Man.” Comics International. March 1999, p. 24. 9615. Flint, Joe. “Fox, Saban Morphin into Kidvid World.” Variety. Nov. 6- 12, 1995, pp. 33, 36. 9616. “Fox in het Nauw.” Plateau. 21:1 (2000), p. 35. 9617. “Fox Kids Adds Eight New Animated Series to 2001-2002 Lineup.” Animation. May 2001, p. 16. 9618. “Fox Will Add More Animation to Its Line-up.” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1998, p. 6. 9619. Freeman, M. “FOX Eyes Toon Tuesday.” Mediaweek. Feb. 8, 1999, p. 9. United States: Animation 491

9620. Goerne, C. “Cable Stations, Fox Expand Kids’ Shows as NBC ’Toons Out.” Marketing News. March 16, 1992, pp. 5+. 9621. Klady, L. “FOX Getting Set To Join Toon Platoon.” Daily Variety. Oct. 10, 1997, p. 1. 9622. Krantz, M. “FOX Gets Super Animated.” Time. Jan. 11, 1999, pp. 92- 94. 9623. Levin, Gary. “Pact Between Fox, Marvel Stamps FCN Library Card.” Variety. July 1-14, 1996, p. 25. 9624. McClintock, Pamela. “Invasion Plan: Talk and Toons.” Variety. Oct. 21- 27, 2002, p. 6. 9625. Mahoney, W. “FOX Approves Children’s Fare.” Electronic Media. June 19, 1989, p. 3. 9626. Mahoney, W. “FOX Stations Call for New Kids’ Block.” Electronic Media. Jan. 30, 1989, p. 1. 9627. Noglows, Paul. “Fox Family Unit Toons into Ani Duo Pact.” Variety. May 9-15, 1994, p. 64. 9628. Petrikin, Chris. “Fox Renames That Toon.” Variety. Feb. 19, 1998, pp. 1, 34. 9629. Raugust, Karen. “Fox Box Launches September 14.” Animation. Sept. 2002, p. 26. 9630. Shister, Gail. “Something Funny Going on at Fox: Is There Too Much Animation?” Philadelphia Inquirer. Jan. 19, 1999, p. E-6. 9631. Stalter, Katharine and Beth Laski. “Fox’s New Toon Town Opens for Business.” Variety. Aug. 21-27, 1995, pp. 7, 10. 9632. Storm, Jonathan. “Fox Puts Faith in Animated Future.” Philadelphia Inquirer. March 28, 1999, pp. F-l, F-12. 9633. “Studio Tribute: Twentieth Century Fox.” Animation. March 1998, p. 25. Hanna-Barbera 9634. Bev, Joe. “The Voice Box: Part One: An Inside Look at Hanna- Barbera’s Recording Department.” fps. Spring 1996, pp. 26-28. 9635. Cohen, Karl. “Chronicle Honors Hanna-Barbera with a Feature Article.” ASIFA San Francisco. July-Aug. 1997, p. 2. 9636. Cooke, Cynthia. “Hanna-Barbera Animation Art: Putting the Fun into Collecting.” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 48-49. 9637. Fiecconi, Federico. “Il Ruggito del Topo.” Comic Art. July 1987, p. 31. 9638. Hanna, Bill, with Tom Ito. A Cast of Friends. Boulder, CO: Da Capo Press, 2000. 230 pp. 9639. “Hanna-Barbera Authorized Galleries.” Animation. Sept. 1996, p. 50. 9640. “Hanna-Barbera Bounces Back.” Wild Cartoon Kingdom. 7:13 (1993), p. 7. 492 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9641. “Hanna-Barbera Comes to Archie.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. March 17, 1995, p. 6. 9642. “Hanna & Barbera: Lifetime Achievement Award.” Animation. March 1998, pp. 19, 75. 9643. “Hanna-Barbera’s What a Cartoon! Project.” In Ottawa 96 International Animation Festival. Program, pp. 94-95. Ottawa: Canadian Film Institute, 1996. 9644. Lefton, Terry. “Arby’s Tunes in Hanna-Barbera.” Brandweek. Feb. 15, 1993, p. 3. 9645. Lowry, B. “H-B Makes Short Work of Cartoon Network Deal.” Daily Variety. Nov. 15, 1993, p. 8. 9646. Mallory, Michael. Hanna-Barbera Cartoons, n.p.: Beaux Artes, Warner Bros., 1998. 239 pp. 9647. Miller, Chuck. “Peter Puck: When Hanna-Barbera Met the NHL.” Animato! Fall 1995, pp. 24, 70. 9648. News: History of Hanna Barbera Productions. Hollywood, CA: Hanna Barbera Productions Inc., n.d. 9649. “Nexus Optioned by Hanna-Barbera.” Comics Journal. Feb. 1995, p. 27. 9650. Seibert, Fred & Bill Burnett. “Unlimited Imagination.” Animation World. Jan. 2002, pp. 17-18. 9651. Sennet, Ted. The Art of Hanna-Barbera. NY: Viking Studio Books, 1989. 9652. Swanigan, Michael and Darrell McNeil. Hanna-Barbera’s World of Super Adventure. Simi Valley, CA: Black Bear Press, 1991. 210 pp. 9653. Wax, Roberta G. “Keeping Cartoon Celebs Fresh.” Animation. June/July 1996, pp. 28-29, 54. 9654. “Whussa Matta Fazzino? We’ll Tell You.” Bea & Eff. Summer 1996, pp. 3-4. 9655. “Yabba Dabba They Doo It.” Inklings. Fall 1995, p. 13. Hyperion 9656. “The Brave Little Studio [Hyperion].” 1992 Screen Cartoonists Annual, pp. 61-66. 9657. Gelman, Morrie. “Hyperion: New Ventures in Independence.” Animation. March 2000, p. 15. Klasky Csupo 9658. Desowitz, Bill. “Toon Shop Draws from Around Globe.” Variety. Sept. 30-Oct. 6, 2002, p. A12. 9659. Grove, Christopher. “Ad Unit Adds Up Business.” Variety. Sept. 30- Oct. 6, 2002, p. A8. United States: Animation 493

9660. Grove, Christopher. “Toying with Games Division.” Variety. Sept. 30- Oct 6, 2002, p. A14. 9661. “Klasky Csupo: Toon House Celebrates 20 Years of Out-of-the-Box Animation.” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, p. 20. 9662. Mallory, Michael. “Diving into Licensing.” Variety. June 19-25, 1995, p. 58. 9663. Mallory, Michael. “Grown-ups Get Their Turn.” Variety. Sept. 30-Jan. 6, 2002, p. A10. 9664. Mallory, Michael. “Klasky Csupo at 20: Designs on Kidvid.” Variety. Sept. 30-Jan. 6, 2002, p. Al, A4. 9665. Norman, S.G. “Klasky Csupo: What’s in a Name?” Animation. Oct. 1998, pp. 8-10, 76. 9666. “Series Genesis in Talking Toddlers & Animals.” Variety. Sept. 30-Oct. 6, 2002, pp. A6, A8. 9667. Wolff, Ellen. “Coolness Quotient Pulls Big Stars to Bigscreen.” Variety. Sept. 30-Jan. 6, 2002, p. A4. Marvel 9668. DiOrio, Carl. “What a Marvel! New Superheroes Hit ’Net.” Variety. Aug. 7-13, 2000, pp. 5, 41. 9669. Lowry, Brian. “CBS, NBC Snap Up Marvel Toon Fare.” Variety. June 12-18, 1995, p. 36. 9670. “Marvel Grants 4Kids License for Some of Its Brands.” Reuters dispatch, April 20, 2000. 9671. Reboy, Judith. “Clobberin’ Time!” Animato! Winter 1995, pp. 24-26. MGM 9672. Katz, Richard. “MGM Tripling Toon Skeins.” Variety. Jan. 28, 1998, p. 23. 9673. Mayerson, Mark. “The Lion Began with a Frog: Cartoons at MGM.” In That’s Not All Folks: A Primer on Cartoonal Knowledge. London: BFI Distribution, 1975, 1984. Mike Young Productions 9674. Deneroff, Harvey. “Mike Young Productions.” Animatoon. No. 37, 2002, pp. 56-61. 9675. Gelman, Morrie. “Young Studio [Mike Young Productions] Finding Its Niche.” Animation. May 2000, p. 33. 9676. Street, Rita and Jan Nagel. “A Reasonable Place: Mike Young Productions.” Animation. Sept. 2002, pp. 22, 24. 494 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Motion Analysis 9677. “Motion Analysis.” Animation. April 1999, p. 94. 9678. “Motion Analysis.” Animation. Aug. 1999, p. 30. Motown Animation 9679. “Let’s Be Friends.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 6, 1995, p. 28. 9680. “Motown Looks to Fans and Retailers.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 6, 1995, p. 28. 9681. Thompson, Maggie. “1995 Marks Motown Comics Line Launch.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 6, 1995, pp. 26-28. MTV Animation 9682. Canemaker, John. “Over the Edge with MTV [Liquid Television].” Print. Sept./Oct. 1992, pp. 21+. 9683. Kugel, Candy. “The Creation of an Icon: MTV.” Animation World. Jan. 1998. 9684. Lyons, Charles. “MTV Toons Up for Possible Hype.” Variety. Nov. 1-7, 1999, p. 22. 9685. “MTV Networks To Invest Over $420 Million in Animation.” Animation World. Oct. 1996. 9686. Neall, Kelly. “The Animation of MTV.” In Ottawa 99 International Student Animation Festival. Program, pp. 76-80. Ottawa: National Archives of Canada, 1999. 9687. “Studio Tribute: MTV Animation and Nickelodeon.” Animation. March 1998, p. 29. Nickelodeon 9688. Bernstein, Paula. “Nick Jr. Elevates CBS’ Sat. Ayem.” Variety. Sept. 25-Oct. 1, 2000, p. 44. 9689. Brown, R. “Nick To Spend $30 Million on Kids.” Broadcasting and Cable. March 28, 1994, p. 53. 9690. Brown, R. “Saturday Night’s All Right for Nickelodeon.” Broadcasting. May 18, 1992, pp. 25+. 9691. Cerone, Daniel. “A Different Toon.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Nov. 29, 1993, pp.E-1, E-12. 9692. Cerone, Daniel. “Nickelodeon Betting on Cartoons.” Los Angeles Times. Aug. 8, 1991, pp.F-1, F-10. 9693. Greenstein, J. “Animated Nickelodeon Seeks To Build Library.” Multichannel News. March 18, 1991, p. 16. 9694. Hontz, Jenny. “UPN Kids Pick Nick, Not Mouse.” Variety. Jan. 27, 1998, pp. 1, 29. United States: Animation 495

9695. Katz, Richard. “Nick Plans New Studio for NYC.” Variety. March 16, 1998, pp. 44, 46. 9696. Katz, Richard. “Nick’s Not Kidding: Large Prod’n Slate.” Daily Variety. Dec. 9, 1998, pp. 5, 18. 9697. McCracken, Harry. “Just in the Nick of Time: A Review of the New Nick at Nite Toons.” Animato! Winter 1992, pp. 48-49. 9698. Mendoza, N.F. “The House That Nick Built.” Animation. April 1998, pp. 6-7, 58. 9699. Mendoza, N.F. “Kablam! Nicktoons Booms into Its Second Year.” Animation. June 1999, pp. 25-26. 9700. Mendoza, N.F. “The Weird and Wacky World of Nick.” Animation. Sept. 1996, pp. 28-32, 44-45, 57. 9701. Miller, Stuart. “Quirky Program Mix Pays Off.” Variety. Dec. 20, 1993, p. 42. 9702. Miller, Stuart. “Sunday Ayem Not Just for Kids.” Variety. Feb. 24, 1992, p. 82. 9703. “Nick Inches Ahead in Kidvid.” Variety. Nov. 1-7, 1999, p. 24. 9704. “Nickelodeon Picks Storyboard Finalists for Global Contest.” Animation. Nov. 1999, p. 43. 9705. “Nickelodeon Planning to Add Nick in Print and Toys.” New York Times. March 16, 1992, p. D8. 9706. “Nickelodeon to Test New Cable TV Channels.” Los Angeles Times. Aug. 20, 1992, p. D2. 9707. “Nickelodeon Turns 20.” Animation. July 1999, p. 31. 9708. “Nick Panel.” Animation. March 1998, p. 64. 9709. Olson, Eric J. “Nick Wraps Toon Special.” Variety. June 15-21, 1998, p. 30. 9710. Oppenheimer, J. “Vision Quest.” Hollywood Reporter. Nickelodeon 20th Birthday Special Issue. June 15-21, 1999, p. S-8. 9711. Pendleton, Jennifer. “Nick Faves Launch New Mattel Line.” Daily Variety. June 12, 1992, pp. 3, 10. 9712. Richmond, Ray. “House That Gak Built: Nick Animation Studio Has User-Friendly Feel.” Variety. March 2, 1998, pp. 8, 32. 9713. Richmond, Ray. “Nick Spots Prove Boon for Toon Net.” Variety. Jan. 29, 1998, p. 31. 9714. Richmond, Ray. “Nick Toons Up Sked.” Variety. Jan. 19, 1998, p. 20. 9715. Steinberg, Don. “What Makes Nick Tick.” Philadelphia Inquirer Magazine. July 19, 1998, pp. 12-19. 9716. Winski, Joseph M. “‘Addicted’ to Research, Nick Shows Strong Kids’ Lure.” Advertising Age. Feb. 10, 1992, p. S2. 9717. Zimmerman, Kevin. “Nick’s Kiddie Empire Turns 15.” Variety. Dec. 20, 1993, pp. 41, 52. 9718. Zahed, Ramin. “Nick Clicks Online.” EV. Feb. 2001, pp. 39-40. 496 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Pixar 9719. Burrows, Peter and Ronald Grover. “Can Pixar Keep Up the Magic?” Business Week. Feb. 16, 1998, pp. 115, 117. 9720. Cohen, Karl. “The Secret Behind Why Pixar Is So Good.” Animation World. Oct. 2001, pp. 6-12. 9721. Goethals, Johann. “PIXAR. Een Duel Tussen Kunst en Techniek.” Plateau. 20:1 (1999), pp. 20-21. 9722. Goldsmith, Jill. “Pixar Stock Fails To Animate Wall Street.” Variety. Nov. 22-28, 1999, pp. 4, 102. 9723. Graser, Marc. “Pixar Run by a Focused Group.” Variety. Dec. 20, 1999- Jan. 2, 2000, pp. 1, 74-75. 9724. Grove, Christopher. “Mouse Bets Big on Pixar’s ‘Bug’ at B.O.” Variety. Feb. 13, 1998, p. A3. 9725. Hartlaub, Peter. “The Secret of Pixar’s Magic Can Be Found at CalArts....” San Francisco Chronicle. Sept. 17, 2003, p. D1. 9726. Henderson, Peter. “Pixar May Have Outgrown Need for Disney Approval.” Reuters dispatch. Aug. 26, 2003. 9727. Hess, Alan. “Pixar’s Boxy Animation Studio Thinks Outside the Box.” San Jose Mercury News. April 1, 2001. 9728. Holson, Laura M. “Pixar-Disney Talks Said To Show Progress.” New York Times. Oct. 9, 2003. 9729. McCracken, Harry. “A Selected Pixar Filmography.” fps. Autumn 1995, p. 23. 9730. “Now That Pixar Stock Is Traded by the Public, It Keeps Making the Business News.” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 1997, p. 3. 9731. “Pixar.” Animatoon. No. 28, 2000, p. 82. 9732. “Pixar Closes Their Interactive Department.” ASIFA San Francisco. July-Aug. 1997, p. 3. 9733. “Pixar in the Breast Reduction Business.” ASIFA San Francisco. July- Aug. 2003, p. 2. 9734. “Pixar’s New Space Was Described as a Combination of Hollywood and a Silicon Valley Getaway.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2001, p. 2. 9735. “Pixar To Cease Commercial Production.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1996, p. 2. 9736. Tam, Pui-Wing. “Pixar Posts 30% Rise in Profits; Disney Turning Point Looms.” Wall Street Journal. Feb. 7, 2003. 9737. “Walt Disney Continue [sic] To Distribute Films from Pixar?” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2003, p. 1. Sony Pictures Imageworks 9738. “Sony Pictures Animation.” Animatoon. No. 43, 2003, pp. 64-65. United States: Animation 497

9739. “Sony Pictures Imageworks at 10.” Animation. Dec. 2002-Jan. 2003, p. 41. 9740. “Studio Tribute: Sony Pictures Imageworks.” Animation. March 1998, p. 27. Spike TV 9741. Roundy, Bill. “Campy Cartoons on Spike TV, a Cable Television Network for Men, Has a New ‘Adult Animation Block’ with Shows That Hold Special Appeal for Gay Viewers.” Washington Blade. Aug. 15, 2003, p. 53. 9742. “Spike Strikes Back!” Animation. Oct. 2003, p. 7. Stan Lee Media 9743. Rogers, Brett D. “Heroes Wanted: Stan Lee Media Struggles To Stay Afloat.” Animation World. Feb. 2001, pp. 22-25. 9744. “Stan Lee Media CEO Accused of Shareholder Fraud....” ASIFA San Francisco. June 2001, p. 5. 9745. “Stan Lee Media Co-Founder Flees the Country.” ASIFA San Francisco Newsletter. April 2001, p. 3. 9746. “Stan Lee Media Files for Bankruptcy Protection.” Animation. April 2001, p. 62. Sunbow 9747. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Sunbow Entertainment.” Animato! Spring 1996, pp. 24, 69. 9748. Ferriter, Christine. “Sunbow’s Star Continues To Rise.” Animation Magazine. Oct./Nov. 1995, pp. 22-23. 9749. Mallory, Michael. “Sunbow Takes Cues from Global Market.” Variety. June 24-30, 1996, p. 110. 9750. Street, Rita. “Sunbow: Turning Comics into TV Hits.” Animation. Aug. 1995, pp. 15, 50. 9751. “Sunbow.” Animation. March 1998, p. 68. 9752. “Sunbow’s Remarkable Success Story.” ASIFA San Francisco. July/Aug. 1996, pp. 7-8. Time Warner 9753. Dempsey, John. “TW-Disney War Buries Brink.” Variety. May 8-14, 2000, pp. 97, 102. 9754. “AOL-Time Warner Merger.” Animatoon. No. 23, 2000, pp. 54-55. 498 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Turner Broadcasting System 9755. Beale, Claire. “Double Hit form TNT.” Marketing. March 11, 1993, p. 7. 9756. Brown, Rich. “Turner Animated Over New Channel.” Broadcasting. Feb. 24, 1992, pp. 31+. 9757. Brown, Rich. “Turner Toons Up for Fall Launch.” Broadcasting. Aug. 10, 1992, p. 21. 9758. Lefton, Terry. “Fred, Yogi, et al. Get Turner Wake Up Call.” Brandweek. April 19, 1993, p. 10. 9759. McClellan, Steve. “New Turner Series To Get Dual Carriage.” Broadcasting & Cable. March 8, 1993, p. 27. 9760. Pendleton, Jennifer. “TBS Execs Whistling All-Day Cable Toon.” Variety. Feb. 22, 1992, p. 85. 9761. “Turner Broadcasting System Will Launch Cartoon Network.” Advertising Age. Feb. 24, 1992, p. 49. 9762. “Turner Taps First Series from What a Cartoon” fps. Autumn 1995, pp. 5-6. United Productions of America (UPA) 9763. Barbagallo, Ron. “UPA: Built on Freedom of Choice.” Animation. Feb. 1998, pp. 61-62. 9764. Deitch, Gene. “UPA: Back to the Future.” Animation World. May 2003, pp. 37-39. 9765. Frierson, Michael. “UPA and the Carry Over Dissolve.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Montreal, Canada, Oct. 23, 2001. 9766. Goodman, Martin. “1001 Arabian Nights.” Toon. Fall 1998, pp. 36-41. 9767. Moritz, William. “The United Productions of America: Reminiscing Thirty Years Later.” ASIFA Canada. Dec. 1984, pp. 14-22. 9768. “A Tribute to UPA.” Animation. March 1998, pp. 76-77. Universal 9769. Dobbs, G. Michael. “The Return of Universal.” Animato! Spring 1995, pp. 48-49. 9770. Fleming, Michael. “U Scares up Old Monster for New Toon.” Variety. April 2, 1998, pp. 1, 14. 9771. Street, Rita. “Universal Cartoon Studios.” Animatoon. 2:4-1 (1996), pp. 12-14. 9772. “Universaland.” Inklings. Spring 1995, p. 6. 9773. “Universal Enters Pact with RightsLine.” Animation. April 2001, p. 62. 9774. “Universal’s Islands of Adventure.” Inklings. Summer 1998, p. 11. United States: Animation 499

Warner Brothers 9775. Brown, Stanley H. “Fun Makes Money for Warner Communications.” Forbes. April 1974, pp. 120-124, 172-175. 9776. Cooke, Cynthia. “Warner Bros. Continue To Innovate.” Animation. March 1996, pp. 46-47. 9777. Crafton, Donald. “The View from Termite Terrace: Caricature and Parody in Warner Bros. Animation.” Film History. 5:2 (1993), pp. 204- 230. 9778. Diuguid, Carol. “Kids’ WB Adds Four Skeins.” Variety. Jan. 13, 1998, p. 17. 9779. Heins, Michael. “Linda Jones Enterprise.” Toon News (Sydney). July 1996, p. 2. 9780. “Is Warner Bros. Animation in Trouble?” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1998, p. 4. 9781. Joris, Luc. “That’s Not All Folks! Warner Bros. Classical Animation.” Plateau. 18:3 (1997), pp. 17-18. 9782. Kaye, N. Kourtney. “The Warner Bros. Collectibles.” Animation. May 1995, pp. 73-74. 9783. Lapeyre, Jason. “I’m an Eagle and I Can Prove It: Vaudeville in Warner Bros. Cartoons.” Animato! Winter/Spring 1999, pp. 14-18. 9784. “L.C. Waikiki’ye Warner Bros. Çizgisi.” Karikatürk. No. 14, 1995, p. 159. 9785. Littleton, Cynthia. “WB Tunes in, Turns on for 2000.” Variety. Dec. 21, 1998-Jan. 3, 1999, p. 93. 9786. Mallory, Michael. “Rabbits and Rodents and Freaks, Oh My!” Animation. Aug. 1995, pp. 38-41. 9787. Sandler, Kevin S., ed. Reading the Rabbit: Explorations in Warner Bros. Animation. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, 1998. 271 pp. 9788. Stocoak, Tim. “Why Classic Warner Bros. Characters Are No Longer Cool (Nor Classic).” Bea & Eff. Summer 1996, pp. 14-15. 9789. Street, Rita. “Better Than Television? WB Online Productions.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, pp. 99, 106. 9790. “Tekenfilm-characters Warner Bros. Herrezen.” Stripschrift. June 1995, p. 32. 9791. “Warner Animation Continues Restructuring.” Animation. April 2001, p. 56. 9792. “Warner Animation To Return to Theatrical Screens.” fps. Summer 1995, p. 9. 9793. “Warner Digital Closing Doors.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, p. 75. 500 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9794. “WB’s Hysterically Historical.” Animation World Magazine. July 1997, p. 78. 9795. White, Timothy R. “From Disney to Warner Bros.: The Critical Shift.” Film Criticism. Spring 1992, pp. 3-16. 9796. Wilson, Larry. “The Warner Bros. Studio Stores.” In-Toon. Summer 1992, pp. 20-21. Wild Brain 9797. Gelman, Morrie. “Wild Brain Gives KFC Colonel Star Quality.” Animation. Nov. 1999, p. 26. 9798. “It Looks Like Wild Brain, Inc....” ASIFA San Francisco. June 1996, p. 1. 9799. “A Look into the Future of Wild Brain.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 2003, p. 1. 9800. “Pass It On/Wild Brain.” Animation. July/Aug. 2000, p. 76. 9801. “Wild Brain.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 1998, p. 3. 9802. “Wildbrain Celebrates An Incredible Year of Business.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 1997, p. 3. 9803. “Wild Brain Has Created the National Bullying Prevention Campaign for the U.S. Government’s Department of Health and Human Services....” ASIFA San Francisco. Oct. 2003, p. 2. 9804. “Wild Brain, Inc. Continues To Expand.” ASIFA San Francisco. Nov. 2001, p. 1. Will Vinton Studios 9805. “Arcade: Will Vinton Studios.” Animation. May 2000, p. 51. 9806. Lurio, Eric and Dan Persons. “Innovation with a Will: A Select Filmography of Will Vinton Studios.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, pp. 30-31. 9807. Magiera, Marcy. “Vinton Studio Moves Beyond Claymation.” Advertising Age. July 27, 1992, p. 42. 9808. Schiff, Laura. “Will Vinton Studios.” AnimeFantastique. Summer 1999, p. 28. 9809. Street, Rita. “Conjuring Characters: The Will Vinton Studios Story, a 25-Year Odyssey.” Animation. May 2001, pp. 10-12, 15. 9810. “Will Vinton Claymation Art.” Toon Art Times. May 1992, p. 2. Zodiac 9811. Freeman, M. “Zodiac Exits First-Run Production.” Broadcasting and Cable. Jan. 3, 1994, pp. 45, 65. 9812. “Zodiac To Develop Animation and Teen Shows with Presales from Overseas.” Television/Radio Age. Aug. 21, 1989, p. 45. United States: Animation 501

Zoic Studios 9813. Nagel, Jessie. “Zoic Studios Lights-up Firefly.” Animation Magazine. Oct. 2002, pp. 56-57. 9814. Peristere, Loni. “Visual Evolution: Creating Zoic Studios.” Animation World. Dec. 2002, pp. 33-36.

5 UNITED STATES:CARICATURE

GENERAL SOURCES 9815. “About Face.” Exaggerated Features. Fall 1995, p. 3. 9816. Appel, John J. Patriots to Patriots: American Irish in Caricature and Comic Art. East Lansing, MI: Michigan State University Museum, 1990. 9817. Art Journal: The Issue of Caricature. 43 (Winter 1983). 9818. Asher, R. and S.S. Sargent. “Shifts in Attitude Caused by Cartoon Caricatures.” The Journal of General Psychology. 24 (1941), pp. 451- 455. 9819. Beltran, Marie. “Fast Pen at the Nudist Park.” Cartoon World. Oct. 1996, pp. 4-5. 9820. Buckley, William F., Jr. “Drumming up Ethnic Hurts.” National Review. April 21, 1997, p. 82. 9821. Clines, Francis X. “Caricature in the Age of Political Correctness.” New York Times. March 30, 1997, p. E-3. 9822. “The Face Behind the Laugh.” Cartoonews. No. 11, 1975, pp. 5-10. 9823. Fitzgerald, Mark. “Controversial Caricature.” Editor and Publisher. Jan. 25, 1992, pp. 14-15. 9824. Heller, Steven. “Drawn and Quartered.” Mother Jones. Nov./Dec. 1996, pp. 32-37. 9825. Hetter, Katia. “Cover Charge.” U.S. News & World Report. March 31, 1997, p. 12. 9826. Lasky, Julie. “Color Block.” Print. Jan.-Feb. 1997, p. 18. 9827. “One More Time: The Teaching Symposium.” Exaggerated Features. Fall 1996, p. 10. 9828. O’Sullivan, John. “Lippo Suckers.” National Review. April 7, 1997, p. 6. 504 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9829. Pankey, Elizabeth W. “Tenth Annual National Caricaturist Network Convention.” Penstuff. June 2001, p. 7. 9830. Pankey, Elizabeth W. “Tenth Annual National Caricaturist Network Convention. Part 3” Penstuff. Aug. 2001, p. 7. 9831. Sternberg, Jacques. “Le Monde des Caricaturistes Américains.” Fiction. April 1956, pp. 104-111. 9832. Templin, Charlotte. “Hillary Clinton as Threat to Gender Norms: Cartoon Images of the First Lady.” Journal of Communication Inquiry. Jan. 1999, pp. 20-36. EXHIBITIONS 9833. Harvey, R.C. “Drawn and Hung: Off the Wall at Sardi’s.” Comics Journal. Jan. 2000, pp. 29-30. 9834. Reaves, Wendy W. Celebrity Caricature in America. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, 1998. 306 pp. 9835. Rodman, Larry. “Celebrity Caricature in America. The National Portrait Gallery, Washington, D.C.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1998, pp. 19-21. 9836. Sardi, Vincent, Jr. and Thomas E. West. Off the Wall at Sardi’s. NY: Applause Books, 1991. 120 pp. 9837. Wick Reaves, Wendy. “Celebrity Caricature in America. An Exhibition at the National Portrait Gallery, April 10-August 23, 1998.” Exhibition Brochure. Washington, D.C.: The National Portrait Gallery, Smithsonian Institution, 1998. 6 pp. HISTORICAL ASPECTS 9838. Amon Carter Museum of Western Art. The Image of America in Caricature & Cartoon. Fort Worth, TX: The Museum, 1975. 9839. Curtis, L. Perry, Jr. Apes and Angels: The Irishman in Victorian Caricature. Washington, D.C.: The Smithsonian Institution Press, 1971. 9840. Demm, Eberhard. “Propaganda and Caricature in the First World War.” Journal of Contemporary History. Jan. 1993, pp. 163-192. 9841. Heller, Steven. “A President Can Never Be Accused of a Lack of Caricature.” New York Times. June 17, 2001, Week in Review, p. 1. 9842. Rudwick, Martin J.S. “Caricature As a Source for the History of Science: De la Beche’s Anti-Lyellian Sketches of 1831.” Isis. 66, 1975, pp. 534-560. 9843. Thomas, Sam J. “Maligning Poverty’s Prophet: Henry George in Caricature.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, San Antonio, TX, March 26, 1997. United States: Caricature 505

CARICATURISTS AND THEIR WORKS 9844. “Caricatures by Zach Trenholm.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, pp. 18-22. 9845. [Covarrubias]. Shidai Manhua. Feb. 20, 1934. 9846. “Craig Curtiss.” Penstuff. Aug. 1997, pp. 4-5. 9847. Cruise, John. “When a Caricaturist and a Quark Cross.” Cartoonist and Comic Artist Magazine. No. 9, 1996, pp. 31-32, 44. 9848. Defert, Thierry and Olivier Boissière. “Paul Davis.” Phenix. No. 47, 1977, pp. 20-29. 9849. The Face Behind the Laugh: Cartoonists’ Self-Caricatures from the Collection of Mark J. Cohen. Exhibition Catalogue, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, July 30-Aug. 27, 1995. Columbus, OH: Ohio State University Libraries, 1995. 9850. “A Fast and Furious Review of Todd Barton.” Penstuff. Feb. 1997, pp. 4-5. 9851. Harvey, R.C. A Gallery of Rogues: Cartoonists’ Self-Caricatures. Columbus, OH: Ohio State University Cartoon Research Library, 1999. 9852. Krüger, Sebastian. Krüger Stars. Beverly Hills, CA: Morpheus International, 1997. Unpaginated. 9853. “Lee Helck, NW Caricaturist, Dies.” Cartoon World. Feb. 1996, p. 10. 9854. Lent, John A. “Hummel.” WittyWorld. No. 6, 1996, pp. 3-4. 9855. “McGowan Miller (1911-1977).” American Cartoonist. April 1978, p. 19. 9856. Munce, Howard. “Bill Charmatz... Master of an Antic Race.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1993, pp. 60-65. 9857. Munce, Howard. “John S. Dykes, a Hot Hand with a 90s Knack.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1997, pp. 56-63. 9858. Munce, Howard. “Ralph Barton.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1994, pp. 69-72. 9859. Pacheco, Ferdie. Pacheco’s Art of Ybor City. Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 1997. 68 pp. 9860. Spurgeon, Tom. “A Gallery of Rogues.” Comics Journal. May 1999, p. 119. Drucker, Mort 9861. “Mort Drucker Wins Reuben Award.” The Funnies Paper. Sept. 1988, p. 15. 9862. Putnam, John. “Mad Magazine Artist Mort Drucker.” Comixscene. No. 12, 1974, p. 6. 9863. Putnam, John. “Mort Drucker.” Phenix. No. 36, n.d., pp. 2-7. 506 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Hirschfeld, Al 9864. “Al Hirschfeld, 1903-2003.” Penstuff. Feb. 2003, p. 7. 9865. “Al Hirschfeld Turns 90.” Inklings. March 1994, p. 4. 9866. Bell, Clare. Hirschfeld’s New York. NY: Abrams, 2001. 96 pp. 9867. Corliss, Richard. “Milestones: Al Hirschfeld.” Time. Feb. 3, 2003. 9868. “Demanda Hirschfeld a Su Agente.” La Piztola. Feb. 2001, p. 20. 9869. Duka, Walt. “Al Hirschfeld: Broadway’s Biggest Draw.” Modern Maturity. March 1999, pp. 18-19, 26. 9870. Evanier, Mark. “Blacklists, Ducks, Hirschfeld.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 23, 2001, pp. 34-35. 9871. Glueck, Grace. “A Boundless Urbanity in Just a Few Lines.” New York Times. Oct. 19, 2001, p. E40. 9872. Hamburger, Philip. “Remembrance, the Al Hirschfeld.” The New Yorker. June 2, 2003. 9873. Harvey, R.C. “Caricaturissimo: Hirschfeld on Line.” Comics Journal. Jan. 2000, p. 25. 9874. Harvey, R.C. “Hirschfeld Has Left the Building.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 14, 2003, p. 27. 9875. “Hirschfeld.” Inklings. Spring 1999, pp. 4-5. 9876. Hofler, Robert. “Theater’s Greatest Lines Often Were Hirschfeld’s.” Variety. Jan. 27-Feb. 2, 2003, p. 43. 9877. Jacobs, Ron. “Backstage with Hirschfeld.” Comics Journal. Jan. 1998, pp. 46-57. 9878. “The King of American Caricature.” Kayhan Caricature. March 2003, 2 pp. 9879. Leopold, David. Hirschfeld’s Hollywood. NY: Abrams, 2001. 96 pp. 9880. “The Line King.” Inklings. Fall 1997, p. 4. 9881. McKinley, Jesse. “A Theater Gets a New Name: Al Hirschfeld.” New York Times. Sept. 26, 2002, p. El. 9882. Rozental, Izel. “Hirschfeld, Mose Mauldin... ‘Son Mohikanlar’ da Yaprak Dökümü!...” Yeni Akrep. March 2003, pp. 6-7. 9883. Ryan, Desmond. “A Legendary Master of a Few, Well-Chosen Lines.” Philadelphia Inquirer. April 7, 1997, pp. C-1, C-9. 9884. Shepard, Richard and Mel Gussow. “Al Hirschfeld, 99, Dies; He Drew Broadway.” New York Times. Jan. 21, 2003, pp. 1, 21. 9885. Spurgeon, Tom. “Al Hirschfeld, Dean of American Caricaturists, Dies at 99.” Comics Journal. March 2003, pp. 32-35. 9886. Spurgeon, Tom. “Al Hirschfeld Dies at 99.” Comics Journal. Feb. 2003, p. 16. 9887. Warner, David. “Hirschfeld Was Here.” City Paper (Philadelphia). April 23-29, 1999. United States: Caricature 507

Levine, David 9888. “David Levine.” The American Cartoonist. Sept. 1977, p. 2. 9889. “David Levine Wins Sixth Nast Prize.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1994, pp. 40-41. 9890. Duchaé, Jean. “David Levine.” Gül Diken. No. 16, 1998, pp. 41-44. 9891. Durwood, T. “David Levine.” Crimmer’s, the Journal of the Narrative Arts. Spring 1976, pp. 4-10. 9892. Groth, Gary. “David Levine: Portrait of a Caricaturist.” Comics Journal. July 1995, pp. 64-90. 9893. “Karikatürler. David Levine.” Gül Diken. No. 16, 1998, pp. 32-40. Norkin, Sam 9894. Beronä, David A. “Sam Norkin: Drawings, Stories.” Inks. Feb. 1996, pp. 37-38. 9895. Norkin, Sam. Sam Norkin: Drawings, Stories. Portsmouth, New Hampshire: Heinemann, 1994. 345 pp. 9896. Norkin, Sam. “Sam Norkin Drawings.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 2000, pp. 26-33. Rockwell, Norman 9897. English, Karen. “The People’s Artist.” Ambassador. May 2000, pp. 38- 43. 9898. Glaser, Milton. “The Importance of Being Rockwell.” Columbia Journalism Review. Nov./Dec. 1999, pp. 40-42. 9899. “Rockwell the Cartoonist.” Inklings. Winter 1995, p. 6. 9900. Schjeldahl, Peter. “Fanfares for the Common Man: Norman Rockwell Reconsidered.” New Yorker. Nov. 22, 1999, pp. 190-193, 196. Rosen, Jack 9901. Halpern, Seymour. “A Tribute to Jack Rosen, Caricaturist Extraordinaire.” Congressional Record. Dec. 9, 1971. 9902. Leahy, Jack. “Jack Rosen, Caricaturist.” Cartoonews. No. 7, 1975, 5 pp. TECHNICAL ASPECTS 9903. Auerbach-Levy, William. The Art of Caricature. NY: The Art Book Guild of America, 1947. 9904. Dougal, Bill. “Getting Attention at Your Caricature Booth.” Exaggerated Features. Fall 1995, p. 7. 9905. Doust, Len A. The Art of Caricature and Cartoon. London and New York: F. Warne, n.d. 508 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9906. Doust, Len A. A Manual on Caricature and Cartoon Drawing. London and New York: F. Warne, 1932. 9907. Erskine, Jim. “The Enterprising Cartoonist: Caricaturing for Cash: Become a ‘Rent-A-Cartoonist.’” Cartoonist and Comic Artist. No. 8, 1996, pp. 9, 48. 9908. Gautier, Dick. The Art of Caricature. NY: Putnam, 1985. 9909. Hall, Manning. Making Faces: The Art of Caricature. Laguna Beach, CA: Foster Art Service, n.d. 9910. Instruction Paper on Caricature. Battle Creek, MI: School of Applied Art, 1910. 9911. Koller, E.L. Caricaturing and Cartooning, Prepared Especially for Home Study. Scranton, PA: International Correspondence Schools, 1942, 1944. 9912. Kris, Ernst and E.H. Gombrich. “The Principles of Caricature.” In Psychoanalytic Explorations in Art, by Ernst Kris. NY: International University Press, 1962. 9913. Nerman, Einar. Caricature. New York and London: American Studio Books, 1946. 9914. Redman, Lenn. How To Draw Caricatures. Chicago, IL: Contemporary Books, 1984. 9915. Sewell, Edward, Jr. “When Geography Plays and Laughs: Uses of Geographic Caricature in Political Cartoons.” Paper presented at 1999 International Humor Conference, Oakland, CA, June 29-July 3, 1999. 9916. Smith, Mitchell. The Art of Caricaturing: A Series of Lessons Covering All Branches of the Art of Caricaturing. Chicago: F.J. Drake, 1941. 6 UNITED STATES: POLITICAL CARTOONS

GENERAL STUDIES 9917. “Alternative Cartooning.” Funny Times. Sept. 1995, pp. 18-19. 9918. “Americana.” Sick. No. 20/21, n.d. (1991?), pp. 20-22. 9919. Astor, David. “Cartooning Views form Non-Artists.” Editor and Publisher. July 13, 1996, pp. 24-25. 9920. Astor, David. “Two Divergent But Important Influences.” Editor and Publisher. June 24, 1989, pp. 38-39. 9921. Banks, Barbara. “Metaphor as Argument in Editorial Cartoons.” Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University, 1980. 9922. Boskin, Joseph. Sambo: The Rise and Demise of an American Jester. NY: Oxford University Press, 1986. 9923. Cartoon Auction To Benefit the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press. New York, May 17, 1995. Arlington, VA: The Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press, 1995. 28 pp. 9924. Cunningham, Ron. “Want Cartoons? Try Asking for Them.” The Masthead. Spring 1993, pp. 17-19. 9925. de Alba, Joaquin. Violence in America: De Tocqueville’s Democracy in America Revisited. Washington, D.C.: Acropolis Books, 1968. 9926. “Drawn into a Crisis.” The Press of Atlantic City Insight. Oct. 14, 2001, pp. F1, F2. 9927. “Editorial Cartoon Raises Over $32,000.” Editor and Publisher. May 30, 1987, p. 56. 9928. “Family Tree.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 6, 1999, pp. 40-41. 9929. Fischer, Roger A. “The Lucifer Legacy.” Journal of American Culture. 13:2 (1990), pp. 1-19. 510 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9930. Fisher, E. “‘Caprichos’: Contemporary Political Cartoon Satires.” Antioch Review. Summer 1993, pp. 423-429. 9931. “Funny/Hammer?” Inklings. Fall 1998, p. 6. 9932. Goldstein, Claudia. “Social Commentary and the Status of the Cartoon.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 9933. Grauer, Neil A. “Worth a Thousand Words: A Picture of Contemporary Political Satire.” Inks. May 1996, pp. 47-48. 9934. Greenberg, Steve. “The Geography Test.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 11, 2003, pp. 24, 26-28. 9935. Gruner, Charles R., Marsha Gruner, and Lara J. Travillion. “Another Quasi-Experimental Study of Understanding/Appreciation of Editorial Satire.” Psychological Reports. Dec. 1991, pp. 731-734. 9936. Hardi, Joel. “A Lesson in Satire.” Chronicle of Higher Education. March 17, 2000, p. A12. 9937. Harvey, R.C. “At Swords’ Point – Humor As Weapon.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1996, pp. 48-57. 9938. Harvey, R.C. “Don’t Look Behind the Curtain! What Curtain?” Comics Journal. Nov. 2000, pp. 109-113. 9939. Harvey, R.C. “Editoonery.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 28, 2000, pp. 49, 55. 9940. Hynds, Ernest C. “The Newspaper Editorial Page – Is It Heading for Oblivion or Does It Remain an Important Vehicle for Service to the Public.” Publisher’s Auxiliary. 112:26, pp. 6-7. 9941. “The Ink of Human Kindness.” The Economist. June 18, 1994, p. A34. 9942. Johnson, I.S. “Cartoons.” Public Opinion Quarterly. July 1937, pp. 21- 44. 9943. “Just What Is the Political Cartoon?” Arts and Society: The Arts Magazine. March-April 1997, p. 45. 9944. Kenner, Hugh. “The Exploding Duck and Other Primal Tales.” National Review. Oct. 13, 1978. 9945. Kinsey, Dennis and Richard W. Taylor. “Some Meanings of Political Cartoons.” Operant Subjectivity. April 1982, pp. 107-114. 9946. Langeveld, Willem. “Political Cartoons As a Medium of Political Communication.” International Journal of Political Education. Dec. 1981, pp. 343-371. 9947. Long, S. “The Political Cartoon – Journalism’s Strongest Weapon.” The Quill. 50:11(1962), pp. 56-57. 9948. McDonald, Jack. “Damn Those Toons.” Campaign. Feb. 1977, pp. 7-8. 9949. Marrin, Patrick J. “What’s Wrong with This Picture? The Norms and Nuances of Editorial Cartooning.” MA thesis, University of Missouri, 1985. United States: Political Cartoons 511

9950. Melby, Nathan. “Where the News and Comics Mix.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 31, 2003, pp. 16-17. 9951. Mellini, Peter. “Uncle Sam vs. John Bull.” Humanities. Sept.-Oct. 1990, pp. 22-24. 9952. “Mightier Than the Sorehead.” The Nation. Jan. 11, 1994, pp. 45-54. 9953. “New Fax Service Addresses State of Union Daily.” Notebook of the Association of American Editorial Cartoonists. Whiter 1995, p. 3. 9954. Nilsen, Alleen P. “Humor in the News.” Humor. 9:1 (1996), pp. 104- 105. 9955. Owens, Sheila. “Editorial Cartoons Elicit Chuckles, Change.” Freedom Forum and Newseum News. Summer 2000, p. 9. 9956. “Political Briefs.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 2, 1995, p. 19. 9957. “Political Briefs.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 3, 1995, pp. 24-25. 9958. Prendergast, Alan. “Of Penquins and Pulitzers.” Washington Journalism Review. Oct. 1987, pp. 19-28. 9959. Preston, Ann. “Semiotic Analysis of Editorial Cartoons.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, New Orleans, LA, Aug. 1999. 9960. Rasky, Susan F. “Army of Cartoonists Begins Hunt for Fodder.” New York Times. Jan. 18, 1989, p. B-8. 9961. Rogers, V. Cullum. “Counting the Cats.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 5, 1998, pp. 42, 134. 9962. “Toons Wanted.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 18. 9963. Tugend, Alina. “Listen to the Mockingbird.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, pp. 22-24. 9964. “Turn-Offs: Cartoonists Aid Sought for National TV Switch-Off Effort.” Notebook of the Association of American Editorial Cartoonists. Winter 1995, p. 15. 9965. “UFS Offers Editorial/Comic Feature.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 3, 1987, p. 47. 9966. Winship, Thomas. “Rigor Mortis on the Ed Pages.” Editor and Publisher. 126:10 (1993), p. 5. 9967. Zillman, Dolf, Jennings Bryant, and Joanne R. Cantor. “Brutality of Assault in Political Cartoons Affecting Humor Appreciation.” Journal of Research in Personality. March 1974, pp. 334-345. 9968. Zoglin, Richard. “Home Is Where the Venom Is.” Time. April 16, 1990, pp. 85-86. RESOURCES 9969. Bandlow, R.F. and J.K. Yehl. Political Cartoons. NY: Newsweek Education Department, 1990. 9970. Bandlow, Richard F. and Joan K. Yehl. Understanding Political Cartoons. NY: Newsweek Education Program, 1996. 34 pp. 512 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

9971. Barnhill, Georgia B. “Political Cartoons at the American Antiquarian Society.” Inks. Feb. 1995, p. 36. 9972. “Cartooning Symposium.” Iowa Journalist. Fall 1999, pp. 4-7. 9973. Heitzmann, William R. “Political Cartoon Interpretation.” Social Studies. Sept.-Oct. 1988, pp. 212-213. 9974. Heitzmann, William R. “Sources of Political Cartoons – An Annotated Bibliography.” Social Studies. Sept.-Oct. 1988, pp. 225-227. 9975. “LATS Begins Package of Editorial Page Illustrations.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 2, 1985, p. 44. 9976. Reilly, Bernard. American Political Prints, 1766-1876. A Catalog of the Collections in the Library of Congress. Boston: G.K. Hall, 1991. 9977. Rogers, K. Political Satire and Cartooning: Omnibus Curriculum Unit and Manual. St. Paul, MN: Junior League, 1989. 9978. Somers, Paul P., Jr. Editorial Cartooning and Caricature: A Reference Guide. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, 1998. 205 pp. 9979. West, Richard S. “Selected Bibliography of Political Cartoon Collections.” Inks. Nov. 1994, pp. 47-49. 9980. West, Richard S. “Selected Bibliography of Political Cartoon Collections.” Inks. Feb. 1995, pp. 43-49. 9981. Worcester, Kent. “NYC Feiffer Exhibit Draws Participation of Chast, Kuper, Model, Sorel, Spiegelman, Trudeau.” Comics Journal. June 2003, pp. 35-36. Teaching Tool 9982. “A Collection of Editorial Cartoons Enlivens High School History!” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1995, pp. 84-91. 9983. Heitzmann, William. “The Political Cartoon as a Teaching Device.” Teaching Political Science. Jan. 1979, pp. 166-184. 9984. Hunter, John M. “The Effects of Teaching Strategy and Cognitive Style on Student Interpretations of Editorial Cartoons.” Ed.D. dissertation, Virginia Polytechnic, 1991. 9985. Hunter, John M., David H. Moore, and Edward H. Sewell. “The Effects of Teaching Strategy and Cognitive Style on Student Interpretations of Editorial Cartoons.” Journal of Visual Literacy. 11:2, pp. 35-55. 9986. Kohut, Sylvester. “Political Cartoons for Teaching United States History.” Teaching Political Science. 3:3 (1976), p. 343. 9987. Mattos, Abel. “Utilizing the Political Cartoon in the Classroom.” History Teacher. 5:2 (1972), pp. 20-27. ANTHOLOGIES 9988. “Best Editorial Cartoons of the Year – 1975 Edition.” Cartoonews. July 1975, pp. 30-33. United States: Political Cartoons 513

9989. “Best Editorial Cartoons of the Year 1995 Edition.” Kayhan Caricature. Oct/Nov. 1995, pp. 45-46. 9990. Bredhoff, Stacey. Draw! Political Cartoons from Left to Right. Washington, D.C.: National Archives, 1991. 134 pp. 9991. Brooks, Charles. “Best Editorial Cartoons of 1972.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 2000, pp. 52-57. 9992. Brooks, Charles, ed. Best Editorial Cartoons of the Year. 1996 Edition. Gretna, LA: Pelican, 1996. 206 pp. 9993. Brooks, Charles, ed. Best Editorial Cartoons of the Year. 1999 Edition. Gretna, LA: Pelican Publishing, 1999. 9994. Brooks, Charles, ed. Best Editorial Cartoons of the Year. 2000 Edition. Gretna, LA: Pelican, 2000. 206 pp. 9995. Brooks, Charles, ed. Best Editorial Cartoons of the Year. 2003 Edition. Gretna, LA: Pelican, 2003. 204 pp. 9996. “Editorial Cartoons by Kids.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 4, 1995, pp. 20-21. 9997. Editorials Cartoons by Kids. Compiled by News Currents. Madison, WI:Zino, 1989. 9998. Fawcett, John. Selected Editorial Cartoons 1960-1975. Providence, RI: Providence Journal, 1978. 9999. Forman, Maury and Robert A. Calvert. Cartooning Texas: One Hundred Years of Cartoon Art in the Lone Star State. College Station, TX: Texas A and M University Press, 1994. 193 pp. 10000. Fultz, B., ed. The Naked Emperor: An Anthology of International Political Satire. NY: Pegasus, 1970. 10001. Papritz, Carew, ed. 100 Watts: The James Watt Memorial Collection. Seattle: 1983. 10002. The Uprising in Cartoons. Washington, DC: ADC Research Institute, 1988. CARTOONISTS AND THEIR WORKS 10003. “All Those Simple-Minded Editorial Cartoonists.” The Quill. Dec. 1978, p. 20. 10004. Alvine, Ken. “On the Road with Cartooning with Ken Alvine.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1997, pp. 21-25. 10005. “As Brodner Starts To Draw Clinton.” Kayhan Caricature. April/May 2000, 4 pp. 10006. Astor, David. “Cartoonist Draws a Bead on D.C. Scene.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 22, 1987, pp. 34, 36. (Alan Stamaty). 10007. Astor, David. “Editorial Cartoonist Having a Big Year.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 28, 1996, pp. 32-33. 10008. Astor, David. “He Masters the Art of Wearing Three Hats.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 21, 1991, pp. 48-49. 514 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10009. Astor, David. “Papers ‘Pick a Pair’ of Political Persons.” Editor and Publisher. 126:32, (1993), pp. 36-38. 10010. Astor, David. “She Wants Satire To Target the Powerful.” Editor and Publisher. 126:24 (1993), p. 80. 10011. Astor, David. “Tacoma Cartoonist Tackles the Issues.” Editor and Publisher. April 27, 1996, pp. 90-92. 10012. Astor, David. “Thaves Talks ‘Tech’ at Cartoon Meeting.” Editor and Publisher. June 4, 1994, pp. 54-55. 10013. Astor, David. “This Young Creator Is a Big Yuk Hater.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 18, 1993, p. 42. 10014. Astor, David. “Trio of Cartoonists Offer Fresh Content.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 12, 1995, pp. 34-35. 10015. “Baer’s Message to Cartoonists.” Cartoons Magazine. March 1918, p. 429. 10016. Bartholomew, Charles L. Bart’s Cartoons for 1901. Minneapolis, MN: Journal Publishing Co., 1902. Other editions (same publisher, one year hence publication dates) for 1902 through 1904. 10017. Beers, Carole. “Remembering Jacques Rupp.” Penstuff. Sept. 2000, p. 3. 10018. Beltran, Marie. “Larsen Talks About Politics and Cartooning.” Penstuff. July 1995, pp. 4-5. (Dick Larsen). 10019. “The Best of Cartoon Club Newsletter – Clyde Lewis.” Cartoonews. No. 7, 1975, 2 pp. 10020. “Bill Bates’ Carmel.” Cartoonews. No. 7, 1975, 1 p. Reprinted from San Francisco Examiner. 10021. Bok, Chip. “Chip Bok – Editorial Cartoonist for the Beacon Journal.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1994, pp. 30-37. 10022. Bonin, B. “Editorial Cartoonist Don Wright – An Eye on the Jugular.” Quill. May 1975, pp. 20-24. 10023. Breen, Steve. “Aaron Taylor Receives John Locher Award.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 33. 10024. Britt, Chris. Britt Happens: Editorial Cartoons by Chris Britt of The News Tribune. Foreword by Steve Benson. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt Publishing Co., 1996. 116 pp. 10025. Brookins, Gary and Steve Gorrell. Pen Pals. Richmond, VA: Richmond Times Dispatch, 1992. 10026. Brooks, Charles. The Best of Brooks. Birmingham, AL: Author, 1986. 10027. Buel, Alfred. The Sting of the Bee. Sacramento, CA: Sacramento Bee, 1982. 10028. Buhrman, Margaret. “John Duncan To Have His First One-Man Show.” TheNCS Cartoonist. Aug. 1967, pp. 32-33. 10029. Bushnell, E.A. Leading Men of Cleveland in Caricature. Cleveland, OH: Hubbell Printing Co, 1924. United States: Political Cartoons 515

10030. Cammuso, Frank. Below the Belt. Utica, NY: North Country Books, 1993. 10031. Cantone, V. “More Women Cartoonists Sought.” Editor and Publisher. June 7, 1975, pp. 34-35. 10032. Chapin, Will E. The Line of Fire or the Advance Guard of Civilization in America. Chicago, IL: Cram Atlas and Book Co., 1892. 10033. “City Cartoonist Honored.” New Bedford (Mass.) Standard-Times. Sept. 8, 1969. (John P. Lanigan). 10034. Colapinto, John. “The Art of War.” Rolling Stone. April 17, 2003, pp. 48-50. (Tom Tomorrow, Aaron McGruder, David Rees, Ted Rall, Lalo Alcaraz). 10035. Cole, John. Politics, Barbecue and Balderdash. Durham, NC: Author, 1995. 10036. Colldeweih, Jack and Kalman Goldstein, eds. Graphic Opinions: Editorial Cartoonists and Their Art. Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green State University Popular Press, 1998. 278 pp. 10037. “Color Political Cartoons Being Syndicated.” Editor and Publisher. Jan. 19, 1991, p. 40. (Mike Shelton). 10038. “Congressman Cartoonist Bob Eckhardt.” Cartoonews. July 1975, p. 41. 10039. Crowe, J.D. Daze of Glory. San Diego, CA: Dirty Bird Press, 1991. 10040. Cushing, Otto. The Teddyssey. New York. Life Publishing Co., 1907. 10041. Daniel, Charlie R. The Pun Is Mightier Than the Sword. Knoxville, TN: Knoxville Times, 1986. 10042. de Desrochers, Liz. “Steve Greenberg ‘Just Visiting.’” Penstuff. Aug. 2003, pp. 6-7. 10043. Dorf, Shel. “Marshall Ramsey, Copley News Service.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1996, pp. 22-29. 10044. “Editorial Cartoonist Jack McLeod Dies.” Comics Journal. June 2003, p. 37. 10045. “ENF Has Iowa Editorial Cartoonist.” Editor and Publisher. May 2, 1987, p. 167. 10046. Falkenberg, Mark. “Where’s the Rest of Him? An Analysis of the Political Cartoons of Jeff MacNelly and Pat Oliphant About President Reagan.” MA thesis, University of Montana, 1991. 10047. Fell, Paul. “Paul Fell...Alive and Well.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1999, pp. 62-66. 10048. Fischer, Roger A. “Nast, Keppler, and the Mass Market.” Inks. May 1997, pp. 26-31. 10049. “Fischetti Dies.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 29, 1980, p. 30. 10050. [Fitzpatrick and Orr]. Yue Bao. April 15, 1937, p. 719. 10051. “Foibles Satirized in Political Cartoons.” The NCS Cartoonist. Feb. 1967, 3 pp. (Douglas Borgstedt). 516 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10052. Frank, Phil. “I’m Ink, Therfore I Am!” Farley’s San Francisco Chronicles. San Francisco, CA: Pomegranate, 1997. 10053. Gamble, Ed. You Get Two for the Price of One. Gretna, LA: Pelican Publishing, 1995. 10054. Garner, Bill ...Seriously Now. Gretna, LA: Pelican Publishing, 1995. 10055. Godfrey, Linda R. “That’s All She Wrote.” Walworth (Wisconsin) Country Week. May 6, 1991, p. 13. (Linda Godfrey). 10056. “Greenberg’s Galore.” CAPS. Dec. 1995, pp. 28-30. (Steve Greenberg). 10057. Hanny, William. Hanny’s Cartoons. St. Joseph, MO: News Press, 1914. 10058. “Harold Maples.” Cartoonews. July 1975, pp. 12-14. 10059. Harrison, S.L. Florida’s Editorial Cartoonists. Sarasota, FL: Pineapple, 1996. 10060. Harvey, R.C. “A Baker’s Dozen or Two of the Top Cartoonists of the Century.” Comics Journal. Feb. 1999, pp. 115-122. (John T. McCutcheon, Robert Minor, Rollin Kirby, Jay N. Darling, Daniel Fitzpatrick, Bill Mauldin, Herblock, Oliphant, Paul Conrad, Jeff MacNelly). 10061. Harvey, R.C. “Henry Payne at Scripps Howard.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1997, pp. 46-55. 10062. Harville, Vic. Now That’s The Way To Run a War. Little Rock, AR: Arkansas Democrat, 1991. 10063. Heller, Joe. Give ‘em Heller. Green Bay, WI: Green Bay Press-Gazette, 1991. 10064. Henry, William A. III. “The Sit-Down Comics.” Washington Journalism Review. Oct. 1981, pp. 22-28. 10065. Hickman, Mickey. Homer: the Country Boy. Salem, OR: Capital City Graphics, 1986. 10066. Hill, Draper. “The United States’ First Black Editorial Cartoonist?” AAEC Notebook. Spring 1991, pp. 16-18. 10067. “Howard Brodie.” Cartoonews. No. 5, 1975, pp. 6-10. 10068. Hungerford, Cy. My Best Cartoons of 1952. Pittsburgh, PA: Pittsburgh Press, 1952. Pamphlet. 10069. Hurd, Jud. “Boston Herald – Jerry Holbert.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1995, pp. 56-63. 10070. Jenkins, Jerry M. ‘“The Danby Dailies’: An Interview with George Danby, Editorial, Op-Ed Cartoonist, and Illustrator for the Bangor Daily News.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 2000, pp. 76-82. 10071. Jenkins, Tom. “Editorial Cartoonist Freelances to Western Papers from Colorado.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 4, 1982, p. 30. (Rob Pudim). 10072. Jenne, Patricia H. “The Gentle Pen of Dunagin.” Cartoonews. No. 7, 1975, 4 pp. (Raymond R. Dunagan). 10073. Johnson, Malcolm. David Claypool Johnston. Worcester, MA: American Antiquarian Society, 1970. United States: Political Cartoons 517

10074. Jones, Clay. Knee Deep in Mississippi. Gretna, LA: Pelican, 1996. 160 pp. 10075. Jones, Marty. “One Man’s View: A Look at the World of Editorial Cartooning Through the Eyes of Detroit Free Press Cartoonist Bill Day.” The Aspiring Cartoonist. No. 4, 1995, pp. 16-19. 10076. Kahn, Brian A. “Drawing Conclusions.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 24. 10077. “Karl Hubenthal Looks Back at 1975.” Cartoonews. No. 9, 1975, pp. 7- 8. 10078. Kennedy, Jon. ‘“Pal Al’ Liederman Is Dead.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1993, pp. 10, 15. 10079. “Keppler’s Life in St. Louis.” New Yorker Staats Zeitung. Feb. 21, 1894. 10080. Knott, John. War Cartoons. Dallas, TX: Author, 1918. 10081. Lamb, Chris. “Different Route to National Exposure.” Editor and Publisher. April 25, 1992, pp. 28-29. 10082. Lamb, Chris. “Mike Shelton: He Draws from the Right.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 10, 1985, pp. 34-35. 10083. Lanier, Chris. “Eric Drooker Unmasked: An Interview.” Comics Journal. June 2003, pp. 82-111. 10084. Larson, Vaughn R. “Are Two ‘Eds’ Better Than One?” Notebook of the Association of American Editorial Cartoonists. Winter 1995, pp. 10-11. (Stuart Carlson, Gary Markstein). 10085. “L.D. Warren’s Cartoons Placed in Public Library.” The NCS Cartoonist. Aug. 1967, p. 31. 10086. Lewis, Ross A. The Cartoons of R.A. Lewis. Milwaukee, WI: Milwaukee Journal, 1968. 10087. “Lou Roger – Cartoonist.” Woman’s Journal. Aug. 2, 1913, p. 243. 10088. “McCay’s ‘Monkey Trial’ Cartoons.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 2, 1995, pp. 40-41. 10089. McKee, Homer. Cartoons. Dayton, OH: Dayton Journal, 1908. 10090. Majewski, K.J. Cartoons by K.J. Majewski. Chicago: Polish Daily Zgoda, 1946. 10091. Maxwell, George T (Gee Tee). Cartoons. Birmingham, AL: Dewberry Printing and Engraving Co. [Author], 1929. 10092. Mello, W. B. “Quick Communicators: Editorial Cartoonists in Communication Overdrive.” In Communication Yearbook, 21, edited by Michael E. Roloff. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 1998. 544 pp. 10093. Menees, Tim. Timenees Pittsburgh and Other Places. Pittsburgh, PA: Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, 1982. 10094. Midthun, Christie. “Cartoonist Switches from Campus Review to Daily Iowan.” Iowa Journalist. Spring 1995, p. 11. 10095. Minor, Robert. War Pictures. NY: New York Call, 1915. 518 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10096. “NEA’s Chief Editorial Cartoonist John Lane.” Cartoonews. No. 9, 1975, not paginated. 10097. “Newspapers Serve As Pulpit for This Editorial Cartoonist.” Christianity Today. Feb. 17, 1984, pp. 42-43. 10098. Ono, Kōsei. “Pyūrittsā Shō Manga Bumon ni Tsuite” (About the Pulitzer Prize Winner Cartoonists). Fūshiga Kenkyū. April 20, 1993, pp. 6-7. 10099. Opper, Frederick B. A Museum of Wonders. NY: Routledge, 1884. 10100. “Our Man of the World.” Inklings. Fall 1998, pp. 4-5. (Jerry Robinson). 10101. “Over and Up: Gary Varvel Takes Cartoonist Post at Indianapolis Star.” Notebook of the Association of American Editorial Cartoonists. Winter 1995, p. 3. 10102. Parrish, Joseph. War Cartoons. Chicago, IL: Chicago Tribune Co., 1942. 10103. “Paul Szep.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2003, pp. 32-41. 10104. Payne, Henry. Payne & Ink: The Cartoons and Commentary of Henry Payne: 2000-2001. Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 2002. 256 pp. 10105. Pert, Joel. “What’s So Funny?” Media Studies Journal. Spring 1994, pp. 89-96. 10106. “Poison Pen: Idaho Cartoonist Poked Fun at Politics.” Idaho Statesman. Oct. 28, 2003. 10107. Rall, Ted, ed. Attitude: The New Subversive Political Cartoonists. NY: NBM, 2002. 128 pp. 10108. Ravo, Nick. “Hugh Haynie, Cartoonist, 72, and Nixon Foe in Newspapers.” New York Times. Dec. 2, 1999, p. B15. 10109. Reid, Albert T. Selections of the Current Cartoons Drawn by Albert T. Reid. NY: Author, 1919. 10110. Rigby, Paul. Rigby’s New York and Beyond. Carlstadt, NJ: Andor Publishing Co., 1984. 10111. “Rising Client Roster for Political Artist.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 12, 1987, p. 52. (Paul Kolsti). 10112. Rollin, Lucy. “Kate Salley Palmer: A Profile.” Inks. Feb. 1997, pp. 29- 34. 10113. Rose, John R. Cartoons That Fit the Bill. Gretna, LA: Pelican, 1996. 10114. Satterfield, Robert W., et al. Cleveland Men As We See Em. Cleveland, OH: Authors, 1912. 10115. “Seattle Times Hires Devericks.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, p. 9. 10116. Shore, Elliott. Talkin’ Socialism: J.A. Wayland and the Role of the Press in American Radicalism, 1890-1912. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas, 1988. 280 pp. (Cartoonist Ryan Walker, pp. 146-147, 149, 162, 169, 195-196, 201, 219, 224. Sketches by, 120, 166, 188). 10117. Slogatt, Art. The Best of Art Slogan. NY: New York Mirror, n.d. United States: Political Cartoons 519

10118. Sotoudeh, Paul. “Message Cartooning – Dennis Tucker.” UCLA. Jan. 1994, p. 7. 10119. “Stampone, John, 1918-1995.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 3, 1996, p. 26. 10120. Stump, Greg. “Sharpnack: Drawing Attention to Himself.” Iowa Journalist. Spring 1995, p. 9. (Joe Sharpnack). 10121. Summers, Dana and Ralph Dunagin. Joined at the Funny Bone. Orlando, FL: Sentinel Communications Co., 1990. 10122. Summers, William J. The Daily News Reel for 1930. Cleveland, OH: Author, 1930. 10123. Sweeney, Jim. “World War II Show Includes Mauldin, Caniff, Combat Artists.” Comics Journal. Aug. 1994, pp. 33-35. 10124. Szabo, Joe. “Paul Kolsti.” wittyworld.com. Accessed Nov. 17, 2003. 8 pp. 10125. Tamblyn, Bud. Cartoons and Caricatures 1937-1985. Allentown, PA: The Morning Call, 1985. 10126. Tayek, Robert. “Chuck Ayers, Cartoonist.” The Quill. May 1978, p. 17. 10127. Thompson, Steve. “The Editorial Cartoons of Walt Kelly.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 8, 2000, pp. 74-87. 10128. Trowbridge, Susan. “Drawn to Power and Politics.” The Sun Magazine (Baltimore). Dec. 4, 1988, pp. 12-21. (Boardman Robinson). 10129. “T.S. Sullivant (1854-1926).” Images. Summer 2001, pp. 20-21. 10130. Vahl, Rod. “He Draws Cartoons to Promote Social Justice.” Quill and Scroll. Feb.-March. 1992, pp. 4-6. 10131. Wallace, Andy. “Bulletin Cartoonist Alexander Dead at 95.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1993, p. 11. 10132. “Warren King (1916-1978).” American Cartoonist. April 1978, p. 17. 10133. Wells, Clyde. The Clyde Wells Cartoon Book. Augusta, GA: Augusta Chronicle, 1988. 10134. Williams, Ed. “Working with Editorial Cartoonists.” The Masthead. Spring 2000, pp. 32-33. 10135. Williamson, Lenora. “Editorial Cartoonist’s ‘People’ Are Talkers.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 17, 1981, p. 34. 10136. Williamson, Lenora. “Mississippi Cartoonist Joins NEA.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 19, 1981, p. 38. (James Larrick). 10137. Williamson, Lenora. “Plain Dealer Cartoonist Joins Syndicate.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 4, 1980, p. 28. (Ray Osrin). 10138. Wright, Fred. So Long, Partner! Pittsburgh, PA: United Electrical, Radio and Machine Workers of America, 1981. 10139. Wuerker, Matt. Standing Tall in Deep Doo-Doo. NY: Thunder’s Mouth Press, 1992. Ariail, Robert 10140. Ariail, Robert. Ariail Attack. Columbia, SC: The State, 1992. 520 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10141. Ariail, Robert. Ariail View. Columbia, SC: The State, 1990. Asay, Chuck 10142. Asay, Chuck. Asay Doodles Goes to Town. Gretna, LA: Pelican Publishing, 1995. 10143. Lamb, Chris. “Political Cartoonist with Rightist Views.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 26, 1994, pp. 40-41. Auth, Tony 10144. “Auth Takes Thomas Nast.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, p. 5. 10145. Bennett, Amanda and Chris Satullo. “A Cartoon, an Uproar, Then a Useful Dialogue.” wittyworld.com. Accessed Nov. 17, 2003. 3 pp. 10146. “Confronting People with What They Don’t Want To See: A Tony Auth Album.” Civil Liberties Review. July-Aug. 1977, pp. 60-67. 10147. “Editorial Cartoonist Now with Universal.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 12, 1985, p. 40. 10148. Elliott, Stuart. “To Remain Sane, Remain Absurd.” The Quill. June 1976, p. 33. Beard, Frank 10149. Beard, Frank. Blasts from the Ram’s Horn. Chicago, IL: Ram’s Horn Publishing Co., 1902. 10150. Beard, Frank. One Hundred Sermon Pictures. Chicago, IL: Ram’s Horn Publishing Co., 1902. Bennett, Clay 10151. Campbell, Kim. “Feats of Clay, Part II: Bennett Bags Pulitzer, SDX, on Same Day.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, pp. 4-5. (Reprinted from Christian Science Monitor. April 10, 2002.) 10152. Nordin, Kenneth D. “The Editorial Comic Art of Clay Bennett.” International Journal of Comic Art. Spring 2003, pp. 244-255. Benson, Steve 10153. Astor, David. “Benson Feels the Heat.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, pp. 4-5. Reprinted from Editor and Publisher. July 5, 1997. 10154. Benson, Steve. Back at the Barb-B-Que. Phoenix, AZ: Author, 1991. 10155. Benson, Steve. Where Do You Draw the Line. Phoenix, AZ: Author, 1992. 10156. Byram, Dan. “Benson and Badges.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 27. Reprinted from The Arizona Republic. May 11, 1997. United States: Political Cartoons 521

10157. Williamson, Lenora. “Writers Group Signs Young Cartoonist.” Editor and Publisher. Jan. 31, 1981, p. 34. Berryman, Clifford K. 10158. Berryman, Clifford K. The Book of Plays. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1915. 10159. Berryman, Clifford K. The Campaign of ’48 in Star Cartoons. Washington, D.C.: Evening Star Newspaper Co., 1948. 10160. Berryman, Clifford K. Gridiron Club Campaign Songbook. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1908. 10161. Berryman, Clifford K. The Gridiron Club Theater. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1909. 10162. Berryman, Clifford K. Gridiron Club Theater. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1909. 10163. Berryman, Clifford K. Gridiron Fables and Wonder Tales. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1921. 10164. Berryman, Clifford K. Gridiron Play House. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1910. 10165. Berryman, Clifford K. The Gridiron Sporting Guide 1926. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1926. 10166. Berryman, Clifford K. H2O Illustrated Gridiron Almanac. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1909. 10167. Berryman, Clifford K. The I-Did-It-Club. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1916. 10168. Berryman, Clifford K. Miss Democracy’s Mascots. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1913. 10169. Berryman, Clifford K. Mother Goose in Gridiron Rhyme. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1911. 10170. Berryman, Clifford K. One Evening on Newspaper Row. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1930. 10171. Berryman, Clifford K. Valentine Book. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1914. 10172. Berryman, Clifford K. Who’s Who in Gridiron Prose and Rhyme. Washington, D.C.: Gridiron Club, 1907. 10173. “Berryman, Dean of Cartoonists, 80 Today.” The Evening Star (Washington, D.C.). April 2, 1949. 10174. “Berryman Drawings in National Library.” Evening Star (Washington, D.C.). March 31, 1946. 10175. “Berryman’s Teddy Bear Found Beside His Signature on Will.” Evening Star (Washington, D.C.). Dec. 18, 1949. 10176. Clifford K. Berryman: The Gentleman Cartoonist. Exhibition, Tudor Place Historic House and Garden, Washington, D.C., Nov. 9, 2000- April 30, 2001. Washington, D.C.: Tudor Place, 2000. 522 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10177. Hockenberry, Dee. “Lines & T.R. & Bears.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, pp. 26-27. 10178. Kail, Wendy. “Clifford K. Berryman: Drawing the Line.” International Journal of Comic Art. Fall 2002, pp. 292-314. Berryman, James 10179. Berryman, James. The Campaign of ’48 in Star Cartoons. Washington, D.C.: Evening Star Newspaper Co., 1948. 10180. Berryman, James. The Campaign of ’52 in Star Cartoons. Washington, D.C.: Evening Star Newspaper Co., 1952. 10181. Berryman, James. The Campaign of ’56 in Star Cartoons. Washington, D.C.: Evening Star Newspaper Co., 1956. Block, Herbert 10182. Astor, David. “Herblock Speaks at Cartoon Convention.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 5, 1995, p. 26. 10183. Block, Herbert. Herblock: A Cartoonist’s Life. NY: Macmillan, 1993. 10184. Evry, Ron. “Legendary Political Cartoonist Herblock Dies at 91.” Comics Journal. Nov. 2001, pp. 9-10. 10185. Graham, Katharine. “Herblock’s Half-Century: A Tiger by the Tail.” Washington Post. Dec. 31, 1995, pp. C-1, C-3. 10186. Herblock. “1946-1955: The Era of Fear and Smear.” Washington Post. Dec. 31, 1995, p. C-1. 10187. Herblock. “1956-1965: Jim Crow Meets the Great Society.” Washington Post. Dec. 31, 1995, p. C-2. 10188. Herblock. “1966-1975: The Agonizing Age of Nixon.” Washington Post. Dec. 31, 1995, p. C-3. 10189. Herblock. “1976-1985: Onstage with Two Bit Players and a Superstar.” Washington Post. Dec. 31, 1995, p. C-4. 10190. Herblock. “1986-1995: From Reaganomics to ‘Revolution.’” Washington Post. Dec. 31, 1995, p. C-5. 10191. “Herblock, 1909-2001.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 2, 2001, p. 6. 10192. “Herblock Receives Medal of Freedom.” Comics Journal. Sept. 1994, p. 40. 10193. McGrory, Mary. “A Crayon That’s Mightier Than the Word.” Washington Post. Dec. 31, 1995, p. C-2. 10194. MacNelly, Jeff. “Herblock’s Half-Century: Tilting at Windbags.” Washington Post. Dec. 31, 1995, pp. C-1, C-4. 10195. Shatzkin, Kate. “The $50 Million Question.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, p. 13. 10196. “Still Slugging Along.” Inklings. Fall 1997, p. 7. United States: Political Cartoons 523

10197. Urschel, Donna. “Pursuing the High and the Mighty. Foundation Gives ‘Herblock’ Archives to Library.” Information Bulletin. April 2003, pp. 78-81. 10198. von Drehle, David. “Cartoonist Towered, but Humbly.” The Funnies Paper. Nov.-Dec. 2001, p. 34. 10199. Weeks, Linton. “Herblock Papers Given to LOC.” Washington Post. March 11, 2003, p. C01. 10200. “WWII Nostalgia Department.” Cartoonews. No. 5, 1975, pp. 32-35. 10201. Yared, Roberta. “Needling High and Mighty.” AARP Bulletin. Jan. 1994, p. 20. Boileau, Linda 10202. Boileau, Linda. Loaded Pen. Gretna, LA: Pelican, 1995. 10203. Boileau, Linda. Stink Ink. Frankfort, KY: Self-published, 1990. Borgman, Jim 10204. Astor, David. “Political Cartoonist Wins Reuben Prize.” Editor and Publisher. May 21, 1994. 10205. Borgman, Jim. Jim Borgman’s Cincinnati. Cincinnati, OH: Colloquial Books, 1992. 10206. “Snapshot: James Mark Borgman.” WittyWorld International Cartoon Bulletin. 4/1996, p. 2. Bradley, Luther D. 10207. Bradley, Luther D. Our Indians: A Midnight Visit to the Great Somewhere-or-Other. NY: E.P. Dutton, 1899. 10208. Bradley, Luther D. Wonderful Willie! What He and Tommy Did to Spain. NY: E.P. Dutton, 1899. 10209. “Luther D. Bradley.” Cartoons Magazine. March 1917, pp. 420-421. Bragg, Charles 10210. Bisbort, Alan. Charles Bragg: The Works! A Retrospective. San Francisco, CA: Pomegranate Books, 1999. 223 pp. 10211. Bragg, Charles. Asylum Earth. Boston: Journey Editions, 1994. 10212. Bragg, Charles. Bragg on the Law. NY: Warner Bros., 1984. 10213. Bragg, Charles. Bragg on Medicine. NY: Warner Books, 1984. 10214. Bragg, Charles L. Wild Lives: The Animal Kingdom of Charles Lynn Bragg. Atlanta, GA: Turner Publishing, 1995. 10215. Taylor, Geoffrey. The Absurd World of Charles Bragg. NY: Arcade, 1991. 524 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Brinkley, Nell 10216. “Nell Brinkley Pictures Herself.” New York Evening Journal. Feb. (?), 1908. 10217. “Nell Brinkley, Raphael, Gibson, Michael Angelo, Tad, Boucher, Powers, Phidias and Swinnerton, All Help Us To Get Away from That Which Is Natural.” Los Angeles Examiner. July 20, 1908. 10218. Noland, James R. [Brinkley]. Denver Post. July 12, 1908. Conrad, Paul 10219. Astor, David. “Paul Conrad Wants Angrier Cartoonists.” Editor and Publisher. June 18, 1994, p. 42. 10220. Conrad, Paul. ConArtist. Los Angeles, CA: Los Angeles Times, 1993. 10221. Mullener, Elizabeth. “Drawing on Passion for Politics.” Times-Picayune (New Orleans). June 10, 1994, pp. A-1, A-2. 10222. Truman-Cook, Deanna. “Authors Urge Using Images with Words.” Iowa City Press-Citizen. Sept. 20, 2003. (Paul Conrad, Max Allan Collins). 10223. Vorm, Anna. “Documenting America.” Iowa Journalist. Fall 1999, pp. 2-3. Crockett, Gibson 10224. “Editorial Cartoonist Gibson Crockett; Drew for Washington Evening Star.” Washington Post. Feb. 20, 2000, p. C-6. 10225. Harrison, S.L. “Gib Crockett: A Washington Star Still Undimmed.” Inks. May 1995, pp. 35-37. Curtis, Tom 10226. Curtis, Tom. The Turn of the Decade: A Cartoon History. Milwaukee, WI: Author, 1970. 10227. Kelly, Dan. “Portrait of a Conservative Cartoonist.” Bugle American. June 25, 1975. Danziger, Jeff 10228. Danziger, Jeff. Kinder, Gentler Cartoons. Boston, MA: Christian Science Monitor, 1992. 10229. Danziger, Jeff. Used Cartoons: Political Cartoons from The Christian Science Monitor. Boston, MA: Christian Science Publishing, 1988. 10230. Danziger, Jeff. What, Me Imcunbent? Boston: Christian Science Monitor, 1993. 10231. “Jeff Danziger’s Editorial Cartoons Enter Syndication.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 30, 1985, p. 34. United States: Political Cartoons 525

Darling, Jay N. 10232. Darling, Jay N. As Ding Saw Herbert Hoover. Ames: Iowa State University Press, 1996. 144 pp. 10233. Darling, Jay N. Cartoons from the Files of the Register and Leader, Book III. Des Moines, IA: Register and Leader, 1911. 10234. Darling, Jay N. Ding’s Conservation and Wildlife Cartoons. Miami, FL: Ding Darling Foundation, 1991. 10235. Darling, Jay N. Midwest Farming. Des Moines, IA: Hi-Bred Corn Co., 1960. 10236. Darling, Jay N. A Travelogue: The Rotterdam Cruise. Des Moines, IA: Author, 1931. 10237. Lendt, David. “J.N. ‘Ding’ Darling: The Formative Years.” Annals of Iowa. 45 (1979), pp. 123-134. 10238. West, Richard S. “Crusading for World Peace: Ding Darling, Woodrow Wilson, and the League of Nations.” Inks. May 1994, pp. 16-30. 10239. Worthen, Amy N., ed. The Prints of J.N. Darling. Ames, IA: Brunnier Gallery and Museum, Iowa State University and Iowa State University Press, 1984. 126 pp. Deering, John 10240. Deering, John. Deering’s State of Mind. Little Rock, AK: Arkansas Democrat, 1992. 10241. Deering, John. “Strange Brew by John Deering.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1998, pp. 22-31. Donahey, James H. 10242. Donahey, James H. Romance of the Great Lakes. Cleveland, OH: Author, 1936. 10243. Donahey, James H. Yucatan: America’s Egypt. Cleveland, OH: Plain Dealer Publishing Co., 1930. 10244. Lee, Judith Yaross. “Donehey’s Plain Dealing: Cleveland Editorial Cartoons 1901-1930.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 2001. Dorgan, Tad 10245. “A Dictionary of Dorganisms.” Inklings. Spring 1997, p. 12. 10246. Tad. A Collection of Cartoons by Thomas Aloysius Dorgan 1877-1929. Rye Town, NY: Museum of Cartoon Art, n.d. 16 pp. 526 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Duffy, Brian 10247. Duffy, Brian. A Decade of Duffy’s: Editorial Cartoons by Brian Duffy. Ames, Iowa: Iowa State University Press, 1994. 152 pp. 10248. Duffy, Brian. More of Duffy. Editorial Cartoons by Brian Duffy. Ames: Iowa State University Press, 1995. 152 pp. Duffy, Edmund 10249. Harrison, S.L. “The Editorial Art of Edmund Duffy.” Inks. Nov. 1994, pp. 18-29. 10250. Harrison, S.L. “The Scopes ‘Monkey Trial’ Revisited: Mencken and the Editorial Art of Edmund Duffy.” Journal of American Culture. Winter 1994, pp. 55-63. 10251. Harrison, S.L. “The Scopes ‘Monkey Trial’ Revisited – Mencken and the Editorial Art of Edmund Duffy.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Kansas City, MO, Aug. 1993. 10252. Johnson, Gerald W. “Duffy, Stuffed Shirts’ Foe.” New York Star. June 24, 1948, p. 28. 10253. Johnson, Nunnally. “Duffy: A Man with a Sharp but Fair Pen.” New York Star. June 23, 1948, p. 26. 10254. Levine, Richard H. “Edmund Duffy, Political Cartoonist.” Johns Hopkins Magazine. July 1979, pp. 15-19. 10255. “The Press: Idea Man.” Time. May 24, 1948, p. 66. Dunagin, Ralph 10256. Dunagin, Ralph. Dunagin’s People. NY: Tempo Books, 1974. 10257. Dunagin, Ralph and Dana Summers. Joined at the Funny Bone. Orlando, FL: Sentinel Communications, Co., 1990. Fearing, Jerry 10258. Fearing, Jerry. Minnesota Flavored Editorial Cartoons. NP: Author, 1988. 10259. Fearing, Jerry. That Wild Campaign of ’68. St. Paul, MN: N.W. Publications, Inc., 1968. Feiffer, Jules 10260. Bertieri, Claudio. “Jules Feiffer a Hollywood.” Comics. May 1972, p. 52. 10261. Boxer, Sarah. “Jules Feiffer, at 71, Slows Down to a Gallop.” New York Times. June 17, 2000. 10262. “Civilization: Jules Feiffer’s Comic Rave.” Inklings. Fall 1998, p. 9. United States: Political Cartoons 527

10263. Cook, Greg. “Jules Feiffer Talks About Popeye, Superman, and How Children Have Advanced His Career.” Comics Journal. May 2000, p. 13. 10264. David, Peter. “But I Digress.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. June 27, 1997, pp. 82, 80. 10265. Dean, Michael. “Feiffer Ends: Dancer Laid Off.” Comics Journal. June 2000, pp. 14-15. 10266. Feiffer, Jules. Feiffer’s Album. NY: Random House, 1958.132 pp. 10267. Feiffer, Jules. Feiffer. The Collected Works, Vol. 1: Clifford. Seattle, WA: Fantagraphics, 1989. 88 pp. 10268. Feiffer, Jules. Feiffer. The Collected Works, Vol. 2: Munro. Seattle, WA: Fantagraphics, 1989. 90 pp. 10269. Feiffer, Jules. Feiffer. The Collected Works, Vol. 3: Sick, Sick, Sick. Seattle, WA: Fantagraphics, 1992. 88 pp. 10270. “Feiffer.” Enciclopedia dei Fumetti. May 21, 1970, p. 185. 10271. Gasper, Mark and Steve Ringgenberg. “An Interview with Jules Feiffer.” The Comic Times: Media Showcase. May 1981, pp. 33-41, 68- 81. 10272. Gussow, Mel. “A Cartoonist’s Chance To Soar.” New York Times. March 4, 2003. 10273. Hurd, Jud. “Jules Feiffer.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1999, pp. 34-43. 10274. O’Brien, Ellen. “Drawing the Line: Village Voice Loses Feiffer – and ‘Its Soul.’” Philadelphia Inquirer. June 1, 1997, p. E-3. 10275. Rogers, V. Cullum. “The Village Void: Feiffer Cast Off by the Voice after 41 Years.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 8. 10276. Stump, Greg. “Feiffer Quits Voice After Offer of No Pay.” Comics Journal. June 1997, pp. 14-15. 10277. Stump, Greg. “Feiffer Takes a Host of Posts While The Voice Searches High and Low for His Replacement.” Comics Journal. July 1997, pp. 11-13. 10278. Sweeney, Jim. “Jules Feiffer Show Accompanies Donation of Works to Library of Congress.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1996, pp. 22-23. 10279. Tucker, Dennis. “Feiffer’s Jewels.” Upstate New York Chapter News. Nov. 1996, p. 4. 10280. Whitfield, Stephen J. “Jules Feiffer and the Comedy of Disenchantment.” In From Hester Street to Hollywood, edited by Sarah B. Cohen, pp. 167-182. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1986. 10281. Zion, Sidney. “Feiffer’s Departure Seems ‘Like a Death in the Family.’” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 9. Reprinted from New York Daily News. June 2, 1997. 528 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Fisher, George 10282. Fisher, George. The Best of Fisher: 28 Years of Editorial Cartoons from Faubus to Clinton. Fayetteville, AK: University of Arkansas Press, 1993. 259 pp. 10283. Fisher, George. U.S. Corps of Engineers Coloring Book. Little Rock, AK: Author, 1972. Pamphlet. Franklin, Benjamin 10284. Akgül, Tayfun. “‘Karikatürleri Pek ’ Bir Karikatürcü: B. Franklin.” Karikatürk. July 1998, p. 5. 10285. Sloan, Wm. David, Shirley Carter, William Gonzenbach, and James G. Stovall, eds. Mass Communication in the Information Age. Northport, AL: Vision Press, 1996. (“Benjamin Franklin and the Divided Snake,” p. 23). Geisel, Theodor 10286. Harvey, R.C. “Rants & Raves.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Nov. 17, 2000, pp. 26-27. 10287. Minear, Richard H. “Dr. Seuss Goes to War.” Education About Asia. Winter 2000, pp. 72-73. 10288. Minear, Richard H. Dr. Seuss Goes to War: The World War II Editorial Cartoons of Theodor Seuss Geisel. NY: New Press, 1999. 272 pp. Gellert, Hugo 10289. Gellert, Hugo. Aesop Said So. NY: Covici, Friede, 1937. 10290. Gellert, Hugo. Capital by Karl Marx. NY: Long and Smith, 1933. 10291. Gellert, Hugo. Comrade Gulliver. NY: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1935. Gorrell, Bob 10292. Gorrell, Bob. Affairs of State. Gretna, LA: Pelican Publishing, 1995. 10293. Harvey, R.C. “Bob Gorrell, an Advocate for Opinion.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1998, pp. 24-31. Gropper, William 10294. Gropper, William. Alay-Oop. NY: Coward-McCann, 1930. 10295. Gropper, William. Di Goldene Medina. NY: Freiheit, 1927. 10296. Gropper, William. The Little Tailor. NY: Dodd, Mead, 1955. 10297. [William Gropper]. Shidai Manhua. Oct. 20, 1935, n.d. United States: Political Cartoons 529

Handelsman, Walt 10298. Astor, Dave. “A Day in the Life of an Editorial Cartoonist: ‘E&P’ Shadows ‘Newsday’s Walt Handelsman.’” Editor and Publisher. Online. Oct. 17, 2003. 10299. Handelsman, Walt. Political Gumbo: A Collection of Editorial Cartoons. Gretna, LA: Pelican Publishing Co., 1994. 160 pp. 10300. “Handelsman Wins Pulitzer.” Cartoon World. April 1997, p. 1. 10301. “Handelsman Wins Pulitzer Prize.” Comics Journal. June 1997, p. 25. Handy, Ray D. 10302. Handy, Ray D. The News Tribune Cartoon Book for 1905. Duluth, MN: News Tribune Publishing Co., 1905. 10303. Handy, Ray D. The News Tribune Cartoon Book for 1906. Duluth, MN: News Tribune Publishing Co., 1906. 10304. Handy, Ray D. The News Tribune Cartoon Book for 1907. Duluth, MN: News Tribune Publishing Co., 1907. 10305. Handy, Ray D. The News Tribune Cartoon Book for 1908. Duluth, MN: News Tribune Publishing Co., 1908. 10306. Handy, Ray D. The News Tribune Cartoon Book for 1909. Duluth, MN: News Tribune Publishing Co., 1909. 10307. Handy, Ray D. The News Tribune Cartoon Book for 1910. Duluth, MN: News Tribune Publishing Co., 1910. 10308. Handy, Ray D. The News Tribune Cartoon Book for 1911. Duluth, MN: News Tribune Publishing Co., 1911. Harrington, Ollie 10309. “Bids Negro Fight for Place in Art.” New York Times. Nov. 25, 1946, p. 32. 10310. Dillard, Pam. “African American Expatriates Honored at Paris Conference.” The Southern Register. Spring 1992, pp. 8-11. 10311. Harrington, Oliver. “View for the Back Stairs.” Inks. Feb. 1994, pp. 26- 32. 10312. Hill, Draper. “History Corner: On the Other Hand, You Could Say That ‘Satchel’ Paige Was the Ollie Harrington of Major League Baseball.” AAEC Notebook. Spring 1994, p. 29. 10313. Hughes, Langston. “Introduction.” Bootsie and Others: A Selection of Cartoons by Ollie Harrington. NY: Dodd, Mead, 1958. 10314. Inge, M. Thomas. “Ollie Harrington’s Dark Laughter.” Comics Journal. April 1995, pp. 111-114. 10315. Inge, M. Thomas. “Ollie Harrington’s Dark Laughter.” WittyWorld. Winter/Spring 1994, pp. 18-19. 530 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10316.. Magid, Marion. “The Death of Hip.” Esquire. June 1965, pp. 89-103, 138. 10317.. Murphy, George B., Jr. “In the Freedom Family.” Freedom. June 1951, p. 5. 10318.. Pauer, Frank. “An Afternoon in Berlin.” Inks. May 1996, pp. 30-31. 10319.. Ransom, Llewellyn. “PV’s Art Editor Ollie Harrington, Creator of ‘Bootsie’ and ‘Pee Wee,’ Enjoyed Life, Despite Setbacks.” The People’s Voice. Aug. 8, 1942, p. 4. 10320.. Reiff, Laura. “Oliver Harrington Dies in Berlin Home.” Comics Journal. Nov. 1995, pp. 20-21. 10321.. Rogers, V. Cullum. “Ollie Harrington, 1912-1995.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 3, 1996, p. 27. 10322.. Sloan, Lester. “Ollie Harrington: A View from Eschenbach Strasse.” Nieman Reports. Spring 1996, p. 46. 10323.. Smythe, Hugh H. “Bootsie and Others.” Journal of Human Relations. Summer 1959, pp. 592-594. Horsey, David 10324. “David Horsey: 1999 Winner of the Pulitzer Prize for Editorial Cartooning.” Penstuff. May 1999, pp. 1-3. 10325. “Editorial Cartoonist Creates Comic.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 15, 1986, p. 35. 10326. Horsey, David. The Fall of Man. Seattle, WA: Post-Intelligencer, 1994. 10327. Raban, Jonathan. “Pacific Overtures.” The Guardian. March 22, 2003. Huck, Gary and Mike Konopacki 10328. Huck, Gary and Mike Konopacki. Working Class Hero. Huck/Konopacki Labor Cartoons IV. Pittsburgh, PA: United Electrical, Radio and Machine Workers of America, 1998. 112 pp. 10329. Lamb, Chris. “Their Work Is About Work-Related Issues.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 27, 1986, pp. 26-27. Ivey, Jim 10330. Ivey, Jim. Jim Ivey’s Cartoon Story of 1954. St. Petersburg, FL: St Petersburg Times, 1954. 10331. Ivey, Jim. Jim Ivey’s Cartoon Story of 1955. St. Petersburg, FL: St Petersburg Times, 1955. 10332. Ivey, Jim. Jim Ivey’s Cartoon Story of 1956. St. Petersburg, FL: St Petersburg Times, 1956. 10333. Ivey, Jim. Jim Ivey’s Cartoon Story of 1957. St. Petersburg, FL: St Petersburg Times, 1957. United States: Political Cartoons 531

10334. Ivey, Jim. Jim Ivey’s Cartoon Story of 1958. St. Petersburg, FL: St Petersburg Times, 1958. 10335. Ivey, Jim. Twenty Years of Cartoons by Jim Ivey. Orlando, FL: Author, 1972. Kallaugher, Kevin (KAL) 10336. “CWS Now Offering the Work of KAL.” Editor and Publisher. April 22,1989, p. 122. 10337. Durgerian, Peter. “KAL: Baltimore Sun.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1994, pp. 10-19. 10338. Kowsar, Nikahang. “KAL.” Iran Cartoon. Sept. 2001, pp. 20-23. 10339. “Low KAL.” Inklings. Fall 1995, p. 5. 10340. Wepman, Dennis. “KAL, Cartoonist for the World.” WittyWorld. Summer/Autumn 1995, pp. 8-12. Keefe, Michael 10341. Jenkins, Tom. “Mike Keefe Keeps an Eye on the Issues.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 26, 1987, pp. 30-32. 10342. Keefe, Michael. Running Awry. NY: McGraw-Hill, 1979. 10343. Keefe, Michael. The Ten Speed Commandments. NY: Dolphin Doubleday, 1987. Kelley, Steve 10344. Harvey, R.C. “Cartooning and Comedy with Steve Kelley.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1995, pp. 40-49. 10345. Kelley, Steve. Steve Kelley’s Greatest Hits. San Diego, CA: Union Tribune, 1996. Kuper, Peter 10346. “A Chat with Kuper.” Kayhan Caricature. Jan. 2003. 10347. Kuper, Peter. Topsy Turvy: A Collection of Political Comic Strips. NY: Eye Press, 2000. 80 pp. Locher, Dick 10348. Johnson, Carrie. “Dueling with Liberals: The Chicago Tribune Editorial Cartoons of Dick Locher.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Chicago, IL, April 7, 1994. 10349. Kane, Mary. “Dick Locher: Portrait of an Artist.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Chicago, IL, April 7, 1994. 10350. Locher, Dick. The Daze of Whine and Neurosis. Gretna, LA: Pelican, 1995. 532 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10351. Locher, Dick. Which One Is the None of the Above Button? Orlando, FL: Tribune Publishing Co., 1992. 10352. Nordin, Kenneth D. “Caricature in the Comic Art of Dick Locher.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Chicago, IL, April 7, 1994. 10353. Nordin, Kenneth D. “Cartoonist Dick Locher in Retrospect: His Life and Work.” International Journal of Comic Art. Fall 2003, pp. 154-167. Lord, M.G. 10354. Cornelis, Ralph. “Comic Relief: Three Political Cartoonists.” Ms. Jan. 1983. 10355. Freedman, Helen R. “The Outraged Pen of M.G. Lord.” Savvy. June 1982. 10356. Lamb, Chris. “An Editorial Cartoonist and a Columnist.” Editor and Publisher. April 6, 1991, pp. 44-46. 10357. “Lord Back at Newsday and LATS.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 28, 1987, p. 42. Luckovich, Michael E. 10358. Astor, David. “Gingrich Bans the Constitution After Seeing Luckovich Cartoon.” Editor and Publisher. Nov. 19, 1994, p. 41. 10359. Astor, David. “A Quick Ascent for Pulitzer Prize Finalist.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 4, 1986, pp. 82-83. 10360. Bennet, Tom. “Luckovich Wit Always Sharp, Say Admirers.” Atlanta Journal/Constitution. April 19, 1995. 10361. Bookman, Jay. “Friendliness, Rambunctious Style of Work Suit Him Fine.” Atlanta Journal/Constitution. April 19, 1995. 10362. Harvey, R.C. “Mike Luckovich Aloft.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1997, pp. 12-21. 10363. “Luckovich Wins Pulitzer.” Cartoon World. June 1995, p. 7. 10364. Walburn, Steve. “Drawing Blood.” Atlanta Magazine. Oct. 1992. Lurie, Ranan 10365. “Cartoonist Ranan Lurie Joins London Times.” Editor and Publisher. June 13, 1981, p. 54. 10366. “Dear Reader: A Very Important Announcement.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 2001, pp. 34-37. (Ranan Lurie’s Cartoon News). 10367. “‘Lurie’s Week’ To Be Introduced.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 19, 1987, p. 60. 10368. Munce, Howard. “Lurie.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1995, pp. 22-31. 10369. “Political Cartoonist Lurie Takes Editorial Post at EPS.” Editor and Publisher. July 6, 1985, p. 35. United States: Political Cartoons 533

10370. “Political Cartoonist Will Leave UPS, EPS.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 19, 1987, p. 60. 10371. “[Ranan Lurie].” Time. July 18, 1994. McCutcheon, John T. 10372. McCutcheon, John T. Dawson ’11, Fortune Hunter. NY: Dodd, Mead, and Co., 1912. 10373. McCutcheon, John T. An Heir at Large. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbs, Merrill Co., 1923. 10374. McCutcheon, John T. History of Indiana. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbs, Merrill Co., 1912. 10375. McCutcheon, John T. In Africa. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbs, Merrill Co., 1910. 10376. McCutcheon, John T. The Restless Age. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbs, Merrill Co., 1921. McDougall, Walt 10377. McDougall, Walt. Fun and Fancy – Wonder Tales for the Children from 7 to 70. Newark, NJ: C.E. Grahm, 1885. 10378. McDougall, Walt. The Hidden City. NY: Cassell Publishing Co., 1891. 10379. McDougall, Walt. McD ’s Unauthorized History of Chris Columbus. Newark, NJ: Author, 1893. MacGregor, Doug 10380. MacGregor, Doug. A Collection of MacGregor Editorial Cartoons from the Norwich Bulletin. Norwich, CT: Norwich Bulletin, 1988. 10381. MacGregor, Doug. The Refrigerator Door Gallery. Fort Meyers, FL: McToons, 1996. 192 pp. MacNelly, Jeff 10382. Auth, Tony. “Farewell to Jeff MacNelly.” Philadelphia Inquirer. June 9, 2000, p. A-26. 10383. Fair, Charles. “MacNelly.” The Quill. May 1979, pp. 28-29. 10384. Greenburg, Steve. “Remembering Jeff MacNelly.” Hogan ’s Alley. No. 8, 2000, pp. 34-36. 10385. Harvey, R.C. “Jeff MacNelly Dies at 52.” Comics Journal. July 2000, pp. 22-26. 10386. Harvey, R.C. “Remembering Jeff MacNelly.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 14, 2000, pp. 10, 12. 10387. “Jeff MacNelly.” Comics Interview. No. 46, 1987, pp. 6-8, 11, 13, 15. 10388. “Jeff MacNelly, 52; Cartoonist Won 3 Pulitzer Prizes.” Philadelphia Inquirer. June 9, 2000, p. R4. 534 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10389. “Jeff MacNelly: When the Shoe Fits a ‘Brilliant’ Cartoonist.” Toronto Globe and Mail. June 9, 2000. 10390. Lauterer, Jock. “Jeff MacNelly: If the Shu Fits, Wear It.” Visual Communication Quarterly. Fall 2000, p. 3. 10391. “MacHumble.” Inklings. Fall 1995, p. 5. 10392. MacNelly, Jeffrey, with Lee Judge. Deorctionary. Kansas City, MO: Authors, 1984. 10393. Pieper, Gail. “Jeff MacNelly’s Editorial Cartoons and Comics: Two Sides of One Knife?” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 1995. 10394. “Pulitzer Prize-Winner.” Step-by-Step Graphics. Premier Edition 1994, pp. 38-41. 10395. Van Gelder, Lawrence. “Jeff MacNelly, 52, Cartoonist Who Created ‘Shoe,’ Is Dead.” New York Times. June 9, 2000. 10396. Williamson, Lenora. “Jeff MacNelly Gives Up Editorial Cartooning.” Editor and Publisher. June 6, 1981, p. 94. Manning, Reg 10397. Allred, Randal. “Little Itchy-Itchy and Reg Manning: Editorial Cartoons of World War II.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 10398. Sitter, Albert J. “Manning Cartoons ‘Speak’ Lucidly.” The NCS Cartoonist. June 1966, 1 pp. Margulies, Jimmy 10399. Bennett, Elizabeth. “Margulies – The Art of Hard-Hitting Humor.” The Magazine of the Houston Post. Oct. 27, 1985, pp. 6-7, 12-13. 10400. “Editorial Cartoonist Joining The Record.” The Record (Bergen County, Hackensack, New Jersey). Sept. 2, 1990, p. 3. 10401. North, Steve. “Drawing Laughter – and Wrath – with Cartoons.” The Two River Times. Oct. 2, 1991, pp. 1, 23. 10402. “Special Bonus Issue: Jimmy Margulies.” Political Pix. Aug. 15, 1988. Bonus Issue 2:1-4. Marlette, Doug 10403. Harvey, R.C. “Comics News and Notes.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 26, 2003, p. 26. 10404. Marlette, Doug. I Feel Your Pain. Winston-Salem, NC: Loblolly Books, 1996. 185 pp. 10405. Marlette, Doug. Defining Moments. NY: New York Newsday, 1992. 10406. Marlette, Doug. Faux Bubba. NY: Random House, 1993. United States: Political Cartoons 535

10407. Marlette, Doug. In Your Face: A Cartoonist at Work. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin, 1991. 212 pp. 10408. Marlette, Doug. Stars and Swipes. Atlanta, GA: Cox Enterprises, Inc., 1988. Mauldin, Bill 10409. “Bill Mauldin.” Variety. Jan. 27-Feb. 2, 2003, p. 46. 10410. [Bill Mauldin interview]. Rolling Stone. Nov. 4, 1976, pp. 58+. 10411. “Bill Mauldin 1920-2003.” Penstuff. Feb. 2003, p. 7. 10412. Gilmore, Gerry J. “Bill Mauldin, ‘Willie and Joe’ Award-Winning Creator, Dies.” Stripe. Jan. 31, 2003, p. 13. 10413. Gray, Paul. “Milestones: Bill Mauldin.” Time. Feb. 3, 2003. 10414. Harvey, R.C. “Bill Mauldin Fades Away: The Old Soldier Gets a Yahtzee.” The Funnies Paper. March-April 2003, pp. 5-22. 10415. Jenkins, Jerry M. “An Appreciation of Bill Mauldin.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1999, pp. 22-23. 10416. McCombs, Phil. “The Human Face of Armed Forces.” Washington Post. Jan. 24, 2003, pp. Cl, C4. 10417. Mauldin, Bill. Mud and Guts: A Look at the Common Soldier of the American Revolution. Washington, D.C.: National Park Service, 1978. 10418. Mauldin, Bill. Star Spangled Banter. San Antonio, TX: Universal Press, 1941. 10419. “Mauldin.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Sept. 1999, pp. 18-21. 10420. Nathanson, Rick. “Bronze Mettle: Veterans Raise Money To Buy Bill Mauldin Sculpture for Park.” Albuquerque Journal. April 6, 2003. 10421. Norris, Michael. “Military Cartoonists Remember Bill Mauldin.” Pentagram. Jan. 31, 2003, pp. 8, 16. 10422. Ryan, Dennis. “Rain, Mud Fitting Tribute to Mauldin.” Pentagram. Jan. 31, 2003, p. 1. 10423. Severo, Richard. “Bill Mauldin, Cartoonist Who Showed World War II Through G.I. Eyes, Dies at 81.” New York Times. Jan. 23, 2003, p. A24. 10424. Spurgeon, Tom. “Bill Mauldin, Creator of Willie and Joe, Dead at 81.” Comics Journal. Feb. 2003, pp. 12-15. 10425. Thompson, Maggie. “Remembering Bill Mauldin.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 14, 2003, p. 26. 10426. Thompson, Maggie. “Salute Mauldin.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 20, 2002, p. 32. 10427. Worcester, Kent. “New York Show Focuses on Jules Feiffer.” Comics Journal. May 2003, pp. 15-16. 10428. “World War II G.I.’s Rally for Cartoonist Who Brought Them Smiles.” New York Times. Dec. 28, 2002, p. A14. 536 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Mitchell, Bill 10429. Mitchell, Bill. Mitchell’s View/Mitchell’s Local View. Rochester, NY: Coconut Press, 1993. 10430. Turtletaub, Adam. “Bill Mitchell: Life on the Digital Front Line.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1997, pp. 18-23. Morin, Jim 10431. “And the Winner Is....” Comics Journal. April 1996, p. 22. 10432. Morin, Jim. Jim Morin’s Field Guide to Birds. NY: Quill, 1984. 10433. Morin, Jim. Line of Attack. Miami: University of Florida, 1991. 10434. “The 1996 Pulitzer Prize Goes To: Jim Morin.” WittyWorld International Cartoon Bulletin. 4/1996, p. 5. Nast, Thomas 10435. Boime, Albert. “Thomas Nast and French Art.” American Art Journal. Spring 1972. 10436. Brakerman, Mark. “Thomas Nast: Pen with Power.” Media History Digest. 5:4 (1985), pp. 23-27, 48-49. 10437. Carney, Court. “Thomas Nast, Bedford Forrest, and the Election of 1868.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 10438. Donohoe, Victoria. “Exhibit Showcases a Political Cartoonist Who Defined the Form.” Philadelphia Inquirer. Jan. 31, 1999, p. MD3. 10439. Gopnik, Adam. “The Man Who Invented Santa Claus.” The New Yorker. Dec. 15, 1997, pp. 84, 86-90, 92, 94-96, 98, 100-102. 10440. Hill, Draper. “Trashing Nast (Puckishly).” Association of American Editorial Cartoonists Notebook. Winter 1988, pp. 12-14. 10441. Hoff, Syd. Boss Tweed and the Man Who Drew Him. NY: Coward, McCann and Geoghegan, 1978. 10442. Jochem, Christine. “Nast-y Work Being Sought To Honor ‘Father of U.S. Editorial Cartooning.’” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, p. 15. 10443. Nast, Thomas. Nast’s Illustrated Almanac. NY: McLoughlin Brothers, 1870; NY: Harper Brothers, 1871-1874. 10444. Office of the Curator. Between the Eyes: Thomas Nast and the U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: United States Senate Service Department, 1993. 10445. Pierce, Dann. “An Investigation of Thomas Nast’s Graphic Satire of the Tweed Ring.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Iowa, 1985. 10446. Rae, John Warden. Thomas Nast – The Man Who Drew Santa Claus. Morristown, NJ: Author, 1980. 10447. “Th. Nast.” Inklings. Winter 1998, pp. 4-5. United States: Political Cartoons 537

10448. Thomas Nast and the Glorious Cause. An Exhibition by Macculloch Hall Historical Museum, Morristown, New Jersey. Morristown, NJ: Macculloch Hall Historical Museum, 1996. 30 pp. 10449. Vinson, J. Chal. Thomas Nast: Political Cartoonist. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1967. Ohman, Jack 10450. Harvey, R.C. “Jack Ohman, Mixed Media, and Editorial Cartoons.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1994, pp. 32-41. 10451. Ohman, Jack. Fear of Fly Fishing. NY: Fireside Books, 1988. 10452. Ohman, Jack. Fishing Bass-Ackwards. NY: Fireside Books, 1989. 10453. Williamson, Lenora. “Cartoonists Get Younger – and Younger.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 11, 1980, p. 35. Oliphant, Pat 10454. Compton, Ann. “Animating Politics.” ABC News.com. April 12, 2000. 10455. Harvey, R.C. “Ethics and Motives in the Hog Wallow.” Comics Journal. Nov. 1998, pp. 119-121. 10456. “He’s Got It Down Pat.” Inklings. Fall 1998, p. 7. 10457. Oliphant, Patrick. Fashions for the New World Order. Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1991. 10458. Oliphant, Patrick. Just Say No! Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1992. 10459. Oliphant, Patrick. The New World Order in Drawing and Sculptures, 1983-1993. Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1994. 10460. Oliphant, Pat. Oliphant’s Anthem: Pat Oliphant at the Library of Congress. Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1998. 10461. Oliphant, Pat. Oliphant’s Presidents. Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1990. 10462. Oliphant, Pat. Waiting for the Other Shoe To Drop. Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1994. 10463. Oliphant, Pat. Why Do I Feel Uneasy? Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1993. 10464. Oliphant, Pat, with Harry Katz. “Oliphant’s Anthem: Pat Oliphant at the Library of Congress.” Cartoonist PROfiles. June 1998, pp. 58-61. 10465. “Oliphant Offends Purdue Students.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, p. 11. 10466. “Oliphants Anthem: Pat Oliphant at the Library of Congress.” April 2- July 6, 1998. Exhibition Catalogue. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congess, 1998. 14 pp. 538 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Peters, Mike 10467. Gasior, Anne. “Roasting Mike.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1994, pp. 12-17. 10468. “It Pays To Mouth Off.” Quill. June 1975, p. 26. 10469. Lipper, Hal. “Peters Confronts Issues with Humorous Cartoons.” Editor and Publisher. April 25, 1981, pp. 28-29. 10470. Peters, Mike. Happy Days Are Here Again. NY: Pharos Books, 1992. 10471. Peters, Mike. On the Edge: 25 Years of Cartooning at the Dayton Daily News. Dayton, OH: DNI Publishing, 1994. 10472. Peters, Mike. Stars and Swipes. Atlanta, GA: Cox Enterprises, Inc., 1988. Pett, Joel 10473. Lindeen, Carol. “Pett Pipes Off on Politics, Presidents.” Iowa Journalist. Spring 1999, pp. 20-21. 10474. Pett, Joel. Read My Clips! Lexington, KT: Herald-Leader, 1992. 10475. Pett, Joel. Rough Sketches. Lexington, KT: Herald-Leader, 1989. 10476. Pett, Joel. Thinking Inside the Box. Lexington, KT: Lexington Herald- Leader, 2000. 175 pp. Plante, Bruce 10477. Brescia, Andrew. “‘The Times’ Resident Funnyman.” Chattanooga Life and Leisure. Oct. 1986. 10478. Zimmerman, Joy. “Punchlines and Editorial Cartoons.” Just for Laughs: The Comedy News. Oct. 1989. Rall, Ted 10479. Giuffo, John. “Ted Rail and His Web of Half-Truths: A Critique.” Comics Journal. Oct. 2002, pp. 109-113. 10480. Groth, Gary. “Ted Rail.” Comics Journal. Oct. 2002, pp. 73-90, 92-99. 10481. Jacobs, Irv. “Appalling Rall.” The Funnies Paper. July-Aug. 2002, p. 5. 10482. Kreiner, Rich. “Whose ‘Homeland’? What ‘Security’?” Comics Journal. Oct. 2002, pp. 35-37. 10483. Rall, Ted. All the Rules Have Changed. Auburn, CA: Rip Off Press, 1995. 10484. Rall, Ted. “Of Course, You Know This Means War.” Comics Journal. Dec. 2002, pp. 3-4, 6, 8-9. 10485. Rall, Ted. Waking Up in America. NY: St. Martin’s Press, 1992. 10486. Rall, Ted. “What’s Your Point?” Notebook of the Association of American Editorial Cartoonists. Winter 1995, pp. 8-9. United States: Political Cartoons 539

10487. “Rall Cartoon Called Racist.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 12. Reprinted from Editor and Publisher. Summer 1997, p.12. Ramirez, Mike 10488. Astor, David. “Ramirez (Con.) Replacing Conrad (Lib.) at L.A. Times.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 11. Reprinted form Editor and Publisher. July 26, 1997. 10489. “Ramirez.” Kayhan Caricature. Nov.-Dec. 1999, 2 pp. Rehse, George Washington 10490. Rehse, George Washington. American Boyhood. St. Paul, MN: Author, 1910[?]. 10491. Rehse, George Washington. The Pioneer Press Cartoon Book for 1904. St. Paul, MN: Pioneer Press Co., 1905. 10492. Rehse, George Washington. The Pioneer Press Cartoon Book for 1905. St. Paul, MN: Pioneer Press Co., 1906. 10493. Rehse, George Washington. The Pioneer Press Cartoon Book for 1907. St. Paul, MN: Pioneer Press Co., 1907. Sanderson, William 10494. Sanderson, William. The Acid Test. Portland, OR: Random House [Author], 1973. 10495. Sanderson, William. William Sanderson’s The Acid Test. Portland, OR: Author, 1968. Schorr, Bill 10496. Astor, David. “Daily News Hires Schorr Despite Assault Incident.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 10. Reprinted from Editor and Publisher. July 26, 1997. 10497. Harvey, R.C. “The Bill Schorr Interview, Part I.” Comics Journal. Feb. 1997, pp. 115-119. 10498. Harvey, R.C. “The Bill Schorr Interview, Part II.” Comics Journal. March 1997, pp. 111-114. 10499. Harvey, R.C. “The Bill Schorr Interview, Part III.” Comics Journal. April 1997, pp. 109-115. Sorel, Edward 10500. Donohoe, Victoria. “Controversial Career of Artist Sorel Makes for a Stunning Show.” Philadelphia Inquirer. March 5, 1995, p. MD-12. 10501. Drake, Carlos C. “Edward Sorel.” Graphis. May 1963. 10502. Heller, Steven. “Edward Sorel.” Graphis. July-Aug. 1983. 540 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10503. Sorel, Edward. Edward Sorel: Unauthorized Portraits. NY: Alfred Knopf, 1997. 174 pp. 10504. Sorel, Edward. How To Be President. NY: Grove Press, 1960. 10505. Sorel, Edward. Superpen. NY: Random House, 1978. 10506. Whitaker, Frederic. “Edward Sorel.” American Artist. May 1960. Stahler, Jeff 10507. Lamb, Chris. “Cincinnati Creator Is Nationally Known.” Editor and Publisher. June 7, 1997, p. 39. 10508. Stahler, Jeff. Tooned In. Cincinnati, OH: Cincinnati Post, 1994. 10509. Wolsey, Jane. “Cincinnati Post Editorial Cartoonist.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 1992, pp. 38-43. Szyk, Arthur 10510. Duke, Sara W. and Holly Krueger. “The Art of Arthur Szyk.” The Library of Congress Information Bulletin. Jan. 2000, pp. 10-13. 10511. Jagelka, Nancy Nichols. “Illuminating the World: The Art of Arthur Szyk.” Pentagram. Jan. 21, 2000, pp. 20-21, 30. 10512. Justice Illuminated. The Art of Arthur Szyk. Irvin Ungar, Curator. Exhibition Catalogue. Spetus Museum, Chicago. Aug. 16, 1998-Feb. 28, 1999. Chicago: Spetus Museum, 1998. 95 pp. 10513. Luckert, Steven, comp. The Art and Politics of Arthur Szyk. Washington, D.C.: United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, 2002. 136 pp. 10514. Szyk, Arthur. Ink and Blood: A Book of Drawings. NY: Heritage Press, 1946. 10515. Ungar, Irvin, curator. Justice Illuminated: The Art of Arthur Szyk. Berkeley, CA: Frog Ltd., 1999. 96 pp. 10516. “WWII Nostalgia Department.” Cartoonews. No. 7, 1975, 4 pp. Telnaes, Ann C. 10517. “Ann Telnaes.” Kayhan Caricature. March 2003, 2 pp. 10518. Harvey, R.C. “Ann Telnaes Gets Angry.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 2000, pp. 58-65. 10519. Lamb, Chris. “A ‘Capital’ Decision for Ann C. Telnaes.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 8, 1994, pp. 44-45. Toles, Tom 10520. Buckham, Tom. “The Post Taps Toles...but Toles’ Old Paper Isn’t Hiring.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, pp. 7-8. 10521. Groth, Gary. “Toles.” Comics Journal. April 1997, pp. 68-107. United States: Political Cartoons 541

10522. Kreiner, Rich. “Duh...And Other Observations by Toles.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1996, p. 118. 10523. Toles, Tom. At Least Our Bombs Are Getting Smarter. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus, 1991. 10524. Toles, Tom. My Elected Representatives Went to Washington (And All I Lost Was My Shirt). Kansas City: Andrews and McMeel, 1995. Tomorrow, Tom 10525. “BuzzFlash Interview: Tom Tomorrow.” BuzzFlash.com. Oct. 21, 2003. 10526. “Dan Perkins, Tomorrow’s Modern World.” Mother Jones. Jan./Feb. 2001, pp. 76-77. 10527. Elias, Robert. “Tom Tomorrow: The Progressive Interview.” The Progressive. March 2003, pp. 30-34. 10528. Shutt, Craig. “Yesterday’s Favorite Tomorrow.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 24, 1998, pp. 44-45. 10529. “Tommy’s Secret Origin?” Comics Buyer’s Guide. July 24, 1998, p. 45. 10530. Tomorrow, Tom. Tune in Tomorrow. NY: St. Martin’s 1995. 10531. Tomorrow, Tom. The Wrath of Sparky. NY: St. Martin’s, 1992. 112 pp. Trever, John 10532. Graham, Tim. “Drawing Dissent.” Reason. Jan. 1988, pp. 37-45. 10533. Gullett, Scott. “The World According to John Trevor.” Albuquerque (New Mexico) Living. April 1988, pp. 40-45. 10534. Trever, John. A Cartoon History of the Reagan Years. Washington, D.C.: Regnery Gateway, 1988. 10535. Trever, John. The Trever Gallery. Albuquerque, NM: Albuquerque Publishing, 1992. Trudeau, Garry 10536. Astor, David. “Doonesbury Man Discusses His Strip.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 30, 1995, pp. 30-31. 10537. Kurtz, Howard. “Garry Trudeau’s Cartoon Beat.” In Messages 3: The Washington Post Media Companion, edited by Thomas Beell, pp. 82-84. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, 1996. 10538. Trudeau, G.B. Flashbacks: Twenty-Five Years of Doonesbury. Kansas City, MO: Andrews and McMeel, 1995. 332 pp. 10539. “Trudeau Doing Time.” Comics Journal. April 1996, p. 23. Wasserman, Dan 10540. “Editorial Cartoonist Now at the Globe.” Editor and Publisher. July 13, 1985, p. 36. 542 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10541. Williamson, Lenora. “Editorial Cartoonist’s ‘People’ Are Talkers.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 17, 1981, p. 34. Werner, Charles 10542. “Charles Werner, 1909-1997.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 19. From reports in The Indianapolis Star. July 2, 3, 1997. 10543. “Editorial Cartoonist Charles Georg Werner Dies.” Penstuff. Aug. 1997, p. 9. 10544. McGeean, Ed. “Obituaries: Charles G. Werner.” CAPS. Sept. 1997, pp. 66-67. 10545. Vanderzanden, Vanessa. “Charles Werner Dies.” Comics Journal. Oct. 1997, p. 33. 10546. Werner, Charles. “Cartoon Must Criticize To Be Good.” Editor and Publisher. April 20, 1946. White, George 10547. White, George. The War in Black and White – Book I. Tampa, FL: Tampa Morning Tribune, 1943. 10548. White, George. The War in Black and White – Book II. Tampa, FL: Tampa Morning Tribune, 1945. Wilkinson, Signe 10549. Astor, David. “Signe Wilkinson’s Significant ’92.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 12, 1992, pp. 46-48. 10550. Barron, James. “Cartoonist Feasts on a President.” New York Times. Aug. 31, 1994, pp. C-l, C-6. 10551. Davis, Nancy M. “Signe Wilkinson.”presstime. Feb. 1995, p. 23. 10552. Harvey, R.C. “Signe Wilkinson on the Attack.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 2000, pp. 74-81. 10553. “Interview: Signe Wilkinson.” Bull’s Eye. Dec. 1988, pp. 16-21. 10554. Wilkinson, Signe. Abortion Cartoons on Demand. Philadelphia, PA: Broad Street Books, 1992. Unpaginated. Young, Art 10555. Harvey, R.C. “Rants and Raves.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 29, 1995, pp. 64, 73, 76. 10556. Young, Art. Allegories. NY: Good Morning Publishing Co., 1920. HISTORICAL ASPECTS 10557. Adcock, A. St. John. “A Plea for More War Humor.” The Living Age. Nov. 24, 1917, pp. 495-497. United States: Political Cartoons 543

10558. Begbie, Harold. “A Plea for Less War Humor.” The Living Age. Nov. 17, 1917, pp. 442+. 10559. Bishop, J.B. “Early Political Caricature in America.” Century Magazine. 44 (1892), pp. 219-231. 10560. Braekman, W.L. “18th-Century Personal Feud in Gent with Hired Street Singer Armed with Satirical Cartoon.” Volkskunde. July-Sept. 1993, pp. 296-298. 10561. “Cartooning for the Suffragist.” Suffragist. July 29, 1916, p. 4. 10562. Caudill, Edward. “The Press and Tails of Darwin: Victorian Satire of Evolution.” Journalism History. Autumn/Winter 1994, pp. 107-115. 10563. Choi, Yun Jung. “Humor in Pulitzer Award Editorial Cartoons 1922- 1997.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Kansas City, MO, July 2003. 10564. Clark, Anne B. “My Dear Mrs. Ames: A Study of the Life of Suffragist Cartoonist and Birth Control Reformer Blanche Ames, 1879-1969.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Massachusetts, 1996. 10565. Corners, Joan L. “Not a Pretty Picture.” Media Studies Journal. Winter 1996, pp. 115-126. 10566. Cooley, Francis. “Editorial Cartoons in Maine: A View of United States Foreign Policy, 1941-1945.” Master’s thesis, University of Maine, 1991. 10567. Cronin, Morton. “Currier and Ives: A Content Analysis.” American Quarterly. Winter 1952, pp. 317-338. 10568. De Sousa, Michael A. and Martin J. Medhurst. “The Editorial Cartoon as Visual Rhetoric: Rethinking Boss Tweed.” Journal of Visual/Verbal Languaging. Fall 1982, pp. 43-52. 10569. Douglas, Roy. The World War 1939-1943: The Cartoonists’ Vision. NY: Routledge, 1990. 300 pp. 10570. Edwards, Janis L. “Pictorial Images As Narrative: Rhetorical Activation in Campaign 88 Political Cartoons.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Massachusetts, 1993. 10571. Fischer, Roger A. Them Damned Pictures: Explorations in American Political Cartoon Art. North Haven, CT: Anchon Books, Shoe String Press, 1996. 253 pp. 10572. Fischer, Roger A. “William Windom: Cartoon Centerfold, 1881-91.” Minnesota History. Fall 1988, pp. 99-109. 10573. Flautz, John. Life: The Gentle Satirist. Bowling Green, OH: Bowling Green University Popular Press, 1972. 10574. Grauer, Neil A. “Political Cartooning: From One Golden Age to Another.” The Sun (Baltimore). Nov. 27, 1980, p. A29. 10575. Hansen, Bert. “The Image and Advocacy of Public Health in American Caricature and Cartoons from 1860 to 1900.” American Journal of Public Health. Nov. 1997, pp. 1798-1807. 544 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10576. Hess, Stephen and Sandy Northrop. Drawn and Quartered: The History of American Political Cartoons. Elliott and Clark Publishing, 1996. 164 pp. 10577. Le Beau, Bryan F. Currier & Ives. America Imagined. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press, 2001. 380 pp. (Cartoons, 10, 16, 68, 84-103, 216-228, 252-254, 259-290, 305). 10578. Makemson, Harlen. “Attacking the Messenger: The Cartoon Campaign Against Harper’s Weekly in the Election of 1884.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Washington, D.C., Aug. 2001. 10579. Makemson, Harlen. “Mud, Marketing and Mugwumps: Munsey’s Illustrated Weekly and the Election of 1884.” Paper presented at American Journalism Historians Association, Pittsburgh, PA, Oct. 5-7, 2000. 10580. Makemson, Harlen. “Neither Drunkards nor Libertines: Portraying Grover Cleveland as a Threat to the Family in Political Cartoons During the 1884 Campaign.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Kansas City, MO., July 2003. 10581. Marzio, Peter C. The Man and Machines of American Journalism. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution, n.d. (“Cartoons and the Constitution,” p. 27; “Thomas Nast,” pp. 80-81; “Yellow Kid,” pp. 98- 99). 10582. Matthews, Albert. “The Snake Devices, 1754-1776, and the Constitutional Courant, 1765.” Colonial Society of Massachusetts Publications. 11 (1906-1907). 10583. Miller, Robin. “Pap Dean Relives ‘Kingfish’ Era with Book on Louisiana Political History.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, pp. 16-17. 10584. “Mobilizing the Cartoonists.” Cartoons Magazine. Feb. 1918, pp. 232- 233. 10585. Nevins, Allan and Frank Weitenkampf. A Century of Political Cartoons. NY: Scribners, 1944. 10586. Parks, Kevin. “Caricature Helped Capture Fugitive from Corruption Charges.” This Week Newspapers. Aug. 14, 2003, p. B3. 10587. Raemaker, Louis. Raemaker’s Cartoons, with Accompanying Notes by Well-Known English Writers. Garden City, NY: Doubleday, Page and Company, 1916. 305 pp. 10588. “Raemakers and Hearst.” Cartoons Magazine. Nov. 1917, p. 718. 10589. “Raemakers To Quit Hearst.” Cartoons Magazine. Dec. 1917, p. 862. 10590. Rhode, Mike. “Drawing on Tragedy.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 6, 1999, pp. 50-53. 10591. Robinson, Jerry. “The American Cartoon: ‘Stop Them Damn Pictures.’” Index on Censorship. 6/2000, pp. 40-44. United States: Political Cartoons 545

10592. Rogers, V. Cullum. “Lost Leaders.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 4, 1997, pp. 20- 23. 10593. Smith, H.L. “The Rise and Fall of the Political Cartoon.” Saturday Evening Post. May 29, 1954, pp. 28-29. 10594. Somers, Paul P., Jr. “Krauts Hinaus: Graphic Stereotypes of German- Americans Before and During World War I.” International Journal of Comic Art. Fall 2000, pp. 191-205. 10595. Somers, Paul P., Jr. “Nast, Keppler, and the Two Traditions in American Editorial Cartooning.” Presented at International Comic Arts Festival, Bethesda, MD, Sept. 14, 2000. 10596. Thomas, Samuel. “Mugwump Cartoonists and the Pope as Political Boss’ in the Gilded Age.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 21, 2000. 10597. Thomas, Samuel J. “The Tattooed Man Caricatures and the Presidential Campaign of 1884.” Journal of American Culture. Winter 1987, pp. 1- 20. 10598. Wheltle, Bruce. “Them Damned Pictures: Explorations in American Political Cartoon Art.” Inks. Nov. 1996, pp. 46-48. 10599. Yaszek, Lisa. “‘Them Damn Pictures’: Americanization and the Comic Strip in the Progressive Era.” Journal of American Studies (Cambridge, UK). April 1994, pp. 23-38. LEGAL ASPECTS (Includes Censorship, Political Correctness) 10600. Astor, Dave. “‘Pioneer Press’ Denies Union’s Grievance; Cartoonist’s Layoff Going to Arbitration.” Editor and Publisher. Online. May 9, 2003. 10601. Astor, Dave. “They Discuss Originality and Plagiarism.” Editor and Publisher. June 30, 1990, pp. 30, 41. 10602. Buehler, Beth. “State of the Art Libel Law and Political Cartoons in the 1980s.” MS thesis, Iowa State University, 1993. 10603. “Cartoon Protected in Court Ruling.” Editor and Publisher. Jan. 25, 1986, p. 59. 10604. Dean, Michael. “Danse Macabre: Another Date for Ted Rall and Danny Hellman.” Comics Journal. Aug. 2001, pp. 10-11. 10605. “Developer Files $1.6 Billion Suit Over Editorial Cartoon.” Editor and Publisher. May 16, 1987, p. 40. 10606. “Guv vs. Cartoonist.” Editor and Publisher. Feb. 17, 1996, p. 38. 10607. “Open Season on Editorial Cartoonists?” American Journalism Review. Dec. 1994, p. 15. 10608. Peoples, Donald E. “Laying Down the Law: Cartooning and Two Washington, D.C. ‘Bills.’” Penstuff. Aug. 1995, p. 8. 546 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10609. Phillips, Don. “Cartoonist Finds Humor in Brash with FAA Security.” Washington Post. Oct. 7, 2003, p. A23. (Klyde Morris). 10610. Pogash, Carol. “Hearst Trial Artists – A Cult of Their Own.” Cartoonews. No. 9, 1975, pp. 9-12. 10611. “Ramirez ’Toon Catches the Eye of Secret Service.” AAEC Notebook. Sept. 2003. 10612. “Retired N.Y. Post Editorial Cartoonist Faces Libel Suit.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 6, 1980, p. 36. 10613. Rogers, V. Cullum. “Richard Jewell Cites N.Y. Post Editorial Cartoon in Libel Suit.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 7. 10614. “Secret Service Investigates Editorial Cartoonist.” Busted! Summer 2003, p. 10. 10615. Spellman, Robert L. “Pricking the Mighty: The Law and Editorial Cartooning.” Communications and the Law. Dec. 1988, pp. 41-63. 10616. Stump, Greg. “Controversial Rap Band Incites Violence Against Critical Cartooning.” Comics Journal. April 1998, p. 20. 10617. “Teacher Suspended for Running Cartoon.” Editor and Publisher. May 27, 1995, p. 34. 10618. “Two Cartoonists Jailed As Spies.” Cartoons Magazine. Feb. 1918, pp. 288+. 10619. Warren, L.D. “Hopes of Freedom.” Cartoonews. No. 5, 1975, p. 30. 10620. York, Byron. “Democrats Attack — Again.” National Review. Oct. 23, 2003. Political Correctness, Ethical Dimensions 10621. “Anti-Imigrant Cartoon Spawns 3,200 Complaints; County Workers To Undergo Sensitivity Training.” KSBW Channel.com. Nov. 9, 2003. 10622. Astor, Dave, “...and Catholics in Troy, New York.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, p. 11. (Reprinted from E&P. April 8, 2002.). 10623. Astor, Dave. “‘Courant’ Crime Cartoon Controversy. Reader Rep and Artist Differ Over Drawing.” Editor & Publisher online. July 21, 2003. 10624. Astor, Dave. “Locher Defends Mideast Cartoon in ‘Chicago Trib’; Some Had Charged Anti-Semitism.” Editor & Publisher online. June 3, 2003. 10625. Astor, David. “Oklahoma City Bombing Cartoon Angers Many Readers in Tacoma.” Editor and Publisher. June 10, 1995, p. 33. 10626. Astor, David. “Oliphant Blasts Pulitzer Board for Picking Breathed.” Editor and Publisher. May 23, 1987, pp. 36-37. 10627. Astor, David. “Oliphant Cartoon on Wall Called Offensive.” Editor and Publisher. March 27, 1993, p. 46. 10628. Astor, David. “Philly ‘Inquirer’ Cartoon Called Anti-Semitic.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 8, 2003. United States: Political Cartoons 547

10629. Astor, David. “Priesthood Cartoon Causes Controversy.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, p. 22. 10630. Astor, Dave. “Secret Service Agent Visits Ramirez Even Though His Cartoon Backed Bush.” Editor & Publisher online. July 24, 2003. 10631. “Bee’s Readers Debate the Meaning of Renault’s Cartoon.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, pp. 8-10. 10632. Babwin, Don. “Chicago Tribune Editor Decries Cartoon.” Associated Press dispatch, June 2, 2003. 10633. “Benson Cartoon Insults Protestors.” Arizona Republic. Nov. 13, 2003. 10634. Bryant, Mark. “Doonesbury Cartoon Sets Up Political Rally at Space Needle.” Seattle Post-Intelligencer. Sept. 13, 2003. 10635. Campisi, Gloria. “Black and White: Irony Takes Ironic Twist in Cartoon on Race.” Notebook of the Association of American Editorial Cartoonists. Winter 1995, p. 7. 10636. “Cartoonists Confront Political Correctness.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 6, 1994, p. 14 (2). 10637. “Comic Rubs Newspapers the Wrong Way.” The Pitt News. Sept. 5, 2003. 10638. David, Peter. “But I Digress.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 17, 1993, pp. 119, 122. 10639. “Deja Viewed.” Hogan ’s Alley. Fall 1994, pp. 121-122. 10640. “Deja Viewed.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 2, 1995, pp. 86-87. 10641. “Did Editorial Cartoon Degrade All County Employees?” Modesto Bee. Sept. 8, 2003. 10642. “Dr. Elders Deserves a Hearing.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, p. 26. 10643. Englehart, Bob. “Personal Foul.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, pp. 23-24. Reprinted from Hartford Courant. March 23, 1997. 10644. “Englehart, Cartoon Causes Row in Own Newsroom.” AAEC Notebook. Sept. 2003. 10645. Fitzgerald, Mark. “Wilkinson’s Sex-Abuse Cartoon Causes Flap for Catholic Papers.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, p. 23. 10646. Hernandez, Debra. “Cartoonists Confront Political Correctness.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 6, 1994, p. 14. 10647. Hwopek, D.A. “Cartoon Unfair to Clergy.” Phi Delta Kappan. Jan. 1994, p. 424. 10648. Kollars, Deb. “Sacramento City Council Condemns Bee.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, p. 7. 10649. Kreider, Tim. “That’s Not Funny: Rage, Laughter and Political Cartooning After 9/11.” Comics Journal. Feb. 2003, pp. 67-74. 10650. Lamb, Christopher. “Drawing the Line: An Absolute Defense for Political Cartoons.” Inks. Nov. 1996, pp. 2-11. 548 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10651. Levy, Faygie and Alexandra Perloe. “Star Makes Waves in Jewish Circles; Philadelphia Inquirer Spurs Fury.” Jewish Telegraphic Agency. Aug. 15, 2003. 10652. McPhee, Michele and Alice McQuillan. “FDNY Rips Post 9/11 Cartoon.” New York Daily News. Dec. 3, 2003. 10653. Magagnini, Stephen. “Sacramento Bee Caves in to Black Leaders’ Protests, over Renault Bigotry Cartoon.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, p. 4. 10654. Magagnini, Stephen. “Sacramento’s Black Leaders Call for Punishment of Bee Over Farrakhan Cartoon.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, p. 6. 10655. Norman, Tony. “Pittsburgh Columnist Defends Rob Rogers from Racism Charges.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, p. 10. (Reprinted from Pittsburgh Post-Gazette. April 4, 2002.). 10656. Oliphant, Tim. “Says a Comic Strip Is Not an Editorial Cartoon.” Editor and Publisher. May 9, 1987, pp. 7, 41. 10657. O’Sullivan, John. “Orient Excess?” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 22. 10658. “Reactions and Rebuttals.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, pp. 5, 23. 10659. Reynolds, Eric. “Nazis Print Crumb Strips.” Comics Journal. Nov. 1994, p. 35. 10660. Royko, Mike. “Knee-Jerk Reactions Help Make Cartoon’s Point.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, p. 5. 10661. Schleider, Andrea. “Political Cartoon Raises Ire in Philadelphia.” Forward. Aug. 15, 2003. 10662. Stein, M.L. “Cartoon Creates a Fuss.” Editor and Publisher. Sept. 5, 1987, pp. 14-15. 10663. Stein, M.L. “Cartoon Sets Off a Storm of Criticism on Campus.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 15, 1990, p. 16. 10664. Stein, M.L. “Cartoon’s Message Backfires in California: Editorial Cartoon Intended To Take a Slap at Racism Results in Boycott of the Sacramento Bee.” In Facing Difference: Race, Gender and Mass Media, edited by Shirley Biagi and Marilyn Kern-Foxworth. Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forge Press, 1997. 384 pp. 10665. Stein, M.L. “Stereotyping in Editorial Cartoons.” Editor and Publisher. June 21, 1986, p. 129. 10666. Stone, Andrea. “Cartoonist’s Ads for Northwest Draw Criticism.” USA Today. Nov. 7, 1997, p. 18-A. 10667. Toomey, J.P. “How Far Is Too Far in Political Cartooning?” Editor and Publisher. March 11, 1997, pp. 35, 48. 10668. Van Ommeren, Roger, Daniel Riffe, and Don Sneed. “Cartoonists: Code of Ethics Unworkable.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 13, 1986, pp. 40-41. 10669. Vasché, Mark. “I Never Thought I’d Be Writing This.” Modesto Bee. Sept. 7, 2003. United States: Political Cartoons 549

10670. Wolper, Allan. “Black Reporter Feels Heat After His Paper Runs Controversial Klan Cartoon.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, pp. 20-21. PORTRAYALS 10671. Bird, S. Elizabeth. Dressing in Feathers: The Construction of the Indian in American Popular Culture. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1996. 321 pp. 10672. “FBI’s Cartoon War on the Klan.” Cartoonews. No. 5, 1975, p. 36. 10673. Fischer, Roger A. ‘“Holy John’ Wanamaker: Color Cartoon Centerfield.” Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biography. Oct. 1991, pp. 451-474. 10674. Fischer, Roger A. “Political Cartoon Symbols and the Divergence of Popular and Traditional Cultures in the United States.” In Dominant Symbols in Popular Culture, edited by Ray B. Browne, Marshall W. Fishwick, and Kevin O. Browne, pp. 181-208. Bowling Green, OH: Popular Press, 1994. 10675. Goldsmith, David. “The Juice and the Cartoonists: Editorial Cartoons and the O.J. Simpson Case.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 1995. 10676. Ketchum, Alton. Uncle Sam: The Man and the Legend. NY: Hill and Wang, 1959. 10677. Moore, Martha T. “Moving Pictures: The Hazards of Using Powerful Images from Real Life in Editorial Cartoons.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 6. Reprinted from USA Today. June 20, 1997. 10678. Morrison, Matthew. “The Role of the Political Cartoonist in Image Making.” Central States Speech Journal. Winter 1969, pp. 252-260. 10679. ‘“Nice Guy’ Dodges Opening Jabs from Poison Pens.” The Quill. Sept. 1974, pp. 8-9. 10680. Nordin, Kenneth D. “Reality and Abstraction in Contemporary American Political Cartoons: An Aesthetic Study.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 1995. 10681. Penner, Maurice and Susan Penner. “Visual Ideologies of the Street Homeless: Comparing Editorial Cartoons to Fieldwork.” Visual Sociology Review. Fall 1989, pp. 99-106. 10682. Robinson, Jerry and Jens Robinson. OD’d on OJ. NY: Universal Publishing, 1996. 10683. Shaheen, Jack. “Abscam: Arabiaphobia in America.” ADC Issues No. 1. Washington, DC: American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee, 1988. 10684. Somers, Paul, Jr. “Stereotypes of Mexicans in United States’ Editorial Cartoons During the Second Decade of the 20th Century.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 550 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10685. Various Authors. Examining Issues Through Political Cartoons. Farmington Hills, MI: Greenhaven Press. (Includes: Abortion, 2003; Censorship, 2003; Civil Rights, 2002; The Death Penalty, 2002; Euthanasia, 2002; Illegal Immigration, 2003; Iraq, 2004; The Nazis, 2002; Terrorism, 2003; Watergate, 2002.) Government 10686. Ellis, Fred. The Case of Sacco and Vanzetti in Cartoons from the Daily Worker. Chicago, IL: Daily Worker Publishing Co., 1927. 10687. Ketchum, Alton. Uncle Sam: The Man and the Legend. NY: Hill and Wang, 1959. 10688. Leonard, Thomas C. The Power of the Press: The Birth of American Political Reporting. NY: Oxford University Press, 1986. (Chapter 4, “Visual Thinking: The Tammany Tiger Loose”). 10689. Lynn, Capi. “Oregon Budget Crisis Ridiculed from Afar.” Salem Oregon Statesman Journal. Sept. 7, 2003. 10690. Marley, Christine A. “Hill-Thomas Confirmation Cartoons: Comedy and the Law.” In Outsiders Looking In: A Communication Perspective on the Hill/Thomas Hearings, edited by Paul Siegel. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press, 1996. 10691. Marley, Christine A. “Political Cartoons: A Playful Analysis of the Supreme Court 1991-1992.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Oklahoma, 1994. 10692. Marley, Christine and W. Bradford Mello. “The Thomas/Hill Confrontation Makes It to the Cartoon Page: A Content Analysis of Political Cartoons.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Washington, D.C., Aug. 9-12, 1995. 10693. Williams, John W. “Moles and Clowns: How Editorial Cartoons Portrayed Aldrich Ames, Harold Nicholson and the CIA.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Chicago, IL, July 30-Aug. 2, 1997. Presidents and Presidential Campaigns 10694. Astor, David. “AAEC/Reagan Meeting Is Controversial.” Editor and Publisher. May 23, 1987, pp. 34-35. 10695. Atterbom, Daniel. “Presidentens ‘Cartoon Book.’” Bild & Bubbla. No. 2, 1987, pp. 32-33. 10696. Barton, Mary Ann and Paul C. Barton, comps. Campaign: A Cartoon History of Bill Clinton’s Race for the White House. Fayetteville, AK: University of Arkansas Press, 1993. 213 pp. United States: Political Cartoons 551

10697. Beltran, Marie G. “Seven Presidents: The Art of Oliphant.” Penstuff. July 2001, p. 3. 10698. Borgmeyer, John. “Sketchy Characters: A New Breed of Political Cartoonists Takes on George W. Bush Every Week.” C-Ville Weekly (Charlottesville, VA). Jan. 7, 2003. 10699. Bormann, E.G., J. Koester, and J. Bennett. “Political Cartoons and Salient Rhetorical Fantasies: An Empirical Analysis of the ’76 President Campaign.” Communication Monographs. 45 (1978), pp. 317-329. 10700. Burd, Gene. “Disability Visibility: Cartoon Depictions of Bob Dole.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, New Orleans, LA, Aug. 1999. 10701. “Clinton Affair Tough for Cartoonists.” Inklings. Winter 1998, p. 6. 10702. DeSousa, M.A. “Reflections in the Mirror: The 1980 Presidential Debates in Editorial Cartoons.” Unpublished paper. 10703. Edwards, Janis L. “Pictorial Images As Narratives: Rhetorical Activation in Campaign 88 Political Cartoons.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Massachusetts, 1993. 10704. Edwards, Janis L. Political Cartoons in the 1988 Presidential Campaign: Image, Metaphor, and Narrative. NY: Garland, 1997. 10705. Edwards, Janis L. “Wee George and the Seven Dwarfs: Caricature and Metaphor in Campaign ’88 Cartoons.” Inks. May 1995, pp. 26-34. 10706. Fischer, Roger A. “The Lucifer Legacy: Boss Tweed and Richard Nixon as Generic Sleaze Symbols in Cartoon Art.” Journal of American Culture. Summer 1990. 10707. Fischer, Roger A. “The ‘Monumental’ Lincoln As an American Cartoon Convention.” Inks. Feb. 1995, pp. 12-25. 10708. Goodman, Martin. “Election Fraud.” Animation World. June 2000, pp. 34-37. 10709. “A Hard Line on Bush.” The Guardian. June 30, 2003. 10710. Heagerty, Leo E., ed. Eyes on the President. Occidental, CA: Chronos, 1993. 278 pp. 10711. Hertzberg, Hendrik. “Cartoon Presidents: They May Run Things in Washington, But They Don’t in Toondale.” New Yorker. Nov. 22, 1999, pp. 166-171. 10712. “Hey – Have You Seen This One? President Eisenhower’s Cartoon Book.” The Funnies Paper. Nov.-Dec. 2001, pp. 16-17. 10713. Hill, A. “The Carter Campaign in Retrospect: Decoding the Cartoons.” In Rhetorical Dimensions in Media: A Critical Casebook, edited by M.J. Medhurst and T.W. Benson, pp. 182-203. Dubuque, IA: Kendall and Hunt, 1984. 10714. Holzer, Harold, Gabor S. Boritt, and Mark E. Neely, Jr. The Lincoln Image: Abraham Lincoln and the Popular Print. NY: Oxford University Press, 1983. 552 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10715. Hyoungkoo Khang and Eyun-Jung Ki. “Framing the Presidential Candidates in Editorial Cartoons.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Miami Beach, FL, Aug. 2002. 10716. Kim Eun-Kyung. “Clinton Complicated for Cartoonists.” CAW Interactive. Sept. 16, 1998, 3 pp. 10717. Liu-Lengyel, Hongying. “Kelindun He Manhua” (Clinton and Cartoons). Zhongguo Manhua (China Cartoons). Sept. 1993, pp. 26-27. 10718. Miller, Elaine K. “Drawing Conclusions: Editorial Cartoonists Consider Hillary Rodham Clinton.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, New Orleans, LA, April 20, 2000. 10719. Muir, Janette K. “Political Cartoons and Synecdoche: A Rhetorical Analysis of the 1984 Presidential Campaign.” Ph.D. dissertation, University of Massachusetts, 1986. 10720. Park, Jongmin and Sungwook Shim. “The Presidential Candidates in Political Cartoons: A Reflection of Cultural Differences Between the U.S. and Korea.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, New Orleans, LA, Aug. 1999. 10721. Prerost, Frank J. “Locus of Control As a Factor in the Appreciation of Election-Year Political Cartoons.” Psychological Reports. 72:1 (1993), pp. 217-218. 10722. Proffitt, Jennifer M. “Gatekeeping and the Editorial Cartoon: A Case Study of the 2000 Presidential Campaign Cartoons.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Washington, D.C., Aug. 2001. 10723. Rogers, Cullum. “Looking Back at Richard M. Nixon.” Hogan’s Alley. Fall 1994, pp. 14-18. 10724. Sewell, Edward H., Jr. “‘The Bad Days Are Part of It’: Editorial Car- toonists on Clinton’s First Year.” In The Clinton Presidency: Images, Issues, and Communication Strategies, edited by Robert E. Denton, Jr. and Rachel L. Holloway. Westport, CT: Praeger, 1996. 10725. Sink, Brenna M. “Abraham Lincoln and the Political Cartoon.” Lincoln Herald. Winter 1995, pp. 154-164. 10726. Templin, Charlotte. “The Clinton Family in Cartoons.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, San Antonio, TX, March 26. 1997. 10727. Templin, Charlotte. “Hillary Clinton as Threat to Gender Norms: Cartoon Images of the First Lady.” Journal of Communication Inquiry. Jan. 1999, pp. 20-36. 10728. Thomas, Samuel J. “The Tattooed Man Caricatures and the Presidential Campaign of 1884.” Journal of American Culture. Winter 1987, pp. 1- 20. 10729. “Unfair! Cartoonists Stick It to Reagan, Begin et al.” The Quill. Jan. 1983, pp. 25-27. United States: Political Cartoons 553

10730. Ursitti, Joseph. “Lampooning the President: Bill Clinton’s Image in American Political Cartoons.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Philadelphia, PA, April 13, 1995. 10731. Whitcomb, Dan. “Officials See Threat in Bush Newspaper Cartoon.” Reuters dispatch, July 21, 2003. 10732. White, Tricia. “Caricaturing Carter.” The Quill. Jan. 1977, p. 10. 10733. Zeng, Jin. “‘Shooting’ Bush? Small Cartoon Stirs Waters of the Pond.” Duowei Times (Philadelphia). Sept. 21-27, 2003, p. B3. War, Terrorism 10734. Allen, Todd. “The Atomic Bomb, the Hydrogen Bomb, and Their Portrayal in Political Cartoons.” Paper presented at Third Comic Arts Conference, Chicago, IL, July 2, 1994. 10735. Chun, Gary C.W. “Cartoonists Ever Vigilant with War Commentary.” Honolulu Star Bulletin. March 16, 2003. 10736. Clark, Christian. “Dehumanizing the Enemy, Part II.” Lies of Our Times. May 1992, pp. 11-14. 10737. DeSousa, Michael A. “The Satisfaction of Pretended Insight: The Iranian Crises in Selected U.S. Editorial Cartoons.” Paper presented at Speech Communication Association, Louisville, KY, 1982. 10738. “Dick Locher’s Mideast Peace Cartoon Inflamed Passions.” AAEC Notebook. Sept. 2003. 10739. Edwards, Janis L. and Carol K. Winkler. “Representative Form and the Visual Ideograph: The Iwo Jima Image in Editorial Cartoons.” Quarterly Journal of Speech. 83 (1997), pp. 289-310. 10740. Gamson, William A. and David Stuart. “Media Discourse As a Symbolic Contest: The Bomb in Political Cartoons.” Sociological Forum. March 1992, pp. 55-86. 10741. Gillies, Judith S. “Wartime Cartoons.” Washington Post. May 26, 2002, p. Y07. 10742. Greenberg, Steve. “Editorial Cartooning in Terrorism’s Aftermath.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 10, 2002, pp. 22-25. 10743. Harvey, R.C. “Editoonery in the Wartime Wake of Sept. 11.” Comics Journal. Oct. 2002, pp. 115-120. 10744. Hecht, George, ed. The War in 100 Cartoons. NY: E.P. Dutton, 1919. 10745. “Is Criticism of Israel Anti-Semitic? And Why Do Editors Always Blame the Cartoonist First.” AAEC Notebook. Sept. 2003. 10746. Keen, Sam. Faces of the Enemy: Reflections of the Hostile Imagination. San Francisco: Harper and Row, 1986. 10747. Keller, Charles and David Leopold. “The Art of Persuasion.” New Yorker. Aug. 16, 1999, p. 5. (World War II). 10748. Lamb, Chris. “Drawn and Quartered: The Government and Cartoonists During World War I.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association 554 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Washington, D.C., Aug. 1995. 10749. Leo, John. “Cartoonists May Push Limits, But That’s What Cartoonists Do.” The Funnies Paper. Sept.-Oct. 2003, p. 48. (Reprinted from Richmond Times-Dispatch. June 15, 2003. 10750. Original Political Cartoons of World War II, Also Nazi Germany Stamp Collection. Garden City, MI: Political Cartoons, 1994. 10751. Shull, Michael. “Nazis and Japs: Cartoon Representations of Our Enemies.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 16, 2001. 10752. Somers, Paul P., Jr. “Ethnic Stereotyping in American Editorial Cartoons of the World War II Period.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Orlando, FL, April 11, 1998. 10753. Sweet, Leona. “Editorial Cartoon Tells Iraq Situation Like It Is.” Sioux City Journal (Iowa). Sept. 5, 2003. 10754. “Vietnam.” The NCS Cartoonist. Feb. 1967, pp. 3-5. 10755. Walsh, Jeffrey and James Aulich, eds. Vietnam Images: War and Representation. NY: St. Martin’s Press, 1989. (Includes David Kunzle, “Killingly Funny: US Posters of the Vietnam Era,” pp. 112-122; David Huxley, “‘The Real Thing’: New Images of Vietnam in American Comic Books,” pp. 160-170). 10756. Wells, Rebecca L. “The Lines Are Drawn: Political Cartoons of the Civil War.” School Library Journal. Feb. 2000. 10757. Winch, Samuel P. “Cuddly Bear and Vicious Ape: Soviets and Germans in Editorial Cartoons, 1933-1946.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, New Orleans, LA, Aug. 1999. Women 10758. Astor, David. “‘Wit’ Feature Has a Female Perspective.” Editor and Publisher. March 12, 1994, p. 42. 10759. Bendix, John and Regina Bendix. “Politics and Gender in Humor and Satire: The Cases of Elisabeth Kopp and Geraldine Ferraro.” Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Soziologie. 18:2 (1992), pp. 441-460. 10760. Peoples, Donald E. “Women’s Suffrage Cartoons Get My Vote.” Penstuff. Sept. 1995, p. 8. 10761. Sheppard, Alice. Cartooning for Suffrage. Introduction by Elisabeth Israels Perry. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 1994. 320 pp. 10762. Sheppard, Alice. “Political and Social Consciousness in the Woman Suffrage Cartoons of Lou Rogers and Nina Allender.” Studies in American Humor. Spring/Summer 1985. United States: Political Cartoons 555

10763. Viens, Margaret F. Never Underestimate: The Life and Career of Margaret Chase Smith Through the Eyes of the Political Cartoonist. Skowhegan, ME: Northwood University Margaret Chase Smith Library, 1993. 183 pp. PROFESSIONAL ASPECTS 10764. “Arbitrator Says Paper Must Reinstate Fired Cartoonist.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 2, 1986, p. 12. 10765. Astor, David. “Cartoonists’ Group Decries Job Losses.” CAPS. Aug. 1995, pp. 9-10. 10766. Astor, David. “Cartoonists’ Group Decries Job Losses.” Editor and Publisher. July 22, 1995, pp. 34, 36-37. 10767. Astor, David. “Cartoonists Launch a Media Committee.” Editor and Publisher. June 11, 1994, p. 30. 10768. Astor, David. “Cartoon Slots Still Vacant in Chicago and Elsewhere.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, p. 9. (Reprinted from E&P Online. April 22, 2002.). 10769. Astor, David. “Consortium Formed for Feature Delivery.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 21, 1995. 10770. Astor, David. “Do Too Many Funny Editorial Cartoons Get Reprinted?” Editor and Publisher. May 18, 1991, pp. 45-48. 10771. Astor, David. “Downbeat Look at a Profession’s Future.” Editor and Publisher. June 25, 1994, pp. 110-111. 10772. Astor, David. “Exit Editorial Cartoonists?” Inklings. Fall 1995, p. 5. 10773. Astor, David. “Future of Comics Is Discussed by Panel.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 7, 1995, p. 35. 10774. Astor, David. “Hackneyed Work Is Hacked at Meeting.” Editor and Publisher. 126:25 (1993), pp. 62-63. 10775. Astor, David. “Meeting Speakers Display Even More Clichéd Editorial Cartoons.” Editor and Publisher. July 16, 1994, p. 50. 10776. Astor, David. “Spokane Words.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 26. Reprinted from Editor and Publisher. June 21, 1997. 10777. “Bile Needed.” The Economist. Nov. 2, 1996, pp. 83-84. 10778. Bragg, Rick. “Some Cartoons Are Original: Alas, the Also-rans Also Run.” New York Times. April 3, 1994, pp. 4, 12. 10779. “Cartoonist Kerfuffle, or, This Might Not Have Happened with a Staff Cartoonist.” AAEC Notebook. Sept. 2003. 10780. Case, Tony. “Cartoon World Has Its Ups and Downs.” Editor and Publisher. April 29, 1995, p. 50. 10781. Davis, Joel. “Don’t Ask, but There’s Trouble in ’Toon Town.” Editor and Publisher. Jan. 31, 2000, p. 6. 10782. “Florida Press Association Hails Hall.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 14. 556 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10783. Greenberg, Steve. “Dumped.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1988, pp. 4-5. 10784. Harvey, R.C. “Straw Men on the Editorial Page.” Comics Journal. Dec. 1999, pp. 131-135. 10785. Jones, Stacy. “Too Harsh for Comfort.” Editor and Publisher. Jan. 25, 1997, pp. 9-10. 10786. Lamb, Chris. “Editorial Cartoonists Pessimistic About Their Profession.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 14, 1995, p. 48. 10787. Marlette, Doug. “‘Editorial Cartoonists – An Endangered Species?’” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1998, pp. 30-41. 10788. “Pens on the Map: Full-Time Editorial Cartoon Positions in the United States as of January 1998.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 5, 1998, p. 43. 10789. Rogers, V. Cullum. “The Ranks Grow Thinner.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 2, 1995, pp. 18-19. 10790. Stredicke, Victor. “Editorial Cartoonists Drawn and Quartered.” Cartoon World. Aug. 1995, p. 3. 10791. Williamson, Lenora. “‘Keep Crud Coming to Top,’ Editorial Cartoonist Tells Peers.” Editor and Publisher. Dec. 6, 1975, p. 30. 10792. Wines, Michael. “Cartoonists’ Future Is No Joking Matter.” Cartoon World. Dec. 1995, pp. 8-10.Reprinted form New York Times. July 3, 1995. 10793. Wines, Michael. “Cartoonists See a Future That’s No Joking Matter.” New York Times. July 3, 1995, p. 41. American Association of Editorial Cartoonists (AAEC) 10794. Astor, David. “Editors Editorialize at Cartoon Session.” Editor and Publisher. Aug. 19, 1995, p. 34. 10795. Astor, David. “Recession Session at Cartoon Meeting.” Editor and Publisher. June 26, 1993, pp. 34-36. 10796. Astor, David. “They Focus on Editorial Cartooning and Syndication.” Editor and Publisher. May 30, 1987, pp. 55-56. 10797. “The Cartoon Census.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 15. 10798. Harvey, R.C. “Self-Criticism and Good Humor at the Annual AAEC Convention.” Comics Journal. Oct. 2003, pp. 20-22. 10799. Kovalic, John. “Online AAEC Conversation Pit Now in Service.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, pp. 12-13. 10800. Levine, Marty. “Funny Papers: Editorial Cartoonists Draw Crowd Here.” Pittsburgh City Paper. June 2003. 10801. “Minutes of the 1997 Annual Meeting.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, pp. 37-38. 10802. “New Members.” Notebook of the Association of American Editorial Cartoonists. Winter 1995, pp. 12-13. United States: Political Cartoons 557

10803. “New Members.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 16. 10804. Norman, Tony. “Editorial Cartoonists Draw Discouraging Portrait.” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette. June 17, 2003. 10805. “Olson Management and the AAEC.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, p. 39. 10806. Rogers, V. Cullum. “The Disney Diversion.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, pp. 28-31. 10807. Wuerker, Matt. “Contrarian Cartoons Coincide with AAEC Convention in D.C.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, p. 16. Pulitzer Prize 10808. Melby, Nathan. “Prize Patrol: Pulitzer’s Eye Has Been on Comics for 80 Years.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 31, 2003, pp. 1, 16. 10809. Rogers, V. Cullum. “Eyes on the Prize.” Hogan’s Alley. 2:3 (1999), pp. 44-46. TECHNICAL ASPECTS 10810. “The Art of Politics.” Newsweek. Oct. 13, 1980. 10811. Astor, David. “Cyberspace Draws AAEC’s Attention.” Editor and Publisher. July 29, 1995, pp. 32-33. 10812. Astor, David. “Electronic Delivery of Comic Coming.” Editor and Publisher. Oct. 16, 1993, pp. 36-37. 10813. Astor, David. “‘High-Tech Update’ on Editorial Cartoons.” Editor and Publisher. May 11, 1991, pp. 36-39. 10814. Astor, David. “How To Op Your Ed.” AAEC Notebook. Summer 1997, pp. 32-33. Reprinted from Editor and Publisher. July 12, 1997. 10815. Astor, David. “Sales Are Booming in Overseas Markets.” Editor and Publisher. Jan. 26, 1991, pp. 38, 40-42. 10816. Astor, David. “Syndicates Race into Cyberspace.” Editor and Publisher. May 6, 1995, pp. 36-38. 10817. Johnson, Charles R. “Creating the Political Cartoon.” Scholastic Editor Graphics Communications. 52:5 (1973), pp. 8-13. 10818. Lasica, J.D. “Mice That Roar.” AAEC Notebook. June 2002, pp. 18-21. 10819. Miller, Bryan. “What High-Tech Cartoonists Do with the Leftovers.” New York Times. Sept. 11, 1994, p. F-4. 10820. Mirapaul, Matthew. “Political Targets with Moving Parts.” New York Times. March 17, 2003. 10821. Palmer, Kate. “Stop Sucking Up All the Money.” AAEC Notebook. Spring 1995, p. 5. 10822. Pradarelli, Melinda. “The Political Cartoonist’s Art.” University of Iowa Spectator. Fall 1999, p. 8.

7 ADDENDUM

CANADA Cartoonists and Their Works 10823. Feldman, Rhoda. “Following Father’s Footsteps.” The Funnies Paper. May/June 2002, pp. 17-18. (Arch Dale). 10824. Nadel, Dan. “The Many Varieties of Life Between the Lines.” Washington Post Book World. June 6, 2004, p. BW13. (Harry Mayerovitch). 10825. Rosenkranz, Patrick. “Rand Holmes and the Canadian Underground Press.” Comic Art. Winter 2004, pp. 62-77. 10826. Tobin, Suzanne. “Meet the Artist Adrian Raeside Cartoonist, ‘The Other Coast.’” Washington Post Style. July 16, 2004. Chartier, Arthur 10827. Stastna, Kazi. “Cartoonist Captured Rural Quebec.” Montreal Gazette. Feb. 29, 2004. 10828. Farquharson, Vanessa. “Drawing Attention: Only Now Being Given His Due, the Late Arthur Chartier Spent His Life in Relative Obscurity.” National Post. Feb. 25, 2004. Seth 10829. Arnold, Andrew D. “A Cool Breeze.” Time.comix. July 2, 2004. (“Clyde Fans Book One”). 10830. Epstein, Daniel R. “Palookaville – Clyde Fans Creator Seth.” Suicidegirls.com. June 24, 2004. 560 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10831. Hignite, M. Todd. “Seth in the Studio.” Comic Art. Spring 2004, pp. 28- 49. 10832. Mandel, Charles. “An Impoverished Childhood Drawn in Rich Detail: Artist and Graphic Novelist Seth Adds Images to His Father’s Memoir To Portray a Hardscrabble Life Growing up in PEL” Toronto Globe and Mail. March 31, 2004. 10833. Sanders, Rik. “Seth.” Stripschrift. Dec. 2003, pp. 24-27. Animation General Sources 10834. Cohen, Karl F. “Animating Peace Messages – Part I.” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 30-33. (U.S., Canada). 10835. Dyer, Scott. “Executive Suite: A New Golden Age.” Animation. April 2004, p. 58. 10836. Griffin, George. “The Future of Illusion: Flux.” ASIFA Magazine. Spring/Summer 2004, pp. 20-23. 10837. Hughes, Trevor. “B.C. Tax Credit Aimed at Digital Animation.” CBC News Online. Jan. 22, 2004. 10838. Lanier, Chris. “Real Life, or Something Like It, at SAFO ’03.” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 64-72. 10839. Perra, Lynne. “A Patchwork of Differing Voices: Canadian Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30- Oct. 3, 2004. 10840. Zahed, Ramin. “Preschool Paradise.” Animation. April 2004, p. 56. Animators 10841. Firth, Matthew. “Cut-Up: The Films of Grant Munro.” ASIFA Magazine. Spring/Summer 2004, pp. 6-7. 10842. Schuster, Eli. “Artists Still in the Picture.” Financial Post. Jan. 12, 2004. Companies and Studios 10843. Hetherington, Janet. “Bardel Entertainment: Success Painted in Broad Strokes.” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 8-12. 10844. Mallory, Michael. “Cinégroupe: 30 Years. The Canadian Powerhouse Pushes 30.” Animation. Jan. 2004, p. 62. 10845. “Sale of Cinar Animation Firm to Toronto Group for US $143.9 M Closes.” Montreal Gazette. March 15, 2004. 10846. “Three Dynamic Toon Shops Mark Milestones in ’04.” Animation. Jan. 2004, p. 64. (Sparx, Atomic, Sun Lizards). Addendum 561

Comic Books 10847. Adamo, Susan. “Log Entries:…Imported Hero: ‘Captain Canuck.’” The Best of Starlog. Vol. 2, 1981, pp. 9-16. 10848. Daw, James. “Taxman Battles Superman in Comic-Book Caper.” Toronto Star. Feb. 10, 2004. 10849. Roy, Pierre. Le Goût de Lire et la Bande Dessinée. Quebec: Association Canadienne pour l’Avancement de la Littérature de Jeunesse, 1991. 213 pp. 10850. Staples, Sarah. “Canadian Teenagers Take up Manga Comics Craze.” Can West News Service release in Calgary Herald. June 29, 2004. Comic Strips 10851. Cohen, Lorrie. “What Harm’s a Little Laughter, Just ‘Between Friends’?” Tucson Citizen. Jan. 17, 2004. (“Friends”). Political Cartoons 10852. Anderson, Ho. “Canadian History, Cartoon-Style.” Toronto Star. Jan. 5, 2004. 10853. Spencer, David R. “The Trojan Horse: Free Trade, the Americans, and Canadian Political Cartoonists, 1849-1879.” International Journal of Comic Art. Spring 2004, pp. 191-220. UNITED STATES: COMIC ART General Sources 10854. Astor, Dave. “N.Y. Cartoon Museum To Move.” E&P Online. Feb. 27, 2004. 10855. Griggs, Ted. “Japanese Anime Changing Face of Cartooning in U.S.” Baton Rouge Advocate. April 9, 2004. 10856. Steinhart, Peter. The Undressed Art: Why We Draw. NY: Knopf, 2004. 259 pp. 10857. Wepman, Dennis and Guy Badeaux. “North America.” WittyWorld International Cartoon Magazine. Spring 1997, pp. 10-11. 10858. Williams, John E. “Hack U.” Comics Journal. Dec. 2003, pp. 54-55. (Joe Kubert School of Cartoon and Graphic Art). Associations 10859. Dean, Michael. “At Last the Industry Gets the Trade Association It Always Wanted – but Is It the Real Thing?” Comics Journal. June/July 2004, pp. 10-15. (International Comic Arts Assocation). 562 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10860. Evry, Ron. “National Cartoonists Society Takes Break from In-Fighting To Present Reuben Awards.” Comics Journal. July 2001, pp. 16-17. 10861. McGarry, Steve. “The National Cartoonists Society (NCS).” Inkspot. Summer 2004, pp. 16-17. UNITED STATES: GAG, ILLUSTRATIVE, MAGAZINE CARTOONS General Sources 10862. Campanelli, Melissa. “Comic Strip Makes Case for Surgical Blade.” dmnews.com. April 12, 2004. 10863. Hagenauer, George. “Collecting Holiday Original Art.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Jan. 9, 2004, p. 37. 10864. St. John, Warren. “Sex with Einstein? Yes, in the New Yorker.” New York Times. May 2, 2004, pp. 9-1, 9-2. Anthologies 10865. Bartholomew, Charles L. and Joseph Almars. Modern Illustrating. Division 5. Minneapolis, MN: Federal Schools Incorporated, 1932. (Includes: Norman Rockwell, “Illustrating Boy Life,” Clare Briggs, “The Humorous Cartoon,” Frank King, “The Cartoon Page — Caricaturing Children,” Fontaine Fox, “The Humorous Cartoon for Syndicate Uses”). 10866. Benjamin, Carol Lea. Cartooning for Kids. NY: Thomas Y. Crowell, 1982. 10867. Hon, Billy. Billy Hon’s Famous Cartoon Book. Los Angeles: Wasley Publishing Co, 1927. 10868. Reklaw, Jesse. Dreamtoons. Boston: Shambhala, 2000. 128 pp. Cartoonists and Their Works 10869. Black, Ed. “Dick Dugan Sports Cartoonist.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 2002, pp. 30-35. 10870. Chun, Alice. “Don Flower’s Glamour Girls.” Comic Art. Winter 2004, pp. 50-61. 10871. Goldstein, Joel. “Inspired Idiocy: The Early Life and Work of Virgil Partch.” Comic Art. Spring 2004, pp. 50-62. 10872. “Having a ‘Bad Time.’” Newsweek. April 5, 2004, p. 9. (Bruce Eric Kaplan). 10873. Heintjes, Tom. “Family Matters.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 12, 2004, pp. 122- 133. (David Silverman). Addendum 563

10874. “KAZ and the INTERNET.” Cartoonist PROfiles. March 2001, pp. 36- 42. (Larry Katzman). 10875. MacDonald, Ruth K. “The Weirdness of Shel Silverstein.” Studies in American Humor. Winter 1986, pp. 267-279. 10876. McKinley, Jesse. “Another Cartoon Canvas of Neurotic New York.” New York Times. May 13, 2004, pp. Fine Arts 1, 8. (Roz Chast). 10877. Martin, Douglas. “Harold von Braunhut, Seller of Sea Monkeys, Dies at 77.” New York Times. Dec. 21, 2003. 10878. Morath, Inge. Saul Steinberg Masquerade. NY: Viking Studio, Penguin Group, 2000. Unpaginated. 10879. Norkin, Sam. “Sam Norkin Drawings, Stories.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 1994, pp. 50-55. 10880. Spurgeon, Tom. “Herb Gardner, Cartoonist Turned Playwright, Dead at 68.” Comics Journal. Feb. 2004, pp. 36-37. Geisel, Theodor (Dr. Seuss) 10881. Brinkley, Douglas. “Laughter’s Perennial at the Doctor’s Seussentennial.” The Funnies Paper. May-June 2004, pp. 28-29. (Reprinted from New York Times. March 2, 2004). 10882. Graeber, Laurel. “The Other Sides of Seuss.” New York Times. May 28, 2004. 10883. Kronish, Syd. “Commemorative Will Honor Dr. Seuss.” The Funnies Paper. Jan.-Feb. 2004, p. 29. 10884. Morgante, Michelle. “‘Dr. Seuss’ Has 100th Birthday.” Associated Press dispatch, Feb. 25, 2004. 10885. Nel, Philippe. Dr. Seuss: American Icon. NY: Continuum, 2004. 312 pp. 10886. Sama, Dominic. “Stamp-Collecting News and Notes.” Knight Ridder Newspapers. Feb. 18, 2004. 10887. Shulman, Nicole. “The Lord of Misrule.” Telegraph (London). March 14, 2004. Hoff, Syd 10888. “Children’s Author Syd Hoff Dies at 91.” Associated Press release. May 16, 2004. 10889. Nash, Eric P. “Syd Hoff, 91, Who Illustrated a Boy’s Ride on a Dinosaur.” New York Times. May 17, 2004, p. A23. 10890. “Syd Hoff; Cartoonist, Children’s Author.” Washington Post. May 16, 2004, p. C12. Steig, William 10891. Spurgeon, Tom. “The King Is Dead; Long Live the King: Cartooning Great William Steig Passes Away at 95.” Comics Journal. Dec. 2003, pp. 16-24. 564 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10892. “William Steig Remembered.” Comics Journal. June/July 2004, p. 23. UNITED STATES: ANIMATION General Sources 10893. Besen, Ellen. “A Special Relationship: Part 2 – Think Like an Animator, Walk Like a Duck.” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 57-60. 10894. Dobuzinskis, Alex. “A New Bank, with Draw. Animation Museum Could Attract Tourism.” Los Angeles Daily News. March 7, 2004. 10895. Goodman, Martin. “Deconstruction Zone – Part 1.” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 20-22. 10896. Honeycutt, Kirk. “Critics’ Lists: Animation, Docus Come to the Fore.” Hollywood Reporter. Dec. 30, 2003. 10897. Kenyon, Heather. “Looking Back on the University Days: A Survey of Alumnae.” Animation World. June 1997, 6 pp. 10898. LaPorte, Nicole. “Tooning up New Titles.” Variety. June 14-20, 2004, p. 12. 10899. Leskosky, Richard. “Solitary Invaders: A Sub-Genre of Studio Cartoons.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30-Oct. 3, 2004. 10900. London, Robby. “Don’t Bite the Fan That Feeds You.” Animation. Aug. 2004, p. 48. 10901. London, Bobby. “Do Toons Cause Electile Dysfunction.” Animation. April 2004, p. 60. 10902. McGrath, Charles. “Not Funnies.” New York Times Magazine. July 11, 2004. 10903. “Pitch Party 2004.” Animation. Aug. 2004, pp. 25-37. 10904. Robinson, Tom and Caitlin Anderson. “Portrayal of Older Characters on Children’s Animated Programs.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Toronto, Canada, Aug. 2004. 10905. Surman, David. “From Realism to Reality Effect and Affect: Epistemological Issues in Realist Theories of Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30-Oct. 3, 2004. 10906. Wells, Paul. “‘Animation Is the Most Important Art Form of the Twentieth Century’ Discuss.” Art and Design. No. 53, 1997, pp. 2-3. 10907. “Wild Brain Is the Production House Behind the U.S. Health Resources and Service Administration’s ‘Stop Bullying Now’ Online and TV Campaign.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2004, pp. 1-2. 10908. Wolff, Ellen. “Playing Favorites: Animators Pick Inspiring Scenes on DVD.” Animation. March 2004, pp. 18, 20, 22. 10909. Wolff, Ellen. “Virtual Archeology.” Animation. July 2004, pp. 46-48. Addendum 565

10910. Schreiber, Dominic. “Alien Invasion.” Animation. Oct. 1997, pp. 8-9. Feature 10911. “Animated Features/ The Analysis.” Variety. Feb. 9-15, 2004, p. A11. 10912. Beck, Jerry. “Feature Films – Look Ahead and Back.” Animation World. Jan. 2004, pp. 17-19. 10913. Cohen, Karl. “Coming Soon to a Theater Near You.” Animation. No. 48, 2004, pp. 6-9. 10914. Larsen, Dave. “Animated Releases of Big-Budget Films Is the Latest Hollywood Trend.” New York Times. June 28, 2004. Television 10915. Briggs, Terrence. “Worst/Best Television of the Year.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 6-7. 10916. “Fablevision’s Lia Guides Girls to Science.” Animation. July 2004, p. 9. 10917. “Gambling on News Toons in Vegas: This Year’s NATPE Discoveries.” Animation. Feb. 2004, pp. 30-32, 34. 10918. Levin, Gary. “Networks Getting a Jolt of Animation.” USA Today. March 30, 2004. 10919. Martin, Denise. “Cable Toons Get Kapowed by Auds.” Variety. Dec. 15-21, 2003, p. 30. 10920. Miller, Bob. “The End of Saturday Morning?” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 46-50. 10921. Miller, Chuck. “Raging Rudolph, Gumboy and the Son of Goliath: Inside MAD TV Animation.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 38- 39. 10922. Neuwirth, Allen. “Three Simple Rules for Creating a Hit Toon Series.” Animation. April 2004, pp. 38-40. 10923. Strike, Joe. “How Does Adult Animation Rate?” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 10-15. 10924. Strike, Joe. “2003 TV Wrap-Up, What’s In Store for 2004.” Animation World. Jan. 2004, pp. 4-15. 10925. Strike, Joe. “What Makes a Hit a Hit? The Stakes Are Even Higher When It Comes to Animation.” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 4-9. Advertising 10926. “Chicken Soup for the Dog’s Soul.” Animation. May 2004, p. 27. 10927. Gladstone, Valeria. “Barbie Dances with Help form City Ballet.” New York Times. Sept. 28, 2003, Arts 9. 10928. Kane, Courtney. “TV and Movie Characters See Children Snacks.” New York Times. Dec. 8, 2003, p. C7. 566 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10929. Versh, Bonita. “Making the Cel: A Profile of Women in Commercials.” Animation World. May 1997, 4 pp. Associations 10930. Carels, Edwin. “Theories on Real Fantasies.” SAS Newsletter. Spring 2004, pp. 4-5. 10931. Cohen, Karl. “Who Founded ASIFA-SF?” AS1FA San Francisco. March 2004, p. 3. 10932. Ryan, Will. “ASIFA-Hollywood: A Lot To Celebrate at 30.” Animation. Jan. 2004, p. 8. Collecting 10933. “Gallery News.” Animation. Aug. 1997, pp. 40-41. 10934. Katz, Sunny. “Limited Editions Are Not Limited to the Majors.” Animation. Oct. 1997, pp. 69-70. Education and Training 10935. Carter, Alice. “An Interactive Teaching Tool Comes to Life: The Acme Virtual Training Network.” Animation World. June 1997, 5 pp. 10936. Cobbs, Chris. “Computer Animation School Draws on Student’s Dreams.” Roanoke Times. Dec. 25, 2003. (Digital Animation and Video Effects School). 10937. Cohen, Karl. “SF State Once Again Shows Off Work by Their Talented Students.” ASIFA San Francisco. Spring/Summer 2004, pp. 1-2. 10938. Deneroff, Harvey. “Animation at New York University.” Animatoon. No. 47, pp. 54-57. 10939. Glenn, Tammy. “The Digital Demand: California Governor Pete Wilson Proposes a Scholarship Initiative.” Animation World. June 1997, 4 pp. 10940. Street. Roberta. “Higher-Learning News.” Animation. Aug. 2004, p. 68. 10941. Wolff, Ellen. “Branching Out: the Art Institute of California Covers the Map.” Animation. Feb. 2004, pp. 72-74. 10942. Wolff, Ellen. “Going for the Gold.” Animation. Aug. 2004, pp. 61-63. 10943. Wolff, Ellen. “Henry Cogswell College Passes Down the Pencil.” Animation. May 2004, pp. 48-50. Exhibitions, Festivals, Awards 10944. “Animation at the S.F. Film Festival.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2004, p. 3. 10945. Boilés, Paloma. “Report from Chicago: The Chicago International Animation Film Festival – Cineme.” Animation World. Dec. 2003, pp. 48-51. Addendum 567

10946. “‘The Dennis Nyback Forbidden Animation Festival: Beyond Spike and Mike!” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2004, p. 5. 10947. Waterman, Parker. “Wait Your Turn, Oscar! Annie Has the Stage.” Animation. Feb. 2004, p. 22. NATPE 10948. Baisley, Sarah. “Animated Causes and Convenience Reign at NATPE 2004.” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 43-50. 10949. London, Robby. “Things To Do at NATPE When You’re Dead!” Animation. Feb. 2004, p. 51. Sundance 10950. Skweres, Mary Ann. “The New Age of Animation at Sundance.” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 55-59. 10951. Skweres, Mary Ann. “Slamdance Animated.” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 51-54. 10952. Zahed, Ramin. “Park City’s Winter Toon Oasis.” Animation. Feb. 2004, p. 24. Academy Award (Oscar) 10953. Besen, Ellen. “Analogy and Animation: Oscar 2004: Let the Techno Wars Begin!” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 35-40. 10954. Cohen, Karl. “And the Award Goes To.” Animatoon. No. 48, 2004, pp. 56-59. 10955. Cohen, Karl. “Joining the OSCAR Screenings To Select the Best Animated Short Nominees.” Animatoon. No. 48, 2004, pp. 60-63. 10956. Cohen, Karl. “Selecting the Nominations for Best Animated Short.…” ASIFA San Francisco. Feb. 2004, p. 1-2. 10957. DeMott, Rick. “Has the Oscar for Animated Feature Affected the Industry?” Animation World. Dec. 2003, pp. 19-22. 10958. Mallory, Michael. “They May Be Short, But They Have High Hopes.” Animation. March 2004, pp. 14-15. 10959. Mallory, Michael. “A Guide for Academy Voters Part 2. The Fight Against Toon Discrimination in Major Categories.” Animation. Jan. 2004, pp. 16,18. 10960. “[Oscars].” Animatoon. No. 47, p. 46. 10961. Verrier, Richard and Claudia Eller. “Many Animators Hope To See Walt Disney’s Nephew Win an Oscar for ‘Destino.’” Los Angeles Times. Feb. 19, 2004. Gaming and Toys 10962. Ball, Ryan. “Calling All Mobile Gamers!” Animation. Aug. 2004, p. 10. 568 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

10963. Ball, Ryan. “Game Show Network Mounts Video Game Invasion.” Animation. March 2004, p. 12. 10964. Ball, Ryan. “Holiday Shoppers Make a Mad Dash for Mario.” Animation. March 2004, p. 10. 10965. Ball, Ryan. “Invasion of the Game Developers.” Animation. June 2004, pp. 10, 13. 10966. Ball, Ryan. “Past, Present and Future Collide at E3.” Animation. June 2004, p. 11. 10967. Ball, Ryan. “Return of the Game Ogre.” Animation. July 2004, p. 10. 10968. Ball, Ryan. “Three on the Tree.” Animation. April 2004, p. 18. 10969. Ball, Ryan. “Video Game Creation for Dummies?” Animation. April 2004, p. 16-17. 10970. Bouldin, Joanna. “War Games: Virtual Maps, Video Games, and the Animation of Enemy Space.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30-Oct. 3, 2004. 10971. Goldsmith, Jill. “For Pics, the Play’s the Thing.” Variety. Feb. 16-22, 2004, p. 9. 10972. London, Robby. “Toy Fair Is No Fair.” Animation. March 2004, p. 34. 10973. “Poetry in Motion Control.” Animation. April 2004, p. 20. 10974. “Toys Will Be Toys.” Animation. July 2004, p. 30. 10975. “Vivendi Universal Games Announces Development of Multi-Platform Games Based on Twentieth Century Fox’s Upcoming Animated Feature Film Event Robots.” PRNewswire release, June 23, 2004. 10976. Wolff, Ellen. “Who’s Got Game?” Animation. April 2004, pp. 78-80. 10977. Zahed, Ramin. “So Many Toys, So Little Time!” Animation. March 2004, pp. 36, 38, 40. 10978. Zahed, Ramin. “Tracking Tomorrow’s Toys.” Animation. July 2004, p. 32. Genres and Types 10979. Brierton, Tom. Stop-Motion Puppet Sculpting: A Manual of Foam Injection, Build-Up, and Finishing Techniques. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 2004. [96] pp. 10980. Langer, Mark. “Birth of the Boop: Thoughts on Animation and Live- Action Stardom.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30-Oct. 3, 2004. 10981. Meyer, Frank. “Adult Animation Content at DirtyPictureShow.com.” AVN Online. Feb. 16, 2004. 10982. Shaw, Susannah. “Stop Motion: Craft Skills for Model Animation.” Animatoon. No. 47, pp. 80-81. 10983. Zahed, Ramin. “Adult Animation Strikes Back!” Animation. Jan. 2004, pp. 66-69. Addendum 569

Historical Aspects 10984. Deitch, Gene. “GDA, Inc.: Fate Comes Calling.” Animation World. Dec. 2003, pp. 37-39. 10985. Faber, Liz and Helen Walters. Animation Unlimited: Innovative Short Films Since 1940. London: King Publishing, 2004. 192 pp. 10986. Howell, Peter. “Toon Movies Have History in Tinseltown.” Toronto Star. March 28, 2004. 10987. Korkis, Jim. “Secrets of Steamboat Willie.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 12, 2004, pp. 57-62. 10988. McNamara, Martin. “‘The East Is Red; the Barnyard Is Ready’: Communist Ideology in the CIA’s Animal Farm.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30-Oct. 3, 2004. 10989. Shull, Michael S. and David E. Wilt. Doing Their Bit: Wartime American Animated Short Films 1939-1945. 2nd Ed. Jefferson, Nc: McFarland, 2004. 246 pp. 10990. “Top Cartoon of All Time Revealed.” CBBC (London). Feb. 19, 2004. Industry 10991. Adalian, Josef and Michael Schneider. “ABC Trapped in Mouse Maze.” Variety. March 1-7, 2004, pp. 1, 47. 10992. Del Vecchio, Gene. “What’s Cool in 2004.” Animation. April 2004, p. 42. 10993. Dempsey, John. “Toons Get the Bugs Out.” Variety. July 26-Aug. 1, 2004, pp. 24, 26. 10994. “‘High Noon for Toon Boon’ Says Variety.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1997, p. 5. 10995. Hindes, Andrew. “High Noon for Toon Boon.” Variety. July 14-20, 1997, pp. 1, 54, 57. 10996. “How To Make Obscene Amounts of Money in Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2004, p. 5. 10997. LaPorte, Nicole. “Will Toon IPO Be a Draw?” Variety. July 26-Aug. 1, 2004, p. 6. 10998. Larsen, Dave. “Animation Filling Gaps in Film Franchises.” Arizona Republic. July 1, 2004, p. 10. 10999. London, Robby. “A New Spring in Our Walk Cycles.” Animation. May 2004, p. 24. 11000. Simon, Mark. “The Ugly Truth About Hollywoodese.” Animation. April 2004, p. 84. 570 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Labor Career 11001. “Careers in Animation.” Special issue of The Hollywood Reporter. July 18-20, 1997. 11002. Grove, Chris. “Think You Need an Agent? Think Again!” Animation. June 2004, pp. 22-23. 11003. London, Robby. “How To Avoid a Good Agent!” Animation. June 2004, p. 21. 11004. Simon, Mark. “Dealing with Demo Reels.” Animation. July 2004, p. 50. 11005. Simon, Mark. “Mind Your Business: 3 Keys to Successful Resumes – Key 3, Supporting Evidence.” Animation. Jan. 2004, p. A8. 11006. Thompson, Pamela K. “The ABCDs of the Invisible Resumé.” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 62-63. 11007. Thompson, Pamela Kleibrink. “Career Coach: Breaking Up Is Hard To Do.” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 41-42. 11008. Thompson, Pamela K. “Give Your Career a Holiday Gift.” Animation World. Dec. 2003, pp. 46-47. 11009. Thompson, Pamela K. “Scouting for Talent: Where the Recruiters Go.” Animation World. June 1997, 4 pp. 11010. Thompson, Pamela K. “Volunteer To Boost Your Career.” Animation World. Jan. 2004, pp. 51-52. 11011. “Winter Practice: Three New Primers Offer Helpful Tips for Aspiring Animators.” Animation. March 2004, p. 8. 11012. Wolff, Ellen. “From Classes to Careers.” Animation. June 2004, pp. 40- 42. 11013. Wolfe, Ellen. “The Right Stuff: Tips on How To Break into Your Favorite Animation Program.” Animation. Jan. 2004, pp. A2, A4, A6. Unions and Wages 11014. “Animators Find Their Work Going Overseas, on Computers.” Los Angeles Times. March 28, 2004. 11015. Hulett, Steve. “From Humble Beginnings to the Making of Superstars: Animation Wages Past, Present and Future.” Animation World. June 1997, 5 pp. 11016. Kenyon, Heather. “The State of the Recruiting Nation.” Animation World. June 1997, 5 pp. 11017. Sigler, Richard. “Labor Unions.” Animation. Oct. 1997, p. 4. Addendum 571

Merchandising Licensing 11018. “Glamour Girls Rule.” Animation. July 2004, pp. 33-34. 11019. “Kids Ready for Toyland Launch.” Animation. July 2004, p. 36. 11020. “Living in the Past.” Animation. Jan. 2004, pp. 72-73. 11021. Raugust, Karen. “Licensing 101: How To Create Additional Revenue from Animation-Based Merchandise.” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 4-7. 11022. “Still Krazy After All These Years.” Animation. April 2004, p. 62. 11023. Zahed, Ramin. “Stimpy and Gonzo, Together at Last!” Animation. May 2004, p. 26. 11024. Zahed, Ramin. “Things We Learned at the Licensing Show.” Animation. Aug. 2004, pp. 50-51. Regulatory and Legal Aspects 11025. Baker, R.C. “Who’s the Holder of the Copyright That’s Ripe for Piracy?” Village Voice. March 29, 2004. 11026. Breznican, Anthony. “Mobster Fish Tale Irks Advocacy Group.” Associated Press release. March 31, 2004. 11027. Cohen, Karl F. Forbidden Animation: Censored Cartoons and Blacklisted Animators in America. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 1997. 216 pp. 11028. Cohen, Karl. “Pixar Discovers America’s Polite Society Is Still Afraid of Breasts.…” ASIFA San Francisco. July 2004, p. 1. 11029. Gentile, Gary. “Marvel Sues Disney over Comic Royalties.” Associated Press release. July 16, 2004. 11030. Harvey, Dennis. “ ‘X’ Tooned to Youth.” Variety. July 17-23, 2000, pp. 25, 28. 11031. “Mickey’s Protected.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Feb. 7, 2003, p. 1. 11032. “National Association of the Deaf Are Opposed to Bush’s Censorship of TV Animation.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 2004, p. 6. 11033. Ringgenberg, S.C. “Bobby London and the Air Pirates Follies.” Gauntlet. No. 8, 1994, pp. 133-139. Skills and Techniques 11034. Cohen, Karl. “Anyone Can Create a Great Animated TV Series, or Can They?” ASIFA San Francisco. July 2004, pp. 6-8. 11035. Deitch, Gene. “More Mighty Principles of Animation.” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 45-48. 11036. DiFilippo, Paul. “Lines of Inquiry.” Washington Post Book World. June 13, 2004, p. 8. 572 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

11037. Fowler, Mike S. “Animation Layout: Overlay (OL) and Overlay/Underlay (OL/UL).” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 52-56. 11038. Henderson, Peter. “Disney Western Cartoon End of the Hand-Drawn Breed.” Reuters dispatch. March 31, 2004. 11039. “The Only Game in Town.” Animation. June 2004, p. 35. 11040. Simon, Mark. “Attention All Storyboard Shoppers.” Animation. May 2004, p. 54. 11041. Simon, Mark. “Concept to Creation: Music and Sound Design.” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 49-51. 11042. Simon, Mark. “How To Pitch an Original or Vaguely Familiar Idea.” Animation. June 2004, p. 44. 11043. Tehrani, Bijan. “Illuminaire Paint and Composition.” Animation. Oct. 1997, pp. 57-58, 72. Drawing 11044. Beckerman, Howard. “On Delivering Distinctive Personalities.” Animation. May 2004, p. 52. 11045. Street, Rita. “When Drawing Toon Is Murder.” Animation. June 2004, p. 8. 11046. Vilppu, Glenn. “Never Underestimate the Power of Life Drawing.” Animation World. June 1997, 4 pp. Visual Effects 11047. Robertson, Barbara. “Sammael for the Camera.” Animation. Aug. 2004, pp. 54, 56. 11048. Robertson, Barbara. “State of the Art: Blue Man’s Loop: The Magic of Constructing Nightcrawler’s Eye-Popping Tricks in X-2.” Animation. April 2004, pp. 74-75. 11049. Street, Rita. “VFX Round-Up.” Animation. July 2004, p. 44. 11050. “A VFX Round-Up.” Animation. Aug. 2004, p. 58, 60. Technology 11051. Dyer, Scott. “Executive Suite: Flashback.” Animation. Aug. 2004, p. 46. 11052. Harz, Christopher R. “Gadgets and Geeks at the CES.” Animation World. Jan. 2004, pp. 53-57. 11053. Robertson, Barbara. “Fly Like an Eagle.” Animation. Jan. 2004, pp. 80- 81. 11054. Simon, Mark. “Final Composite with Audio and Output to Tape or Film.” Animation World. Dec. 2003, pp. 40-41. 11055. Tehrani, Bijan. “Tech Reviews.” Animation. April 2004, p. 76. 11056. Torre, Nestor U. “Human Touch Still Needed in Animation.” Philippines Daily News. Dec. 17, 2003. Addendum 573

11057. “VFX Round-Up.” Animation. May 2004, pp. 28-29. 11058. Wereszynski, Kathleen. “Technology Takes on Tradition in Animation.” Fox News. Feb. 11, 2004. Computer Generated Imagery (CGI) 11059. Decker, Timothy. “The State of 2D Animation: The Flash Revolution.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30- Oct. 3, 2004. 11060. Mitchell, Elvis. “Look, No Hands: Pixar’s Killer App.” New York Times. April 25, 2004. 11061. Patten, Fred. “Flash Animation: More Than a Flash in the Pan.” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 16-24. Internet 11062. Burlingame, Burl. “Online Animation Is Tomorrow’s Art Form.” Honolulu Star Bulletin. Oct. 5, 2003. 11063. Gumbs, Gene. “Planet Web.” Animation World. Summer 1997, p. 56. 11064. Harz, Christopher. “Internet Animation Hardware: Part Two: Sometimes Bigger Is Better.” Animation. Oct. 1997, pp. 51-52, 54, 56. 11065. Horst, Carole. “Toonheads Dial Up Global Animation Net.” Variety. April 12-18, 2004, p. A4. 11066. “Putting It on the Tab.” Animation. March 2004, p. 46. Animators 11067. Arnold, Mark. “Animating Ideas.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 12, 2004, pp. 81- 84. (John Sutherland). 11068. Ball, Ryan. “Bugging Out with Phil Tippett.” Animation. July 2004, p. 56. 11069. Barbagallo, Ron. “Cel Art Pioneer; Discovering Helen.” Animation. Aug. 1997, pp. 37-39. (Helen Nerbovig). 11070. Baron, Mike. “From Animation to X-Men and Beyond: Artist Paul Smith.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 21, 2001, p. 28. 11071. Cohen, Karl. “The Documentary ‘Monster Road’ Is an Excellent Study About Animator Bruce Bickford.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2004, p. 1. 11072. Cohen, Karl. “Learning Animation from the Masters.” Animatoon. No. 47, pp. 58-61. (Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston). 11073. de Seife, Ethan. “Re-evaluating Frank Tashlin’s Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30, Oct. 3, 2004. 11074. “Disney Animator Ron Dias Still in Honey Pot.” Monterey County (CA) Herald. April 11, 2004. 574 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

11075. “Donald Trumbull, Special Effects Pioneer, Has Died.” ASIFA San Francisco. July 2004, p. 1. 11076. Ehrlich, David. “Paul Fierlinger.” ASIFA Magazine. Spring/Summer 2004, pp. 24-27. 11077. Fritz, Steve. “Animation Legend William Hanna Dies.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 20, 2001, p. 6. 11078. Gates, Anita. “Lisa Simpson’s Voice Steps Out on Her Own.” New York Times. March 17, 2004. 11079. Goodman, Martin. “A Finely-Tooned Voice: Rob Paulsen Interviewed.” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 36-41. 11080. Harryhausen, Ray & Tony Dalton. Harry Harryhausen: An Animated Life. Adventures in Fantasy. London: Aurum, 2003. 303 pp. 11081. “Hench Was Disney Pioneer.” Variety. Feb. 16-22, 2004, p. 64. 11082. “Henry Selick’s New Visual Adventures.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2004, p. 1. 11083. Hornaday, Ann. “Dark Animation with a Green Streak.” Washington Post. March 14, 2004, pp. N1, N4. (Bill Plympton). 11084. Jackson, Wendy. “An Interview with Aardman’s Peter Lord.” Animation World. May 1997, 7 pp. 11085. Kehr, Dave. “ ‘Independent Spirits,’ ‘Faith Hubley/John Hubley.’” New York Times. Nov. 28, 2003. 11086. “Legendary Disney Imagineer Sam McKim Dies at Age 79.” PRNewswire. July 13, 2004. 11087. “Lenny ‘Thank You Mask Man’ Bruce Granted a Posthumous Pardon.” ASIFA San Francisco. March 2004, p. 1. 11088. Miller, Bob. “Questmakers: Davis Doi, Producer; Lance Falk, Associate Producer/Writer.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 43-44, 46-48. 11089. Moritz, William. Optical Poetry: The Life and Work of Oskar Fischinger. London: John Libbey, 2004. 11090. Morley, Simon. “The Animation of Simon Pummell: ‘Nothing but Monsters.’” Art and Design. No. 53, 1997, pp. 74-81. 11091. Ohmer, Susan. “Ray Tracers: Blue Sky Studios.” Animation World. May 1997, 4 pp. 11092. Sargeant, Jack. “Depthography and Non-Linear Animation: The World of M. Henry Jones.” Art and Design. No. 53, 1997, pp. 72-73. 11093. Schaffer, William. “Just Before Infinity: John Lasseter and the Feel of Pixar.” SAS Newsletter. Spring 2004, pp. 6-13. 11094. Schavemaker, Peter. “‘Pixar Is de Beste Animatiestudio ter Wereld!’” Stripschrift. No. 360, 2004, pp. 24-27. (Ricky Nierva). 11095. Simon, Mark. “Concept to Creation: Interview with Rachelle Lewis – Animation Recruiting.” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 29-34. 11096. Solomon, Charles. “Inspired by Solitary Muses.” Animation. Feb. 2004, pp. 20-21. (David Krentz). Addendum 575

11097. “Wah Chang, Disney Artist, Special Effects Animator and Costume Designer Has Died.” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2004, p. 5. 11098. Ware, Hames. “Remembering Billy.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 18-21. (Billy Bletcher). 11099. Watanabe, Yasushi. “Ward Kimball.” Japanese Journal of Animation Studies. 4:1A (2003), pp. 36-40. 11100. Wolff, Ellen. “Rising Stars of Animation (2004).” Animation. June 2004, pp. 24-28. 11101. Zahed, Ramin. “Home, Sweet Foster’s Home.” Animation. July 2004, pp. 24-26. (Craig McCracken). Blair, Mary 11102. Graeber, Laurel. “A Queen of Cartoons.” New York Times. Dec. 5, 2003. 11103. Street, Rita. “Bringing up Alice.” Animation. Feb. 2004, pp. 8-9. (Mary Blair and Virginia Davis). Colburn, Martha 11104. O’Connor, Richard. “The Monstrous Beauty of Martha Colburn.” ASIFA Magazine. Spring/Summer 2004, pp. 12-15. 11105. Robinson, Chris J. “Unsung Animators #1 – Ode to Martha Colburn.” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 23-24. Disney, Roy 11106. Ahrens, Frank. “Roy Disney’s Quest”: Founder’s Nephew Hopes Shareholders Will Vote No Confidence in Management.” Washington Post. Feb. 21, 2004, p. A01. 11107. Cohen, Karl. “Roy Disney Has Been Forced Off the Disney Board of Directors.” Animatoon. No. 47, pp. 38-41. 11108. Goldsmith, Jill. “Mouse Shareholders: In Roy We Trust?” Variety. March 8-14, 2004, pp. 7, 15. 11109. “Roy Disney Has Been Forced Off the Disney Board of Directors.…” ASIFA San Francisco. Jan. 2004, p. 4. 11110. “Roy Disney Has Sued Disney.” Animatoon. No. 49, 2004, p. 67. Eisner, Michael 11111. Brownstein, Howard Brod. “Message to Disney Board: Eisner Goes.” Philadelphia Inquirer. March 5, 2004, p. A23. 11112. Cohen, Karl. “Eisner Verses Disney, Round Two.” Animatoon. No. 48, 2004, pp. 38-43. 11113. Diorio, Carl. “Eisner’s Animated Angst.” Variety. Feb. 2-8, 2004, p. 9. 576 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

11114. Hill, Miriam, Patricia Horn, and Wendy Tanaka. “Disney Strips Eisner of Chairman’s Role.” Philadelphia Inquirer. March 4, 2004, pp. A1, A16. 11115. Masters, Kim. “Disney: The Future of Michael Eisner.” NPR, March 4, 2004. 11116. Tanaka, Wendy. “Comcast Bid May Shield Eisner.” Philadelphia Inquirer. March 5, 2004, pp. A1, A22. Groening, Matt 11117. Haring, Bruce. “For ‘Simpson’s’ Creator, an Expanding Empire.” USA Today. Sept. 18, 1997, p. 4-D. 11118. “‘The Simpsons’ Creator To Guest Star.” www.fox.com. April 14, 2004. McCartney, Paul 11119. Churnin, Nancy. “McCartney’s Animation.” Monterey County Herald (CA). April 25, 2004. 11120. Graeber, Laurel. “Sir Paul, Animation Man.” New York Times. June 4, 2004. Moritz, Bill 11121. Animation World. Special number. “AWN’s Tribute to Dr. William Moritz.” Spring 2004, 86 pp. (Includes articles by Moritz in AWN: “Lifetime of Animation: The Glamorous Dr. William Moritz,” “A Gester of Serenity,” “Talking with Con Pederson,” “The Influence of Sound/Music on the Image,” “In Passing – Elfriede Fischinger,” “The Spririt of Genius: Feodor Khitruk,” “The Film Strip Tells All,” “Stuttgart: A Splendid Festival,” “Digital Harmony: The Life of John Whitney,” “The Dream of Color Music, and Machines That Made It Possible,” “Anima Mundi 4,” “The Hunchback of MTV,” “The Mighty Animator, Frédéric Back,” “Lotte Reiniger,” “Mary Ellen Bute: Seeing Sound,” “The Case of Hans Fischerkoesen”). 11122. Deneroff, Harvey. “Bill Moritz, a Leading Animation Scholar Died.” Animatoon. No. 48, 2004, pp. 36-37. 11123. “William Moritz (1941-2004).” Society for Animation Studies News- letter. Spring 2004, pp. 1-4. Characters and Titles 11124. “Animation Fans Use the Internet To Discuss ‘The Space Explorers,’ a Forgotten Animated Show.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2004, p. 6. 11125. Ball, Ryan. “EA Brings Rings Full Circle.” Animation. Jan. 2004, p. 10. 11126. Ball, Ryan. “Grudge Match.” Animation. Aug. 2004, p. 52. (“Alien Vs. Predator”). Addendum 577

11127. Ball, Ryan. “It’s All About 3D Me.” Animation. July 2004, p. 22. (“Garfield”). 11128. Ball, Ryan. “Jimmy’s Gotta Jet.” Animation. Jan. 2004, p. 12. (“Jimmy Neutron”). 11129. Ball, Ryan. “The Joys of Fatherhood.” Animation. July 2004, pp. 28-29. 11130. Ball, Ryan. “Life or Something Like It.” Animation. May 2004, p. 11. (“Second Life”). 11131. Barbagallo, Ron. “Disney’s Lorenzo: The Fat Cat’s Meow.” Animation. July 2004, p. 15. 11132. Coon, James T. “Understanding ‘Da Rules’: The Characterization of Children, Adults and Fairies in The Fairly Oddparents.” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, San Antonio, TX, April 9, 2004. 11133. “Debate over Serious Business Continues.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1997, pp. 8-9. 11134. DiOrio, Carl and Marc Graser. “U Monkeys with Retro Toon.” Variety. Feb. 16-22, 2004, pp. 11, 67. 11135. Dobbs, G. Michael. “The Best of Liquid Television 2.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, p. 8. 11136. Dobbs, G. Michael. “Daria.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 5-6. 11137. Dobbs, G. Michael. “King of the Hill.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 4-5. 11138. Goodman, Martin. “Atomic Betty Redux: A Toon’s Progress.” Animation World. Jan. 2004, pp. 28-31. 11139. Holson, Laura M. “No Golden Years Yet for a 75-Year Old Mouse.” The Funnies Paper. Jan.-Feb. 2004, pp. 42-44. 11140. Iaconis, Rosario A. “Children’s Cartoon Film ‘Shark Tale.’” Alameda, California Times-Star. March 18, 2004. 11141. Korkis, Jim. “Duck Dodgers Returns to the 24th Century.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 12, 2004, pp. 18-23. 11142. McCarthy, Todd. “Clifford’s Really Big Movie.” Variety. April 26-May 2, 2004, p. 46. 11143. Magid, Ron. “Building the Retro World of Tomorrow.” Animation. Aug. 2004, pp. 18-20. 11144. Mallory, Michael. “Disney Does Dumas.” Animation. Aug. 2004, pp. 22-24. (“The Three Musketeers”). 11145. Miller, Bob. “Stumpers: The Land Before Time.” Animation Planet. Summer 1997, pp. 52-53. 11146. Monder, Eric. “Disney Has a Second Date with ‘Destino.’” Variety. Dec. 22, 2003-Jan. 4, 2004, p. 6. 11147. “The New Barbarian Invasion.” Animation. Feb. 2004, p. 28. (“Dave the Barbarian”). 11148. “Next Stop, the Teen Bizarro Zone.” Animation. Aug. 2004, p. 41. (“O’Grady”). 578 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

11149. Robertson, Barbara. “Those Scary Sentient Sentinels.” Animation. March 2004, pp. 42-43. (“The Matrix Revolutions”). 11150. Robertson, Barbara. “Why They’re Nuts About Scrat.” Animation. Feb. 2004, pp. 64, 66. (“Gone Nutty”). 11151. Rolfe, Pamela. “The Reign in Spain.” Animation. Jan. 2004, pp. 20-22, 24. (“El Cid”). 11152. Shaw!, Scott. “Mr. Fun Strikes Again! A (Somewhat Biased) Review of Floyd Norman’s Son of Faster Cheaper.” Animation World. Feb. 2004, pp. 70-72. 11153. Smith, Andrew. “Super-Hero Science: Mr. Science Guy Knows All!” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Dec. 21, 2001, pp. 32-33. 11154. Spelling, Ian. “Stone Age Worker.” Comics Scene. July 2000, pp. 51-55. (“Flintstones”). 11155. Stevenson, Kirsty. “A Star Is Drawn: The Animorphic Identities of Betty Boop.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30-Oct. 3, 2004. 11156. Taub, Eric A. “For This Animated Movie, a Cast of Household Names.” New York Times. May 17, 2004, p. C8. (“Foodfight”). 11157. Tucker, Ken. “Flights of Fantasy.” Entertainment Weekly. Feb. 20, 2004, p. 53. (“Boohbah,” “Astro Boy”). 11158. “Warner Bros. Animation Producing ‘The Batman’…” Business Wire. Feb. 9, 2004. 11159. Wolff, Ellen. “Game Over Boots Up.” Animation. April 2004, p. 44. 11160. Zahed, Ramin. “The Dark Knight Takes Action Again.” Animation. Aug. 2004, pp. 38-40. 11161. Zahed, Ramin. “Forbidden Planet.” Animation. March 2004, p. 16. (“In the Realms of the Unreal”). 11162. Zahed, Ramin. “A Giant Robot in Jersey.” Animation. May 2004, pp. 20-21. (“Megas XLR”). 11163. Zahed, Ramin. “How the West Was Drawn: Craig Bartlett’s Party Wagon Takes an Animated Look at Those Wild and Crazy Pioneers.” Animation. March 2004, pp. 32-33. 11164. Zahed, Ramin. “Mummy Dearest.” Animation. Feb. 2004, p. 50. (“Tutenstein”). 11165. Zahed, Ramin. “Raising Little Scientific Americans.” Animation. April 2004, p. 54. (“Peep and the Big Wide World”). 11166. Zahed, Ramin. “Ripped from the Headlines.” Animation. April 2004, p. 52. (“This Just In”). 11167. Zahed, Ramin. “Sprinkling Pixel Dust: ILM Animators Teach Tinkle Bell New Ways To Fly to Peter Pan.” Animation. Jan. 2004, pp. 74-75. 11168. Zahed, Ramin. “Teen Ghost World.” Animation. April 2004, p. 50. (“Danny Phantom”). Addendum 579

11169. Zahed, Ramin. “To Catch a Raccoon Thief.” Animation. June 2004, pp. 12-13. (“Sly 2: Band of Thieves”). 11170. Zahed, Ramin. “What a Country!” Animation. Aug. 2004, p. 42. (“The Immigrants”). “Alice in Wonderland” 11171. Furniss, Maureen. “Adapting Alice: Two Contexts.” Art and Design. No. 53, 1997, pp. 10-13. 11172. Street, Rita. “Bringing Up Alice.” Animation. Feb. 2004, pp. 8-9. “Brother Bear” 11173. “Brother Bear.” Animatoon. No. 47, p. 26. 11174. Horwitz, Jane. “A Wild, Spirited Romp.” Washington Post. Nov. 1, 2003, pp. C1, C3. “Bugs Bunny” 11175. Char, Pravin. “Bugs Is Cartoon Queen.” This Is London. Jan. 28, 2004. 11176. Miller, John M. “Bugs and the Missing Jive Cartoons of the 1940s.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 4, 1997, pp. 24-26. “Cat in the Hat” 11177. “The Cat in the Hat.” Animatoon. No. 47, p. 25. 11178. Zahed, Ramin. “Putting on the Cat (and the Fish).” Animation. Jan. 2004, p. 75. “Finding Nemo” 11179. Daly, Steve. “Losing Nemo.” Entertainment Weekly. Feb. 13, 2004, pp. 14-15. 11180. Editorial. “The Exquisiteness and Movement of ‘Finding Nemo.’” A Touch. No. 1 (Oct. 2003), pp. 46-51. 11181. “Nemo Exits Magic Kingdom: Pixar and Disney Split.” Reuters release. Jan. 29, 2004. “George of the Jungle” 11182. “Original Episodes of George of the Jungle Are Out on Tape.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1997, p. 6. 11183. “Watch Out!” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1996, pp. 1-3. “The Happy Tree Friends” 11184. Martin, Nina K. “So Cute It Hurts: Violence and Affect with ‘The Happy Tree Friends.’” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30-Oct. 3, 2004. 580 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

11185. Zahed, Ramin. “Cute, Cuddly and Bloody All Over.” Animation. Feb. 2004, p. 54. “Hellboy” 11186. “Go to Hellboy.” Animation. April 2004, p. 62. 11187. Zahed, Ramin. “Effects from Hell.” Animation. April 2004, p. 65. “Home on the Range” 11188. Ball, Ryan. “Udderly Charming.” Animation. April 2004, pp. 22-24, 26. 11189. Leydon, Joe. “Home on the Range.” Variety. April 5-11, 2004, p. 41. 11190. Mitchell, Elvis. “Movie Review: ‘Home on the Range.’” New York Times. April 2, 2004. 11191. O’Sullivan, Michael. “‘Range’: Udder Nonsense.” Washington Post. April 2, 2004, p. WE45. 11192. Rickey, Carrie. “Seldom Is a Herd More Discouraging.” Philadelphia Inquirer. April 2, 2004, p. W4. 11193. Wicklund, Joel. “Animation Traditions at Stake in ‘Home.’” Journal Times Online (Racine, WI). April 10, 2004. 11194. Wilmington, Michael. “Movie Review: ‘Home on the Range.’” Chicago Tribune. March 31, 2004. “Jonny Quest” 11195. Dittmer, Dale. “Will the Real Jonny Quest Please Stand Up?” Paper presented at Popular Culture Association, Toronto, Canada, March 14, 2001. 11196. Ingersoll, Bob. “The Law Is a Ass.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. Sept. 5, 1997, p. 44. 11197. Miller, Bob. “Quest, Take 2: Jonny’s Real Adventure.” Animation Planet. Fall 1997, pp. 38-43. “The Lion King 1 ½” 11198. Leydon, Joe. “The Lion King 1 ½.” Variety. Feb. 16-22, 2004, p. 38. 11199. Willman, Chris. “‘The Lion King 1 ½.’” Entertainment Weekly. May 14, 2004, p. 70. 11200. Zahed, Ramin. “What Really Happened in Prideland.” Animation. March 2004, pp. 24-25. “Looney Tunes: Back in Action” 11201. Cruz, Ruben M., Jr. “Looney Tunes: Back in Action. It’s About Being Silly, Silly.” Philippine Daily News. Dec. 15, 2003. 11202. Daly, Steve. “Wabbit Wedux.” Entertainment Weekly. Oct. 31, 2003, p. 59. Addendum 581

11203. Goodman, Martin. “What, No Gravy?” Animation World. Dec. 2003, pp. 31-34. (“Looney Tunes”). 11204. Olszewski, Tricia. “Looney Tunes: Back in Action.” Washington City Paper. Nov. 14, 2003. “Minority Report” 11205. Samanci, Ozge. “The Blurry Borders in Spielberg’s Minority Report: Computers and Human Body, Digital and Analog Media, Live Action and Animation.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30-Oct. 3, 2004. 11206. Zahed, Ramin. “Minority Report.” Animation. Feb. 2004, pp. 36-38. “Rocky and Bullwinkle” 11207. “Bullwinkle Briefs.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1996, pp. 9-15. 11208. Molloy, Sharon. “Vhat Is Sign? Or You Tiger, Dollink!” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1996, p. 18. 11209. “The Rocky Cliff-Hangers or Dangling Participants.” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1996, pp. 16-17. 11210. Scott, Keith. “‘Hey, Bullwinkle, Is Imitation the Sincerest Form of Flattery?’” Frostbite Falls Far-Flung Flier. March 1996, pp. 4-8. “Scooby Doo” 11211. Douglas, John. “Scooby Dooby Snooze: Sequel Can’t Shed Cartoon’s Boring Legacy.” Grand Rapids Press (MI). March 26, 2004. 11212. “Scooby-Doo 2: Monsters Unleashed. Rendezvous of Animation and Film?” Entertainment In Flight. June 2004, pp. 29-33. 11213. Zahed, Ramin. “Top Dog Goes on Second Digital Outing: The Seamlessly Animated Canine Gets Another CG Scare.” Animation. March 2004, p. 9. “Shrek 2” 11214. Berkshire, Geoffrey. “The Green Machine.” Vlife. April/May 2004, pp. 70-72. 11215. McCarthy, Todd. “Ogre Back for More Green.” Variety. May 17-23, 2004, pp. 23, 45. 11216. McCracken, Edd. “How the Ogre Flattened Mickey.” Sunday Herald. June 27, 2004. 11217. Mallory, Michael. “It Aint’ Easy Being Green, Part 2.” Animation. May 2004, pp. 12-14, 16. 11218. O’Sullivan, Michael. “Hilarious ‘Shrek 2’ Goes Hollywood.” Washington Post. May 21, 2004. 582 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

11219. Regardie, Jon. “Kelly’s Heroes.” Vlife. June/July 2004, p. 24. 11220. Ryfle, Steve. “Revisiting Shrek: Steve Ryfle Speaks with Ted Elliott and Terry Rossio.” Creative Screenwriting. Jan.-Feb. 2002, pp. 53-57. 11221. [“Shrek 2”]. Animatoon. No. 49, 2004, pp. 36-37. 11222. Smith, Sean. “My Big Fat Green Sequel.” Newsweek. April 26, 2004, pp. 50-51. “The Simpsons” 11223. “Big-Bucks Bart.” Washington Post. April 15, 2004, p. A24. 11224. Curtis, Christopher. “‘Simpsons’ Takes on Same-Sex Marriage.” PlanetOut Network. July 28, 2004. 11225. DeCaro, Frank. “Home Sweet Homer.” TV Guide. Jan. 3-9, 1998, pp. 22-24. 11226. Elber, Lynn. “‘Simpsons’ Cast Settles Salary Dispute.” Associated Press release. May 1, 2004. 11227. Lasswell, Mark, et al. “A Dozen Doozies.” TV Guide. Jan. 3-9, 1998, pp. 17-20. 11228. Levin, Gary. “‘Simpsons’ Holdouts Send Fox Scrambling.” USA Today. April 18, 2004. 11229. Morrow, Terry. “‘Simpsons’ Marks 15 Years of Quirky Humor.” Knoxville News Sentinel. Oct. 31, 2003. 11230. Potts, Kimberly. “Will Fox Silence ‘The Simpsons.’” E! Online. April 20, 2004. 11231. Shulman, Polly. “Men Know from Homer, Women from Marge.” Psychology Today. July/Aug. 2003, pp. 32-36. 11232. “‘Simpsons’ Voice Actors Skip Work.” Associated Press release. April 2, 2004. 11233. “Springfield Confidential.” TV Guide. Jan. 3-9, 1998, p. 25. 11234. Vered, Annabel. “Behind the Lines on ‘The Simpsons.’” TV Guide. Jan. 3-9, 1998, p. 21. 11235. Vogt, Heidi. “ ‘More’ Than Lisa Simpson.” Associated Press news release. April 9, 2004. 11236. Weinraub, Bernard. “Negotiations Stalled for Voice Actors in ‘The Simpsons.’” New York Times. April 14, 2004. “South Park” 11237. “Cartoon TV Series Pokes Fun at Michael Jackson!” New Kerala (India). April 23, 2004. 11238. Heffernan, Virginia. “What? Morals in ‘South Park’?” New York Times. April 28, 2004, p. B1. 11239. Moylan, Brian. “Fairy Dust in TV-land.” Washington Blade. Oct. 31, 2003. Addendum 583

“SpongeBob Squarepants” 11240. Ball, Ryan. “Bob Builds Gamer Skills.” Animation. Feb. 2004, p. 12. 11241. Heinricy, Shana. “Absorbent, Yellow and Porous Is He: The Use of Animal Representations in SpongeBob Squarepants.” Paper presented at Society for Animation Studies, Urbana, IL, Sept. 30-Oct. 3, 2004. 11242. Lundstrom, Jim. “Cartoon Gives a Lesson About Life: ‘SpongeBob’ Animators Offer Appleton Students Look Behind Scenes.” Appleton (Wisconsin) Post-Crescent. Jan. 24, 2004. “Teacher’s Pet” 11243. Desowitz, Bill. “Baseman in Wackyland: Squashing and Stretching Teacher’s Pet To Fill the Big Screen.” Animation World. Jan. 2004, pp. 20-23. 11244. Leydon, Joe. “‘Pet’ Project Hits the Spot.” Variety. Jan. 19-25, 2004, p. 46. 11245. Zahed, Ramin. “It’s a Wonderful (Dog’s) Life.” Animation. Feb. 2004, pp. 14-16, 18. “Van Helsing” 11246. Ball, Ryan. “Monster Masher.” Animation. May 2004, p. 10. 11247. Zahed, Ramin. “Meet the New Fearless Vampire Killer.” Animation. June 2004, pp. 14-16, 18. 11248. Zahed, Ramin. “Taking Another Stab at Van Helsing.” Animation. July 2004, p. 8. “Winnie the Pooh” 11249. Gentile, Gary. “Disney Asks Judge To Throw Out Pooh Case.” Associated Press dispatch. Feb. 25, 2004. 11250. Leydon, Joe. “Winnie the Pooh: Springtime with Roo.” Variety. March 15-21, 2004, p. 42. Companies, Networks, and Studios 11251. Bessen, Ellen. “A Special Relationship. Part 3 – Good Studios, Bad Films, v. 1.” Animation World. Dec. 2003, pp. 42-44. 11252. Bessen, Ellen. “A Special Relationship. Part 3 – Good Studios, Bad Films, v. 2.” Animation World. Jan. 2004, pp. 45-49. 11253. “celmates Breaks out in Orlando.” Animation. June 2004, p. 30. 11254. Cohen, Karl. “(Colossal) Pictures Proves There Is Life After Chapter 11.” Animation World. May 1997, 7 pp. 11255. Dovas, Steven. “Animation Artist Steven Subotnick Cooks a Fine Repast in a Modest Volume.” Animation World. Nov. 2003, pp. 87-90. 584 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

11256. “Foothill and phuuz Form Alliance.” Animation. April 2004, p. 35. 11257. “Former Disney Artists From Orlando Form Firefly and Funnypages Productions.” AS1FA San Francisco. April 2004, p. 4. 11258. Gardner, Marcy. “Acme Filmworks: The Independent Commercial Studio.” Animation World. May 1997, 4 pp. 11259. Mallory, Michael. “Nickelodeon: 25 Years of Giving Kids (and Adults) What They Want.” Animation. Jan. 2004, p. 60. 11260. “Project Firefly Animation Studios Ready To Shine as Disney’s Florida Studio Goes Dark.” [email protected]. March 22, 2004. 11261. Rupli, Robin. “Disney Animators Form New Company.” Voice of America. Feb. 15, 2004. 11262. Simon, Mark. “Concept to Creation: Pitching to a Studio, Network or Distributor.” Animation World. Jan. 2004, pp. 42-44. 11263. Tourtellotte, Bob. “DreamWorks Plans $650 Million Animation Spin Off.” Reuters release. July 21, 2004. 11264. Wolff, Ellen. “Fathoming Delgo.” Animation. May 2004, pp. 18-19. (Fathom Studios). 11265. Zahed, Ramin. “Film Roman at 20: North Hollywood Toon House Returns to Founder’s Original Vision.” Animation. Jan. 2004, p. 63. 11266. Zahed, Ramin. “Only CG Monster Hits Allowed!” Animation. Jan. 2004, pp. 14-15. (DreamWorks). Disney 11267. “California Minister Destroys Disney Culture.” ASIFA San Francisco. Sept. 1997, p. 5. 11268. Fonte, Jorge. The Walt Disney Company Staff: A Biographical Dictionary. Jefferson, NC: McFarland, 2004. [320] pp. 11269. Green, Jesse. “Building a Better Mouse.” New York Times. April 18, 2004, pp. 2-1, 2-18. 11270. Jefferson, David. J. and Johnnie L. Roberts. “The Magic Is Gone.” Newsweek. March 15, 2004, pp. 52-54. 11271. “Kipling’in Orman Çocu u Mogli.” Karikatürk. No. 19, 1995, p. 221. 11272. Mallory, Michael. “Walt Disney Television Animation: 20 Years Full of Mice, Ducks, Dogs, Bears & Bonkers.” Animation. Jan. 2004, p. 26. 11273. Naureckas, Jim. “Disney’s Right Stuff: Limbaugh, Robertson and Stossel Are OK – Why Not Moore?” Extra! Update. June 2004, p. 4. 11274. Schickel, Richard. “Recess: School’s Out.” Time. Feb. 26, 2001. 11275. Shannon, Phil. “An American Icon.” Green Left (Australia). March 31, 2004. 11276. “Yüzbir Dalmaçyali Sinemalarda.” Karikatürk. No. 19, 1995, p. 224. 11277. Zinoman, Jason. “Afterbirth: Kathy and Mo’s Greatest Hits.” New York Times. June 6, 2004, p. AR6. Addendum 585

Business Aspects 11278. Ahrens, Frank. “Disney Board Loses Another Member.” Washington Post. Dec. 2, 2003, p. E1. 11279. Ahrens, Frank. “Pixar-Disney Partnership To End.” Washington Post. Jan. 30, 2004, pp. E1, E5. 11280. Amdur, Meredith. “Comcast Bid Stirs the Old Inc. Well.” Variety. Feb. 23-29, 2004, p. 6. 11281. Amdur, Meredith and Jill Goldsmith. “Biz Girds for Chain Reaction.” Variety. Feb. 16-22, 2004, pp. 1, 67. 11282. Bart, Peter. “Disney’s Basket Cases.” Variety. March 8-14, 2004, pp. 6, 15. 11283. Bart, Peter. “The Wonderful Whirl of Disney.” Variety. March 15-21, 2004, pp. 3, 58. 11284. “Disney Controversy Isn’t Over.” ASIFA San Francisco. April 2004, p. 4. 11285. Dunkley, Cathy. “Mouse House Eyes a Toon-up.” Variety. Dec. 9-15, 2002, p. 15. 11286. Dunkley, Cathy. “Risky Pix Bait Mouse Trap.” Variety. March 8-14, 2004, p. 9. 11287. Fernandez, Bob. “Shareholders Show Their Muscle.” Philadelphia Inquirer. March 4, 2004, pp. C-1, C-4. 11288. Guider, Elizabeth. “For H’wood, It’s Open Mike Night.” Variety. March 1-7, 2004, pp. 4, 46. 11289. Holson, Laura M. “Comcast Abandons Disney Bid, but Pressure on Eisner Remains.” New York Times. April 29, 2004. 11290. Holson, Laura M. “Criticism Mounting as Disney’s Leader Faces Crucial Vote.” New York Times. Feb. 27, 2004. 11291. Mervine, Bob. “Roy Disney Blasts Eisner for Orlando Animation Closing.” Orlando Business Journal. Jan. 13, 2004. 11292. Milmo, Dan, Jane Martinson, and David Teather. “Sharks Circle Cartoon Empire as Walt’s Creation Struggles at the Box Office.” The Guardian. Feb. 12, 2004. 11293. Moore, Roger. “Killing What Made Disney Disney? Animation Studio’s Closure Bad for Disney.” Orlando Sentinel. Jan. 13, 2004. 11294. O’Hara, Terence. “Hard To Pin Down the Value of Offer for Disney.” Washington Post. Feb. 13, 2004, p. A17. 11295. Parker, Akwell. “Disney Board Again Spurns Comcast.” Philadelphia Inquirer. March 4, 2004, pp. C-1, C-4. 11296. Sharp, Kathleen. “The Man Behind the Mouse.” VLife. April/May 2004, pp. 48-51. 11297. Steinberg, Don. “Seeking Shares of ‘Magic.’” Philadelphia Inquirer. March 4, 2004, pp. A1, A16. 586 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

11298. Vise, David A. and Christopher Stern. “Disney Weighs Options After Comcast Offer.” Washington Post. Feb. 13, 2004, pp. A1, A16. Pixar 11299. “Behind Steve Jobs’ Plans for Pixar.” CNET News.com. Feb. 22, 2004. 11300. Besen, Ellen. “Sink or Swim? Pixar Flounders with Latest Feature; World Watches with Baited Breath.” ASIFA Magazine. Spring/Summer 2004, pp. 30-31. 11301. Diorio, Carl. “Something’s Out of Toon.” Variety. Feb. 9-15, 2004, p. 6. 11302. Holson, Laura M. “A Demure Pixar Takes No Notice of Eager Suitors.” New York Times. May 24, 2004, pp. Business 1, 6. 11303. Holson, Laura M. “As Pixar’s Chief Vents, Disney Answers in Kind.” New York Times. Feb. 5, 2004. 11304. Levy, Steven and David J. Jefferson. “Hey, Mickey: Buzz Off! After a 12-Year Marriage, Pixar and Disney Say It’s Over.” Newsweek. Feb. 9, 2004, p. 48. 11305. Macworld Staff. “Pixar ‘Most Trusted in Animation’ – Jobs.” macworld.co.uk. Feb. 17, 2004. 11306. Mitchell, Elvis. “Look, No Hands: Pixar’s Killer App.” New York Times. April 25, 2004, p. AR21. 11307. “Pixar Denies Rumors About Their Planning To Do a 2D Feature.” ASIFA San Francisco. May 2004, p. 2. UNITED STATES: CARICATURE General Sources 11308. Drepperd, Carl W. Early American Prints. NY: The Century Co., 1930. (“Early American Caricatures,” pp. 174-199). 11309. Frayling, Christopher, Zack Schwartz, Bob Godfrey, and Paul Wells. “Disney Discourse: On Caricature, Conscience Figures and Mickey Too.” Art and Design. No. 53, 1997, pp. 4-9. Caricaturists 11310. Johnson, Ken. “Stieglitz and Modernism in America, from the Perspective of a Caricaturist.” New York Times. May 28, 2004, p. B34. 11311. “Manhattan Oases by Al Hirschfeld.” The Funnies Paper. July/Aug. 2000, p. 16. 11312. Midgette, Anne. “Caruso’s Tenor, a Century Later.” New York Times. Nov. 20, 2003, pp. Arts 1, 5. Addendum 587 UNITED STATES: POLITICAL CARTOONS General Sources 11313. Astor, Dave. “Cartoon-Caption Contest in Philly.” E&P Online. Feb. 10, 2004. 11314. Astor, Dave. “Larry Flynt Makes a Case for Editorial Cartoons.” E&P Online. April 26, 2004. 11315. Astor, Dave. “Making the Case for More Local Cartooning.” Editor and Publisher. April 30, 2004. 11316. Astor, Dave. “Many – but Not All – Cartoonists Praise Reagan.” E&P Online. June 7, 2004. 11317. Greenberg, Steve. “Digitorial Cartooning.” Hogan’s Alley. No. 12, 2004, pp. 24, 26-28. 11318. Harvey, R.C. “The Gathering Monolith and the Dying Canaries.” Comics Journal. May/June 2004, pp. 19-124. 11319. Lamb, Chris. “Editorial Cartooning in Transition.” Cartoonist PROfiles. Dec. 2003, pp. 28-33. 11320. Makemson, Harlen. “The Weapons of Character Assassination: ‘Scandal Intertextuality’ in Anti-Blaine Political Cartoons During the 1884 Presidential Campaign.” Paper presented at Association for Education in Mass Communication, Toronto, Canada, Aug. 2004. 11321. Mirapaul, Matthew. “Hitting Political Targets with Moving Parts.” New York Times. March 17, 2003. 11322. Sunenblick, Jesse. “Little Murders.” Columbia Journalism Review. Jan.- Feb. 2004, pp. 20-26, 28-29. 11323. Shepard, Richard F. The Paper’s Papers: A Reporter’s Journey Through the Archives of The New York Times. NY: Times Books, Random House, 1996. 373 pp. (Chapter 8: “Crosswords, Bridge, Chess, and …Cartoons?” pp. 115-138). Cartoonists and Their Works 11324. Astor, Dave. “‘Attack’ Book Spotlights Political Cartoonists.” E&P Online. July 12, 2004. 11325. Astor, Dave. “Readers Rate Luckovich’s Cartoons.” E&P Online. Feb. 19, 2004. 11326. Grunwald, Michael. “The Cartoonist Who Fought Dams Hard.” Washington Post. Dec. 18, 2003, p. C01. (George Fisher). 11327. Harvey, R.C. “Garry Trudeau, Pat Oliphant and Larry Flynt Talk about Shocking People for a Living.” Comics Journal. June/July 2004, pp. 19- 20. 11328. “The Humorous Men.” American Bookman. Vol. II, p. 334. (Sullivant, “Zim”). 588 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

11329. Humor’s Edge. Cartoons by Ann Telnaes. Catalogue. Exhibition. Washington, D.C.: Library of Congress, 2004. 14 pp. 11330. Nowlen, Chuck. “Repression-Ripping Cartoonist Hailed; Konopacki Cited for Post 9/11 Work.” Madison.com. Jan. 30, 2004. 11331. Powers, William. “Be Not Wicked.” National Journal. March 12, 2004. (Pat Oliphant). 11332. Rall, Ted, ed. Attitude 2: The New Subversive Alternative Cartoonists. NY: NBM, 2004. 128 pp. 11333. Rozansky, Michael L. “Venom in Their Pens.” Philadelphia Inquirer. May 31, 1998, pp. F-1, F-11. (Ted Rall and Dan Perkins). 11334. Spurgeon, Tom. “Editorial Cartoonist William Sanderson Dies at 90.” Comics Journal. April 2004, p. 25. 11335. Thompson, Steve. “Nibbled to Death by Ducks: An Introductory Study of Walt Kelly’s Editorial Cartoons.” Paper presented at Third Comic Arts Conference, Chicago, IL, July 2, 1994. 11336. Worcester, Kent. “Peter Kuper.” New Politics. Winter 2004, pp. 191- 194. Lurie, Ranan 11337. Astor, Dave. “Ranan Lurie: Political Cartoonist…and Spy?” Editor and Publisher Online. April 16, 2004. 11338. Astor, Dave. “Sabbatical for Cartoonist with Alleged Spy History.” E&P Online. June 7, 2004. Marlette, Doug 11339. Astor, Dave. “Marlette Defends Firefighter Cartoon in ‘Chicago Trib.’” E&P Online. March 18, 2004. 11340. Astor, Dave. “Marlette’s ‘Trib’ Work Stirs Off-Site Cartooning Debate.” E&P Online. March 26, 2004. 11341. “Daley Tells Tribune To Apologize for Fire Dept. Cartoon.” WBBM Chicago. March 17, 2004. 11342. Wycliff, Don. “Did Marlette Cartoon Capture or Distort Chicago’s Racial Reality?” Chicago Tribune. March 19, 2004. Rall, Ted 11343. Astor, Dave. “Cartoonist Criticizes Ted Rall in Drawing.” E&P Online. June 16, 2004. 11344. Astor, Dave. “E-Mailers Criticize Rall Cartoon and Story About It.” Editor and Publisher. May 4, 2004. 11345. Astor, Dave. “Rall: NYTimes.com Pulled Comic Because of Conservative.” E&P Online. March 4, 2004. 11346. Astor, Dave. “Rall’s ‘Tillman’ Cartoon Pulled by MSNBC.com.” Editor and Publisher. May 3, 2004. Addendum 589

11347. Astor, David. “Ted Rall Combines Offbeat Humor with Hard-Hitting Satire.” AAEC Notebook. Winter 1994, pp. 18-19. 11348. Dean, Michael. “Ted Rall, Pariah.” Comics Journal. April 2002, pp. 21- 22. 11349. “Firestorm.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 5, 2002, p. 1. 11350. Harvey, R.C. “Appalling Rall Again.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 5, 2002, pp. 20-21. 11351. “O’Reilly Blasts Cartoonist Rall on TV Show.” Editor and Publisher. May 5, 2004. 11352. “Rall Receives Death Threats.” Comics Journal. June/July 2004, pp. 24- 25. 11353. Thompson, Maggie. “Rall Sparks Firestorm.” Comics Buyer’s Guide. April 5, 2002, p. 16. 11354. “Why We Pulled Monday’s Ted Rall Cartoon.” msnbc.msn.com. May 3, 2004. Tomorrow, Tom 11355. Tomorrow, Tom. Tune in Tomorrow. NY: St. Martin’s, 1992. 112 pp. 11356. “Tom Tomorrow Takes Stand on Waffles.” Comics Journal. Nov. 1994, p. 36. Legal Aspects 11357. Astor, Dave. “Kerry/Bin Laden Cartoon Draws Reader Response.” E&P Online. March 23, 2004. 11358. Astor, Dave. “ ‘Pioneer Press’ Denies Union’s Grievance; Cartoonist’s Layoff Going to Arbitration.” E&P Online. May 9, 2003. 11359. “Attack of the Cartoons.” Washington Post. Nov. 6, 2003. 11360. Cheves, John. “Fewer Pens, More Swords.” Lexington, KY Herald- Leader. April 24, 2004. 11361. Chinlund, Christine. “Cartoons That Offend Through Stereotype.” Boston Globe. March 5, 2004. 11362. “eBay Drops Political Cartoon.” Associated Press release. Dec. 26, 2003. 11363. Greenblatt, Sarah. “Paper’s Holocaust Cartoon Incenses Rutgers Campuses.” Bridgewater (NJ) Courier News. April 24, 2004. 11364. Lesser, Christopher. “What Are We Afraid Of?” Columbia Journalism Review. Jan.-Feb. 2004, p. 27. 11365. Nakasone, Stefanie. “BOP Mandates Ka Leo Training.” Ka Leo (Hawaii). April 26, 2004. 11366. Parsons, Richard L. “‘Drunken Sailors’ Cartoon Was an Insult to the Navy.” Free Lance-Star (Virginia). Dec. 15, 2003. 11367. Ranganathan, Deepa. “Students Clip Critical Cartoon from School Paper.” www.projo.com. May 1, 2004.

INDEX

“Aaahhh! Real Monsters,” 6817- “Animaniacs,” 6868-6873 6818 animation, 2656-2877, 10893- Aardman, 8759-8760 10925; advertising, 3005-3090, Abel, Robert, 5677-5678 10926-10929; artistic aspects, abstract and experimental 3091-3108; associations, 2109- animation, 3649-3664 2129, 10930-10932; auctions, Academy Award (Oscar), 3410- collecting, 3130-3204, 10933- 3442, 10953-10961 10934; characters and titles, Acme Filmworks, 8761-8762 6497-8613, 11124-11250; Acme Works Digital Film, 326-327 companies, networks, and acting, 4650-4653 studios, 8614-9814, 11251- Addams, Charles, 2071-2074 11307; controversies, effects, Adler, Charlie, 5679-5680 and issues, 3205-3265; adult animation, 3665-3683 education and training, 3266- “Adult Swim,” 6819-6822 3351, 10935-10943; advertising, 914-952; animation, exhibitions, festivals, awards, 3005-3090, 10926-10929 3352-3541, 10944-10961; “Aeon Flux,” 6823-6824 feature film, 2878-2905, 10911- Aislin (Terry Mosher), 81-84 10914; gaming, 3542-3616, “Aladdin,” 6825-6853 10962-10978; genres and types, “Alice in Wonderland,” 6854-6859, 3617-3792, 10979-10983; 11171-11172 historical aspects, 3793-4004, “All Dogs Go to Heaven,” 6860- 10984-10990; images, 6862 portrayals, 4005-4024; industry, American Association of Editorial 4025-4223, 10991-11000; Cartoonists (AAEC), 10794- labor, 4224-4305, 11001- 10807 11018; merchandising, 4306- American Royal Arts, 8763-8764 4404, 11018-11024; regulatory “American Tail,” 6863-6864 and legal aspects, 4405-4478, “Anastasia,” 6865-6867 11025-11033; resources, 2606- Anderson, Ken, 5681-5684 2655; reviews, 4479-4539; AniComm Awards, 3443-3452 sound, 4540-4603; shorts, 592 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

2906-2911; skills and “Barbie,” 6923-6925 techniques, 4604-4742, 11034- Barks, Carl, 2075-2076, 5720-5749 11050; technology, 3976-4004, “Bartok the Magnificent,” 6926- 4743-5223, 11051-11066; 6927 television, 2912-3004, 10915- “Batfink,” 6928-6929 10925; theme parks, 5224- “Batman,” 6930-6959 5248; uses, 5249-5290; in “Beany and Cecil,” 6960-6961 Canada, 145-558, 10834-10846 Beard, Frank, 10149-10150 “The Animation Show,” 6874-6879 Beaudet, Louise, 226-231 animators, 5291-6496, 11067- “Beauty and the Beast,” 6962-6989 11123; in Canada, 178-284, “Beavis and Butt-Head,” 6990- 10841-10842 7007 Annie Awards, 3453-3460 “Bebe’s Kids,” 7008-7012 anthologies: gag, illustrative, and Beckerman, Howard, 5750-5751 magazine cartoons, 1857-1902; Belson, Jordan, 5752-5755 10865-10868; political Bengough, J.W., 90-91 cartoons, 9988-10002; in Bennett, Clay, 10151-10152 Canada, 25-34 Benson, Steve, 10153-10157 “Antz,” 6880-6896 Berryman, Clifford K., 10158- “Arabian Knight,” 6897-6903 10178 Ariail, Robert, 10140-10141 Berryman, James, 10179-10181 “Arthur,” 6904-6906 “Betty Boop,” 7013-7022 artistic aspects: of animation, 3091- bibliographies, dictionaries, 3108; of comic art, 953-958; of encyclopedias, 767-770 Disney, 8874-8906 “The Black Cauldron,” 7023-7025 Asay, Chuck, 10142-10143 Blackton, J. Stuart, 5756-5757 associations, guilds, and awards: “Blade,” 7026-7027 animation, 2109-2129, 10930- Blair, Mary, 5758-5766, 11102- 10932; comic art, 959-1012, 11103 10859-10861 Blair, Preston, 5767-5768 “Atlantis,” 6907-6911 Blanc, Mel, 5769-5771 auctions, 3130-3204 Block, Herbert, 10182-10201 Auth, Tony, 10144-10148 Blue Sky Studios, 8765-8767 “The Avengers,” 6912-6913 Bluth, Don, 5772-5780 Avery, Tex, 5685-5706 “Bob and Margaret,” 299-300, awards: comic art, 969-1012 7028-7029 Boileau, Linda, 10202-10203 Bachle, Leo, 85-86 Borgman, Jim, 10204-10206 Back, Frédéric, 197-225 Bosch, Harvey, 2077-2079 Badeaux, Guy (Bado), 87-89 Bouthillier, Art, 2080-2084 Bakshi, Ralph, 5707-5716 Bradley, Luther D., 10207-10209 “Bambi,” 6914-6922 Bragg, Charles, 10210-10216 Barbera, Joe, 5717-5719 Brinkley, Nell, 10216-10217 Index 593

“Brother Bear,” 7030-7035, 11173- “Captain Cannuck,” 581-591 11174 “Captain Planet and the Buena Vista, 8768-8770 Planeteers,” 7080-7082 “Bugs Bunny,” 7036-7057, 11175- “Captain Simian,” 7083-7085 11176 career, 4246-4305, 11001-11013 “A Bug’s Life,” 7058-7075 “Care Bears,” 7086-7087 “Bump in the Night,” 7076-7077 caricature, 9815-9832, 11308- business aspects: Disney, 8907- 11309; exhibitions, 9833-9837; 9188, 11279-11298 historical aspects, 9838-9843; Bute, Mary Ellen, 5781-5782 technical aspects, 9903-9916 Butler, Daws, 5783-5788 caricaturists, 9844-9902, 11310- “Butt-Ugly Martians,” 7078-7079 11312 Cartoon Art Museum, 1153-1175 Caldwell, John, 2085-2091 cartooning, cartoons: in Canada, Callahan, John, 2092-2097 22-53 Canada: animation, 145-558, cartoonists and their works: 10834-10846; animators, 178- Canadian, 54-144, 10823- 184, 10841-10842; anthologies, 10833; comic art, 1742-1809; 25-34; cartooning, cartoons, 22- gag, illustrative, and magazine, 53; cartoonists and their works, 1903-2530, 10869-10892; 54-144, 10823-10833; political cartoons, 10003- characters and titles, 285-307, 10556, 11324-11356 574-593, 677-687; comic Cartoon Network, 8771-8794 books, 559-674, 10847-10850; “Casper,” 7088-7099 comics debate, 594-603; comic “Cat in the Hat,” 11177-11178 strips, 675-687, 10851; catalogues, collections, libraries, companies, studios, 308-448, 771-797 10843-10846; education, cel animation, 3684-3686 training, 449-465; exhibitions, censorship, 4421-4452 festivals, 40-53, 466-528, 604- characters and titles: animation, 608; genres, 664-674; historical 6497-8613, 11124-11250; aspects, 529-532, 609-610, 699- Canadian, 285-307, 574-593, 706; industry, 533-552, 611- 677-687 626; legal aspects, 627-656; Character Builders, 8795-8796 periodical directory, 5-21; “Charles Atlas,” 939-940 political cartoons, 688-713, Chartier, Arthur, 10827-10828 10852-10853; portrayals, 707- checklists, guides, 798-804 713; references, 1-4; superhero “Chicken Run,” 7100-7108 comics, 664-674; technical children, 1511-1535, 3212-3233 aspects, 553-558 children’s animation, 3687-3730 Canadian Museum of Caricature, Children’s Television Workshop, 35-39 8797-8800 Canemaker, John, 5789-5797 “Chip and Dale’s Rescue Rangers,” 594 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

7109-7112 Comic Arts Conference, 1059-1062 Cinar Corp., 328-389 comic books: in Canada, 559-674, “Cinderella,” 7113-7118 10847-10850 Clampett, Robert, 5798-5804 comics animation, 3747-3756 clay animation, 3731-3746 comics debate: in Canada, 594-603 “Clerks,” 7119-7120 comic strips: in Canada, 675-687, “Clifford the Big Red Dog,” 7121- 10851 7122 companies, networks, and studios: Cobean, Sam, 2098-2100 animation, 8614-9814, 11251- Cohen, Mark J., 2102-2105 11307; in Canada, 308-448, Colburn, Martha, 11104-11105 10843-10846 collectibles, 9189-9197 computer: animation, 4825-5223, collecting and fans: animation, 11059-11066; and comic art, 3130-3204, 10933-10934; 1483-1510 comic art, 1013-1030 computer generated imagery, 4825- Colossal, 8801-8810 4975 comic art, 714-765, 10854-10858; Condie, Richard, 232-234 advertising, 914-952; artistic Conrad, Paul, 10219-10223 aspects, 953-958; associations, consumerism, 3234-3241 guilds, and awards, 959-1012, controversies, effects, and issues: 10859-10861; collecting and of animation, 3205-3265 fans, 1013-1030; exhibitions, Cooper, Dave, 92-93 festivals, and conventions, copyright, patents, trademarks, 1031-1112; legal aspects, 1113- 1126-1132; animation, 4453- 1140; museums, 1141-1233; 4467 schools, 1234-1258; “Country Bears,” 7123-7124 syndication, 1259-1292; Craig, Phyllis, 5805-5808 resources, 766-913; technical Creature Shop, 8811-8816 aspects, 1293-1510; children Crockett, Gibson, 10224-10225 and, 1511-1535; education and, Cruikshank, Sally, 5809-5810 1536-1587; eroticism, “Crusader Rabbit,” 7125-7128 pornography, and sex, 1588- Culhane, Shamus, 5811-5818 1595; ethnicity, minorities, Cuppa Coffee, 390-392 racism, religions and, 1596- Curtis, Tom, 10226-10227 1615; humanism, social consciousness, relevancy and, “Daffy Duck,” 7129-7132 1616-1630; political correctness Danziger, Jeff, 10228-10232 and, 1631-1639; professions “Daria,” 7133-7139 and, 1640-1653; scholarship Darling, Jay N., 10232-10239 and, 1654-1714; sports and, “Davey and Goliath,” 7140-7141 1715-1729; violence and, 1730- Davis, Arthur, 5819-5826 1735; war and, 1736-1741; Davis, Jack, 2106-2110 women and, 1742-1836 Davis, Jim, 5827-5828 Index 595

Davis, Marc, 5829-5836 Earle, Eyvind, 6005-6009 Davis, Susan, 1771-1772 economics: animation, 4157-4181 “Davy Crockett,” 7142-7147 editing, 4687-4688 Deering, John, 10240-10241 education, training: and animation, designing, 4654-4659 3266-3351, 10935-10943; and “Destino,” 7148-7153 comic art, 1536-1587; in “Dexter’s Laboratory,” 7154-7155 Canada, 449-465 DIC Entertainment, 8817-8820 Ehrlich, David, 6010-6018 “Dilbert,” 7156-7162 “Eight Crazy Nights,” 7212-7215 Dilworth, John, 5837-5840 Eisner, Michael, 6019-6030, “Dinosaur,” 7163-7169 11111-11116 Disney, 8821-8851, 11267-11277; “Elmo Aardvark,” 7216-7218 artistic aspects, 8874-8906; “Eltingville,” 7219-7220 business aspects, 8907-9188, “The Emperor’s New Groove,” 11279-11298; collectibles, 7221-7223 9189-9197; “Disney culture,” employment agreements, 4468- 9198-9279; genres and types, 4478 9280-9298; historical aspects, Engel, Jules, 6031-6045 9299-9384; legal aspects, 9385- Enos, Randall, 2111-2112 9405; portrayals, 9406-9419; eroticism, pornography, and sex, resources, 8852-8873; technical 1588-1595 aspects, 9420-9435; theme ethnicity, minorities, racism, 1596- parks, 9436-9580 1611 Disney, Lillian, 5841-5842 exhibitions, festivals: animation, Disney, Roy, 5843-5847, 11106- 3352-3541, 10944-10961; 11110 caricature, 9815-9916; comic Disney, Walt, 5848-6004 art, 1031-1112; in Canada, 40- “Disney Culture,” 9198-9279 53, 466-528, 604-608 distribution: animation, 4139-4156 Expo/SPX (Small Press Expo), Donahey, James H., 10242-10244 1063-1067 “Donald Duck,” 7170-7191 Donato, Andy, 94-99 “The Fairly Odd Parents,” 7224- Dorgan, Tad, 10245-10246 7225 Doucet, Julie, 100-102 “FAKK 2,” 7226-7229 “Doug’s First Movie,” 7192-7195 “Family Guy,” 7230-7233 drawing: animation, 4660-4686, fans, 1027-1030 11044-11046 “Fantasia,” 7234-7266 DreamWorks, 9581-9594 fanzines and periodicals, 805-822 Drucker, Mort, 9861-9863 Fearing, Jerry, 10258-10259 Duffy, Brian, 10247-10248 feature film, 2878-2905, 10911- Duffy, Edmund, 10249-10255 10914 “Dumbo,” 7196-7211 Feiffer, Jules, 10260-10281 Dunagin, Ralph, 10256-10257 “Felix the Cat,” 7267-7272 596 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“FernGully,” 7273-7280 Gilliam, Terry, 6092-6093 Fierlinger, Paul, 6046-6047 “God, the Devil and Bob,” 7348- Film Roman, 9595-9601 7355 “Final Fantasy,” 7281-7287 Godfrey, Bob, 6094-6095 “Finding Nemo,” 7288-7303, “Goofy,” 7356-7360 11179-11181 Gorey, Edward, 2178-2188 Fischinger, Elfrieda, 6048-6049 Gorrell, Bob, 10292-10293 Fischinger, Oskar, 6050-6052 Gottfredson, Floyd, 6096-6100 Fisher, George, 10282-10283 governments, portrayal of, 10686- “Flash Gordon,” 7304-7306 10693 Fleischer, Max and Dave, 6053- Grant, Joe, 6101-6103 6064 greeting cards, 1853-1856 Fleischer Studios, 9602-9603 Gribble, Mike, 6104-6105 “Flintstones,” 7307-7325 Griffin, George, 6106-6110 Foray, June, 6065-6074 Groening, Matt, 6111-6116, 11117- “For Better or for Worse,” 686-687 11118 Fox, 9604-9633 Gropper, William, 10294-10297 Franklin, Benjamin, 10284-10285 “Gumby,” 7361-7367 “Freddie the Frog,” 7326-7328 “The Gummi Bears,” 7368-7369 Frees, Paul, 6075-6076 Freleng, Friz, 6077-6091 Halas, John, 6117 Frost, A.B., 2113-2117 Hand, David, 6118-6119 “Futurama,” 7329-7337 Handelsman, Walt, 10298-10301 Handy, Ray D., 10302-10308 gag, illustrative, and magazine Hanna, Bill, 6120-6128 cartoons, 1837-1856, 10862- Hanna-Barbera, 9634-9655 10864; anthologies, 1857-1902, “The Happy Tree Friends,” 11184- 10865-10868; cartoonists and 11185 their works, 1903-2530, 10869- hardward and software, computer, 10892; historical aspects, 2531- 4976-5093 2550 Harrington, Ollie, 10309-10323 gaming, 3542-3616, 10962-10978 Harryhausen, Ray, 6129-6138 “Gary and Mike,” 7338-7340 “Hate,” 7370-7371 Geisel, Theodor (Dr. Seuss), 2118- “Heavy Metal,” 7372-7373 2174, 10286-10288, 10881- Hébert, Pierre, 235-243 10887 Held, John, Jr., 2189-2190 Gellert, Hugo, 10289-10291 “Hellboy,” 11186-11187 genres: animation, 3617-3792, Henson, Jim, 6139-6140 10979-10983; Disney, 9280- Henson, William “Tex,” 6141-6143 9298; superhero, 664-674 “Hercules,” 7374-7388 “George of the Jungle,” 7341-7347, “Hey Arnold!” 7389-7392 11182-11183 Hirschfeld, Al, 9864-9887 Gibson, Charles Dana, 2175-2177 historical aspects: animation, 3793- Index 597

4004, 10984-10990; caricature, Internet, 5137-5223, 11062-11066 9838-9843; Disney, 9299-9384; “The Iron Giant,” 7422-7434 gag, illustrative, and magazine Ivey, Jim, 10330-10335 cartoons, 2531-2550; political Iwerks, Ub, 6163-6169 cartoons, 10557-10599; of Canadian animation, 529-532; “James and the Giant Peach,” of Canadian comic books, 609- 7435-7441 610; of Canadian political “The Jetsons,” 7442-7446 cartoons, 699-706 “Jimmy Neutron,” 7447-7453 Hoedeman, Co, 244-247 Jodoin, René, 248-250 Hoff, Syd, 10888-10890 “Joe Camel,” campaign, 941-952 Hokinson, Helen, 1773-1774 Joe Kubert School, 1246-1252 Holland, Sylvia, 6144-6145 Johnson, Russell P., 2194-2195 “Home on the Range,” 11188- Johnston, Ollie, 6430-6437 11194 “Jonah - A Veggie Tales Movie,” Horn, Maurice, 2191-2193 7454-7462 horror animation, 3757-3759 Jones, Chuck, 6170-6214 Horsey, David, 10324-10327 “Jonny Quest,” 7463-7466, 11195- Horvath, Ferdinand H., 6146-6147 11197 Hubley, Faith and John, 6148-6159 Jordan, Larry, 6215-6218 Huck, Gary, 10328-10329 “Joseph: King of Dreams,” 7467- humanism, social consciousness, 7469 and relevancy, 1616-1630 “Journey to the Beginning of “The Hunchback of Notre Dame,” Time,” 7470 7393-7404 Julien, Henri, 103-104 “Hungry Artist,” 7405-7406 “The Jungle Book,” 7471-7475 Hurtz, Bill, 6160-6162 “Jurassic Park,” 7476-7479 Hyperion, 9656-9657 “Justice League,” 7480-7484

“Ice Age,” 7407-7412 Kallaugher, Kevin (KAL), 10336- “The Incredible Hulk,” 7413-7419 10340 images: in animation, 4005-4024 Kasem, Casey, 6219-6221 independent animation, 4204-4223 Keane, Glen, 6222-6224 indices, 823-828 Keefe, Michael, 10341-10343 industry: animation, 4025-4223, Kelley, Steve, 10344-10345 10991-11000; Canadian Kimball, Ward, 6225-6235 animation, 533-552; Canadian “Kim Possible,” 7485-7486 comic books, 611-626 “The King and I,” 7487-7493 “Inspector Gadget,” 7420-7421 “King of the Hill,” 7494-7505 International Comic Art Festival, Kinney, Jack, 6236-6237 1068-1073 Klaspy Csupo, 9658-9667 International Museum of Cartoon Konopacki, Mike, 10328-10329 Art, 1176-1216 Kricfalusi, John, 6238-6246 598 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

Kuper, Peter, 10346-10347 Lurie, Ranan, 10365-10371, 11337- Kurtzman, Harvey, 2196-2200 11338 labor: animation, 4224-4305, McCartney, Paul, 11119-11120 11001-11017 McCay, Winsor, 6278-6283 “Lady and the Tramp,” 7506-7508 McCracken, Craig, 6284-6285 Lambart, Evelyn, 251-253 McCutcheon, John T., 10372- “The Land Before Time,” 7509- 10376 7510 McDougall, Walt, 10377-10379 Lantz, Walter, 6247-6258 MacGregor, Doug, 10380-10381 LaPalme, Robert, 105-109 McKim, Sam, 6286-6287 Lasseter, John, 6259-6269 McKimson, Bob, 6288-6290 layout, 4689-4692 Mackinnon, Bruce, 110-111 Lee, Stan, 6270-6273 McLaren, Norman, 254-280 legal aspects: animation, 4405- MacNelly, Jeff, 10382-10396 4478, 11025-11033; comic art, Macpherson, Duncan, 112-118 1113-1140; Disney, 9385-9405; “Mad Monkey,” 592-593 political cartoons, 10600- magazines, 2551-2605 10670, 11357-11367; of “Maggie and the Ferocious Beast,” Canadian comic books, 627-656 301-302 Levine, David, 9888-9893 Mainframe Entertainment, 393-394 “Liberty’s Kids,” 7511-7512 Mandel, Saul, 2204-2205 licensing: animation, 4370-4401, Mankoff, Robert, 2206-2208 11018-11024 Manning, Reg, 10397-10398 Lichtenstein, Roy, 2201-2203 Margulies, Jimmy, 10399-10402 Life, 2557-2565 Marlette, Doug, 10403-10408, “Lilo & Stitch,” 7513-7523 11339-11342 “The Lion King,” 7524-7568, Martin, Don, 2209-2219 11198-11200 Marvel, 9668-9671 Littlejohn, Bill, 6274-6275 Masters Animation Celebration, “Little Lulu,” 7569-7575 3461 “The Little Mermaid,” 7576-7586 Mauldin, Bill, 10409-10428 live action animation, 3760-3763 “Max Steel,” 7601-7602 “The Living Desert,” 7587-7589 Mayes, Malcolm, 117-118 Locher, Dick, 10348-10353 “Men in Black,” 7603-7605 “Looney Tunes: Back in Action,” merchandising: animation, 4306- 7590-7595, 11201-11204 4404, 11018-11024 Lord, M.G., 10354-10357 “Merrie Melodies,” 7606-7607 “Lord of the Rings,” 7596-7598 Messick, Don, 6291-6294 “Lost Worlds,” 7599-7600 Messmer, Otto, 6295-6297 Luckovich, Michael E., 10358- MGM, 9672-9673 10364 “Mickey Mouse,” 7608-7721 Lundy, Dick, 6276-6277 “Mighty Morphin Power Rangers,” Index 599

7722-7728 3771 Mike Young Productions, 9674- Norkin, Sam, 9894-9896 9676 Norris, Len, 119-121 Mills, Bob, 6298-6299 Nyback, Dennis, 6318-6319 “Minority Report,” 11205-11206 MIP-TV, 3462-3481 Ohio State University Festival of Mitchell, Bill, 10429-10430 Cartoon Art, 1074-1079 “Monsters, Inc.,” 7729-7738 Ohman, Jack, 10450-10453 Morin, Jim, 10431-10434 Oliphant, Pat, 10454-10466 Moritz, Bill, 11121-11123 O’Neill, Rose, 1775-1809 Motion Analysis, 9677-9678 “101 Dalmations,” 7779-7785 motion-capture animation, 3764- Orlin, Richard, 2220-2221 3770 “Osmosis Jones,” 7786-7790 Motown Animation, 9679-9681 Ottawa International Animation “Mr. Magoo,” 7739-7740 Festival, 473-524 “Mr. Wong,” 7741-7742 MTV Animation, 9682-9687 Paley, Nina, 6320-6321 “Mulan,” 7743-7763 Park, W.B., 2222-2228 “Muppets,” 7764-7769 “Pedro & Tony,” 7791-7792 museums, 35-39, 1141-1233 Peet, Bill, 6322-6324 music: animation, 4542-4576 performance animation, 3772-3775 “Mutant Aliens,” 7770-7772 periodical directory: Canada, 5-21; United States, 829-913 Nast, Thomas, 10435-10449 “Pete Roleum and His Cousins,” National Cartoonists Society and 7793-7794 Reuben Awards, 975-1012 Peters, Mike, 10467-10472 National Film Board of Canada, Peterson, Roy, 122-123 395-402 Pert, Joel, 10473-10476 National Gallery of Caricature and “Piglet’s Big Movie,” 7795-7798 Cartoon Art, 1217-1224 “Pinocchio,” 7799-7805 National Lampoon, 2566-2574 Pintoff, Ernest, 6325-6327 NATPE, 3482-3492, 10948-10949 Pixar, 9719-9737, 11299-11307 Natwick, Grim, 6300-6305 plagiarism, 1133-1140 Nelvana, 403-445 “The PJs,” 7806-7811 “The Neverhood,” 7773-7774 Plante, Bruce, 10477-10478 Newland, Marv, 281-282 Plympton, Bill, 6328-6344 New Yorker, 2575-2603 “Pocahontas,” 7812-7834 Nickelodeon, 9688-9718 “Points of Authority,” 7834 Nielsen, Kay, 6306-6310 political cartoons, 9917-9968, “The Nightmare Before 11313-11323; anthologies, Christmas,” 7775-7778 9988-10002; historical aspects, Noble, Maurice, 6311-6317 10557-10599; legal aspects, nonfiction, documentary animation 10600-10670, 11357-11367; 600 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

portrayals, 10671-10763; Rackham, Arthur, 2232-2234 professional aspects, 10764- Raeside, Adrian, 124-126 10809; resources, 9969-9981; “Raggedy Ann and Andy,” 7930- teaching, 9982-9987; technical 7931 aspects, 10810-10822; in “The Raisins,” 7932-7933 Canada, 688-713 Rall, Ted, 10479-10487, 11343- political correctness, 1631-1639, 11354 10621-10670 Ramirez, Mike, 10488-10489 “Popeye,” 7835-7893 Rapf, Maurice, 6360-6362 “Porky Pig,” 7894-7896 “Re Boot,” 303-305 portrayals: in animation, 4005- references: Canada, 1-4 4024; in Canadian political regulation: animation, 4405-4478; cartoons, 707-713; in Disney 11025-11033 works, 9406-9419; in political Rehse, George Washington, 10490- cartoons, 10671-10763; of 10493 women, 1810-1823, 10758- religion, 1612-1615 10763 “Ren and Stimpy,” 7934-7972 Potter, Beatrix, 795-797 resources: animation, 2606-2655; “The Powerpuff Girls,” 7897-7906 comic art, 767-913; Disney, preservation: of animation, 3955- 8852-8873; political cartoons, 3975 9969-9981 presidents and presidential reviews: animation, 4479-4539 campaigns, portrayals of, Rich, Richard, 6363-6364 10694-10733 “The Road Runner,” 7973-7974 Price, George, 2229-2231 “The Road to El Dorado,” 7975- Priestley, Joanna, 6345-6348 7984 primetime animation, 2963-2978 “Rock-a-Doodle,” 7985-7987 “The Prince of Egypt,” 7907-7924 “Rocko’s Modern Life,” 7988-7989 production: animation, 4182-4203 Rockwell, Norman, 9897-9900 professional aspects: political “Rocky and Bullwinkle,” 7990- cartoons, 10764-10809 8076, 11207-11210 professions, 1640-1653 “Rolie Polie Olie,” 306-307 psychological effects, experiments, Roman, Phil, 6365-6366 and tests, 3242-3253 Rosa, Don, 6367-6368 Pulitzer Prize, 10808-10809 Rosen, Jack, 9901-9902 puppet (stop-motion) animation, Ross, Virgil, 6369-6371 3776-3788 Roth, Arnold, 2235-2238 “Rugrats,” 8077-8102 Quakenbush, Corky, 6349-6352 Quay brothers, 6353-6356 SAFO, 525-528 Quebec, 657-663 “Sammy,” 8103-8104 Questel, Mae, 6357-6359 “Samurai Jack,” 8105-8109 “Quest for Camelot,” 7925-7929 Sanderson, William, 10494-10495 Index 601

San Diego ComicCon, 1080-1112 skills: animation, 4606-4742, “Santa vs. the Snowman,” 8110- 11034-11050 8112 “Sleeping Beauty,” 8254-8255 Saturday morning animation, 2979- Smith, Bruce, 6406-6409 3002 Smith, Harry, 6410-6411 scholarship, 1654-1714 “Smurfs,” 8256-8260 “Schoolhouse Rock,” 8113-8115 “Snow White,” 8261-8289 School of Visual Arts, 1253-1258 “Song of the South,” 8290-8291 schools: comic art, 1234-1258 Sony Pictures Imageworks, 9738- Schorr, Bill, 10496-10499 9740 science fiction animation, 3789- Sorel, Edward, 10500-10506 3792 sound: animation, 4540-4603 “Scooby-Doo,” 8116-8118, 11211- sound design: animation, 4577- 11213 4582 Scott, Bill, 6372-6377 “South Park,” 8292-8340, 11237- Scott, Raymond, 6378-6379 11239 Sedelmaier, J.J., 6380-6386 “Space Ghost Coast to Coast,” Seibert, Fred, 6387-6390 8341-8345 Selick, Harry, 6391-6397 “Space Jam,” 8346-8351 Sendak, Maurice, 2239-2244 “Spawn,” 8352-8361 Seneca College of Applied Arts “Spider-Man,” 8362-8372 and Technology, 454-455 Spielberg, Steven, 6412-6417 “Sesame Street,” 8119-8121 Spielgelman, Art, 2254-2256 Seth, 127-130, 10829-10833 “Spike and Mike,” 8373-8384 “Seussical,” 8122-8124 Spike TV, 9741-9742 sex, 3254-3265 “Spirit: Stallion of Cimarron,” sexism, sex roles, 1824-1836 8385-8390 Sheridan College, 456-461 “SpongeBob,” 8391-8402, 11240- shorts (short films), 2906-2911 11242 “Shrek,” 8125-8140, 11214-11222 sports, 1715-1729 SIGGRAPH, 3493-3524 Stahler, Jeff, 10507-10509 Sikoryak, R., 2245-2246 Stan Lee Media, 9743-9746 “Silly Symphonies,” 8141-8146 “Star Trek,” 8403-8404 Silverstein, Shel, 2247-2253 “Star Wars,” 8405-8412 “Silver Surfer,” 8147-8148 Steig, William, 2257-2262, 10891- “Silverwing,” 8149-8152 10892 Simensky, Linda, 6398-6401 Steinberg, Saul, 2263-2501 “The Simpsons,” 8153-8240, storytelling, 4696-4700 11223-11236 “Stuart Little,” 8413-8419 “Sinbad,” 8241-8251 studio stores, 4402-4404 Singer, Sam, 6402-6403 Stuhr, Fred, 6418-6419 Sito, Tom, 6404-6405 Sunbow, 9747-9752 “Sitting Ducks,” 8252-8253 Sundance, 10950-10952 602 Comic Art of the United States through 2000, Animation and Cartoons

“Super Duper Sumos,” 8420-8421 Thurber, James, 2502-2515 superhero comics: in Canada, 664- “The Tigger Movie,” 8470-8474 674 Time Warner, 9753-9754 “Superman,” 8422-8428 timing, 4693-4695 “The Swan Princess,” 8429-8431 Timm, Bruce, 6440-6442 syndication, 1259-1292 Ting (Merle Tingley), 131-142 Szyk, Arthur, 10510-10516 “Tiny Planets,” 8475-8477 Tippett, Phil, 6443-6444 “Tarzan,” 8432-8449 “Titan A.E.,” 8478-8480 Tashlin, Frank, 6420-6425 Toles, Tom, 10520-10524 “Taz-Mania,” 8450-8451 “Tom and Jerry,” 8481-8488 “Teacher’s Pet,” 8452-8453, Tomorrow, Tom, 10525-10531, 11243-11245 11355-11356 teaching, 9982-9987 “Tom Slick, Racer,” 8489-8490 technical aspects: animation, 4604- “Top Cat,” 8491-8492 4742; Canadian animation, 553- “Toy Story,” 8493-8537 558; carticature, 9903-9916; “Treasure Planet,” 8538-8542 comic art, 1293-1510; Disney Trever, John, 10532-10535 work, 9420-9435; political “Tron,” 8543-8546 cartoons, 10810-10822 Trudeau, Garry, 10536-10539 technology: animation, 3976-4004, True, 2604-2605 4743-5223, 11051-11066 “The Trumpet of the Swan,” 8547- “Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles,” 8548 8454-8460 Turner Broadcasting System, 9755- TELETOON, 446-448 9762 television, 2912-2962, 10915- “The Two Towers,” 8549-8550 10925; primetime, 2963-2978; Tyer, Jim, 6445-6449 Saturday morning, 2979-3002; Tytla, Vladimir “Bill,” 6450-6452 theater, 3003-3004 Telnaes, Ann C., 10517-10519 “Underdog,” 8551-8554 Tenggren, Gustaf, 6426-6429 unions, 11014-11017 terrorism, portrayal of, 10734- United Productions of America 10757 (UPA), 9763-9768 theme parks, 5224-5248, 9436- Universal, 9769-9774 9580 uses: animation, 5249-5290 “The Thief and the Cobbler,” 8461- 8464 VanArts, 462-463 Thomas, Frank, 6430-6437 Vancouver Film School, 464-465 Thorson, Charles, 283-284, 6438- “Van Helsing,” 11246-11248 6439 Vargas, Alberto, 2516-2517 3-D animation, 5094-5136 “Victor,” 8555-8556 “Thumbelina,” 8465-8467 Vinton, Will, 6453-6459 “Thundarr,” 8468-8469 violence, 1730-1735, 3254-3265 Index 603 visual effects, 4701-4724, 11047- Wilson, Gahan, 2518-2523 11050 Wilson, Lionel, 6493-6494 voice: animation, 4583-4603 “Winnie the Pooh,” 11249-11250 “Voltron: The Third Dimension,” women, 1742-1836; portrayal of, 8557-8558 10758-10763 “Woody Woodpecker,” 8587-8593 wages, 11014-11017 Words and Pictures Museum, “Waking Life,” 8559-8566 1225-1233 Waldman, Myron, 6460-6462 World Animation Celebration, war, 1736-1741; portrayal of, 3525-3541 10734-10757 writing: animation, 4725-4742 Ward, Jay, 6463-6479 Warner Brothers, 9775-9796 “X-Chromosome,” 8594-8596 “War Planets,” 8567-8568 “X-Men,” 8597-8602 Wasserman, Dan, 10540-10541 “Watership Down,” 8569-8570 Yayo (Diego Herrera), 143-144 Welker, Frank, 6480-6481 Yen, Phil, 2524-2530 Werner, Charles, 10542-10546 “The Yellow Submarine,” 8603- White, George, 10547-10548 8609 “Who Framed Roger Rabbit?” “Yogi Bear,” 8610-8611 8571-8580 Young, Art, 10555-10556 Wild Brain, 9797-9804 “The Wild Thornberrys,” 8581- “The Zeta Project,” 8612-8613 8586 Zimmerman, Kris, 6495-6496 Wilkinson, Signe, 10549-10554 Zodiac, 9811-9812 Williams, Richard, 6482-6492 Zoic Studios, 9813-9814 Will Vinton Studios, 9805-9810 About the Author

JOHN A. LENT has pioneered all aspects of Asian and Caribbean mass communications and popular culture, as well as comic art, development communication, and women and the media. His 60 books and 800 articles dating back to the 1960s are among the first writings on these subjects. He has held positions as Rogers Distinguished Professor at the University of Western Ontario, Visiting Professor at Shanghai University, and since 1976, Professor of Communication at Temple University. Dr. Lent also serves as Editor-in-Chief of the Inter- national Journal of Comic Art.